en_tn/tn_GEN.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	d9wn				0	Introduction to Genesis Part 1: General Introduction In the book of Genesis, God communicates to all people the early history of the universe. He begins with how he created everything from nothing, including the earth and all the heavenly bodies (sun, moon, stars), all the plants and animals, and especially how he created human beings in his image to be in a relationship with him. This book also explains how sin and death came into the world and what God’s plan is to save people from that. In fact, all the important teachings in the Bible begin in Genesis. That makes this book foundational and important for everyone so that they can know and understand the truth about God and his plan for their lives. Beginning with verse 1, the book of Genesis is a narrative that tells the history of events that actually happened. This is confirmed by the fact that the conjunctions and the forms of the verbs that are used in the Hebrew text reflect the Hebrew narrative style, which is used to narrate historical accounts. In the same way, those who translate the book of Genesis should also use grammatical structures in their languages that are used for true, historical narratives. God uses narrative, which is one of the most interesting styles of communication, to not only tell people about the events in the early history of the world, but also to teach them about himself and about the way he interacts with people as their loving Creator. Genesis provides the vital context for the rest of God’s Word, especially the gospel message about Jesus, and so it helps people to understand their need for him to be their Savior. In fact, without Genesis, it would not be clear why everyone needs to trust in Jesus as the only one who can save them from sin and its consequences, so that they can associate with God and be part of his eternal family. In light of all that, Genesis should be one of the first books of the Bible that is translated into every language that needs a translation. May God guide and bless you and your translation team as you undertake this important task together by his power. Author and date of writing Moses was the human author of the first five books of the Bible, including the book of Genesis (Exodus 24:3-4; Deuteronomy 31:9, 24; John 1:45). The Holy Spirit is the one who inspired what Moses wrote in those books (2 Peter 1:21), so ultimately God is the author, and these books are part of his Message to mankind. Those five books are sometimes referred to as the Torah (a Hebrew word that means “teaching,” “instruction,” or “law”) or the Pentateuch (a Greek word that means “five books”). In the New Testament this set of books is also referred to as “the Law” (John 1:45) or “the Law of Moses” (Acts 28:23), and Jesus himself affirmed that Moses wrote them (John 5:46-47; 7:23). Moses was born in the country of Egypt around 1526 B.C. (Exodus 2:1-10). According to the genealogies in Genesis, his birth was about 1,000 years after the Flood (which was about 1,650 years after creation). Moses may have written much of the Pentateuch during the forty years that he led the people of Israel as they wandered in the wilderness (around 1446 B.C.—1406 B.C.). The very first verse in Genesis assumes that God (the author guiding the human author) has always existed and that he has no beginning and no end (also see Genesis 21:33; Deuteronomy 33:27; Psalm 90:2). He uses his personal name “Yahweh” for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The name “Yahweh” means “he is” and indicates that God is eternal. His name also means that he is unchanging and that he is always present. Book outline In all, Genesis covers a span of about 2200 years of history. After the world’s early history, the rest of Genesis tells about the ancestors of God’s people, with special focus on Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph (and their families). Genealogies are an important part of what ties the book together from beginning to end. The following outline shows these two main divisions in the book of Genesis: (1) Early World History, and (2) The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People. Those two divisions each have roughly four main subdivisions, which are based on four key events (in the first division) and four key ancestors (in the second division). Some scholars prefer to divide the book up into ten divisions that are introduced by the Hebrew phrase that means “these are the generations of...” In the outline below, asterisks mark the sections that contain that phrase. The phrase is found in Genesis 2:4 (heavens and earth), 5:1 (Adam), 6:9 (Noah), 10:1, 32 (sons of Noah), 11:10 (Shem), 11:27 (Terah), 25:12 (Ishmael), 25:19 (Isaac), 36:1, 9 (Esau), and 37:2 (Jacob). Bolded words in the outline show which sections contain promises and covenants from God and also mark who the main ancestors were in the various sub-divisions. Division 1: Early World History Creation God creates the universe and everything in it (1:1-2:3) Adam and Eve and the Garden of Eden (2:4-25)\* The Fall The first sin and God’s judgment; prophecy of Christ (3:1-24) - promise Cain and Abel: the first murder; Cain’s descendants (4:1-26) The descendants of Adam to Noah (5:1-32)\* The Flood God destroys the world with a flood, puts rainbow in the sky - covenant (6:1-9:17)\* Noah curses his son Ham and his grandson Canaan, blesses other sons (9:18-27) The descendants of Noah’s sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth (10:1-32)\\ Tower of Babel Mankind rebels against God at Babel, so God creates many different languages and scatters the people over the earth (11:1-9) Division 2: The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People The history about Abraham [Genesis 11:10-25:11] The descendants of Shem to Abram (11:10-26)\* Terah and his three sons’ families in Haran; Terah dies (11:27-32)\* Abram travels to Canaan with Sarai and his nephew Lot (12:1-9) - promise Abram lies about Sarai to Pharaoh, king of Egypt (12:10-20) Back in the Negev Desert, Abram and Lot part ways (13:1-18) - promise War of the kings; Abram rescues Lot and the other citizens of Sodom (14:1-17) Melchizedek blesses Abram; Abram refuses bounty from king of Sodom (14:18-24) God’s covenant with Abram (15:1-21) - promise Hagar and Ishmael (16:1-16) New names: Abraham and Sarah; covenant of circumcision (17:1-27) - promise Three men visit Abram, Yahweh renews promise, Sarah laughs (18:1-15) - promise Abram pleads with Yahweh to spare Sodom (18:16-33) Lot and two daughters escape destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah (19:1-29) Lot’s grandsons: the ancestors of the Moabites and Ammonites (19:30-38) Abraham lies about Sarah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (20:1-18) Isaac is born to Sarah; Ishmael grows up in the desert (21:1-21) Abraham makes a treaty with King Abimelech at Beersheba (21:22-34) God tests Abraham by commanding him to sacrifice Isaac (22:1-19) - promise Sarah dies and Abraham buys burial property in the land of Canaan (23:1-20) God provides Rebekah as a wife for Isaac (24:1-67) Abraham’s descendants by second wife Keturah (25:1-6) Abraham dies and is buried by Isaac and Ishmael (25:7-11) The history about Ishmael and Isaac [Genesis 25:12-35:29] Ishmael’s descendants and his death (25:12-18)\* Isaac’s sons Esau and Jacob; Esau sells his birthright (25:19-34)\* Isaac lies about Rebekah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (26:1-22) - promise God’s covenant with Isaac in Beersheba; treaty with Abimelech (26:23-33) The history about Esau and Jacob [Genesis 26:34-36:43] Jacob steals Esau’s blessing; Esau plans revenge (26:34-27:46) Jacob flees and heads to Haran; stairway to heaven at Bethel (28:1-22) - promise Jacob works for Laban to marry his wives Leah and Rachel (29:1-30) Jacob’s wives have his first eleven sons (29:31-30:24) Jacob becomes wealthy while working for Laban (30:25-43) Jacob and his family flee from Laban; Jacob’s treaty with Laban (31:1-55) Jacob wrestles with God, who names him Israel (32:1-32) Jacob and Esau reconcile, and Jacob settles in the city of Shechem (33:1-20) Shechem rapes Dinah, and Jacob’s sons take revenge (34:1-31) God blesses Jacob at Bethel (35:1-15) - promise Rachel dies giving birth to Benjamin (35:16-20) List of Jacob’s twelve sons; Isaac dies and is buried by Esau and Jacob (35:16-29) Esau’s descendants, the Edomites (36:1-43)\\ The history about Jacob and Joseph [Genesis 37-50] Jacob’s family; Joseph’s dreams anger his brothers (37:1-11)\* Joseph sold as a slave and taken to the country of Egypt (37:12-36) Judah and his daughter-in-law Tamar have children (38:1-30) Potiphar’s wife falsely accuses Joseph, and he is imprisoned (39:1-23) In the prison, Joseph interprets dreams for Pharaoh’s officials (40:1-23) Joseph interprets Pharaoh’s dreams about famine (41:1-40) As governor over Egypt, Joseph stores up grain; he has two sons (41:41-57) Joseph’s brothers come to Egypt to buy grain, then return to Jacob (42:1-38) All Joseph’s brothers return to Egypt and have a meal with him (43:1-34) Joseph tests his brothers with his silver cup (44:1-17) Judah pleads with Joseph for Benjamin’s freedom (44:18-34) Joseph reveals his identity to his brothers; they give the news to Jacob (45:1-28) Jacob and his family move to Egypt; list of his descendants (46:1-27) Joseph settles Jacob and his family in the land of Goshen (47:1-12) Joseph sells grain to all the people of Egypt (37:13-31) Jacob blesses Joseph’s sons Ephraim and Manasseh (48:1-22) Jacob blesses each of his 12 sons (49:1-28) Jacob’s death (49:29-33) Joseph has his father Jacob embalmed and buries him in Canaan (50:1-14) Joseph reassures his brothers that he has forgiven them (50:15-21) Joseph’s death (Gen 50:22-26) Special formatting The book of Genesis sometimes uses poetic language to emphasize what is being said. Many translations use a special format to identify these passages as poetry by indenting each clause on a new line. Many other translations do not do this, but rather use regular paragraph formatting everywhere, including for poetry. It may be helpful to look at a translation in the national language of your country that uses poetry formatting, to help you decide whether or not you want to do something similar in your translation. Some translations put some of the following passages in poetry format since these verses have certain features of poetry such as parallelisms and metaphors: Genesis 1:27; 2:23; 3:14-16, 17b-19; 4:23-24; 8:22; 9:6, 25-27; 12:2-3; 14:19-20; 15:1; 16:11-12; 24:60; 25:23; 27:27-29, 39-40; 48:15-16, 20; 49:1-27. You may not want to put all these passages in poetry format since some of them have parallelisms that are not necessarily poetry but may just be emphasizing certain events in the narrative or certain points in a prophecy.
3	1:intro	zb6f				0	Possible titles for this book: “Genesis” “The Book of Genesis” “Genesis: The First Book By Moses” “Genesis: The Book About Beginnings” “The First Book That God's Prophet/Spokesman Moses Wrote: Genesis” The English title “Genesis” is a transliteration of a Greek word that means “origin” or “beginning” or “birth”; the ancient Greek translation of the Hebrew scriptures (the Septuagint) uses this word for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The Hebrew title of this book בְּרֵאשִׁית (pronounced “bereshith”) is the first Hebrew word in verse 1 and literally means “In the beginning.” The Latin translation of the Bible (the Latin Vulgate) was the first translation to use the title “The Book of Genesis.” Since that time, many other translations include “Genesis” in the book title because people are familiar with that name. Sometimes as part of the title, translators also include the fact that Moses was the author and that he was inspired by God. Do what is best in your language.
4	1:1	uiu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠רֵאשִׁ֖ית	1	“At the beginning {of time/everything}” or “{This is how everything} began:” The first chapter of Genesis is a true historical narrative (which is indicated by the Hebrew language structures that are used throughout the chapter), and verse 1 records the first event in that history. This is confirmed by the wider context of the Scriptures, which teach us that God created everything out of nothing at the very beginning of the world (Psalm 33:6, 9; Hebrews 11:3). Some languages must use a verb (“began”) in verse 1 rather than an abstract noun (“beginning”). Do what is best in your language.
5	1:1	b730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Translate the title “God” in a way that refers to the Supreme Being who created everything, who has complete power, who knows everything and is present everywhere. He is the only true God and has always existed.
6	1:1	hmtj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	בָּרָ֣א	1	“made”. In the Hebrew Bible, the verb “create” refers to an activity that only God does, and it often implies (as it does here) that he made something out of nothing. Also, the forms of the verbs in the Hebrew text (and the conjunctions) show that chapter 1 is a narrative that tells about true history and events in the order that things actually happened. Make sure that your translation does the same thing.
7	1:1	bcu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֵ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם	1	“the sky”. This phrase refers here to the region where all the stars and planets would later exist. Keep that in mind as you translate this term.
8	1:1	wgq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase refers to the planet earth.
9	1:2	qfra			וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ	1	“Now {at first after that,} the earth” or “{At first after that,} the earth”. The author pauses here to describe what the earth and the heavens were like after God first created them (verse 1). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce that information; other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is natural in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “the earth” in verse 1.
10	1:2	btmf			הָיְתָ֥ה תֹ֨הוּ֙ וָ⁠בֹ֔הוּ	1	It is not clear what the earth looked like at that time, but it did not have its present shape and order. Also, the Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “was formless/shapeless and empty/desolate,” or “did not have {its present} form, and there was nothing {living} on it {yet},” or (2) “completely empty/desolate,” which treats the text as a hendiadys. However, it is best to keep both terms separate in your translation (as they are in the Hebrew text).
11	1:2	f7a1			וְ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ עַל פְּנֵ֣י תְה֑וֹם	1	“It was {totally/completely} dark, there was deep {water} {everywhere},” or “There was deep {water} {everywhere} {that was covered/surrounded} in/by {complete/total} darkness,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
12	1:2	rp8q			וְ⁠ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים מְרַחֶ֖פֶת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and God’s Spirit was hovering/moving” or (2) “and a wind from God was blowing” or (3) “and a powerful wind was blowing”. The first interpretation is most likely, since the Hebrew verb “hovering” does not describe what wind does.
13	1:2	yq4r			עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	“over the surface of the water.” or “above the waters/water.” Throughout this chapter, the word “waters” is in the plural in the Hebrew text. For some languages it is more natural to use the singular “water”. Do what is best in your language in each context.
14	1:3	kxuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then God commanded,” What God says in verse 3 is a command. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make that explicit in this quote margin.
15	1:3	o0zd			יְהִ֣י א֑וֹר	1	“Let light exist.” or “I command there to be light.” or “I command light to start shining!” This is a command, not a permission or a suggestion. It is a direct quote of what God actually said, and it is usually put between quotation marks in a translation. If you use an exclamation point with this command in your translation, make sure it does not mean or imply that God was angry. Also, the way you translate “light” should refer to what shines from a source of light; it does not refer here to the source itself.
16	1:3	nj3u			וַֽ⁠יְהִי אֽוֹר	1	“And/So {immediately} there was light.” or “And {so/immediately} light started shining.” Light began to shine immediately as a result of God’s command.
17	1:4	ceam		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Notice that Hebrew frequently uses a conjunction such as “And” or “Then” at the beginning of a sentence. Some languages do not use conjunctions as frequently as Hebrew uses conjunctions. Do what is accurate and natural in your language in each context.
18	1:4	bnvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת הָ⁠א֖וֹר כִּי ט֑וֹב	1	“that the light {was} good/excellent.” In the Bible, “good” is an important theme. Throughout chapter 1, it especially means that what God created was high quality, complete, and had no defects; in other words, it had all the characteristics and functions that God intended it to have. It also includes the idea that what God created was untainted by sin and reflected his good character (Psalm 19:1; Romans 1:20). The focus here is not on how pleased or satisfied God was.
19	1:4	wtmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	In order to produce an accurate and natural translation, it is important in each context to make sure that nouns (such as “God”) and pronouns (such as “he”) are used properly in your language. In the Hebrew text, “God” is repeated frequently in chapter 1 to emphasize him and show that he is in focus. For some languages it is more natural to say “God” only once at the beginning of each paragraph or section, and then use pronouns to refer to him the rest of the time (or most of the time). Throughout chapter 1, do what is best in your language each time that you refer to God.
20	1:4	q3jo			וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הַ⁠חֹֽשֶׁךְ	1	“Then God/he separated/divided the light from the darkness {so that each had its own time}.” or “Then God/he caused the light to have its own time and the darkness to have its own time.” or “Then God/he separated the light from the darkness {so that it would be light for a number of hours, and then dark for a number of hours}.”
21	1:5	c9yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	“Then God/he called/named” or “God/He called/named”. Some languages omit the connecting word “And” or “Then” here. Consider what is the best way in your language to connect this sentence with the previous one.
22	1:5	cc8r			לָ⁠אוֹר֙ י֔וֹם	1	“the light Daytime,” Notice that in this context the word “Day” refers only to the time when the sun is shining, not to the 24-hour time period that makes up a complete day. Make sure that this is clear in your translation. Throughout chapter 1, some translations use quote marks around the names that God gives the different things he created. Do what is best in your language.
23	1:5	if7a			וְ⁠לַ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ קָ֣רָא לָ֑יְלָה	1	“and the darkness he called/named Nighttime.” or “and he called/named the darkness Nighttime.” In the Hebrew text, “the darkness” is first in this clause to emphasize the contrast between the light and the darkness. Consider what is the best way to translate this clause in your language.
24	1:5	xxe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” The evening and the morning are the parts of a 24-hour day that separate the hours of daytime (light) from the hours of nighttime (darkness): Evening came at the end of each daytime after God finished his work of creating. Then after about 12 hours of nighttime, morning came, which began the next 12 hours of daytime when God did more work. Make sure your translation does not sound like morning came immediately after evening. Some languages have a one-word conjunction that means “and then” or “and later” and would fit well here.
25	1:5	xmx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד	1	“{and that was} day one.” or “{and that was} {the end of} the first day.” Here “day” refers to a full 24-hour day. Also, the Hebrew text uses a cardinal number (“one”) here, but then uses ordinal numbers (“second,” “third,” and so on) for the rest of the days of the creation week. Some languages need to use an ordinal number (“first”) here too. Other languages use cardinal numbers throughout (“day one,” “day two,” and so on). Do what is best in your language.
26	1:6	nesq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
27	1:6	gqae			יְהִ֥י רָקִ֖יעַ	1	“Let there be a large/vast space” or “I command there to be a {large/vast} expanse/space” or “I command a large/vast space to form/exist”. The Hebrew word for “expanse” here describes a large space that is “spread out.” It was not solid, but rather it was open and empty and could be seen through and flown through (verse 20). It was probably also curved, following the spherical shape of the earth. See how you translated “Let there be” in verse 3.
28	1:6	mscz			בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“in the middle of the water,” See how you translated “waters” in verse 2.
29	1:6	c6kn			וִ⁠יהִ֣י מַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין מַ֖יִם לָ⁠מָֽיִם	1	“and let it separate/divide the water {above it} from the water {below it}.” or “so that it separates/divides the waters/water into two separate/different places.”
30	1:7	i8t2			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֮	1	“In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verse 7 explains what God’s command in verse 6 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the expanse twice.
31	1:7	dgya			אֶת הָ⁠רָקִיעַ֒	1	“a large/vast space”
32	1:7	c752			וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֗ל	1	“and divided” or “and used it to separate/divide”
33	1:7	pidk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בֵּ֤ין הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ מִ⁠תַּ֣חַת לָ⁠רָקִ֔יעַ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לָ⁠רָקִ֑יעַ	1	“the water that {was} below the expanse/space from the water that {was} above it.” or “the water that {was} under/below it from the water that {was} above it.” For some languages it is more natural to use a pronoun (“it”) here to refer to the expanse, since it was just mentioned earlier in the verse. Each language has its own system of when to use nouns or pronouns to refer to people, places, and things. In each context, do what is clear and natural in your language.
34	1:7	xfx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“That is the way it happened.” or “Everything was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.”
35	1:8	igd0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	“God/He called/named” or “and God/he called/named”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here (with or without a conjunction) or to continue the sentence that began at the end of verse 7. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
36	1:8	hh8a			לָֽ⁠רָקִ֖יעַ	1	“the large/vast space”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 7.
37	1:8	n336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	שָׁמָ֑יִם	1	“Sky.” This word probably refers here to the atmosphere above the earth’s surface where clouds are and where birds fly, as well as the space where the sun, moon, and stars are now. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 1.
38	1:8	su1z			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verse 5, and see the note about that there.
39	1:8	adzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם שֵׁנִֽי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the second day.” or “{and} the second day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day two.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an ordinal number (“second”) here or a cardinal number (“two”).
40	1:9	yc3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 3 and 6.
41	1:9	yetc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִקָּו֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם מִ⁠תַּ֤חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙	1	“Let the water {that is} under the heavens/sky gather/come together” or “I command the water {that is} below the heavens/sky to gather/come together”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to use a passive form of the verb (“be gathered”) or an active form (“gather” or “come”).
42	1:9	as42			אֶל מָק֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד	1	“in one place/area” or “into one area”
43	1:9	g8i2			וְ⁠תֵרָאֶ֖ה הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה	1	“so that there is dry ground/land.” or “so that dry ground/land can be seen.” or “so that land is uncovered and dries off.” The water had been covering the land, so when the water receded from it, the land became exposed and dried off. Make sure that the way you translate “dry ground” does not sound like the land was dry while it was under the water.
44	1:9	gign			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to be/happen}.” See how you translated this sentence in verse 7. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
45	1:10	eh2f			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	“Then God/he called/named”
46	1:10	khag			לַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁה֙	1	“the dry land” or “the ground/land that had dried off”
47	1:10	teai			אֶ֔רֶץ	1	“Ground,” This is the same Hebrew word that is translated as “earth” in verse 1, but here it refers to the dry land or ground (in contrast to the water), and not to the entire planet.
48	1:10	c5av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְוֵ֥ה הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם קָרָ֣א	1	“and the waters/water that he had gathered together he called/named” or “and he called/named the gathered waters” or “and he called/named the waters/water that had gathered/come together”. See how you translated a sentence in verse 5 that is similar in structure to this sentence.
49	1:10	sb47			יַמִּ֑ים	1	“Oceans.” or “Sea/Ocean.” At that time there was probably just one very large body of water and one very large land mass on the earth (as verse 9 indicates). So a singular noun that refers to the largest body of water, such as “Ocean” or “Sea”, could be used here in your translation.
50	1:10	gnuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Decide whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
51	1:10	hk8y			כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the land and the seas/ocean were} good/excellent.” Some languages cannot use a pronoun (“it”) here, but have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the word “good” in verse 4, and see the note about that there.
52	1:11	jq0c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
53	1:11	lnyu			תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ דֶּ֔שֶׁא	1	“I command the land/ground to grow/produce {green} plants,” or “The land/ground must now be covered with {green} plants,” The Hebrew word for “vegetation” refers generally here to any kind of green plant and includes the plants and trees that are mentioned next in this verse. Also, see how you translated “Land” in verse 10.
54	1:11	sdob			עֵ֚שֶׂב מַזְרִ֣יעַ זֶ֔רַע	1	“{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have seeds”. This phrase refers to many different kinds of plants, not just one plant or one seed. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, these kinds of plants have soft stems and include vegetable plants, herbs and other plants that produce edible seeds, such as rice, corn, and wheat.
55	1:11	cv1n			עֵ֣ץ פְּרִ֞י עֹ֤שֶׂה פְּרִי֙ לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ	1	“{and} fruit trees that bear/produce fruit, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{and} {every kind/type of} fruit tree that bears/produces/has its own kind/type of fruit” or “{and} {all kinds/types of} fruit trees that bear/produce/have their own kind/type of fruit”. The phrase “according to its kind” emphasizes that each different kind of tree produces its own kind of fruit and seeds, which grow and become only that kind of tree. For example, apple trees always produce apples with apple seeds, never peaches or cherries, or any other kind of fruit or seeds.
56	1:11	o8kh			אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ	1	“that {has} seeds inside,” or “with seeds inside,” or “with its {own kind/type of} seeds inside it,”
57	1:11	k8cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“throughout the earth.” or “all over the earth.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Let the land sprout vegetation on/throughout the earth …” Do what is best in your language.
58	1:11	virt			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened:” or “And it/everything happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to happen}:” Either a period or a colon can be used here, but a colon more clearly shows that verse 12 gives the details of what happened. This is different from verse 7, where the details of what happened come before “And it was so”, and from verse 9, where no additional details are given.
59	1:12	jikr			וַ⁠תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ דֶּ֠שֶׁא	1	“The land sprouted/produced vegetation/plants,” or “The land started growing/producing {green} plants,” Verse 12 explains what God’s command in verse 11 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the plants twice.
60	1:12	rh5y			עֵ֣שֶׂב מַזְרִ֤יעַ זֶ֨רַע֙ לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	“{including} plants that produce/have seeds, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds that grow into the same kind/type of plant,” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have their own kind/type of seeds,”
61	1:12	cy8d			וְ⁠עֵ֧ץ עֹֽשֶׂה פְּרִ֛י אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“and trees that bear/produce fruit with seeds inside, {each} according to its {own} kind.” or “and {every kind/type of} tree that produces/has fruit with seeds that grow into the same kind/type of tree.” or “and {all kinds/types of} trees that {produce/have} their own kind/type of seed-bearing fruit.”
62	1:12	o8er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction.
63	1:12	k58u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the plants and trees were} good/excellent.” See how you translated this clause in verse 10. Some languages have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language.
64	1:13	b3dy			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verses 5 and 8.
65	1:13	xcdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם שְׁלִישִֽׁי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the third day.” or “{and} the third day {ended}.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day three.”
66	1:14	h9x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
67	1:14	f6qj			יְהִ֤י מְאֹרֹת֙	1	“Let lights/lamps appear/exist” or “I command there to be sources of light” or “Let there be things/objects that give/shine light”. These lights refer to the sun, moon and stars that give off light. But it is important to keep this general in your translation (like the Hebrew text does) and not specify the names of these lights.
68	1:14	snjr			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“in the expanse/space of/called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. The expanse is the same thing as the heavens (verse 8), so some translations leave “the expanse of” implied here. Do what is best in your language.
69	1:14	as7i			לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל	1	“to divide/distinguish” or “that separate/divide”
70	1:14	ik3v			בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה	1	“the day{time} from the night{time}.” See how you translated “Day{time}” and “Night{time}” in verse 5.
71	1:14	iva1			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙	1	“Let those lights/lamps also be” or “They must/will also serve/function as” or “I also command those lights/lamps to serve/function as”
72	1:14	kwpn			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “signs/markers {of special/important events}, and {they must/will} mark” or “They must/will also mark/indicate when important things happen, and {they must/will} mark/show” or (2) “signs/markers that mark/indicate/show”. The word “signs” means that the lights are to mark certain times of the year. Following the first interpretation, the lights are to also mark special events (such as the star that signaled Jesus’ birth and the darkened sun at Jesus’ death).
73	1:14	zf63			וּ⁠לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠יָמִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁנִֽים	1	“seasons, days and years.” or “when seasons, days and years begin {and end}.” The sun and moon show the passing of time. For example, the 30-day month is determined by the phases of the moon, and the 365-day year is determined by the time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun. Seasons are regular times of the year, such as seed-planting and harvesting times, and the seasons of spring, summer, fall and winter (Genesis 8:22), as well as the special festivals which God appointed for his people to meet with him. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
74	1:15	qfvm			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לִ⁠מְאוֹרֹת֙	1	“And they must/will be sources of light” or “They must/will serve/function as lights” or “Their purpose is to serve/function as sources of light”
75	1:15	szsy			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14.
76	1:15	jf98			לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“to/that shine {light} on the earth.” or “so that they provide/give light to/for the earth.” See how you translated “the earth” in verses 1-2.
77	1:15	c4rf			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.”
78	1:16	slgo			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verses 16-18 explain what God’s commands in verses 14-15 caused to happen. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like he created the lights twice. See how you translated “So God made” in verse 7.
79	1:16	axyb			אֶת שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠מְּאֹרֹ֖ת הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים	1	“the two bright/big lights,” This phrase refers to the sun and the moon, which are the two brightest objects in the earth’s sky. However, the author intentionally does not use their names, so you should not include their names in your translation either.
80	1:16	udou			אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙	1	“the stronger/brighter light”. The focus is on the relative brightness or strength of the lights, not on their size.
81	1:16	vq3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם	1	“to dominate/govern the day,” or “to shine during the day,” The word “rule” is a figure of speech that means each light has the greatest effect during a particular time period because it is the brightest light that is shining then. For some languages, nonliving objects like the sun and the moon cannot “rule” because only people can do that. Do what is accurate and natural in your language.
82	1:16	slw4			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙	1	“and the weaker/dimmer light”
83	1:16	kas2			לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה	1	“to dominate/govern the night,” or “to shine during the night,” Be consistent here with how you translated “rule” previously in this verse.
84	1:16	vlll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים	1	“and {he also made/created} the stars.” or “{That is} also {when he made/created} the stars.” The verb “made” that is used earlier in the verse is implied here. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language.
85	1:17	wi1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“God/He placed/put them” or “God/He placed/put the lights”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to God and the lights at this point in the paragraph.
86	1:17	zkp6			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 14 and 15.
87	1:17	e0pl			לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“to shine light on the earth,” or “to provide/give light to/for the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15.
88	1:18	iq2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֹׁל֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם וּ⁠בַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה	1	“and to govern/dominate the day{time} and/or the night{time},” or “and to shine during the day{time} and/or during the night{time},” Make sure that your translation of the word “day” refers here to the daytime hours, not an entire 24-hour day. Also see how you translated “rule” in 1:16.
89	1:18	x9y4			וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁךְ	1	“and to divide/distinguish the light from the darkness.” or “and to separate/distinguish the time of light from the time of darkness.” Consider again how you translated “separate” in verses 4, 6-7, 14 and 18.
90	1:18	ji6r			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
91	1:18	h52g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {the lights in the heavens/sky were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language.
92	1:19	c1co			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,”
93	1:19	zl7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם רְבִיעִֽי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the fourth day.” or “and the fourth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day four.”
94	1:20	qr92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
95	1:20	rlrq			יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם שֶׁ֖רֶץ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֑ה	1	“I command the water to be full of large numbers/groups of living creatures,” or “I command there to be large numbers/groups of {water} animals that live everywhere in the water,”
96	1:20	szof			וְ⁠עוֹף֙ יְעוֹפֵ֣ף	1	“and let there be birds that fly” or “I also command there to be birds that fly” or “Also let there be winged creatures that fly”. The Hebrew word for “birds” can also be more general and refer to “winged/flying creatures,” which includes birds, bats, flying insects and even flying reptiles that are now extinct. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
97	1:20	obps			עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ עַל פְּנֵ֖י רְקִ֥יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“above the earth, through the sky/air.” or “across/in/through the sky above the earth.”
98	1:21	hu94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֣א אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“That is how God/he created/made” or “In that way God/he created/made”. See how you translated “created” in verse 1.
99	1:21	ywwv			אֶת הַ⁠תַּנִּינִ֖ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים	1	“the huge/gigantic sea/ocean animals”. These include whales, sharks, giant squid, crocodiles, and leviathans (Psalm 74:13-14, Isaiah 27:1), which were probably swimming reptiles that are now extinct.
100	1:21	uwve			וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֡שֶׂת	1	“and every {kind/type of fish and every other} creature/animal that moves/lives” or “and all the {fish and other} {kinds/types of} creatures/animals that move/live”
101	1:21	cfhy			אֲשֶׁר֩ שָׁרְצ֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם	1	“throughout the water/ocean in large numbers/groups,” or “in the water and fills it,” or “all over the place in the water/ocean,”
102	1:21	yks1			לְ⁠מִֽינֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	“{each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of offspring/young},” This phrase emphasizes that each different kind of creature has its own distinct kind of offspring/young. For example, whales always give birth to whales, and never give birth to cats or cows or any other kind of creature.
103	1:21	w4mh			וְ⁠אֵ֣ת	2	“and {how he created/made}” or “{That is} also {how he created/made}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here, so that the previous sentence is not too long. Do what is best in your language.
104	1:21	ug9b			כָּל ע֤וֹף כָּנָף֙	1	“every {kind/type of} bird” or “all {the different kinds/types of} birds” or “every {kind/type of} winged creature”. See how you translated “birds” in verse 20.
105	1:21	wumv			לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	“{each} according to its {own} kind/type.” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of young}.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse.
106	1:21	c8r3			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And He saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
107	1:21	fhzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had created/made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the water animals and the birds were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language.
108	1:22	tv0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then God caused them {all} to prosper/flourish” or “Then God blessed the water creatures/animals and the birds”. For some languages it is necessary to specify what “them” refers to. Do what is best in your language.
109	1:22	yiar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“by saying {to them},” or “and said {first to the water animals},” God blesses the water animals first. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here in the quote margin or at the beginning of what God says.
110	1:22	v2ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	פְּר֣וּ	1	“Reproduce” or “You water animals must/will produce/have many babies/young”. God speaks directly to the water animals using the second person (“you”), then later in the verse speaks about the birds in the third person (“the birds”). For some languages it is necessary to use either second person for both or third person for both, to prevent confusion. Do what is natural and clear in your language.
111	1:22	ee4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֗וּ	1	“so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”
112	1:22	s7t9			וּ⁠מִלְא֤וּ	1	“and live all over the place in” or “and live throughout”
113	1:22	pfl8			אֶת הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בַּ⁠יַּמִּ֔ים	1	“the water in/of the sea/ocean” or “the ocean/water”. For some languages, “water in the seas” is too repetitive, so it is more natural here to just say “seas/sea” or “ocean” or “water”. Do what is best in your language.
114	1:22	wysn			וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֖וֹף יִ֥רֶב	1	“And the birds must/will {also} increase {greatly} in number” or “{You} birds must/will {also} become {very} numerous/many”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “multiply” earlier in this verse.
115	1:22	q4ey			בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“throughout the earth.” or “{and live} all over the earth.”
116	1:23	jdl5			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,”
117	1:23	jti5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם חֲמִישִֽׁי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the fifth day.” or “and the fifth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day five.”
118	1:24	k7ok			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
119	1:24	ymte			תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ	1	“I command the land/ground to produce/yield” or “The land/ground must now produce/yield”. See how you translated a similar command to the land in verse 11.
120	1:24	wf0h			נֶ֤פֶשׁ חַיָּה֙	1	“{every kind/type of} living creature/animal” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals,” This is a general term that refers to all the different kinds of creatures/animals that breathe, including the three large categories of animals mentioned below in this verse.
121	1:24	se25			לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} bearing/having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” This phrase means that every kind of animal that God created always produces young that are the same kind of animal as their parents. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21, and see the note about that there.
122	1:24	lpze			בְּהֵמָ֥ה	1	“{including} domestic/farm/tame animals,” This term probably includes animals such as horses, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats that people raise for food or use for farming or other work. This is in contrast to animals that normally live in the wild.
123	1:24	jqx2			וָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ	1	“{every} {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl”
124	1:24	f3l5			וְ⁠חַֽיְתוֹ אֶ֖רֶץ	1	“and {every} {other} {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “and {all} the {other} {kinds/types of} {wild/untamed} animals {that live} on the earth/land,” This phrase refers in general to animals that are normally not raised by people but live in the wild.
125	1:24	w60r			לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse.
126	1:24	voaz			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “It/Everything happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to happen}.”
127	1:25	lj0c			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֩	1	“That is how God made/created” or “In that way God made/created”
128	1:25	jdcq			אֶת חַיַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ	1	“{every kind/type of} wild/untamed creature/animal,” or “{all the different kinds/types of} wild/untamed creatures/animals,” See how you translated “{every} creature of the earth” in verse 24.
129	1:25	zrau			לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young,”
130	1:25	bffi			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“and {every kind/type of} domestic/farm/tame animal,” or “and {all} the domestic/farm/tame animals,” See how you translated “livestock” in verse 24.
131	1:25	h946			לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,”
132	1:25	j9e3			וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה	1	“and every {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls on/along the ground,” or “and all {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl on/along the ground,” See how you translated “crawling creature” in verse 24.
133	1:25	ifc3			לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 11, 12, 21, 24 and 25. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
134	1:25	ts6r			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
135	1:25	epq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the creatures/animals that he had made/created were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Consider again how you translated “And God saw that … good” in verses 10, 12, 18, 21, 25.
136	1:26	bpc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Then God said {to himself},” Here God is not commanding anything to happen, but is getting ready to personally create mankind himself (the details are given in Gen 2:7, 21-22). Some languages have to specify who is being spoken to. Do what is best in your language.
137	1:26	blpi			נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה	1	“{Now} we should/will make/create”. Most Bible scholars think that the plural pronouns (“us” and “our”) in this verse refer to God and reflect the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep these pronouns plural in your translation. Also, many translations capitalize the first letter of all pronouns that refer to God in order to show him honor and respect. Your translation team needs to decide whether or not you will do that too. Be consistent with your decision as you translate the Bible.
138	1:26	bahl			אָדָ֛ם	1	“mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. The Hebrew word for “man” is used here (and in verse 27) as a collective noun that refers to human beings in general, including both male and female.
139	1:26	ulnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	בְּ⁠צַלְמֵ֖⁠נוּ כִּ⁠דְמוּתֵ֑⁠נוּ	1	“to be like us and act like us,” or “to be like us, so that they are similar to us in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that God made mankind to be like himself in many ways.
140	1:26	mq1c			וְ⁠יִרְדּוּ֩	1	“and let us put them in charge/control of” or “We will give them authority to rule/oversee/manage”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
141	1:26	bgn6			בִ⁠דְגַ֨ת הַ⁠יָּ֜ם	1	“the fish of/in the sea/ocean,”
142	1:26	fiz0			וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם	1	“the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” Some translations leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is strongly implied and may not sound natural in their languages. However, if it is natural in your language, it is best to include this phrase, because the author repeatedly contrasts three large categories of animals in this section: creatures that live on the ground, creatures that swim in the water, and creatures that fly in the sky.
143	1:26	qqil			וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“the domestic/farm/tame animals,” Consider again how you translated “livestock” in verses 24-26.
144	1:26	vthy			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“and the entire earth,” This refers to the planet earth and everything on it, including water, soil, metals, minerals, and other resources, as well as all the plants and animals.
145	1:26	x3kc			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֖מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“including every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth.” or “and/including all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth.” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “and” or “over” with each item in this list. Consider what is the best way to translate a list like this in your language.
146	1:27	zl1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	“So God created/made”. In this verse God does what he said he was going to do (verse 26). Make sure your translation does not sound like God created mankind twice. Also see how you translated “created” in verses 1 and 21.
147	1:27	f5z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙	1	“mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 26.
148	1:27	yyg0			בְּ⁠צַלְמ֔⁠וֹ	1	“in his own image.” or “to be like himself.” or “to be similar to himself {in many ways}.” God made mankind to be like himself in some ways (not all ways) and to represent him in the world and show people what he is like. For example, God gave human beings an eternal spirit and the ability to have a relationship with him. He also gave us emotions, an understanding of right and wrong, and the ability to reason and make choices, to create new things and to have authority over the rest of creation. You could include some of that information in a footnote.
149	1:27	f9uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠צֶ֥לֶם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בָּרָ֣א אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“{Yes/Indeed,} he created/made them in his image” or “{Indeed} God/he created/made them to be like himself” or “{Yes,} God/he created/made them to be similar to himself {in many ways}”. The pronoun “him” refers to the collective noun “man”, which in this case refers to human beings in general, not just one person. Also, this clause is the second half of a chiasm (an inverted parallelism) that repeats the first part of verse 27 in reverse order, to emphasize that it was in God’s image that human beings were created. Do what is best in your language.
150	1:27	n054			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בָּרָ֥א אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“He {also} created/made them {to be} male or female.” The phrase “male and female” comes first in the Hebrew text in order to emphasize it. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. Also make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like God is both male and female.
151	1:28	n52a			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ⁠ם֮ אֱלֹהִים֒	1	“Then God showed his favor to them” or “Then God caused them to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 22.
152	1:28	mnzd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“and said,” or “by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this quote margin that what God says next is the way that he blessed mankind, not something he said separately from that.
153	1:28	lyey			פְּר֥וּ	1	“Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children”. See how you translated “Be fruitful and multiply” in verse 22. It may be necessary to translate the phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
154	1:28	xie5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֛וּ	1	“so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”
155	1:28	lpep			וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“and live all over the earth” or “and inhabit the whole earth” or “Fill the earth”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
156	1:28	g9jo			וְ⁠כִבְשֻׁ֑⁠הָ	1	“and take control/care of it.” or “and bring it under your control.”
157	1:28	c3f8			וּ⁠רְד֞וּ	1	“You must rule over” or “You are in charge of” or “I am giving you authority to rule/oversee/manage”. See how you translated “rule” in verse 26.
158	1:28	prup			בִּ⁠דְגַ֤ת הַ⁠יָּם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“the fish in the ocean, the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” See how you translated these phrases in verse 26.
159	1:28	ytrg			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיָּ֖ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֥שֶׂת עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“and every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land.” or “and all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land.” This phrase refers generally here to every kind of creature that lives on land.
160	1:29	sqcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God/he {also} said {to them},” or “Then God/he continued/added,” God is still speaking to the human beings, so it may be necessary to add “also” to this quote margin. Some languages need to specify who is being spoken to. Other languages may leave this quote margin implied, since the same subject (God) is talking to the same people. However, the repeated quote margin in the Hebrew text could show that God paused before continuing or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. So if it is natural to keep the quote margin here in your language, that is best.
161	1:29	a4r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הִנֵּה֩	1	“Look,” or “Listen {to this},” or “I want you to know that”. This word means that what God says next is important and should be given special attention. Consider what is the best way to translate this term in your language.
162	1:29	uvuf			נָתַ֨תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֜ם	1	“I am {now} giving to you {as/for food}” or “I have provided {as food} for you” or “I am {now} providing {as food} for you”
163	1:29	oakn			אֶת כָּל עֵ֣שֶׂב זֹרֵ֣עַ זֶ֗רַע אֲשֶׁר֙	1	“every {kind/type of} seed-bearing plant that grows” or “every {kind/type of} plant with seeds that grows” or “all the {different kinds/types of} plants that yield/produce seeds and grow”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12.
164	1:29	nq9g			עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“anywhere on/throughout the earth,”
165	1:29	nn9g			וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠עֵ֛ץ אֲשֶׁר	1	“as well as every {kind/type of} tree that {bears/produces}” or “and all the {different kinds/types of} trees that {bear/produce}”
166	1:29	zjwv			בּ֥⁠וֹ פְרִי עֵ֖ץ זֹרֵ֣עַ זָ֑רַע	1	“fruit with seeds inside it.” or “seed-bearing fruit.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12.
167	1:29	ird8			לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִֽהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה	1	“{All of} them are yours to eat from.” or “You may eat from {any/all of} those plants.”
168	1:30	h154			וּֽ⁠לְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֣ת הָ֠⁠אָרֶץ	1	“In the same way, to every {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “Similarly/Likewise, to all the {wild/untamed} creatures/animals {that live} on the earth/land,” or “In the same way, to all the wild animals,” See how you translated similar phrases in verses 24 and 25.
169	1:30	cxyb			וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל ע֨וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם	1	“and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky,” or “and all the birds {that fly} in the sky,”
170	1:30	n7vq			וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ל רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה	1	“and every {other} {kind/type of} {creature/animal} that moves/lives on the earth/land and has the breath of life,” or “and all the {other} creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land and breathe {air} to live,” See how you translated “that moves on the earth” in verse 28.
171	1:30	hifc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת כָּל יֶ֥רֶק עֵ֖שֶׂב לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה	1	“{I give} every {kind/type of} green plant for/as food.” or “{I have given/provided} all the green plants for/as food.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse and say, “In the same way, {I give} every {type of} green plant for food to all the {wild} animals {that live} on the earth, and all the birds {that fly} in the sky, and all the {other} animals {that live} on the land and breathe {air}.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “plant” in verses 11, 12, 29.
172	1:30	ivkg			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is how it was.” or “And it/everything was {exactly} as he/God said {it should/would be}.” Consider again how you translated this sentence in verses 7, 9, 11, 15, 24 and 30. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. For example, here in verse 30 this phrase follows a statement God made, which is different from the other contexts where it follows a command.
173	1:31	hhg6			וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“Then God observed/considered” or “Then God looked at”. See how you translated “God saw …” in verse 4.
174	1:31	c85e			אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה	1	“everything that he had made/created,” This phrase refers to everything that God made during the entire week of Creation, not just on the sixth day. Consider again how you translated “made” (or “make”) in verses 7, 16, 25, 26 and 31. Compare that to how you translated a word that has a similar meaning (“created”) in verses 1, 21 and 27.
175	1:31	w4pz			וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	“and indeed” or “and he saw/observed that”. This word calls attention to what God is looking at and helps emphasize that what he saw was very good.
176	1:31	uixn			ט֖וֹב מְאֹ֑ד	1	“{it was} {all} very good/excellent.” Consider again how you translated “good/excellent” in verses 4, 10, 12, 18, 21, 25, and 31.
177	1:31	pjit			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came, and {then/later} morning came,” Consider again how you translated these phrases in verses 5, 8, 13, 19, 23, and 31, and see the note about that at verse 5.
178	1:31	vsiy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּֽׁי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the sixth day.” or “and the sixth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day six.”
179	2:1	alnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻלּ֛וּ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֥יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“So {it was that} the heavens and the earth were completed/finished {by God},” or “That is how {God} finished {creating/making} the heavens and the earth,” Verse 1 is a summary statement that looks back at what God did in chapter 1. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here, and see how you translated “heavens and earth” in Gen 1:1.
180	2:1	eaz5			וְ⁠כָל צְבָאָֽ⁠ם	1	“including all the many things that are in them.” or “along with everything in them.” This phrase refers to everything in the heavens and on the earth that God had created, as described in chapter 1.
181	2:2	lmmc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	“By the seventh day” or “By day seven”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God had completed his work by the seventh day and did not work on that day. Also consider again how you translated ordinal numbers in Gen 1:5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31; 2:2.
182	2:2	zkij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“God/he had completed/finished” or “God/he was finished with”. Decide whether it is better in your language to refer to God with a title (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context.
183	2:2	qp74			מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה	1	“his/the work he had been doing,”
184	2:2	lqw7			וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּת֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִ⁠כָּל	1	“so he rested/ceased on that day from all” or “so on the seventh day he no longer did”. God “rested” in the sense that he stopped his work and did not work on that day. It does not mean he was tired or had lost his strength. Rest is an important theme in the Bible, so you should try to be consistent in how you translate this term here and in other passages such as Exodus 23:12, 31:17 and Hebrews 4:4, 10. Part of this theme includes the Hebrew word for “Sabbath” which has the same root word as the verb for “rest” and is often translated “resting day.”
185	2:2	mtu9			מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה	1	“the work that he had been doing.” or “that work.”
186	2:3	aq2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יְבָ֤רֶךְ אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	“Then God/he established/designated the seventh day {as a day} to bless {people}” or “God/He honored the seventh day”. For some languages it is more natural to begin verse 3 without a conjunction. Other languages use a conjunction here like Hebrew does. Do what is natural in your language.
187	2:3	frsr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“and made it a holy/sacred day,” or “and set it apart as a day especially devoted/dedicated to him,” or “by setting it apart as a special day/time {for people/them} {to rest and worship him},”
188	2:3	zlsb			כִּ֣י ב֤⁠וֹ	1	“because on/during that day” or “{He did that} because on/during that day”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
189	2:3	kcwq			שָׁבַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל מְלַאכְתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“he ceased from all his/the work” or “he did not do any more work” or “he no longer did the work”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2.
190	2:3	oxs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת	1	“of creating that he had been doing.” or “that he had been doing, creating {everything}.”
191	2:4	m6ic			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	“These {are more details about}” or “This {is more about}” or “What follows {gives/tells more details about}”. This phrase refers forward to Gen 2:5-24 and begins a new section. Chapter one of Genesis gives an overview of what God did each day of creation week, including that he created human beings on day six. Chapter two gives more details about how God created Adam and Eve, who were his most important creations. Each chapter emphasizes different parts of the same history; they are not two different histories. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
192	2:4	ptfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תוֹלְד֧וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠הִבָּֽרְאָ֑⁠ם	1	“the history of the heavens and the earth when they were created {by God},” or “what happened when {God} created the heavens and the earth.” or “the history of what {God} did when he created the heavens and the earth:” The Hebrew text uses a passive construction here to emphasize the heavens and the earth. Decide the best way to do that in your language.
193	2:4	i0br			בְּ⁠י֗וֹם	1	“during the days/time {when}” or “During the days/time {when}”. Consider whether or not it is clearer or more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 5.
194	2:4	igt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Yahweh {who is} God” or “God {whose name is} Yahweh”. This phrase is a combination of God’s personal name “Yahweh” with his title “God.” Both are used together when he is especially in focus. This pattern of using a personal name and a title together is also used for people in the Old Testament when they are being emphasized, for example, “Ahab king of Israel” and “Ruth the Moabitess.” Many translations have “LORD God” in place of “Yahweh God” throughout the Old Testament. This follows the Jewish custom of substituting the Hebrew title “Adonai” (which means “my Lord”) for “Yahweh” (which means “he is”) when they read the Scriptures aloud. More recently, translation teams are putting “Yahweh” back in the Bible text (especially in the Old Testament, but also in the New Testament), and they include a footnote to explain the term. (Some translation teams consider using “Jehovah” instead of “Yahweh.” However that is not a name from the Bible, but is formed by taking the consonants from “Yahweh” and combining them with the vowels from “Adonai.”)
195	2:4	h1ao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-chiasm	עֲשׂ֛וֹת & אֶ֥רֶץ וְ⁠שָׁמָֽיִם	1	“made/created the earth and the heavens”. This clause forms a chiasm with “the heavens and the earth … created” in the first part of this verse. Try to keep the same phrase order in your translation. See how you translated “the heavens” and “the earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1.
196	2:5	yi7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ שִׂ֣יחַ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה טֶ֚רֶם יִֽהְיֶ֣ה בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“And/Now {for a while,} there were not yet any shrubs/bushes in the fields} on the earth,” or “{For a while,} no wild shrubs/bushes had started growing on the earth yet,” Consider whether or not it is better in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Verses 5-6 give background information about what things were like before God created mankind (verse 7). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce background information, while other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
197	2:5	gyov			וְ⁠כָל עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה טֶ֣רֶם יִצְמָ֑ח	1	“nor had any {other} plants started growing yet,” or “and there were not any {other} plants that had sprouted yet,” See how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29-30.
198	2:5	iiqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כִּי֩ & יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“because Yahweh/he” or “{That was} because God”. The Hebrew text repeats “Yahweh God” frequently in chapter 2 (starting in verse 4) to emphasize God. For some languages, it is not natural to repeat “Yahweh God” so often in the same paragraph, and it could even give the wrong meaning that there was more than one Yahweh God. For languages like that, it may be best to use “Yahweh God” only once at the beginning of a section or paragraph, then use “Yahweh”, “God”, or “he” in the rest of the section, depending on the context. Consider what is the most accurate and natural way to refer to Yahweh God at each point in your translation.
199	2:5	dsr2			לֹ֨א הִמְטִ֜יר & עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“had not {yet} caused it to rain on the earth,” or “had not {yet} sent/caused rain to water the earth,” See how you translated “earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1.
200	2:5	jour			וְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אַ֔יִן	1	“and there were no human beings {yet}” or “and mankind/humans did not exist {yet}”
201	2:5	mdd4			לַֽ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד אֶת הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“to cultivate/farm the land/soil.” Working the ground includes tasks such as clearing the ground, preparing the soil, planting seeds, and watering the plants. See how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
202	2:6	vsou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠אֵ֖ד	1	“But {during/at that time} mist/water/groundwater” or “{During/At that time} mist/springs”. The Hebrew word for “mist” refers to water in some form, such as water vapor, springs, or streams of water. Also, some translations begin verse 6 without “But”. Do what is best in your language.
203	2:6	ytxq			יַֽעֲלֶ֣ה	1	“seeped up” or “kept coming/seeping up” or “would come/seep up”. This verb describes a repeated or continuous action.
204	2:6	t93l			מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“from the ground” or “from underground”
205	2:6	srec			וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה	1	“and irrigated” or “and spread over” or “supplied water to”
206	2:6	qd1o			אֶֽת כָּל פְּנֵֽי הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“the entire/whole surface of the land/earth.” or “the ground everywhere.”
207	2:7	fjjv			וַ⁠יִּיצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים	1	“Then Yahweh {who is} God shaped/crafted”. The word “formed” describes what an expert craftsmen would do, and implies artistic skills and design. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in Gen 2:4-5.
208	2:7	dbat			אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם	1	“a man” or “the {first} man”. The definite article “the” is used here because this refers to a specific man, the first male human. For many languages it is more natural to use an indefinite article (“a”) to introduce him here, or to not use an article at all. Do what is best in your language.
209	2:7	pmfi			עָפָר֙	1	“{out of} dirt/mud/clay”. The word used here in the Hebrew text is usually translated “dust” (as in Gen 13:16, 28:14), but it can also be translated “dirt” (as in Gen 26:15) or “mortar/mud/clay” (as in Leviticus 14:42). The dirt would have been damp enough to be formed or shaped.
210	2:7	g3a2			מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“from the earth,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in the first half of this verse and say, “Then Yahweh {who is} God {took} {some} dirt/clay from the ground/earth {and} formed/shaped a man {out of it},” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25 and 2:5-6. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
211	2:7	xkca			וַ⁠יִּפַּ֥ח	1	“and he/Yahweh blew/exhaled” or “Then he/Yahweh blew/exhaled”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
212	2:7	qzjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו נִשְׁמַ֣ת חַיִּ֑ים	1	“into the man’s nostrils/nose the/his breath that would make him live,” or “his breath into the man’s nostrils/nose to make him live,” This refers to God’s breath. As you translate the pronouns “he” and “his” in this verse, make sure it is clear in your language who is being referred to.
213	2:7	vf52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּֽה	1	“so that he became a living person.” or “and then the man became alive” or “and he came to life.” or “so that he started to live.” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the man throughout verse 7.
214	2:8	z5wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּטַּ֞ע יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Now Yahweh God had {previously/already} planted” or “{Before that,} Yahweh God had planted”. This interpretation fits the context of chapter one, which says that God had made all the trees and plants on day three (Gen 1:11-12), three days before he created man (Gen 1:26-27; 2:7). Following this view, verses 8-14 give background information for what happens in verses 15-24. (2) “Then Yahweh God planted”. According to this interpretation, God made the Garden of Eden on day six after he created man.
215	2:8	npa8			גַּן	1	“a {large} garden” or “a {large} farm/park”. The man lived in this garden, and there were animals and many trees and other plants in it too, so it was fairly large. Make sure your translation of this term does not refer to something that is too small.
216	2:8	msch			בְ⁠עֵ֖דֶן מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	“in {the land/region of/called} Eden, {which was} in/to the east,” or “in the eastern part of {the land/region of/called} Eden,” In this context, the phrase “in the east” could refer to: (1) the eastern part of the region of Eden; or (2) a region east of where Moses lived when he wrote this. It is best, if possible, to keep your translation of this phrase general here (like the Hebrew text).
217	2:8	zpxl			וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם שָׁ֔ם אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	“and that is where he put the man” or “and in that garden he put the man” or “That is where he put the man”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
218	2:8	uvlv			אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָצָֽר	1	“whom he had shaped/crafted.” or “whom he had created/made.” See how you translated “formed” in verse 7.
219	2:9	wihv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּצְמַ֞ח יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ מִן־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה כָּל־עֵ֛ץ נֶחְמָ֥ד	1	“{There} Yahweh/he had made/caused to grow from the ground every {kind/type of} tree that is pleasant/beautiful/delightful” or “Yahweh/He had made/caused all {kinds/types of} trees to grow from the ground that are pleasant/beautiful”. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in verse 5, and how you translated “every tree” in Gen 1:29.
220	2:9	zqug			לְ⁠מַרְאֶ֖ה	1	“to the eyes” or “to look at” or “in appearance”
221	2:9	kslw			וְ⁠ט֣וֹב	1	“and {that produce/have/grow fruit that is} good” or “and {whose fruit is} good”
222	2:9	rc1t			לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֑ל	1	“for eating,” or “to eat,”
223	2:9	urhf			וְ⁠עֵ֤ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠גָּ֔ן	1	“including the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life, {which was} in the middle of the garden,” or “In the middle of the garden was the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
224	2:9	vdwn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠עֵ֕ץ הַ⁠דַּ֖עַת ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע	1	“as well as the tree whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” The word “good” refers here to all that is morally right and pleasing to God, and “evil” refers to what is morally wrong and against his will. Keep that in mind as you translate these terms.
225	2:10	af8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠נָהָרּ֙ יֹצֵ֣א	1	“Now a river was flowing” or “A river was flowing” or “There was a river flowing”. Verse 10 gives more background information that began in verse 8. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language.
226	2:10	pp02			מֵ⁠עֵ֔דֶן	1	“from/through {the land/region of} Eden”. The garden was inside the land of Eden, so as the river flowed through Eden, it watered the garden.
227	2:10	rcms			לְ⁠הַשְׁק֖וֹת	1	“to irrigate” or “to provide water for” or “that watered/irrigated” or “that provided water for”. See how you translated “watered” in verse 6.
228	2:10	wxka			אֶת הַ⁠גָּ֑ן	1	“the farm/park,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 8.
229	2:10	gpkv			וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙	1	“and from the garden” or “From there/Eden”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
230	2:10	h8ke			יִפָּרֵ֔ד וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה לְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה רָאשִֽׁים	1	Verse 10 is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “the/that river divided into four {smaller} waters/rivers.” This interpretation means that the river in Eden was the source river that watered the garden and then divided downstream into the four smaller rivers. (2) “there were four {smaller} source rivers that joined together and formed the larger river.” This interpretation means that the four rivers were source headwaters that flowed downstream and joined to form the larger river in Eden. If possible, leave your translation ambiguous here (like the Hebrew text does), so that either interpretation is possible.
231	2:11	ty1t			שֵׁ֥ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֖ד	1	“The name of the first {river} {is/was}” or “The first {river} is/was named/called” or “The first {river} is/was”. Most translations use past tense in verse 10, but then use present tense throughout verses 11-14. It may be best to use past tense throughout verses 10-14, especially since the rivers and places that are named in these verses no longer existed when Genesis was written, because the Flood completely changed the entire surface of the earth; after the Flood, the names of some of those rivers and places were given to new rivers and places.
232	2:11	fhgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פִּישׁ֑וֹן	1	“the Pishon {River}.” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use the article (“the”) with the name of a river.
233	2:11	k73q			ה֣וּא הַ⁠סֹּבֵ֗ב	1	“It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. The word “winds” or “meanders” means that the river changed direction from time to time. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence.
234	2:11	kdfc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ הַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה	1	“the entire/whole region of/called Havilah,” Be consistent in how you translate “land of” throughout this section.
235	2:11	lg1b			אֲשֶׁר שָׁ֖ם הַ⁠זָּהָֽב	1	“{a place} where {there is/was} {much} gold.” or “which has/had {a lot of} gold.”
236	2:12	v48n			וּֽ⁠זֲהַ֛ב הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	“In fact, the gold from that land/region” or “Indeed, the gold {that is found} in that land/region”. This sentence emphasizes the previous statement about the gold and gives more information about it.
237	2:12	ks18			ט֑וֹב	1	“{is/was} {very} pure.” or “{is/was} {very} high quality.”
238	2:12	qhx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠בְּדֹ֖לַח	1	“{A kind/type of fragrant/sweet-smelling resin called} bdellium” or “A {kind/type of} fragrant/sweet-smelling resin/perfume”. The meaning of this Hebrew word is not certain. In many translations it is transliterated, that is, spelled the way the Hebrew word is pronounced. It may refer to: (1) a fragrant/sweet-smelling tree resin that was used to make perfume; or (2) a type of stone or crystal, or possibly pearl.
239	2:12	ul5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶ֥בֶן הַ⁠שֹּֽׁהַם	1	“and {valuable} onyx gemstones” or “and {valuable} stones/gemstones called onyx” or “and {valuable} gemstones”. It is not certain what kind of stone this was, but most Bible scholars think it was onyx, which is a kind of quartz that is often black, but also occurs in many other colors, and can have stripes or bands of white (or other colors) running through it.
240	2:12	cp1z			שָׁ֥ם	1	“{are/were} {also} {found} there.” or “{are/were} {also} in that land/region.” Make sure the verb tense you choose here fits with the way you translated verse 11.
241	2:13	fnx5			וְ⁠שֵֽׁם הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י	1	“The name of the second river {is/was}” or “The second river is/was named/called” or “The second river is/was”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11.
242	2:13	tdei			גִּיח֑וֹן	1	“the Gihon {River}.”
243	2:13	spk8			ה֣וּא הַ⁠סּוֹבֵ֔ב	1	“It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to begin a new sentence or to continue the previous sentence. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11.
244	2:13	fgb5			אֵ֖ת כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ כּֽוּשׁ	1	“the entire/whole region of/called Cush.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11.
245	2:14	a2na			וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠נָּהָ֤ר הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֙	1	“The name of the third river {is/was}” or “The third river is/was named/called” or “The third river is/was”
246	2:14	eo4t			חִדֶּ֔קֶל	1	“the Tigris {River}.”
247	2:14	go4b			ה֥וּא הַֽ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ קִדְמַ֣ת	1	“It flows/flowed {in an area} east of” or “which flows/flowed {in an area} east of” or “which was located east of”. The word “east” refers to where the river was located, not the direction it was flowing.
248	2:14	h2lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַשּׁ֑וּר	1	“{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria.” This Hebrew name is pronounced “ash-shur” and is spelled “Asshur,” “Ashur,” or “Assyria” in English, depending on the context. This was a region of land, because at that time there were no cities. Most translations have “Assyria” here. Consider again how you translated “the land of” in verses 11 and 13.
249	2:14	wu7c			וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֖י	1	“{The name of} the fourth river {is/was}” or “The fourth river {is/was named/called}” or “and the fourth river {is/was}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11, 13-14. Also consider again whether it is best in your language to use present tense or past tense in verses 10-14.
250	2:14	u87b			פְרָֽת	1	“the Euphrates {River}.” Consider again how you translated the names of rivers in verses 11, 13-14.
251	2:15	qijo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יַּנִּחֵ֣⁠הוּ	1	“Now Yahweh God had {already} put the man” or “After Yahweh God put the man”. In verse 8 it says that God had already put the man in the garden, so the way you translate verse 15 should not sound like he did it again. This information is repeated here to continue the story from verse 8.
252	2:15	rosi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְ⁠גַן עֵ֔דֶן	1	“in the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “in Eden Garden”. Notice that “Garden” is capitalized when it is part of a name.
253	2:15	iaic			לְ⁠עָבְדָ֖⁠הּ	1	“to cultivate/farm it” or “so that he would cultivate/farm it”. See how you translated “work” in verse 5.
254	2:15	hyvl			וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׁמְרָֽ⁠הּ	1	“and maintain it.” or “and take care of it.”
255	2:16	qqer		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְצַו֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַל־הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then Yahweh/he commanded the man,” or “he commanded him,” The way you begin verse 16 depends on how you began verse 15. Consider what is the best way to refer to “Yahweh God” and “the man” here.
256	2:16	vzb0			מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן אָכֹ֥ל תֹּאכֵֽל	1	“You may eat as much {fruit} as you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,” or “You are permitted to eat whatever fruit that you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,”
257	2:17	vfsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ & לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל	1	“except you must/may not eat {any fruit} from the tree” or “except for one: you must/may not eat {the fruit that grows} on the tree” or “except I forbid you to eat {any fruit} from the tree”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is not contradicting himself here, but rather he is giving an exception to what he said in verse 16. To make that clear, you could say (starting with the beginning of God’s words in verse 16), “Out of all the trees in the garden, there is only one tree that you must/may not eat from: the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. If you eat fruit from that tree, on that {same} day you will certainly/definitely die.”
258	2:17	eja9			הַ⁠דַּ֨עַת֙ ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֔ע	1	“whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9.
259	2:17	w7aq			כִּ֗י בְּ⁠י֛וֹם אֲכָלְ⁠ךָ֥ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	“because on the {same} day you eat {fruit} from that tree” or “If you eat {any fruit} from that tree, on that {same} day” or “because as soon as you eat {fruit} from that tree”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
260	2:17	z028			מ֥וֹת תָּמֽוּת	1	“you will certainly/definitely die.”
261	2:18	mxit			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹא ט֛וֹב	1	“Then/Next Yahweh {who is} God declared, {It is} not good”
262	2:18	c2tk			הֱי֥וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“that the man is alone.” or “{for} the man to live by himself.”
263	2:18	bthk			אֶֽעֱשֶׂהּ	1	“{So} I will make/create”
264	2:18	ap1y			לּ֥⁠וֹ עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“a helper/companion who is {just/exactly} right for him.” or “someone who is suitable/right for him and will help him.” or “a suitable companion to help him.”
265	2:19	ukcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה	1	“Now {before that,} Yahweh God had formed/shaped from {the dust/dirt on} the ground” or “Now {previously,} Yahweh/he had used {dust/dirt} from the ground to form/shape”. The first sentence of verse 19 is a flashback of what happened before the events in verses 15-18 (which were first recorded in Gen 1:20-21, 24-25). Translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is background information that has already happened. Also see how you translated “formed” in verses 7-8 and “dust from the ground” in verse 7.
266	2:19	kk7t			כָּל חַיַּ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙	1	“every {kind/type of} creature/animal that lives in the fields/wild” or “all {the different kinds/types of} animals that live in the fields” or “all {the different kinds/types of} wild animals”. Consider how you translated a similar phrase (“every living creature of the earth”) in Gen 1:24, 30.
267	2:19	y8bl			וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky.” or “and all {the different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30.
268	2:19	qvln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֵא֙	1	“So/Then he brought/took them {all}”. This sentence continues the storyline. Consider how your language continues a story after giving background information. Also consider whether “brought” or “took” fits best here in your language.
269	2:19	p3x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶל הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“to Adam”. Every translation team needs to decide when to use Adam’s name for the first time in the book of Genesis. The Hebrew word “adam” means “man” and is also Adam’s name; the choice that is not followed here in your translation could be put in a footnote. Some translations first use Adam’s name here in verse 19, when he is naming the animals. Many other translations start using his name at the end of verse 20. Still other translations wait until 3:20 when he names Eve, and a few other translations begin in 3:9, 17, or 21.
270	2:19	apte			לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת	1	“to watch/hear” or “to find out”
271	2:19	rgyf			מַה יִּקְרָא ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“what he would name each one,” or “what names he would give/assign to them,” These names were labels for what kind of animals they were, such as “dog” or “horse”, not personal names like “David” or “Mary”.
272	2:19	by9q			וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִקְרָא ל֧⁠וֹ הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם	1	“and whatever Adam called/named” or “Whatever name the man gave/assigned to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
273	2:19	k24r			נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה	1	“each {kind/type of} living creature,” or “each {kind/type of} animal,”
274	2:19	waxk			ה֥וּא שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ	1	“that {became} its name.” or “that {became} the name of/for that kind/type of animal.”
275	2:20	rs26			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם שֵׁמ֗וֹת לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“The man gave/assigned names to all the {different kinds/types of} livestock” or “Adam named all the {different kinds/types of} domestic/tame animals”. For a note about when to first use Adam’s name, see verse 19. Also, see how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26.
276	2:20	e137			וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“and to {all} the {different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky”
277	2:20	e3uy			וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	“and to all the {other} {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild,” or “and to all the wild animals,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 19.
278	2:20	gmpu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֕ם לֹֽא מָצָ֥א עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“but he did/could not find a suitable helper for himself {among them}.” or “but none of them was a helper/companion who was {just/exactly} right for him.” or “but none of them was a suitable companion to help him.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an active or passive construction here. Also see how you translated “a suitable helper” in verse 18.
279	2:21	stgv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּפֵּל֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים תַּרְדֵּמָ֛ה עַל הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	“So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to fall/go into a deep/sound sleep.” or “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to sleep {very} deeply/soundly.” Many languages have a similar idiom for “caused a deep sleep to fall on” that works well here. Consider what is best in your language.
280	2:21	ti50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֑ן	1	“Then {while} the man was sleeping/asleep,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a pronoun or a noun here to refer to the man.
281	2:21	xamp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח	1	“he/God took {out}”. Consider whether to use a pronoun or noun here to refer to God. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this verse.
282	2:21	l63g			אַחַת֙ מִ⁠צַּלְעֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “one of the man’s ribs {from his body/side}” or “a rib {from the man’s body/side}” or (2) “part of the man’s side {from his body}”
283	2:21	k98y			וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר בָּשָׂ֖ר תַּחְתֶּֽ⁠נָּה	1	“and filled in the place/hole where it had been with flesh {and healed it}.” or “and replaced it with flesh {and healed him}.” In this context, the term “flesh” probably includes muscles and skin.
284	2:22	wmbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים	1	“Next Yahweh God” or “Next he” or “After that, Yahweh/he”. For many languages it is more natural here to use a pronoun to refer to Yahweh God. Do what is best in your language. After you finish translating a chapter or section, it is a good practice to read that section aloud and listen for what is the best way to refer to God and others at each place in the text.
285	2:22	m5wn			וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ & אֶֽת הַ⁠צֵּלָ֛ע אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֥ח מִן הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“made/constructed a woman from the rib which he had taken out of the man{’s body},” or “used the rib which he taken from the man to make/construct a woman from it,” See how you translated “rib” in verse 21 and see the note about that there.
286	2:22	w6xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֖⁠הָ אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“and he took her to the man.” or “Then he brought/took her to the man.” See how you translated “brought” in verse 19.
287	2:23	b3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ הָֽ⁠אָדָם֒	1	“Then the man said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man saw her,} he said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man woke up and saw the woman,} he said/exclaimed,” Remember to only make implied information explicit in your translation if it helps people understand the text better or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or bad grammar in your language.
288	2:23	cus9			זֹ֣את הַ⁠פַּ֗עַם	1	“Now there is a person who” or “At last here is a person {like me} who” or “Finally/Ahh! Here is someone {like me} who”
289	2:23	dbqq			עֶ֚צֶם מֵֽ⁠עֲצָמַ֔⁠י וּ⁠בָשָׂ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֑⁠י	1	“{has} bones and flesh from me!” or “was made out of my own bones and flesh!”
290	2:23	pbw7			לְ⁠זֹאת֙ יִקָּרֵ֣א אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“I will call her ‘woman,’ ” There is a play-on-words here because the Hebrew word for woman (“ishsha”) is similar to the Hebrew word for man (“ish”). You could put that information in a footnote.
291	2:23	dsb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י מֵ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֻֽקֳחָה זֹּֽאת	1	“because she was taken {by God} from {the body of} a man.” or “because {it was} from {the body of} a man {that} {God} took her.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
292	2:24	oti6			עַל כֵּן֙	1	“Because of that,” or “That is why” or “Since the woman was created from the man’s body,”
293	2:24	u45s			יַֽעֲזָב אִ֔ישׁ	1	“a/every man {who marries} will/must leave” or “{when a man gets married,} he must move away from”
294	2:24	peuh			אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{the home of} his father and mother,”
295	2:24	k1xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠דָבַ֣ק בְּ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and he must unite/join with his wife,” or “and he must live in close relationship with his wife,” This idiom means that the man is committed to his wife and has a close physical relationship with her too. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language.
296	2:24	fqua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠הָי֖וּ	1	“so that they become”. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here.
297	2:24	lhdy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠בָשָׂ֥ר אֶחָֽד	1	“completely one/united.” or “united in body {and spirit}.” or “united like one person.” The phrase “one flesh” is an idiom that emphasizes the close physical and spiritual unity between a husband and wife. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Consider how to best communicate this in your language.
298	2:25	rovf			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֤וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עֲרוּמִּ֔ים הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Now {at/during that time} both the man and his wife were naked,” or “{At/During that time} the man and his wife did not wear any clothes,”
299	2:25	m37h			וְ⁠לֹ֖א יִתְבֹּשָֽׁשׁוּ	1	“but {yet} they were not ashamed/embarrassed {about it}.” or “but {yet} they did not feel ashamed/embarrassed {about being naked}.” Some languages have an idiom for this clause that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
300	3:1	k1xo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֙	1	“Now the snake”. The conjunction “Now” introduces background information about the serpent. See how you translated this conjunction in Gen 2:5, 8, 19.
301	3:1	c6pe			הָיָ֣ה עָר֔וּם מִ⁠כֹּל֙ חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	“was more {deceptive and} clever/cunning than any of the {other} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild” or “was the craftiest of all the animals”. Make sure that your translation of “crafty” means that the snake had evil intent and was clever in a way that was not good. See how you translated “living thing of the field” in Gen 2:19-20.
302	3:1	xal9			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“that Yahweh {who is} God had made/created.” or “that God {whose name is} Yahweh had made/created.” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the animals that God had made, not the fields. Also see how you translated “Yahweh God” in chapter 2, beginning in verse 4.
303	3:1	jqok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“{One day} he asked the woman,” or “{One day} the serpent/snake {came/went to} the woman {and} asked {her},” If you use a pronoun (“he”) here in your translation, make sure it refers to the serpent, not God. Also, since the snake asked a question, some languages have to be more specific and say “asked” in the quote margin. Do what is best in your language.
304	3:1	za8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אַ֚ף כִּֽי אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ	1	“Did God really/actually command you to not eat” or “Is it true that God commanded you not to eat”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
305	3:1	iqz3			מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן	1	“{fruit} from any of the trees {that is/are} in the garden?” or “{any fruit} from the trees in the garden?” See how you translated “garden” in Genesis 2, beginning in verse 8.
306	3:2	gevr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל הַ⁠נָּחָ֑שׁ	1	“The woman answered the serpent/snake,” or “The woman responded to him,” or “The woman replied,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
307	3:2	kllk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֹאכֵֽל	1	“{No,} we have permission {from God/him} to eat” or “{No,} God/he has given us permission to eat”. The woman is not including the snake when she says “we” here.
308	3:2	gy6f			מִ⁠פְּרִ֥י	1	“the fruit of/from” or “fruit from”. See how you translated “fruit” in Gen 1:11-12, 29.
309	3:2	fmke			עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן	1	“{any/all of} the tree{s} {that are} in the garden,” or “{any} tree in the garden,”
310	3:3	t2wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	וּ⁠מִ⁠פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תוֹךְ הַ⁠גָּן֒	1	“except fruit from the tree that is in the middle/center of the garden.” or “except there is one tree that we must/may not eat fruit from, which is in the middle/center of the garden.” For some languages it is necessary to put the exception clause first and say, “{No,} it is only the tree in the middle of the garden that {God said} we must/may not eat any fruit from, but the fruit of/from {all the rest of} the trees in the garden we may eat.” Notice that if you follow this example, you must combine verses 2 and 3 and put the verse numbers “2-3” in front of the combination.
311	3:3	nz0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֗ים לֹ֤א תֹֽאכְלוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“God/he told/commanded {us}, ‘Do not eat fruit from that tree,” or “God/He told/commanded {us} to not eat {any of} that fruit,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
312	3:3	anrc			וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִגְּע֖וּ בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and do not even touch it,” or “or even touch it,”
313	3:3	ztft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	פֶּן תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן	1	“because if you do {eat it or touch it}, you will die!” or “because if we do {eat it or touch it}, we will die!” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with whether you translated the first part of the sentence as a direct (“you”) or indirect (“we”) quote.
314	3:4	j40v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠נָּחָ֖שׁ אֶל־הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“But the snake said/replied to her,” or “But the snake replied,” See how you translated “serpent” in verses 1-2.
315	3:4	k0j2			לֹֽא מ֖וֹת תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן	1	“{That is not true.} You will not die.” or “It’s not true that you will die.”
316	3:5	ngb0			כִּ֚י יֹדֵ֣עַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Actually, God/he knows” or “The reason God said that is because he knows”. The connecting word “For” introduces an explanation here. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
317	3:5	tr2j			כִּ֗י בְּ⁠יוֹם֙	1	“that as soon as” or “that when/if”
318	3:5	p329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	אֲכָלְ⁠כֶ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“you eat {fruit} from that tree,” or “you eat some/any of that fruit,” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse and refer to the man and the woman. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for this. Consider again how you translated “you” and “your” in verses 1-5.
319	3:5	uld2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִפְקְח֖וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“your mind/understanding will be opened/expanded,” or “you will gain/have new understanding,” or “you will understand/know new things,” Consider whether your language has an idiom like “your eyes will be opened” that would fit well here.
320	3:5	npzf			וִ⁠הְיִיתֶם֙ כֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים יֹדְעֵ֖י ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע	1	“and {as a result} you will be like God/him because you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” or “so that you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong just like God does.” The Hebrew word “Elohim” is ambiguous in this context. It could mean: (1) “God”, which is what it means everywhere else in the first 30 chapters of Genesis; or (2) “gods” or “divine beings” or (3) “angels”. See how you translated “good and evil” in Gen 2:9, 17.
321	3:6	d6rz			וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה כִּ֣י	1	“The woman saw/observed that”
322	3:6	gpz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠עֵ֨ץ	1	“the tree {produced fruit that}” or “{the fruit of} that tree” or “the tree{’s fruit}”. The word “tree” refers here to the fruit that is produced by that tree. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
323	3:6	b6yp			טוֹב֩ & לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֜ל	1	“{was/looked} good/delicious to eat”
324	3:6	aigt			וְ⁠כִ֧י תַֽאֲוָה ה֣וּא לָ⁠עֵינַ֗יִם	1	“and that the tree {itself} was/looked {very} beautiful,”
325	3:6	tkg3			וְ⁠נֶחְמָ֤ד הָ⁠עֵץ֙ לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֔יל	1	“and {she thought/believed} that {the fruit from} the tree would make her wise/wiser.” or “She {also} desired/wanted {to eat} the fruit so that it would make her wise/wiser.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
326	3:6	jrei			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח מִ⁠פִּרְי֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֑ל	1	“So/Then she took/picked some of the fruit {from/off the tree} and ate {it}.”
327	3:6	zi7t			וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן גַּם	1	“She also gave {some of the fruit}”
328	3:6	j06c			לְ⁠אִישָׁ֛⁠הּ עִמָּ֖⁠הּ	1	“to her husband, {who was} {there} with her,”
329	3:6	vgh6			וַ⁠יֹּאכַֽל	1	“and he ate {it/some} {too}.” or “and he {also} ate {it/some}.”
330	3:7	on9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּפָּקַ֨חְנָה֙ עֵינֵ֣י שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“Immediately/Suddenly it was as if their eyes/minds were opened/enlightened,” or “Immediately/Suddenly they both gained/had new understanding,” or “Immediately/Suddenly they both understood new things,” An immediate result of their sin was that they realized they were naked, which they had not been aware of before. See how you translated the idiom “eyes … opened” in verse 5.
331	3:7	d586			וַ⁠יֵּ֣דְע֔וּ	1	“so that they realized” or “so that they became aware”
332	3:7	qm2z			כִּ֥י עֵֽירֻמִּ֖ם הֵ֑ם	1	“that their bodies {were} naked/uncovered/bare {and they felt ashamed/embarrassed}.”
333	3:7	pb3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וַֽ⁠יִּתְפְּרוּ֙	1	“So they fastened/joined {together}”. The word for “sewed” implies here that some type of needle and thread were used. For example, they may have used a thin, sharpened stick for the needle, and plant fibers for the thread. If necessary, you could use a more general term such as “fastened/joined together” or “connected”. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that can be used in verses 7-8 for “they” and “themselves”. Do what is best in your language.
334	3:7	e5t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲלֵ֣ה תְאֵנָ֔ה	1	“{some} fig {tree} leaves” or “{some} {large} leaves from a fig tree”. Historical facts should not be changed in a translation, including the historical fact that Adam and Eve used fig tree leaves to make aprons. If fig trees are not known in your language area, you could say “{large} leaves from a tree called a fig {tree}”.
335	3:7	h1a6			וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם חֲגֹרֹֽת	1	“and used/wore them like/as aprons/skirts/loincloths {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and wore them around their waists {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and used them to make clothes for themselves.” These aprons/skirts probably covered them from the waist down to somewhere around the knees.
336	3:8	ibyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֞וּ	1	“Then/Later the man and his wife heard”. For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the noun phrase “the man and his wife” here and then use a pronoun (“they”) later in this sentence. Do what is best in your language.
337	3:8	kd3q			אֶת ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים מִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ	1	“the sound of Yahweh God{’s footsteps} as he walked” or “Yahweh God’s voice as he walked”. This phrase can refer to the sound of God’s footsteps or to the sound of his voice. Either meaning fits the context well and is followed by many translations.
338	3:8	g02y			בַּ⁠גָּ֖ן	1	“{around} in the garden” or “through the garden”
339	3:8	dipk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠ר֣וּחַ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	“{late in the afternoon} in/during the breezy/cool {time} of the day,” or “{late that afternoon/day} when there was a cool breeze blowing,” This idiom refers to the late afternoon or early evening when there is a breeze blowing and it is cooler. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase at the beginning of the sentence. Do what is best in your language.
340	3:8	x1fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתְחַבֵּ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“but/so they hid {themselves}” or “but/so they {tried to} hide {themselves}”. If you use “the man and his wife” earlier in this verse in your translation, consider whether or not a pronoun should be used here.
341	3:8	q6cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“from Yahweh God” or “from his presence/sight” or “from him”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh at this point in the paragraph in your language.
342	3:8	k6j3			בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן	1	“in the midst of the tree{s} in the garden.” or “behind some tree{s} there.” Since the garden is already mentioned earlier in verse 8, for some languages it may be more natural to be general here and say “there”. Do what is best in your language.
343	3:9	e4nw			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then/But Yahweh God called {out}”. See how you translated this name for God in verses 1 and 8.
344	3:9	ek33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ	1	“to the man and asked him,” or “to Adam,” See the note at Gen 2:19 about when to start using Adam’s name. Also consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
345	3:9	a04v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אַיֶּֽ⁠כָּה	1	“{Adam,} where are you?” Notice that the word “you” is singular here because God is only addressing the man.
346	3:10	e1lo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“He/Adam answered {him},” or “The man replied,”
347	3:10	mb7t			אֶת קֹלְ⁠ךָ֥ שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי	1	“I heard the sound of you {walking}” or “I heard your voice” or “I heard the sound of your footsteps/voice {as you walked}”. See how you translated “sound” in verse 8.
348	3:10	tr9j			בַּ⁠גָּ֑ן	1	“through the garden,”
349	3:10	aoxc			וָ⁠אִירָ֛א כִּֽי עֵירֹ֥ם אָנֹ֖כִי וָ⁠אֵחָבֵֽא	1	“but I was naked, so I was/felt afraid and I hid {from you}.” or “but I was naked and afraid {that you would see me}, so I hid.”
350	3:11	hsb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“So Yahweh God asked {him},” Make sure your translation of “he” refers to Yahweh here, not the man.
351	3:11	uf06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	מִ֚י הִגִּ֣יד לְ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֥י עֵירֹ֖ם אָ֑תָּה	1	“What made you realize/know that you were naked?” or “How did you find out that you were naked?” The pronoun “you” is still singular here.
352	3:11	hetm			הֲ⁠מִן הָ⁠עֵ֗ץ & אָכָֽלְתָּ	1	“Did you {disobey me and} eat {fruit} from the tree”
353	3:11	gi9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוִּיתִ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י אֲכָל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	“that I commanded you, ‘Do not eat from it’?” For some languages it is more natural to use a direct quote here for Yahweh’s words. Do what is best in your language.
354	3:12	hp6r			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם	1	“But the man said/replied {to him},” or “The man answered {him},”
355	3:12	et6h			הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתַ֣תָּה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י הִ֛וא	1	“The woman whom you put here {to be/live} with me, she {is the one who}” or “It was the woman you gave to me who”. The pronoun “she” is emphatic in the Hebrew text. That, along with the position of “The woman” at the beginning of the sentence, shows that the man is strongly emphasizing his blame of the woman. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language.
356	3:12	au82			נָֽתְנָה לִּ֥⁠י מִן הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ	1	“gave me {some fruit} from that tree,” or “gave me some of the/that fruit,” See how you translated “fruit” in verses 1-6.
357	3:12	z2ws			וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל	1	“so I ate {it}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
358	3:13	lvw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“So Yahweh God asked the woman,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
359	3:13	vvhk			מַה זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑ית	1	“What have you done?” or “What did you do?” or “Tell me what you have done.” God already knew the answer to this question, but he is giving the woman a chance to confess and explain what she did. God’s question probably also implies that he is displeased with what has happened.
360	3:13	rhhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“But the woman said/replied {to him},” or “The woman said/replied,” or “She replied,”
361	3:13	n1zl			הַ⁠נָּחָ֥שׁ	1	“The snake” or “It was the serpent/snake that”. This phrase is emphasized in the Hebrew text.
362	3:13	w0b8			הִשִּׁיאַ֖⁠נִי	1	“tricked me,” or “lied to me,”
363	3:13	bews			וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל	1	“so I ate {some of the/that fruit}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
364	3:14	ux98			וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ יְהֹוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֶֽל הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֮	1	“So Yahweh God said to the snake,”
365	3:14	ie75			כִּ֣י עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּאת֒	1	“Because/Since you did that,” or “Because/Since you deceived/tricked the woman,”
366	3:14	dfy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אָר֤וּר אַתָּה֙	1	“you are cursed {by me}” or “I am cursing you” or “I will cause you to suffer” or “I will punish you”. In this context, “cursed” involves God punishing the serpent and its descendants, causing them to suffer by crawling along the ground on their bellies and having a hostile relationship with human beings. Make sure that the way you translate this term does not imply the use of magic.
367	3:14	qu53			מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	“more {severely/harshly} than all the domestic/tame animals”. When Adam and Eve sinned and God judged them, the curse and punishment of death and decay also affected everything that was under their authority, including the animals. Here in Gen 3:14, God puts a more severe curse on the serpent (and his descendants) than he put on the rest of the animals. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20.
368	3:14	d3v1			וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	“and more {severely/harshly} than all the creatures/animals of/in the fields/wild.” or “and more {severely/harshly} than all the wild animals.” See how you translated “every living thing of the field” in verse 1.
369	3:14	obw6			עַל גְּחֹנְ⁠ךָ֣ תֵלֵ֔ךְ	1	“{As a result,} you will/must move/crawl {on/along the ground} on your belly/stomach,”
370	3:14	aocs			וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר תֹּאכַ֖ל	1	“and you will/must eat dust/dirt {with your food}”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that dust or dirt is all the snake will eat. Rather it could mean that dirt will get into his mouth when he eats his food, or it could be an idiom that refers to the fact that as he slithers along, his mouth will always be close to the dirt on the ground (a position of humility). Also see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7.
371	3:14	g32q			כָּל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.”
372	3:15	ivt7			וְ⁠אֵיבָ֣ה אָשִׁ֗ית בֵּֽינְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין זַרְעָ֑⁠הּ	1	“I will also cause you and the woman to be enemies {with each other}, and your offspring/descendants and her offspring/descendants to also be enemies.” or “ Besides that, I will cause you and your descendants to be enemies with the woman and her descendants.”
373	3:15	yfon			ה֚וּא	1	“{In fact,} her offspring/descendant” or “{In fact,} one of her descendants”. The pronoun “He” is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) the woman’s descendant (Jesus) who would one day come to earth as the Messiah/Christ; or (2) the woman’s descendants who will constantly be enemies of the snake’s descendants. If you follow the first interpretation, this would be the first prophecy in the Bible about the Messiah/Christ (“the Anointed One” or “the Promised Savior King”) who would come to earth and destroy Satan’s power (Hebrews 2:14). You could include that information in a footnote.
374	3:15	e3wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יְשׁוּפְ⁠ךָ֣ רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תְּשׁוּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָקֵֽב	1	“will strike/crush your head, and you will strike/bite/bruise his heel.” This is figurative language that Satan will harm the Messiah, but the Messiah will destroy him. For some languages it is better to switch the order of these clauses and say, “{In fact,} you will strike/bite/bruise the heel of one of her descendants, but he will strike/crush your head.” Do what is best in your language.
375	3:16	chez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֶֽל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אָמַ֗ר	1	“{Then} he/God said to the woman,” or “{Then} Yahweh God {turned} to the woman and said {to her},” In the Hebrew text, “to the woman” comes first in this sentence, to emphasize her. Do what is natural in your language. Also consider what is the best way to refer to God here in your language.
376	3:16	vgi1			הַרְבָּ֤ה אַרְבֶּה֙ עִצְּבוֹנֵ֣⁠ךְ	1	“I will greatly increase how much you suffer” or “I will cause you to have/experience much/severe pain” or “I will cause it to be very painful”
377	3:16	d5br			וְ⁠הֵֽרֹנֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“when you bear children;” or “when you give birth;”
378	3:16	icn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶב תֵּֽלְדִ֣י בָנִ֑ים	1	“{yes/indeed,} you will suffer much pain when you give birth.” or “{yes/indeed,} bearing children will be very painful for you.” This clause is the second part of a parallelism, which emphasizes the pain and suffering that women will experience when they bear children. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation.
379	3:16	jbk6			וְ⁠אֶל אִישֵׁ⁠ךְ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָתֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here, because the conjunctions and the idiom “your desire will be for your husband” are all ambiguous in this context. The text could mean: (1) “Yet/But you will {still} desire/long {to be with} your husband, and he …”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Song of Songs 7:10; or (2) “Besides that, you will desire/want {to control} your husband, but he …”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Gen 4:7. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote.
380	3:16	friw			וְ⁠ה֖וּא יִמְשָׁל בָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and he will control/dominate you.” or “and he will lord it over you.” See how you translated “rule over” in Gen 1:18. It may be necessary to translate this term differently here because of the negative context of the curse and the consequences of sin.
381	3:17	sq0d			וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אָמַ֗ר	1	“Then/Next he/God said to the man,” or “Then/Next Yahweh God {turned} to Adam and said {to him},” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to the man” is emphasized. See how you translated a similar case (“to the woman”) in verse 16. For a note about when to start using Adam’s name in your translation, see Gen 2:19.
382	3:17	dyjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כִּֽי־שָׁמַעְתָּ֮ לְ⁠ק֣וֹל אִשְׁתֶּ⁠ךָ֒	1	“Since/Because you {disobeyed me and} did what your wife said/suggested” or “Since/Because you did/followed what your wife told you to do”. This phrase means that Adam heard what his wife said to him and then did what she said. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
383	3:17	nelk			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ מִן הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ	1	“and ate {fruit} from the tree”
384	3:17	x2ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	“that I commanded/told you, ‘Do not eat {any fruit} from it,’ ” or “that I commanded you to not eat {any fruit} from.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated this command in verse 3.
385	3:17	ggfr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲרוּרָ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲבוּרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“the ground is cursed {by me} because of what you did.” or “I have cursed the ground because you sinned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to break up this long sentence and say, “You did what your wife said and ate {fruit} from the tree that I commanded you not to eat {any fruit} from. Because of what you did, I have cursed the ground.” Also see how you translated “cursed” in verse 14.
386	3:17	wdns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	בְּ⁠עִצָּבוֹן֙ תֹּֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה	1	“{As a result,} {only} by painful toil will you eat {any food} from it” or “{As a result,} you will have to work {very} hard and suffer {to grow/get enough food} to eat”
387	3:17	o4tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“every day of your life.” or “for your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.” For some languages it is better to put this phrase before the previous clause and say, “{As a result,} for as long as you live, you will have to work {very} hard and suffer {to grow/get enough food} to eat.” Do what is best in your language.
388	3:18	gzbg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠ק֥וֹץ וְ⁠דַרְדַּ֖ר תַּצְמִ֣יחַֽ	1	“In fact, the ground will produce/grow thorn {plants} and thistle {plants} {and other weeds}” or “In fact, thorn bushes and thistle plants {and other weeds} will grow from the ground”. The thorn and thistle plants represent all types of weeds, which are useless and possibly harmful plants.
389	3:18	z3ub			לָ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ אֶת עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה	1	The Hebrew text here could mean: (1) “{and make it difficult} for you to grow {enough} crops in the/your fields for food.” or “so that you will have to work very hard in your fields to grow/produce {enough} crops/food to eat.” or (2) “so that {your crops will not grow well and} you will {have to} eat {wild} plants that grow in the {open} fields {to survive}.” That difference of interpretation comes from the fact that the Hebrew word “fields” can refer to land that people cultivate or to uncultivated land where wild plants grow.
390	3:19	ewn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠זֵעַ֤ת אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תֹּ֣אכַל לֶ֔חֶם	1	“{Only} by the sweat of your face/brow/forehead will you be able to {grow/produce/have} {enough} food to eat,” or “You will have to {work hard and} sweat a lot in order to {grow/produce/have} {enough} food to eat,” The phrase “by the sweat of your nose/brow” is an idiom that refers to hard physical labor. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also, bread was one of the main food staples for that time and culture, so the Hebrew word for “bread” is used here as an idiom that refers to all food, not just bread. Consider whether your language does something similar, using one type of food (such as bread, rice or potatoes) to refer to all food in general. Or you could use a general term like “food,” especially if bread is rare or expensive in your language area.
391	3:19	n8ba			עַ֤ד שֽׁוּבְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“until you {die and} again become dust/dirt,”
392	3:19	ek0a			כִּ֥י מִמֶּ֖⁠נָּה לֻקָּ֑חְתָּ	1	“which you were taken/made from {by me}.” or “which I took/created you from.” or “which I made/created you out of.”
393	3:19	d4o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	כִּֽי	1	“Yes/Indeed,” or “That’s right,” This sentence rephrases and emphasizes what God just said.
394	3:19	nwc3			עָפָ֣ר אַ֔תָּה	1	“your bodies {were created/made} {by me} from dust/dirt” or “{I created/made} you out of dust/dirt”
395	3:19	qlcr			וְ⁠אֶל עָפָ֖ר תָּשֽׁוּב	1	“so dust/dirt is what you will become again {after you die}.”
396	3:20	wmrp			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם שֵׁ֥ם אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“Then Adam called/named his wife” or “Then the man gave his wife the name”. Some translations use Adam’s name here because he is naming Eve. See what you did in verse 17.
397	3:20	czch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַוָּ֑ה	1	“Eve, {which means “living/live,”}” If you include the meaning of Eve’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it is similar to the word in the following clause that has the same meaning (“living”), so that it is clear why Eve was given that name. The meaning of names is important in the Hebrew language, and this translation issue occurs frequently in the book of Genesis.
398	3:20	alel			כִּ֛י	1	“{He did that} because”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
399	3:20	q3ny			הִ֥וא הָֽיְתָ֖ה אֵ֥ם	1	“she would be the mother/ancestor of”
400	3:20	kvu6			כָּל חָֽי	1	“all the people who would ever live.” or “everyone who would ever live.”
401	3:21	idfq			וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים & כָּתְנ֥וֹת ע֖וֹר	1	“Then Yahweh God made {some} garments/clothes out of animal skins/hides” or “Then Yahweh God used {some} animal skins/hides to make {some} garments/clothes”
402	3:21	yd2w			לְ⁠אָדָ֧ם וּ⁠לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ	1	“for Adam and his wife {Eve},” or “for the man and his wife,”
403	3:21	nedp			וַ⁠יַּלְבִּשֵֽׁ⁠ם	1	“and he dressed them.” or “and he put the garments/clothes on them.”
404	3:22	zmrj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then he said/thought,” or “Then Yahweh/he said/thought {to himself},” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh God in your language at this point in the paragraph. Also, see how you translated a similar quote margin in Gen 1:26, where “said” has the same meaning.
405	3:22	tgmz			הֵ֤ן	1	“Look/Listen,” This word expresses emotion and calls attention to what God says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29.
406	3:22	m45e			הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙	1	“the man {and his wife}” or “man{kind}” or “human beings”. Throughout verses 22-24 “the man” represents mankind, which included both the man and the woman at this point. Make sure your translation communicates that clearly in those verses and does not just refer to Adam.
407	3:22	jtzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	הָיָה֙ כְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“have become like one of us” or “have become like us”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive because God is talking to himself.
408	3:22	u2uz			לָ⁠דַ֖עַת ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֑ע	1	“so that they know {what is} good and {what is} evil.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 5 and a similar phrase in Gen 2:9.
409	3:22	z722			וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה פֶּן יִשְׁלַ֣ח יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠לָקַח֙ גַּ֚ם	1	“So now, they must not be allowed/permitted {by us} to also take/pick” or “So we must not allow/permit them to also take/pick” or “So now we must do something so that they do/can not also take/pick”. See how you translated “took/picked … fruit” in verse 6.
410	3:22	jc4x			מֵ⁠עֵ֣ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֔ים וְ⁠אָכַ֖ל	1	“{fruit} from the tree of {eternal} life and eat {some of} it,” or “and eat {fruit} from the tree that gives people {eternal} life,” See how you translated “the tree of life” in Gen 2:9.
411	3:22	ekrd			וָ⁠חַ֥י לְ⁠עֹלָֽם	1	“and {then/so} live forever!” or “which will/would make them live forever!”
412	3:23	x97q			וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֛⁠הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then Yahweh God expelled/banished the man {and his wife}” or “So {then} Yahweh God forced them to leave”. Notice that in verses 22-24, “the man”, “him”, and “he” refer to mankind, that is, the man and the woman. Make sure it is clear in your translation here that both of them were sent out of the garden, not just the man. Consider again how you translated “Yahweh God” in Genesis 2 and 3, and see the note about this at Gen 2:4. Some languages have dual pronouns that are used for “they” and “them” in verses 22-24.
413	3:23	kl96			מִ⁠גַּן עֵ֑דֶן	1	“the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “Eden Garden”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:15.
414	3:23	hhh0			לַֽ⁠עֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“to work/farm/cultivate the ground/land/soil”. See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and “work it” in 2:15.
415	3:23	d3re			אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֻקַּ֖ח מִ⁠שָּֽׁם	1	“which they had been taken/created from {by him/God}.” or “which God/he had taken/made them from.” It does not refer to the exact ground that he was made from. See how you translated “taken from” in verse 19.
416	3:24	j8r9			וַ⁠יְגָ֖רֶשׁ אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם	1	“Then after he/Yahweh/God drove/forced the man {and his wife} out {of the garden},” or “After he/Yahweh/God expelled/banished them {from the garden},”
417	3:24	v4dm			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּן֩	1	“then he stationed” or “he placed/stationed”
418	3:24	zcdx			מִ⁠קֶּ֨דֶם לְ⁠גַן עֵ֜דֶן	1	“on/to the east {side} of the garden {at its entrance}” or “{at the entrance} of/to the garden, {which was} on its east side”. It is implied that the entrance to the garden is where the cherubim were placed to keep everyone from ever entering the garden again. Consider again how you translated “garden” in Gen 2:8-10, 15-16; 3:1-3, 8, 10, 23-24.
419	3:24	n3sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֗ים	1	“{some} {powerful} cherubim {angels}” or “{some} {powerful beings called} cherubim {angels}”. Most translations transliterate or borrow this term from Hebrew throughout the Bible. Cherubim are a special category of very powerful angels. Each one has four faces: a human face, a lion’s face, a bull’s face and an eagle’s face (Ezekiel 1:10; 10:14). Each of them also has multiple wings. You could include some of that information in a footnote.
420	3:24	gndv			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת לַ֤הַט הַ⁠חֶ֨רֶב֙	1	“and a blazing/fiery/burning sword” or “and a sword made of flames/fire”. A sword is a weapon that has a very long, sharp (often two-sided) blade that is longer than a knife, machete, or dagger and is attached to a hilt or handle. This sword may have had flames coming from it, or this may have been fire in the shape of a sword.
421	3:24	i7zi			הַ⁠מִּתְהַפֶּ֔כֶת	1	“that was turning/swinging around in all directions” or “that was swinging/flashing back and forth”. It seems that the sword was swinging by itself since there is no mention of anyone holding it.
422	3:24	orao			לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֕ר אֶת דֶּ֖רֶךְ	1	“to keep everyone away from the way/path {that leads/goes} to” or “so that no one could get/go near”
423	3:24	ar1o			עֵ֥ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים	1	“the tree of {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:9 and 3:22.
424	4:1	cibb			וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“Then Adam” or “Then the man {Adam}”. For a note about when to begin referring to the man as Adam, see Gen 2:19.
425	4:1	k9i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יָדַ֖ע אֶת חַוָּ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“had {marital} relations with his wife Eve,” or “slept with his wife Eve,” or “was intimate with his wife Eve,” This phrase is a Hebrew idiom that means Adam had marital/sexual relations with Eve. Many languages have a similar idiom. Make sure you translate this in a way that is polite and will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud.
426	4:1	um2r			וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר֙ וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד	1	“so that she became pregnant and {later} gave birth to”. Translate this clause in a way that will not embarrass people, especially when read aloud.
427	4:1	a1ox			אֶת קַ֔יִן	1	“{a son they named} Cain, {which means “obtained/acquired.”}” You could include the meaning of Cain’s name in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 3:20.
428	4:1	y3qd			וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“because she said/exclaimed,” or “{They named him that} because she/Eve had said/exclaimed,” This sentence explains how Cain got his name. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
429	4:1	ww1b			קָנִ֥יתִי	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I have obtained/acquired” or (2) “I have produced/created”. If you include the meaning of Cain’s name earlier in this verse in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches your choice here so that it is clear why he was given that name.
430	4:1	gohm			אִ֖ישׁ	1	“a male child” or “a boy/son” or “a baby boy”. For some languages it is confusing to refer to a newborn baby as a man. Do what is clear and natural in your language.
431	4:1	tfqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת יְהוָֽה	1	“with {help from} Yahweh!” or “with Yahweh{’s help}!” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “With Yahweh’s help I have obtained/acquired a son!” or “Yahweh has enabled/helped me to obtain/get a son!” Do what is best in your language.
432	4:2	gqfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֹּ֣סֶף לָ⁠לֶ֔דֶת	1	“Then she/Eve also gave birth to” or “After that, she/Eve gave birth to”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Cain and Abel may have been twins, or Abel may have been born sometime later after Eve became pregnant again. If possible, translate verse 2 in a way that allows for either interpretation. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or a noun to refer to Eve here.
433	4:2	i71z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ו	1	“his/Cain’s brother” or “another baby boy, {who was} his/Cain’s brother”. Some languages have a specific term for “younger brother” that can be used here. Do what is best in your language.
434	4:2	wid6			אֶת הָ֑בֶל	1	“{whom they named} Abel.” or “{whose name was} Abel.”
435	4:2	xfso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִי הֶ֨בֶל֙	1	“Now {when the boys had grown up,} Abel” or “{When they grew up,} Abel”. This sentence introduces background information for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Also, It is implied here that the boys had grown up to be adults. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation.
436	4:2	aikd			רֹ֣עֵה צֹ֔אן	1	“became/was a keeper/herder of flocks/sheep,” or “became/was a shepherd,” or “raised sheep {and goats},” A flock can be a large group of sheep or goats, or a mixture of both.
437	4:2	vsb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠קַ֕יִן	1	“whereas/but Cain”. Consider what is the best way in your language to contrast Cain and his work with Abel and his work.
438	4:2	dd6k			הָיָ֖ה עֹבֵ֥ד אֲדָמָֽה	1	“became/was a worker/tiller/farmer of the ground/soil.” or “became/was a {crop} farmer.” or “grew {food} crops.” Cain raised crops, not animals. See how you translated a similar phrase (“work the ground”) in Gen 2:5.
439	4:3	bwql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י מִ⁠קֵּ֣ץ יָמִ֑ים	1	“Then one day it happened that” or “As time went on/by, one day”. These phrases introduce an important new event. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
440	4:3	mhjm			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א קַ֜יִן	1	“Cain offered/gave”
441	4:3	zn5b			מִ⁠פְּרִ֧י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה	1	“some of the crops {that he had raised/grown} in his fields” or “some of the edible plants {that he had harvested} from his farmland/fields”. The word “fruit” is general here and refers to any edible plant or crop that grows as the result of being cultivated. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
442	4:3	of0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	מִנְחָ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	“to Yahweh as an offering/gift/sacrifice {to honor/worship him}.” The term “offering” refers to something that is given.
443	4:4	mq9z			וְ⁠הֶ֨בֶל הֵבִ֥יא גַם	1	“Abel also brought/offered/gave {an offering/gift/sacrifice} {to Yahweh}, {but what he offered/gave was}” or “But Abel offered/gave {to Yahweh}”. There is a contrast between Abel and Cain and between their offerings.
444	4:4	r4og			מִ⁠בְּכֹר֥וֹת צֹאנ֖⁠וֹ	1	“some of the firstborn {animals} from his flock{s}/sheep”. See how you translated “flocks” in verse 2.
445	4:4	oxhr			וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠חֶלְבֵ⁠הֶ֑ן	1	“and/including some of the fat portions of the meat.” or “and/including some of their best parts.” or “and/including the fattest/best parts of the animals/meat.” In that culture, fat was considered one of the best parts of an animal to eat. If that is different from how fat is viewed in your language area, that information could be put in a footnote.
446	4:4	v9sn			וַ⁠יִּ֣שַׁע יְהוָ֔ה אֶל	1	“Yahweh was pleased/happy with” or “Yahweh accepted”
447	4:4	jlf3			הֶ֖בֶל וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Abel and his gift/sacrifice.” or “Abel and what he offered/gave {to him}.”
448	4:5	zedh			וְ⁠אֶל קַ֥יִן & לֹ֣א שָׁעָ֑ה	1	“But he/Yahweh was not pleased/happy with Cain” or “However, he/Yahweh did not accept Cain”. See how you translated “looked {favorably} on” in verse 4.
449	4:5	hxcc			וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָת֖⁠וֹ	1	“and/or his gift/sacrifice.” or “and/or what he offered/gave {to him}.”
450	4:5	ai77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֤חַר לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ מְאֹ֔ד	1	“So Cain was/became/felt extremely angry,” Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
451	4:5	m590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ פָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	“and his face showed that he was angry/upset.” or “and he frowned/scowled.” or “and his face showed it.”
452	4:6	eymy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל קָ֑יִן	1	“Then Yahweh asked Cain/him,” The way you translate this quote margin should fit with the way that you translated the following three rhetorical questions.
453	4:6	qa15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה חָ֣רָה לָ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה נָפְל֥וּ פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“Why are you so angry? And why are you frowning/scowling?” or “There is no need/reason for you to be angry and frowning/scowling.” God is using these rhetorical questions to correct Cain. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also see how you translated the idioms “burned with … anger” and “face fell” in verse 5.
454	4:7	lltt			אִם תֵּיטִיב֙	1	“If you do {what is} right,”
455	4:7	ltx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא & שְׂאֵ֔ת	1	“{you know that} you will be accepted {by me}.” or “{you know that} I will be pleased with you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” or “I will accept you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” God uses this rhetorical question here to remind Cain of something that he already knew. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
456	4:7	hj95			וְ⁠אִם֙ לֹ֣א תֵיטִ֔יב	1	“But if you don’t do {what is} right,” or “But if you do what is wrong,”
457	4:7	re3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	חַטָּ֣את רֹבֵ֑ץ	1	“{then} sin {is like a fierce/dangerous animal that} is crouching/waiting” or “{then} sin will be crouching/waiting {like a fierce/wild animal}”. In verse 7 sin is personified, that is, it is treated as if it were alive, like a lion or some other fierce animal that wants to attack Cain. Some languages can do the same thing. Other languages cannot do that and must say something like: “then you are in great danger of being tempted to sin, but you must resist and not give in.”
458	4:7	sy1l			לַ⁠פֶּ֖תַח	1	“outside your door {to attack you},” or “outside the door {of your heart} {to attack/tempt you},”
459	4:7	t750			וְ⁠אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָת֔⁠וֹ	1	“It/Sin desires/wants {to control/destroy} you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
460	4:7	r8yc			וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תִּמְשָׁל בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“but you must master/control it {so that you do not sin}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from controlling/destroying you}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from doing that}.”
461	4:8	hfxs			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן	1	“But {after that,} Cain said” or “Later Cain spoke/talked”. After God spoke to Cain, we do not know how long Cain waited before he spoke to Abel; it may have been a few hours or a few days.
462	4:8	dhvy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	אֶל הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“to/with his brother Abel.” This sentence is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient manuscripts and translations (including the Samaritan Pentateuch, Septuagint, Latin Vulgate, and Syriac) and many modern translations have: “Then Cain said to Abel his brother, “Let’s go out to the field {and work} {together}.” ” or “Then Cain invited/asked his brother Abel to go out to the field with him {to work}.” Some translation teams follow the way this verse is translated in a well-known translation, such as in the national language or in a neighboring language. Decide what to do in your translation. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote.
463	4:8	bkk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בִּ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	“Then/So {they went out} to the field {to work} {together}, and/but while they were there,” For some languages it is necessary to make explicit that Cain and Abel actually went to the field. Do what is best in your language.
464	4:8	dvqb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם קַ֛יִן אֶל	1	“Cain attacked”
465	4:8	ms2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“his {own} brother Abel” or “his {own} brother” or “him”. The Hebrew text keeps repeating the phrase “Abel his brother” to emphasize the seriousness of Cain’s crime. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2.
466	4:8	k1e4			וַ⁠יַּהַרְגֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“and murdered him.”
467	4:9	ylt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל קַ֔יִן	1	“Then/Later Yahweh asked Cain,”
468	4:9	lg3y			אֵ֖י הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“Where {is} your brother Abel?” See how you translated “Abel … brother” in verse 8.
469	4:9	e118		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“Then He/Cain said/replied {to him},” or “He/Cain answered {him},” or “He/Cain responded/retorted,” Cain is answering Yahweh rudely. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language, including whether or not to use a conjunction here.
470	4:9	pi34			לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי	1	“I don’t know {where he is}.” or “How should I know {that}?”
471	4:9	d7iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠שֹׁמֵ֥ר אָחִ֖⁠י אָנֹֽכִי	1	“Am I my brother’s guardian/caretaker?” or “Am I in charge of my brother?” or “Is it my job/responsibility to take care of my brother?” or “It’s not my job/responsibility to keep track of my brother!” Cain uses this rhetorical question to support the lie that he just told. His response to God is rude and disrespectful. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question communicates that here in your language.
472	4:10	n5ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“Then Yahweh asked/exclaimed,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Yahweh, not Cain.
473	4:10	flvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	“What you have done is very horrible/terrible!” or “You have done a horrible/terrible thing!” God uses this rhetorical question to condemn what Cain had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language.
474	4:10	qix1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ק֚וֹל דְּמֵ֣י אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ צֹעֲקִ֥ים אֵלַ֖⁠י מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“Your brother’s blood is calling out to me from the ground {to avenge him}!” or “Your brother’s blood on the ground is like a voice/person calling out to me {for justice/revenge}!” or “I see your brother’s blood on the ground, and/so I must judge/punish you {for killing/murdering him}!” In the Hebrew text, blood is personified, as if it had a voice or could cry out like a person does. If it is not possible to do that in your language, you could say that his brother’s blood is “like a voice …” or you could translate this sentence without personification.
475	4:11	ayem			וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה	1	“So/Therefore from now on” or “Because of what you did,”
476	4:11	nr1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אָר֣וּר אָ֑תָּה	1	“you are cursed {by me}” or “I am cursing you”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated this in Gen 3:14.
477	4:11	kzep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙	1	“{so that you will not be able to grow food} from the ground/soil,” or “{so that you are banned/banished} from {working/farming} the ground/soil,”
478	4:11	af4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּצְתָ֣ה אֶת פִּ֔י⁠הָ לָ⁠קַ֛חַת אֶת דְּמֵ֥י אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“which is covered/soaked with blood from your brother” or “which is where your brother’s blood spilled/poured out”. In the Hebrew text, “the ground” is personified as if it had a mouth to open. If that is not possible in your language, you could follow one of the alternates above.
479	4:11	rubj			מִ⁠יָּדֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“when/after you killed/murdered him.”
480	4:12	ikp7			כִּ֤י	1	“Whenever” or “{As a result,} whenever”
481	4:12	vpbv			תַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“you {try to} cultivate/farm the ground/soil,” See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and 3:23; also see similar phrases in 4:2, 11.
482	4:12	caed			לֹֽא תֹסֵ֥ף תֵּת כֹּחָ֖⁠הּ לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	“it will no longer produce/grow good crops for you.” or “it will not produce/grow enough food/harvest for you anymore.”
483	4:12	azf9			תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה	1	“{From now on,} you will” or “and you will {also}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
484	4:12	ptn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	נָ֥ע וָ⁠נָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home}.” or “be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth.” or “{be rejected/shunned by people so that you} have no permanent home and have to move from place to place.” The phrase “a fugitive and a wanderer” forms a hendiadys. Consider what is the best way to translate that phrase in your language.
485	4:13	k174		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן אֶל יְהוָ֑ה	1	“But Cain replied to Yahweh/him,” or “Cain said/replied,”
486	4:13	au2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	גָּד֥וֹל עֲוֺנִ֖⁠י	1	“Your punishment of me will cause me more suffering” or “You are punishing me more {severely/harshly}”
487	4:13	vjkj			מִ⁠נְּשֹֽׂא	1	“than I can endure.” or “than I am able to live/cope with.”
488	4:14	tmvv			הֵן֩	1	“Look/Listen,” This term emphasizes what Cain says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29 and 3:22. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
489	4:14	evll			גֵּרַ֨שְׁתָּ אֹתִ֜⁠י הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם	1	“today you are forcing me away” or “you have now banished/prevented me”. See how you translated “drove/expelled” in Gen 3:24.
490	4:14	xrxp			מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“from {farming/working/cultivating} the ground/land/soil,”
491	4:14	kjbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶסָּתֵ֑ר	1	“and I will be separated from you.” or “and I will be far away from you.” or “and you will no longer bless me.” This clause is probably an idiom that means Cain will be cursed and no longer blessed by God.
492	4:14	jhqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וְ⁠הָיִ֜יתִי נָ֤ע וָ⁠נָד֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“I will be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home},” or “I will be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
493	4:14	kszf			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה	1	“and” or “so that”
494	4:14	v3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָל מֹצְאִ֖⁠י יַֽהַרְגֵֽ⁠נִי	1	“anyone who sees/meets me will kill me!” Cain uses hyperbole here to emphasize his strong emotion. If possible, keep this hyperbole in your translation because it helps communicate how fearful Cain was feeling.
495	4:15	kucp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר ל֣⁠וֹ יְהוָ֗ה	1	“So/But Yahweh said/replied to him/Cain,” or “Yahweh said/replied to him/Cain,”
496	4:15	fsei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	לָ⁠כֵן֙	1	“In that case,” or “So then,” That is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient translations (such as the Septuagint) and many modern translations have: “Not so/true.” or “That will not happen {because}”. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote.
497	4:15	kb8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל הֹרֵ֣ג קַ֔יִן & יֻקָּ֑ם	1	“{I will warn everyone that} if anyone kills Cain/you, I will take vengeance/revenge on him {for you}” or “{I will make it clear to everyone that} I will take vengeance/revenge on anyone who kills you” What God says here implies that he will do something to prevent people from killing Cain; he is not just talking about punishing them if they kill him. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation.
498	4:15	eesx			שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם	1	“{and punish him} seven times more {severely} {than I am punishing you}!”
499	4:15	y2v3			וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ א֔וֹת	1	“Then Yahweh/he put a {special/distinguishing} sign/symbol on Cain” or “Then Yahweh/he marked Cain with a {special/distinguishing} mark/symbol”. We do not know exactly how Yahweh marked Cain, so keep your translation of this clause general (like the Hebrew text is).
500	4:15	cqhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הַכּוֹת אֹת֖⁠וֹ כָּל מֹצְאֽ⁠וֹ	1	“so that anyone who saw/met him would not kill him.” or “to warn everyone who saw/met him not to kill him.” The phrase “strike him” is used here as an idiom that means “kill him”. Do what is best in your language.
501	4:16	mmsm			וַ⁠יֵּ֥צֵא קַ֖יִן	1	“After that, Cain went/traveled away” or “Then Cain left”
502	4:16	s73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	“from Yahweh” or “from the place where Yahweh had been talking to him”. Yahweh is everywhere, so this probably means that after talking to Yahweh, Cain left that place.
503	4:16	iydu			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב	1	“and settled” or “and started living”
504	4:16	ksys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ נ֖וֹד	1	“in the land/region of/called Nod, {which means “wandering,”}” or “in Nod Land,” The original readers of the Hebrew text knew that the name “Nod” means “wandering”. Usually translators transliterate (copy or borrow) the name from the Hebrew text, and they might also include the meaning of the name in the text or in a footnote. If you do that here, the meaning should be similar to how you translated “wanderer” in verses 12 and 14.
505	4:16	glwo			קִדְמַת עֵֽדֶן	1	“{which was} east of {the land/region of/called} Eden.” or “{which was} east of Eden {Land}.” Consider again how you translated “{the land/region of} Eden” and “the Garden of Eden” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:8, 10, 15; 3:23-24; 4:16.
506	4:17	tgil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּ֤דַע קַ֨יִן֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then Cain had {marital} relations with his wife,” or “Then Cain slept with his wife,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 4:1.
507	4:17	rr2c			וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד	1	“so that she became pregnant and gave birth to”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:1.
508	4:17	i17s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת חֲנ֑וֹךְ	1	“{a son named} Enoch.” or “{a son they named} Enoch.” or “{a son whose name was} Enoch.”
509	4:17	a43z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בֹּ֣נֶה עִ֔יר	1	“And/Now {at/during that time,} Cain was {in the process of} building/constructing a city,” Make sure that your translation of this clause refers to Cain, not Enoch.
510	4:17	isn9			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ שֵׁ֣ם הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	“so he called/named the/that city”
511	4:17	ocqy			כְּ⁠שֵׁ֖ם בְּנ֥⁠וֹ חֲנֽוֹךְ	1	“after his son Enoch.” or “Enoch, after his son.” or “Enoch, the same name as his son.”
512	4:18	d1x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֤ד לַֽ⁠חֲנוֹךְ֙	1	“Later on, Enoch fathered/had” or “When Enoch {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Enoch was the father of”. In this record of Cain’s descendants, It is implied that many years have gone by between each descendant growing up, getting married, and having his own children. Decide the best way to translate this genealogical record in your language.
513	4:18	yll5			אֶת עִירָ֔ד	1	“{a son named} Irad,” or “{a son whose name was} Irad,”
514	4:18	zgh0			וְ⁠עִירָ֕ד יָלַ֖ד	1	“Then Irad fathered/had” or “When Irad {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Irad was the father of”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence with each new generation that is mentioned in this verse.
515	4:18	lb2t			אֶת מְחֽוּיָאֵ֑ל	1	“{a son named} Mehujael,” or “{a son whose name was} Mehujael,”
516	4:18	hdkq			וּ⁠מְחִיּיָאֵ֗ל יָלַד֙	1	“Then Mehujael fathered/had” or “When Mehujael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Mehujael was the father of”
517	4:18	r4oo			אֶת מְת֣וּשָׁאֵ֔ל	1	“{a son named} Methushael,” or “{a son whose name was} Methushael,”
518	4:18	bw8i			וּ⁠מְתוּשָׁאֵ֖ל יָלַ֥ד	1	“Then Methushael fathered/had” or “When Methushael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Methushael was the father of”
519	4:18	a3xs			אֶת לָֽמֶךְ	1	“{a son named} Lamech.” or “{a son whose name was} Lamech.”
520	4:19	sx75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ לֶ֖מֶךְ שְׁתֵּ֣י נָשִׁ֑ים	1	“Then Lamech {grew up, and} he chose two women to be his wives.” or “When Lamech {grew up,} he married two wives/women.” In this context, the phrase “took for himself” is an idiom that means “married”. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom.
521	4:19	div9			שֵׁ֤ם הָֽ⁠אַחַת֙ עָדָ֔ה	1	“His first wife’s name was Adah,” or “His first wife was named Adah,”
522	4:19	nogk			וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית צִלָּֽה	1	“and his second wife’s name was Zillah.” or “and his second/other wife was named Zillah.”
523	4:20	gfmj			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד עָדָ֖ה	1	“Adah gave birth to” or “Adah had”
524	4:20	baqx			אֶת יָבָ֑ל	1	“{a son named} Jabal.” or “{a son whose name was} Jabal.”
525	4:20	w051			ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה	1	“He/who was/became” or “He/who {grew up and} became”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
526	4:20	twss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲבִ֕י יֹשֵׁ֥ב	1	“the ancestor/first of {all} those/people who”. The phrase “father of” is used here as an idiom that means Jabal was the first person to do these things. He originated this way of living, and many people after him followed his example.
527	4:20	lmj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	יֹשֵׁ֥ב אֹ֖הֶל	1	“are tent dwellers” or “live in portable shelters”. A tent is a portable living place that has walls made of cloth or animal skins and is held up by poles. Tents are used by people who need to take their home with them as they move from place to place, often to find food and water for themselves and their livestock. If people in your language area are not familiar with tents, you could include some of the above information in a footnote.
528	4:20	ifog			וּ⁠מִקְנֶֽה	1	“and raise livestock/animals {for a living}.” The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cows, sheep, goats, camels, and donkeys. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20, 3:14.
529	4:21	g37o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יוּבָ֑ל	1	“His/Jabal’s brother’s name was Jubal.” or “Jabal had a brother named Jubal.” Jubal was probably younger than Jabal. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2.
530	4:21	wc9b			ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה	1	“He/who was/became” or “He/Jubal {grew up and} was/became”
531	4:21	dbuc			אֲבִ֕י כָּל	1	“the ancestor/first of all {those/people} who”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 20.
532	4:21	thhz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תֹּפֵ֥שׂ כִּנּ֖וֹר וְ⁠עוּגָֽב	1	“play {musical instruments called} harps/lyres and flutes/pipes.” or “play stringed instruments and wind instruments.”
533	4:22	jy3l			וְ⁠צִלָּ֣ה	1	“Zillah{, who was Lamech’s other wife,}” or “{Lamech’s other wife} Zillah”
534	4:22	jm2j			גַם & יָֽלְדָה֙	1	“also {became pregnant and} gave birth to {a son, and they named him}”
535	4:22	nipn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת תּ֣וּבַל קַ֔יִן	1	“Tubal-Cain” or “Tubal-cain” or “Tubalcain”. Be consistent with how you spell this name both times in verse 22.
536	4:22	t53i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹטֵ֕שׁ	1	“who/He was {the first person to} forge/make” or “He {was the first blacksmith and} forged/made” or “He {was the ancestor/first of all those/people who} forge/make”. It is probably implied from verses 20-21 that Tubal Cain, like his brothers, was the father/ancestor or first of all those who had his skill.
537	4:22	dn66			כָּל חֹרֵ֥שׁ נְחֹ֖שֶׁת וּ⁠בַרְזֶ֑ל	1	“all {kinds} of tools {and other things} out of bronze/brass and iron.” or “all {kinds} of bronze/brass and iron things/tools.” The word “tools” that is used here in the Hebrew text is general and can include farming tools and weapons and other things that are made out of metal.
538	4:22	dmz0			וַֽ⁠אֲח֥וֹת תּֽוּבַל קַ֖יִן נַֽעֲמָֽה	1	“Tubal Cain had a sister {named} Naamah.” or “Tubal Cain had a sister {whose name was} Naamah.”
539	4:23	apyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לֶ֜מֶךְ	1	“{One time,} Lamech said {proudly}” or “{One day,} Lamech bragged/boasted”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this new event.
540	4:23	gae9			לְ⁠נָשָׁ֗י⁠ו עָדָ֤ה וְ⁠צִלָּה֙	1	“to his {two} wives, “Adah and Zillah,” Be consistent with how you spelled these names in verses 19-20, 22-23.
541	4:23	lbpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁמַ֣עַן קוֹלִ֔⁠י	1	“listen to what I have to say.” or “listen to what I am going to tell you.” The phrase “my voice” refers here to the words being said. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language.
542	4:23	uqtr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	נְשֵׁ֣י לֶ֔מֶךְ הַאְזֵ֖נָּה אִמְרָתִ֑⁠י	1	“My wives, listen to this:” or “My wives, listen to me carefully.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes what Lamech says next. Also, consider whether or not your language has an idiom that is similar to “give ear to”.
543	4:23	m97i			כִּ֣י אִ֤ישׁ הָרַ֨גְתִּי֙ לְ⁠פִצְעִ֔⁠י וְ⁠יֶ֖לֶד לְ⁠חַבֻּרָתִֽ⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I killed a man for wounding me; {he was} a young man who bruised/injured me!” or “I killed a young man for wounding/injuring me! In fact, {I killed} that man {just} because he bruised/injured me!” or (2) “I killed a man for wounding me, and also a young man for bruising/injuring me.” or “A man wounded me, so I killed him. A young man injured me, so I killed him too!” According to the first interpretation, Lamech refers to one man he killed. According to the second interpretation, he refers to two men he killed.
544	4:24	q45d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם יֻקַּם קָ֑יִן וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ	1	“Since {God has promised} to avenge Cain seven times, then” or “Cain is avenged {by God} seven times, but” or “God will avenge Cain seven times, but”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
545	4:24	g912			וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה	1	“{I,} Lamech {avenge myself} seventy-seven/77 times!” or “I {avenge myself} seventy-seven/77 times!” Lamech is bragging in verses 23 and 24 about how severely he avenges himself. He is not saying that God will avenge him more than he will avenge Cain. Also, each translation team needs to decide how they will handle numbers in the Hebrew text so that readers will not confuse those numbers with verse numbers. For example, it may be best to use words for single and double-digit numbers in the text. Be consistent with how you spelled the name “Lamech” in verses 18-19, 23-24.
546	4:25	rw9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּ֨דַע אָדָ֥ם עוֹד֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then Adam slept with his wife {Eve} again,” or “Again Adam had {marital} relations with his wife {Eve},” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in 4:1, 17.
547	4:25	tlhj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן	1	“and she gave birth to a son,” or “so that she {conceived and} bore/had a son,” or “with the result that she {became pregnant and} gave birth to a son,”
548	4:25	uyxx			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“and she named him” or “and she gave him the name”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 3:20.
549	4:25	zfdp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שֵׁ֑ת	1	“Seth, {which means “appointed/granted/given,”}”
550	4:25	yiax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֣י	1	“{She named him that} because {when he was born,} {she had said/exclaimed},” What follows is a direct quote of what Eve said that gave Seth his name. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
551	4:25	pmzd			שָֽׁת לִ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“God has granted/given to me”. If you include the meaning of Seth’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “appointed” here, so that it is clear why he was given that name.
552	4:25	dc3s			זֶ֣רַע אַחֵ֔ר	1	“another child”
553	4:25	k147			תַּ֣חַת הֶ֔בֶל	1	“to replace Abel,” or “to take the place of Abel,”
554	4:25	d8wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י הֲרָג֖⁠וֹ קָֽיִן	1	“whom Cain killed/murdered.” For some language it is necessary to put this phrase first in this clause (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “Since Cain killed Abel, God granted me another child to replace him.” Do what is best in your language.
555	4:26	oqgu			וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֤ת גַּם & יֻלַּד בֵּ֔ן	1	“{Later on,} Seth also fathered/had a son,” The word order in the Hebrew text here emphasizes Seth. Do what is natural in your language.
556	4:26	zd7h			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אֱנ֑וֹשׁ	1	“and he named him Enosh.” or “whom he named Enosh.”
557	4:26	tq3j			אָ֣ז	1	“At/During that time” or “That is when”
558	4:26	o4hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הוּחַ֔ל לִ⁠קְרֹ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	“people began to address God by his name Yahweh as they worshiped him.” or “people began to worship/praise Yahweh by name.” or “people first called Yahweh by name in their prayers and worship.” The phrase “call on the name of Yahweh” is an idiom that refers to prayers, worship, and praise in which people addressed God directly by his personal name Yahweh. It also implies that they were trusting in him to help and guide them.
559	5:1	r7au			זֶ֣ה	1	“Here {is}” or “What follows {is}”
560	5:1	nf58			סֵ֔פֶר	1	“the written {family} record/history of/about” or “the {family} record of”
561	5:1	hbea			תּוֹלְדֹ֖ת אָדָ֑ם	1	“of/about Adam and his descendants:” or “of/about Adam’s family-line/genealogy:”
562	5:1	ztgp			בְּ⁠י֗וֹם בְּרֹ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אָדָ֔ם & עָשָׂ֥ה אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“On the day {that/when} God created/made human beings, he made them”. See how you translated “created” in Gen 1:1, 27; 2:4, and “man” in Gen 1:26-27.
563	5:1	c3vh			בִּ⁠דְמ֥וּת אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“in his own likeness.” or “to be like himself.” God created mankind to be like himself in certain ways, but not to be exactly like him in every way (Gen 1:26-27).
564	5:2	sfms			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בְּרָאָ֑⁠ם	1	“He {also} created them {to be} male and female,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 1:27.
565	5:2	xoeq			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ֗⁠ם	1	“He blessed them” or “He said/promised that he would make them prosper/flourish”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
566	5:2	md6q			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א אֶת שְׁמָ⁠ם֙	1	“and called/named them”. See how you translated the phrase “called … name” in Gen 4:17, 25, 26.
567	5:2	bpym			אָדָ֔ם	1	“human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 1.
568	5:2	ocap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִבָּֽרְאָֽ⁠ם	1	“on the {same} day {that} they were created {by him}.” or “on the {same} day {that} he created them.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “and on the {same} day {that} he created them, he blessed them and called/named them human beings.” Do what is best in your language.
569	5:3	mu3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אָדָ֗ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠מְאַת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“When Adam had lived 130 years, he fathered/had {a son}” or “When Adam was 130 years old, he fathered/had {a son}”. Each translation team needs to decide how they are going to write large numbers in the Bible. Many teams use numerals, for example, “130” here in verse 3, especially if the target language has a complicated counting system. Other teams prefer to use words, for example, “one hundred thirty” here. Be consistent in what you do throughout your translation.
570	5:3	i5yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	בִּ⁠דְמוּת֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠צַלְמ֑⁠וֹ	1	“who was {a human being} like himself and looked like him,” or “who was like him in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that Seth was similar to Adam in many ways. See how you translated similar phrases in Gen 1:26.
571	5:3	d878			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵֽׁת	1	“and he/Adam named him Seth.” or “Adam named his/that son Seth.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
572	5:4	m5uq			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ יְמֵי אָדָ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֵׁ֔ת	1	“After he/Adam fathered/had Seth, Adam/he lived” or “After Seth’s birth, Adam lived” or “After Seth was born, Adam lived”
573	5:4	dt93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Adam lived 800 {more} years after Seth was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter.
574	5:4	w4va			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam was {also} the father of”. This clause probably refers to all the other children that Adam had, including those who were born before and after Seth was born. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
575	5:4	znml			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
576	5:5	exxg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֞וּ כָּל יְמֵ֤י אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁר חַ֔י תְּשַׁ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Adam/he lived a total of 930 years,” or “All together Adam/he lived 930 years,” Make sure that the name “Adam” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 1, 3-5.
577	5:5	vx22			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.” Notice that if you use the second alternative here (“before he died”), a comma is not used before it (in English). Do what is best in your language.
578	5:6	e8ow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְחִי־שֵׁ֕ת חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Seth had lived 105 years,” or “When/After Seth was 105 years old,” The events in verse 6 happened before Adam died (verse 5). So if you use a conjunction here, make sure your translation does not sound like verse 6 happened after Adam died.
579	5:6	ac8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אֱנֽוֹשׁ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enosh.” You could make it explicit in your translation or in a footnote that Enosh was a son. The same thing is true for the rest of the children whose births are mentioned in this chapter (who were all sons).
580	5:7	zq5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ת אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אֱנ֔וֹשׁ	1	“After he/Seth had Enosh, Seth/he lived” or “After Enosh’s birth, Seth lived” or “After Enosh was born, Seth lived”. In fact, throughout chapter 5, make sure it is clear in your translation whom each pronoun refers to.
581	5:7	axao			שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 807 years,” or “807 {more} years,”
582	5:7	m6hy			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in verse 4.
583	5:7	qh3m			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
584	5:8	cpt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי שֵׁ֔ת שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Seth/he lived a total of 912 years,” or “All together Seth/he lived 912 years,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Seth” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:25-26; 5:3-4, 6-8.
585	5:8	wfwj			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
586	5:9	hpxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י אֱנ֖וֹשׁ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Enosh had lived ninety/90 years,” or “When/After Enosh was ninety/90 years old,” See how you translated the beginning of a similar new paragraph in this genealogy at verse 6.
587	5:9	ealf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת קֵינָֽן	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Kenan.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Kenan.”
588	5:10	qcro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אֱנ֗וֹשׁ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת קֵינָ֔ן	1	“After he/Enosh had Kenan, Enosh/he lived” or “After Kenan’s birth, Enosh lived” or “After Kenan was born, Enosh lived”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7, and see the notes about that there.
589	5:10	vyfp			חֲמֵ֤שׁ עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 815 years,” or “815 {more} years,”
590	5:10	a9fp			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh was {also} the father of”
591	5:10	o420			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
592	5:11	t6cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י אֱנ֔וֹשׁ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Enosh/he lived a total of 905 years,” or “All together Enosh/he lived 905 years,” Make sure that the name “Enosh” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 6-7, 9-11.
593	5:11	ajtj			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
594	5:12	q01x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י קֵינָ֖ן שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Kenan had lived seventy years,” or “When/After Kenan was seventy years old,” Throughout this chapter, be consistent with how you have decided to handle numbers in the Bible. For example, many translation teams use words for single and double-digit numbers, but use numerals for larger numbers. This strategy helps prevent confusion with verse numbers. This is especially true in translations that use a large font size for verse numbers so that people doing group Bible study can easily be in the same verse together.
595	5:12	s14a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵֽל	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Mahalalel.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Mahalalel.”
596	5:13	x4dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י קֵינָ֗ן אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל	1	“After he/Kenan had Mahalalel, Kenan/he lived” or “After Mahalalel’s birth, Kenan lived” or “After Mahalalel was born, Kenan lived”
597	5:13	ml02			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 840 years,” or “840 {more} years,”
598	5:13	pdi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Kenan at this point in the paragraph.
599	5:13	wayv			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
600	5:14	iukx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י קֵינָ֔ן עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Kenan/he lived a total of 910 years,” or “All together Kenan/he lived 910 years,” Make sure that the name “Kenan” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 9-10, 12-14.
601	5:14	qzt5			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
602	5:15	ibht			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Mahalalel had lived sixty-five/65 years,” or “When/After Mahalalel was sixty-five/65 years old,”
603	5:15	xypc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת יָֽרֶד	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Jared.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Jared.”
604	5:16	pue9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֗ל אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת יֶ֔רֶד	1	“After he/Mahalalel fathered/had Jared, Mahalalel/he lived” or “After Jared’s birth, Mahalalel lived” or “After Jared was born, Mahalalel lived”
605	5:16	v7b5			שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 830 years,” or “830 {more} years,”
606	5:16	duud			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
607	5:16	w3p0			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
608	5:17	y3k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מַהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Mahalalel/he lived a total of 895 years,” or “All together Mahalalel/he lived 895 years,” Make sure that the name “Mahalalel” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 12-13, 15-17.
609	5:17	k21r			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
610	5:18	k5fo			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־יֶ֕רֶד שְׁתַּ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Jared had lived 162 years,” or “When/After Jared was 162 years old,”
611	5:18	hnj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת חֲנֽוֹךְ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Enoch.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enoch.”
612	5:19	ttlq			וַֽ⁠יְחִי יֶ֗רֶד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת חֲנ֔וֹךְ	1	“After he/Jared fathered/had Enoch, Jared/he lived” or “After Enoch’s birth, Jared lived” or “After Enoch was born, Jared lived”
613	5:19	dml1			שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,”
614	5:19	qvdm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Jared at this point in the paragraph.
615	5:19	b7tx			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
616	5:20	y9dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי יֶ֔רֶד שְׁתַּ֤יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Jared/he lived a total of 962 years,” or “All together Jared/he lived 962 years,” Make sure that the name “Jared” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 15-16, 18-20.
617	5:20	dsut			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
618	5:21	yd7b			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י חֲנ֔וֹךְ חָמֵ֥שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Enoch had lived sixty-five/65 years,” or “When/After Enoch was sixty-five/65 years old,” Consider again how you translated double-digit numbers in verses 9, 12, 15, 21.
619	5:21	q122		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מְתוּשָֽׁלַח	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Methuselah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Methuselah.”
620	5:22	aw7m			אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח	1	“After he/Enoch had Methuselah,” or “After Methuselah was born,” or “After Methselah’s birth,”
621	5:22	jft2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֨ךְ חֲנ֜וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Enoch walked/lived {closely/faithfully} with God” or “Enoch lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God”. The phrase “walked with” is used here as an idiom that means “lived in a close relationship with”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language.
622	5:22	t5cg			שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 300 years,” or “for 300 {more} years,”
623	5:22	nvyk			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enoch {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”
624	5:22	w372			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
625	5:23	q9fs			וַ⁠יְהִ֖י כָּל יְמֵ֣י חֲנ֑וֹךְ חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה	1	“So Enoch/he lived a total of 365 years.” or “All together Enoch/he lived 365 years.” Make sure that the name “Enoch” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 18-19, 21-24.
626	5:24	ovax			וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ חֲנ֖וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“{All his life} Enoch/he walked/lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God, and {then}” or “Then while he was {still} living {in a close relationship} with God,”
627	5:24	h09o			וְ⁠אֵינֶ֕⁠נּוּ	1	“{suddenly} he was not {on earth} {anymore},” or “{suddenly} he was no longer {on earth},” or “he {suddenly} disappeared {from earth},”
628	5:24	qhcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי לָקַ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים	1	“because God had taken him away {to be with him}.” It may be more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “… God took him away {to be with him}, so he was {suddenly} no longer {on earth}.” Do what is best in your language.
629	5:25	e0io			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Methuselah had lived 187 years,” or “When/After Methuselah was 187 years old,” Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25, and part of verses 3 and 28, and see the note about this at verse 6.
630	5:25	umwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת לָֽמֶךְ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Lamech.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Lamech.”
631	5:26	y4u9			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֗לַח אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת לֶ֔מֶךְ	1	“After he/Methuselah had Lamech, Methuselah/he lived” or “After Lamech’s birth, Methuselah lived” or “After Lamech was born, Methuselah lived”
632	5:26	xyho			שְׁתַּ֤יִם וּ⁠שְׁמוֹנִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 782 years,” or “782 {more} years,”
633	5:26	jiwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Methuselah {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Methuselah at this point in the paragraph.
634	5:26	dbig			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
635	5:27	d46p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Methuselah/he lived a total of 969 years,” or “So all together Methuselah/he lived 969 years,” Make sure that the name “Methuselah” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 21-22, 25-27.
636	5:27	bmrx			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
637	5:28	mhbp			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־לֶ֕מֶךְ שְׁתַּ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Lamech had lived 182 years,” or “When/After Lamech was 182 years old,”
638	5:28	ndwx			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד בֵּֽן	1	“he had a son,”
639	5:29	ao6m			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ	1	“and he named him” or “whom he named”
640	5:29	fqyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נֹ֖חַ	1	“Noah, {which means “comfort/relief/rest,”}” If you include the meaning of Noah’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches what Lamech says about him in the following quote so it is clear why he was given that name.
641	5:29	d1z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“{because} he said,” or “{He/Lamech named him that because} he had said {about him},” What Lamech says next is the reason that he named his son Noah. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
642	5:29	ivc5			זֶ֞֠ה יְנַחֲמֵ֤⁠נוּ	1	“This {son} will relieve us” or “This {son} will give us rest/relief”
643	5:29	gzo5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	מִֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֨⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עִצְּב֣וֹן יָדֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“from the {difficult} labor and toil/work we have to do with our hands” or “from the difficult/agonizing labor/work that we have to do/suffer”. These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize how difficult the work was. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
644	5:29	omyc			מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽרְרָ֖⁠הּ יְהוָֽה	1	“because Yahweh has cursed the ground.” or “as we farm/cultivate the ground that Yahweh has cursed.”
645	5:30	d607			וַֽ⁠יְחִי לֶ֗מֶךְ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת נֹ֔חַ	1	“After he/Lamech fathered Noah, Lamech/he lived” or “After Noah’s birth, Lamech lived” or “After Noah was born, Lamech lived”. Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 26, 30, and part of verses 4 and 22.
646	5:30	gfzu			חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 595 years,” or “595 {more} years,”
647	5:30	gczp			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Lamech {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”
648	5:30	r87u			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
649	5:31	i74z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ כָּל יְמֵי לֶ֔מֶךְ שֶׁ֤בַע וְ⁠שִׁבְעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Lamech/he lived a total of 777 years,” or “All together Lamech/he lived 777 years,” Consider again how you translated verses that are similar to verse 31; see verses 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 27, 31, and the first half of verses 5 and 23. Also make sure that the name “Lamech” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 25-26, 28-31, and also in 4:18-19, 23-24 for a different person who has the same name.
650	5:31	ojma			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
651	5:32	uzva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַֽ⁠יְהִי נֹ֕חַ בֶּן חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“After Noah was 500 years old,” Noah’s sons were not triplets, but were born in different years after Noah was 500 years old. The way you translate this verse should allow for that meaning.
652	5:32	yohb			וַ⁠יּ֣וֹלֶד נֹ֔חַ	1	“he fathered/had”. Consider again how you translated “fathered” in this chapter; see verses 4, 6-7, 9-10, 12-13, 15-16, 18-19, 25-26, 28, 30, 32.
653	5:32	nl9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת	1	“{sons named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons he/they named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.”
654	6:1	pmgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙	1	“Now it happened”. The events in Gen 6:1-2 started happening long before the events in 5:32, so the way your translation begins this verse should allow for that meaning and not begin with a sequence word like “Then”, which would have the wrong meaning here. Many translations omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase “it happened” introduces and emphasizes important background information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but doing that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
655	6:1	as12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	כִּֽי	1	“{that} when/as” or “that”
656	6:1	mezb			הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“human beings” or “people”. See how you translated this term in Gen 5:1-2.
657	6:1	fo85			הֵחֵ֣ל & לָ⁠רֹ֖ב	1	“began to multiply/increase {in number}” or “began to be more/very numerous”
658	6:1	ps4y			עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה	1	“all over the earth” or “throughout the earth/world”
659	6:1	r0sl			וּ⁠בָנ֖וֹת יֻלְּד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	“and they were having {many} daughters,”
660	6:2	vn76			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ	1	“then/Then {when those daughters/girls grew up,}” or “{When those daughters/girls grew up,}” Verses 1 and 2 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. For many languages it is necessary to divide it into two or more shorter sentences. For example, depending on how you began verse 1, you could begin verse 2 with a new sentence. Do what is best in your language.
661	6:2	w4mk			בְנֵי הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“{some} angels” or “{some} supernatural beings”. The meaning of Gen 6:2 is not certain and is heavily debated, so it is probably best to translate it fairly literally and possibly include a footnote about what it means. If it is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote. There are three main views of who “the sons of God” and “the daughters of mankind” refer to: (1) nonhuman, god-like (supernatural) beings, such as demons or angels (as in Job 1:6, 38:7) who took human form and married the daughters of human beings (which may be what is referred to in 1 Peter 3:19–20; 2 Peter 2:4, and Jude 6); or (2) male descendants of Seth (the righteous, chosen family line) who married female descendants of Cain (the unrighteous family line); or (3) sons of powerful men, such as judges or rulers (as in Exodus 22:8, Psalm 82:1, 6) who married the daughters of common, poor people.
662	6:2	znk3			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ & אֶת בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם כִּ֥י טֹבֹ֖ת הֵ֑נָּה	1	“saw that the daughters of human beings {were} beautiful,” or “saw that those young women {were} beautiful,” or “saw that they {were} {very} beautiful,”
663	6:2	qnty			וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נָשִׁ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּחָֽרוּ	1	“so they married any {of them} that they wanted to.” or “So they chose any/all {of them} that they wanted and married them.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “took/married” in Gen 4:19.
664	6:3	fdyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	“Then/So Yahweh said {to himself},” Only make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or if your language’s grammar requires it, so that your translation is easier to read and understand.
665	6:3	n5w7			רוּחִ֤⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “My Spirit” or “I”, which is a way of God referring to himself (Gen 1:2 is similar); or (2) “My spirit”, which could refer to God’s breath that gives life (as in Gen 2:7). If the text is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote.
666	6:3	lxhr			לֹֽא־יָד֨וֹן & בָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “will not contend with human beings forever,” or “will not put up with human beings forever,” or (2) “will not remain/live with/in human beings forever,” The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote.
667	6:3	nsna		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠שַׁ⁠גַּ֖ם ה֣וּא בָשָׂ֑ר	1	“because they {are} certainly/very sinful/corrupt.” or “because they {are} only/mere sinful/corrupt mortals.” The word “flesh” is used here as an idiom that means human beings are “mortal” (that is, their bodies will die) and that they are “sinful/corrupt”. The two meanings are interrelated since it is because of sin that their bodies die. In this context, the focus is on their corrupt behavior, which is the reason God will send a flood.
668	6:3	u5p6			וְ⁠הָי֣וּ יָמָ֔י⁠ו מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “So they will have 120 years {to repent}.” or “I will give them 120 years {to repent}.” or (2) “{From now on,} they/people will have/live {no longer than} 120 years.” The first interpretation seems to best fit the context here of God announcing his plan to judge mankind for their sin (verse 7). This would mean that Noah was 480 years old when God said this (about 20 years before he started having sons; Gen 5:32), since the flood came when he was 600 years old (Gen 7:6); you could put some of that information in a footnote. The second interpretation does not fit with the fact that after God said this, many people lived much longer than 120 years, so it does not seem likely that length of life was his meaning here.
669	6:4	ynoy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠נְּפִלִ֞ים	1	“{People/Giants called} the Nephilim” or “Giants”. Most translations transliterate (borrow or copy) the Hebrew word “Nephilim” here, treating it as a name. The word means “fallen ones” and probably refers to their fallen (sinful) spiritual state. The Nephilim were the descendants of the sons of God and the daughters of mankind. The only other time in the Bible that the Nephilim are mentioned is centuries later in Numbers 13:32-33, where they are identified as evil giants. Based on that, some translations translate “the Nephilim” as “giants” here in Gen 6:4.
670	6:4	mfas			הָי֣וּ בָ⁠אָרֶץ֮	1	“lived on the earth” or “were living on the earth”
671	6:4	x5nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵם֒ וְ⁠גַ֣ם אַֽחֲרֵי	1	“during that time and also later on,” It may be more natural to put this time phrase first in verse 4 and say, “During that time there were Nephilim/giants living on the earth, when …” Do what is best in your language.
672	6:4	brcd			כֵ֗ן אֲשֶׁ֨ר	1	“{That was/happened} when”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
673	6:4	dopz			בְּנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“angels” or “supernatural beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase in verse 2, and see the important note about that there.
674	6:4	pirs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יָבֹ֜אוּ & אֶל	1	“slept with” or “had {marital/sexual} relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. See how you translated a similar idiom (“knew”) in Gen 4:1, 17, 25.
675	6:4	m59u			בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“the daughters of human beings,” or “human women,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
676	6:4	si43			וְ⁠יָלְד֖וּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and those women gave birth to children for them.” or “and those women had children.”
677	6:4	e4oo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֵ֧מָּה	1	“The Nephilim {were}” or “Those/Their children {grew up and} {were/became} {the Nephilim, who were}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here.
678	6:4	yujd			הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֛ים	1	“the powerful men/warriors” or “heroes”
679	6:4	ps8j			אֲשֶׁ֥ר מֵ⁠עוֹלָ֖ם	1	“who lived a long time ago,” or “who lived many years ago,”
680	6:4	xhsv			אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠שֵּֽׁם	1	“{who/and were} famous men.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “They {were} the mighty men of renown who {were} from long ago.” or “They {were} the famous mighty men who lived a long time ago.” Do what is best in your language.
681	6:5	utlu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Yahweh knew” or “Yahweh was aware”. The verb “saw” is used here as an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. Do what is best in your language.
682	6:5	ommt			כִּ֥י רַבָּ֛ה רָעַ֥ת הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“how wicked/evil mankind/people had become on the earth,” or “that the people on the earth had become very wicked/evil,”
683	6:5	wy3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָל יֵ֨צֶר֙ מַחְשְׁבֹ֣ת לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and that every intention/desire they had in their hearts/minds” or “and that everything they thought about and desired/wanted”. In Hebrew culture the heart is considered the center of thoughts and desires. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom.
684	6:5	efx7			רַ֥ק רַ֖ע	1	“{was} completely evil”
685	6:5	wfz7			כָּל הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“all the time.” or “constantly.”
686	6:6	kp4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוָ֔ה	1	“As a result, Yahweh/he regretted” or “Yahweh/he regretted”
687	6:6	a0zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כִּֽי עָשָׂ֥ה אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	“that he had made/created people/them” or “that he had made/created human beings”. See how you translated “mankind” in verses 1, 3, and 5, and consider whether or not it is best to use a pronoun (“them”) here in your language.
688	6:6	xh9g			בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{to live} on the earth,”
689	6:6	lbxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְעַצֵּ֖ב אֶל לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and his heart was filled with pain/sadness/grief.” or “and he was/felt extremely/very sad/grieved.” Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here.
690	6:7	mt6s			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	“Then/So Yahweh/he said {to himself},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. Also make sure that the way you begin verse 7 fits well with the way you begin verse 6.
691	6:7	wbhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶמְחֶ֨ה	1	“I will wash away” or “I will blot out” or “I will completely wipe/destroy”. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here.
692	6:7	ymf2			אֶת הָ⁠אָדָ֤ם אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֨אתִי֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“{all} the human beings whom I created, from the surface of the earth,” or “from the earth {all} the people whom I created,”
693	6:7	l6r9			מֵֽ⁠אָדָם֙ עַד בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	“{In fact,} {I will destroy} {not just/only} {all} the people, but also {all} the animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
694	6:7	ilp6			עַד רֶ֖מֶשׂ	1	“and/including the creatures that crawl/move {on/along the ground}”
695	6:7	cmz9			וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“and {all} the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” or “and {all} the birds,”
696	6:7	tgkj			כִּ֥י נִחַ֖מְתִּי	1	“because I am sad/grieved” or “because I regret”. See how you translated “was sorry” or “regretted” in verse 6.
697	6:7	acg2			כִּ֥י עֲשִׂיתִֽ⁠ם	1	“that I {ever} made/created them.”
698	6:8	k0ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ מָ֥צָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	“But Noah pleased God.” or “However, Yahweh was pleased with Noah.” The idiom “find favor” means to please someone. And the idiom “in the eyes of” refers to someone’s opinion about something or someone. Consider whether your language has similar idioms that work well here or whether it is better to translate this sentence without an idiom.
699	6:9	u5k8			אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת נֹ֔חַ	1	“This/Here is {more of} the account/record/history of/about Noah and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Noah and his descendants/family:” Some of Noah’s history has already been given in Gen 5:29, 32, and 6:8. What follows tells more about him.
700	6:9	gw44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	נֹ֗חַ	1	“He {was}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to Noah.
701	6:9	zk74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אִ֥ישׁ צַדִּ֛יק	1	“an upright/good man.” or “a man who did what was right.”
702	6:9	w0cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תָּמִ֥ים הָיָ֖ה בְּ⁠דֹֽרֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He {alone} was blameless/faultless {in God’s eyes} among his contemporaries.” or “Out of all the people living at that time, Noah/he was the only one {whom God considered} blameless.” or (2) “He had a blameless/spotless reputation among his contemporaries.” or “His contemporaries considered him to be a man of integrity.” The phrase “without blemish” is often used in the Bible to describe animals that have no defects. Here it is used as an idiom that means Noah was “blameless/faultless” in an ethical or moral sense, or that he had good integrity, but it does not mean that he was sinless. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also, the word “generation” refers here to people who lived during the same time period.
703	6:9	ky2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִֽתְהַלֶּךְ נֹֽחַ	1	“{and} he walked {closely/faithfully} with God.” or “{and} he lived in a close/faithful relationship with God.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 5:22, 24.
704	6:10	vdjy			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד נֹ֖חַ	1	“Eventually Noah/he fathered/had” or “And {as mentioned before,} Noah/he had”. The fact that Noah fathered/had these three sons was already mentioned in Gen 5:32. Make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation does not sound like he fathered these sons a second time.
705	6:10	d1np			שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת	1	“three sons, {namely} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “three sons, {whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.”
706	6:11	f221		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“Now {the people of/on} the earth had become corrupt/wicked”. The phrase “the earth” is often used in the Bible to refer to all the people on the earth. Consider whether your language can do the same thing, or whether it is necessary to make that implied information explicit.
707	6:11	cnh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“in God’s sight/opinion,” or “according to God’s standards,”
708	6:11	rpln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ חָמָֽס	1	“and they had filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “and all over the earth they were doing violent/lawless things.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause in order to emphasize how evil the people on the earth had become. The two clauses are different enough from each other that, if possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. Also be consistent with how you translated “the earth” earlier in this verse.
709	6:12	czxe			וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	“God saw”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction.
710	6:12	xmkj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נִשְׁחָ֑תָה	1	“that {everyone on} the earth was indeed/very corrupt/wicked,” or “how corrupt/wicked {everyone on} the earth had become,” See how you translated “corrupt” and “the earth” in verse 11.
711	6:12	hi89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִּֽי & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר & עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“because all the people on the earth” or “because everyone {living} on earth”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and probably implies that people are mortal (verse 3).
712	6:12	ldf8			הִשְׁחִ֧ית & אֶת דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“were living corrupt/wicked lives.” or “were {continually} doing wicked/evil things.” or “were {continually} acting/behaving in evil ways.”
713	6:13	j1na			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים לְ⁠נֹ֗חַ	1	“So/Then God/he said to Noah,”
714	6:13	wv74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	קֵ֤ץ כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ בָּ֣א לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י	1	“I have decided to put an end to all human beings,” or “I am going to destroy all flesh/people,” Be consistent here with how you translated “flesh” in verse 12.
715	6:13	dx95			כִּֽי מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ חָמָ֖ס מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“because they have filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “because all over the earth they are doing violent/lawless things.” See how you translated “violence” in verse 11.
716	6:13	uymq			וְ⁠הִנְ⁠נִ֥י	1	“Now listen,” or “In fact,” This phrase draws extra attention to what God says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
717	6:13	nnog			מַשְׁחִיתָ֖⁠ם	1	“I am going to destroy them” or “I plan to destroy them” or “I will destroy them”
718	6:13	dukx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“as well as {everything else on} the earth.” or “and {everything else on} the earth {too}.” This phrase includes everything on the earth, not just the people.
719	6:14	i9zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	עֲשֵׂ֤ה	1	“{Therefore/Consequently} {you must} make/build”
720	6:14	altn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	תֵּבַ֣ת	1	“a {very} large boat/houseboat”. The term “ark” is general and refers to a chest/box that is closed on all sides, including the top. In this case, the ark was a very large boat that people and many animals lived in for a year. It had no motor, no oars, no sail and no rudder. Since this was a unique, one-of-a-kind boat that may already be well-known as the “ark” in the receptor language area, some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the word “ark” throughout Genesis. Decide what is best for your translation.
721	6:14	tpc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠ךָ֙	1	“for you/yourself {and your family}”
722	6:14	jqp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲצֵי גֹ֔פֶר	1	“from gopher/cypress wood {which is good for building boats}.” or “out of the best wood {for building boats}.” It is not certain what kind of wood this was, so many translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the Hebrew word “gopher”. Some Bible scholars think it was cypress wood.
723	6:14	l2wm			קִנִּ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“Build/Construct the ark/boat with compartments/stalls {inside},” or “Make/Build rooms inside the ark/boat,”
724	6:14	kfop			וְ⁠כָֽפַרְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠בַּ֥יִת וּ⁠מִ⁠ח֖וּץ	1	“and {completely} seal/coat it inside and outside”
725	6:14	ch1i			בַּ⁠כֹּֽפֶר	1	“with pitch/tar {to keep water out}.” or “with pitch/tar {to keep the boat from leaking}.” The Hebrew word “covering” is general and does not specify what kind of waterproofing material is being used. However, many translations are more specific than that here and refer to “pitch” or “tar” or some other material made from tree resin or sap that can seal a boat well and keep it from leaking.
726	6:15	qrn8			וְ⁠זֶ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	“Build the ark/boat with these dimensions/measurements:” or “You must make/build the ark/boat like this:”
727	6:15	e4re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	שְׁלֹ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אַמָּ֗ה אֹ֚רֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים אַמָּה֙ רָחְבָּ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אַמָּ֖ה קוֹמָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“It {must be} 140 meters long, twenty-three/23 meters wide, and fourteen/14 meters high.” or “It {must be} 450 feet long, seventy-five/75 feet wide, and forty-five/45 feet high.” A cubit was about half a meter (18 inches) long, which was the distance from a man’s elbow to the tip of his middle finger. You can: (1) translate cubits into meters or feet, and put the literal text in a footnote; or (2) keep “cubits” in the main text (so that the numbers 300, fifty/50 and thirty/30 are kept) and put what that equals in meters or feet in a footnote.
728	6:16	f4nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	צֹ֣הַר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה לַ⁠תֵּבָ֗ה וְ⁠אֶל אַמָּה֙ תְּכַלֶ֣⁠נָּה מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	“Make/Build a window/skylight for the ark/boat by finishing {the sides/walls of} the ark/boat to within one cubit below the top/roof {of the ark/boat}.” or “Make/Build a half-meter high window/opening between the top of the walls/sides of the ark and its roof {all the way around}, {to let light and air in}.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not completely certain here, but God was probably telling Noah to make a one-cubit high window or opening at the top of the outside walls of the ark, just below the roof, all the way around the ark, to let light and air into the ark. See the note about “cubit” in verse 15.
729	6:16	xcyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠פֶ֥תַח הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה בְּ⁠צִדָּ֣⁠הּ תָּשִׂ֑ים	1	“Also put/build a door in the side of the ark/boat.” or “Put/Build a door for the ark/boat in its side.” Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction (“And” or “Also”). Do what is natural in your language.
730	6:16	pt7i			תַּחְתִּיִּ֛ם שְׁנִיִּ֥ם וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶֽׂ⁠הָ	1	“Make/Build a lower {deck/level}, a middle {deck/level}, and an upper {deck/level} {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build a lower, second/middle, and third/upper story/floor {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build three {complete} levels/floors {on the inside}.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
731	6:17	gjxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִי֩	1	“Behold/Listen, I myself” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “I” is emphatic, both by its form and by its position at the beginning of the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language.
732	6:17	ipl7			מֵבִ֨יא אֶת־הַ⁠מַּבּ֥וּל מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“am going to bring/send a flood on/over the {whole/entire} earth” or “am going to flood the {whole/entire} earth {with water}”
733	6:17	lkym			לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֣ת	1	“{in order} to destroy” or “which will destroy”. See how you translated “destroy” in verse 13.
734	6:17	cskc			כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר	1	“all the creatures/beings” or “every creature” or “every living thing”. This phrase is general here and includes people and animals, so you may need to translate the phrase differently here from what you did earlier in verses 12-13 (where the focus seems to be on people).
735	6:17	wwec			אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ ר֣וּחַ חַיִּ֔ים	1	“that breathe/breathes {air}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30.
736	6:17	jqbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“from under the sky.” For some languages it may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “to destroy every living thing under the heavens/sky that has the breath of life in it.” Do what is best in your language.
737	6:17	o6ky			כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“{As a result,} every {living} thing/being that {is/lives} on land”
738	6:17	f07y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִגְוָֽע	1	“will breathe out {its last breath}!” or “will die/perish!” The verb “expire” (which could also be translated “exhale” or “breathe out”) is used here as an idiom that means “die”. Consider whether your language has a similar or different idiom that would work well here.
739	6:18	dkie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֥י	1	“But/However I will make/institute” or “But/However I will set up”. The word “establish” means to deliberately and formally put something into effect.
740	6:18	s3cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“a covenant between me and you,” or “a {special/peace} agreement between me and you,” This covenant is made up of the unconditional, unbreakable promises that God made to Noah (and all mankind and all other living things) in Genesis 8:2-9:17. The word “testament” is another word for “covenant,” so the way you translate “covenant” here could be similar to the way you translate the titles “Old Testament” and “New Testament.”
741	6:18	edeh			וּ⁠בָאתָ֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“so you must enter the ark/boat,” or “so you must get on board the ark/boat,”
742	6:18	sxiu			אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and {take} your sons, your wife, and your sons’ wives with you.” or “and {take} with you your wife, your sons, and their wives.”
743	6:19	g341			וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֠⁠חַי מִֽ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֞ר שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל תָּבִ֥יא אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	“Also, from every {kind of} living creature, {yes,} from every {kind of} animal, you must bring/take two/pairs of each {kind} into the ark/boat” or “You must also bring/take into the ark/boat two/pairs of every {kind of} living creature, including every {kind of} animal,”
744	6:19	e4sw			לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֣ת אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“{in order} to keep {them} alive with you.” or “so that they stay alive with you.”
745	6:19	ew4s			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה יִֽהְיֽוּ	1	“They must be {pairs} with {one} male and {one} female {each}.” or “Each pair must have/include {one} male and {one} female.” or “Make sure that each pair has {one} male and {one} female.”
746	6:20	tuxp			מֵ⁠הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	“{Males and females} from/of every kind/type of bird,”
747	6:20	li2p			וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	“and from/of every kind of animal,”
748	6:20	tymx			מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“including every kind of creature that moves/lives on the ground/land,” This phrase emphasizes that the birds and animals mentioned in the first half of this verse lived on land.
749	6:20	aqyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל יָבֹ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“two/pairs of every kind {of animal} will come to you” or “two/pairs of each kind {of animal} will come to you”. For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Two/Pairs of every kind of bird and every kind of animal, including every kind of creature that moves on the ground, will come to you … ” Do what is best in your language.
750	6:20	gcv1			לְ⁠הַֽחֲיֽוֹת	1	“to keep {them} alive {on/in the ark/boat}.” or “{into the ark/boat} so that they stay alive.” or “so that you keep them alive {in the ark/boat}.”
751	6:21	hpvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה	1	“You” or “You {and your family}”. Although the pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text in verse 21, it could be translated as plural, since God’s instructions apply to Noah and his family, not just Noah. Or you could make his family explicit. Do what is best in your language.
752	6:21	wvi8			קַח־לְ⁠ךָ֗	1	“must {also} {gather and} take/bring” or “must {also} gather”
753	6:21	kcf9			מִ⁠כָּל מַֽאֲכָל֙	1	“every {kind of} food” or “all the different kinds of food”
754	6:21	foah			אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל	1	“that is eaten {by people and animals}” or “that people and animals eat” or “that you and {all} the animals/creatures will need”
755	6:21	p7aq			וְ⁠אָסַפְתָּ֖ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“and store/stockpile/put it {on the ark/boat} with you,”
756	6:21	klow			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה & לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה	1	“This/That will be the food supply” or “so that there will be {enough} food”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
757	6:21	b77w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	“for you {and your family}”. Consider again how you translated the pronoun “you” in this verse.
758	6:21	e3n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“and for {all} the animals.”
759	6:22	gvtb			וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ	1	“So, {that is what} Noah did;” or “Noah did {all of that}”. Some translations begin verse 22 without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language.
760	6:22	jpgk			כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים כֵּ֥ן עָשָֽׂה	1	“he did everything just/exactly as God had commanded/told him {to do}.”
761	7:1	k23r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֔חַ	1	“Then {after they had finished building the ark/boat,} Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” or “{When/After the ark/boat was finished,} Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that the boat was completed before Yahweh told Noah to enter it. Do what is best in your language.
762	7:1	hvzy			בֹּֽא אַתָּ֥ה וְ⁠כָל בֵּיתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“Enter/Board the ark/boat, along with your entire family,” or “You and your entire household/family must go/get into the ark/boat,” See how you translated “ark/boat” in Gen 6:14-16.
763	7:1	el0w			כִּֽי & רָאִ֛יתִי	1	“because I have found” or “because I see/know”
764	7:1	cg2s			אֹתְ⁠ךָ֥ & צַדִּ֥יק	1	“{that} you {alone} {are} upright” or “{that} you {are} {the only one who is} living righteously/rightly” or “… living the right way”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphasized to show that Noah was the only one who was righteous. See how you translated “righteous” in Gen 6:9.
765	7:1	ifig			לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	“in my sight/eyes/opinion” or “according to my standards/will”
766	7:1	jbhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠דּ֥וֹר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“among the people living today.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “… you {are} {the only one} among the people living today {who is} righteous in my sight.” Do what is best in your language.
767	7:2	plj4			מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה	1	“From every {kind of} pure animal” or “From every {kind of} animal that is acceptable to sacrifice”. It may be necessary to include a footnote that explains the concept of clean and unclean animals: In the Bible a “clean animal” was an animal that was acceptable to be sacrificed to God or to be eaten, and an “unclean animal” was one that could not be sacrificed or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal was physically. Later Moses wrote down the laws about clean and unclean animals in the book of Leviticus.
768	7:2	f83c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תִּֽקַּח לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	“bring with you”. The pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text, but could be translated as a plural to include Noah’s family.
769	7:2	mvwj			שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated “male and female” in Gen 6:19.
770	7:2	lwul			וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹ֣א טְהֹרָ֥ה	1	“and from {every kind of} unclean/impure animal” or “and from {every kind of} animal that is not acceptable to sacrifice”
771	7:2	wv9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁנַ֖יִם אִ֥ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{take} a/one male and female pair,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “Take with you seven male and female pairs of every {kind of} clean/pure animal, and {one} male and female pair of {every kind of} unclean/impure animal,” Do what is best in your language.
772	7:3	oyjz			גַּ֣ם	1	“{and} also” or “In addition,” or “Also,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
773	7:3	jjfy			מֵ⁠ע֧וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם	1	“from {every kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air” or “from {every kind/type of} bird”
774	7:3	yls2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה	1	“{take} seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Also {take} seven male and female pairs of {every kind of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air …” Do what is best in your language.
775	7:3	y6qa			לְ⁠חַיּ֥וֹת זֶ֖רַע	1	“so that {later} their offspring will live” or “so that {later} they will have offspring that will live”
776	7:3	pazh			עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{and spread} all over the earth,” or “and/to repopulate the whole/entire earth,”
777	7:4	yy52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי֩	1	“{You must do that,} because” or “The reason {you must do that} is”. For many languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
778	7:4	dftv			לְ⁠יָמִ֨ים ע֜וֹד שִׁבְעָ֗ה	1	“seven days from now/today”. The phrase, “seven more days” could be translated “another week” here and in verse 11. However, it is probably best to keep the number seven in the text in both places, especially since the number seven often signifies perfection or completion in the Bible, perhaps also here.
779	7:4	xtx7			אָֽנֹכִי֙ מַמְטִ֣יר	1	“I will make it rain {continuously}” or “I will send rain”
780	7:4	tldc			עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth/world”
781	7:4	oj9l			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה	1	“{for} forty days and nights,” This phrase refers to forty complete 24-hour days.
782	7:4	g4jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מָחִ֗יתִי	1	“in order to wipe/blot out” or “That will wash away” or “In that way, I will completely destroy”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:7.
783	7:4	r62g			אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֔יתִי	1	“every living creature that I have made” or “all the living things/creatures that I have made”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“living creature”) in Gen 6:19.
784	7:4	ne24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“off/from the surface of the earth.” or “off/from the earth/land.” It may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “in order to completely destroy from/off the ground/earth every living creature/thing that I have made.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:7.
785	7:5	juaw			וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר	1	“Then/So Noah did everything that” or “So Noah did everything {exactly} as”
786	7:5	jv8k			צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה	1	“Yahweh had commanded/told him {to do}.” See how you translated Gen 6:22 which is similar to 7:5.
787	7:6	r7or		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ בֶּן שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“Noah/He was 600 years old”. See how you handled large numbers in Gen 5 and in Gen 6:3, and see the note about this at Gen 5:3. Also see how you translated the idiom “son of … years” in Gen 5:32.
788	7:6	j0wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּבּ֣וּל הָיָ֔ה מַ֖יִם עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“when the flood covered the earth.” or “when the earth was covered/flooded with deep water.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “When the flood waters came on the earth, Noah was 600 years old.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “floodwaters” in Gen 6:17.
789	7:7	xwa2			וַ⁠יָּ֣בֹא נֹ֗חַ וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“{That is when} Noah/he and his wife, and his sons and their wives, went together into the ark/boat”. Noah and his family entered the ark on the same day that the floodwaters started coming (See verses 11-13). See how you translated a similar list of people in Gen 6:18.
790	7:7	tiry			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י	1	“because of” or “to escape from” or “to keep them safe from” or “so that they would not die in”
791	7:7	go2s			מֵ֥י הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“the floodwaters.” or “the flood.”
792	7:8	tg96			מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִן הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵינֶ֖נָּ⁠ה טְהֹרָ֑ה	1	“{Also,} {every kind of} clean/pure animal and {every kind of} unclean/impure animal”. See how you translated “clean” and “unclean” animals in verse 2.
793	7:8	wqej			וּ⁠מִ֨ן הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	“and {every kind of} bird,”
794	7:8	ca9u			וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר רֹמֵ֖שׂ עַל הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “including every {kind of creature/animal} that moves/lives on land,” or “which includes every {kind of creature/animal} that moves/lives on land,” According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 emphasizes that the clean and unclean animals and birds (verses 2-3, 8) were all creatures that lived on land (which are the creatures that the flood affected). Or it could mean: (2) “as well as every {kind of} creature/animal that crawls/creeps along the ground”. According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 refers to a fourth category of creatures besides the clean animals, unclean animals, and birds.
795	7:9	nob2			שְׁנַ֨יִם שְׁנַ֜יִם בָּ֧אוּ אֶל נֹ֛חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	“came to Noah in pairs {and came/went} into the ark/boat,” or “came in pairs and entered the ark/boat with Noah,”
796	7:9	nt73			זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה	1	“{They were} male and female pairs,” or “Each pair had one male and one female,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
797	7:9	vu6n			כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת נֹֽחַ	1	“which was exactly what God had commanded/told Noah/him {to take/bring along}.”
798	7:10	e3k7			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י	1	“So it happened {that}” or “Then”. This phrase focuses attention on an important event (the beginning of the flood), and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
799	7:10	v4ou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	“when the seven days {that God had spoken about} had passed,” or “after seven days,” This phrase refers to the seven days which God talked about in verse 4. It does not mean seven days after Noah and the animals went into the ark (verses 7-9); they went into the ark on the same day that the flood started (verse 13). Translate the beginning of this sentence in a way that makes that clear.
800	7:10	vud7			וּ⁠מֵ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֔וּל הָי֖וּ עַל	1	“the floodwaters started to come on/over” or “water started to flood/cover”
801	7:10	d4xi			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“the {entire/whole} earth.”
802	7:11	h4ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֤וֹת שָׁנָה֙ לְ⁠חַיֵּי נֹ֔חַ	1	“When Noah was 600 years old,” Compare how you translated Noah’s age in verse 6.
803	7:11	e0a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	“on the seventeenth day of the second month {of the year},” For some languages it is more natural to switch the phrase order and say which day it is before giving the month. Do what is natural in your language.
804	7:11	qs0m			בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה	1	“on that {same/very} day” or “that is the day when”
805	7:11	k61q			כָּֽל מַעְיְנֹת֙	1	“all the springs” or “all the {underground} water sources”
806	7:11	v29r			תְּה֣וֹם רַבָּ֔ה	1	“in the deep ocean”
807	7:11	dtni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	נִבְקְעוּ֙	1	“split/ripped open,” or “started gushing/pouring out water,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “water started gushing/pouring out of all the fountains/springs in the deep ocean,” Do what is best in your language.
808	7:11	d3i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם נִפְתָּֽחוּ	1	“and {all} the windows/floodgates in the heavens/sky were opened {by God},” or “{God also caused} the water in the heavens/sky to start coming/pouring down, as if he had opened {huge} windows/floodgates/faucets {in the heavens/sky},” This metaphor describes the beginning of a very heavy rainfall; it does not refer to actual windows.
809	7:12	uyzz			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם	1	“so that {torrential/heavy} rain fell/poured {continuously}” or “so that it rained {continuously}”
810	7:12	gvln			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth/world”
811	7:12	itlr			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה	1	“{for} forty days and nights.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
812	7:13	enc3			בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם הַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠זֶּה֙	1	“{So it was/happened that} on the {very} same day {that the flood/rain started},” This is the same day that is mentioned in verse 11, when the flood started. Verses 13-16 repeat what happened, in order to emphasize it. Make sure that a translation does not sound like this is the second (or third) time that Noah and his family and the animals entered the ark.
813	7:13	m0hx			נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠שֵׁם וְ⁠חָ֥ם וָ⁠יֶ֖פֶת בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וְ⁠אֵ֣שֶׁת נֹ֗חַ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתָּ֖⁠ם	1	“Noah and his sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, along with his wife and his sons’ three wives {all}” or “Noah and his wife and his/their sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their three wives {all}”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7.
814	7:13	q42f			בָּ֣א & אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“entered/boarded the ark/boat,”
815	7:14	u7hi			הֵ֜מָּה וְ⁠כָל	1	“They had/took with them every”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
816	7:14	qs6f			וְ⁠כָל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ וְ⁠כָל	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “every kind of living thing/creature, including every” or (2) “every kind of wild animal, and every”. The animal groups listed in verse 14 show that every kind of animal was to be brought onto the ark. Your language may have a different way of grouping animals. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that all the different kinds of birds and land animals are included.
817	7:14	nbh7			וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	“every kind of livestock,” or “every kind of domestic/tame animal,”
818	7:14	cm34			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	In the Hebrew text, this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every {other} kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land,” which seems to fit this context best; or (2) “and every kind of creature/animal that crawls on the ground,”
819	7:14	hfxm			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ כֹּ֖ל צִפּ֥וֹר כָּל כָּנָֽף	1	“and every kind of bird {and} everything {else} that has wings.” or “and every kind of bird {and} every {other} {kind of} creature that flies.” This phrase probably refers not only to birds, but also to other creatures that have wings and fly, such as bats and insects.
820	7:15	an75			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ אֶל נֹ֖חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“They came to Noah {and went/came} into the ark,” or “They entered the ark with Noah,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 9.
821	7:15	ob0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	שְׁנַ֤יִם שְׁנַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠כָּל הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר	1	“pairs of every {kind of} creature/animal” or “pairs of every {kind of} living thing/creature”. The word “flesh” refers here to any kind of creature or animal.
822	7:15	kzj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ ר֥וּחַ חַיִּֽים	1	“that breathes {air}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Pairs of every {kind of} living thing that breathes {air} came to Noah {and went} into the boat.” Do what is best in your language.
823	7:16	ihzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֗ים	1	“The pairs/animals that went/came into {the ark/boat}” or “Those animals”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use “went” or “came” here. Also consider again how you translated “went” in verses 7, 9, 13, and 15.
824	7:16	oj6d			זָכָ֨ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֤ה	1	“{were} male and female {pairs}”
825	7:16	wggh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂר֙	1	“from/of every {kind of} creature/animal,” or “from/of every {kind of} living thing,” See how you translated “all flesh” in verse 15.
826	7:16	an9a			בָּ֔אוּ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“which was exactly what God had commanded him/Noah {to take/bring along}.” See how you translated “just as God commanded him” in verse 9.
827	7:16	blj8			וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲדֽ⁠וֹ	1	“After that, Yahweh shut them in/inside {the ark/boat}.” or “Then {after they were all inside,} Yahweh shut/closed the door {of the ark/boat} behind him/them.”
828	7:17	z3pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֧י הַ⁠מַּבּ֛וּל	1	“After that the floodwaters/water kept getting deeper and deeper” or “The floodwaters/water kept coming”. Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is natural in your language. Also, notice that verses 17-20 talk about the forty days and nights that the flood kept getting deeper and deeper.
829	7:17	g7fx			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth”
830	7:17	xy2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַרְבָּעִ֥ים י֖וֹם	1	“{for} forty days {and forty nights},” For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase first in this sentence and say, “{For} forty days {and forty nights} the flood kept getting deeper and deeper {all} over the earth,” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
831	7:17	nndw			וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם	1	“and as the water level rose,” or “As the water got deeper and deeper,”
832	7:17	xs45			וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה וַ⁠תָּ֖רָם מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“it lifted up the ark/boat so that it floated {on the water} {high} above the earth/ground.” or “it made the ark/boat lift/rise up off the ground and float.”
833	7:18	dkud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם	1	“So the floodwaters continued to rise and get much deeper/higher” or “Yes, the floodwaters/water continued …” or “The floodwaters/water continued …” Verse 18 repeats some of verse 17 to emphasize what happened. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language.
834	7:18	tfc3			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth/world,”
835	7:18	utly			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	“but/while the ark/boat floated {safely}” or “so that the ark/boat moved/drifted {about/along}”
836	7:18	daf9			עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	“on the surface of the water.” or “on top of the water.” or “on the water.”
837	7:19	cjmw			וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם גָּֽבְר֛וּ מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹ֖ד עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“At last, the waters became very deep on/over the earth/world, so that” or “Eventually the water became so high/deep on/over the earth/world that”
838	7:19	sfrb			כָּל הֶֽ⁠הָרִים֙ הַ⁠גְּבֹהִ֔ים	1	“{even} all the highest mountains”
839	7:19	jvbk			אֲשֶׁר תַּ֖חַת כָּל הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“everywhere under the sky”
840	7:19	p6av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֗וּ	1	“were covered {with/by water}.” or “were submerged {in/under water}.” or “were under water.” For some languages it is better to use an active form of the verb here and say, “Eventually the water became so deep on the earth that it {even} covered all the highest mountains under the entire sky.” Do what is best in your language.
841	7:20	yd7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה אַמָּה֙ מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה גָּבְר֖וּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“{In fact,} the water rose {at least} seven meters above {the tops of} the {highest} mountains,” or “{In fact,} the {highest} mountain tops were covered with/by {at least} twenty-two feet of water,” See how you translated “cubits” in Gen 6:15-16.
842	7:20	aidy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֖וּ הֶ⁠הָרִֽים	1	“so that they were {completely} covered {with/by water}.” or “… {completely} submerged {in/under water}.” or “… {completely} under water.” See how you translated “were covered” in verse 19.
843	7:21	j1r4			כָּל בָּשָׂ֣ר	1	“Then all the creatures/beings” or “Then every creature” or “Then every living thing”. This phrase refers to everything listed in verse 21, including people. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17.
844	7:21	jg81			הָ⁠רֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ	1	“that moved/lived on the ground” or “that lived on land”
845	7:21	dnqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע	1	“breathed out {its last breath},” or “died/perished,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:17.
846	7:21	wh52			בָּ⁠ע֤וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“That included {all} the birds, the livestock,” or “including {all} the birds, the domestic/tame animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
847	7:21	zw53			וּ⁠בַ֣⁠חַיָּ֔ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and the {other} living things/creatures” or (2) “and the wild animals”
848	7:21	edpc			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“including every {kind of} creature/animal that lived in large groups/numbers on the earth,”
849	7:21	q5y5			וְ⁠כֹ֖ל הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“in addition to all the human beings.” or “as well as all the people.”
850	7:22	vfi8			כֹּ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁמַת ר֨וּחַ חַיִּ֜ים בְּ⁠אַפָּ֗י⁠ו	1	“Every living creature/thing that breathed air”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 15.
851	7:22	impv			מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֶּ⁠חָֽרָבָ֖ה מֵֽתוּ	1	“and was/lived on dry land died.”
852	7:23	mudq			וַ⁠יִּ֜מַח	1	“That is how Yahweh washed away” or “In that way, Yahweh blotted out” or “… completely destroyed”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 4.
853	7:23	k1dj			אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְק֣וּם	1	“every living creature” or “all living things/creatures”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
854	7:23	lthw			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה	1	“that {was/lived} on the surface of the earth,” or “that {were/lived} on the earth/land,” See how you translated “the surface of the ground” in verse 4.
855	7:23	sgaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם	1	“including {all} mankind/people”. See how you translated “mankind” in verse 21.
856	7:23	fnpu			עַד בְּהֵמָה֙ עַד רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙	1	“and {all} the livestock and {all the other} creatures/animals that moved/lived {on the ground/land}” or “and {all} the animals, including smaller creatures/animals that crawl/move {on/along the ground}”
857	7:23	qtlr			וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“and also the birds {that flew} in the sky.” or “and also the birds.” Some languages leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is not natural. Do what is best in your language.
858	7:23	ugs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמָּח֖וּ מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{All of} them were {completely} wiped/washed off the earth {by Yahweh/God},” or “He/God completely destroyed them all from the earth,” or “Yes, he/God completely destroyed everything {that lived} on the earth,” See how you translated “wipe … off” in verse 4.
859	7:23	sm4h			וַ⁠יִשָּׁ֧אֶר אַךְ נֹ֛חַ	1	“so that only Noah was left/still alive, along with” or “so that the only ones who were left/still alive were Noah and” or “Only Noah survived, along with”. Some translations leave out the first conjunction and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
860	7:23	qord			וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“and his family and the animals that were with him/them in the ark/boat.” or “along with his family …”
861	7:24	j5a8			וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם עַל	1	“{Deep} water continued to flood/cover” or “The floodwaters stayed/remained deep/high over”
862	7:24	p4ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	“the {entire} earth/world {for} 150 days.” See how you handled a large number in verse 6.
863	8:1	vjhe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“God kept in mind” or “But God did not forget” or “God never forgot”. The phrase “God remembered” is an idiom in the Bible that often means God was paying special attention to certain people and was about to do something. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not imply that God had forgotten about Noah.
864	8:1	yash		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת נֹ֔חַ	1	“Noah {and his family}”. Noah is the person that the author is focusing on here, but Noah’s family is also included. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation.
865	8:1	zvki			וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and all the creatures/animals, including” or (2) “and all the wild animals and”. See how you translated “living thing” in Gen 7:14.
866	8:1	ujic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כָּל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“all the domestic/tame animals that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat,” Some translations combine this phrase with the previous phrase and say, “and all the animals, both wild and tame/domestic, that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat.” Do what is best in your language.
867	8:1	vu2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֨ר אֱלֹהִ֥ים ר֨וּחַ֙ עַל	1	“and he sent a wind over” or “So God/he caused/sent a wind to blow over”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
868	8:1	ruy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{the water that was covering/over} the earth,”
869	8:1	u9g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּשֹׁ֖כּוּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	“so that the floodwaters/water {started to} recede/decrease.” or “so that the water {level} {started to} go down.” Notice that the floodwaters did not go all the way down until verse 14, so the way you translate this clause should allow for that.
870	8:2	u995		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּסָּֽכְרוּ֙ מַעְיְנֹ֣ת תְּה֔וֹם וַֽ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֖ת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“{He also caused} the fountains/springs in the deep {ocean} to stop {gushing out water}, and {he caused} the rain/water to stop pouring from the sky,” or “{God/He also} stopped the water from {gushing out of} springs/places at the bottom of the ocean, and the rain from pouring/coming from the heavens/sky,” See how you translated some of the same words and phrases in Gen 7:11.
871	8:2	q4gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּלֵ֥א הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“so that rain stopped falling/coming from the sky.” or “so that it stopped raining.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or a passive verb here and in the previous clause.
872	8:3	kqse			וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֧בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם & הָל֣וֹךְ וָ⁠שׁ֑וֹב	1	“Then the floodwaters/water steadily/gradually went down”
873	8:3	fmzv			מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“from {the surface of} the land/ground,”
874	8:3	vzel			מִ⁠קְצֵ֕ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	“so that after the 150 days {had passed},” or “After the 150 days {had passed},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also make sure it is clear in your translation that the 150 days mentioned here in Gen 8:3 are the same 150 days mentioned in Gen 7:24, not two different periods of time.
875	8:3	rxcd			הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	“the water {level}” or “they/it”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the beginning of the verse.
876	8:3	dw9j			וַ⁠יַּחְסְר֣וּ	1	“had gone down,” or “had subsided,”
877	8:4	aqon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח	1	“so {much/far/low} that”
878	8:4	w92a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	“on the seventeenth day of the seventh month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in Gen 7:11.
879	8:4	fvzr			וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח הַ⁠תֵּבָה֙	1	“the ark/boat came to rest” or “the ark/boat settled/landed”
880	8:4	xogo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י	1	“on a mountain” or “on {one of} the mountains”. The ark landed on one mountain in a mountain range.
881	8:4	agk1			אֲרָרָֽט	1	“in {the land/region of} Ararat.” or “in the Ararat {mountain range}.”
882	8:5	zz83			וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם	1	“Then the water/floodwaters” or “The water/floodwaters”
883	8:5	x2pm			הָיוּ֙ הָל֣וֹךְ וְ⁠חָס֔וֹר	1	“continued to go down/away” or “kept decreasing/subsiding”. See how you translated “decreased” in verse 3.
884	8:5	ao6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַ֖ד הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֑י בָּֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִי֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	“until the tenth month {of the year}. On the first day of that month,” or “until on the first {day} of the tenth month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in verse 4.
885	8:5	de4l			רָאשֵׁ֥י הֶֽ⁠הָרִֽים	1	“the peaks of the {surrounding} mountains” or “the mountaintops”
886	8:5	gs9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִרְא֖וּ	1	“could be seen {above the water} {by Noah}.” or “became visible {above the water}.” or “appeared {above the surface of the water}.”
887	8:6	dbs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֑וֹם	1	“After forty {more} days {had passed},” The phrase “Then it happened” focuses attention on what happens next, and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
888	8:6	cff8			וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֣ח נֹ֔חַ אֶת חַלּ֥וֹן	1	“Noah opened a window”. It is not clear when Noah made this window. It may refer to the opening around the top of the walls of the ark (Gen 6:16) or a different window that he made sometime later.
889	8:6	l2kv			הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה	1	“that he had made in the ark/boat,”
890	8:7	x995			וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֖ח	1	“and he released” or “and he set free”
891	8:7	wdl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	אֶת הָֽ⁠עֹרֵ֑ב	1	“{a large black bird called} a raven”. A raven is a large, black scavenger bird that eats whatever it finds, including dead animals. If the people in your language area are not familiar with ravens, you could make a comparison to a similar bird that they are familiar with and say, “a large black bird {like a …}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a raven is.
892	8:7	ncnh			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יָצוֹא֙ וָ⁠שׁ֔וֹב	1	“which kept/continued flying back and forth {outside the ark/boat}” or “but it kept flying around {outside the ark/boat}”
893	8:7	e1go			עַד & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“until the water/floodwaters”
894	8:7	r082			יְבֹ֥שֶׁת & מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“had dried up {more} from the ground/land.” This phrase refers to the ground/land (as verse 8 confirms), not the entire planet.
895	8:8	xr9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח	1	“Then/Meanwhile he/Noah {also} sent out” or “Then/Meanwhile he/Noah {also} released”. The events in verse 8 happened while the raven was still flying back and forth (verse 7). Consider what conjunction best communicates that in your language.
896	8:8	ijuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“a dove that was with him” or “a dove from the ark/boat” or “a {small bird called a} dove”. A dove is a small, white or gray bird that makes a cooing sound. If doves are unknown in your language area, you could make a comparison to a similar bird they are familiar with and say, “a small white/gray bird {like a …}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a dove is.
897	8:8	c4yx			לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠קַ֣לּוּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	“to find out if/whether the floodwaters/water had receded”
898	8:8	zx1c			מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“from the surface of the land.” or “from the ground/land.”
899	8:9	mgxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לֹֽא־מָצְאָה֩ הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֨ה	1	“But the dove could not find” or “But it was not able to find”. Consider what is the best way to refer to the dove at this point in the paragraph in your language.
900	8:9	fpmf			מָנ֜וֹחַ לְ⁠כַף רַגְלָ֗⁠הּ	1	“anywhere to land/perch and rest,” In Hebrew the word “dove” is grammatically a feminine noun (for both male and female doves), so some translations say “her feet … she returned …” here. For languages such as English that do not assign grammatical gender to nouns, it is more accurate to use “its” and “it” here, because it is not known whether this dove was male or female. Do what is best in your language.
901	8:9	z0lc			וַ⁠תָּ֤שָׁב	1	“So/Then it returned” or “So/Then the dove flew back”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
902	8:9	okue			אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“flew back to him/Noah in/at the ark/boat,”
903	8:9	g9b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּי מַ֖יִם עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“because water was {still} covering the entire earth/world.” Some languages may have to switch the clause order in this verse and say, “But water was {still} covering the entire earth/world, so the dove did/could not find a resting place for its feet. Then it returned to Noah at the boat, and he/Noah reached …” Do what is best in your language.
904	8:9	k23d			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָד⁠וֹ֙	1	“Then/So he/Noah reached out” or “and he/Noah reached out”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
905	8:9	eyin			וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֔⁠הָ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ	1	“caught it, and brought it”
906	8:9	hq6l			אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“{back} to himself in the ark/boat.” or “{back} into the ark/boat.”
907	8:10	y0bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד	1	“He/Noah waited”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction.
908	8:10	swvu			שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים	1	“seven more days,”
909	8:10	nxwx			וַ⁠יֹּ֛סֶף שַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“then he sent the dove out from the ark/boat another time.” or “then he released the dove from the ark/boat again.”
910	8:11	b9p3			וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠יּוֹנָה֙ לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב	1	“That evening the dove returned to him/Noah,” or “When it was evening, the dove returned to him/Noah,”
911	8:11	ilgw			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“and surprisingly,” or “and he/Noah saw that”
912	8:11	wm5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲלֵה זַ֖יִת טָרָ֣ף בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠הָ	1	“{it was holding} a newly picked {green} leaf from an olive tree in its mouth/beak.” or “{the dove had} a {green} leaf in its mouth/beak that it had just picked/taken from an olive tree.” An olive tree produces small, oval, green fruit that has a hard pit. Olives are used for food and as a source of cooking oil. If olive trees are unknown in your language area, you could include a footnote about them.
913	8:11	or72			וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע נֹ֔חַ	1	“Then Noah realized” or “That is how Noah/he knew/realized”
914	8:11	z04k			כִּי & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“that the water/floodwaters”
915	8:11	noj3			קַ֥לּוּ	1	“had receded” or “had gone down {more/further}”. See how you translated “subsided” in verse 8, and how you translated three other Hebrew words with similar meanings In verses 1, 3, and 5.
916	8:11	oy8e			מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“from the ground/land.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7.
917	8:12	eeml			וַ⁠יִּיָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֔ה	1	“He waited another seven days, then he released the dove {again},” or “After he waited seven more days, he released the dove {again},” See how you translated “sent out” in verses 7, 8, and 10.
918	8:12	rnay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסְפָ֥ה שׁוּב אֵלָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד	1	“but {this time} it did not come/fly back to him again {because it found a dry place to land/live}.” Remember to only make implied information explicit in a translation if it helps readers’ understanding or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or incorrect grammar.
919	8:13	kogb			וַֽ֠⁠יְהִי	1	“So it happened {that}” or “So it was,”
920	8:13	o42y			בְּ⁠אַחַ֨ת וְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֜וֹת שָׁנָ֗ה	1	“In {his/Noah’s} 601st year,” or “when {Noah was} 601 years old,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:11.
921	8:13	in0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בָּֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	“in the first {month} {of the year}, on the first {day} of the month,” or “on the first {day} of the first month {of the year},”
922	8:13	w07v			חָֽרְב֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“the water was drying up” or “the water had {almost} dried up”. Make sure your translation of this phrase fits with the fact that the ground was not yet dry enough to get out of the ark. That did not happen until the end of the second month (verse 14).
923	8:13	nmrd			מֵ⁠עַ֣ל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“from the ground/land.”
924	8:13	zuj2			וַ⁠יָּ֤סַר נֹ֨חַ֙	1	“So Noah/he took off {part of}” or “made an opening in”
925	8:13	leq8			אֶת מִכְסֵ֣ה הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“the roof that was covering the ark/boat” or “the roof of the ark/boat”
926	8:13	kuyo			וַ⁠יַּ֕רְא	1	“and looked {around/out},”
927	8:13	sg80			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“and indeed,” or “and he saw that”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11.
928	8:13	nh2g			פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“the land’s surface” or “the ground/land”
929	8:13	o3sh			חָֽרְב֖וּ	1	“was drying off.” or “was {almost} dry.”
930	8:14	j99d			וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	“Then by the twenty-seventh day of the second month {of the year},” See how you translated similar time phrases in verses 4, 5, and 13.
931	8:14	bys7			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“the land/ground”. Notice that the land/ground was dry here, not the entire earth. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 3, 7, 11, 13-14.
932	8:14	r70v			יָבְשָׁ֖ה	1	“had dried off.” In this context “dry” means that the ground was dry enough to walk on and live on without getting stuck in mud. Make sure your translation does not imply that it was so dry that nothing would grow on it (like a desert).
933	8:15	hn11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֥חַ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“Then/So God said to Noah,” or “Then God commanded Noah,” See how you translated “said to Noah” in Gen 7:1.
934	8:16	so3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	צֵ֖א מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“Come out of/from the ark/boat” or “Disembark from the ark/boat”. Consider whether “come” or “go” is more natural here in your language. Also, some languages have a special term for getting off a boat that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
935	8:16	c8gq			אַתָּ֕ה וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֛	1	“together with” or “with”
936	8:16	eqyj			וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ	1	“your wife, your sons,”
937	8:16	y4un			וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and your sons’ wives.” or “and their wives.”
938	8:17	u569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הוצא אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“Bring/Take with you” or “Bring/Take out”. Consider whether “bring” or “take” is more natural here in your language.
939	8:17	s8b9			כָּל הַ⁠חַיָּ֨ה אֲשֶֽׁר	1	“all the living things/creatures that {are}” or “all the animals that {are}”
940	8:17	ngp1			־אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜	1	“with you {in the ark/boat},” or “in the ark/boat,”
941	8:17	nn5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר	1	“all the animals,” or “all of them,” See how you translated “flesh” in Gen 7:15-16.
942	8:17	guxs			בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה	1	“including the birds, domestic/tame animals,”
943	8:17	ii1h			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every {other} creature/animal that moves/lives”, which seems to fit this context best since it is general and includes all the land animals that were not birds or livestock; or (2) “and every creature/animal that crawls”, which is more specific and refers to animals like lizards, snakes, mice, and other animals that have bodies that are close to the ground.
944	8:17	qfw9			עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“on the ground,” or “on land,”
945	8:17	ubmo			וְ⁠שָֽׁרְצ֣וּ בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“Then they will/can live/spread all over the earth/world”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
946	8:17	vpty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠פָר֥וּ	1	“{yes,} they will have many offspring/young”. The rest of verse 17 forms a parallelism with “abound on the earth” that emphasizes filling the earth again with animals. Make sure your translation does not sound like this refers to separate events.
947	8:17	kz24			וְ⁠רָב֖וּ	1	“and increase {in number}” or “and become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful” and “multiply” in Gen 1:22, 28.
948	8:17	oe06			עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth/world.” or “throughout the earth.”
949	8:18	m38a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֖צֵא נֹ֑חַ	1	“Then/So Noah went/came out {of the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah disembarked {from the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah got off {the ark/boat},”
950	8:18	fxvc			וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives {went} with him.” or “along/together with his wife and his sons and their wives.” See how you translated this list of Noah’s family members (and similar lists) in Gen 6:18; 7:7, 13; 8:16. Notice that the order of the people in this list varies in the Hebrew text, perhaps depending on who is in focus in each context.
951	8:19	f790			כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֗ה	1	“Every living creature,” or “All the animals,”
952	8:19	ohu5			כָּל הָ⁠רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙	1	“{including} every animal/creature that crawls” or “{including} all the animals/creatures that crawl”
953	8:19	uqhw			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	“and all the birds”
954	8:19	tfez			כֹּ֖ל	1	“{yes,} every creature” or “{and} everything {else}”
955	8:19	la0w			רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“that moves/lives on the ground,” or “that lives on land,” This phrase refers here to the land, not the entire planet earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse 17.
956	8:19	s8uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יָצְא֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“{also} went/came out of the ark/boat”. Consider again how you translated “go/come out” and “went/came out” and “bring/take out” in verses 16-19. Notice that your choices are affected by your perspective: whether the viewpoint is from inside the ark or whether the viewpoint is from outside the ark. Do what is natural in your language.
957	8:19	j4js			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“{grouped} by their kinds.” or “in groups of their own kind.” or “one family/kind after another.”
958	8:20	ap9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן נֹ֛חַ מִזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	“Then Noah built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “Then Noah built/made a {sacrifice} table/mound {with large stones}”. An altar was an elevated, often table-shaped structure made out of stones where certain animals and crops were burned as sacrifices to God.
959	8:20	c6ri			לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	“{to offer sacrifices} to Yahweh,” or “{dedicated} to Yahweh,” or “to worship Yahweh,”
960	8:20	penu			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח	1	“Then/Next he selected/chose”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
961	8:20	ehez			מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הָ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠טָּהֹ֔ר	1	“{some/one} from/of every {kind of} clean/pure animal and {some/one of} every {kind of} clean/pure bird,” or “{some/one} from/of every {kind of} animal and bird that are acceptable to sacrifice”. In the Bible, a “clean” animal or bird is one that is acceptable to be sacrificed to God or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal or bird was physically. See how you translated this term in Gen 7:2, 8.
962	8:20	rdoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל עֹלֹ֖ת בַּ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	“and he {killed them and} offered/sacrificed them as burnt offerings {to Yahweh} on the altar.” or “and he {killed them and} burned {their bodies} on the altar as offerings/gifts {to Yahweh} {to worship/honor/thank him}.” When animals were sacrificed, they were killed first, not burned alive. Consider whether or not you need to make that information explicit in your translation.
963	8:21	rabn			וַ⁠יָּ֣רַח יְהוָה֮ אֶת רֵ֣יחַ הַ⁠נִּיחֹחַ֒	1	“Yahweh smelled the pleasant/sweet aroma/smell {of the sacrifices},” or “When Yahweh smelled the aroma {of the sacrifices}, he was pleased,”
964	8:21	pjky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־לִבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“and/so he said/thought to himself,” Consider whether or not your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that would work well here.
965	8:21	wfkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	לֹֽא־אֹ֠סִף לְ⁠קַלֵּ֨ל ע֤וֹד אֶת־הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙	1	“I will never again curse/devastate the ground/earth”. Make sure that your translation of “curse” does not imply the use of magic.
966	8:21	ukf5			בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“because of mankind{’s sins},” or “to punish mankind {for their sins},”
967	8:21	oonb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ֠י יֵ֣צֶר לֵ֧ב הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם רַ֖ע	1	“{even} though the intentions/desires of their hearts/minds/thinking {are} evil” or “{even} though everything they desire {is} evil”. See how you translated “inclination” in a similar phrase in Gen 6:5.
968	8:21	x9w9			מִ⁠נְּעֻרָ֑י⁠ו	1	“from youth/childhood {onward}.” or “from the time they are young/children.”
969	8:21	sf7h			וְ⁠לֹֽא אֹסִ֥ף ע֛וֹד	1	“I will never again” or “Nor will I ever again”
970	8:21	eku1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠הַכּ֥וֹת	1	“destroy/annihilate/kill”. Consider whether your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that fits well here.
971	8:21	fwl7			אֶת כָּל חַ֖י	1	“every living {creature}” or “all living {things/creatures}”
972	8:21	chnf			כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִֽׂיתִי	1	“as I {just} did.” or “the way I {just} did.”
973	8:22	iep2			עֹ֖ד כָּל יְמֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“As long as the earth {still} exists/lasts,”
974	8:22	cskk			זֶ֡רַע	1	“seed-planting time/season” or “the time/season for planting seeds”
975	8:22	v2j4			וְ֠⁠קָצִיר	1	“and harvest {time/season},” or “the time/season for harvesting/gathering {crops}”
976	8:22	xw8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠קֹ֨ר וָ⁠חֹ֜ם	1	“cold {weather/season} and hot {weather/season},” These terms form a parallelism with “summer and winter”. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation since each part has a different emphasis.
977	8:22	io1a			וְ⁠קַ֧יִץ וָ⁠חֹ֛רֶף	1	“summer and winter,” The seasons of summer and winter may be described differently depending on which part of the world your language area is located in. For example, some translations might use the terms “dry season” and “rainy/wet season,” depending on what best corresponds to summer and winter in that area.
978	8:22	zj8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לֹ֥א יִשְׁבֹּֽתוּ	1	“will never cease/stop.” or “will always continue {to happen/occur} {each year}.” It may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “As long as the earth exists, {each year} there will always be a season/time to plant seeds and a season/time to harvest {crops}, as well as cold {weather} and hot {weather}, winter and summer, and day and night.” Do what is best in your language.
979	9:1	w3js			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת נֹ֖חַ וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then God showed favor to Noah and his sons” or “Then God caused Noah and his sons to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28.
980	9:1	xsmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֛ם	1	“by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” The phrase “blessed … and said” is a Hebrew expression that refers to one event and emphasizes it. It does not refer to two separate events. The words of the blessing are in verses 1-7. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:28.
981	9:1	ptxq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פְּר֥וּ	1	“Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children”
982	9:1	ise7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֖וּ	1	“so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth” in Gen 1:28.
983	9:1	wnmi			וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“and fill the earth {with people}.” or “and inhabit the whole earth.” or “and live/spread all over the earth/world.”
984	9:2	izzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠מוֹרַאֲ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠חִתְּ⁠כֶם֙ יִֽהְיֶ֔ה עַ֚ל כָּל חַיַּ֣ת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“Every living thing/creature on the earth will be afraid and terrified of you,” or “All the animals on earth will be very/terribly afraid of you,” The phrase “the fear … and the dread” repeats the same idea in two different ways to emphasize how afraid the creatures will be. For some languages it may be better to combine the phrase and say “very afraid/terrified”. Do what is best in your language.
985	9:2	vgnr			וְ⁠עַ֖ל כָּל ע֣וֹף	1	“including every bird {that flies} in the sky/air,” or “including all the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” The birds, moving creatures, and fish are all included in the general category of living creatures. Consider again how you translated “birds of the sky” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 1:26, 28, 30; 2:19-20; 6:7; 7:3, 23; 9:2.
986	9:2	kksa			בְּ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּרְמֹ֧שׂ	1	“{along} with every creature/animal that moves/lives on land” or “as well as all creatures/animals that move/live on land,”
987	9:2	xi3b			הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה	1	“on land,”
988	9:2	vx4q			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל דְּגֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּ֖ם	1	“and all the fish in the sea/ocean.”
989	9:2	vs4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֥ם נִתָּֽנוּ	1	“I have put them {all} under your authority.” or “I have put you in charge of them {all}.” The phrase “into your hand” means God was again giving mankind the responsibility to manage and control all the rest of what God had created. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here.
990	9:3	jhft			כָּל רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּא חַ֔י	1	“{From now on} every {kind of} living creature/thing that moves” or “{From now on} every creature/animal that is alive and moves”. See how you translated “every moving creature” in Gen 1:26, and see the note about that there. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts.
991	9:3	qntp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה	1	“is yours {to eat} as food.” or “is available for you {to eat} as food.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “You may {now} have/eat any {kind of} living creature that moves, for food.” or “{I now permit} you to eat every/any {kind of} living creature that moves.” Do what is best in your language.
992	9:3	h0u4			כְּ⁠יֶ֣רֶק עֵ֔שֶׂב	1	“green plants {for food},” or “plants {to eat},” Consider again how you translated “green plants” in Gen 1:30, and how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29; 2:5; 3:18; 9:3.
993	9:3	lqhk			נָתַ֥תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת כֹּֽל	1	“{now} I give/provide you everything {for food}.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat everything.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat both plants and animals.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase means that God is now permitting people to eat both plants and animals.
994	9:4	ifut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	אַךְ	1	“However,” God is putting a limit on the way that people may eat meat.
995	9:4	lov7			בָּשָׂ֕ר & לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ	1	“you must never eat {animal} flesh/meat”
996	9:4	goma			בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֥⁠וֹ דָמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“that still has its life {in it}, {which is in} its blood.” or “with its blood {in it}, which made it live.” or “that still has its lifeblood {in it}.” Since life is in the blood, God did not want people to eat meat that still had its blood in it. Rather he wanted them to drain it out first before they cooked it (also see Deuteronomy 12:16, 23). You could put that information in a footnote.
997	9:5	rp2l			וְ⁠אַ֨ךְ אֶת דִּמְ⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠נַפְשֹֽׁתֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶדְרֹ֔שׁ	1	“Also, I will definitely require an accounting/reckoning for your lifeblood.” or “Also, I definitely require that anyone who murders someone must die.”
998	9:5	ok4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠יַּ֥ד כָּל חַיָּ֖ה	1	“From every/any animal {that kills a person}” or “{In fact,} if any animal {kills a human being},” In this verse, the phrase “the hand of” refers to the animal or the person that is responsible for killing someone.
999	9:5	hzwk			אֶדְרְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ	1	“I will demand/require its blood/life,” or “I require it to be killed,” or “I demand/require that it must die,”
1000	9:5	yt01			וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם	1	“{That is also true} for human beings:” or “and {that is also true} for human beings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1001	9:5	e6fe			מִ⁠יַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ	1	“If a man/person {kills/murders}” or “If anyone {kills/murders}”
1002	9:5	puht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אָחִ֔י⁠ו	1	“his/a fellow human being,” or “another person,” This phrase is used here as a general reference to any human being, not just biological brothers.
1003	9:5	wf23			אֶדְרֹ֖שׁ אֶת נֶ֥פֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“I require him to be executed/killed.” or “I demand/require that he must die.”
1004	9:6	i3ix			שֹׁפֵךְ֙	1	“{That’s right,} whoever” or “{Yes/Indeed,} if anyone/someone”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5.
1005	9:6	n8bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֹׁפֵךְ֙ דַּ֣ם	1	“{That’s right,} whoever spills the blood of” or “{Yes/Indeed,} if anyone/someone kills/murders” or “Whoever takes the life of”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. The phrase “sheds the blood of” is an idiom that means to deliberately kill someone. Blood is an important concept in this passage and throughout the Bible so, if possible, it is best to keep this term in a translation. If that is not possible, you should put the literal text in a footnote.
1006	9:6	tey3			הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“a person,” or “another human being,” or “someone,”
1007	9:6	xvtg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם דָּמ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׁפֵ֑ךְ	1	“people/you must execute him,” or “people/you must put him to death,” or “he must be executed,” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “{That’s right,} you must put to death anyone who murders a human being, because {I,} God, made human beings in my own image.” Do what is best in your language.
1008	9:6	c56p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	כִּ֚י בְּ⁠צֶ֣לֶם אֱלֹהִ֔ים עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“because {I,} God made/created mankind/people in my {own} image.” or “because I created human beings to be like myself.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself in this clause. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 1:27.
1009	9:7	uion			וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם	1	“And/Now {as for} you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to introduce a new topic. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin a new paragraph like this.
1010	9:7	mt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פְּר֣וּ	1	“bear/have many children”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply” in verse 1.
1011	9:7	mi6k			וּ⁠רְב֑וּ	1	“so that you {and your descendants} become {very} numerous/many.” or “so that you have many descendants.”
1012	9:7	in4s			שִׁרְצ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“Spread out all over the earth” or “Live all over the earth”
1013	9:7	s5nm			וּ⁠רְבוּ	1	“and multiply/increase {in numbers}” or “and become numerous”
1014	9:7	jl94			בָֽ⁠הּ	1	“throughout it.” or “everywhere.”
1015	9:8	mp5r			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“Then God continued speaking”
1016	9:8	bm0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	אֶל נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠אֶל בָּנָ֥י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“to Noah and his sons {who were} with him, and said,” or “to Noah and his sons,” or “to them,” God is still speaking to the same people. This phrase emphasizes what he says next to them.
1017	9:9	ycb0			וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י הִנְנִ֥⁠י	1	“Now listen {carefully} to me: I” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I” See how you translated “behold” in Gen 1:29, 4:14, 6:13, 17. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
1018	9:9	pujm			מֵקִ֛ים	1	“am making/instituting” or “am setting up”. See how you translated “establish my covenant with” in Gen 6:18, and see the note about that there.
1019	9:9	g76x			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אַֽחֲרֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“my/a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with you and your offspring/descendants {who come/live} after you,” or “my/a covenant/agreement between me and you and your offspring/descendants,” Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout verses 2-15, since God is speaking to Noah and his sons.
1020	9:10	c62u			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת	1	“along with” or “{It is} also with” or “{The covenant/agreement is} also with”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here.
1021	9:10	rys5			כָּל נֶ֤פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“all the living creatures that {are} with you:”
1022	9:10	o3v5			בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה	1	“including the birds, the livestock,”
1023	9:10	tzzr			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“and all the {other} living things/creatures from/on the earth” or “and all the wild animals”
1024	9:10	ibvg			אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“{that are} with you,”
1025	9:10	mxmq			מִ⁠כֹּל֙ יֹצְאֵ֣י הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“{That includes} all {those} that came/went out of the ark”. The words “from … to …” are used to emphasize that all the animals are included in God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to express that in your language.
1026	9:10	kqlk			לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֥ת	1	“and all the living things/creatures” or “and all the creatures/animals”
1027	9:10	gq32			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{that live} on the earth.” or “{that will ever live} on the earth.”
1028	9:11	lh5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֤י אֶת בְּרִיתִ⁠י֙ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“My/The covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making/instituting with you is that”. See how you translated “my covenant” and “establish” in verse 9.
1029	9:11	r2u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠לֹֽא & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר ע֖וֹד	1	“never again will all life” or “never again will all living creatures/things”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and animals.
1030	9:11	l5v0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִכָּרֵ֧ת	1	“be killed/destroyed by” or “be wiped out by” or “die from”
1031	9:11	d5ve			מִ⁠מֵּ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל	1	“water from a flood,” or “a flood,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:10.
1032	9:11	jown			וְ⁠לֹֽא יִהְיֶ֥ה ע֛וֹד מַבּ֖וּל	1	“That’s right, never again will {I use/cause} a flood” or “{I promise that} I will never again use/cause a flood”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1033	9:11	mxo7			לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֥ת	1	“that destroys”. See how you translated “destroying” in Gen 6:13.
1034	9:11	euoi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{life/everything on} the earth.” or “{all living creatures on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to everything that lives on the earth.
1035	9:12	b7sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God {also} said {to them},” or “Then God added/continued,” or “Then God continued talking/speaking {to Noah and his sons},” God is still talking to the same people, but a quote margin (“Then God said”) is added here to emphasize the new topic (“the sign of the covenant”). For some languages it is more natural to leave this quote margin implied and just have a paragraph break. See what you did for a similar case in verse 8.
1036	9:12	htun			זֹ֤את אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁר אֲנִ֣י נֹתֵ֗ן	1	“This {is} the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am making/establishing” or “This is how I will show/remind {everyone} that I have made/established this covenant/agreement”
1037	9:12	sv10			בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“with you and with all the living creatures that {are} with you,”
1038	9:12	tm2n			לְ⁠דֹרֹ֖ת עוֹלָֽם	1	“for all future generations:” or “and with all generations to come:” or “as well as with all the people and creatures/animals that will ever live:”
1039	9:13	op2l			אֶת קַשְׁתִּ֕⁠י נָתַ֖תִּי	1	“I have/will put my rainbow” or “I am setting/putting/placing my rainbow”
1040	9:13	cgt6			בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן	1	“among the clouds {in the sky},”
1041	9:13	nocp			וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת	1	“where it will show/remind {everyone}” or “to show/remind {everyone}” or “and/where it will serve/function as the sign {which shows}”. See how you translated “the sign of the covenant” in verse 12.
1042	9:13	ay4p			בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין	1	“that I have made/established my/this covenant/agreement with” or “that I promise/vow/pledge to {always} keep my/this covenant/agreement with”
1043	9:13	n8yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{every living thing on} the earth.” or “{every creature that lives on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to mankind and all the animals. See how you translated the same phrase in verse 11.
1044	9:14	vday			וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה בְּ⁠עַֽנְנִ֥⁠י עָנָ֖ן	1	“So it will be/happen {that} whenever I bring/gather clouds {together}” or “So whenever I cause clouds to form/appear”
1045	9:14	v1al			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{in the sky} over/above the earth”
1046	9:14	kfox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִרְאֲתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת בֶּ⁠עָנָֽן	1	“and the/a rainbow appears/forms among the clouds,” or “and you see the/a rainbow in/among the clouds,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active verb here.
1047	9:15	jg40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֣י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֗⁠י	1	“then I will remember {and keep} my/the covenant/agreement” or “then I will not forget {to keep/fulfill} my/the covenant/treaty”. See how you translated “remember” in Gen 8:1. It may need to be translated differently in different contexts.
1048	9:15	cl8q			אֲשֶׁ֤ר בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“that {I have established/made} between me and you” or “that I have established/made with you”
1049	9:15	px73			וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֑ר	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and all living creatures of every kind,” or “and all the animals, including all the different kinds,” or (2) “and all {other} living creatures, including all people and animals,”
1050	9:15	w7qt			וְ⁠לֹֽא יִֽהְיֶ֨ה ע֤וֹד הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠מַבּ֔וּל לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֖ת	1	“that never again will there be a flood that destroys” or “{I promise/vow/pledge} that never again will I use/cause a flood to destroy”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this last clause in verse 15 is what God promised in his covenant. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1051	9:15	ha7y			כָּל־בָּשָֽׂר	1	“all life.” or “all living creatures.” or “all people and animals.”
1052	9:16	msfb			וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת	1	“So/Yes, whenever the/a rainbow appears/forms” or “{That is how it will be:} Whenever there is a rainbow”. In verse 16, God repeats and emphasizes what he said in verses 12-15.
1053	9:16	jn6a			בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן	1	“among the clouds,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 13 and 14.
1054	9:16	mfvm			וּ⁠רְאִיתִ֗י⁠הָ	1	“I will see it” or “I will look at it”
1055	9:16	flfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠זְכֹּר֙	1	“and keep/fulfill” or “and not forget {to keep/fulfill}”. See how you translated “remember” in verse 15.
1056	9:16	s1px			בְּרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֔ם	1	“{my} never-ending/permanent covenant/agreement” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that lasts forever” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that never ends”
1057	9:16	qbnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בֵּ֣ין אֱלֹהִ֔ים וּ⁠בֵין֙	1	“between me and” or “which I have established/made with”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself here.
1058	9:16	ed49			כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֖ר	1	“all living creatures/beings/things of every kind” or “all people and all animals”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 15 and how you translated “every living creature” in verses 10 and 12.
1059	9:16	wqf1			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“that {live/are} on the earth.” or “that {live} in the world.”
1060	9:17	ol42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֑חַ	1	“Finally, God said to Noah,” or “Then God {concluded/finished} by saying to Noah,”
1061	9:17	xkgv			זֹ֤את	1	“A rainbow {is}”
1062	9:17	wreo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֲקִמֹ֔תִי	1	“the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making” or “what I will uses to show/remind {everyone} that I have established/made/instituted this covenant/agreement/treaty”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. In that verse God is explaining the rainbow for the first time, whereas here in verse 17, he is pointing back to what he just said about the rainbow in order to emphasize its importance. Also, consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 9, 11-13, 15-17.
1063	9:17	he9r			בֵּינִ֕⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין	1	“with”
1064	9:17	foms			כָּל בָּשָׂ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“all living creatures/things.” or “all the people and creatures/animals that {are/live} on the earth.” Consider again how you translated “all flesh” when it includes people and animals. See Gen 6:12-13, 17; 7:21; 9:11, 15-17. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts.
1065	9:18	glde			בְנֵי נֹ֗חַ	1	“Noah’s sons” or “{The names of} Noah’s sons”
1066	9:18	jnw4			הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“who went out of/from the ark/boat {after the flood}” or “who disembarked from …” or “who got off …” Be consistent here with how you translated “ark/boat” in chapters 6-8, and see the note about this at Gen 6:14.
1067	9:18	dhau			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ & שֵׁ֖ם וְ⁠חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת	1	“were Shem, Ham, and Japheth;” Consider what is the best way to list names in your language.
1068	9:18	h3vw			וְ⁠חָ֕ם ה֖וּא	1	“it was Ham who” or “Ham was the one who”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, emphasizing that Ham was the father of Canaan, who is probably mentioned here because he was well known as the ancestor of the Canaanites and the one whom the land/region of Canaan was named after.
1069	9:18	sy8w			אֲבִ֥י כְנָֽעַן	1	“{was} Canaan’s father.” or “fathered Canaan.”
1070	9:19	bpuj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה נָֽפְצָ֥ה כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“It was from Noah’s three sons that the entire earth was populated {again}.” or “It was the descendants of Noah’s three sons who populated the entire earth {again}.”
1071	9:20	uydp			וַ⁠יָּ֥חֶל נֹ֖חַ אִ֣ישׁ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּטַּ֖ע	1	“Now {later on,} Noah,” or “After a while, Noah,” or “Noah,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce or begin a new episode here. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{who was} a farmer, began/started {farming} and planted” or “{who was} a farmer, was the first {man/person} to plant” or (2) “began {to be} a farmer and planted” or “became a farmer and planted”
1072	9:20	utl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּֽרֶם	1	“{some} grapevines {and made wine from the grapes}.” or “a field/garden with grapevines. {And he made wine from the grapes.}” It is implied that Noah made wine from the grapes (verse 21). If necessary, you could make that explicit here. Also, if grapes are not known in your language area, you could say “vines/plants with a fruit called grapes”, or you could put in a footnote information about grapes, including how they are squeezed and how the juice is fermented to make wine.
1073	9:21	w1ox			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁתְּ מִן הַ⁠יַּ֖יִן	1	“Then {one day} he drank {too much of} the wine,” or “{One day} he drank a lot of the wine,”
1074	9:21	cj5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּ֑ר וַ⁠יִּתְגַּ֖ל	1	“so that he became drunk and was {lying} naked” or “so that he became so intoxicated/drunk that he {fell asleep} uncovered/naked”. It is implied from verse 24 that Noah had fallen asleep.
1075	9:21	zhoh			בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ אָהֳלֹֽ⁠ה	1	See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20.
1076	9:22	jc13			וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא חָ֚ם אֲבִ֣י כְנַ֔עַן	1	“Ham, {who was} Canaan’s father, saw”
1077	9:22	p8vt			אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“that his father was naked/uncovered,”
1078	9:22	ideh			וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֥ד לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי אֶחָ֖י⁠ו בַּ⁠חֽוּץ	1	“and he went outside and told his two brothers {about it}.” or “and he went out and told his two brothers {that their father was drunk and naked}.”
1079	9:23	w3iy			וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ שֵׁ֨ם וָ⁠יֶ֜פֶת	1	“However/Then Shem and Japheth took”
1080	9:23	f7fp			אֶת הַ⁠שִּׂמְלָ֗ה	1	“a robe/cloak,” This garment would have probably been fairly large, big enough to cover Noah’s body.
1081	9:23	ldi6			וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֨ימוּ֙ עַל שְׁכֶ֣ם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“put it {between them} over their shoulders” or “held it {between them} at shoulder level”
1082	9:23	ahuv			וַ⁠יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית	1	“and walked/went backward {into the tent}”
1083	9:23	tx8k			וַ⁠יְכַסּ֕וּ אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and covered their father’s naked body {with it}.” or “and used it to cover their naked father.”
1084	9:23	n341			וּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית	1	“{As they did that,} they kept their faces/eyes turned/looking away {from him},” or “{As they did that,} they looked away {from him},”
1085	9:23	wcj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֥א רָאֽוּ	1	“so that they did/would not see his nakedness.” or “so that they did/would not see him naked.” Consider whether it is better here in your language to refer to Noah with a noun phrase or a pronoun.
1086	9:24	huys			וַ⁠יִּ֥יקֶץ נֹ֖חַ	1	“Later Noah/he woke up”
1087	9:24	z3po			מִ⁠יֵּינ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{sober} from {the effects of} the wine,” or “from being drunk,” or “sober,”
1088	9:24	e13r			וַ⁠יֵּ֕דַע	1	“and he found out” or “and he heard {about}”. The text does not say how Noah found out about this, so it is best to not be too specific about that here in your translation.
1089	9:24	k45l			אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ בְּנ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן	1	“that his youngest son {Ham} had dishonored/disrespected/mocked him,”
1090	9:25	yls5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“So he exclaimed {about him/Ham},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1091	9:25	wpmd			אָר֣וּר	1	“I {hereby} {ask God to} curse” or “May God curse”
1092	9:25	bhhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“{Ham’s son} Canaan!” In verses 25-27, Canaan probably represents Ham and all of Ham’s descendants (the Canaanites), who will serve Shem and Japheth and all their descendants. You could put that information in a footnote.
1093	9:25	tt6u			יִֽהְיֶ֥ה	1	“Canaan will be” or “{I declare/proclaim that} he/Canaan will be”
1094	9:25	dvbz			עֶ֥בֶד עֲבָדִ֖ים	1	“the lowest slave/servant”. The Hebrew word here can mean either “slave” or “servant”. Slaves in the Old Testament were usually treated well and were not much different than servants, sometimes even becoming like members of their owner’s family. But they were of lower status than their masters, which is part of how Ham’s family is being cursed.
1095	9:25	dnvn			לְ⁠אֶחָֽי⁠ו	1	“for his/Canaan’s relatives.” Verses 26 and 27 show that “his brothers” probably refers here to Shem and Japheth (who were Canaan’s uncles) and their descendants.
1096	9:26	s7yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then he/Noah {also} said,” or “He/Noah also said,”
1097	9:26	a9c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהֹוָ֖ה	1	“Praise Yahweh,” or “I praise Yahweh,” Although many English translations have “Blessed be” here instead of “Praised be,” the word used in the Hebrew text means “praise” when people are acting towards God (as here), and it means “bless” when God is acting towards people (as in Gen 1:28; 5:2; 9:1).
1098	9:26	o8qs			אֱלֹ֣הֵי שֵׁ֑ם	1	“{who is} Shem’s God!” or “{who is} the God whom Shem worships/serves!” or “{who is} the God who takes care of Shem!”
1099	9:26	dkl7			וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן	1	“May he/God cause Canaan to be” or “May he/God make Canaan” or “I ask him/God to make Canaan”
1100	9:26	u8da			עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ	1	“a servant for him/Shem.” or “his/Shem’s slave/servant.”
1101	9:27	qf4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יַ֤פְתְּ אֱלֹהִים֙ לְ⁠יֶ֔פֶת	1	“I {also} ask God to enlarge/expand Japheth’s {territory},” or “I {also} pray that God will make Japheth{’s territory} larger,” or “… give Japheth more/much {land},” In this context, “Japheth” refers to the territory or land where he lived.
1102	9:27	m5k2			וְ⁠יִשְׁכֹּ֖ן	1	“and enable him {and his family/descendants} to live”
1103	9:27	fs08			בְּ⁠אָֽהֳלֵי שֵׁ֑ם	1	“together {in harmony/peace} with Shem {and his family/descendants}.” or “peacefully among Shem {and his family/descendants}.”
1104	9:27	u2hq			וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן	1	“May God {also} cause Canaan to be” or “I {also} ask God to make Canaan” or “Canaan will {also} be”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 26.
1105	9:27	vfve			עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ	1	“a servant for him/Japheth.” or “his/Japheth’s slave/servant.” Compare how you translated “slave” or “servant” in verses 25-27.
1106	9:28	j0sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל	1	“After/From {the time that} the flood {began},” or “After/From {the beginning of} the flood,” Notice that this phrase refers to when the flood began, when Noah was 600 years old (Gen 7:6), not when it ended a year later, when he was 601 years old (8:13), since he was 950 when he died (verse 29), not 951.
1107	9:28	murg			וַֽ⁠יְחִי נֹ֖חַ & שְׁלֹ֤שׁ מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַֽ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָֽה	1	“Noah lived {another} 350 years.” or “Noah lived 350 {more} years.”
1108	9:29	zycm			וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי נֹ֔חַ	1	“so that Noah/he lived a total of 950 years,” or “So all together Noah lived 950 years,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated Gen 5:31, which is similar to 9:29.
1109	9:29	k4gw			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
1110	10:1	z8s6			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת	1	“This/Here is the genealogy/list/record of {the names of}”. This sentence begins a new section.
1111	10:1	gmzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּנֵי נֹ֔חַ שֵׁ֖ם חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת	1	“Noah’s sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth,” Give special attention to the best way in your language to spell all the names in this chapter.
1112	10:1	pxnr			וַ⁠יִּוָּלְד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בָּנִ֖ים	1	“and their sons {and other descendants} who were born” or “and the sons/descendants they had”. The following record includes the names of Noah’s sons and grandsons and their descendants (including some of the people groups who came from them).
1113	10:1	vjic			אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“after the flood {was over/gone}.”
1114	10:2	ywoe			בְּנֵ֣י יֶ֔פֶת	1	“{The names of} Japheth’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Japheth’s sons:” Throughout this chapter, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language.
1115	10:2	ymm9			גֹּ֣מֶר וּ⁠מָג֔וֹג וּ⁠מָדַ֖י וְ⁠יָוָ֣ן וְ⁠תֻבָ֑ל וּ⁠מֶ֖שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תִירָֽס	1	“Gomer, Magog, Madai, Javan, Jubal, Meshech, and Tiras.” Translate the lists of names in this chapter in a way that is natural in your language.
1116	10:3	aqih			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י גֹּ֑מֶר	1	“{The names of} Gomer’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Gomer’s sons:”
1117	10:3	n005			אַשְׁכֲּנַ֥ז וְ⁠רִיפַ֖ת וְ⁠תֹגַרְמָֽה	1	“{named} Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.”
1118	10:4	kz0u			וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יָוָ֖ן	1	“{The names of} Javan’s sons/descendants {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Javan’s sons:” Compare how you translated a similar clause in verses 2 and 3.
1119	10:4	lce6			אֱלִישָׁ֣ה וְ⁠תַרְשִׁ֑ישׁ	1	“{named} Elishah and Tarshish, {and he was the ancestor of}”. These are the names of Javan’s sons, but the next two names are the names of people groups that descended from him.
1120	10:4	iwl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּתִּ֖ים וְ⁠דֹדָנִֽים	1	“the Kittites and the Dodanites.” or “the Kitt people {group} and the Dodan people {group}.” Most translation teams transliterate people group names in the Bible, but handle the suffix endings in different ways. For example, you could: (1) transliterate the Hebrew plural suffix “-im”; or (2) use a suffix that your language has for names of people groups (such as “-ites” in English); or (3) translate “-im” as “people” or “people/ethnic group.” Try to be consistent in how you handle people group names throughout this chapter and the rest of the book of Genesis.
1121	10:5	swml			מֵ֠⁠אֵלֶּה	1	“From those/Japheth’s {descendants}”. This phrase probably refers to Japheth’s descendants (verses 2-4), especially since the descendants of his brothers Ham (verse 20) and Shem (verse 31) are summarized in a similar way.
1122	10:5	ccp2			נִפְרְד֞וּ אִיֵּ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙	1	“came the people groups who lived {in regions} near/beside the {Mediterranean} Sea. They moved to different places {and settled}”
1123	10:5	rjew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	“in their {own} territories/regions,”
1124	10:5	hstu			אִ֖ישׁ לִ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and each {group} spoke its own language,” or “They all developed/spoke their own languages,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to break up this long sentence and start a new sentence here (or later in this verse).
1125	10:5	yius			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“and each of them lived in their {own} {extended} families,” or “They each had their {own} family groups,” The word “clan” refers to a group of families who are descended from a common ancestor.
1126	10:5	b8t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	“and they formed/became their own people/ethnic groups.” or “which {grew/multiplied and} became their own {distinct} people/ethnic groups.” The word “nations” refers here to people groups, not countries. Also, for some languages it may be clearer to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “Japheth’s descendants spread out and settled near/by the {Mediterranean} Sea. They all formed their own family groups, which {grew/multiplied and} became their own people groups that spoke their own languages and lived in their own territories/regions.” Do what is best in your language.
1127	10:6	vxee			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָ֑ם כּ֥וּשׁ	1	“{The names of} Ham’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Ham’s sons:”
1128	10:6	u9dx			כּ֥וּשׁ וּ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠פ֥וּט וּ⁠כְנָֽעַן	1	“Cush, Mizraim, Put, and Canaan.”
1129	10:7	um0s			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י כ֔וּשׁ	1	“{The names of} Cush’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Cush’s sons:”
1130	10:7	z6v4			סְבָא֙ וַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה וְ⁠סַבְתָּ֥ה וְ⁠רַעְמָ֖ה וְ⁠סַבְתְּכָ֑א	1	“Seba, Havilah, Sabtah, Raamah, and Sabtecah.”
1131	10:7	zhco			וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י רַעְמָ֖ה שְׁבָ֥א וּ⁠דְדָֽן	1	“And Raamah’s sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.” or “{The names of} Raamah’s sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.”
1132	10:8	zwg5			וְ⁠כ֖וּשׁ יָלַ֣ד אֶת נִמְרֹ֑ד	1	“Cush also fathered/had {a son named} Nimrod,” See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 6:10, and how you translated a phrase in 10:1 (“were born to”) that has a similar meaning.
1133	10:8	k7ej			ה֣וּא הֵחֵ֔ל לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who was the first {person/man/one} to be” or (2) “who became”
1134	10:8	kt9f			גִּבֹּ֖ר	1	“a powerful {warrior/conqueror}” or “a powerful {ruler/king}”. There were other mighty men before Nimrod, but apparently he was the first one to have a kingdom (verse 10).
1135	10:8	u6s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“on earth.” or “in the world.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “who was the first {person/man} on earth to be/become a powerful ruler/warrior.” Do what is best in your language.
1136	10:9	e8rh			הֽוּא הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד	1	“He/Nimrod was {also} a great/excellent hunter”
1137	10:9	fzr8			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	“whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.”
1138	10:9	xbab			עַל כֵּן֙	1	“That is why”
1139	10:9	vq2f			יֵֽאָמַ֔ר	1	“people say {about other great men},” or “people/we have the/this saying/expression {about other great men}:” This phrase indicates that what follows was a well-known saying that was used by people to praise or compliment other great men by comparing them to Nimrod.
1140	10:9	ham3			כְּ⁠נִמְרֹ֛ד	1	“{That man is} like Nimrod,” or “{So and so is} like Nimrod,”
1141	10:9	twpi			הֽוּא־הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד	1	“He/Nimrod was {also} a great/excellent hunter”
1142	10:9	fyot			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	“whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.” Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase earlier in verse 9.
1143	10:10	an74			וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י רֵאשִׁ֤ית מַמְלַכְתּ⁠וֹ֙	1	“His/Nimrod’s kingdom began with him ruling {over}” or “He/Nimrod started ruling as king {over}” or “The first cities that he/Nimrod ruled as king were”
1144	10:10	heqh			בָּבֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶ֖רֶךְ וְ⁠אַכַּ֣ד וְ⁠כַלְנֵ֑ה	1	“{the cities of} Babel, Erech, Akkad, and Calneh,”
1145	10:10	orky			בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ שִׁנְעָֽר	1	“{which were all located} in the land/region of/called Shinar.” Shinar is another name for the land/country of Babylonia. You could put that information in a footnote.
1146	10:11	tmzb			מִן הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	“From that region” or “From the land/region of Shinar” or “From there”
1147	10:11	jcf8			יָצָ֣א אַשּׁ֑וּר	1	“he/Nimrod went/moved to {the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria,” See how you translated “{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria” in Gen 2:14.
1148	10:11	gcc2			וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן֙	1	“and {there} he built” or “where he built”
1149	10:11	i3jv			אֶת נִ֣ינְוֵ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת רְחֹבֹ֥ת עִ֖יר וְ⁠אֶת כָּֽלַח	1	“{the cities of} Nineveh, Rehoboth-Ir, Calah,”
1150	10:12	yxdv			וְֽ⁠אֶת רֶ֔סֶן בֵּ֥ין נִֽינְוֵ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ין כָּ֑לַח הִ֖וא הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדֹלָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and Resen, {which is located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and the great city of Calah.” or (2) “and Resen, {which is} the great city {located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and Calah.”
1151	10:13	p1bp			וּ⁠מִצְרַ֡יִם יָלַ֞ד	1	“Mizraim was the father/ancestor of”
1152	10:13	ptqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת לוּדִ֧ים וְ⁠אֶת עֲנָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת לְהָבִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת נַפְתֻּחִֽים	1	“the Ludites, Anamites, Lehabites, Naphtuhites,” Throughout verses 13-18, translate the names of people groups in a way that is clear and natural in your language. See what you did in verse 4. Also consider what is the best way in your language to list the names in these verses. Some languages use a conjunction (like “and”) between names, while other languages only use a conjunction before the last name in the list, with commas between the other names.
1153	10:14	ylfj			וְֽ⁠אֶת פַּתְרֻסִ֞ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּסְלֻחִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָצְא֥וּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֛ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּפְתֹּרִֽים	1	“Pathrusites, Casluhites (whom the Philistines came/descended from), and Caphtorites.” or “Pathrusites, Casluhites, and Caphtorites. The Philistines came/descended from the Casluhites.”
1154	10:15	m1d3			וּ⁠כְנַ֗עַן יָלַ֛ד	1	“Canaan fathered/had”. See how you translated “fathered” in verses 8 and 13.
1155	10:15	z25n			אֶת צִידֹ֥ן בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ	1	“Sidon {who was} his firstborn {son},”
1156	10:15	zjx9			וְ⁠אֶת חֵֽת	1	“then {he fathered/had} {a son named} Heth,” Canaan’s son Heth was the ancestor of the Hittites, so some translations use “Hittites” here instead and say, “{He was} also {the ancestor of} the Hittites,”
1157	10:16	uwbf			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִֽׁי	1	“and {he/Canaan was also the ancestor of} the Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” or “Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” In verses 16-18, the people group names are singular collective nouns in Hebrew (in contrast to the people group names in verses 4, 13-14 that are plural nouns). Most English versions translate these names with a plural “-ites” suffix so that it is clear that these names refer to more than one person.
1158	10:17	ztj1			וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חִוִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠עַרְקִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠סִּינִֽי	1	“Hivites, Arkites, Sinites,”
1159	10:18	y6k0			וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אַרְוָדִ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צְּמָרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חֲמָתִ֑י	1	“Arvadites, Zemarites, and Hamathites.”
1160	10:18	q1m9			וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר	1	“Later,” or “As time went by,”
1161	10:18	fujh			מִשְׁפְּח֖וֹת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽי	1	“those {extended} families {that descended} from {Ham’s son} Canaan”
1162	10:18	yfp1			נָפֹ֔צוּ	1	“spread out,” or “moved to different places,”
1163	10:19	efvy			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י גְּב֤וּל הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙	1	“and {eventually} the borders/boundaries of their {territory/land} reached/extended” or “so that {eventually} the territory/land where Canaanites/they lived reached/extended”
1164	10:19	m5gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠צִּידֹ֔ן	1	“from {the city of} Sidon {in the north},” or “from Sidon {City} {in the north},” Some languages have an affix or a word (that means “city”) that must be used every time the name of a city is mentioned or the first time a particular city is mentioned in a paragraph or section. Do what is natural in your language here and elsewhere throughout the Bible.
1165	10:19	juim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה גְרָ֖רָ⁠ה עַד עַזָּ֑ה	1	“all the way {down/south} toward {the city of} Gerar to {the city of} Gaza,” or “{down/south} to Gaza {City}, which is on the road to Gerar {City},” The Canaanites’ border reached Gaza, but did not extend down to Gerar, which was farther south.
1166	10:19	dchu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֞ה סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה	1	“{then} as far {east} as”
1167	10:19	xmmh			סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה וְ⁠אַדְמָ֥ה וּ⁠צְבֹיִ֖ם	1	“{the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboiim,”
1168	10:19	jenu			עַד לָֽשַׁע	1	“all the way to {the city of} Lasha.” or “until {you reach} Lasha {City}.”
1169	10:20	mrbd			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	“Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers back to the people listed in verses 6-19. Also, many translations that use “were” (and other past tense verbs) in verses 2-19 and 21-30 use “are” here (and in verses 31 and 32). Do what is best in your language.
1170	10:20	w958			בְנֵי חָ֔ם	1	“the descendants of Ham” or “Ham’s sons/descendants”
1171	10:20	ixjv			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“according to their family groups,” or “and each one had his own clan/family,” or “and their {extended} families,” See how you translated “clans” in verse 5.
1172	10:20	n9z9			לִ⁠לְשֹֽׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	“Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each {clan/family} {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated verse 5, which has some of the same phrases as verse 20.
1173	10:21	am4z			וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יֻלַּ֖ד גַּם	1	“Shem also fathered/had {some} sons”. In the Hebrew text, “to Shem” comes first in this sentence after “And”, to emphasize Shem. Do what is natural in your language.
1174	10:21	x6vj			ה֑וּא אֲבִי֙ כָּל בְּנֵי עֵ֔בֶר	1	“He was the ancestor of all the descendants of Eber”
1175	10:21	f29s			אֲחִ֖י יֶ֥פֶת הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and his/Shem’s older brother was Japheth.” (2) “and he/Shem was Japheth’s older/oldest brother.”
1176	10:22	t2s3			בְּנֵ֥י שֵׁ֖ם	1	“{The names of} Shem’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Shem’s sons:”
1177	10:22	o6p2			עֵילָ֣ם וְ⁠אַשּׁ֑וּר וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד וְ⁠ל֥וּד וַֽ⁠אֲרָֽם	1	“Elam, Asshur, Arpachshad, Lud and Aram.” The name “Arpachshad” is spelled as “Arphaxad” in many translations. Also, see how you spelled “Lud” in verse 13 (who is a different person with the same name). Be consistent with how you spell each name throughout the Bible.
1178	10:23	ylhl			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י אֲרָ֑ם	1	“{The names of} Aram’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Aram’s sons:”
1179	10:23	qqox			ע֥וּץ וְ⁠ח֖וּל וְ⁠גֶ֥תֶר וָ⁠מַֽשׁ	1	“Uz, Hul, Gether, and Mash.” The same person who is called “Mash” here, is referred to as “Meshech/Meshek” in 1 Chronicles 1:17. To prevent confusion, some translations use “Meshech/Meshek” here too, or they put that name in a footnote.
1180	10:24	u3c2			וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד יָלַ֣ד אֶת שָׁ֑לַח	1	“Arpachshad/Arphaxad fathered/had {a son named} Shelah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in verse 22.
1181	10:24	bfuy			וְ⁠שֶׁ֖לַח יָלַ֥ד אֶת עֵֽבֶר	1	“then/and Shelah fathered/had {a son named} Eber.”
1182	10:25	jiw4			וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֥בֶר יֻלַּ֖ד שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֑ים	1	“Then Eber fathered/had two sons.”
1183	10:25	u8nm			שֵׁ֣ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֞ד	1	“The name of the first {one/son} {was}” or “The first one/son was named”
1184	10:25	ibtk			פֶּ֗לֶג	1	“Peleg, {which means “division/divide,”}” You can put the meaning of Peleg’s name in the text or in a footnote, so that it is clear why he was given his name. See what you did for a similar case (Noah’s name) in Gen 5:29.
1185	10:25	mrdo			כִּ֤י בְ⁠יָמָי⁠ו֙	1	“because during his lifetime”
1186	10:25	v3na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נִפְלְגָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{the people on} the earth divided/separated {into separate groups} {and scattered everywhere}.” This phrase refers to the people on the earth and implies that they scattered and lived all over the earth (as specified in Gen 11:8).
1187	10:25	po91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יָקְטָֽן	1	“His/Peleg’s {younger} brother’s name was Joktan.” or “{Eber’s second/other son} was named Joktan and was younger than Peleg.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in this sentence, especially after reading the previous two sentences.
1188	10:26	eu4k			וְ⁠יָקְטָ֣ן יָלַ֔ד	1	“Joktan fathered/had {sons named}” or “Joktan fathered/had {the following sons:}” Notice that the list of Joktan’s sons continues through verse 29.
1189	10:26	h2ab			אֶת אַלְמוֹדָ֖ד וְ⁠אֶת שָׁ֑לֶף וְ⁠אֶת חֲצַרְמָ֖וֶת וְ⁠אֶת יָֽרַח	1	“Almodad, Sheleph, Hazarmaveth, Jerah,”
1190	10:27	xncl			וְ⁠אֶת הֲדוֹרָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת אוּזָ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת דִּקְלָֽה	1	“Hadoram, Uzal, Diklah,”
1191	10:28	skwt			וְ⁠אֶת עוֹבָ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת אֲבִֽימָאֵ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת שְׁבָֽא	1	“Obal, Abimael, Sheba,”
1192	10:29	xri4			וְ⁠אֶת אוֹפִ֥ר וְ⁠אֶת חֲוִילָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת יוֹבָ֑ב	1	“Ophir, Havilah, and Jobab.” Consider again how you translated lists of names throughout chapter 10.
1193	10:29	d37u			כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה	1	“All those {were} {the names of}” or “All those {men/people} {were}” or “Those {were} all”
1194	10:29	d3qs			בְּנֵ֥י יָקְטָֽן	1	“Joktan’s sons.”
1195	10:30	z0dr			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י מוֹשָׁבָ֖⁠ם	1	“Their dwelling {place}” or “Their territory/region” or “The region/area where they {and their descendants} lived”
1196	10:30	h4i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י & מִ⁠מֵּשָׁ֑א	1	“extended/reached from {the city of} Mesha {in the west},” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 19.
1197	10:30	qhqk			בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה	1	“all the way to” or “as far as”
1198	10:30	buoh			סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה	1	“{the city/town of} Sephar, {which is in/near}”. Sephar might refer to a city, a mountain, or a region (that was named after the city or mountain).
1199	10:30	bl54			הַ֥ר הַ⁠קֶּֽדֶם	1	“the mountain range {that is} in the east.” or “the hill country in the east.” or “the eastern hill country.” The word “mountain{s}” is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It can be: (1) a collective noun that refers to mountains or hill country near the town of Sephar; or (2) a singular noun that refers to a specific mountain that was called Sephar.
1200	10:31	v7ly			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	“Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers here to the people listed in verses 21-30. See how you translated verse 20, which is almost exactly the same as verse 31.
1201	10:31	ffht			בְנֵי שֵׁ֔ם	1	“the descendants of Shem” or “Shem’s sons/descendants”
1202	10:31	lpn7			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“and each one had his own clan/family.” See how you translated “clans” in verses 5 and 20.
1203	10:31	b1x8			לִ⁠לְשֹׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	“Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each clan/family {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory.”
1204	10:32	e560			אֵ֣לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֧ת בְּנֵי נֹ֛חַ	1	“{All} those {people} {are/were} the clans/families {who descended} from Noah’s sons,” or “{All} those clans/families descended from Noah’s sons,” The word “Those” refers here to everyone who is listed in verses 2-31. Consider again how you translated “clans” in verses 5, 18, 29, 31-32.
1205	10:32	bl71			לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“Each clan/family had its own genealogy/descendants and became its own people/ethnic group.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, compare how you translated similar phrases in verses 5, 20, and 31.
1206	10:32	nh8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה נִפְרְד֧וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“From those {people} {came/descended} {all} the people/ethnic groups {who} spread out on/over the earth after the flood.” or “In fact, after the flood {all} the people groups on the earth descended from them and spread out everywhere.” Consider again how you translated “nations” in verses 5, 20, 31-32.
1207	11:1	r2b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י כָל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ שָׂפָ֣ה אֶחָ֑ת	1	“Now {at first,} everyone on the earth spoke/shared the same language” or “Now {for a while,} all {the people on} the earth spoke one language”. The events in chapter 11:1-9 happened before the people listed in chapter 10 had their own languages and before they spread out over the earth (Gen 10:5, 19-20, 30-32). You could include some of that information in a footnote.
1208	11:1	l2n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠דְבָרִ֖ים אֲחָדִֽים	1	“and {spoke/shared} the same words/vocabulary.” or “and spoke words everyone knew/understood.” or “so that everyone understood each other.” The phrases “one language” and “the same words” are very similar in meaning and emphasize the fact that everyone spoke the same language. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1209	11:2	ufks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י	1	“After a while, as/when” or “As/When” or “As time passed,” The phrase “it happened that” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations omit this phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
1210	11:2	phjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠נָסְעָ֣⁠ם	1	“they moved/traveled” or “the people migrated/moved”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun (“they”) or a noun phrase (“the people”) here.
1211	11:2	kqit			מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	“from the eastern {regions},” or “{around} in the eastern {regions},” At first after the flood, people lived in the regions around the mountains of Ararat (where the ark had landed). As they began to migrate and spread out to different places (as God had told them to do), they must have headed south at some point since they ended up at the plain of Shinar, which was south of where the Ararat Mountains were. The reference to “the east” probably reflects the viewpoint of the author (Moses), since the Ararat mountains and the plain of Shinar were both far to the east of where he was living.
1212	11:2	zdwp			וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֥וּ	1	“they discovered” or “they {eventually} came to” or “and {eventually} came to”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the first half of this verse.
1213	11:2	vygx			בִקְעָ֛ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שִׁנְעָ֖ר	1	“a wide/spacious, flat valley/area in the land/region called Shinar”. This plain was a wide, flat area between mountains. Also be consistent here with how you translated “land of Shinar” in Gen 10:10.
1214	11:2	dxfo			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם	1	“and lived/stayed there.” or “and began to live there.”
1215	11:3	m2g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	“Then {one day} they urged each other,” The events that are described below probably did not happen immediately after they arrived at the plain. Consider what is the best way to begin these events in your language.
1216	11:3	jfqv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הָ֚בָ⁠ה	1	“Come on,” Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like this that is used to urge or persuade someone to do something together.
1217	11:3	uwu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נִלְבְּנָ֣ה	1	“let us {work together and} make” or “we should {work together and} make”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive here and refers to the people who are talking to each other.
1218	11:3	wprr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְבֵנִ֔ים	1	“{some} {clay/mud} bricks/blocks” or “{some} bricks/blocks {from clay/mud}”
1219	11:3	y8pj			וְ⁠נִשְׂרְפָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׂרֵפָ֑ה	1	“and harden them with fire.” or “and use fire to bake/harden them.” or “and put/bake them in/over fire {to make them hard/strong}.”
1220	11:3	s0kz			וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י לָ⁠הֶ֤ם	1	“So {they did that, and} they had” or “They had/used”
1221	11:3	uxzq			הַ⁠לְּבֵנָה֙ לְ⁠אָ֔בֶן	1	“bricks/blocks {to build with} instead of stone,”
1222	11:3	u7qc			וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ר הָיָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“and they used tar {between the bricks/blocks}”
1223	11:3	b4kx			לַ⁠חֹֽמֶר	1	“instead of mortar.” or “to hold/stick the bricks/blocks together.”
1224	11:4	rlly			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ	1	“Then they said {to each other},” or “Then they urged {each other},”
1225	11:4	igxx			הָ֣בָ⁠ה	1	“Come on,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 3.
1226	11:4	gfzh			נִבְנֶה	1	“let us {work together and} build” or “we should {work together and} build”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3.
1227	11:4	dl1s			לָּ֣⁠נוּ עִ֗יר	1	“a city for us {to live in}”
1228	11:4	a5tp			וּ⁠מִגְדָּל֙	1	“that includes/has a {high} tower” or “with a {very} tall building”
1229	11:4	h80w			וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“that reaches high into the heavens/sky,” or “that reaches up to heaven,”
1230	11:4	z87w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נַֽעֲשֶׂה לָּ֖⁠נוּ שֵׁ֑ם פֶּן נָפ֖וּץ	1	“{We should do that} to make ourselves famous and to keep us from spreading out” or “{That way} we will become well-known/famous, and we will not separate from each other {and live}”. The phrase “make a name for ourselves” is a idiom. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated the word “scattered” in Gen 10:18, 32.
1231	11:4	ytfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“all over the earth/world.” or “around the world.”
1232	11:5	f9ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then/But {one day} Yahweh came down {from heaven}”
1233	11:5	oe6q			לִ⁠רְאֹ֥ת אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר	1	“and looked at the city” or “and inspected the city”. The text implies that Yahweh actually looked at the city. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to make that explicit here.
1234	11:5	pbs0			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מִּגְדָּ֑ל	1	“and the {very} tall building”. See how you translated this word in verse 4.
1235	11:5	ujao			אֲשֶׁ֥ר & בְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“that the people”
1236	11:5	zcoi			בָּנ֖וּ	1	“were building.” or “had started building.” Make sure the way you translate this verb fits with the fact that the people had not yet finished building the city (verse 8).
1237	11:6	zesy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	“And/Then he said (to himself),” or “He said,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh here in your language.
1238	11:6	h94b			הֵ֣ן	1	“Look,” This term calls attention to what Yahweh says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
1239	11:6	q2ld			עַ֤ם אֶחָד֙	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{they are} one people/ethnic {group},” or (2) “the/these people {are} one/united {in what they are doing},”
1240	11:6	emr9			וְ⁠שָׂפָ֤ה אַחַת֙ לְ⁠כֻלָּ֔⁠ם	1	“and they all speak/share the same language.” See how you translated “have one language” in verse 1.
1241	11:6	jn1z			וְ⁠זֶ֖ה הַחִלָּ֣⁠ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת	1	“This {is} {only} the beginning of what they can/will do {together}.”
1242	11:6	m869			וְ⁠עַתָּה֙	1	“Now/Soon”
1243	11:6	cwlf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹֽא יִבָּצֵ֣ר מֵ⁠הֶ֔ם כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָזְמ֖וּ לַֽ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת	1	“nothing that they plan to do will be impossible for them.” or “everything/anything they plan/attempt to do will be possible for them.” or “they will be able to do anything/whatever they plan/try to do.” The words “not” and “impossible” are two negatives that work together to communicate an emphatic positive statement. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language.
1244	11:7	siye			הָ֚בָ⁠ה	1	“{So} come on,” or “{So}”
1245	11:7	ab2t			נֵֽרְדָ֔ה & שָׁ֖ם	1	“we must go down there {now}” or “let us go to them”. Most Bible scholars think the plural pronoun “us” refers here to God and the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep this plural pronoun in your translation. See what you did for similar pronouns in Gen 1:26.
1246	11:7	b6e9			וְ⁠נָבְלָ֥ה & שְׂפָתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and scramble their language” or “and mix up their language”
1247	11:7	qlnr			אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ	1	“so that they will not {be able to} understand” or “so that they cannot understand”
1248	11:7	yf9e			אִ֖ישׁ שְׂפַ֥ת רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“what they say to each other.” or “each other.”
1249	11:8	abaf			וַ⁠יָּ֨פֶץ יְהוָ֥ה אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם	1	“Then/So Yahweh {did that and} caused the people to leave from there and spread out” or “That is how Yahweh caused the people to leave from there and settle/live in different places”
1250	11:8	m39c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“over the surface of the entire earth,” or “all over the earth/world,”
1251	11:8	bj40			וַֽ⁠יַּחְדְּל֖וּ לִ⁠בְנֹ֥ת	1	“so that they had to stop building/constructing”
1252	11:8	fvq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	“the city {and the tower}.” or “the city {and the tall building}.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “In that way, Yahweh caused the people to stop building the city {and the tower} and to move away from each other, {so that eventually they lived} all over the world.” Do what is best in your language.
1253	11:9	o1v3			עַל כֵּ֞ן	1	“That is why”
1254	11:9	grok			קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙	1	“people named the/that city” or “the name of the/that city is” or “the/that city was named/called”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific.
1255	11:9	flf8			בָּבֶ֔ל	1	“Babel, {which means “confused/mixed-up/scrambled,”}” If you include the meaning of “Babel” here in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent with the way you translate “confused” later in this verse and in verse 7.
1256	11:9	go0s			כִּי שָׁ֛ם & יְהוָ֖ה	1	“because that is where Yahweh” or “because {it was} in that city {that} Yahweh”
1257	11:9	cnun			בָּלַ֥ל	1	“mixed up” or “scrambled”
1258	11:9	f8ye			שְׂפַ֣ת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“the language that everyone on the earth spoke/shared,”
1259	11:9	uhku			וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הֱפִיצָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֔ה	1	“and {in that way} Yahweh/he made them spread out from there”
1260	11:9	onj2			עַל פְּנֵ֖י כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“over the surface of the entire earth.” or “all over the earth/world.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 4 and 8.
1261	11:10	k4zv			אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת שֵׁ֔ם	1	“This/Here is the record/list of Shem’s descendants:” or “This is Shem’s genealogy/family-line:”
1262	11:10	xsg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שֵׁ֚ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֑ד שְׁנָתַ֖יִם אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“Two years after the flood {began}, when Shem was 100 years old, he had {a son named} Arpachshad/Arphaxad.” The phrase “after the flood” probably refers to two years after the flood began, not after it ended; see a similar case in Gen 9:28. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in Gen 10:22.
1263	11:11	hhxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֔ד	1	“After he fathered/had Arpachshad/Arphaxad, Shem/he lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born, Shem lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxad’s birth, Shem lived”. Throughout this section, make sure that names and pronouns (like “he”) are used in a way that is accurate and natural in your language, so that it is always clear who is being referred to.
1264	11:11	newn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 500 years,” or “500 {more} years,” See how you translated Gen 5:7, which has the same sentence structure as 11:11. For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Shem lived 500 {more} years after Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter.
1265	11:11	e9d9			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in Gen 5:4.
1266	11:11	lc2z			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
1267	11:12	cx5o			וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֣ד חַ֔י חָמֵ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Arpachshad/Arphaxad had lived thirty-five/35 years,” or “When Arpachshad/Arphaxad was thirty-five/35 years old,” Make sure that your translation of this clause does not mean that Arpachshad only lived to be thirty-five years old. Also, throughout this chapter, be consistent with how you have decided to handle numbers in the Bible. For example, many translation teams use words for single and double-digit numbers, but use numerals for larger numbers. This strategy helps prevent confusion with verse numbers. This is especially true in translations that use a large font size for verse numbers so that people doing group Bible study can easily see the numbers and be in the same verse together. See what you did in chapter 5.
1268	11:12	wvlk			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שָֽׁלַח	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Shelah.” See how you translated Gen 5:6, which has the same sentence structure as 11:12.
1269	11:13	s590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֗ד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֶׁ֔לַח	1	“After he fathered/had Shelah, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shelah was born, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shem’s birth, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:22, 24; 11:10-13.
1270	11:13	yqx2			שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,”
1271	11:13	om3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Arpachshad {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Arpachshad at this point in the paragraph.
1272	11:13	e35h			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
1273	11:14	w7dj			וְ⁠שֶׁ֥לַח חַ֖י שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Shelah had lived thirty/30 years,” or “When Shelah was thirty/30 years old,”
1274	11:14	kt42			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת עֵֽבֶר	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Eber.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Eber.”
1275	11:15	hd5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֶׁ֗לַח אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת עֵ֔בֶר	1	“After he/Shelah fathered/had Eber, Shelah/he lived” or “After Eber was born, Shelah lived” or “After Eber’s birth, Shelah lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Shelah” in Gen 10:24; 11:12-15.
1276	11:15	ms3c			שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,”
1277	11:15	du9x			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah was {also} the father of”
1278	11:15	g3i9			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
1279	11:16	ylnk			וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֕בֶר אַרְבַּ֥ע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Eber had lived thirty-four/34 years,” or “When Eber was thirty-four/34 years old,”
1280	11:16	xcap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת פָּֽלֶג	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Peleg.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Peleg.”
1281	11:17	wlcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֗בֶר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת פֶּ֔לֶג	1	“After he/Eber fathered/had Peleg, Eber/he lived” or “After Peleg was born, Eber lived” or “After Peleg’s birth, Eber lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Eber” in Gen 10:24-25; 11:14-17.
1282	11:17	cc14			שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 430 years,” or “430 {more} years,”
1283	11:17	ocjw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Eber at this point in the paragraph.
1284	11:17	cc06			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
1285	11:18	gdd8			וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֖לֶג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Peleg had lived thirty/30 years,” or “When Peleg was thirty/30 years old,”
1286	11:18	waxn			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת רְעֽוּ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Reu.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Reu.”
1287	11:19	qfcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֗לֶג אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת רְע֔וּ	1	“After he/Peleg had Reu, Peleg/he lived” or “After Reu was born, Peleg lived” or “After Reu’s birth, Peleg lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Peleg” in Gen 10:25; 11:16-19.
1288	11:19	xncw			תֵּ֥שַׁע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 209 years,” or “209 {more} years,”
1289	11:19	bpuk			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg was {also} the father of”
1290	11:19	nr72			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
1291	11:20	ek1h			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֔וּ שְׁתַּ֥יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Reu had lived thirty-two/32 years,” or “When Reu was thirty-two/32 years old,”
1292	11:20	zm8n			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שְׂרֽוּג	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Serug.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Serug.”
1293	11:21	blty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֗וּ אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שְׂר֔וּג	1	“After he/Reu had Serug, Reu/he lived” or “After Serug was born, Reu lived” or “After Serug’s birth, Reu lived”. Be consistent with how you spell “Reu” in Gen 11:18-21.
1294	11:21	x8r5			שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 207 years,” or “207 {more} years,”
1295	11:21	t6kn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Reu at this point in the paragraph.
1296	11:21	f8g8			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
1297	11:22	lx37			וַ⁠יְחִ֥י שְׂר֖וּג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Serug had lived thirty/30 years,” or “When Serug was thirty/30 years old,”
1298	11:22	q17o			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת נָחֽוֹר	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Nahor.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Nahor.”
1299	11:23	ryhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י שְׂר֗וּג אַחֲרֵ֛י הוֹלִיד֥⁠וֹ אֶת נָח֖וֹר	1	“After he/Serug had Nahor, Serug/he lived” or “After Nahor was born, Serug lived” or “After Nahor’s birth, Serug lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Serug” in Gen 11:20-23.
1300	11:23	lmbh			מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 200 years,” or “200 {more} years,”
1301	11:23	yaea			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug was {also} the father of”
1302	11:23	vtw1			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.”
1303	11:24	qb4u			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֔וֹר תֵּ֥שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Nahor had lived twenty-nine/29 years,” or “When Nahor was twenty-nine/29 years old,”
1304	11:24	ej3c			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת תָּֽרַח	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Terah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Terah.” Consider again how you translated verses 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, and 24, which all have the same sentence structure.
1305	11:25	c5ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֗וֹר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת תֶּ֔רַח	1	“After he/Nahor had Terah, Nahor/he lived” or “After Terah was born, Nahor lived” or “After Terah’s birth, Nahor lived”
1306	11:25	jla4			תְּשַֽׁע־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 119 years,” or “119 {more} years,”
1307	11:25	is9f			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1308	11:25	e11k			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons as well as daughters.” Consider again how you translated verses 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23 and 25, which all have the same sentence structure.
1309	11:26	fa4t			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־תֶ֖רַח שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“After Terah had lived seventy/70 years,” or “After Terah was/turned seventy/70 years old,” Your translation needs to allow for the fact that Terah’s sons were not triplets (just as Noah’s sons were not triplets; see Gen 5:32), rather he started having children after he turned seventy and his sons were born in different years after that. In fact, Abram was not born until Terah was at least 130 years old (11:32, 12:4-5; Acts 7:4), and he was probably Terah’s youngest son. Abram is listed first (instead of Haran or Nahor) probably because of his importance as the one whom Yahweh made His covenant with. Some of this information could be put in a footnote.
1310	11:26	cywf			וַ⁠יּ֨וֹלֶד֙ אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָֽן	1	“he fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” or “he fathered/had {sons whose names were} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.”
1311	11:27	y44z			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת תֶּ֔רַח	1	“Here/This {is} the history/account/record about/of Terah and his descendants/family:” This section is different from the previous section. What follows is a history about Terah’s descendants (especially Abram); it is not a genealogy or list of names. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 6:9.
1312	11:27	egvx			תֶּ֚רַח הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָ֑ן	1	“Terah fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran;” or “Terah’s sons were Abram, Nahor, and Haran.”
1313	11:27	vacr			וְ⁠הָרָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת לֽוֹט	1	“and Haran fathered/had {a son named} Lot.” or “Haran’s son {was named} Lot.” or “and Haran had a son {whose name was} Lot.”
1314	11:28	l32z			וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת הָרָ֔ן עַל פְּנֵ֖י תֶּ֣רַח אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“Later Haran died while he was with his father Terah,” or “While his father Terah was still alive, Haran died”
1315	11:28	w957			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“in the land where he was born,” or “in his native land,”
1316	11:28	la6c			בְּ⁠א֥וּר כַּשְׂדִּֽים	1	“in {the city of} Ur which was ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans.” or “in {the city of} Ur where the Kasdim/Chaldean people lived.” The word “Kasdim” probably comes from the name of one of Nahor’s sons, Kesed (Gen 22:22), and often refers to the Chaldeans who were a people group that lived in the country of Babylonia (where Ur was located).
1317	11:29	w0fn			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָ֧ם וְ⁠נָח֛וֹר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם נָשִׁ֑ים	1	“Meanwhile Abram and Nahor each got married.” or “Abram and Nahor each married a wife.”
1318	11:29	oie3			שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָם֙ שָׂרָ֔י	1	“Abram’s wife was named Sarai,”
1319	11:29	anm9			וְ⁠שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת נָחוֹר֙ מִלְכָּ֔ה	1	“and Nahor’s wife was Milcah.”
1320	11:29	nome			בַּת הָרָ֥ן אֲבִֽי מִלְכָּ֖ה וַֽ⁠אֲבִ֥י יִסְכָּֽה	1	“She/Milcah was the daughter of {his/Nahor’s brother} Haran, who was the father of {both} Milcah and {her sister} Iscah.” or “Milcah and {her sister} Iscah were Haran’s daughters.”
1321	11:30	nr3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שָׂרַ֖י עֲקָרָ֑ה	1	“But/Now Sarai was unable to conceive,” or “Sarai was not able to become/get pregnant,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Sarai.
1322	11:30	x9g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֵ֥ין לָ֖⁠הּ וָלָֽד	1	“{so} she did not have any children.” or “{so} she had no children.” For some languages it may be better to switch the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “But/Now Sarai did not have any children, because she was not able to conceive.” Do what is best in your language.
1323	11:31	a4sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח תֶּ֜רַח	1	“Then {one day,} Terah gathered” or “{One day,} Terah brought/called together”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language.
1324	11:31	cmu7			אֶת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֗⁠וֹ	1	“his son Abram,” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this phrase that “his son” refers to Abram, not another person.
1325	11:31	zczu			וְ⁠אֶת ל֤וֹט בֶּן הָרָן֙ בֶּן בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and Lot, {who was} his son Haran’s son,” or “and his grandson Lot, {who was} Haran’s son,” The phrases “Lot,” “Haran’s son,” and “his son’s son” all refer to Lot. Make sure that is clear in your translation and that it does not sound like three people.
1326	11:31	zs6d			וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרַ֣י כַּלָּת֔⁠וֹ	1	“and his daughter-in-law Sarai,” The phrases “Sarai,” “his daughter-in-law,” and “the wife of his son Abram” all refer to Sarai. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
1327	11:31	ajg2			אֵ֖שֶׁת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“who was his son Abram’s wife,” or “who was Abram’s wife,”
1328	11:31	mrxu			וַ⁠יֵּצְא֨וּ אִתָּ֜⁠ם	1	“and they {all} left” or “and {all of} them set out together” or “Then they {all} left”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1329	11:31	bdcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֵ⁠א֣וּר	1	“from {the city of} Ur” or “from Ur {City}”. See the note at Gen 10:19 about how to translate the names of cities.
1330	11:31	id6w			כַּשְׂדִּ֗ים	1	“of the Chaldeans” or “where the Kasdim/Chaldean people lived”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 28.
1331	11:31	e1dg			לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“to go/travel to the region of/called Canaan.” or “to go/travel to Canaan Land.”
1332	11:31	izwt			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַד חָרָ֖ן	1	“But {on the way there,} they came to {the city of} Haran, and” or “But {along the way,} when they arrived/stopped at {the city of} Haran,” The city of Haran was not in the land of Canaan, rather it was around 450 kilometers (280 miles) northeast of there.
1333	11:31	zd02			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם	1	“they settled/stayed there {instead}.” or “they decided to settle/live there {instead}.”
1334	11:32	ql8v			וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ יְמֵי תֶ֔רַח חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“Then {many years later,} when Terah was 205 years old,” or “When Terah reached the age of 205 years,”
1335	11:32	b8e1			וַ⁠יָּ֥מָת תֶּ֖רַח	1	“he died {there}”
1336	11:32	t1h0			בְּ⁠חָרָֽן	1	“in {the city of} Haran.” or “in Haran {City}.”
1337	12:1	lkpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Then {one day} Yahweh told/commanded Abram,” Consider what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. Also, make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with what Yahweh says in the following quote.
1338	12:1	rqtx			לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֛ מֵ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֥	1	“Get yourself away from your homeland/country” or “You must move away from your homeland/country” or “You must leave {behind} the land/country where you are living”
1339	12:1	ya2a			וּ⁠מִ⁠מּֽוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and your relatives/people,”
1340	12:1	pxeg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“including your father’s household/family,” The phrase “the house” refers here to everyone who was a member of Terah’s household.
1341	12:1	sr9w			אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“{and go/move} to the land/place”
1342	12:1	b0dh			אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַרְאֶֽ⁠ךָּ	1	“that I will guide you to.”
1343	12:2	vjs1			וְ⁠אֶֽעֶשְׂ⁠ךָ֙	1	“I will make you {and your descendants} become” or “I will make you {the father/ancestor of}”
1344	12:2	is7x			לְ⁠ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל	1	“an important/large people group,” or “a large, important people/ethnic group,”
1345	12:2	kyvt			וַ⁠אֲבָ֣רֶכְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“and I will bless/prosper you {and them}.” or “and I will cause you {all} to prosper/flourish.” See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
1346	12:2	y893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠אֲגַדְּלָ֖ה שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“I will make you {important and} well-known/famous,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1347	12:2	xnwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וֶ⁠הְיֵ֖ה בְּרָכָֽה	1	“and you will be a blessing {to many people}.” or “and you {and your descendants} will bless {many people}.” or “and {I will use} you {and your descendants} to bless {many people}.”
1348	12:3	ma8p			וַ⁠אֲבָֽרֲכָה֙ מְבָ֣רְכֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“I will bless everyone who blesses you,”
1349	12:3	zjl7			וּ⁠מְקַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֖ אָאֹ֑ר	1	“but I will curse anyone who curses you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 8:21.
1350	12:3	yvsd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“Through you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “Because of you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “By means of you {and your offspring/descendants}”. This phrase refers to Abram and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. In other words, God’s promise in this verse is part of his wonderful news (the Gospel message) for all people (Galatians 3:8-9) and is a prophecy about the Messiah/Christ, who was one of Abraham’s descendants (Matthew 1:1, Genesis 22:18, Galatians 3:16). God blessed all people on earth by sending his Son Jesus (the Messiah/Christ) to die in their place and pay for all their sins (John 3:16-18, 1 Timothy 2:3-6), so that they could have a close relationship with him/God and be part of his family forever. God repeats this great promise in Genesis 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
1351	12:3	yt58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִבְרְכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“all the families/people on the earth will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the families/people on the earth.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive sentence. For some languages it is clearer to change the order of the sentence and say, “I will use you {and your offspring/descendants} to bless all the families/people on the earth.” Do what is best in your language.
1352	12:4	b2v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אַבְרָ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then/So Abram left {the city of Haran}, just/exactly as Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do},” or “Then/So Abram did/obeyed what Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do} and left {the city of Haran},” Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this sentence to show that Abram is now doing what God just commanded him to do (verse 1).
1353	12:4	hh61			וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ אִתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֑וֹט	1	“and {his nephew} Lot went/left with him.”
1354	12:4	p63p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Now Abram” or “Abram”. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language.
1355	12:4	p5rf			בֶּן	1	“was seventy-five/75 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32 and 11:10.
1356	12:4	tb22			בְּ⁠צֵאת֖⁠וֹ	1	“when he left” or “when he set out”
1357	12:4	ln5h			מֵ⁠חָרָֽן	1	“from {the city of} Haran.” or “from there.”
1358	12:5	w44u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת שָׂרַ֨י אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ	1	“Abram/He took/brought {with him} his wife Sarai”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Sarai” in Gen 11:29-31.
1359	12:5	t055		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת ל֣וֹט בֶּן אָחִ֗י⁠ו	1	“and his {deceased} brother’s son Lot” or “and his nephew Lot”. For some languages it is more natural to make “son of his brother” or “his nephew” explicit in verse 4 (where Lot is first mentioned in this section) and leave it implied here in verse 5. Do what is best in your language.
1360	12:5	af34			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁוּ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר עָשׂ֣וּ	1	“everything that they owned, including slaves/servants {and everything else} they had acquired/gotten”. The word “possessions” is general here and includes slaves, animals, furniture, clothes, and money. See how you translated “slave” or “servant” in Gen 9:25-27.
1361	12:5	v8yx			בְ⁠חָרָ֑ן	1	“in {the city of} Haran,” or “in Haran {City}
1362	12:5	hhfp			וַ⁠יֵּצְא֗וּ לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙	1	“and they {all} started traveling”
1363	12:5	iazy			אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“to the land/region of/called Canaan.” or “to Canaan Land.”
1364	12:5	zel6			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן	1	“Then/Eventually they arrived in Canaan.” or “When they reached Canaan,” or “When they arrived/got there,”
1365	12:6	ep53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֤ר אַבְרָם֙	1	“Abram traveled/went” or “Abram {and his family} traveled/went” or “they traveled/went”. Abram is the only one named here because he is in focus. However, your translation should not sound like he traveled alone in verse 6. Also make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation fits with the way you ended verse 5.
1366	12:6	o804			בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“through that land/region”. See how you translated “land” in verse 5.
1367	12:6	ai2i			עַ֚ד	1	“until they arrived at” or “to”
1368	12:6	klyk			מְק֣וֹם שְׁכֶ֔ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the city of Shechem,” or (2) “the/a {sacred} place at/near {the city of} Shechem,”
1369	12:6	wf66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַ֖ד אֵל֣וֹן מוֹרֶ֑ה	1	“to Moreh’s terebinth/oak tree.” or “to the terebinth/oak tree on Moreh’s land.” Moreh is probably the name of the person who owned the land where the terebinth tree was. A terebinth tree is a large, broadleaf, flowering tree in the cashew family that can grow to a height of 5 to 12 meters (16 to 40 feet). The Hebrew words for “oak” and “terebinth” are similar, so many translations (including LXX) translate this as “oak tree” here. Notice, however, that oak trees and terebinth trees are from two different families of trees.
1370	12:6	aje0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י אָ֥ז בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“At/During that time the Canaanites {were still living} in that land/region,” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put the time phrase (“at that time”) first in this sentence.
1371	12:7	nqjy			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Then/but Yahweh came to Abram” or “but Yahweh visited Abram”. Yahweh’s promise in verse 7 to give Canaan to Abram’s descendants contrasts with the fact that the Canaanites were still occupying that region (verse 6). Also, notice that the text does not specify in what form or in what way God appeared to Abram, so your translation should not do that either.
1372	12:7	nsz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“and said/promised {to him},”
1373	12:7	zfqw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	“I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to your offspring” is emphasized by its position at the beginning of this quote. However, for some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses and say, “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” Do what is best in your language.
1374	12:7	ed0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן & מִזְבֵּ֔חַ	1	“So/Then he/Abram built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “So/Then he/Abram built/made a sacrifice table/mound {with stones}”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Abram here in your language. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20.
1375	12:7	s3yo			שָׁם֙	1	“near the tree” or “in that place”
1376	12:7	rv38			לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	“to worship Yahweh” or “{and burned sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh,”
1377	12:7	ywd2			הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֥ה אֵלָֽי⁠ו	1	“who had appeared/come to him {there}.” or “because he/Yahweh had appeared/come to him {there}.” See how you translated “appeared” earlier in verse 7.
1378	12:8	y0sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֨ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם	1	“From {the place/city of} Shechem, he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled {south} to”
1379	12:8	c1kt			הָ⁠הָ֗רָ⁠ה מִ⁠קֶּ֛דֶם לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל	1	“the hill country that was east of {the town of} Bethel” or “the mountainous region east of {the town of} Bethel”
1380	12:8	u3l7			וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָהֳלֹ֑⁠ה	1	“and set/put up his/their tents {there}” or “They set up their tents/camp”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 9:21, 27.
1381	12:8	r71q			בֵּֽית אֵ֤ל מִ⁠יָּם֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עַ֣י מִ⁠קֶּ֔דֶם	1	“between Bethel to the west and {the town of} Ai to the east.” or “Bethel was to the west {of them} and {the town of} Ai was to the east.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1382	12:8	cl64			וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֤ם	1	“There he/Abram built/made”
1383	12:8	s3gs			מִזְבֵּ֨חַ֙	1	“another altar” or “another sacrifice table/mound”. See how you translated “altar” in verse 7.
1384	12:8	b7gd			לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה	1	“{and burned sacrifices on it} to worship Yahweh,” See how you translated “to Yahweh” in verse 7.
1385	12:8	yv1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	“and he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” or “he addressed Yahweh/him by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “he used Yahweh’s/his name in his prayers and worship.” or “he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 4:26.
1386	12:9	bv60			וַ⁠יִּסַּ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם הָל֥וֹךְ וְ⁠נָס֖וֹעַ	1	“After that, Abram/he {and his family} traveled in stages” or “Then Abram/he {and his family} moved from place to place”
1387	12:9	yypr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	“{south} toward the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” or “{southward} until they reached the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.”The Hebrew word “Negev” can mean “south” or “dry country,” so some translations translate the meaning. But most translations transliterate the Hebrew name (as “Negev” or “Negeb”) as they do with other names in the Bible.
1388	12:10	glm2			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י	1	“Now there was”. This clause gives the setting for the rest of the sentence. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language.
1389	12:10	eik8			רָעָ֖ב	1	“a serious/extreme shortage/lack of food” or “a hungry/starving time when food was very/extremely scarce”. A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions.
1390	12:10	wayf			בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“in that land/region/area,” or “in the Negev Wilderness/Desert,”
1391	12:10	rz12			וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד אַבְרָ֤ם	1	“so Abram {and his family} headed/traveled southwest” or “so Abram {and his family} went/traveled/moved {further} south”. This phrase refers to the fact that Egypt is lower in elevation than Canaan (verse 5). It is also located southwest of Canaan.
1392	12:10	ipz4			מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙	1	“to/toward {the land/country} of Egypt”
1393	12:10	kyr1			לָ⁠ג֣וּר שָׁ֔ם	1	“to live/stay there for a while”
1394	12:10	vqpl			כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב	1	“because the food shortage was {very} severe/oppressive”
1395	12:10	vjke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“in that land/region.” or “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} {so they could not survive/live there}.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Now there was a famine in that land/region that was so heavy/severe/bad that Abram {and his family} {left there and} went down to {the land/country of} Egypt to live for a while.” Do what is best in your language.
1396	12:11	aosr			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִקְרִ֖יב לָ⁠ב֣וֹא מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“Just before they arrived in Egypt,” or “As they approached Egypt,”
1397	12:11	v1kk			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Abram said to his wife Sarai,” or “he/Abram told/urged his wife Sarai,”
1398	12:11	phg5			הִנֵּה נָ֣א	1	“Listen please,” or “Please listen {to me/this}:”
1399	12:11	ajhq			יָדַ֔עְתִּי כִּ֛י אִשָּׁ֥ה יְפַת מַרְאֶ֖ה אָֽתְּ	1	“I know/realize that you {are} a very beautiful woman.” or “you {are} a very beautiful woman.”
1400	12:12	x50x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי	1	“So when” or “When”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction (“So”).
1401	12:12	jv43			הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֔ים	1	“the people of/in Egypt”
1402	12:12	cqnx			יִרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ךְ֙	1	“see/notice you {with me},”
1403	12:12	semy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמְר֖וּ אִשְׁתּ֣⁠וֹ זֹ֑את	1	“they will say/know that you are my wife,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
1404	12:12	sw31			וְ⁠הָרְג֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹתָ֥⁠ךְ יְחַיּֽוּ	1	“Then they will kill me but/and let you live {so that they can have/take you}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1405	12:13	t2hf			אִמְרִי נָ֖א	1	“{So} please tell {people/them}”
1406	12:13	erv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י אָ֑תְּ	1	“ ‘I am his/Abram’s sister,’ ” Consider whether an indirect quote or direct quote is best here in your language.
1407	12:13	p2h5			לְמַ֨עַן֙ יִֽיטַב לִ֣⁠י	1	“so that I will be treated well” or “so that they/people will treat me well”
1408	12:13	pv49			בַ⁠עֲבוּרֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“because of you”
1409	12:13	kbgh			וְ⁠חָיְתָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בִּ⁠גְלָלֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and my life will be spared {by them}.” or “and they will spare my life.” or “and {they will} let me live.” For some languages it is not natural to include the phrase “because of you” here, because it repeats the same idea as “for your sake” in the previous clause. Do what is best in your language.
1410	12:14	ip31			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י	1	“That is {exactly} what happened:”
1411	12:14	ajxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠ב֥וֹא אַבְרָ֖ם מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“When Abram {and his family} entered {the land/country of} Egypt,” Although Abram is in focus here, your translation should not sound like he was traveling alone.
1412	12:14	s2xw			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ הַ⁠מִּצְרִים֙	1	“the Egyptian {people} saw/noticed” or “the people {living} there saw/noticed”
1413	12:14	g5l2			אֶת־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יָפָ֥ה הִ֖וא מְאֹֽד	1	“that the woman {with him} {was} {indeed/truly} very beautiful.” or “that Sarai {was} {indeed/truly} very beautiful.”
1414	12:15	twfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ שָׂרֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“{Some of} the officials/officers who served/ruled under the {Egyptian} king/ruler noticed/spotted her, so” or “When some officials/officers of/under Pharaoh {the king of/over Egypt} saw/noticed her,” The term “officials” is general and refers to leaders or rulers who were under Pharaoh and served him. Also, the term “Pharaoh” is an Egyptian title that refers to the king or ruler over Egypt. However, in the Old Testament, it is treated as a name (that frequently occurs with the title “king of Egypt”), so translators often transliterate “Pharaoh” (which is how other names in the Bible are normally treated). Some languages require an honorific title with the names of kings, for example, “{King} Pharaoh”. Decide how you will handle this in your translation.
1415	12:15	oubs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְהַֽלְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“they told Pharaoh/him how beautiful she was,” or “they highly recommended her to him,”
1416	12:15	vbhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תֻּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“and she/Sarai was taken/brought” or “So he had them bring her/Sarai”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1417	12:15	hq0q			בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“into/to his palace {to be one of his wives}.”
1418	12:16	xuh3			וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם הֵיטִ֖יב בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָ֑⁠הּ	1	“Then Pharaoh treated Abram well because of her/Sarai,” or “The king thought that Abram was her/Sarai’s brother, so he treated him well.”
1419	12:16	wjdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ	1	“and Abram acquired {from him}” or “and he gave him/Abram” or “He gave him/Abram”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1420	12:16	k8w6			צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָר֙	1	“flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle},” or “many sheep and cattle,”
1421	12:16	wvny			וַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת וַ⁠אֲתֹנֹ֖ת	1	“as well as men and women slaves/servants, and male and female donkeys,”
1422	12:16	r8kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠גְמַלִּֽים	1	“and {larger load-bearing animals called} camels.” If camels are not known in your language area, you could include a picture of a camel in your translation. You could also describe it in the text or in a footnote.
1423	12:17	dn17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וַ⁠יְנַגַּ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה & וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית֑⁠וֹ	1	“But/Then Yahweh struck/afflicted the king and {the people in} his household/family” or “Then Yahweh caused {King} Pharaoh and {the people} in his household/family to get/be very sick”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in verse 15. You could translate it differently in different contexts. Do what is clear and natural in your language in each context.
1424	12:17	edr0			נְגָעִ֥ים גְּדֹלִ֖ים	1	“{with} severe/terrible diseases/illnesses”
1425	12:17	s1no		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל דְּבַ֥ר שָׂרַ֖י אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָֽם	1	“because of Sarai, Abram’s wife.” or “because he/Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai.” For many languages it is clearer and more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But since {King} Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai, Yahweh afflicted the king and his family {with} severe illnesses.” Do what is best in your language
1426	12:18	qiwz			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א פַרְעֹה֙	1	“So/Then {King} Pharaoh called/sent for Abram” or “So/Then Pharaoh/he summoned Abram {before him}” or “So/Then the king sent for Abram {to come to him}”
1427	12:18	ru7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“and said {to him},” or “and asked {him},” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way that you translate the following quote.
1428	12:18	xd4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֑⁠י	1	“Why have you treated me so badly?” or “You have treated me very badly!” Pharaoh uses rhetorical questions in verses 18 and 19 to express his anger at what Abram had done; he does not expect Abram to answer him. Some languages must use statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language.
1429	12:18	yw65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הִֽוא	1	“You should have told/informed me that she/Sarai {is} your wife!”
1430	12:19	o893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ⁠מָ֤ה אָמַ֨רְתָּ֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא	1	“Why did you say/pretend that she {is} your sister,” or “You should not have said/pretended that she {is} your sister,” Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to scold Abram and express his anger at him. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
1431	12:19	xl4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וָ⁠אֶקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“so that I took/chose her to be a/my wife!” or “so that I ended up taking her to be my wife!” or “I believed you and took her to be my wife!” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1432	12:19	dqec			וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה	1	“Now therefore,” or “So now,”
1433	12:19	zn5o			הִנֵּ֥ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	“here is your wife {back}.” or “look, I’m giving your wife back to you.”
1434	12:19	wpvs			קַ֥ח וָ⁠לֵֽךְ	1	“Take {her} and leave {my country}!”
1435	12:20	hloj			וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו & פַּרְעֹ֖ה	1	“Then {King} Pharaoh gave orders to” or “Then the {Egyptian} king ordered” or “Then the king {of/over Egypt} commanded/ordered”. Consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in verses 15-18, 20. It may be helpful to read this section aloud to make sure it is clear and natural in your language.
1436	12:20	cnsk			אֲנָשִׁ֑ים	1	“{some of} his men/soldiers”
1437	12:20	caru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָלָ֛י⁠ו	1	“concerning/about him/Abram,” or “to make sure that Abram left,” Throughout this verse, make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to.
1438	12:20	ynrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ	1	“and/so they forced him to leave {the/their country},” or “and/so they expelled him {from Egypt},”
1439	12:20	ec0t			וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“along with his wife”
1440	12:20	hplb			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and all that he/they had/owned.” or “all his/their possessions.” This included Abram’s slaves, animals, and everything else that he owned.
1441	13:1	dcd5			וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ אַבְרָ֨ם מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֜יִם	1	“So Abram went/traveled {northeast} from {the land/country of} Egypt,” or “Then/So Abram left {the land/country of} Egypt,” The Negev Wilderness (or Desert) is northeast in direction from Egypt and is higher in elevation. Compare how you translated “down” in Gen 12:10 when Abram traveled in the opposite direction.
1442	13:1	x9jp			ה֠וּא וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ	1	“{taking} with him his wife” or “{He took} with him his wife”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1443	13:1	er79			וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֛⁠וֹ	1	“and everything that he/they owned/had,”
1444	13:1	g46k			וְ⁠ל֥וֹט עִמּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“as well as {his nephew} Lot,” or “and also {his nephew} Lot,” or “and {his nephew} Lot {went} with him/them.”
1445	13:1	hcbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	“{and they all went/traveled} {back} to the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” For many languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Then Abram went up from Egypt {and traveled back} to the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}, along with his wife and everything that belonged to him. {His nephew} Lot also went with them.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “Negev” in Gen 12:9, and see the note about that there.
1446	13:2	zhuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם	1	“Now” or “{By this/that time} Abram” or “Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Abram.
1447	13:2	t3k3			כָּבֵ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	“{had become} very wealthy/rich”
1448	13:2	k7fc			בַּ⁠מִּקְנֶ֕ה	1	“with {many} livestock” or “so that he owned {many} livestock”. The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cattle, sheep, goats, camels and donkeys.
1449	13:2	sedh			בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּהָֽב	1	“and {much} silver and gold.” In this context, “silver and gold” includes the metals themselves as well as objects made out of the metals, but not coins (since coins did not exist at that time). See how you translated “gold” in Gen 2:11-12.
1450	13:3	seap			מִ⁠נֶּ֖גֶב	1	“From the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}”. See how you translated “the Negev” in verse 1.
1451	13:3	ph3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠מַסָּעָ֔י⁠ו	1	“he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled from place to place {northward}” or “he/Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward}”. Abram represents his whole family here, and it is assumed that they are traveling with him. Consider whether or not you need to make them explicit in your language.
1452	13:3	rt3n			וְ⁠עַד בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל	1	“{until he/they came} to {the town of} Bethel,”
1453	13:3	yj2g			עַד הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר הָ֨יָה שָׁ֤ם אָֽהֳלוֹ֙	1	“to the place/site where he/they had camped/lived in tents” or “where he had pitched his tents”
1454	13:3	nnuh			בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה	1	“before/previously,” or “the first time {he was there},”
1455	13:3	moa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֥ין בֵּֽית אֵ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הָ⁠עָֽי	1	“between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai,” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Then from the Negev {Desert} Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward} {until they came} to the place between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai where they had camped in tents before.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” and “Ai” in Gen 12:8.
1456	13:4	jmqv			אֶל מְקוֹם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה שָׁ֖ם בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֑ה	1	“to the {same} place/site where he had made/built an altar before/previously,” or “{That is/was} the {same} place/site where he had first/previously made/built an altar,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20 and 12:7-8.
1457	13:4	tq1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שָׁ֛ם אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	“There {again} Abram/he {sacrificed animals on the/that altar and} addressed Yahweh by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “So Abram/he {again} {used that altar} there {and} worshiped/praised Yahweh by name.” or “… worshiped/praised Yahweh.” See how you translated “called on the name of Yahweh” in Gen 12:8.
1458	13:5	mqte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠גַם לְ⁠ל֔וֹט הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ אֶת אַבְרָ֑ם הָיָ֥ה	1	“Lot was traveling with {his uncle} Abram, and he {and his family} also had/owned”. The word “Now” introduces more background information for the new episode. For some languages it is more natural to leave “Now” implied and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language.
1459	13:5	r7v1			צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָ֖ר	1	“flocks {of sheep and goats} and herds {of cattle}” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16.
1460	13:5	q7sx			וְ⁠אֹהָלִֽים	1	“and {many} tents.” or “as well as {many} tents.”
1461	13:6	zhy2			וְ⁠לֹא־נָשָׂ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“As a result, there was not enough land to provide them {all} with enough food and water” or “In fact, there was not enough land to provide/have enough food and water for both families {and their livestock/animals}”
1462	13:6	a3n3			לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו	1	“if they lived near each other,” or “if they lived in the same area/region,”
1463	13:6	qa7c			כִּֽי הָיָ֤ה רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ רָ֔ב	1	“because their belongings were so abundant that” or “because they owned so many servants and livestock/animals that” or “They each owned so many servants and livestock/animals that”. The phrase “their possessions” especially refers to their livestock, which required much land to graze on and much water to drink, and probably also includes their many servants. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1464	13:6	nfu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָֽכְל֖וּ לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת יַחְדָּֽו	1	“they could not {all} live near each other.” or “it was not possible for them to {all} live in the same area/region.” See how you translated a similar phrase earlier in this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “In fact, they {each/both} owned so many servants and livestock/animals that they could not live in the same area. There was not enough land to provide/produce the amount of food and water that they {all} needed.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “stayed together” earlier in this verse.
1465	13:7	wfy2			וַֽ⁠יְהִי	1	“In fact,” or “As a result,”
1466	13:7	qb77			וַֽ⁠יְהִי רִ֗יב	1	“there was conflict/arguing” or “arguments/quarreling erupted/started”. The Hebrew word for “strife” is general in meaning and can include arguing and fighting. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
1467	13:7	jdu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בֵּ֚ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵֽה אַבְרָ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֖ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵה ל֑וֹט	1	“between Abram’s herdsmen and Lot’s herdsmen.” or “between the men who were tending Abram’s livestock and the men who were tending Lot’s livestock.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Then the men who were taking care of Abram’s livestock and the men who were taking care of Lot’s livestock started to argue with each other.” Do what is best in your language.
1468	13:7	hvu9			וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙	1	“Besides that,” or “Adding to that {problem was the fact that}”
1469	13:7	syk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י	1	“the Canaanite people and the Perizzite people” or “the descendants of Canaan and Perez”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10, and see how you translated “the Canaanites” in Gen 12:6.
1470	13:7	xsuz			יֹשֵׁ֥ב בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“were {also} living in the/that land/area/region”
1471	13:7	eq3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אָ֖ז	1	“at that time.” For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “… at that time the Canaanites …” Do what is best in your language.
1472	13:8	wne5			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל ל֗וֹט	1	“Then/Finally {one day} Abram said to Lot,”
1473	13:8	d1gl			אַל נָ֨א תְהִ֤י	1	“Please, we should not have/allow” or “We need to do something so that there is not {any}”
1474	13:8	xank			מְרִיבָה֙	1	“conflict/fighting/arguing”. See how you translated “strife” in verse 7.
1475	13:8	kz66			בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“between you and me,” or “between us,”
1476	13:8	a1pw			וּ⁠בֵ֥ין רֹעַ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֣ין רֹעֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“or/nor between the men tending my livestock and the men tending your livestock,” or “or/nor between our herdsmen,” See how you translated “herdsmen” in verse 7.
1477	13:8	d9nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אַחִ֖ים אֲנָֽחְנוּ	1	“because/since we {are} men {who are also} brothers/relatives.” or “because/since we {are} close relatives.” Abram and Lot were close relatives, not actual brothers. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Please, since we {are} close relatives, we need to do something so that you and I and our herdsmen will not argue.” Do what is best in your language.
1478	13:9	sm7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“Look, the entire land is available to you {to choose from}.” or “You can {choose to} live anywhere in this entire land.” Abram is using a rhetorical question to emphasize his point. He does not expect an answer from Lot. If that is not clear, you can translate this as a statement.
1479	13:9	ad9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הִפָּ֥רֶד נָ֖א מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י	1	“Please {choose the land you want, and} let’s go our separate ways.” or “Please {choose where you want to live, and} let’s live in separate places.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of verse 9 that Abram is being kind to Lot, not mean or rude.
1480	13:9	oj9a			אִם הַ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל	1	“If {you choose} {the land to} the left {of here},” or “if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our left,”
1481	13:9	fva4			וְ⁠אֵימִ֔נָה	1	“then I will take/choose {the land to} the right,” or “then I will live {in the land} to our right,”
1482	13:9	dd7y			וְ⁠אִם הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין	1	“Or if {you choose} {the land to} the right {of here},” or “Or if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our right,” For some languages, it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1483	13:9	m1ka			וְ⁠אַשְׂמְאִֽילָה	1	“then I will take/choose {the land to} the left.” or “then I will live {in the land} to our left.”
1484	13:10	ksqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא־ל֣וֹט אֶת־עֵינָ֗י⁠ו	1	“So Lot looked {all} around” or “Lot looked around {carefully}”
1485	13:10	cuw3			וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת־כָּל־כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן כִּ֥י כֻלָּ֖⁠הּ & בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה צֹֽעַר	1	“and he observed/noticed that the entire/whole Jordan {River} Valley, all the way to {the town of} Zoar,” The Jordan Plain is the wide, flat valley where the Jordan River flows between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea.
1486	13:10	pwsa			מַשְׁקֶ֑ה	1	“had a lot of water,” or “had plenty of water,”
1487	13:10	r14f			כְּ⁠גַן יְהוָה֙	1	“{It was lush and green} like the garden that Yahweh had planted,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “garden” in Gen 3:23-24. This phrase refers to the Garden of Eden. You could put that information in a footnote.
1488	13:10	mtls			כְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“and/or like the country of Egypt,”
1489	13:10	k9y5			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַׁחֵ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה אֶת סְדֹם֙ וְ⁠אֶת עֲמֹרָ֔ה	1	“{That is what it was like} before Yahweh destroyed {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {which were also in that valley}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1490	13:11	oyxz			וַ⁠יִּבְחַר ל֣⁠וֹ ל֗וֹט אֵ֚ת כָּל כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	“So/Then Lot chose the entire/whole Jordan {River} Plain/Valley for himself,” or “So/Then Lot decided to live in the plain/valley that surrounded/bordered the Jordan {River},” See how you translated “plain of the Jordan” in verse 10.
1491	13:11	w8ng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּסַּ֥ע ל֖וֹט	1	“and he traveled/moved” or “Then Lot/he {left Abram and} traveled/moved”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use Lot’s name or a pronoun to refer to him here.
1492	13:11	re87			מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “to/toward the east {to live there}” or “eastward” or (2) “from the east”
1493	13:11	h78o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּפָּ֣רְד֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	“So {in this way} they lived separately from each other.” or “That is how Abram and Lot ended up living in separate/different places.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Abram and Lot at this point in the paragraph.
1494	13:12	eqvk			אַבְרָ֖ם יָשַׁ֣ב	1	“Abram settled/stayed {where he was}” or “Abram continued to live”
1495	13:12	yax4			בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“in {that part of} the land/region of Canaan,”
1496	13:12	k2oi			וְ⁠ל֗וֹט יָשַׁב֙	1	“but/while/whereas Lot lived”
1497	13:12	f9os		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר	1	“{in another part of the land/region} in/among the cities of/in the {Jordan River} valley” or “{in another part of the land/region} in/among the cities in the plain/valley {surrounding/bordering the Jordan River}”. As Lot traveled, he probably lived in several different cities in the Jordan River Valley until he eventually settled in the city of Sodom (Gen 14:12).
1498	13:12	tu8e			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֖ל עַד	1	“He {eventually} pitched his tents in/near” or “and {eventually} moved his tents to/near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1499	13:12	j59c			סְדֹֽם	1	“{the city of} Sodom {and settled/stayed there}.”
1500	13:13	qquc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י סְדֹ֔ם	1	“But the people {who lived} in {the city of} Sodom”. The conjunction “Now/But” introduces background information that builds suspense for what happens to the people of Sodom later in Genesis (chapters 18-19). Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your language. Also, this phrase probably has a general meaning here that includes all the people of Sodom, especially the men.
1501	13:13	ussh			רָעִ֖ים & מְאֹֽד	1	“{were} extremely/very wicked/evil”
1502	13:13	a8b1			וְ⁠חַטָּאִ֑ים לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	“were {terrible} sinners against Yahweh.” or “were {always/constantly} sinning/rebelling against Yahweh.” Some translations treat the phrase “wicked and sinful” as a hendiadys that means “wicked sinners”, but it is best to keep the two parts of this phrase separate (like the Hebrew text does) to emphasize the people’s evil character and behavior.
1503	13:14	cxs0			וַֽ⁠יהוָ֞ה אָמַ֣ר אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם אַחֲרֵי֙ הִפָּֽרֶד ל֣וֹט מֵֽ⁠עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“After Lot had left Abram, Yahweh said to Abram,”
1504	13:14	grqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	שָׂ֣א נָ֤א עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	“Look around please/now” or “Look {all} around you”. See how you translated the idiom “lift … eyes” in verse 10. The Hebrew word for “please” is used to show politeness when making a proposal or to soften a command. It can also be translated “now” or omitted, depending on the context. Your translation here should not sound like God is begging.
1505	13:14	pmid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִן הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֣ה	1	“from the place where you {live},” or “from where you {are standing},” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “From where you are standing, look {all} around you. Look …” Do what is best in your language.
1506	13:14	ipow			וּ⁠רְאֵ֔ה	1	“Look”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1507	13:14	tlr6			צָפֹ֥נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֖גְבָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֥דְמָ⁠ה וָ⁠יָֽמָּ⁠ה	1	“to the north, south, east, and west,” or “{in all directions:} north, south, east, and west,” or “around you in every direction,” See how you translated “east” and “west” in Gen 12:8.
1508	13:15	u6rx			כִּ֧י אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה	1	“All the land that you see” or “All that land, as far as you can see,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1509	13:15	arvu			לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	“I will give to you and your descendants”. See how you translated “offspring” in Gen 12:7.
1510	13:15	dcfi			עַד עוֹלָֽם	1	“{to own/possess} forever.”
1511	13:16	psm1			וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֥י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	“Besides that, I will {also} cause your offspring/descendants to be” or “In fact, I will {also} give you so many offspring/descendants that they will be”
1512	13:16	h6lr			כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“as {numerous as} the {specks of} dust/dirt on the earth,” See how you translated “dust/dirt” in Gen 3:19.
1513	13:16	rtyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם יוּכַ֣ל אִ֗ישׁ לִ⁠מְנוֹת֙	1	“Just as it is impossible to count” or “Just as no one is able to count”. The Hebrew text has a contrary-to-fact clause here which implies that it is impossible for anyone to count all the specks of dust. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1514	13:16	it85			אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“all the dust/dirt specks/particles,” or “how many specks/particles of dust/dirt there are,” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “of/on the earth” here. Do what is best in your language.
1515	13:16	tjyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	גַּֽם זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ יִמָּנֶֽה	1	“so it will be impossible to count all your offspring/descendants {because they will be so numerous}.” or “no one will be able to count how many descendants you have.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the last two clauses and say, “No one will be able to count how many offspring/descendants you have, just as no one can count how many {specks/particles of} dust/dirt there are.” Do what is best in your language.
1516	13:17	hsbz			ק֚וּם הִתְהַלֵּ֣ךְ	1	“{Now} go walk” or “{So now,} start walking”. The phrase “get up” may imply that Abram was sitting down, but it probably just means that God is telling him to start walking through the land.
1517	13:17	vbbt			בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“through/throughout the land {in all directions},”
1518	13:17	hdl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠אָרְכָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠רָחְבָּ֑⁠הּ	1	“including its length and its width, {and look it over,}” or “Walk/Go throughout the entire land {and look it over},” The phrase “its length … its width” also includes all the area of land in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this merism in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1519	13:17	j72c			כִּ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	“because you {are the one} I am giving it to.” or “because I am giving it {all} to you.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to you” is before the verb to emphasize Abram. In your translation, communicate this emphasis in a way that is natural in your language.
1520	13:18	evru			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֣ל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Then Abram {did what Yahweh commanded} and moved his tents” or “Abram {obeyed Yahweh and} moved/relocated his tents”. Abram obeyed God, but we do not know if he did everything that God commanded in verse 17 before he moved his tents near Hebron (verse 18), or if moving his tents was the first step in obeying what God told him to do. It is best to keep this general in your translation (as the Hebrew text does). Also see how you translated the phrase “moved his tents” in verse 12.
1521	13:18	uf3q			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א וַ⁠יֵּ֛שֶׁב	1	“and went to settle/live” or “and settled”
1522	13:18	rny9			בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א	1	“near the terebinth/oak trees on Mamre’s {land},” or “near the terebinth/oak trees {on the land} owned by {a man named} Mamre,” See how you translated “terebinth” in Gen 12:6.
1523	13:18	isz2			אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠חֶבְר֑וֹן	1	“near {the city of} Hebron,”
1524	13:18	hx7g			וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֥ם מִזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	“There he built an altar {out of stones}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7-8.
1525	13:18	ikf8			לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	“{and burned/offered sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7 and how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20 and 12:8.
1526	14:1	vbzr			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠ימֵי֙	1	“Then it happened {that} during the days/time when” or “During that time”
1527	14:1	rxaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms	אַמְרָפֶ֣ל מֶֽלֶךְ	1	“Amraphel {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel was ruling”. The term “king” refers to the highest ruler or leader over a kingdom, which at that time was often just a city, a small region or a people group. Translate this with the best word for that in your language. Also see how you translated “Shinar” in Gen 10:10; 11:2.
1528	14:1	x729			שִׁנְעָ֔ר	1	“{the land/region of} Shinar,”
1529	14:1	abfg			אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Arioch {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Arioch was ruling”. It is not known whether Ellasar was the name of a city or the name of a kingdom that had one or more cities.
1530	14:1	lxcz			אֶלָּסָ֑ר	1	“{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,”
1531	14:1	b13t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כְּדָרְלָעֹ֨מֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer was ruling”. In Hebrew this king’s name is pronounced “Kedorlaomer”. However in many translations it is spelled “Chedorlaomer”. Be consistent with your choice throughout this chapter. Also, “Elam” refers to the land where the descendants of Shem’s son Elam lived (Gen 10:22).
1532	14:1	wi37			עֵילָ֔ם	1	“{the land/region of} the Elamites,”
1533	14:1	ygbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠תִדְעָ֖ל מֶ֥לֶךְ	1	“and Tidal {was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Tidal was ruling”. Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say, “the nations/peoples.” Do what is best in your language.
1534	14:1	sjfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גּוֹיִֽם	1	“the Goyim {people},” Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language.
1535	14:2	htro			עָשׂ֣וּ מִלְחָמָ֗ה אֶת־	1	“those/Those {four} kings {became allies/partners and} made/waged war” or “those/Those {four} kings {joined forces and} went to war”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, which depends on how you translated verse 1.
1536	14:2	lshe			בֶּ֨רַע֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Bera {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Bera who was ruling”
1537	14:2	z35m			סְדֹ֔ם	1	“{the city of} Sodom,”
1538	14:2	nskg			וְ⁠אֶת בִּרְשַׁ֖ע מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Birsha {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Birsha who was ruling”
1539	14:2	umpm			עֲמֹרָ֑ה	1	“{the city of} Gomorrah,”
1540	14:2	c762			שִׁנְאָ֣ב מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Shinab {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Shinab who was ruling”
1541	14:2	g5v9			אַדְמָ֗ה	1	“{the city of} Admah,”
1542	14:2	wqsq			וְ⁠שֶׁמְאֵ֨בֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Shemeber {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Shemeber who was ruling”
1543	14:2	cm6o			צְבוֹיִ֔ים	1	“{the city of} Zeboyim,”
1544	14:2	l0c9			וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ	1	“and the king/ruler over” or “and the king/ruler who was ruling”
1545	14:2	sdes			בֶּ֖לַע	1	“{the town of} Bela,”
1546	14:2	yl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הִיא צֹֽעַר	1	“which {is also/now called} Zoar.” or “which {was later called} Zoar.” or “that is, Zoar.” This town is first mentioned in Gen 13:10, but it was not actually named Zoar until later (Gen 19:22). You may want to put that information in a footnote.
1547	14:3	lfo8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל אֵ֨לֶּה֙	1	“These/Those {five kings} all”. Consider whether it is necessary to make it explicit in your translation that “these” refers to the five kings just mentioned in verse 2.
1548	14:3	ju1b			חָֽבְר֔וּ	1	“united/combined their forces/armies {as allies/partners} {and fought against the four kings}”
1549	14:3	y38z			אֶל עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּ֑ים	1	“in the Siddim Valley,”
1550	14:3	v7c6			ה֖וּא יָ֥ם הַ⁠מֶּֽלַח	1	“which {later} {became} the Salt Sea.” or “where the Salt Sea {is now}.” The Hebrew word for “sea/ocean” can also refer to a large lake. The Salt Sea, also known as the Dead Sea, is about 31 miles (50 kilometers) long and 9 miles (15 kilometers) wide. Use a term in your language for a body of water that size.
1551	14:4	n2ht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה	1	“{This is what happened:} {For/During} twelve years” or “{This is why they were fighting:} {For/During} twelve years”. This paragraph (verses 4-9) is a flashback that tells the events that led up to the war (verses 1-3). Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information.
1552	14:4	iqc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָבְד֖וּ	1	“the five kings had paid tribute/taxes/money to” or “the five kings had been subject to” or “they had been ruled by””. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the five kings (listed in verse 2) at this point in the paragraph.
1553	14:4	cdq3			אֶת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֑מֶר	1	“{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer,” Be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 1.
1554	14:4	ng6n			וּ⁠שְׁלֹשׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה	1	“but {sometime} in/during the thirteenth year”
1555	14:4	hmdh			מָרָֽדוּ	1	“they started to rebel/revolt {against him}.”
1556	14:5	qae4			וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבַּע֩ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה שָׁנָ֜ה	1	“Then {sometime} in/during the fourteenth year,”
1557	14:5	nqz7			כְדָרְלָעֹ֗מֶר	1	“{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer”
1558	14:5	qwfx			וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָכִים֙	1	“and the {three} kings”
1559	14:5	yglc			אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“who {were allied} with him” or “who {were} his allies/partners”
1560	14:5	oirx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּ֣א	1	“{united/combined their armies and} went {to war/fight} {against all their enemies}”. Verses 5-7 list enemies of King Kedorlaomer that are in addition to the five kings mentioned in verses 2-4. Consider whether or not to make it explicit in your translation here that they were fighting all their enemies.
1561	14:5	cg83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ	1	“{First,} they conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1562	14:5	vtcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת רְפָאִים֙	1	“the Rephaites” or “the Rephaite/Repha people”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-18, and see the note about that at 10:4.
1563	14:5	jqwe			בְּ⁠עַשְׁתְּרֹ֣ת קַרְנַ֔יִם	1	“in {the city of} Ashteroth-Karnaim,”
1564	14:5	fviv			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠זּוּזִ֖ים	1	“and/then the Zuzites” or “and the Zuzite/Zuz people”
1565	14:5	wfa2			בְּ⁠הָ֑ם	1	“in {the city of} Ham,”
1566	14:5	wbtc			הָֽ⁠אֵימִ֔ים	1	“the Emites” or “the Emite/Em people”
1567	14:5	fhdm			בְּ⁠שָׁוֵ֖ה קִרְיָתָֽיִם	1	“in {the city of} Shaveh-Kiriathaim,”
1568	14:6	zg2n			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חֹרִ֖י	1	“and the Horite/Hor people”
1569	14:6	f5cg			בְּ⁠הַרְרָ֣⁠ם שֵׂעִ֑יר	1	“{who lived} in the hill country of {the land/region of} Seir” or “{who lived} in the Seir Hills/Mountains”
1570	14:6	p20q			עַ֚ד אֵ֣יל פָּארָ֔ן	1	“{all the way} to {the city of} El Paran,”
1571	14:6	b5lx			אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל	1	“which {is located} near/beside” or “which {is} on/at the edge/border of”
1572	14:6	pbqs			הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	“the/a desert.” A wilderness is a dry, rocky area where few plants grow and few people live. See how you translated “wilderness/desert” in Gen 12:9 and 13:1, 3 (if you made that explicit in those verses).
1573	14:7	rugw			וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ	1	“Next the/those {four} kings {and their armies}”
1574	14:7	cwo4			וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ	1	“turned around” or “started to return home”
1575	14:7	c69k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ	1	“and went”
1576	14:7	fm78			אֶל עֵ֤ין מִשְׁפָּט֙	1	“to {the city of} En Mishpat,”
1577	14:7	wbrw			הִ֣וא קָדֵ֔שׁ	1	“which {is also/now called} Kadesh,” or “which {was later called} Kadesh,” or “that is, Kadesh,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2.
1578	14:7	v4ak			וַ⁠יַּכּ֕וּ	1	“They conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1579	14:7	wufy			אֶֽת כָּל שְׂדֵ֖ה הָ⁠עֲמָלֵקִ֑י	1	“the entire/whole territory/area/land where the Amalekites lived” or “… where the Amalekite/Amalek people {group} lived”
1580	14:7	p33f			וְ⁠גַם֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י	1	“as well as the Amorite/Amor people {group},” Be consistent here with how you translated “Amorites” in Gen 10:16.
1581	14:7	o8wj			הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חַֽצְצֹ֥ן תָּמָֽר	1	“who lived in {the city of} Hazezon Tamar.”
1582	14:8	txjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א	1	“That’s when”. Verse 8 is talking about the same battle that is mentioned in verse 2, except it leaves out the names of the kings. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like a different battle.
1583	14:8	irbp			מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֜ם וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ עֲמֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ אַדְמָה֙ וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ צְבוֹיִ֔ם וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ בֶּ֖לַע	1	“the king over {the city of} Sodom, the king over {the city of} Gomorrah, the king over {the city of} Admah, the king over {the city of} Zeboyim, and the king over {the town of} Bela,” or “the kings over {the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Bela,” Be consistent in verse 8 with how you spelled the names of these cities in verse 2 and in Gen 10:19.
1584	14:8	or65			הִוא צֹ֑עַר	1	“which {is also/now called} Zoar,” or “that is, Zoar,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
1585	14:8	e103			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א	1	“went/marched out {with their armies}”
1586	14:8	djq8			בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּֽים	1	“into the Siddim Valley”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
1587	14:8	g78j			וַ⁠יַּֽעַרְכ֤וּ אִתָּ⁠ם֙ מִלְחָמָ֔ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and assembled/prepared/positioned {themselves} for battle” or “and got ready to fight” or (2) “and joined/united together in battle”
1588	14:9	daj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵ֣ת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֜מֶר מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“against Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {who was} the king/ruler over” or “against King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer who was ruling”. The same kings (and the places they ruled) that are listed here in verse 9 are listed in verse 1, but in a different order. Be consistent here with how you spelled the names there.
1589	14:9	g6fo			עֵילָ֗ם	1	“{the land/region of} Elam,”
1590	14:9	tgaj			וְ⁠תִדְעָל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Tidal {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Tidal who was ruling”
1591	14:9	izhi			גּוֹיִ֔ם	1	“the Goyim {people},” Be consistent here with how you translated this people group name in verse 1.
1592	14:9	w2fr			וְ⁠אַמְרָפֶל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Amraphel {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel who was ruling”
1593	14:9	nnvk			שִׁנְעָ֔ר	1	“{the land/region of} Shinar,”
1594	14:9	oj0f			וְ⁠אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“and Arioch {who was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Arioch who was ruling”
1595	14:9	gwis			אֶלָּסָ֑ר	1	“{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,”
1596	14:9	jqlu			אַרְבָּעָ֥ה מְלָכִ֖ים אֶת	1	“{It was} four kings {who started fighting} against” or “{Then} the/those four kings attacked”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1597	14:9	ea8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה	1	“the five {kings} {and started defeating them}.” It is implied in verse 10 that the four kings had started defeating the five kings. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here.
1598	14:10	n67g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠עֵ֣מֶק הַ⁠שִׂדִּ֗ים בֶּֽאֱרֹ֤ת בֶּאֱרֹת֙ חֵמָ֔ר	1	“The Siddim Valley was full of tar pits,” or “There were many tar pits in the Siddim Valley,” The word “Now” indicates a change of topic and introduces background information. For some languages it is more natural to omit that word and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you translated “the Valley of Siddim” in verses 3 and 8, and how you translated “tar” in Gen 11:3.
1599	14:10	p8kh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּנֻ֛סוּ מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה	1	“As/When the kings of/over {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {and their armies/soldiers} were running away {from the battle},” It is assumed here that the kings were accompanied by their armies. If that is not understood, you could make that explicit in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1600	14:10	wym8			וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “they died there {in the tar pits}.” or “some {of their soldiers/men} were killed there {in the tar pits}.” or “they fell into the tar pits {and died}.” or (2) “jumped into the tar pits {to hide}.” Notice that the king of Sodom is still alive in verse 17, so the pronoun “they” probably does not include him here, depending on how you translate “fell there”.
1601	14:10	v2gs			וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “while/but those who were left” or “Those who escaped” or (2) “But the other {three kings and their armies/soldiers}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence.
1602	14:10	wjyr			נָּֽסוּ	1	“ran away”. See how you translated “fled” earlier in this verse.
1603	14:10	d4wa			הֶ֥רָ⁠ה	1	“to the mountains/hills {to hide}.” See how you translated “hill country” in verse 6.
1604	14:11	yt9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ֠⁠יִּקְחוּ	1	“Then the four kings took {by force}” or “Then the four kings seized”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the four kings at this point in the paragraph.
1605	14:11	vxuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת כָּל רְכֻ֨שׁ סְדֹ֧ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה	1	“all the possessions of/from {the people of/in} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” or “all the {people’s} belongings in {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”. The phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers here to the people who lived in those cities. Consider what is the best way to refer to those people here in your language.
1606	14:11	wi6p			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אָכְלָ֖⁠ם	1	“including/even all their food,” or “as well as all their food,”
1607	14:11	j1m7			וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽכוּ	1	“and left {with it all}.” or “and carried it {all} away {with them}.” or “and went on their way.”
1608	14:12	nyoh			וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ	1	“They also took {with them}” or “They also carried off/away” or “The four kings also captured”
1609	14:12	sf0a			אֶת ל֧וֹט וְ⁠אֶת רְכֻשׁ֛⁠וֹ בֶּן אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָ֖ם וַ⁠יֵּלֵ֑כוּ	1	“Abram’s nephew Lot and his possessions/belongings,”
1610	14:12	z7z0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠ה֥וּא יֹשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠סְדֹֽם	1	“since he was living in {the city of} Sodom.” For some languages it may be more clearer or more natural to put this phrase first in this sentence and say, “Since Abram’s nephew Lot was {also} living in {the city of} Sodom, the four kings took/captured him too, along with his possessions.”
1611	14:13	rmjy			וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ הַ⁠פָּלִ֔יט	1	“Then/But someone {from Sodom} escaped {from the battle} and came/went”
1612	14:13	tz4r			וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אַבְרָ֣ם הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑י	1	“to Abram the Hebrew and reported {to him} {what had happened}.” The Hebrew people are the descendants of Abram (Abraham), and they were named after his ancestor Eber, who was Shem’s great grandson (Genesis 11:10-26). Some of this information could be put in a footnote.
1613	14:13	b6mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הוּא֩	1	“Now {at that time} he/Abram” or “{At that time} he/Abram”. This phrase introduces background information about Abram as part of the setting for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1614	14:13	ebfw			שֹׁכֵ֨ן בְּ⁠אֵֽלֹנֵ֜י מַמְרֵ֣א	1	“was {still} living by/near the terebinth/oak trees that were owned by Mamre” or “was {still} living by/near the terebinth/oak trees on the land owned by Mamre”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 13:18.
1615	14:13	p3v8			הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֗י	1	“{who was} {a member of} the Amorite {people/ethnic group}”. See how you translated “Amorites” in verse 7.
1616	14:13	crpr			אֲחִ֤י אֶשְׁכֹּל֙ וַ⁠אֲחִ֣י עָנֵ֔ר	1	“{who was} the brother of Eshcol and Aner” or “{whose} brothers were Eshcol and Aner”
1617	14:13	tqk2			וְ⁠הֵ֖ם	1	“Those {three} men”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1618	14:13	u9mn			בַּעֲלֵ֥י בְרִית אַבְרָֽם	1	“had made a covenant/pact/agreement with Abram {to be his allies}.” or “and Abram had made a covenant/pact/agreement together {that they would help each other against their enemies}.”
1619	14:14	hnqu			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“When Abram found out”
1620	14:14	bkqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י נִשְׁבָּ֖ה אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“that his relative/nephew {Lot} had been captured,” or “that {the four kings} had captured his nephew {Lot},” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
1621	14:14	r50d			וַ⁠יָּ֨רֶק	1	“he called/gathered together {for battle}” or “he summoned/assembled/mobilized {for battle}.”
1622	14:14	j9ie			אֶת חֲנִיכָ֜י⁠ו יְלִידֵ֣י בֵית֗⁠וֹ שְׁמֹנָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת	1	“318 of his/the servants who had been born in his household and were trained/skilled warriors” or “318 of his servants born in his household whom he had trained to fight/battle”. It is clear from verse 15 that these men were Abram’s servants.
1623	14:14	uxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף	1	“Then he/Abram {and his men/servants and his allies} went/chased after {the invaders}” or “Then {together with his allies} they {all} pursued {the four kings and their armies}”. In this sentence the pronoun “he” refers to Abram and all those who had united with him as his allies.
1624	14:14	vvdg			עַד	1	“all the way to” or “until they caught up with them at”
1625	14:14	dlm1			דָּֽן	1	“{the town of} Dan.”
1626	14:15	ktaz			וַ⁠יֵּחָלֵ֨ק עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֧ם לַ֛יְלָה ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then/There during the night he/Abram and his servants/men divided {into groups}, {surprise} attacked the {four} kings {and their soldiers},”
1627	14:15	chrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֑⁠ם	1	“and overpowered/defeated/routed them”
1628	14:15	xc61			וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפֵ⁠ם֙	1	“Then they went/chased after them”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1629	14:15	yboz			עַד חוֹבָ֔ה	1	“{all the way} to {the town of} Hobah,” or “as far as {the town of} Hobah,”
1630	14:15	cvfq			אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֖אל לְ⁠דַמָּֽשֶׂק	1	“which {is located} north of {the city of} Damascus.”
1631	14:16	wc8z			וַ⁠יָּ֕שֶׁב	1	“As a result, he/Abram got back” or “He/Abram recovered”
1632	14:16	iuwg			אֵ֖ת כָּל הָ⁠רְכֻ֑שׁ	1	“all the {people’s} belongings/things {that the four kings had taken/seized}”
1633	14:16	oopx			וְ⁠גַם֩ & הֵשִׁ֔יב	1	“He also got back” or “He also recovered/rescued”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1634	14:16	l2dh			אֶת ל֨וֹט אָחִ֤י⁠ו	1	“his nephew Lot”
1635	14:16	d9o8			וּ⁠רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙	1	“and {all} his/Lot's belongings,”
1636	14:16	i31e			וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים	1	“as well as the women”
1637	14:16	vs21			וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠עָֽם	1	“and {all} the {other} people {whom the kings had captured}.”
1638	14:17	mqhb			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹם֮	1	“Then the king over {the city of} Sodom”
1639	14:17	ykht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ־סְדֹם֮	1	“Then the king over {the city of} Sodom went out”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language.
1640	14:17	ra44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֒	1	“to greet/welcome him/Abram” or “and greeted/welcomed him/Abram”
1641	14:17	icwx			אֶל עֵ֣מֶק שָׁוֵ֔ה	1	“in the Shaveh Valley,”
1642	14:17	k618			ה֖וּא עֵ֥מֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	“which {is also called/named} the King’s Valley,” or “that is, the King’s Valley,”
1643	14:17	c2vk			אַחֲרֵ֣י שׁוּב֗⁠וֹ	1	“as he/Abram was returning {home}” or “as he/Abram was going/headed back home”. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, he was still about 20 miles (30 kilometers) north of his home, which was near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18).
1644	14:17	oq8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵֽ⁠הַכּוֹת֙	1	“after defeating” or “after he defeated”. See how you translated “struck” in verse 15.
1645	14:17	luxv			אֶת כְּדָרלָעֹ֔מֶר	1	“{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {and his army}”. Be consistent here with how you spelled this name previously in this chapter; see verses 1, 4-5, 9, 17.
1646	14:17	wbxl			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֖ים	1	“and {the armies of} the {other} {three} kings”
1647	14:17	c1g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies/partners.” or “who had joined/allied themselves with Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer.” For some languages it may be better to put the clauses of this verse in the order that the events actually happened. For example you could say, “After Abram defeated {King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer and the {other} {three} kings who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies, he started to return {home}. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, that is, the King’s Valley, the king over {the city of} Sodom came/went there and greeted/welcomed him.” Do what is best in your language.
1648	14:18	x5qz			וּ⁠מַלְכִּי צֶ֨דֶק֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ שָׁלֵ֔ם	1	“Then Melchizedek {who was} the king over {the city of} Salem {also came/went there, and he}”. Salem is the short name for the city of Jerusalem (See: Psalm 76:2). The Shaveh Valley, where Melchizedek met Abram, was located just east of Jerusalem. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
1649	14:18	zo6c			הוֹצִ֖יא לֶ֣חֶם וָ⁠יָ֑יִן	1	“brought (some) bread and wine {for them to eat and drink}.” or “brought {some} bread and wine {for Abram and his men to eat and drink}.” It is not known whether Melchizedek brought out a large amount of bread and wine to feed Abram and his men, or if he brought out just enough for him and Abram to share, possibly as part of establishing a covenant between them. The first alternate above would work for either meaning. See how you translated “wine” in Gen 9:21, 24.
1650	14:18	ojgm			וְ⁠ה֥וּא	1	“He {was also}” or “{King} Melchizedek {was also}”
1651	14:18	vl2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	כֹהֵ֖ן	1	“a priest for” or “a priest who served”. A priest is someone who represents people to God, and who represents God to the people. He leads the people in praying, worship, making sacrifices, ceremonies, and festivals.
1652	14:18	lwz3			לְ⁠אֵ֥ל עֶלְיֽוֹן	1	“the most high/powerful God.” or “the highest/greatest God.” or “God who is higher/greater {than all other gods}.”
1653	14:19	z3jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֖⁠הוּ	1	“He blessed Abram” or “So he/Melchizedek blessed Abram”. Make sure your translation of “blessed … and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events. Also see how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3.
1654	14:19	feqa			וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“by saying {to him},”
1655	14:19	t0au			בָּר֤וּךְ אַבְרָם֙	1	“I pray that {you} Abram will be blessed”
1656	14:19	qqks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	“by the most high/powerful God,” or “by the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this title in verse 18. For some languages it may be better to switch the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “May the greatest God, who owns heaven and earth, bless Abram/you.” or “I pray that the most high/powerful God, who created heaven and earth, will bless {you} Abram.” Do what is best in your language.
1657	14:19	cnzx			קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{who is} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth.” or “who owns/created heaven and earth.” The Hebrew word for “Possessor” also means “Creator,” which is used in many translations. Whichever one you do not use in the text you could put in a footnote.
1658	14:20	qi3k			וּ⁠בָרוּךְ֙	1	“Praise” or “Give praise to” or “Let everyone praise”. See how you translated “Praised be” in Gen 9:26.
1659	14:20	bnw8			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	“the most high/powerful God,” or “the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-19.
1660	14:20	bx1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁר מִגֵּ֥ן צָרֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“because he gave you victory over your enemies!” or “because he enabled you to defeat your enemies!” The phrase “delivered … into your hand” is an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here.
1661	14:20	kq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֥⁠וֹ	1	“Then Abram gave {King} Melchizedek”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here.
1662	14:20	dxmy			מַעֲשֵׂ֖ר	1	“one-tenth” or “ten percent”
1663	14:20	yh95			מִ⁠כֹּֽל	1	“of everything {that he had recovered/captured in the battle}.” or “of all {the plunder he had brought back from the battle}.” This phrase refers to the belongings of the people of Sodom that Abram had recovered from the kings who stole them.
1664	14:21	u3e7			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֖ם אֶל־אַבְרָ֑ם	1	“Then the king of Sodom requested of Abram,” or “After that, the king over {the city of} Sodom urged/asked Abram,”
1665	14:21	kges		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	תֶּן לִ֣⁠י	1	“{Please} give/return to me”. Make sure in your translation that the king of Sodom’s request to Abram sounds polite, not rude or demanding.
1666	14:21	pmak			הַ⁠נֶּ֔פֶשׁ	1	“the/my people {whom you rescued/saved},” or “the people {from Sodom} {whom you rescued},”
1667	14:21	yqi3			וְ⁠הָ⁠רְכֻ֖שׁ קַֽח לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“but the possessions/plunder you may take/keep for yourself.” or “but take/keep for yourself the/their belongings {that you recovered}.” See how you translated “possessions” in verses 11-12,16.
1668	14:22	n9df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָ֖ם אֶל מֶ֣לֶךְ סְדֹ֑ם	1	“But Abram/he replied to him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Abram and to the king of Sodom at this point in their conversation.
1669	14:22	mra6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙	1	“{I will not keep anything, because} I have raised my hand {and sworn/vowed/promised} to Yahweh,” It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand to show that he was telling the truth and making a serious, unbreakable promise. Abram’s oath to Yahweh made Yahweh his witness who would hold him accountable and punish him if he were to break his oath.
1670	14:22	j9qr			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	“{who is} the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20.
1671	14:22	v040			קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{and} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth,” or “{and} the One who owns/created heaven and earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 19.
1672	14:23	xn0s			אִם	1	“{that} I will not {keep/accept}”
1673	14:23	lbqa			מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל	1	“even a thread/string or the strap from a sandal,” or “even {something as small/insignificant as} a {piece of} string or a sandal strap,”
1674	14:23	wb28			וְ⁠אִם אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל	1	“No/Yes, I will not keep/accept anything”. This clause emphasizes Abram’s point. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1675	14:23	ah9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	“that {belongs} to you {or your people},” or “that is yours {or your people’s},” For some languages, it may be clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “{that} I will not keep/accept anything that {belongs} to you {or your people}, not even {something as small as} a {piece of} thread/string or the strap from a sandal.” Do what is best in your language.
1676	14:23	hns6			וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֹאמַ֔ר	1	“That way you can never say,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1677	14:23	xhbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲנִ֖י הֶעֱשַׁ֥רְתִּי אֶת אַבְרָֽם	1	“I {am the one who} made Abram rich/wealthy!” or “that you {were the one who} made me rich.” The Hebrew pronoun that refers here to the king of Sodom is emphatic. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
1678	14:24	kk1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	בִּלְעָדַ֗⁠י רַ֚ק	1	“{So} I {will} not {keep/accept} anything, except” or “{So} I {will} only {keep/accept}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this exception sentence.
1679	14:24	kaz7			אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽכְל֣וּ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים	1	“what my servants {who fought with me} have eaten” or “what my men/warriors ate”. These young men were Abram’s trained servants or warriors who are mentioned in verses 14-15.
1680	14:24	pp7i			וְ⁠חֵ֨לֶק֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלְכ֖וּ אִתִּ֑⁠י עָנֵר֙ אֶשְׁכֹּ֣ל וּ⁠מַמְרֵ֔א	1	“and the share/part {of the plunder} that Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for being my allies/partners.” or “and what Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for helping me in the battle.”
1681	14:24	h54m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הֵ֖ם יִקְח֥וּ	1	“{Please} let them take/have” or “{Please} give them”. Abram is being polite, but make sure in your translation that he does not sound like he is begging, especially since he is a mighty warrior.
1682	14:24	umi6			חֶלְקָֽ⁠ם	1	“their share/part {of the plunder}.” or “their share/part {of what we recovered}.”
1683	15:1	gh9e			אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה	1	“After those things/events {happened},” or “After that,”
1684	15:1	uy8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הָיָ֤ה דְבַר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲזֶ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Yahweh said to Abram in a vision,” or “Yahweh appeared/came to Abram visually and said {to him},” A vision is a supernatural experience that a person has while he is awake, so the way you translate this term should be different from the way you translate “dream” (since people have dreams while asleep). Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like what Abram saw was unreal; what he saw and heard actually happened.
1685	15:1	qg0x			אַל תִּירָ֣א אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Abram, do not be afraid!”
1686	15:1	a97c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָנֹכִי֙ מָגֵ֣ן לָ֔⁠ךְ	1	“I {am} your shield/protector,” or “I protect you {like} a shield,” or “I will shield/protect you,” God is like a shield to Abram since he protects him. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language.
1687	15:1	dbve			שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֖ הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{and} your reward {from me} will be very great.” or “{and} I will give you a very great/valuable reward/gift.” (2) “{and} {I am} your very great/valuable reward.” The context (verse 2) shows that the first interpretation is what Abram understood God to be saying.
1688	15:2	vwfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Then Abram said/lamented {to him},” or “But/Then Abram asked {him},” The way you translate this quote margin may depend on how you translate the following rhetorical question.
1689	15:2	n8qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יֱהוִה֙	1	“My Master Yahweh,” or “Yahweh my Lord/Master,” The phrase “My Lord” means that Yahweh owns Abram and has complete authority over him, just as a master (at that time) had complete authority over his servant.
1690	15:2	ep5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י	1	“what {reward} will/can you give to me {that would benefit me},” or “{I don’t understand} how a reward from you {would benefit/help} me,” or “even if you reward me {greatly}, {that will not benefit/help me,}” Abram uses this rhetorical question to show that he is lamenting that he has no children. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound rude.
1691	15:2	ifre			וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עֲרִירִ֑י	1	“since I remain childless” or “I still have no children”
1692	15:2	dltw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בֶן מֶ֣שֶׁק	1	“so that {when/after I die,} the inheritor/heir of” or “So {when I die,} the one who will inherit/own”. The phrase “son of the inheritance” is used here as an idiom that means “inheritor” or “heir”; it does not refer to an actual son. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1693	15:2	gn01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בֵּיתִ֔⁠י	1	“my estate/property” or “all/everything that I have/own”. This phrase refers here to all Abram’s belongings.
1694	15:2	nc22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	דַּמֶּ֥שֶׂק אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר	1	“{is} {my foreign servant} Eliezer from Damascus” or “{is} {my servant} Eliezer {who is} {a foreigner} from {the city of} Damascus”. In the Hebrew text, Abram emphasizes the fact that Eliezer was from Damascus, which means he was a foreigner from a foreign city, not a blood relative. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “{the city of} Damascus” in Gen 14:15.
1695	15:3	jv86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Then he continued/added,” Some languages omit these words, because the same speaker is still speaking to the same audience. Do what is best in your language.
1696	15:3	im0k			הֵ֣ן	1	“Look/Indeed,” Some translations omit this phrase to prevent Abram from sounding rude. Do what is best in your language.
1697	15:3	o4j4			לִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א נָתַ֖תָּה זָ֑רַע	1	“you have not given me any children,” In the Hebrew text “to me” is before “you have not given” to emphasize Abram. Do what is natural in your language.
1698	15:3	w212			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“so that now {when/after I die},”
1699	15:3	zvm0			בֶן בֵּיתִ֖⁠י	1	“a servant from my household” or “one of my household servants”
1700	15:3	ojds			יוֹרֵ֥שׁ אֹתִֽ⁠י	1	“will be my heir!” or “will inherit/get everything I own!”
1701	15:4	nsoi			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“But immediately” or “Immediately”
1702	15:4	os3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דְבַר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 1. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the different context.
1703	15:4	mxfc			זֶ֑ה	1	“{No,} that man/servant” or “{No,} your servant {Eliezer}”
1704	15:4	lns8			לֹ֥א יִֽירָשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ & כִּי אִם֙	1	“will not inherit/get your estate/property, rather”
1705	15:4	o38q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵצֵ֣א מִ⁠מֵּעֶ֔י⁠ךָ ה֖וּא	1	“a son whom you father” or “it will be your very own {biological} son who”. The phrase “comes from your bowels” is an idiom that refers to fathering a child. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that Abram would give birth to a son.
1706	15:4	hr4c			יִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	“will inherit/own your estate/property.” or “will inherit/own it.”
1707	15:5	ww36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א אֹת֜⁠וֹ	1	“Then Yahweh took/led him/Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Yahweh and Abram at this point in the paragraph.
1708	15:5	gdld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה	1	“outside {his tent}”. Abram was probably inside a tent, not inside a house. But if possible, it is best to leave this implied in a translation (as the Hebrew text does).
1709	15:5	p6yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and said {to him},”
1710	15:5	vwsk			הַבֶּט נָ֣א	1	“Please/Now look {up}” or “Look {up}”. See how you translated “please” in Gen 13:14. Make sure your translation does not sound like God is begging.
1711	15:5	zhiv			הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יְמָ⁠ה	1	“into the heavens” or “at/into the {night} sky”
1712	15:5	i9uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	וּ⁠סְפֹר֙ הַ⁠כּ֣וֹכָבִ֔ים אִם תּוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֣ר אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and {try to} count how many stars there are, if {in fact,} anyone could {possibly} count {all of} them.” or “There are so many stars that no one could {ever/possibly} count them {all}.” God’s point here is that there are so many stars that no one could ever count that high. He is not questioning Abram’s ability to count. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language.
1713	15:5	uudh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“{While Abram was looking at the stars,} Yahweh said to him/Abram,” or “{So Abram looked up at the stars,} and Yahweh continued speaking to him,” Throughout this chapter make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom. Always use pronouns and nouns in a way that is clear and natural in your language.
1714	15:5	fv94			כֹּ֥ה יִהְיֶ֖ה זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“That is how {numerous/many} your offspring/descendants will be.” or “That is how many offspring/descendants you will have.”
1715	15:6	obq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֶאֱמִ֖ן	1	“He/Abram trusted/believed Yahweh,” or “He/Abram believed what Yahweh said,” Many translations omit the conjunction “And” here. Do what is best in your language. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the subject here, not Yahweh (who was the last subject in verse 5).
1716	15:6	nhkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֥⁠הָ לּ֖⁠וֹ צְדָקָֽה	1	“and {so} Yahweh counted/credited it/that to him {as} righteousness.” or “and because of that, Yahweh considered/reckoned him/Abram to be righteous.” or “so Yahweh considered him/Abram to have a right relationship with him.” Notice that Yahweh is now the subject again. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here and throughout this section.
1717	15:7	il2v			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then Yahweh said to him/Abram,”
1718	15:7	jwqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵאתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠א֣וּר	1	“I {am} Yahweh who brought/led you {here} from {the city of} Ur”
1719	15:7	j8wd			כַּשְׂדִּ֔ים	1	“which is ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans” or “that the Kasdim/Chaldeans rule” or “where the Kasdim/Chaldeans live”. See how you translated “Ur of the Kasdim/Chaldeans” in Gen 11:28, 31, and see the note about that there.
1720	15:7	vfmv			לָ֧⁠תֶת לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֖את	1	“to give this land to you”
1721	15:7	g9jd			לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“to own.” or “as your homeland.” or “to be your own/home.”
1722	15:8	vtol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“Then/But Abram said/replied {to him},” or “Then/But he/Abram asked {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the one speaking here, not Yahweh.
1723	15:8	yj8m			אֲדֹנָ֣⁠י יֱהוִ֔ה	1	“My Lord/Master Yahweh,” or “Yahweh my Lord/Master,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
1724	15:8	i68u			בַּ⁠מָּ֥ה אֵדַ֖ע	1	“how will/can I know {for sure}” or “how will/can I be certain/sure”
1725	15:8	auft			כִּ֥י אִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠נָּה	1	“that I will possess/own this land/territory?” or “that this land will be mine?”
1726	15:9	m3dc			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	“Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” or “Yahweh replied,”
1727	15:9	i00p			קְחָ֥⁠ה לִ⁠י֙	1	“Bring me”
1728	15:9	uh33			עֶגְלָ֣ה מְשֻׁלֶּ֔שֶׁת	1	“a cow that is three years old,”
1729	15:9	zo9s			וְ⁠עֵ֥ז מְשֻׁלֶּ֖שֶׁת	1	“a female goat that is three years old,”
1730	15:9	x5l7			וְ⁠אַ֣יִל מְשֻׁלָּ֑שׁ	1	“and a male sheep that is three years old”. For some languages it may be more natural to shorten this list of animals and say, “Bring to me a {young} cow, a female goat, and a male sheep, each of which is three years old,” Do what is best in your language.
1731	15:9	h03l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠תֹ֖ר וְ⁠גוֹזָֽל	1	“as well as a turtledove/dove and a young pigeon.” Turtledoves and pigeons are common, closely related birds that look similar and are often gray or grayish brown in color. One of the main differences is that turtledoves are smaller than pigeons. Compare how you translated “dove” in Gen 8:8.
1732	15:10	haes			וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח	1	“So {the next/following day} Abram brought/took”. It was nighttime in verse 5 when Abram looked at the stars. Now in verses 10-11 it was probably daytime, which is when birds of prey fly (verse 11). Then in verse 12 it became night again. Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation.
1733	15:10	rm6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת כָּל אֵ֗לֶּה	1	“all those {animals} to him/Yahweh {and slaughtered/killed them}.” Some languages need to make explicit that Abram killed the animals first, before cutting them in half. Do what is best in your language.
1734	15:10	lz42			וַ⁠יְבַתֵּ֤ר אֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	“Then/Next Abram cut/divided the animals’ bodies”
1735	15:10	qlm4			בַּ⁠תָּ֔וֶךְ	1	“in half lengthwise” or “into two parts lengthwise”. Abram probably cut the animals down the middle lengthwise, which means that each half had one front leg, and one back leg.
1736	15:10	zyln			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אִישׁ־בִּתְר֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠קְרַ֣את רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“and placed/arranged each half a short distance/space across from the/its other half {in two rows},” or “and laid/arranged the right half of each animal opposite/across from its left half {in two rows},”
1737	15:10	g80e			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צִפֹּ֖ר לֹ֥א בָתָֽר	1	“but he did not cut/divide {the bodies of} the birds in two/half.” or “except for the birds, which he did not cut in two/half.” See how you translated “cut … in two” earlier in verse 10.
1738	15:11	dhk0			וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יִט	1	“Then {some} birds of prey landed” or “Then {some} vultures flew/swooped down {and landed}” or “Then {some} meat-eating birds”. This phrase refers to large birds that eat dead animal meat. Examples of these birds include vultures, buzzards, condors, eagles, and crows.
1739	15:11	p4wl			עַל־הַ⁠פְּגָרִ֑ים	1	“the {dead} animal bodies/parts {to eat them},” or “the dead animals {to eat them},”
1740	15:11	xeat			וַ⁠יַּשֵּׁ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠ם אַבְרָֽם	1	“but Abram chased/scared them away.” or “but Abram made them go away.”
1741	15:12	e39m			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י	1	“Then it happened {that}” or “Later”. This phrase adds suspense and makes the reader wonder what will happen next. Many translations leave it out, but if possible it is best to keep it in your translation.
1742	15:12	d33t			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא	1	“as/when the sun was going down” or “as/when it was starting to become dark/night”
1743	15:12	l3t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠תַרְדֵּמָ֖ה נָפְלָ֣ה עַל אַבְרָ֑ם	1	“Abram fell/went into a deep/sound sleep,” or “Abram went soundly asleep,” See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 2:21.
1744	15:12	f59z			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1745	15:12	zuck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֵימָ֛ה חֲשֵׁכָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה נֹפֶ֥לֶת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	“a great/deep, terrifying darkness came over him.” or “it became completely/very dark, and he became/was terrified.”
1746	15:13	y3qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Then Yahweh said to Abram/him,”
1747	15:13	dsdw			יָדֹ֨עַ תֵּדַ֜ע כִּי	1	“You can be certain/sure that” or “I want you to know that”
1748	15:13	pj1f			זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗	1	“your descendants”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
1749	15:13	wscw			גֵ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה	1	“will live as foreigners/sojourners”. The word “strangers” refers to people who live temporarily in a city, country, or region, but they do not settle there permanently.
1750	15:13	cm9l			בְּ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙	1	“in a country”
1751	15:13	sd2n			לֹ֣א לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“that is not their own.” or “that is not their home/homeland.”
1752	15:13	d6oi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠עֲבָד֖וּ⁠ם	1	“They will serve the people {of/in that land/country} {as slaves},” or “They will be servants/slaves for the people {who live in that land/country},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that your translation of these pronouns clearly communicates who is being referred to.
1753	15:13	kntb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עִנּ֣וּ אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and those people will oppress/mistreat them” or “and those people will treat them cruelly/badly”. Notice that here the pronoun “they” refers to the people who were living in the country where Abram’s descendants will be sojourning and “them” refers to Abram’s descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
1754	15:13	hx9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה	1	“{for} 400 years.” or “{for a period of} 400 years.” This phrase refers to how long Abram’s descendants would live in a land that is not theirs, not how long they would be oppressed, which was less than half of those 400 years. To make that clear in your translation, you could move this phrase earlier and say: “I want you to know that for 400 years your offspring/descendants will live in a land/country that is not their own, and the people of that country will oppress them.”
1755	15:14	r32f			וְ⁠גַ֧ם	1	“But” or “But/And you can also be certain/sure that”
1756	15:14	kuy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הַ⁠גּ֛וֹי	1	“{the people of} that nation/country” or “the/those people”
1757	15:14	tbec			אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַעֲבֹ֖דוּ	1	“whom they serve {as slaves}” or “who made them slaves”
1758	15:14	dvzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	דָּ֣ן אָנֹ֑כִי	1	“I will punish,” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But I will also judge/punish {the people of} the nation that they serve”. Do what is natural in your language.
1759	15:14	rxgp			וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֥ן	1	“After that,” or “Then”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1760	15:14	bwpf			יֵצְא֖וּ	1	“your offspring/descendants will leave {that land/country}”
1761	15:14	hshe			בִּ⁠רְכֻ֥שׁ גָּדֽוֹל	1	“with many possessions.” or “with great/much wealth.” or “and take many possessions/riches with them.” See how you translated “possessions” in Gen 14:16, 21.
1762	15:15	lnj7			וְ⁠אַתָּ֛ה	1	“Now/But {as for} you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to change the topic. Do what is clear and natural in your language.
1763	15:15	yeva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	תָּב֥וֹא אֶל אֲבֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם	1	“you will be at peace when you {die and} join your forefathers/ancestors {who have died/gone before you}”. This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. However, it is best to translate the clause as literally as possible, since it implies the important information that people are still alive after they have died on earth. Also, notice that the term “fathers” refers here to ancestors who have died, not those who are still alive on earth.
1764	15:15	wwh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	תִּקָּבֵ֖ר בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָֽה	1	“{In fact,} you will not die until you have lived a good/blessed, long life.” or “{In fact,} you will live a good/blessed, long life before you die.” This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like he will be buried alive. For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “after you have lived a good/blessed long life, you will die peacefully and join your ancestors {who have died before you}.” Do what is best in your language.
1765	15:16	pycy			וְ⁠ד֥וֹר רְבִיעִ֖י	1	“Then four generations later,” or “Then after four generations {have passed},”
1766	15:16	vmew			יָשׁ֣וּבוּ הֵ֑נָּה	1	“your descendants will return here {to live},” or “your descendants will come back to this land {and live here},”
1767	15:16	jv0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֧י לֹא שָׁלֵ֛ם עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י עַד הֵֽנָּה	1	“because that is when the Amorite/Amor people will have sinned as much as I will allow {before I take away their land and give it to your descendants}.” or “{and I will give them the land of the} Amorite/Amor people, whose sin will have reached its limit by then.” God planned to give the Amorites’ land to Abram’s descendants because of the Amorites’ sin. Consider whether or not to include that implied information in your translation or in a footnote. Also, see how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:13-18.
1768	15:17	pz6x			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י	1	“Then it happened {that}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 12, and see the note about that there.
1769	15:17	epqp			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ בָּ֔אָה	1	“when/after the sun had gone down,” or “when/after the sun had set,” The sun had started to go down in verse 12. Here it had completely set.
1770	15:17	s3qr			וַ⁠עֲלָטָ֖ה הָיָ֑ה	1	“it was/became {very} dark”. This Hebrew word for “darkness” implies that it was darker than normal, so that not even light from the moon and stars was visible.
1771	15:17	gctf			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1772	15:17	iqre			תַנּ֤וּר עָשָׁן֙	1	“a {clay} pot {appeared} {that was full} of burning coals and had smoke coming from it,”
1773	15:17	b7pu			וְ⁠לַפִּ֣יד אֵ֔שׁ	1	“and {also} a burning/blazing torch”
1774	15:17	mf10			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָבַ֔ר	1	“and they {both} passed/went”
1775	15:17	rzj8			בֵּ֖ין הַ⁠גְּזָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	“between those/the {two rows of} {animal} parts/halves.”
1776	15:18	trnn			בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא	1	“On that {very} day” or “At that time”. It is still nighttime at this point (See: verse 17), so the word “day” refers generally here to a 24-hour day; it does not refer to daytime.
1777	15:18	fchr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom	כָּרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה	1	“Yahweh established/made”
1778	15:18	zmuv			אֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית	1	“a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with Abram”. See how you translated “covenant” in Gen 9:9, 11-13, 15-17.
1779	15:18	jufm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“{by} saying,” or “and said,”
1780	15:18	nifa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ נָתַ֨תִּי֙ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	“I am giving your offspring/descendants this land,” or “I hereby give this land to your offspring/descendants,” In the Hebrew text “to your offspring/descendants” is first in this quote to emphasize Abram’s descendants. Do what is natural in your language.
1781	15:18	g5es			מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“{which extends} from Egypt’s river {in the south}”. This phrase probably refers to the Wadi El-Arish (not the Nile River), which is on the border between Egypt and Israel. It is best in a translation to leave this general as the Hebrew text does.
1782	15:18	wiap			עַד הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל נְהַר פְּרָֽת	1	“to the great/big Euphrates River {in the north},”
1783	15:19	dwlz			אֶת	1	“{including} {the land which is owned/inhabited by}” or “{That is/includes} {the land which belongs to}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1784	15:19	ba00			אֶת הַ⁠קֵּינִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִֽי	1	“the Kenites, the Kenizzites, the Kadmonites,” or “Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmonites,” In a list of people group names like this (verses 19-21), for some languages it is more natural to leave out “and” and “the” most of the time. Do what is natural in your language.
1785	15:20	t17t			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חִתִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠רְפָאִֽים	1	“the Hittites, the Perizzites, the Rephaim/Rephaites,” or “Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim/Rephaites,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Hittites” in Gen 10:15, “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7, and “the Rephaim/Rephaites” in Gen 14:5.
1786	15:21	tiio			וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי	1	“the Amorites, the Canaanites, the Girgashites, and the Jebusites.” or “Amorites, Canaanites, Girgashites, and Jebusites.” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Amorites” in verse 18 and “Amorites”, “Canaanites”, “Girgashites”, and “Jebusites” in Gen 10:15-18.
1787	16:1	j5rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠שָׂרַי֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Sarai, Abram’s wife,” or “Now Abram’s wife Sarai”. This verse begins a new topic and gives background information about Sarai. Some languages have a special conjunction for this. Other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
1788	16:1	itjv			לֹ֥א יָלְדָ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“{still} had not had {any} children for him,” or “had {still} not given birth {to any children} for him,” Sarai’s barrenness is first mentioned in Gen 11:30.
1789	16:1	ck1v			וְ⁠לָ֛⁠הּ	1	“but she owned” or “but she did have”
1790	16:1	oni8			שִׁפְחָ֥ה מִצְרִ֖ית	1	“an Egyptian slave/servant woman” or “a female slave/servant from {the country of} Egypt”. See how you translated “female slaves/servants” in Gen 12:16.
1791	16:1	gj9y			וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ הָגָֽר	1	“whose name was Hagar.” or “named Hagar.”
1792	16:2	hcuf			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֜י אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“So she told Abram,” or “Then Sarai/she told Abram,”
1793	16:2	hjtg			הִנֵּה נָ֞א	1	“Listen please/now:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:11.
1794	16:2	l1km			עֲצָרַ֤⁠נִי יְהוָה֙ מִ⁠לֶּ֔דֶת	1	“{Since} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children,” or “{As you know,} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children, {so}”
1795	16:2	pxu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בֹּא נָא֙ אֶל	1	“please sleep with” or “please have {marital/sexual} relations with”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. Also, see how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4.
1796	16:2	b34m			שִׁפְחָתִ֔⁠י	1	“my slave/servant woman {Hagar}.” See how you translated “maidservant” in verse 1.
1797	16:2	u5c8			אוּלַ֥י	1	“Maybe” or “{so that} perhaps/maybe”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1798	16:2	mcq5			אִבָּנֶ֖ה מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה	1	“I can build/have a family through her {children}.” or “she can have children for me so that I can build/have a family.”
1799	16:2	klj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָ֖ם לְ⁠ק֥וֹל שָׂרָֽי	1	“Abram agreed to do what Sarai/she requested/suggested.” or “So Abram listened to Sarai.”
1800	16:3	kkb6			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֞ח שָׂרַ֣י אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“So/Then Abram’s wife Sarai took/brought” or “Then Sarai took/brought”. In the Hebrew text, the phrase “Abram’s wife” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize Sarai’s relationship to Abram in contrast to Hagar. For some languages it is overly redundant to repeat that phrase, and so they leave it implied here. However, if possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation.
1801	16:3	hq9o			אֶת הָגָ֤ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִית֙ שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	“her Egyptian servant woman Hagar,” or “her servant Hagar,” The word “Egyptian” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize the fact that Hagar was a foreigner. If possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation.
1802	16:3	c5qd			מִ⁠קֵּץ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים לְ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years,”
1803	16:3	usjt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם אִישָׁ֖⁠הּ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“and she gave her to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife.” For most languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “So Abram’s wife Sarai gave her servant Hagar to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife. {This/That happened} after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years.” Make sure your translation does not sound like verse 3 happened ten years after Abram agreed to sleep with Hagar.
1804	16:4	z3yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל הָגָ֖ר	1	“Then/So Abram slept with Hagar,” or “Then/So Abram/he had {marital} relations with Hagar,” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to Abram by his name or by a pronoun here at the beginning of this paragraph. See how you translated the idiom “go to” in verse 2.
1805	16:4	zkod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר	1	“and {as a result,}” or “and {so}”
1806	16:4	onr6			וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר	1	“and {as a result,} she became pregnant.” or “and {so} she became pregnant.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase will not be embarrassing or offensive to people, especially when it is read aloud.
1807	16:4	j6gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה	1	“And/But {when} she/Hagar saw/realized that she was pregnant,” The word “saw” is used here as an idiom that means “realized” or “perceived”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language that would work well here.
1808	16:4	kp9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תֵּקַ֥ל גְּבִרְתָּ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“she despised/disrespected her mistress/owner {Sarai}.” or “she regarded/treated her mistress/owner {Sarai} with contempt/disdain.” or “she started to look down on her mistress {Sarai}.” The phrase “despised in her eyes” is an idiom that refers here to Hagar’s attitude and disrespectful actions toward Sarai. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
1809	16:5	cvvc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֣י אֶל אַבְרָם֮	1	“Then/So Sarai complained to Abram,”
1810	16:5	l7q0			חֲמָסִ֣⁠י עָלֶי⁠ךָ֒	1	“I am suffering because of you!” or “I am being mistreated because of you!” or “It is your fault that I am being treated wrongly/badly!” or “It is your fault that I am suffering!”
1811	16:5	ris2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אָנֹכִ֗י נָתַ֤תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“I gave my maidservant/servant to you to be your wife,” or “I allowed my maidservant/servant to have {marital} relations with you,” The idiom “put … into your arms” refers to Abram’s relationship with Hagar. Make sure that your translation of this clause is not offensive.
1812	16:5	ouxe			וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה	1	“but {now that} she knows/realizes that she is pregnant,”
1813	16:5	dadx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וָ⁠אֵקַ֖ל בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“she despises/disrespects me!” or “she treats me with contempt/disdain”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verse 4.
1814	16:5	igre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִשְׁפֹּ֥ט בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽיׄ⁠ךָ	1	“I ask Yahweh to judge/decide between you and me {who is responsible for this}!” or “I ask Yahweh to judge/decide who is right/wrong, you or me!” or “May Yahweh judge whether it is you or I who is responsible {for this}!” As the head of the household, it was Abram’s responsibility to rebuke Hagar and require her to respect Sarai. You could put that information in a footnote.
1815	16:6	mgqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל שָׂרַ֗י	1	“But Abram said/replied to Sarai/her,” or “Abram said/replied,”
1816	16:6	gb51			הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“Look/Listen,”
1817	16:6	onw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שִׁפְחָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ בְּ⁠יָדֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“your slave/servant woman is under your authority/control.” or “you have authority over your slave/servant.” or “you are in charge of your servant.” The phrase “in your hand” is an idiom that refers to having control or authority over someone. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also see how you translated “maidservant” in verses 1-3, 5.
1818	16:6	ns17			עֲשִׂי לָ֖⁠הּ	1	“Do with her” or “{So} {you can/may} do to/with her”
1819	16:6	orxc			הַ⁠טּ֣וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑יִ⁠ךְ	1	“what{ever} you think/decide is good/right/best.” or “what{ever} pleases you.” The phrase “in your eyes” is an idiom that refers to Sarai’s opinion. See how you translated a similar idiom (“in her eyes”) in verses 4 and 5.
1820	16:6	yvhx			וַ⁠תְּעַנֶּ֣⁠הָ שָׂרַ֔י	1	“Then/So Sarai oppressed/mistreated her/Hagar, and/so” or “Then/So Sarai treated her/Hagar so harshly/badly that”. See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13.
1821	16:6	a1qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תִּבְרַ֖ח מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“she/Hagar ran away from her.” or “she/Hagar ran away {from home to get away} from her/Sarai.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar is the one who fled, not Sarai.
1822	16:7	ziyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַֽ⁠יִּמְצָאָ֞⁠הּ מַלְאַ֧ךְ יְהוָ֛ה	1	“Then/But an angel/messenger {sent} from Yahweh found Hagar” or “Then/But one of Yahweh’s angels/messengers came to Hagar”. Make sure that the way you translate “found” does not sound like the angel had come across Hagar accidentally. Rather, he knew where she was and had gone to her intentionally. Also, this messenger from Yahweh was an angel, not a human being.
1823	16:7	urd3			עַל עֵ֥ין הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“by/beside a spring of water” or “by/beside a spring”
1824	16:7	b4xd			בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר	1	“in the desert”. See how you translated “wilderness” in Gen 14:6.
1825	16:7	grd7			עַל הָ⁠עַ֖יִן	1	“{She was} at the spring” or “{It was} the spring”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1826	16:7	xce6			בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ שֽׁוּר	1	“{that was} beside/by the road {that goes} to {the city of} Shur.” or “{that was} beside/by the road near {the city of} Shur.”
1827	16:8	aajb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֗ר	1	“And the angel/messenger said {to her},” or “The angel/messenger asked {her},” The angel asked Hagar a question, so for some languages it is better to use a word like “asked” here. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
1828	16:8	sc3u			הָגָ֞ר שִׁפְחַ֥ת שָׂרַ֛י	1	“Hagar, Sarai’s slave/servant,” or “Hagar, who serves Sarai,”
1829	16:8	ogxo			אֵֽי מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה בָ֖את וְ⁠אָ֣נָה תֵלֵ֑כִי	1	“where are you coming from, and where are you headed?”
1830	16:8	yltk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“She/Hagar said/replied {to him},” or “She/Hagar answered {him},”
1831	16:8	ya1g			מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ שָׂרַ֣י גְּבִרְתִּ֔⁠י אָנֹכִ֖י בֹּרַֽחַת	1	“I am running away from my mistress/owner Sarai.” See how you translated “fled from … face” in verse 6 and how you translated “mistress” in verse 4.
1832	16:9	symc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“But/So Yahweh’s angel/messenger told her/Hagar,” or “Then/But he told her/Hagar,” Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation, after what Hagar said in verse 8.
1833	16:9	ceyk			שׁ֖וּבִי אֶל גְּבִרְתֵּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“Go back {home} to your mistress/owner {Sarai}”. See how you translated “mistress/owner” in verses 4 and 8.
1834	16:9	hp9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִתְעַנִּ֖י תַּ֥חַת יָדֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“and {humbly} submit {yourself} to her authority.” or “obey her {as her servant}.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“in your hand”) in verse 6.
1835	16:10	wpc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then the angel/messenger told/promised her,” or “Then he added/continued,” Some languages do not include the quote margins here and in verse 11, because the angel is still talking to Hagar. However, the repeated quote margins could be there to emphasize what the angel says next and/or to show that he paused or that he is changing the topic.
1836	16:10	un14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַרְבָּ֥ה אַרְבֶּ֖ה אֶת זַרְעֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	“I {Yahweh} will greatly increase/multiply {the number of} your offspring/descendants, so that” or “{This is what Yahweh says/promises to you:} “I will give you so many offspring/descendants that” ” or “{Yahweh promises to you that} he will give you many descendants, so that”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking Yahweh’s words to Hagar or it was Yahweh himself who had taken on the form of an angel.
1837	16:10	py6e			וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסָּפֵ֖ר	1	“no one will be able to count them all,” or “there will be too many to count,”
1838	16:10	vljc			מֵ⁠רֹֽב	1	“because of their large number.” or “because there will be so many of them.”
1839	16:11	e1h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then/Finally the angel/messenger {also} said/prophesied to her,” or “Then/Finally he {also} told her,” or “Then the angel/messenger added/continued,”
1840	16:11	c3yg			הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ הָרָ֖ה וְ⁠יֹלַ֣דְתְּ בֵּ֑ן	1	“Look/Listen, {as you know,} {you are} expecting a child/baby. You will bear/have a son, and/then” or “Look/Listen, you are pregnant with a son. After/When he is born,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar already knew that she was pregnant, but did not know she was having a son or what she should name him.
1841	16:11	mecd			וְ⁠קָרָ֤את שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙	1	“give him the name” or “name him”
1842	16:11	tezq			יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל	1	“Ishmael, {which means “God listens/hears,”}” Some translation teams make the meaning of Ishmael’s name explicit in their translation. Other teams put the meaning of his name in a footnote. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 3:20, 4:1, 16, 25; 6:29, 10:25, 11:9.
1843	16:11	q8bz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּֽי שָׁמַ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה אֶל	1	“because Yahweh heard” or “because Yahweh paid attention to”. If you include the meaning of Ishmael’s name earlier in this verse, make sure it fits with how you translate this clause.
1844	16:11	aus7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָנְיֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	“your {cries of} misery/suffering {and has helped you}.” or “you when you were suffering {and has helped you}.” The word that means “listened to” implies here that God also took action to help Hagar.
1845	16:12	rnzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠ה֤וּא	1	“{When Ishmael grows up,} he” or “As for Ishmael, {when he grows up,} he”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, to emphasize Ishmael. Make sure that your translation refers here to Ishmael, not Yahweh.
1846	16:12	p7hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִהְיֶה֙ פֶּ֣רֶא אָדָ֔ם	1	“will be {proud and free} {like} a wild/untamed donkey” or “will be {like} a wild/untamed donkey {that no one can control/rule}” or “will not be ruled by anyone else”. The angel compares Ishmael to a wild donkey. Consider whether or not your language can use a similar metaphor or a simile here.
1847	16:12	ihvp			יָד֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠כֹּ֔ל וְ⁠יַ֥ד כֹּ֖ל בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“He will fight against everyone, and everyone will fight against him.” or “He will be enemies with everyone.”
1848	16:12	y6tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י & יִשְׁכֹּֽן	1	“In fact, he will {even} be hostile toward” or “Yes/Indeed, he will {also/even} fight against”. The rest of this verse forms a parallelism with the first half, emphasizing what Ishmael (and his descendants) will be like. Try to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different focus and the second part adds important information. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1849	16:12	sdus		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“all of his {own} relatives.” or “all of his {own} family members.” The word “brothers” is used here to refer to relatives in general. Consider what is the best way to translate this synecdoche in your language.
1850	16:13	iirj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שֵׁם יְהוָה֙ הַ⁠דֹּבֵ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ אַתָּ֖ה אֵ֣ל רֳאִ֑י	1	“Then she/Hagar named Yahweh who had spoken to her. {She said/exclaimed,} “You are the God who sees!” ” or “After Yahweh spoke to her/Hagar, she called him El Roi, {which means “the God who sees,”}” Some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the name “El Roi” from the Hebrew, some translate its meaning, and some do both. Decide what is best in your language.
1851	16:13	nxa3			כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה	1	“{She named him that,} because she {had} said/exclaimed {to herself},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1852	16:13	an8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠גַ֥ם הֲלֹ֛ם רָאִ֖יתִי אַחֲרֵ֥י רֹאִֽ⁠י	1	“How can it be that I was able to look at the back of {the one/God who} looks after me?” or “I just now saw the back of {him/God who} sees me!” Hagar’s rhetorical question shows surprise and amazement. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your translation.
1853	16:14	jkis			עַל כֵּן֙	1	“That is why”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 11:9.
1854	16:14	x357			קָרָ֣א לַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר	1	“the/that well is/was called/named” or “people call that well” or “the name of the/that well is”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Also, this well is the same as the spring in verse 7. For some languages, it may be necessary to translate these words the same way so that it is clear that they refer to the same place. Do what is best in your language.
1855	16:14	hkkl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י	1	“Beer Lahai Roi, {which means, “Well of the Living One, who sees me.”}”
1856	16:14	vkz7			הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“It is {still} there” or “That well is {still} there”
1857	16:14	v5d5			בֵין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֥ין בָּֽרֶד	1	“between {the cities of} Kadesh and Bered.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7.
1858	16:15	sm1e			וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד הָגָ֛ר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם בֵּ֑ן	1	“After that, Hagar/she {returned home and} gave birth to a son for Abram,”
1859	16:15	sf8b			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָ֧ם שֶׁם בְּנ֛⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה הָגָ֖ר יִשְׁמָעֵֽאל	1	“and he called/named his son whom she bore/had Ishmael.” or “and Abram/he named his/their son Ishmael.”
1860	16:16	a7rj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֕ם	1	“Abram {was}”. For some languages it is more natural to omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
1861	16:16	hec8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	בֶּן	1	“86 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32.
1862	16:16	xkvq			בְּ⁠לֶֽדֶת הָגָ֥ר אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל לְ⁠אַבְרָֽם	1	“when Hagar gave birth to Ishmael for him.” or “when Hagar had Ishmael for him.” See how you translated “bore … for Abram” in verse 15. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Hagar” in chapter 16 (verses 1, 4, 6-11, 13), and how you spelled “Ishmael” in verses 11, 12 and 15.
1863	17:1	a4g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י אַבְרָ֔ם בֶּן־תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠תֵ֣שַׁע שָׁנִ֑ים	1	“{Years} later, when Abram was ninety-nine/99 years old,” Thirteen years have passed between the last verse of chapter 16 and the first verse of chapter 17. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section. See how you translated “was a son of … years” in Gen 5:32.
1864	17:1	b3u2			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א יְהוָ֜ה אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Yahweh appeared/came to him” or “Yahweh visited him”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:7.
1865	17:1	zcp6			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙	1	“and told him,”
1866	17:1	ph7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲנִי אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֔י	1	“I {am} Almighty God.” or “I {am} the all-powerful God.” or “I {am} God {who is} all-powerful.” Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here (“God Almighty”). A few teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” (as if it were a personal name) and put the meaning of the title in a footnote. Abram already knew that God’s personal name is Yahweh (Gen 12:8; 15:7-8), so he would have understood that God was using a title here (not a personal name). The title “God Almighty” emphasizes God’s authority and power. You could include a transliteration of this title in a footnote.
1867	17:1	z65o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	הִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	“Walk/Live in my presence” or “Live according to my will” or “Live in a way that pleases me”. This phrase is an idiom that means to habitually live according to God’s will.
1868	17:1	mxfa			וֶ⁠הְיֵ֥ה	1	“{yes, you must} be” or “so that you will be”
1869	17:1	bv2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תָמִֽים	1	“without fault.” or “blameless/upright.” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
1870	17:2	dsx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י	1	“I will establish/institute my covenant/agreement”. Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “cut/make/establish … covenant” in Gen 15:18, where the verb is different from here but has a similar meaning (“establish/seal” or “put into effect”).
1871	17:2	ig4c			בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“with you,”
1872	17:2	unnk			וְ⁠אַרְבֶּ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹֽד	1	“and I will cause you to have very many descendants.” or “and I will increase {the number of} your descendants so that they are exceedingly/very numerous.”
1873	17:3	iqyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל אַבְרָ֖ם עַל־פָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then Abram prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” or “{When} Abram {heard that, he} bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” Make sure that the translation of this clause does not sound like Abram fell down accidentally. Rather, he intentionally threw himself to the ground out of deep respect for God.
1874	17:3	ia2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתּ֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“and God spoke with/to him and said,” or “and God continued speaking with/to him/Abram,” or “and God continued/added,” Some translations omit “saying” here because it is not natural in those languages. Do what is best in your language.
1875	17:4	opjt			אֲנִ֕י הִנֵּ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠הָיִ֕יתָ	1	“Listen/Look, this is my part/responsibility in my covenant/agreement with you: I will cause you to be/become” or “Listen/Look, this is what I will do to fulfill my covenant/agreement with you: I will make you” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “me” is emphatic both in form and in sentence position to emphasize that Yahweh is the one doing this.
1876	17:4	jhlo			לְ⁠אַ֖ב	1	“the ancestor of”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:20, 21; 10:21.
1877	17:4	to54			הֲמ֥וֹן	1	“a large number of” or “many”
1878	17:4	bvqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	גּוֹיִֽם	1	“people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this term in Gen 10:5, 20, 31, 32.
1879	17:5	t3tn			וְ⁠לֹא־יִקָּרֵ֥א ע֛וֹד אֶת־שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֖ אַבְרָ֑ם	1	“So your name will not be Abram anymore,” or “Your name will no longer be Abram,”
1880	17:5	y88x			וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Rather/Instead, {from now on} it will be Abraham,” or “Rather, I am changing it {now} to Abraham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1881	17:5	ju00			כִּ֛י & נְתַתִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“because I will make you” or “because you will be”. The form of the Hebrew verb in this clause is completed aspect (“have made”) and shows certainty that God will do this. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1882	17:5	gvn8			אַב הֲמ֥וֹן גּוֹיִ֖ם	1	“the ancestor of many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
1883	17:6	d68r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠הִפְרֵתִ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֔ד	1	“Yes, I will make you extremely/exceedingly fruitful,” or “I will give you very many offspring/descendants,” This verse repeats and elaborates on the last part of verse 5; it does not refer to different events. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language.
1884	17:6	p8wc			וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לְ⁠גוֹיִ֑ם	1	“so that you will be/become {the father/ancestor of} {many} people/ethnic groups,” or “and I will cause your descendants to become {many} people/ethnic groups,”
1885	17:6	vqo1			וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֥ יֵצֵֽאוּ	1	“In fact, there will be kings who descend from you.” or “In fact, some of your descendants will be/become kings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “king” in Gen 14:1-5.
1886	17:7	q56j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֜⁠י בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֗⁠ךָ	1	“I will establish/make my covenant/agreement with you”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. The pronouns “you” and “your” are singular in this clause and also later in this verse.
1887	17:7	dj4k			וּ⁠בֵ֨ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֧ אַחֲרֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	“and {all} your offspring/descendants {who live/come} after you” or “as well as {all} your offspring/descendants”
1888	17:7	s1qx			לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“for {all} generations to come” or “for {all} future generations”
1889	17:7	cyi2			לִ⁠בְרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֑ם	1	“It will be a covenant/agreement that never ends,” or “It will be a covenant/agreement that lasts forever,” For some languages it is better to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1890	17:7	ds2h			לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת לְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“that I will be your God and {the God} of {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God who takes care of you and {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God whom you and {all} your descendants worship/serve.”
1891	17:8	nyz3			וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י לְ֠⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֨ אַחֲרֶ֜י⁠ךָ	1	“I will also give to you and your offspring/descendants”
1892	17:8	z44f			אֵ֣ת אֶ֣רֶץ מְגֻרֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	“the/this land where you have been living as a foreigner/outsider,”
1893	17:8	ooc1			אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“{yes,} the entire land/region of Canaan,”
1894	17:8	bvrb			לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּ֖ת עוֹלָ֑ם	1	“It will be their land/property forever,” or “They will own it forever,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1895	17:8	udkv			וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	“and I will be their God.” or “and I will be the God who takes care of them.” or “I will be the God whom they worship/serve.” See how you translated the phrase “be God to you” in verse 7.
1896	17:9	qzbp			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Then God continued,” Some languages leave out this quote margin, because God is still speaking to the same person. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 16:10-11.
1897	17:9	ognl			וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה	1	“As for you,” or “Now as for your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement},” or “Your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement} is that”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic both in form and in sentence position to shift the focus from talking about God’s part in the covenant (verses 4-8) to talking about Abraham’s part. Translate this phrase in a way that shows this change in focus.
1898	17:9	zstx			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י תִשְׁמֹ֑ר	1	“you must keep/obey {the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement,” or “you must obey me,”
1899	17:9	r3ok			אַתָּ֛ה וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥	1	“{both/including} you and” or “{That includes} you and” or “{That applies to} you as well as”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1900	17:9	uz7r			וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַֽחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“{all} your descendants {who live} after you” or “{all} your offspring/descendants”
1901	17:9	uumy			לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“for/including {all} generations to come.” or “for/including {all} future generations.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7, and a similar phrase in verse 8.
1902	17:10	grqg			זֹ֣את בְּרִיתִ֞⁠י	1	“This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement” or “This is {one of the requirements of/in} my covenant/agreement”
1903	17:10	mdxu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ	1	“which you {all} must obey,” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural here.
1904	17:10	esro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין	1	“{the covenant/agreement that is} between me and you {all}, including” or “{the covenant/agreement I have made} with {all of} you, including”. The pronoun “you” is plural here and probably refers to Abraham and his family or household.
1905	17:10	bxe0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“your descendants {who will live} after you:” or “{all} your descendants:” Notice that the pronouns “your” and “you” are singular here and refer to Abraham. Also, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement with you and your descendants {who will live after you}, which you {all} must keep/obey:” Do what is best in your language.
1906	17:10	pe10		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הִמּ֥וֹל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר	1	“You must circumcise all males {who live} among/with you.” or “You must cut off the {male} foreskin of every boy and man {who lives} among you.” Circumcision involves cutting the foreskin off the penis of a boy or man. Translate this clause in a way that does not offend or embarrass people. Some languages may need to be more discreet and say something general like “must cut off the {male} skin” or “must follow the {male} skin-cutting custom.” It may be necessary to include a footnote and/or an explanation in the glossary about this so that people understand what circumcision is, especially in areas where people cut their skin on other parts of the body for other reasons.
1907	17:11	mhww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וּ⁠נְמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלַתְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“Yes, {all the males among} you must have your/their foreskins cut off,” or “Indeed/Yes, you must circumcise the foreskin of {all the males among} you”. Notice that in the Hebrew text, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “circumcise” in verse 10.
1908	17:11	c80d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠הָיָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“and that {custom/practice} will serve as the sign {that reminds you} of this/my covenant/agreement {I made} with {all of} you.” or “and that {custom/practice} will remind/show {you all} that {I made} this/my covenant/agreement with you.” The pronoun “you” is plural here.
1909	17:12	pl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בֶן שְׁמֹנַ֣ת יָמִ֗ים יִמּ֥וֹל	1	“{Every} eight-day-old baby boy must be circumcised {by you},” or “So you must circumcise {every} eight-day-old baby boy,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
1910	17:12	c7zl			כָּל זָכָ֖ר	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{and} every {other} male” or “{as well as} all {other} males” or (2) “{yes,} every male {child}”. The following context suggests that this phrase includes males of all ages, not just babies, since male slaves who were bought would especially include adult males.
1911	17:12	rvqc			לָ⁠כֶ֛ם	1	“among your people”
1912	17:12	n2rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“for all {future} generations,” It may be more natural to put this phrase at the beginning of this verse and say, “For all {future} generations you must circumcise {every} baby boy who is eight days old, {as well as} all {other} males among your people …” Do what is best in your language.
1913	17:12	qqux			יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת	1	“{including} those/males {who are} born in your household/family” or “{That includes} those/males from your own household/family”. This phrase refers to Abraham’s future sons, including Isaac (Gen 21:4) and his concubines’ sons (25:6), and may also refer to the sons of Abraham’s servants. Also, for some languages it may be better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1914	17:12	lsxb			וּ⁠מִקְנַת כֶּ֨סֶף֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל בֶּן נֵכָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹ֥א מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and those whom you buy from foreigners {as slaves/servants}, who {are} not your offspring/descendants.” or “as well as those who {are} not your offspring/descendants but {are slaves/servants whom you} have bought from foreigners.”
1915	17:13	bi24			הִמּ֧וֹל יִמּ֛וֹל	1	“{That’s right,} they must definitely be circumcised,” or “{Yes,} you must surely/definitely circumcise {all of} them,” This verse repeats and emphasizes what was just said in verse 12. Consider what is the best way to communicate this emphasis in your language.
1916	17:13	zibc			יְלִ֥יד בֵּֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“{including} those/males who are born in your household as well as those/males whom you buy {as a slave/servant}.” or “{regardless of whether} they are sons/males from your own household/family or slaves/servants whom you have bought.” See how you translated these phrases in verse 12. It may be best to translate them in a slightly different way here because of the repetition. Do what is best in your language.
1917	17:13	ojc7			וְ⁠הָיְתָ֧ה בְרִיתִ֛⁠י	1	“That is how {the sign of} my covenant/agreement will/must be marked” or “That is how you must mark my covenant/agreement”
1918	17:13	yepf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בִּ⁠בְשַׂרְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	“on your bodies”. The word “flesh” refers here to the body in general. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language.
1919	17:13	we4s			לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם	1	“to show that it is an everlasting/permanent covenant/agreement.” or “to show that it is a covenant/agreement that never ends.” See how you translated “an eternal covenant” in verse 7.
1920	17:14	sp1v			וְ⁠עָרֵ֣ל זָכָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא יִמּוֹל֙ אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָת֔⁠וֹ	1	“But {as for} any/every male/man who is not circumcised,” or “In fact, if a/any man refuses to let you circumcise him,” or “If a/any man refuses to be circumcised,” In this context, “male” refers to men who refuse to be circumcised, not baby boys.
1921	17:14	z5fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑י⁠הָ	1	“that person must {be sent away and} not be allowed to associate/fellowship with his/my people” or “you must {send him away and} not allow him to associate/fellowship with his/my people”. The phrase “cut off from his people” is an idiom which means that the person is an outcast of society and can no longer associate closely with other people in that society. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here.
1922	17:14	x4d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הֵפַֽר	1	“{because} he has not kept/obeyed” or “{because} he has disobeyed”. This phrase has the opposite meaning of “keep” or “obey” in verse 9. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like “broken” that means to not do what has been agreed upon or to disobey what was commanded.
1923	17:14	r1ku			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י	1	“{the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement.” or “{what I require in} my covenant/agreement.”
1924	17:15	b4k2			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Later God {also} said to Abraham,” or “God {also} told Abraham,”
1925	17:15	d7gc			שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	“{As for} your wife Sarai,” This phrase is first in this quote to change the focus to Sarai and emphasize her. Consider what is the best way to do this in your language.
1926	17:15	zovk			לֹא תִקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ שָׂרָ֑י	1	“do not call her Sarai {anymore},” or “her name will no longer be Sarai,”
1927	17:15	fvai			כִּ֥י שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמָֽ⁠הּ	1	“because {from now on} her name will be Sarah.” or “Rather/Instead, her name is {now} Sarah.” or “Rather, {from now on} it will be Sarah.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1928	17:16	m30z			וְ⁠גַ֨ם נָתַ֧תִּי מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה לְ⁠ךָ֖ בֵּ֑ן	1	“and I will definitely enable her to bear/have a son for you.” or “and I will definitely give you a son by her.”
1929	17:16	fk5z			וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠הָ֙	1	“In fact, I will bless/prosper her” or “Yes, I will bless/prosper her”
1930	17:16	sif8			וְ⁠הָֽיְתָ֣ה לְ⁠גוֹיִ֔ם	1	“so that she will become {the mother/ancestor of many} people/ethnic groups,” or “so much that she will {have many descendants that will} become/form {new/many} people/ethnic groups,” See how you translated “nations” in verses 4-6.
1931	17:16	gvvj			מַלְכֵ֥י עַמִּ֖ים מִמֶּ֥⁠נָּה יִהְיֽוּ	1	“and kings over peoples/nations will descend from her.” or “and some of her descendants will {even} be kings {who rule} over {many} people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6.
1932	17:17	xnh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל אַבְרָהָ֛ם עַל־פָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	“{When} Abraham {heard that, he} bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” or “Then Abraham prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 3.
1933	17:17	wr09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּצְחָ֑ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“but he laughed {to himself} and thought,” or “but he laughed {silently} and thought to himself,” The phrase “said in his heart” is an idiom that refers to something Abraham thought, but did not say out loud. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that fits well here.
1934	17:17	d074		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠לְּ⁠בֶ֤ן מֵאָֽה שָׁנָה֙ יִוָּלֵ֔ד	1	“How can a hundred-year-old man {like me/myself} father a son/child?” or “Certainly it is not possible for a hundred-year-old man {like me} to father a son/child!” or “Certainly a hundred-year-old man {like myself} cannot father a son/child, can he?” Abraham uses the rhetorical questions in verse 17 to express strong disbelief. If that is not clear in your language, you could translate the rhetorical questions as statements, with or without a tag question.
1935	17:17	ld4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אִ֨ם שָׂרָ֔ה הֲ⁠בַת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תֵּלֵֽד	1	“And how can Sarah who is 90 years old {still} have a baby/child?” or “And certainly it is not possible for a 90-year-old woman like Sarah to {still} bear/have a baby/child!” or “And certainly a 90-year-old woman like Sarah cannot {still} give birth to a baby/child, can she?”
1936	17:18	zy6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“Then/So Abraham/he said to God,”
1937	17:18	ro82			ל֥וּ יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל	1	“Oh, that Ishmael could/would” or “Please let Ishmael”. Consider what is the best way to express this strong wish or hope in your language.
1938	17:18	gi97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִחְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“live/prosper in your presence!” or “be the one whom you bless!” This idiom means to live under God’s care and be blessed by him.
1939	17:19	ocod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“God said/replied {to him},”
1940	17:19	e0ka			אֲבָל֙	1	“No, rather” or “Yes, but/however”. Consider whether it is best in your language to begin God’s response to Abraham here with a “No” or a “Yes”. Although God agrees that he will bless Ishmael (verse 20), he disagrees with Abraham’s request to allow Ishmael to be the one God establishes his covenant with.
1941	17:19	vvis			שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֗	1	“{as I said,} your wife Sarah {is the one} {who}” or “{it is} your wife Sarah {who}”. Here God emphasizes what he said in verse 16 about Sarah.
1942	17:19	ki58			יֹלֶ֤דֶת לְ⁠ךָ֙ בֵּ֔ן	1	“will bear you a son,” or “will give birth to a son for you,”
1943	17:19	yo8z			וְ⁠קָרָ֥אתָ אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֑ק	1	“and you must name him Isaac.” or “You must give him the name Isaac.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “call … name …” in verse 15.
1944	17:19	jxgr			וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֥⁠י אִתּ֛⁠וֹ	1	“I will establish/make my covenant/agreement with him” or “He {is the one} I will establish my covenant/agreement with,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 7.
1945	17:19	t5se			לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָ֖ם	1	“as a permanent covenant/agreement”
1946	17:19	p6c9			לְ⁠זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	“{that will also be} for/with {all} his offspring/descendants {who live} after him.” or “{that I will also establish/keep} with {all} his offspring/descendants {who live} after him.”
1947	17:20	x4ze			וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֘אל שְׁמַעְתִּי⁠ךָ֒	1	“As for Ishmael, I have heard your request {for him}.” or “I also heard what you asked me to do for Ishmael.”
1948	17:20	hdzr			הִנֵּ֣ה	1	“{So} behold/listen,” or “{So} here/this is what I will do:”
1949	17:20	kdq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בֵּרַ֣כְתִּי אֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	“I will {also} bless/prosper him,” See how you translated “bless” in verse 16.
1950	17:20	y4m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֥י אֹת֛⁠וֹ	1	“and I will give him many children”
1951	17:20	l4uk			וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֥י אֹת֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	“and greatly increase {the number of} his descendants.” or “so that he has a great many descendants.”
1952	17:20	kjss			יוֹלִ֔יד	1	“{In fact,} he will be the father of” or “{In fact,} he will have”
1953	17:20	ya9m			שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֤ר נְשִׂיאִם֙	1	“twelve {sons who become} chiefs,” or “twelve {sons who will be} {great/powerful} leaders,” Many translations have “princes” here, but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king, so it is better to use a more general term in your translation.
1954	17:20	tlf0			וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ו לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּדֽוֹל	1	“and I will make him {the father/ancestor of} a great/large people/ethnic group.” or “and I will make him {and his descendants} become a great/large people/ethnic group.”
1955	17:21	ni6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אָקִ֣ים	1	“But I will establish/make my covenant/agreement”. In the Hebrew text, the phrase “my covenant” is put before the verb in order to change the topic to God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 2, 4, 7, 9-11, 13-14, 19, 21.
1956	17:21	ata9			אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק	1	“with {your son} Isaac,”
1957	17:21	nbs6			אֲשֶׁר֩ תֵּלֵ֨ד לְ⁠ךָ֤ שָׂרָה֙	1	“whom Sarah will give birth to for you” or “Sarah will give birth to him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “is bearing … for you” in verse 19.
1958	17:21	e5iw			לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֣ד הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֖ה הָ⁠אַחֶֽרֶת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “by/at this time/season next year.” or (2) “at the appointed/set time next year.”
1959	17:22	e61u			וַ⁠יְכַ֖ל לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“When/After he/God had finished speaking/talking with/to Abraham,” See how you translated “spoke with him” in verse 3.
1960	17:22	fuch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל אֱלֹהִ֔ים מֵ⁠עַ֖ל אַבְרָהָֽם	1	“he went up from Abraham/him {to heaven}.” or “God/he left him and ascended {to heaven}.” or “God/he left him.” Consider whether to use a noun or a pronoun to refer to God and Abraham at each point in this verse. Do what is clear and natural in your language.
1961	17:23	sklq			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם	1	“Then Abraham gathered” or “Then Abraham brought together”
1962	17:23	w9vi			אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל בְּנ֗⁠וֹ	1	“his son Ishmael”
1963	17:23	dfjm			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל יְלִידֵ֤י בֵית⁠וֹ֙	1	“and all the {other} males {who were} born in his household”
1964	17:23	crat			וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“as well as all {the/his male slaves/servants} whom he had bought,”
1965	17:23	waa8			כָּל זָכָ֕ר בְּ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֖י בֵּ֣ית אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“{yes,} every male in his household,” This phrase refers to everyone mentioned in the first half of this verse, including all males of all ages, not just men.
1966	17:23	m2zy			וַ⁠יָּ֜מָל אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָתָ֗⁠ם בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“and on that same day he cut off their foreskins,” or “Then on that same day he circumcised them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1967	17:23	dx5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים	1	“just/exactly as God had commanded him {to do}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Then that very/same day, Abraham did just/exactly as God had told/commanded him {to do}: He took/gathered …” Do what is best in your language.
1968	17:24	q91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Now Abraham” or “Abraham”. The information in verses 24 and 25 is background information. Many languages have a specific conjunction or transitional phrase that is used to introduce this kind of information. Do what is best in your language.
1969	17:24	cjb4			בֶּן תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וָ⁠תֵ֖שַׁע שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“was ninety-nine/99 years old”. See how you translated “a son of … years” in verse 1.
1970	17:24	belb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠הִמֹּל֖⁠וֹ בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“when his foreskin was cut off,” or “when he was circumcised,” We do not know who circumcised Abraham. Some Jewish scholars think it was Shem and some others think Abraham did it himself. However, the Hebrew text does not say who did it, so in your translation it is best to also not specify who did it. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
1971	17:25	vbof			וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and his son Ishmael” or “His son Ishmael”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
1972	17:25	tj3a			בֶּן שְׁלֹ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“was thirteen/13 years old”
1973	17:25	m286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠הִ֨מֹּל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“when his foreskin was cut off.” or “when he was circumcised.” or “when {he/Abraham} circumcised him.” See how you translated this clause in verse 24.
1974	17:26	d2d2			בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“{So it was,} on that very/same day”. Verses 26 and 27 repeat what happened in verse 23 to emphasize what happened. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham and Ishmael were circumcised twice. See how you translated “on that very/same day” in verse 23.
1975	17:26	ipkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִמּ֖וֹל אַבְרָהָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בְּנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{both} Abraham and his son Ishmael were circumcised.” or “Abraham was circumcised, and {he circumcised} his son Ishmael.” Abraham is the one who circumcised his son Ishmael (verse 23). See how you translated “he was circumcised” in verse 24.
1976	17:27	mh99			וְ⁠כָל אַנְשֵׁ֤י	1	“And all the {other} males in/from his/Abraham’s household,” or “All the males in/from his/Abraham’s household,”
1977	17:27	xu47			יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת	1	“{including} those {who had been} born in his household”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 23.
1978	17:27	mrt0			וּ⁠מִקְנַת־כֶּ֖סֶף	1	“as well as those {whom he had} bought {as slaves/servants}”. See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 23.
1979	17:27	b2ph			מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת בֶּן נֵכָ֑ר	1	“from foreigners,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
1980	17:27	tt49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִמֹּ֖לוּ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“were also circumcised.” For some languages it may be better to move this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “And all the {other} males in his/Abraham’s household were also circumcised, {including} those {who had been} born …” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “circumcised” in verses 10-14, 23-27.
1981	18:1	xaic			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then {one day} Yahweh appeared/came {again} to him/Abraham” or “One day Yahweh visited Abraham {again}”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 12:7 and 17:1. Also, consider whether it is better to refer to Abraham here with a pronoun or with his name in your language.
1982	18:1	yyba			בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֖י מַמְרֵ֑א	1	“at/near Mamre’s terebinth/oak trees,” or “beside the terebinth/oak trees on Mamre’s land,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 13:18, 14:13, and a similar phrase in Gen 12:6.
1983	18:1	qyjw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֹשֵׁ֥ב	1	“while/as Abraham was sitting”
1984	18:1	grq0			פֶּֽתַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל	1	“{at/in} the entrance/doorway of his tent” or “{by} the front of his tent”. The entrance to the tent was an opening that could be closed by a large piece of cloth or animal skin. It did not have a solid wood door like a house has. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20.
1985	18:1	x2ic			כְּ⁠חֹ֥ם הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“during the hot/hottest time/part of the day.”
1986	18:2	febu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא	1	“He/Abraham looked up/around”. See how you translate this phrase in Gen 22:13.
1987	18:2	lfa5			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֔ים נִצָּבִ֖ים	1	“and saw/noticed that there were three men standing” or “and was surprised to see three men standing”
1988	18:2	ceux			עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	“a short distance away.” or “not too far away from him.” Translate this phrase in a way that fits with the fact that the men were far enough away from Abraham that he could run over to them (as he did in the next sentence).
1989	18:2	waan			וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא	1	“When he saw {them},” or “As soon as he saw {them},”
1990	18:2	vco6			וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ & מִ⁠פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל	1	“he got/jumped up from where he was and ran/hurried” or “he {jumped/got up and} ran/hurried {to them}”
1991	18:2	xsoq			לִ⁠קְרָאתָ⁠ם֙	1	“to greet/welcome them.”
1992	18:2	ayo5			וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	“Then he bowed {low} {before them} {with his face/forehead} to the ground {to show respect},” or “Then he prostrated himself on the ground {in front of them} {to show respect},” Compare how you translated a phrase that has a similar meaning (“fell on his face”) in Gen 17:3, 17.
1993	18:3	unrc			וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“and said {to them},”
1994	18:3	i1yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	אֲדֹנָ֗⁠י	1	“My masters,” or “Sirs/Gentlemen,” Abraham uses “lords” here as a polite address to the three men. The Hebrew word “lord” can also be a reference to God, but notice that at this point Abraham probably thought he was talking to men or angels. It wasn’t until later that he realized that one of them was Yahweh (verse 14).
1995	18:3	f44a			אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“if you are pleased/satisfied with me,” or “if you consider me worthy {to be your host},” or “if you would favor/honor me {with your presence},” The pronoun “your” is singular here in the Hebrew text, and also in the next clause. It could be that Abraham is addressing each of the three men simultaneously, or that he is addressing their leader or spokesman.
1996	18:3	qzez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אַל נָ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֥ל עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	“please do not leave here without letting me serve you {as my guests}.” or “please stay here for a while as my guests.” Abraham refers to himself as a servant here in order to show respect to his guests.
1997	18:4	s8jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֻקַּֽח נָ֣א מְעַט מַ֔יִם	1	“Please let me bring {you} some water,” or “Let my servants bring {you} some water,” Saying “a little” was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of water; he or his servants were going to bring them enough water to wash their feet.
1998	18:4	ygvl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠רַחֲצ֖וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“That way you {all} can wash {the dust off} your feet”. People wore sandals and their feet would get dusty when they traveled. So it was customary to offer guests water to wash the dust off their feet. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural here in the Hebrew text.
1999	18:4	pywd			וְ⁠הִֽשָּׁעֲנ֖וּ	1	“and then rest/relax {here}”
2000	18:4	cf27			תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵֽץ	1	“under {the shade of} this tree.”
2001	18:5	dabs			וְ⁠אֶקְחָ֨ה	1	“I will also bring/get {you}” or “Let me also bring/get {you}”
2002	18:5	w6hc			פַת	1	“a little bit of” or “some”. Saying “a morsel” was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of bread; he was going to give them plenty of food to eat.
2003	18:5	qih5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֶ֜חֶם	1	“bread/food {for you} {to eat}.” Since bread was a common staple of their diet, it is often used in the Bible to refer to food in general.
2004	18:5	e1nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠סַעֲד֤וּ לִבְּ⁠כֶם֙	1	“Then you can be refreshed/strengthened” or “That way you can regain your strength”. Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this quote in the Hebrew text and refer to Abraham’s three guests.
2005	18:5	vde1			אַחַ֣ר תַּעֲבֹ֔רוּ	1	“and then continue on your way,” or “before you continue traveling,”
2006	18:5	gvtq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֥ן עֲבַרְתֶּ֖ם עַֽל עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“now that you have come to me.” or “since you are here with me.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Since you are here with me, let me {also} bring some food …” Do what is best in your language.
2007	18:5	hxgd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“Then/So they said {to him},” or “The men replied {to him},”
2008	18:5	wdtf			כֵּ֥ן	2	“Okay,” or “Very well,” or “That is good/fine,” The word used here in the Hebrew text shows agreement or acceptance. Do what is natural in your language.
2009	18:5	zxbs			תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ	1	“do what you have proposed/suggested.”
2010	18:6	qqrj			וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֧ר אַבְרָהָ֛ם	1	“So Abraham quickly went”
2011	18:6	mws9			הָ⁠אֹ֖הֱלָ⁠ה אֶל שָׂרָ֑ה	1	“to Sarah inside the/their tent”
2012	18:6	i8g7			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“and said {to her},” or “and told her,”
2013	18:6	eknx			מַהֲרִ֞י	1	“Quickly {get/use}” or “Quickly {prepare}”
2014	18:6	vfdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁלֹ֤שׁ סְאִים֙	1	“three {large} measures/scoops/batches”. It is not certain how much “three seahs” was, but it is thought that it was more than 20 quarts/liters. It was enough flour to make bread for many people, just as the calf (verse 7) provided enough meat for many people and showed generous hospitality. Besides Abraham’s guests, others in his household may have also joined in eating the feast.
2015	18:6	yzn0			קֶ֣מַח סֹ֔לֶת	1	“of {good/high} quality flour.” or “of the/our best flour.”
2016	18:6	ygf6			ל֖וּשִׁי וַ⁠עֲשִׂ֥י עֻגֽוֹת	1	“Knead {the dough} and make it into loaves/bread.” or “and bake {some} loaves of {flat} bread.” or “and bake/make {some} bread.” The Hebrew word for “loaves” here is often translated “cakes”, which probably refers to their flat, round shape (similar to biscuits). However, make sure your translation of this word does not sound like a dessert, because this bread was not sweet. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2017	18:7	bsyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר רָ֣ץ אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“Then Abraham/he hurriedly {left the tent and} went to his herd {of cattle}” or “Next Abraham/he quickly went/hurried {outside} to his herd {of cattle}” or “Then he ran {outside} to his herd {of cattle}”
2018	18:7	hxpb			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח	1	“and chose” or “and picked out”
2019	18:7	z2ik			בֶּן בָּקָ֜ר רַ֤ךְ וָ⁠טוֹב֙	1	“one of his best/choice calves that would be good/tasty to eat.”
2020	18:7	jtgs			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן	1	“Then he took/brought the calf” or “Then he turned it over”. The word “gave” means Abram brought the calf to his servant and put him in charge of preparing its meat for a meal. Make sure your translation does not sound like the calf was a gift.
2021	18:7	zqcc			אֶל הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר	1	“to one of his servants”
2022	18:7	vnc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֖ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and the/his servant quickly prepared it.” or “who quickly slaughtered/butchered it and cooked/roasted it.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this clause refers to the servant, not Abraham.
2023	18:8	pb0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח	1	“Then he/Abraham brought/got”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Abraham, not his servant.
2024	18:8	meiu			חֶמְאָ֜ה	1	“{some} curds/yogurt/cheese”. This term refers to churned, fermented milk that has curdled.
2025	18:8	dhgo			וְ⁠חָלָ֗ב	1	“along with milk” or “as well as milk”
2026	18:8	iwky			וּ⁠בֶן הַ⁠בָּקָר֙	1	“and {the meat from} the calf” or “and the meat”
2027	18:8	c5ub			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה	1	“that he had his servant prepare,” or “that the/his servant had prepared/cooked/roasted,”
2028	18:8	tlvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and he served {all of} it/that to the {three} men {to eat}.” or “and he set/put it {all} before his {three} guests {to eat}.” Since verse 2 was the last time the three men were mentioned, it may be clearer and more natural to make them explicit here. Do what is best in your language.
2029	18:8	a2nj			וְ⁠הֽוּא עֹמֵ֧ד עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם	1	“Then he stood nearby them” or “Then he stood near/nearby”
2030	18:8	i0dm			תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ	1	“{where they were sitting} under the tree”
2031	18:8	oc6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ	1	“{and waited on them} while they ate.” or “{and served them} while they ate.” As the host, Abraham stood nearby his guests in order to wait on them and make sure they had everything that they needed.
2032	18:9	xl7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵׄלָׄ֔יׄ⁠וׄ	1	“Then {one of} the men asked him/Abraham,” The Hebrew text uses a plural pronoun here (“they”) to refer to one of the three men who spoke to Abraham on behalf of them all (See verse 10). Many languages can use “they” or “the men” in the same way. Make sure your translation of this quote margin does not sound like all three of the men spoke at the same time.
2033	18:9	n7q4			אַיֵּ֖ה שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“Where {is} your wife Sarah?”
2034	18:9	frnv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“He/Abraham answered {them/him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is the one speaking here.
2035	18:9	c5q0			הִנֵּ֥ה בָ⁠אֹֽהֶל	1	“{She is} there in/inside the tent.”
2036	18:10	b369			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then the/that man”. This phrase refers to the man in verse 9 who spoke on behalf of himself and the other two men. We find out in verse 13 that the man was actually Yahweh. However, at this point Abraham and Sarah probably did not yet know who he was, so it is better to not specify who he was here, in order to keep that suspense in your translation.
2037	18:10	qpv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“said/responded {to him/Abraham},” or “spoke again {to Abraham},”
2038	18:10	aib9			שׁ֣וֹב אָשׁ֤וּב	1	“I will certainly/definitely come back”
2039	18:10	bdy4			אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	“to you {here}” or “{here} to visit you”
2040	18:10	s103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת חַיָּ֔ה	1	“at/about this time/season next year,” or “next year at/around this time/season,” For some languages it may be more natural to move this time phrase to the beginning of this quote and say, “Next year at this time I will surely/definitely return …” Do what is best in your language.
2041	18:10	usku			וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	“and when I do,” or “When I do,” or “At that time,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2042	18:10	yh3k			בֵ֖ן לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“your wife Sarah will have a {baby} son/boy {with her}.” or “your wife Sarah will {already} have a {baby} son/boy.” This means that Sarah would have a son with her when Yahweh returns. It does not mean that she would give birth at that time.
2043	18:10	kp1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה שֹׁמַ֛עַת	1	“Now Sarah was listening/eavesdropping” or “Sarah was listening/eavesdropping”. This sentence gives information about something that was happening while the man was talking. Translate this in a way that makes that clear in your language.
2044	18:10	btll			פֶּ֥תַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל	1	“inside the entrance/doorway of the tent,” See how you translated “the entrance of the tent” in verse 1.
2045	18:10	vtqh			וְ⁠ה֥וּא אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	“which was {right} behind”. Notice that the pronoun “it” refers to the entrance to the tent (where Sarah was).
2046	18:10	g6tq			אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	The pronoun “him” is ambiguous here. It can refer to: (1) “the man” or (2) “Abraham”
2047	18:11	oz4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֤ם וְ⁠שָׂרָה֙	1	“Abraham and Sarah/she” or “Sarah/She and Abraham”. This verse gives background information that is important to what happens next. Some languages use a conjunction such as “Now” here to introduce this kind of information, while other languages omit the conjunction, especially if “Now” is used to begin the last sentence in verse 10. Do what is best in your language.
2048	18:11	rsbl			זְקֵנִ֔ים בָּאִ֖ים בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	“were {already} very/quite old/aged” or “{were} very elderly”
2049	18:11	pdfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	חָדַל֙ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת לְ⁠שָׂרָ֔ה אֹ֖רַח כַּ⁠נָּשִֽׁים	1	“so that Sarah/she was much older than the normal age for bearing children.” or “so that Sarah/she was {far} past the age/time that she could bear/have children.” The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is a polite way of saying that Sarah had reached menopause and so was not able to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Make sure your translation of this clause will not offend or embarrass people when it is read aloud in public.
2050	18:12	plyn			וַ⁠תִּצְחַ֥ק שָׂרָ֖ה בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֣⁠הּ	1	“So Sarah/she laughed to herself {in disbelief}”. See how you translated “laughed” in Gen 17:17 where Abraham also laughed to himself.
2051	18:12	u386			לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“and said/thought {to herself},” or “and asked {herself},”
2052	18:12	nggz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַחֲרֵ֤י בְלֹתִ⁠י֙	1	“Since my body is {now} worn out,” or “Now that I am too old {to conceive},”
2053	18:12	rjek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הָֽיְתָה לִּ֣⁠י עֶדְנָ֔ה	1	“will I {still} have/experience {this/that} pleasure?” or “it doesn’t seem possible that I could {still} have/experience the pleasure {of bearing/having a child}!” Sarah uses a rhetorical question to express her strong emotion and disbelief. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language.
2054	18:12	he9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י זָקֵֽן	1	“Besides that, my master/husband is {also} {very/too} old!” The phrase “my lord” is a title of respect that Sarah uses to refer to Abraham as her husband. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “I am too old {to conceive} and my husband is {also} {very/too} old! How can I {possibly} {still} have/experience the pleasure {of having a child}?” or “It doesn’t seem possible that I could have/experience the pleasure {of having a child} now that I am too old {to conceive}. Besides that, my husband is {also} {very/too} old!” Do what is best in your language.
2055	18:13	xspz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“Then/But Yahweh asked Abraham,” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on whether you translate the rest of this verse as a rhetorical question or a statement.
2056	18:13	jhpl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּה֩ צָחֲקָ֨ה שָׂרָ֜ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר	1	“Why did Sarah laugh {to herself} and say/think,” or “Sarah should not have laughed and said/thought {to herself},” or “Sarah should not have laughed, thinking,” Yahweh uses rhetorical question in verses 13-14 to confront Sarah’s disbelief and to emphasize that nothing is too difficult for God to do. Consider whether or not it is best to use rhetorical questions here in your language.
2057	18:13	jigk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הַ⁠אַ֥ף אֻמְנָ֛ם אֵלֵ֖ד וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י זָקַֽנְתִּי	1	“I am too old to bear/have a child!” or “that she is too old to have a child.” or “that it isn’t possible for her to have a child now that she is old.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to make this embedded quote a direct or indirect quote. Make sure that your translation of “I” refers here to Sarah, not Yahweh.
2058	18:14	i07c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠יִפָּלֵ֥א מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה דָּבָ֑ר	1	“Is {there} anything {that is} too hard/difficult for Yahweh {to do}?” or “Nothing is too hard/difficult for Yahweh {to do}!”
2059	18:14	qtll			לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֞ד	1	“At the time that I have set/decided,”
2060	18:14	a096			אָשׁ֥וּב אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	“I will return to you {here}” or “I will come back {here} to visit you”. Consider how you translated this in verse 10.
2061	18:14	vgyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כָּ⁠עֵ֥ת חַיָּ֖ה	1	“{Yes, I will come/return} at this time next year,” or “—{it will be} at this time next year—”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 10. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase right after the first time phrase in this verse and say, “At the time that I have decided, which will be this time next year, I will return {here} to visit you,” Do what is best in your language.
2062	18:14	i8zs			וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה בֵֽן	1	“and Sarah will have a {baby} son/boy {with her}.” or “and Sarah will {already} have a {baby} son/boy.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 10.
2063	18:15	za8c			וַ⁠תְּכַחֵ֨שׁ שָׂרָ֧ה	1	“But/Then Sarah lied {to him}”. The Hebrew verb here includes the meaning of lying or deceiving.
2064	18:15	e03j			לֵ⁠אמֹ֛ר	1	“and said,” Notice that the verbs “denied” and “saying” refer to the same event, not two separate events. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
2065	18:15	d6be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לֹ֥א צָחַ֖קְתִּי כִּ֣י יָרֵ֑אָה	1	“that she did not laugh. {She said that,} because she was afraid.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, for some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “{When Sarah heard that,} she was afraid, so she lied {to him} and said, “I did not laugh.” ” Do what is best in your language.
2066	18:15	sjaq			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר	1	“But he/Yahweh replied {to her},”
2067	18:15	rwv6			לֹ֖א כִּ֥י צָחָֽקְתְּ	1	“Yes, you did laugh.” or “That is not true. You did laugh.” Consider whether Yahweh’s reply to Sarah here should begin with “No” or “Yes” in your language.
2068	18:16	c73z			וַ⁠יָּקֻ֤מוּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים	1	“{When/After they had finished eating,} the {three} men got up {to leave}”
2069	18:16	gktx			וַ⁠יַּשְׁקִ֖פוּ עַל פְּנֵ֣י סְדֹ֑ם	1	“and started walking/heading down toward {the city of} Sodom.” This phrase reflects the fact that the city of Sodom was lower in elevation than the city of Hebron, where Abraham was living.
2070	18:16	hm8x			וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הֹלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ֖⁠ם	1	“Abraham went/walked with them {for a while}” or “Abraham escorted/accompanied them {for a while}”
2071	18:16	f1fq			לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם	1	“to see them on their way.” or “as they were leaving.”
2072	18:17	jgid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַֽ⁠יהֹוָ֖ה אָמָ֑ר	1	“Then Yahweh said/thought {to himself},” The context implies that Yahweh said this to himself, without Abraham hearing him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 11:6.
2073	18:17	h1l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֤ה אֲנִי֙ מֵֽ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Should I keep secret from Abraham” or “I should/will not hide/conceal from Abraham” or “I should/will tell Abraham”
2074	18:17	gyoq			אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֲנִ֥י עֹשֶֽׂה	1	“what I am going/about to do {to the city of Sodom}”. Whether you end this sentence with a question mark or a period will depend on how you choose to translate this rhetorical question.
2075	18:18	aib0			וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הָי֧וֹ יִֽהְיֶ֛ה	1	“Abraham/he will surely/definitely be {the ancestor of}” or “After all, Abraham/he {and his descendants} will surely/definitely {multiply and} become”. Some translations begin a new sentence here. Other translations continue the rhetorical question (or statement) in verse 17 to the end of verse 18 and say, “since Abraham/he will …” or “seeing that Abraham/he will …” Do what is best in your language.
2076	18:18	k83p			לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עָצ֑וּם	1	“a great/important and powerful people/ethnic group,” See how you translated “great nation” in Gen 12:2.
2077	18:18	ox5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ב֔⁠וֹ	1	“and through him/them” or “and because of him/them” or “and by means of him/them”. This phrase refers to Abraham and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. See the note about this at Gen 12:3.
2078	18:18	vsqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִ֨בְרְכוּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“all the people/ethnic groups in the world will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups in the world.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 12:3.
2079	18:19	bba7			כִּ֣י	1	“Indeed” or “In fact,”
2080	18:19	fa4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יְדַעְתִּ֗י⁠ו	1	“I have chosen him/Abraham”. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here.
2081	18:19	ghcz			לְמַעַן֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְצַוֶּ֜ה אֶת בָּנָ֤י⁠ו	1	“so that he will train/guide/instruct his children”
2082	18:19	tkzz			וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו	1	“grandchildren, and other descendants {who will live} after him,” or “and his descendants,”
2083	18:19	w7fg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠שָֽׁמְרוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“so that they will live the way I want them to live” or “to obey Yahweh’s/my ways/will”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking about himself here.
2084	18:19	l0t4			לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת צְדָקָ֖ה וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט	1	“and do what is righteous/right and just {in my eyes}” or “and do what is righteous/right and/including treat people justly/rightly”
2085	18:19	sxv0			לְמַ֗עַן	2	“Therefore/So”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
2086	18:19	kp8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הָבִ֤יא יְהוָה֙	1	“I will do/accomplish”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is referring to himself here.
2087	18:19	w9ko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עַל אַבְרָהָ֔ם אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֖ר עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	“for Abraham/him what/everything I have promised him {that I will do}.” The pronoun “he” refers to Yahweh here. Make sure the way you use nouns and pronouns throughout this verse makes it clear in your language who is speaking and who is being referred to.
2088	18:20	bsh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	“So Yahweh said {to Abraham},” or “Then/So Yahweh informed/told {Abraham},”
2089	18:20	ejie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	זַעֲקַ֛ת סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה כִּי רָ֑בָּה וְ⁠חַ֨טָּאתָ֔⁠ם כִּ֥י כָבְדָ֖ה מְאֹֽד	1	“I have heard {many} serious/terrible complaints/accusations against {the people of} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah because they are sinning so/very grievously/terribly. So” or “I have heard many people crying out against {the people of/in} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah because they are committing/doing very evil/terrible sins/things.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers to the people in those cities. Also, in the Hebrew text this sentence continues into verse 21. Do what is best in your language.
2090	18:21	iqb6			אֵֽרֲדָה נָּ֣א	1	“I must go down {to those cities} now” or “I am going {to those cities} now”. The cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were both lower in elevation than the city of Hebron. See what you did for a similar case in verse 16.
2091	18:21	cael		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה	1	“to investigate/determine” or “in order to find out”
2092	18:21	ehz9			הַ⁠כְּ⁠צַעֲקָתָ֛⁠הּ & עָשׂ֣וּ ׀ כָּלָ֑ה	1	“whether {or not} the people in those cities are guilty of everything” or “if the people there have done/committed all the {terrible} sins”
2093	18:21	p8yd			הַ⁠בָּ֥אָה אֵלַ֖⁠י	1	“that I have heard against/about them.” or “that I have heard they are guilty of.”
2094	18:21	qczs			וְ⁠אִם לֹ֖א	1	“If {those things are} not {true},” or “If {they are} not {guilty},”
2095	18:21	x0dd			אֵדָֽעָה	1	“{then} I will know {it} {and I will not punish them}.”
2096	18:22	x68r			וַ⁠יִּפְנ֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים	1	“Then the {other two} men”
2097	18:22	r9ho			וַ⁠יִּפְנ֤וּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים	1	“Then the {other two} men left from there” or “Then the {other two} men left”
2098	18:22	qizv			סְדֹ֑מָ⁠ה	1	“and continued walking/heading toward {the city of} Sodom,” or “and headed/traveled toward {the city of} Sodom,”
2099	18:22	d7qa			וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם עוֹדֶ֥⁠נּוּ עֹמֵ֖ד	1	“and/while Abraham stood/remained {there}”
2100	18:22	xgc8			לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	“with Yahweh.” or “in Yahweh’s presence.”
2101	18:23	qs0n			וַ⁠יִּגַּ֥שׁ אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“Then Abraham came/stepped closer to him/Yahweh”
2102	18:23	a3ux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“and said/exclaimed {to him},” or “and asked {him},”
2103	18:23	o9sc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠אַ֣ף תִּסְפֶּ֔ה	1	“Will/Would you indeed/actually wipe out” or “Surely/Certainly you will/would not destroy”. Abraham uses a rhetorical question here to express his strong feelings and concern about what Yahweh told him. Consider whether or not it is clear and natural to use a rhetorical question here in your language. Make sure it does not sound like Abraham is angry or being rude. See how you translated a similar idiom (“wipe away”) in Gen 6:7.
2104	18:23	tazw			צַדִּ֖יק	1	“the righteous/godly/good/innocent {people} {in the city}” or “righteous {people}”
2105	18:23	fmh2			עִם	1	“{along/together} with” or “when you destroy”
2106	18:23	l14u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	רָשָֽׁע	1	“the wicked/evil/guilty {people} {there}” or “the people {there} who are wicked/evil” or “the wicked/evil {people} {there}, will/would you?” The way you translate this rhetorical question will determine what punctuation mark you end this sentence with. If you use an exclamation point here, make sure it does not sound like Abraham was angry, shouting, or being disrespectful.
2107	18:24	pfkn			אוּלַ֥י	1	“Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
2108	18:24	hdx0			יֵ֛שׁ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר	1	“there are fifty/50 righteous/good {people} {living} in the city {of Sodom}?” See how you translated “the righteous” in verse 23. Also consider whether to use “fifty” or “50” here in your translation, which depends on how your translation team has decided to represent numbers.
2109	18:24	hrne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠אַ֤ף תִּסְפֶּה֙	1	“Will/Would you really/actually {still} destroy” or “Certainly you will/would not {still} destroy”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23.
2110	18:24	h1ad			וְ⁠לֹא תִשָּׂ֣א לַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם	1	“the place/city {and all its inhabitants} rather than spare it/them” or “{all the people in} the place/city rather than let them all live”
2111	18:24	zuz1			לְמַ֛עַן	1	“because of” or “in order to save”
2112	18:24	qhq8			חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִ֖ם	1	“the fifty/50 righteous/good {people}”
2113	18:24	jhkh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠קִרְבָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“who live in it” or “who live there” or “who live there, will/would you?” The way you translate this rhetorical question will determine what punctuation mark you end this sentence with.
2114	18:25	zsq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חָלִ֨לָ⁠ה לְּ⁠ךָ֜	1	“Surely/Certainly you would never” or “It seems impossible/inconceivable that you would {ever}” or “I hope that you would never”. This idiom expresses emphatically that Abraham does not believe Yahweh would do this. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Make sure that Abraham sounds respectful in your translation.
2115	18:25	vi64			מֵ⁠עֲשֹׂ֣ת כַּ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה לְ⁠הָמִ֤ית	1	“do such a thing as kill”
2116	18:25	ngke			צַדִּיק֙	1	“righteous/godly/good/innocent {people}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23.
2117	18:25	nhtp			עִם	1	“{along/together} with” or “when you destroy”
2118	18:25	xel1			רָשָׁ֔ע	1	“wicked/evil {people},” See how you translated “the wicked” in verse 23.
2119	18:25	scup			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה כַ⁠צַּדִּ֖יק כָּ⁠רָשָׁ֑ע	1	“so that righteous/good {people} are treated/punished {by you} as if they were wicked/evil!” or “so that you are treating them both the same way!” If exclamation points are used in this chapter, make sure it does not sound like Abraham is angry, shouting, or being disrespectful
2120	18:25	rs19			חָלִ֣לָ⁠ה לָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	“Surely/Certainly you would never do such a thing!” or “It seems impossible/inconceivable that you would ever do such a thing!” or “I hope that you would never do such a thing!” See how you translated a similar phrase at the beginning of this verse.
2121	18:25	zx52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ כָּל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לֹ֥א יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה מִשְׁפָּֽט	1	“As the judge of/over everyone on the earth, certainly/surely you will treat people justly/rightly.” or “You are the one who judges all {the people on} the earth. Certainly/Surely you will do what is just/right.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this rhetorical question; make sure that Abraham sounds polite. Also see how you translated “justice” in verse 19.
2122	18:26	yoae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},” or “Yahweh replied {to him},” Make sure that the various quote margins in this long conversation (verses 23-32) are clear and natural in your translation.
2123	18:26	qbgh			אִם אֶמְצָ֥א	1	“If there are”
2124	18:26	bj6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	בִ⁠סְדֹ֛ם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר	1	“fifty/50 righteous/godly/good/innocent {people} {living} in the city of Sodom,”
2125	18:26	gvx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥אתִי לְ⁠כָל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם	1	“then I will spare the whole/entire city {and everyone who lives there}” or “then I will not destroy the city {or anyone in it}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is referring here to the city of Sodom as well as the people who live there, not just the city.
2126	18:26	fbs2			בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָֽ⁠ם	1	“because of them.” or “for the sake/benefit of those righteous people.” or “in order to save those righteous/good people.”
2127	18:27	yvx6			וַ⁠יַּ֥עַן אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“Then Abraham spoke up {again}” or “Then Abraham responded”
2128	18:27	feez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“and said {to Yahweh/him},” or “and asked {Yahweh/him},”
2129	18:27	nwih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הִנֵּה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל	1	“Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to {you,}” or “Please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly,” The idiom “taken it upon myself” means that Abraham has decided to do something and is acting boldly. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here.
2130	18:27	duu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י	1	“my Master,” or “Lord/Master,” Abraham realizes by now that he is talking to Yahweh, so use a respectful term in your translation that is appropriate for him to use when he refers to Yahweh here and in the rest of this chapter. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “My Lord/Master, please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly,” Do what is best in your language.
2131	18:27	u0t8			וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י	1	“even though” or “in spite of the fact that”
2132	18:27	otno		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י עָפָ֥ר וָ⁠אֵֽפֶר	1	“I am {as unimportant/insignificant as} dust/dirt and ashes {compared to you}.” or “I am nothing/unimportant {compared to you}.” or “I have zero/no status/importance {compared to you}.” It may be clearer to put this comparison earlier in the sentence and say, “My Lord/Master, I am {as unimportant/insignificant as} dust/dirt and ashes, so please excuse me …” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7 and 3:19.
2133	18:28	omjl			א֠וּלַי	1	“{But} suppose {that}” or “{But} what {will you do} if”. See how you translated this term in verse 24.
2134	18:28	z4ng			יַחְסְר֞וּ⁠ן חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִם֙ חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“there are five fewer than fifty/50 righteous {people} {living in the city}?” or “there are only forty-five/45 righteous {people} {in the city} instead of fifty/50?”
2135	18:28	nmr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הֲ⁠תַשְׁחִ֥ית & אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עִ֑יר	1	“Will/Would you {still} destroy the whole city {and everyone in it}”. See how you translated “the whole place” in verse 26.
2136	18:28	vm49			בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“if there are five people too few {who are righteous}?” or “because the number {of righteous people} is five persons short/low?”
2137	18:28	fkpg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“And/Then Yahweh said/replied {to him/Abraham},” or “Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham.
2138	18:28	d67i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית אִם אֶמְצָ֣א שָׁ֔ם אַרְבָּעִ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה	1	“I will not destroy the city if there are forty-five/45 {righteous people} {living} there.” or “if I find forty-five/45 {righteous people} {living} in the city, I will not destroy it.” Make sure it is clear in your translation what “forty-five/45” refers to.
2139	18:29	hcxd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֨סֶף ע֜וֹד לְ⁠דַבֵּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙	1	“Then he/Abraham spoke again to him/Yahweh”
2140	18:29	ttcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר	1	“and asked {him},”
2141	18:29	aol6			אוּלַ֛י	1	“Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
2142	18:29	mgon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & אַרְבָּעִ֑ים	1	“{only} forty/40 {righteous people} are found {by you}” or “you find {only} forty/40 {righteous people}” or “there are {only} forty/40 {righteous people}”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
2143	18:29	getl			שָׁ֖ם	1	“{living} there?” or “{living} in the city? {Will you destroy it then?}”
2144	18:29	ibi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“And/Then Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},”
2145	18:29	vscl			לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֔ה	1	“I will not destroy the city”
2146	18:29	b3sh			בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר	1	“because of” or “in order to save”
2147	18:29	ymm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	הָ⁠אַרְבָּעִֽים	1	“the forty/40 {righteous people}.” or “those forty/40 {people}.”
2148	18:30	tijl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר	1	“Then Abraham asked {him/Yahweh},” or “Then Abraham pleaded {with him/Yahweh},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh.
2149	18:30	fekp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙	1	“My Lord/Master, please do not be angry {with/at me},” Abraham addresses Yahweh using the third person and the title “Lord” to show him honor and respect. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
2150	18:30	ee6m			וַ⁠אֲדַבֵּ֔רָה	1	“but/rather let me say something {else}:” or “but/rather let me ask {you} {another question}:”
2151	18:30	d5rt			אוּלַ֛י	1	“Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
2152	18:30	w00d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & שְׁלֹשִׁ֑ים	1	“{only} thirty/30 {righteous people} are found” or “you find {only} thirty/30 {righteous people}” or “there are {only} 30/thirty {righteous people}”. If you use the numeral “30” here in your translation, make sure that it will not get confused with the verse number.
2153	18:30	iwdq			שָׁ֖ם	1	“{living} there?” or “{living} in the city?”
2154	18:30	wy2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“He/Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham.
2155	18:30	r9fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֔ה אִם אֶמְצָ֥א שָׁ֖ם שְׁלֹשִֽׁים	1	“I will not destroy {the city} if I find thirty/30 {righteous people} {living} there.” or “If I find thirty/30 {righteous people} {living} in the city, I will not destroy it.” See how you translated a similar sentence at the end of verse 28.
2156	18:31	nea1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then Abraham said {to him/Yahweh},” or “Then Abraham asked {him/Yahweh},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh.
2157	18:31	slxe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הִנֵּֽה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י	1	“Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to {you,} my Lord/Master.” or “My Lord/Master, please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly.” See how you translated this clause in verse 27.
2158	18:31	qrfv			אוּלַ֛י	1	“Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
2159	18:31	phwd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & עֶשְׂרִ֑ים	1	“{only} twenty/20 {righteous people} are found {by you}” or “you find {only} 20/twenty {righteous people}” or “there are {only} twenty/20 {righteous people}”
2160	18:31	tm05			שָׁ֖ם	1	“{living} there?” or “{living} in the city?”
2161	18:31	cr9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	2	“He/Yahweh replied,” or “Then he/Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},”
2162	18:31	i5oo			לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית	1	“I will not destroy the city”
2163	18:31	fkt3			בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר	1	“because of” or “in order to save”
2164	18:31	mh2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	הָֽ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים	1	“the twenty/20 {righteous people}.” or “those twenty/20 {people}.”
2165	18:32	gv4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר	1	“Then/Finally he/Abraham said {to him},” or “Then/Finally he/Abraham asked {him/Yahweh},”
2166	18:32	lk3d			אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙	1	“My Lord/Master, please do not be angry {with/at me},” See how you translated this sentence in verse 30. Consider again how you translated “my Lord” in verses 27, 30-32. Contrast that to verse 3, where Abraham probably used the term before he realized that he was talking to Yahweh.
2167	18:32	kpb0			וַ⁠אֲדַבְּרָ֣ה אַךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם	1	“rather, let me say one more thing:” or “and/but let me ask {you} just one more/last thing/question:”
2168	18:32	ly53			אוּלַ֛י	1	“Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”. Consider again how you translated the term “Suppose” in verses 24 and 28 and how you translated the sentence “Suppose {only} …{righteous people} are found there?” in verses 29-32.
2169	18:32	qkyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה	1	“{only} ten {righteous people} are found” or “you find {only} ten {righteous people}” or “there are {only} ten {righteous people}”. Consider again how you translated “found” and “find” in verses 26, 28-32.
2170	18:32	ho73			שָׁ֖ם	1	“{living} there?” or “{living} in the city? {Will you destroy it then?}”
2171	18:32	rknm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“And/Then Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered {him},” Consider again how you referred to Yahweh and Abraham in your translation throughout this dialogue (verses 23-32). It is a good idea to read this conversation aloud at a regular speed and listen to make sure that all quote margins are natural and clear in your language.
2172	18:32	c2zy			לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית	1	“I will not destroy the city”
2173	18:32	igm4			בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר	1	“because of” or “in order to save”. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 24, 26, 29, 31, 32.
2174	18:32	dxyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָֽה	1	“the/those ten {righteous people}.” Consider again whether you used words or numerals for the numbers throughout verses 24-32. Also consider again how you translated “righteous {people}” and “{righteous people}” in verses 23-32.
2175	18:33	yjrf			וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר כִּלָּ֔ה לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“Then Yahweh left {Abraham/him} as soon as he finished speaking to/with him,” or “When Yahweh had finished talking with Abraham, he left {him},”
2176	18:33	sski			וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם שָׁ֥ב לִ⁠מְקֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and Abraham returned/went home.”
2177	19:1	g0pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ֠⁠יָּבֹאוּ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֤ים סְדֹ֨מָ⁠ה֙ בָּ⁠עֶ֔רֶב	1	“That evening {Yahweh’s/God’s} two angels/messengers arrived at {the city of} Sodom,” or “Then/Later that evening the two {men, who were} {Yahweh’s/God’s} angels/messengers arrived at {the city of} Sodom,” See how you translated “angel” in Gen 16:7-11.
2178	19:1	xmdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וְ⁠ל֖וֹט יֹשֵׁ֣ב	1	“while Lot was sitting”
2179	19:1	guh5			בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר סְדֹ֑ם	1	“at/by the gate/entrance of the city.” or “at the city gate/entrance.” Cities like Sodom had stone walls built around them, with entrance gates (that were closed at night) to protect the people in the city from enemies.
2180	19:1	kpct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וַ⁠יַּרְא לוֹט֙ וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם	1	“When Lot saw them, he got/stood up”. Some languages have a special dual pronoun that can be used throughout verses 1-19 to refer to the two angels. Do what is best in your language.
2181	19:1	jt2e			לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֔⁠ם	1	“to greet them” or “and greeted them”
2182	19:1	oarz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	“and {then} bowed {before them} with his face/forehead to the ground {to show respect}.” or “and {then} kneeled {in front of them} and bowed/touched his forehead to the ground {to show them respect}.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 18:2.
2183	19:2	pbyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֜אמֶר	1	“Then he said {to them},”
2184	19:2	qrka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הִנֶּ֣ה נָּא אֲדֹנַ֗⁠י	1	“Listen {to me} please, my lords/masters:” or “Sirs/Gentlemen, please listen {to this}:” See how you translated “Behold, please” in Gen 18:27. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 18:3. At this point, Lot probably did not know that these were angels, because they looked like men.
2185	19:2	uv8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	ס֣וּרוּ נָ֠א אֶל	1	“Please come to” or “Please stop in at”. Lot is being urgent here (using “please” twice), probably because he knows how dangerous the city is. Translate this quote in a way that communicates this urgency.
2186	19:2	ya0h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בֵּ֨ית עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠לִ֨ינוּ֙	1	“my house so that I can serve you”. Lot refers to himself as “your servant” here to show respect to the two men and to politely offer to host them as his guests.
2187	19:2	n4bd			וְ⁠לִ֨ינוּ֙ וְ⁠רַחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“and you can lodge for the night {there}. {That way} too {you can} wash {the dust off} your feet.” or “You can wash {the dust off} your feet and lodge/stay for the night {there}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “wash your feet” in Gen 18:4.
2188	19:2	jib0			וְ⁠הִשְׁכַּמְתֶּ֖ם	1	“Then {tomorrow morning} you can get up early” or “Then early {in the morning} you can get up”
2189	19:2	ua14			וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֣ם לְ⁠דַרְכְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“and continue on your way.” or “and continue traveling.”
2190	19:2	hmun			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ	1	“But the two angels replied,” or “The two angels said {to him/Lot},”
2191	19:2	bnmm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	לֹּ֔א כִּ֥י	1	“No, {thank you,} rather” or “Thank you, but” or “That is kind of you, but”. The angels’ reply should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or disrespectful. For example, in some cultures it is not polite to say “No” too directly.
2192	19:2	nmtj			בָ⁠רְח֖וֹב נָלִֽין	1	“we will {just} stay/sleep in the public/city square tonight.” or “we plan to spend/stay the night in the street/square.” This refers to a public, outdoor place inside the city, perhaps the open place inside the city gate where people would meet.
2193	19:3	ck6p			וַ⁠יִּפְצַר בָּ֣⁠ם מְאֹ֔ד	1	“But he/Lot insisted urgently” or “However he/Lot continued to urge/invite them earnestly” or “However he/Lot continued to urgently invite them”
2194	19:3	g3lh			וַ⁠יָּסֻ֣רוּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“until they {finally} {agreed and} went with him” or “until {he finally convinced them and} they went with him”
2195	19:3	gnxh			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אֶל בֵּית֑⁠וֹ	1	“to his house and entered it.” or “to his house.”
2196	19:3	yh3g			וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה	1	“Then/There he/Lot prepared/made a big/hearty meal for them,” or “Then/There Lot had a big/hearty meal prepared for them,” Lot probably had his wife or servants prepare the meal (as Abraham did in Gen 18:6-7). It is common in the Bible to say that a leader or head of household (as here) did something, when in reality he had it done by someone else who was under his authority.
2197	19:3	pv7b			וּ⁠מַצּ֥וֹת אָפָ֖ה	1	“including {some} bread without yeast/leavening {in it},” or “including {some} flat bread,”
2198	19:3	a3zt			וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ	1	“and they {sat down and} ate {the meal}.”
2199	19:4	rxq5			טֶרֶם֮ יִשְׁכָּבוּ֒	1	“{But} {after the meal,} before they could lie down {to sleep},” or “{After that,} before they could go to bed {for the night},”
2200	19:4	o87x			וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠עִ֜יר אַנְשֵׁ֤י סְדֹם֙	1	“{all} the men of/in the city of Sodom”
2201	19:4	ihie			נָסַ֣בּוּ עַל הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת	1	“surrounded/encircled Lot’s house,” or “crowded around the/Lot’s house,”
2202	19:4	j14c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠נַּ֖עַר וְ⁠עַד זָקֵ֑ן	1	“from/including the youngest to the oldest,” or “including men of all ages,” This phrase refers to all the men of the city of Sodom, including the young and the old and everyone in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this phrase in your language.
2203	19:4	pth7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠קָּצֶֽה	1	“{In fact,} all the people from every section/part {of the city} {were there}.” or “{so that} people from the entire city {were there}.” or “{In fact,} everyone/people from all parts of the city {had come there}.” This phrase is hyperbole or exaggeration, to emphasize that a very large number of people from the city were there. Consider whether or not your language can do the same thing. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2204	19:5	yafr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ	1	“Then the crowd/mob {of men/people} called out to Lot/him,” or “Then the crowd/mob {of men/people} shouted to Lot/him,” Consider what is the best way to refer to these people at this point in the paragraph in your translation.
2205	19:5	tgj2			אַיֵּ֧ה הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים	1	“Where {are} the {two} men”
2206	19:5	mtxz			אֲשֶׁר בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה	1	“who came {to lodge} with you tonight?” or “who came to your house tonight?”
2207	19:5	yi37			הוֹצִיאֵ֣⁠ם אֵלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“Bring them to us out here” or “Bring them outside to us” or “{We demand that you} bring them out here to us”
2208	19:5	o8pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠נֵדְעָ֖ה אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“so that we can have relations/sex with them!” In Hebrew the verb “know” is often used as an idiom that means “have sex with” (as in Gen 4:1, 25). Here it refers to homosexual activities and raping the two men. Translate this in a way that is not too offensive to be read aloud in public.
2209	19:6	t2yg			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֧א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם ל֖וֹט הַ⁠פֶּ֑תְחָ⁠ה	1	“But Lot went outside near the entrance/doorway {to talk} to them,”
2210	19:6	bpju			וְ⁠הַ⁠דֶּ֖לֶת סָגַ֥ר אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	“and he shut/closed the door {of the house} behind him,”
2211	19:7	sw0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“Then he said {to them},” or “and/Then he pleaded {with them},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2212	19:7	fcre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	נָ֥א אַחַ֖⁠י	1	“{No,} please, my brothers/friends,” or “I beg you, my brothers/friends,” or “{No,} my brothers/friends, please”. The phrase “my brothers” is used here as a polite address that implies a close relationship. Lot uses this idiom to try to get the men of Sodom to not harm his guests. The men were not his actual brothers. For some languages it is more natural to put “my brothers” (or “my friends”) first in this quote. Do what is best in your language.
2213	19:7	ie42			אַל & תָּרֵֽעוּ	1	“do not do this evil!” or “do not do such an evil/wicked thing!”
2214	19:8	r4h6			הִנֵּה נָ֨א	1	“Listen {to me/this} please:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
2215	19:8	ns82			לִ֜⁠י שְׁתֵּ֣י בָנ֗וֹת אֲשֶׁ֤ר	1	“My two daughters”
2216	19:8	kz77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לֹֽא יָדְעוּ֙ אִ֔ישׁ	1	“have not/never had {marital/sexual} relations with a man.” or “have never slept with a man.” or “are virgins.” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in verse 5 and Gen 4:1, though it may need to be translated in different ways depending on the context.
2217	19:8	kt35			אוֹצִֽיאָה נָּ֤א אֶתְ⁠הֶן֙ אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ן	1	“Allow me to bring them out to you {instead} so that you may/can do to/with them” or “If you will let me bring them out {here} to you, then you may/can do to/with them”
2218	19:8	tey8			כַּ⁠טּ֖וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“whatever you want/like.” or “whatever pleases you.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 16:6.
2219	19:8	hber			רַ֠ק לָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֤ים הָ⁠אֵל֙ אַל־תַּעֲשׂ֣וּ דָבָ֔ר	1	“But you must not do anything to {harm} these men,” or “But do not violate/harm these men,”
2220	19:8	i8uo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּֽי עַל כֵּ֥ן בָּ֖אוּ בְּ⁠צֵ֥ל קֹרָתִֽ⁠י	1	“because they have come under the shelter/protection of my roof/house.” or “because they are my guests and I am responsible for their well-being/safety.”
2221	19:9	jiyd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ	1	“But the men of Sodom responded {to him/Lot},” or “But the men of Sodom shouted {at him/Lot},”
2222	19:9	lcke			גֶּשׁ הָ֗לְאָה	1	“Stand aside!” or “Get out of the/our way!”
2223	19:9	k5nk			וַ⁠יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙	1	“Then they said/exclaimed/complained {to each other},”
2224	19:9	v2qe			הָ⁠אֶחָ֤ד בָּֽא	1	“This guy came {here}”. The phrase “this one/guy” shows disdain and disrespect for Lot. If possible, use a similar term in your language here.
2225	19:9	tah3			לָ⁠גוּר֙	1	“to live temporarily,” or “as a foreigner/outsider,” See how you translated “sojourn” in Gen 12:10. Here it has the negative meaning that Lot does not belong there.
2226	19:9	pdcc			וַ⁠יִּשְׁפֹּ֣ט שָׁפ֔וֹט עַתָּ֕ה	1	“and now he wants/dares to judge/condemn {us}!” or “and now he thinks that he can judge {us}!”
2227	19:9	o113		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נָרַ֥ע לְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“{Then they shouted at him/Lot,} “{Now} we will treat you worse than {we treat} your {two} guests!” ” or “{Then they shouted at him/Lot,} “We will do worse things to you than {we do} to your {two} guests!” ” Here the crowd switches from talking to each other to shouting at Lot. Decide whether or not that needs to be explicit in your translation.
2228	19:9	eo89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּפְצְר֨וּ בָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ בְּ⁠לוֹט֙ מְאֹ֔ד	1	“Then they started shoving/pushing hard against Lot/him”
2229	19:9	b2w4			וַֽ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר הַ⁠דָּֽלֶת	1	“and moved/surged forward to break down/through the door {of his house}.”
2230	19:10	izks			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֶת־יָדָ֔⁠ם	1	“But the {two} men {inside} {who were Lot’s guests} {opened the door,} reached outside” or “But Lot’s {two} guests {opened the door,} reached outside”
2231	19:10	u6wd			וַ⁠יָּבִ֧יאוּ אֶת ל֛וֹט	1	“and {quickly} brought/pulled Lot/him”
2232	19:10	qzxx			אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה	1	“{back} into the house with them”
2233	19:10	is7s			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠דֶּ֖לֶת סָגָֽרוּ	1	“and closed the door.” or “and slammed the door shut.”
2234	19:11	oetn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְֽ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֞ים אֲשֶׁר פֶּ֣תַח הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת הִכּוּ֙ בַּ⁠סַּנְוֵרִ֔ים	1	“Then those {two} men/guests {who were angels} caused the men {of Sodom} who {were at/outside} the door of the house to be blind,”
2235	19:11	p3qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן וְ⁠עַד גָּד֑וֹל	1	“from/including the youngest to the oldest,” or “including every last one of them,” This phrase refers to all the men who were outside the house, including the young and the old and everyone in between. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 4.
2236	19:11	w33l			וַ⁠יִּלְא֖וּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֥א הַ⁠פָּֽתַח	1	“so that they wearied/exhausted themselves {groping/fumbling around} {trying} to find the door.” or “so that they {could not see} the door and gave up {trying} to find it.”
2237	19:12	zh3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֨וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים אֶל־ל֗וֹט	1	“Then the {two} men/angels asked Lot,”
2238	19:12	zvxl			עֹ֚ד מִֽי לְ⁠ךָ֣ פֹ֔ה	1	“What other family members do you have here,” or “Do you have any other relatives here in the/this city,”
2239	19:12	gaxp			חָתָן֙ וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“{such as} sons-in-law or sons or daughters” or “{If you have} sons-in-law, sons, daughters,” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or later in this verse.
2240	19:12	qpwl			וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“or any {other} relatives” or “or any {other} members of your family”
2241	19:12	hx9v			בָּ⁠עִ֑יר	1	“in this city,” or “in Sodom?” or “here,” The punctuation you use here depends on whether or not you began a new sentence earlier in this quote.
2242	19:12	l25l			הוֹצֵ֖א	1	“{then} {quickly} take/get {them} out/away”. Whether or not you begin a new sentence here will depend on whether you began a new sentence earlier in this quote.
2243	19:12	h0sr			מִן הַ⁠מָּקֽוֹם	1	“from this city,” or “from here,” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits well with the ways that you refer to the city of Sodom earlier in this verse and in the next verse. It may help to read the entire verse aloud to make sure everything is clear and sounds natural in your language.
2244	19:13	gxxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	כִּֽי מַשְׁחִתִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ	1	“because we are about/going to destroy”. The pronoun “we” refers here only to the two angels, not Lot or anyone else.
2245	19:13	ijzq			אֶת הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	“this city.” or “it.” The way you translate this phrase will depend on how you translated the end of verse 12.
2246	19:13	q23w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כִּֽי גָֽדְלָ֤ה צַעֲקָתָ⁠ם֙ אֶת פְּנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Yahweh has heard that the people of this city are guilty of serious/terrible sins,” or “Yahweh has heard serious/terrible accusations against the people who live here”. See how you translated “outcry” in Gen 18:20-21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Also, make sure that your translation of “their outcry” refers to the people of Sodom, not Lot’s relatives who were the last ones referred to (verse 12).
2247	19:13	w6zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וַ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֥⁠נוּ יְהוָ֖ה	1	“so he has sent/ordered/commissioned us”
2248	19:13	ovq1			לְ⁠שַׁחֲתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“to destroy the city.” or “to destroy them {and their city}.” Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with how you translated the first part of this sentence.
2249	19:14	baqg			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֶל	1	“Then/So Lot went and spoke to/with” or “Then/So Lot went to speak to/with” or “Then/So went to”
2250	19:14	asoi			חֲתָנָ֣י⁠ו	1	“his {future} sons-in-law” or “his daughters’ fiancés”
2251	19:14	wrto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לֹקְחֵ֣י בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו	1	“who were {going/pledged} to marry his daughters” or “who were engaged to his daughters”. The word “take” is used here as an idiom that means to marry. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to translate this as an idiom in your language.
2252	19:14	i021			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and he said {to them},” or “and he warned/urged {them},” or “He told them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2253	19:14	xhur			ק֤וּמוּ	1	“Hurry up {and}” or “Come on! {We must}”. This phrase communicates urgency here.
2254	19:14	xzmf			צְּאוּ֙ מִן	1	“get away from” or “flee from” or “leave”
2255	19:14	l2nd			הַ⁠מָּק֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“this city,”
2256	19:14	o4rj			כִּֽי מַשְׁחִ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה	1	“because Yahweh is about/going to destroy”. See how you translated “are destroying” in verse 13.
2257	19:14	nuhr			אֶת הָ⁠עִ֑יר	1	“the place!” or “it!”
2258	19:14	ibgy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְהִ֥י כִ⁠מְצַחֵ֖ק בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י חֲתָנָֽי⁠ו	1	“But his sons-in-law thought that he was joking, {so they ignored him}.” or “But his sons-in-law {did not listen to him, because they} thought he was joking.”
2259	19:15	wugx			וּ⁠כְמוֹ֙ הַ⁠שַּׁ֣חַר עָלָ֔ה	1	“{Very} early the next morning,” Dawn is the time before sunrise when it starts getting light.
2260	19:15	hw3n			וַ⁠יָּאִ֥יצוּ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ל֣וֹט לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“the {two} angels/messengers urged Lot,” or “the/Yahweh’s {two} angels/messengers urgently told Lot,” See how you translated “angels” in verse 1.
2261	19:15	rtvk			קוּם֩	1	“Hurry up {and}” or “You must quickly”
2262	19:15	xo9t			קַ֨ח אֶֽת אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֜ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠נִּמְצָאֹ֔ת	1	“take/get your wife and two daughters {away from the city}” or “leave {the city} with your wife and two daughters”
2263	19:15	uht3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-passives	פֶּן תִּסָּפֶ֖ה	1	“so that you will not be destroyed” or “or else you will be destroyed” or “so that you will not die”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, see how you translated the idiom “sweep away” in Gen 18:23-24.
2264	19:15	vgvt			בַּ⁠עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	“when {the people of/in} the city are punished {by God}.” or “when {God/Yahweh} punishes {the people of/in} the city.”
2265	19:16	mwva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יִּתְמַהְמָ֓הּ	1	“But Lot did not leave immediately,” or “Lot hesitated/delayed,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Lot at this point in the paragraph in your language.
2266	19:16	yaj9			וַ⁠יַּחֲזִ֨קוּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים בְּ⁠יָד֣⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד־אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	“so the {two} men/angels took hold of his hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters,” or “so they took him and his wife and two daughters by the hand,”
2267	19:16	f2ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠חֶמְלַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	“because Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him/them,” For some languages it may be better to put this phrase last in verse 16 so that it does not interrupt the flow of the sentence. Or it may be better to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Lot hesitated, but Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him, so the {two} men/angels took hold of Lot’s hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters and took/led them out of the city.” Do what is best in your language.
2268	19:16	spum			וַ⁠יֹּצִאֻ֥⁠הוּ וַ⁠יַּנִּחֻ֖⁠הוּ	1	“and took/led him/them {safely}”
2269	19:16	fadf			מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לָ⁠עִֽיר	1	“out of the city.”
2270	19:17	e9wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֨⁠ם אֹתָ֜⁠ם הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה	1	“As {soon as} the angels had brought/taken/led them outside {the city},” See how you translated “brought” in verse 16.
2271	19:17	e164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“one of them said {to Lot/them},” or “one of the angels said {to Lot/them},”
2272	19:17	hutb			הִמָּלֵ֣ט עַל נַפְשֶׁ֔⁠ךָ	1	“Run for your lives!” or “Flee/Run to save your lives!” or “Run away from here as fast as you can!”
2273	19:17	e6nx			אַל תַּבִּ֣יט אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“Do not look behind you {at Sodom},” or “Do not look back {at the city},”
2274	19:17	yi3d			וְ⁠אַֽל תַּעֲמֹ֖ד בְּ⁠כָל הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר	1	“and do not stop/delay anywhere in the plain/valley!” or “and do not stop/delay in the plain/valley for any reason!” This plain or valley was a wide, flat area between mountains. See how you translated “plain/valley” in Gen 13:10-12.
2275	19:17	owz1			הִמָּלֵ֖ט	1	“Flee/Hurry” or “Go quickly” or “Run away”
2276	19:17	fqrc			הָ⁠הָ֥רָ⁠ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “to the mountains/hills” or “to the hill country” or “to the/that mountain {range}” or (2) “to the/that mountain”. This phrase is ambiguous because often the Hebrew text uses a singular form to refer to something that is plural.
2277	19:17	wwro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פֶּן תִּסָּפֶֽה	1	“so that you will not be destroyed!” or “so that you will not die!” or “or else you will die!” See how you translated this clause in verse 15.
2278	19:18	y4wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖וֹט אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“But Lot replied to them,” or “But Lot pleaded with them,” Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “them” that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
2279	19:18	uauu			אַל נָ֖א אֲדֹנָֽ⁠י	1	“Please, my lords/masters, do not {make us go that far}!” or “I beg you, sirs, do not {make us do that}!” See how you translated “my lords/masters” in verse 2.
2280	19:19	tax6			הִנֵּה נָ֠א	1	“Listen {to me/this} please:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:”
2281	19:19	brtm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	מָצָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ חֵן֮ בְּ⁠עֵינֶי⁠ךָ֒	1	“{I,} your servant, have been treated well/kindly by you,” or “You have treated me well/kindly even though I am unimportant,” The phrase “your servant” does not mean that Lot is actually a servant for the angels, but rather, it is a humble way for Lot to refer to himself and show respect to them. See how you translated that phrase in verse 2. Also see how you translated the idiom “found favor in … eyes” in Gen 6:8 and 18:3.
2282	19:19	u1nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠תַּגְדֵּ֣ל חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֗ אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י	1	“and you have shown me great mercy/kindness” or “and you have been very merciful/kind to me”. This is the first occurrence in the Bible of the important Hebrew word “khesed,” which is translated as “mercy,” “kindness,” or “lovingkindness” and often implies that it was not deserved. Compare how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning (“mercy” or “compassion”) in verse 16.
2283	19:19	r6kn			לְ⁠הַחֲי֖וֹת אֶת נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י	1	“and saved my life.”
2284	19:19	qin5			וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לְ⁠הִמָּלֵ֣ט הָ⁠הָ֔רָ⁠ה	1	“But I am not able to flee/run {all the way} to the mountains/hills” or “But there is no way that I can make it safely {all the way} to the mountains/hills” or “But the mountains/hills are too far away for me to make it there safely”. See how you translated “the mountain{s}” in verse 17.
2285	19:19	swvd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	פֶּן תִּדְבָּקַ֥⁠נִי הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה וָ⁠מַֽתִּי	1	“before the disaster catches up with me and kills me.” or “before the disaster strikes/occurs and kills me.” The word “disaster” is personified here, that is, it is talked about as if it can act in human ways. Consider whether or not it would be clear and natural to do that here in your language.
2286	19:20	scbl			הִנֵּה נָ֠א	1	“{So} listen {to this} please:” Consider again how you translated “Behold, please” in verses 2, 8, 19-20. It may be necessary to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
2287	19:20	v9tb			הָ⁠עִ֨יר הַ⁠זֹּ֧את & שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה	1	“That town up ahead” or “That town over there”. The Hebrew word for “town” here (and in verses 21-23) can refer to either a city or a town, depending on the context. Many translations have “town,” or even “village,” here because the place was very small (verses 20, 22). Many other translations have “city” here instead, but that does not fit the context.
2288	19:20	rts1			קְרֹבָ֛ה לָ⁠נ֥וּס	1	“{is} near/close {enough} to flee/run to {in time},”
2289	19:20	mw43			וְ⁠הִ֣יא מִצְעָ֑ר	1	“and it {is} {just/only} a little/small {town}.” or “and it {is} little/small.”
2290	19:20	o64l			אִמָּלְטָ֨ה נָּ֜א שָׁ֗מָּ⁠ה	1	“Please let us escape/flee/run there, {and do not destroy it}.”
2291	19:20	dubz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֥א מִצְעָ֛ר הִ֖וא	1	“{After all,} it is {only/just} a little/small place/town.” or “{After all,} it is very small.” This rhetorical question implies that it will not matter if such a small town like Zoar is not destroyed. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language.
2292	19:20	nhzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠תְחִ֥י נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י	1	“Then I/we will/can stay alive.” or “{If you let us go there,} then {my family and} I will live.” or “{If you allow that,} our lives will be saved/spared.” Lot says “my life,” but he is probably also including his family who is with him.
2293	19:21	f6h0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	“The angel said/replied”. This phrase probably refers to the same angel who spoke to Lot in verse 17. Make sure it does not sound like Lot is the one speaking here.
2294	19:21	v4mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“to Lot,”
2295	19:21	zrvn			הִנֵּה֙	1	“Listen,” or “Alright,” or “Here {is what I will do}:”
2296	19:21	wf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נָשָׂ֣אתִי פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ גַּ֖ם לַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	“I will allow/grant your request,” or “I will allow/permit you to do what you have requested,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate the idiom “lifted up your face” here.
2297	19:21	m6y3			לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֛י הָפְכִּ֥⁠י	1	“and/so I will not overturn/destroy”
2298	19:21	yu2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ	1	“the {little/small} town that you mentioned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in the sentence and say, “I will allow you to go to the {small} town that you are talking about, and I will not destroy it.” Do what is best in your language.
2299	19:22	z9fr			מַהֵר֙	1	“{But} hurry up {now} {and}” or “{But} go quickly {now} {and}”
2300	19:22	dzir			הִמָּלֵ֣ט שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה	1	“flee/run there,” or “escape/flee to that town,” Consider again how you translated “escape” in verses 17, 19-20, 22.
2301	19:22	p51q			כִּ֣י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת	1	“because I am not allowed to do/destroy anything” or “because I must wait to do/destroy anything” or “because {God} will not allow/permit me to do/destroy anything”. This clause implies that Yahweh will not allow the angel to destroy anything until Lot and his family arrive safely in the town of Zoar.
2302	19:22	iw13			עַד בֹּאֲ⁠ךָ֖ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה	1	“until you get/reach there {safely}.” or “until you are {safely} there.”
2303	19:22	vgig			עַל כֵּ֛ן	1	“That is why” or “Since Lot said the town was little/small,” This phrase refers back to what Lot said in verse 20, not what the angel just said.
2304	19:22	nll4			קָרָ֥א שֵׁם הָ⁠עִ֖יר	1	“the town was called” or “they/people called that town” or “the name of the town is”. See how you translated “they called the name” in Gen 11:9 and 16:14.
2305	19:22	hrvo			צֽוֹעַר	1	“Zoar, {which means “little/small.”}” If this implied information is included in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent here with how you translated the word “little” or “small” in verse 20.
2306	19:23	nppm			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶשׁ יָצָ֣א עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“The sun was rising”. Make sure that the way verse 23 begins in your translation fits with the way verse 15 begins, which refers to the same day.
2307	19:23	lo6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וְ⁠ל֖וֹט	1	“as/when Lot {and his family}”. In that culture the father was often the only one mentioned and the other family members were assumed to be with him.
2308	19:23	o3z7			בָּ֥א צֹֽעֲרָ⁠ה	1	“arrived at/in {the town of} Zoar.” or “reached{the town of} Zoar.”
2309	19:24	attr			וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הִמְטִ֧יר עַל סְדֹ֛ם וְ⁠עַל עֲמֹרָ֖ה גָּפְרִ֣ית וָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ	1	“Then Yahweh rained/poured down burning sulfur/rocks and fire on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” or “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to rain/pour down on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”. The word “brimstone” refers to sulfur, which is a type of rock that is highly flammable. When it burns, it produces smoke, intense heat, and a bad smell like rotten eggs.
2310	19:24	z1eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“from himself in heaven,” or “from out of the heavens/sky,” Some translations omit the phrase “from Yahweh” since Yahweh is already mentioned earlier as the one doing this. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to fall/pour like {heavy} rain from the heavens/sky on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah.” Do what is best in your language.
2311	19:25	rfr1			וַֽ⁠יַּהֲפֹךְ֙	1	“and (so) he/Yahweh {completely} destroyed” or “In that way, he/Yahweh {completely} destroyed ” or “That is how he/Yahweh {completely} destroyed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated a phrase with a similar meaning (“swept away”) in verses 15 and 17.
2312	19:25	zwuj			אֶת הֶ⁠עָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔ל	1	“those {two} cities”
2313	19:25	euza			וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר	1	“and the entire/whole plain/valley,” or “and the rest of the plain/valley,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were also in the plain/valley, not separate from it.
2314	19:25	ao52			וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל יֹשְׁבֵ֣י הֶ⁠עָרִ֔ים	1	“including all the people who lived in the cities {of/in that plain/valley}” or “including everyone who lived in the cities {there}”. This phrase refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and at least two other cities in the valley (Deuteronomy 29:23).
2315	19:25	rrut			וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח	1	“and {even} {all} the vegetation/plants”
2316	19:25	g2sq			וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“{that were growing} on the ground/land.” or “of/in the/that area/region.”
2317	19:26	fbf2			וַ⁠תַּבֵּ֥ט אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אַחֲרָ֑י⁠ו	1	“But Lot’s wife, {who was} {walking} behind him, looked/glanced back {at the city},” or “… looked back {at Sodom},”
2318	19:26	q9a5			וַ⁠תְּהִ֖י	1	“and {immediately} she turned into” or “and {immediately} her body turned into” or “and {immediately} {God/Yahweh} turned her into”
2319	19:26	trht			נְצִ֥יב מֶֽלַח	1	“a column/statue of {solid} salt {rock} {and she died}.” or “salt {rock} that was in the shape of a pillar/column.”
2320	19:27	t3yb			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֥ם אַבְרָהָ֖ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר	1	“{Meanwhile,} Abraham got up early that {same} morning” or “Early that same morning, Abraham got up”. Some translations translate this as the next morning, but it is more likely that this was the same day when Lot arrived in Zoar and Yahweh destroyed the cities in the valley (verse 23).
2321	19:27	qmne			אֶל הַ֨⁠מָּק֔וֹם	1	“and returned to the place/spot”
2322	19:27	i49j			אֲשֶׁר עָ֥מַד & אֶת פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	“where he had stood/been with Yahweh {the previous day},” or “where he had stood in Yahweh’s presence {the day before}.”
2323	19:28	z2pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף	1	“Then he/Abraham looked down” or “He looked down”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure it is clear that Abraham, not Yahweh, is being referred to here.
2324	19:28	jhkn			עַל פְּנֵ֤י	1	“at” or “in the direction of”
2325	19:28	wiga			סְדֹם֙ וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֔ה	1	“{the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”
2326	19:28	qkv9			וְ⁠עַֽל כָּל פְּנֵ֖י אֶ֣רֶץ הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר	1	“and all {the rest of} the plain/valley.”
2327	19:28	ktpu			וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“There in front of him, he saw that” or “And he was amazed to see that”
2328	19:28	ptm3			עָלָה֙ קִיטֹ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{lots of thick} smoke was billowing up from/over the land” or “{a large amount of} smoke was …”
2329	19:28	dxlc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠קִיטֹ֖ר הַ⁠כִּבְשָֽׁן	1	“like smoke {that comes from the fire} in a {large} furnace/oven.” or “like smoke from a {huge} fire.” During that time period, a furnace was heated by fire.
2330	19:29	kybu			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠שַׁחֵ֤ת אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“So it was/happened {that} when God destroyed” or “When God destroyed”. See how you translated “destroyed” in verses 13-14, 17.
2331	19:29	vtt3			אֶת עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר	1	“the cities on the plain,” or “the cities in the plain/valley,” Consider again how you translated “plain/valley” in Gen 13:10-12; 19:17, 25, 28, 29.
2332	19:29	rzta			וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“he kept Abraham {and his request} in mind” or “he remembered/granted Abraham’s request”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that God forgot Abraham. See how you translated “God remembered” in Gen 8:1.
2333	19:29	she7			וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת לוֹט֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ	1	“and brought Lot {safely} away from” or “So he rescued/saved Lot from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2334	19:29	odq0			הַ⁠הֲפֵכָ֔ה	1	“the disaster/catastrophe,”
2335	19:29	t62e			בַּ⁠הֲפֹךְ֙ אֶת הֶ֣⁠עָרִ֔ים	1	“when he {completely} destroyed the cities” or “that he had caused/used to {completely} destroy the cities”
2336	19:29	jdtg			אֲשֶׁר יָשַׁ֥ב בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן לֽוֹט	1	“where Lot had been living.”
2337	19:30	ek4n			וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ ל֨וֹט מִ⁠צּ֜וֹעַר וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב בָּ⁠הָ֗ר וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“After that, Lot moved with his two daughters from {the town of} Zoar up into the mountains/hills and settled/lived there,” or “Sometime later, Lot and his two daughters left {the town of} Zoar and moved to the mountains/hills,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the mountain{s}” in verses 17 and 19.
2338	19:30	vxtl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י יָרֵ֖א לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת בְּ⁠צ֑וֹעַר	1	“because he was afraid to stay in {the town of} Zoar.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Lot was afraid to settle/stay in {the town of} Zoar, so he and his two daughters moved from there to the mountains/hills, where they lived in a cave.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Zoar” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10; 14:2, 8; 19:22-23, 30.
2339	19:30	gjyo			וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה ה֖וּא וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י בְנֹתָֽי⁠ו	1	“So he/Lot and his two daughters lived in a cave {in the mountains/hills}.”
2340	19:31	urpm			וַ⁠תֹּ֧אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָ֛ה אֶל	1	“Then {one day} {his} oldest/older {daughter} said/suggested to”
2341	19:31	fa51			הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה	1	“{his} younger {daughter/one},” or “her younger {sister},” or “her sister,”
2342	19:31	j9nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	אָבִ֣י⁠נוּ זָקֵ֑ן	1	“Our father is elderly,” or “Our father is getting along in years,” In some cultures, it is not polite to call someone “old”. Translate this clause in a way that is accurate and acceptable in your language area.
2343	19:31	k3uv			וְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֵ֤ין	1	“and there is no man” or “and there are not any men”
2344	19:31	gqzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	בָּ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙	1	“in this land/area” or “around here”. Lot’s daughter is exaggerating here, to emphasize her point.
2345	19:31	daji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לָ⁠ב֣וֹא עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“to be/sleep with us,” or “to marry us,” See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4, which is the same meaning as “come to” here.
2346	19:31	ewpx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“as {is} the way/custom of all {the people on} the earth.” or “which is normal/customary {for people} all over the earth/world.” or “which {is} the custom {that people have} everywhere else in the world.”
2347	19:32	moil			לְכָ֨⁠ה	1	“{So} come on,” or “{So} let’s do this together:” See how you translated this in Gen 14:7.
2348	19:32	sm90			נַשְׁקֶ֧ה אֶת־אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ יַ֖יִן	1	“let’s get our father to drink wine {until he is drunk},” or “we should get our father drunk on wine,” Consider what is the best way to translate this proposal or suggestion in your language.
2349	19:32	g3i0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠נִשְׁכְּבָ֣ה עִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and {then} we should/can sleep with him” or “Then we should/can have {physical/sexual} relations with him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2350	19:32	b82q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה	1	“That way we will/can have descendants” or “so that we can preserve/continue our family line” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2351	19:32	e06w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מֵ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ	1	“with/by our father.” or “through/with him.”
2352	19:33	tjdu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֶ֧יןָ אֶת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֛ן יַ֖יִן בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֑וּא	1	“So they got their father drunk on wine that {very} night,” or “So that night Lot’s daughters got their father drunk on wine,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Lot’s daughters at this point in the paragraph.
2353	19:33	orhq			וַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙	1	“Then the/his oldest/older {daughter} went {to him}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2354	19:33	o341		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֣ב אֶת אָבִ֔י⁠הָ	1	“and slept with him,” or “and had relations with him,” Make sure that the way you translate the euphemism “lay with” will not be too offensive to be read aloud in public.
2355	19:33	ujz7			וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע	1	“But {he was so drunk that} he did not {even} know/realize” or “But {he was so drunk that} he was not {even} aware” or “But {he was so drunk that} he was {completely} unaware”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2356	19:33	es4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קׄוּמָֽ⁠הּ	1	“that she got in bed {with him} or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.”
2357	19:34	ezgg			וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת	1	“The next day, this is what happened:” or “The next day”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes important information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but doing that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
2358	19:34	u9ht			וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ אֶל	1	“{Lot’s} oldest/older {daughter} said to”
2359	19:34	zmn5			הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֔ה	1	“{his} younger {daughter/one},” or “her younger {sister},” or “her sister,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 31.
2360	19:34	xct4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הֵן & אֶ֖מֶשׁ	1	“Listen, last night”. For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase (“last night”) last in this sentence. Do what is best in your language.
2361	19:34	upb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	שָׁכַ֥בְתִּי & אֶת אָבִ֑⁠י	1	“I slept with our father.” or “I had {sexual/physical} relations with our father.” See how you translated “lay with” in verse 33.
2362	19:34	kl6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	נַשְׁקֶ֨⁠נּוּ יַ֜יִן גַּם הַ⁠לַּ֗יְלָה	1	“Let’s get him drunk on wine again tonight.” or “Tonight we should get him drunk again.” Consider whether it is better in your language to put the time word “tonight” first or last in this clause.
2363	19:34	k2pt			וּ⁠בֹ֨אִי֙	1	“Then you {also} should go {and}”
2364	19:34	bmio		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	שִׁכְבִ֣י עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“sleep with him” or “have relations with him”
2365	19:34	gdjt			וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה	1	“so that we will/can have descendants” or “so that we will/can preserve/continue our family line”. See how you translated the last clause in verse 32, which is the same as the rest of verse 34.
2366	19:34	st12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	מֵ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ	1	“with/by our father.” or “through/with him.”
2367	19:35	zl9m			וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֶ֜יןָ גַּ֣ם בַּ⁠לַּ֧יְלָה הַ⁠ה֛וּא אֶת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ן יָ֑יִן	1	“So they got their father drunk on wine that night, also/too.” or “So that night Lot’s daughters got their father drunk on wine again.”
2368	19:35	u2gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠תָּ֤קָם הַ⁠צְּעִירָה֙ וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֣ב עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then the/his younger {daughter} went {to him} and slept with him,” or “Then the/his younger {daughter} went {to him} and had {sexual/physical} relations with him,”
2369	19:35	d5p3			וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע	1	“But/And {once again} {he was so drunk that} he did not {even} know/realize” or “but … he was not {even} aware” or “But … he was completely unaware”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated the last clause in verse 33, which is similar to the rest of verse 35.
2370	19:35	dkew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קֻמָֽ⁠הּ	1	“that she got in bed {with him} or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.”
2371	19:36	uid2			וַֽ⁠תַּהֲרֶ֛יןָ שְׁתֵּ֥י בְנֽוֹת־ל֖וֹט	1	“In that way, both of Lot’s daughters became pregnant” or “As a result …”
2372	19:36	b8pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַֽ⁠תַּהֲרֶ֛יןָ מֵ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן	1	“from/by {having relations with} their father.”
2373	19:37	hz0k			וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ בֵּ֔ן	1	“Later the/his oldest/older {daughter} gave birth to a son,” or “… had a son,” Make sure that the way you translate “Later” fits with the fact that several months have gone by.
2374	19:37	k0dl			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“and she called/named him” or “whom she named”. See how you translated “called his name” in Gen 5:29.
2375	19:37	cx7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מוֹאָ֑ב	1	“Moab, {which means “from my father.”}” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language.
2376	19:37	ror5			ה֥וּא אֲבִֽי	1	“He/Moab {was/became} the forefather/ancestor of”
2377	19:37	ur16			מוֹאָ֖ב עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“the Moabite people {who are still living} today.” or “the people/ethnic group {who are} called the Moabites today.” The phrase, “to this day” or “today” refers to the time when Moses wrote the book of Genesis, which was hundreds of years after Lot and his daughters lived and died.
2378	19:38	qxs6			וְ⁠הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֤ה גַם הִוא֙	1	“Lot’s younger {daughter} also”
2379	19:38	cwha			יָ֣לְדָה בֵּ֔ן	1	“gave birth to a son,” or “had a son,” See how you translated the last half of verse 37, which is the same as the rest of verse 38, except for the names.
2380	19:38	jg6f			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“and she called/named him” or “whom she named”
2381	19:38	f4a0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֶּן עַמִּ֑י	1	“Ben-Ammi, {which means “son of my people.”}” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language.
2382	19:38	oeub			ה֛וּא אֲבִ֥י	1	“He/Ben-Ammi {was/became} the forefather/ancestor of”
2383	19:38	eiz3			בְנֵֽי עַמּ֖וֹן עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“the Ammonite people {who are still living} today.” or “the people/ethnic group {who are} called the Ammonites today.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 37.
2384	20:1	ye30			וַ⁠יִּסַּ֨ע & אַבְרָהָם֙	1	“Then/Meanwhile Abraham {and his family} journeyed/moved/left”. Consider what is the best way to introduce this new episode in your language, where the focus shifts to Abraham.
2385	20:1	hy06			מִ⁠שָּׁ֤ם	1	“from the place where he/they were living” or “from near {the city of} Hebron”. Abraham and Sarah had been living by the trees of Mamre, near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18; 18:1).
2386	20:1	kpyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גֶב	1	“{and went/moved south} to the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} area/region,” See how you translated “the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}” in Gen 12:9 (note); 13:1, 3.
2387	20:1	e1qn			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב בֵּין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין שׁ֑וּר	1	“There he/they lived between {the cities of} Kadesh and Shur”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7 and “Shur” in 16:7.
2388	20:1	wu3o			וַ⁠יָּ֖גָר בִּ⁠גְרָֽר	1	“and they stayed/lived {there} for a while {as foreigners}, in {the city of} Gerar.” or “and they stayed/lived in {the city of} Gerar for a while.” See how you translated “sojourn” in Gen 12:10. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Gerar” in Gen 10:19.
2389	20:2	k17k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֶל־שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא	1	“{While they were there,} Abraham/he told {people} that his wife Sarah {was} his sister.” or “{While they were there,} Abraham/he told {people} that Sarah {was} his sister, not his wife.” Sarah was Abraham’s younger sister (Gen 19:19). Some languages use special words for “sister” and “brother” in Gen 12:13, 19; 20:2, 5, 12-13, 16, to distinguish when someone is younger or older than his or her sibling. Do what is best in your language.
2390	20:2	r5oe			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ גְּרָ֔ר וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־שָׂרָֽה	1	“So/Then {one day} Abimelech, {who was} the king of/over {the city of} Gerar, had {some of his servants} bring Sarah {to his home} {to be his wife}.”or “So/Then {one day} {King} Abimelech, who ruled {the Philistines} from {the city of} Gerar, had Sarah brought {to him} {to be his wife}.” The city of Gerar was the Philistines’ capital city where King Abimelech ruled from (Gen 21:2, 32; 26:1).
2391	20:3	fzoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠חֲל֣וֹם	1	“But God appeared to {King} Abimelech in a dream”. For some languages it is necessary to use an honorific title for a king each time (or most of the time) that he is referred to by name, in order to show him proper respect. Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter.
2392	20:3	ompr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה	1	“{during} the night” or “by/at night” or “that night”. It may be more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “But that night God came/appeared to {King} Abimelech in a dream …” Do what is best in your language.
2393	20:3	votc			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ	1	“and told/warned him,”
2394	20:3	tkin			הִנְּ⁠ךָ֥ מֵת֙	1	“Listen {to me}, you are a dead man” or “Listen {to me}, you are about to die” or “Behold, {I have sentenced} you to die”. Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not make it sound like King Abimelech is already dead. God is telling King Abimelech what is about to happen to him.
2395	20:3	couv			עַל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֔חְתָּ וְ⁠הִ֖וא	1	“because the woman whom you have taken {to be your wife}”. See how you translated “took” in verse 2.
2396	20:3	pki1			בְּעֻ֥לַת בָּֽעַל	1	“is {already} married to someone else!” or “is a married woman!” or “is another man’s wife!”
2397	20:4	iodw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ	1	“Now/However {King} Abimelech”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information.
2398	20:4	su1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לֹ֥א קָרַ֖ב אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“had not {yet} slept with her/Sarah,” or “had not had {marital/sexual} relations with her/Sarah,” Translate this clause in a way that will not be offensive or embarrassing in your language when it is read aloud in public. See how you translated a different phrase in Gen 19:31 (“come to us”) that has the same meaning.
2399	20:4	giez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר	1	“so he asked {God},” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it.
2400	20:4	ewc1			אֲדֹנָ֕⁠י	1	“My Master,” or “Lord/Master,” See how you translated this title of respect for God in Gen 18:27, 30-32.
2401	20:4	on63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ג֥וֹי גַּם & תַּהֲרֹֽג	1	“will/would you kill {me and} my people {group} even if/though” or “please do not kill/destroy {me and} my people {group}, since”. King Abimelech uses a rhetorical question here to express his desperate concern. Abimelech is saying in a dramatic way that if God kills him, he will destroy the nation that Abimelech leads as their king. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound angry or rude. Also, see how you translated “nation” in Gen 18:18.
2402	20:4	d8vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	צַדִּ֖יק	1	“{we are} innocent?” or “{we are} {actually} righteous/innocent!” Consider again how you translated the word “righteous” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:9, 7:1, 18:23-26, 28; 20:4. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
2403	20:5	v3lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֨א ה֤וּא אָֽמַר לִ⁠י֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא	1	“He/Abraham himself told me that she/Sarah {was} his sister.” Abimelech uses another rhetorical question here as he continues to defend his actions. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “sister” in verse 2.
2404	20:5	crpu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠הִֽיא גַם הִ֥וא אָֽמְרָ֖ה אָחִ֣⁠י ה֑וּא	1	“And she/Sarah herself also said/claimed that he {was} her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
2405	20:5	dbdd			עָשִׂ֥יתִי זֹֽאת	1	“{So} I did what I did” or “{So} I took her {to be my wife}”
2406	20:5	i5qq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠תָם לְבָבִ֛⁠י	1	“with a pure/blameless/clear conscience” or “with honorable/pure intentions/motives”
2407	20:5	bdcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְ⁠נִקְיֹ֥ן כַּפַּ֖⁠י	1	“and with clean/innocent hands!” or “and I did not know that I was doing anything wrong!” If you use an exclamation point here in your translation, make sure it does not mean that King Abimelech is angry or being rude; rather, he is desperate.
2408	20:6	sf6e			וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ אֵלָ֨י⁠ו הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֗ם	1	“God replied to him in the dream,” or “God answered {King} Abimelech in the dream,”
2409	20:6	d56e			גַּ֣ם אָנֹכִ֤י יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ כִּ֤י	1	“Yes, I know/realize that {it was}” or “I am aware that {it was}”
2410	20:6	uurf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְ⁠תָם לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֙	1	“with a pure/blameless/clear conscience” or “with honorable/pure intentions/motives”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 5.
2411	20:6	qte3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּ֔את	1	“{that} you did this,” or “{that} you took her/Sarah {to be your wife},” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase before the previous one and say, “Yes, I know/realize {that} you did this with honorable/pure motives …” Do what is best in your language.
2412	20:6	ucn6			וָ⁠אֶחְשֹׂ֧ךְ גַּם־אָנֹכִ֛י אֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠חֲטוֹ־לִ֑⁠י	1	“and in fact, it is I who kept/prevented you from doing this sin against me.” or “In fact, I {am the one who} kept/prevented you from sinning against me.” In the Hebrew text, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Try to communicate that emphasis in a natural way in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2413	20:6	fi98			עַל כֵּ֥ן	1	“That is why”
2414	20:6	lhkk			לֹא נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“I did not permit you to” or “I did not let you”
2415	20:6	drw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לִ⁠נְגֹּ֥עַ אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“sleep with her.” or “have {marital/sexual} relations with her.” or “do anything with/to her.” See how you translated the idiom “gone/come near to her” in verse 4, which has a meaning that is similar to the idiom here. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of these clauses and say, “I {am the one who} did not allow/permit you to touch her so that you would not sin against me.” Do what is best in your language.
2416	20:7	a0pv			וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	“Now then,”
2417	20:7	zdzu			הָשֵׁ֤ב אֵֽשֶׁת הָ⁠אִישׁ֙	1	“give back the man’s wife” or “you must give Abraham’s wife back {to him}” or “return her/Sarah to her husband {Abraham}”
2418	20:7	wp12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	כִּֽי נָבִ֣יא ה֔וּא	1	“He {is} a prophet/spokesman {for me},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, a prophet is someone who speaks for someone else. In this case, Abraham serves as an intercessor and speaks for God and prays what God wants him to say (verses 7,17). Avoid a translation of this term that focuses on telling the future, which is only one of the things that a prophet might do.
2419	20:7	i31n			וְ⁠יִתְפַּלֵּ֥ל בַּֽעַדְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and/so he will ask me to be merciful/kind to you,”
2420	20:7	ain9			וֶֽ⁠חְיֵ֑ה	1	“and I will let you live.” or “so that you will not die.”
2421	20:7	wmq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠אִם־אֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֣	1	“But if you will not” or “However, if you refuse to”
2422	20:7	ccie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מֵשִׁ֗יב	1	“give her/Sarah back {to him/Abraham},”
2423	20:7	nal9			דַּ֚ע כִּי	1	“you need to know that” or “be aware that” or “you can be sure that”
2424	20:7	l1xw			מ֣וֹת תָּמ֔וּת אַתָּ֖ה וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“you and all your people will surely/definitely die!” or “I will surely/definitely kill/destroy you and all your people!” The phrase “all who {belong} to you” refers to King Abimelech’s people, whom he referred to in verse 4. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
2425	20:8	nr08			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר	1	“So the next morning {King} Abimelech got up early” or “Early the next morning {King} Abimelech got up”
2426	20:8	aspr			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙	1	“and called together” or “summoned”
2427	20:8	uztr			לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	“all of his officials,” or “all his {officials and other} servants,”
2428	20:8	r90t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֛ר אֶת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“Then he told/informed them about everything that God had said to him {in the dream},” or “He told told them everything that had happened,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2429	20:8	vz79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים מְאֹֽד	1	“and they were/felt terrified.” or “{When they heard that,} they were very afraid {that God would punish/kill them}.” or “{As soon as they heard that,} the men/servants/officials were very afraid {of what would/might happen next}.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech’s servants at each point in this verse.
2430	20:9	o1nm			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ	1	“Then {King} Abimelech summoned Abraham” or “Then the king called Abraham in {to see him}” or “Then he had Abraham brought to him”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech at this point in the paragraph.
2431	20:9	d4p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר ל֜⁠וֹ	1	“and asked him,” or “scolded him {by saying},” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it.
2432	20:9	n4ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מֶֽה עָשִׂ֤יתָ לָּ֨⁠נוּ֙	1	“Why have you treated us like this?” or “What you have done to us is not right!” or “You have treated us very badly!” Abimelech uses two rhetorical questions here to express his anger and to scold Abraham for what he had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question is the best way to communicate that in your language.
2433	20:9	gqys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠מֶֽה חָטָ֣אתִי לָ֔⁠ךְ כִּֽי	1	“What did I do wrong to you so that” or “I never did anything wrong to you, and/but yet”
2434	20:9	s6oi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֵבֵ֧אתָ עָלַ֛⁠י וְ⁠עַל מַמְלַכְתִּ֖⁠י חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה	1	“you brought on me and my kingdom/people the guilt of a terrible sin!” or “you have caused me and the kingdom/people that I rule to be guilty of sinning terribly!” Make sure your punctuation here fits with how you translate this rhetorical question.
2435	20:9	y075			מַעֲשִׂים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא יֵֽעָשׂ֔וּ עָשִׂ֖יתָ עִמָּדִֽ⁠י	1	“You have wronged me in ways that should never be done {to anyone}!” or “No one should ever wrong someone the way you have wronged me!”
2436	20:10	y1ly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“Finally, {King} Abimelech asked him,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same person is still talking to the same person. However, the words emphasize what King Abimelech says next and may indicate that there was a pause between what he said in verse 9 and in verse 10. Do what is best in your language.
2437	20:10	p1a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מָ֣ה רָאִ֔יתָ כִּ֥י עָשִׂ֖יתָ	1	“What did you expect {to benefit} from/by doing” or “What motivated you to do” or “What were your reasons/motives for doing”
2438	20:10	a03v			אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“this {terrible} thing?” or “what you did?”
2439	20:11	bn8u			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Abraham answered {him},” or “Abraham replied {to him},”
2440	20:11	obnt			כִּ֣י	1	“{I did it} because”
2441	20:11	d1mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אָמַ֗רְתִּי רַ֚ק אֵין יִרְאַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֔ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠הֲרָג֖וּ⁠נִי עַל דְּבַ֥ר אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י	1	“I said/thought {to myself}, ‘Surely/Certainly there is no one in this place/city who fears/reveres/respects God, so they will kill me because they want {to take} my wife.’ ” or “I thought that there was certainly no one in this place/city who feared/revered/obeyed God, so {I was afraid} that they would kill me {in order} to get/take my wife {for themselves}.” To “fear God” is an important theme in the Bible. It is a complex term that means to recognize how holy and powerful God is and to deeply respect and honor him by obeying and worshiping him. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
2442	20:12	aef2			וְ⁠גַם	1	“Besides that,” or “In addition to that,”
2443	20:12	rav8			אָמְנָ֗ה אֲחֹתִ֤⁠י & הִ֔וא	1	“it is true that she/Sarah {is} my sister/half-sister,” or “she/Sarah actually {is} my sister/half-sister,”
2444	20:12	pjfg			בַת אָבִ⁠י֙ & אַ֖ךְ לֹ֣א בַת אִמִּ֑⁠י	1	“because she and I have the same father, but not the same mother,” or “We have the same father, but different mothers,”
2445	20:12	etjp			וַ⁠תְּהִי־לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“and {after we grew up,} we got married.” or “and {when we were old enough,} I married her.”
2446	20:13	xof7			וַ⁠יְהִ֞י	1	“It happened {that}” or “{Years} later,”
2447	20:13	x4px			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִתְע֣וּ אֹתִ֗⁠י אֱלֹהִים֮	1	“when God told/commanded me to leave” or “when God led me to travel away from”
2448	20:13	ctau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֒	1	“my father’s household/family,” or “the place where my father {and other relatives} were living,” See how you translated “house of … father” in Gen 12:1.
2449	20:13	nd9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר לָ֔⁠הּ	1	“I told/asked her/Sarah”
2450	20:13	xlc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	זֶ֣ה חַסְדֵּ֔⁠ךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשִׂ֖י עִמָּדִ֑⁠י אֶ֤ל כָּל־הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָב֣וֹא שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה אִמְרִי־לִ֖⁠י אָחִ֥⁠י הֽוּא	1	“ ‘This {is} how you can show kindness/loyalty to me: Wherever we go, tell people that I {am} your brother.’ ” or “ ‘{Please} be kind/loyal to me and tell people wherever we go that I {am} your brother.’ ” or “to {please} do me a {special} favor and tell people wherever we go that I {am} her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate these embedded quotes as direct or indirect quotes.
2451	20:14	kv1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ	1	“Then {King} Abimelech brought”
2452	20:14	yc5r			צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֗ר	1	“flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle}” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16.
2453	20:14	qur6			וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת	1	“and men and women slaves/servants {to Abraham}” or “and male and female slaves/servants {to Abraham}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16.
2454	20:14	olap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“and gave them {all} to Abraham/him,”
2455	20:14	k33e			וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׁב ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“He also gave back to Abraham his wife Sarah.” or “And/Then he {also} gave Abraham’s wife Sarah back to him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “return” twice in verse 7.
2456	20:15	hman		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ	1	“Then Abimelech/he said {to him/Abraham},”
2457	20:15	pbrq			הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“Look,” or “Listen,”
2458	20:15	jg7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַרְצִ֖⁠י לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“my land {is} in front of you.” or “my land {is} available to you.” See how you translated the idiom “before your face” in Gen 13:9.
2459	20:15	l61l			שֵֽׁב	1	“{You may} settle/live” or “{I invite you to} settle/live”. See how you translated this verb in verse 1.
2460	20:15	l3ey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“wherever you think/decide {is} good/best {for you}.” or “wherever you want.” See how you translated the idiom “good in your eyes” in Gen 19:8. You may need to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
2461	20:16	s5af			וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אָמַ֗ר	1	“Then {King} Abimelech said to Sarah,” or “Then he {turned} to Sarah {and} said,”
2462	20:16	qzc4			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“Look,” or “Listen {to this}:”
2463	20:16	urds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	נָתַ֜תִּי אֶ֤לֶף כֶּ֨סֶף֙ לְ⁠אָחִ֔י⁠ךְ	1	“I have given 1,000 {pieces of} silver to your brother.” or “I have given your brother 1,000 {shekels/pieces of} silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold shekels, which was a weight measurement. A thousand shekels of silver was about 25 pounds (11.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote.
2464	20:16	m9hh			הִנֵּ֤ה הוּא	1	“I am doing this” or “The reason I am doing that is”
2465	20:16	lgrs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לָ⁠ךְ֙ כְּס֣וּת עֵינַ֔יִם לְ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“to show everyone that you are innocent {of any wrongdoing},” or “so that everyone knows you did nothing wrong,” or “to prove/show to everyone that you are an honorable woman,” The phrase “a covering of the eyes” is an idiom which means that King Abimelech’s payment to Abraham “covered” (that is, “protected”) Sarah’s good reputation and showed that she was innocent.
2466	20:16	bj38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כֹּ֖ל וְ⁠נֹכָֽחַת	1	“and to make it clear that you are not at fault for anything {that happened}.” or “and to compensate you for everything {that has happened to you}.”
2467	20:17	kbi6			וַ⁠יִּתְפַּלֵּ֥ל אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“Then Abraham prayed to God {for King Abimelech},” or “asked God {to be merciful/kind to the king},” See how you translated “pray” in Gen 20:7.
2468	20:17	jsvz			וַ⁠יִּרְפָּ֨א אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת אֲבִימֶ֧לֶךְ	1	“So God healed {King} Abimelech” or “So God healed him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2469	20:17	fcz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמְהֹתָ֖י⁠ו	1	“and his/Abimelech’s wife and his servant women,” or “as well as his/Abimelech’s wife and his female slaves/servants,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech at each point in this verse.
2470	20:17	u6cs			וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽדוּ	1	“so/and they were able to {conceive and} bear/have children {again},”
2471	20:18	ok17			כִּֽי & יְהוָ֔ה	1	“because {previously} Yahweh” or “{Previously} Yahweh”. For some languages it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
2472	20:18	l10y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	עָצֹ֤ר עָצַר֙ & בְּעַ֥ד כָּל רֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ	1	“had made every woman in {King} Abimelech’s household barren/infertile” or “had kept/prevented all the women in {King} Abimelech’s household from conceiving,” Consider again how often you need to use the honorific title “King” with Abimelech’s name in this chapter in your language.
2473	20:18	n7dw			עַל דְּבַ֥ר	1	“on account of” or “because he had taken” or “to punish him for taking”
2474	20:18	lzt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	שָׂרָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָהָֽם	1	“Sarah, Abraham’s wife.” or “Abraham’s wife Sarah.” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence (which begins in verse 17) and say, “{Before this,} Yahweh had completely closed up every womb in the household of {King} Abimelech because he had taken Abraham’s wife Sarah. Then Abraham prayed …” If the order is changed, it will be necessary to combine these two verses and to put the verse numbers “17-18” in front of the sentence. Some translation teams have decided that they will never combine verses like that. Other teams have decided that occasionally it is acceptable to do that if it makes the meaning clearer.
2475	21:1	ia7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֛ה פָּקַ֥ד אֶת שָׂרָ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמָ֑ר	1	“Then Yahweh blessed Sarah as he had said/promised {that he would},” or “Then Yahweh was gracious/kind to Sarah {just} as he had said/promised {he would be},” The word “visited” is used here as an idiom that means God blessed Sarah and was kind to her (by enabling her to have a son). The same idiom is used in 1 Samuel 2:21 and Luke 1:68.
2476	21:1	kuv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ יְהוָ֛ה לְ⁠שָׂרָ֖ה	1	“Yes, Yahweh/he did for her” or “That’s right, Yahweh/he did for her”. The two halves of verse 1 form a parallelism to emphasize what God did for Sarah. In your translation it is best, if possible, to keep both parts of the parallelism, since each part has a different emphasis.
2477	21:1	b6xq			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽר	1	“{just} as he had said {he would do}” or “{exactly} what he had promised {to do},”
2478	21:2	u1fc			וַ⁠תַּהַר֩ & שָׂרָ֧ה	1	“So Sarah/she became pregnant” or “As a result, Sarah/she conceived”. Translate this clause in a way that is not offensive or awkward, especially when read aloud in public. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2479	21:2	tycu			וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶד & בֵּ֖ן	1	“and gave birth to a son” or “and had a son”
2480	21:2	rwek			לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֛ם & לִ⁠זְקֻנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“for Abraham when he was old”
2481	21:2	iomd			לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֕ד	1	“at the set/exact time” or “at the time {God had} appointed/set” or “{That happened} at the exact time”. See how you translated “appointed time” in Gen 18:14.
2482	21:2	pby0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים	1	“when/that God had told/promised him {it would happen}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Sarah became pregnant, and at the time {God had} appointed/set, she gave birth to a son for Abraham when he was old, just as God had told/promised him {that she would}.” Do what is best in your language.
2483	21:3	bijj			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶֽת שֶׁם בְּנ֧⁠וֹ הַ⁠נּֽוֹלַד ל֛⁠וֹ	1	“Then Abraham named/called his son,”
2484	21:3	z971		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָה לּ֥⁠וֹ שָׂרָ֖ה יִצְחָֽק	1	“whom Sarah had given birth to, Isaac, {which means “he laughs.”}” or “Isaac, {the son} whom Sarah had given birth to.” Many translations include the meaning of Isaac’s name, either in the text or in a footnote. Do what is best in your language.
2485	21:4	hw25			וַ⁠יָּ֤מָל אַבְרָהָם֙	1	“And Abraham/he {also} circumcised”. Abraham may have circumcised Isaac (verse 4) on the same day that he named him (verse 3). See how you translated “circumcised” in Gen 17:10-14.
2486	21:4	kp0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“his son,” or “Isaac/him,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Isaac at this point in the paragraph, in your language.
2487	21:4	leer		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בֶּן שְׁמֹנַ֖ת יָמִ֑ים	1	“who was eight days old,” or “when he was eight days old,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase first in this verse and say, “Also, when Isaac was eight days old, Abraham circumcised him,” Do what is best in your language.
2488	21:4	w8my			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים	1	“which was exactly what God had commanded him {to do}.” or “He did exactly what God had commanded him {to do}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2489	21:5	kgwz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“Abraham {was} 100 years old”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 17:17.
2490	21:5	ke58			בְּ⁠הִוָּ֣לֶד ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת יִצְחָ֥ק בְּנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“when his son Isaac was born.” or “when Isaac was born.”
2491	21:6	mzp8			וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שָׂרָ֔ה	1	“{When he/Isaac was born,} Sarah said/exclaimed,”
2492	21:6	ji43			צְחֹ֕ק עָ֥שָׂה לִ֖⁠י אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“God has made me laugh {for joy}!” or “God has enabled me to {rejoice and} laugh!”
2493	21:6	rt55			כָּל הַ⁠שֹּׁמֵ֖עַ	1	“Everyone who hears {about this}” or “Everyone who finds out {what he has done for me}”
2494	21:6	hiqw			יִֽצְחַק לִֽ⁠י	1	“will laugh {for joy} with me!” or “will {rejoice and} laugh with me!”
2495	21:7	xc8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then she added/exclaimed,” or “She also said/exclaimed,”
2496	21:7	djf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֤י מִלֵּל֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“No one would have {ever} told Abraham” or “No one would have {ever/even thought of} telling Abraham”. Sarah uses a rhetorical question here to express great joy and amazement. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language.
2497	21:7	nqft			הֵינִ֥יקָה בָנִ֖ים שָׂרָ֑ה	1	“{that} Sarah/I would bear/have children.”
2498	21:7	rqy2			כִּֽי	1	“{And/But} yet” or “In spite of that,”
2499	21:7	opev			יָלַ֥דְתִּי בֵ֖ן	1	“I have had a son {for him}” or “I have given birth to a son {for him}”. See how you translated “bear” in Gen 18:13.
2500	21:7	uov6			לִ⁠זְקֻנָֽי⁠ו	1	“when he is old!” or “even though he is old!” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. You may need to translate it in a different way here because of the slightly different context.
2501	21:8	wq03			וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֥ל הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד	1	“The child/boy {Isaac} grew” or “Isaac grew as a child”
2502	21:8	c6j2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יִּגָּמַ֑ל	1	“and his mother weaned him,” or “and reached the age when his mother stopped nursing/breast-feeding him,” Children in that culture were often weaned around the age of three. Translate “weaned” in a way that will not embarrass or offend people.
2503	21:8	i21w			וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ אַבְרָהָם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה גָד֔וֹל בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִגָּמֵ֥ל אֶת יִצְחָֽק	1	“When that happened, Abraham held a big/elaborate feast {to celebrate}.” or “On that same day, Abraham had {his servants prepare} an elaborate feast {to celebrate}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2504	21:9	h2vs			וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא שָׂרָ֜ה	1	“But {at/during the feast} Sarah saw/noticed”
2505	21:9	ja34			אֶֽת בֶּן הָגָ֧ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֛ית אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“{that} the son whom Hagar, {her handmaid} from {the country of} Egypt, had given birth to for Abraham” or “{that} {Ishmael,} the son of {her} Egyptian {handmaid} Hagar and Abraham,” Also see how you translated “have born” in verse 8.
2506	21:9	kgmh			מְצַחֵֽק	1	“was mocking {Isaac}.” or “was making fun of {Isaac}.” or “was laughing at {Isaac}.”
2507	21:10	cv15			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“So she {was angry/upset and} told Abraham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2508	21:10	q0vm			גָּרֵ֛שׁ	1	“Send away” or “Get rid of”
2509	21:10	diqu			הָ⁠אָמָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את	1	“that servant woman” or “that female slave/servant”. See how you translated “slave women” in Gen 20:17. Some languages may have a single word (as Hebrew does) that means this.
2510	21:10	umxq			וְ⁠אֶת בְּנָ֑⁠הּ	1	“{along} with her son!”
2511	21:10	kfmw			כִּ֣י & בֶּן הָ⁠אָמָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	“The son of that slave/servant woman” or “Her son”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2512	21:10	fq2l			לֹ֤א יִירַשׁ֙ & עִם בְּנִ֖⁠י עִם יִצְחָֽק	1	“will/must not/never inherit/share {any part of} what my/our son Isaac inherits {from you}!” or “will/must not/never inherit/get anything {from you}! Only my/our son Isaac {will/should inherit your estate}!”
2513	21:11	yt0j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֵּ֧רַע הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר מְאֹ֖ד בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“Abraham was/felt very distressed/upset/grieved about that” or “Sarah’s words/demands were very distressing/upsetting/painful to Abraham” or “What Sarah/she said distressed/grieved Abraham very much”
2514	21:11	svxs			עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֥ת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“because of his son {Ishmael}.” or “because he {also} cared about his son {Ishmael}.” or “because {Ishmael} was {also} his son {and he cared about him too}.”
2515	21:12	zd49			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל אַבְרָהָ֗ם	1	“But/Then God said to him,” or “But/Then God told Abraham/him,”
2516	21:12	pu24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַל יֵרַ֤ע בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	“Do not be distressed/upset/sad” or “Do not let yourself be upset/distressed”. See how you translated “distressing” in verse 11.
2517	21:12	ckc5			עַל הַ⁠נַּ֣עַר וְ⁠עַל אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“about the boy/youth or your slave/servant woman.” Ishmael was about 17 years old at this time, so in verses 12-16 use terms for him in your language that fit with that fact.
2518	21:12	bb24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלָ֑⁠הּ	1	“{Rather,} listen to everything/whatever Sarah tells you {to do}, {and do it,}” or “Do everything that Sarah tells/told you {to do},” The word “listen” means to hear and do what is being asked. Also, the phrase “her voice” refers to Sarah and what she said.
2519	21:12	rdik			כִּ֣י בְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק יִקָּרֵ֥א לְ⁠ךָ֖ זָֽרַע	1	“because it is in/through Isaac that the/your descendants {I promised you} will be reckoned/traced.” or “because Isaac is the one who will be the ancestor of the/your descendants {that I promised to give you}.” or “because the offspring/descendants {that I promised to you} will come through/from Isaac.”
2520	21:13	x8gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־בֶּן־הָ⁠אָמָ֖ה & אֲשִׂימֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1	“But I will also make the son of your slave/servant woman” or “However, I will also make your slave/servant woman’s son”
2521	21:13	kan6			לְ⁠ג֣וֹי	1	“become {the ancestor of} an {important/large} people/ethnic group,”
2522	21:13	zcf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הֽוּא	1	“because/since he {is} your son/descendant.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to put this “because …” clause earlier in this sentence and say, “And/But because/since the son of your slave/servant woman is your offspring/son, I will also make him into a {great/important/large} people/ethnic group.” Do what is best in your language.
2523	21:14	oc4t			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֣ם אַבְרָהָ֣ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֡קֶר	1	“So Abraham got up early the next morning,” or “Early the next morning Abraham got up,”
2524	21:14	mfcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח לֶחֶם֩	1	“got/brought {some} bread/food”. This phrase may refer to bread or more generally to food.
2525	21:14	sji3			וְ⁠חֵ֨מַת מַ֜יִם	1	“and a leather bag/container {full} of water” or “and a {full} water container/bag made of {animal} hide/leather” or “and a water bag/container {full of water}”. The word “skin” refers here to an animal skin or hide.
2526	21:14	k8au			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֶל הָ֠גָר שָׂ֧ם עַל שִׁכְמָ֛⁠הּ	1	“to Hagar and put them on her shoulder/back.”
2527	21:14	gwq4			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֶ֑⁠הָ	1	“Then he sent her and the child/boy away,” or “Then he sent her off with the boy/youth,”
2528	21:14	z5r6			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ וַ⁠תֵּ֔תַע	1	“and she/they left and wandered {around}” or “and they wandered {around}”
2529	21:14	rva8			בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֖ר בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע	1	“in the Beersheba Wilderness/Desert.” or “in the wilderness/desert near {the place/city that was later called} Beersheba.” Sometimes in the Bible a place is identified by the well-known name it will be called later. That is the case in this verse, since Beersheba is not given its name until verse 31.
2530	21:15	tajn			וַ⁠יִּכְל֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִן הַ⁠חֵ֑מֶת	1	“When they had finished/drunk {all} the water {that they had} in the {water} skin/container,” or “When there was no more water in the water skin/bag,” or “When the water container/bag was empty,” See how you translated “skin” in verse 14.
2531	21:15	rnel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תַּשְׁלֵ֣ךְ	1	“she/Hagar {hurriedly} put/left”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Hagar literally threw Ishmael through the air.
2532	21:15	umgo			אֶת הַ⁠יֶּ֔לֶד	1	“the/her boy” or “her son”
2533	21:15	ezqr			תַּ֖חַת אַחַ֥ד הַ⁠שִּׂיחִֽם	1	“under {the shade of} one of the bushes {there},” or “under {the shade of} a {nearby} bush,”
2534	21:16	v16a			וַ⁠תֵּלֶךְ֩ וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב לָ֜⁠הּ מִ⁠נֶּ֗גֶד	1	“Then she went {away from him} and sat down by herself,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2535	21:16	ldji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	הַרְחֵק֙ כִּ⁠מְטַחֲוֵ֣י קֶ֔שֶׁת	1	“about as far away as someone can shoot a bow/arrow,” or “about a hundred meters/yards away,” If you do not translate the text literally, the literal text could be put in a footnote.
2536	21:16	pq30			כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֔ה	1	“because she said/thought {to herself},” or “She said/thought {to herself},”
2537	21:16	v45g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun	אַל אֶרְאֶ֖ה בְּ⁠מ֣וֹת הַ⁠יָּ֑לֶד	1	“I cannot {bear to} watch/see my child/son die!” or “I don’t want to watch my child/son die!” Consider whether it is better to use a noun (“death”) or a verb (“die”) in your translation here. Also, see how you translated “child” in verses 14 and 15.
2538	21:16	ommg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תֵּ֣שֶׁב מִ⁠נֶּ֔גֶד וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹלָ֖⁠הּ וַ⁠תֵּֽבְךְּ	1	“As she sat there, she started sobbing/crying loudly.” or “Then she started sobbing/crying loudly.” For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse (so that the events are in the order that they actually occurred) and say, “She thought {to herself}, “I cannot {bear to} watch/see my son die.” So she went {away from him} and sat down by herself, about as far away as someone can shoot an arrow. Then she started crying loudly.” Do what is best in your language.
2539	21:17	o970			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אֱלֹהִים֮ אֶת ק֣וֹל הַ⁠נַּעַר֒	1	“God {also} heard the boy/youth crying,”
2540	21:17	g71i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֩ מַלְאַ֨ךְ אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֶל הָגָר֙ מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָ֖⁠הּ	1	“so one of his angels/messengers called to Hagar from heaven and said/asked,” or “so he had one of his angels/messengers call to Hagar from heaven and say/ask,” See how you translated the key term “angel” in Gen 16:7.
2541	21:17	kmbk			מַה לָּ֣⁠ךְ הָגָ֑ר	1	“What is the matter, Hagar?” or “What’s wrong, Hagar?” or “Hagar, why are you crying/upset?” For some languages it is necessary to put “Hagar” first in this quote. Do what is natural in your language.
2542	21:17	p37b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל תִּ֣ירְאִ֔י כִּֽי שָׁמַ֧ע אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל ק֥וֹל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוּא שָֽׁם	1	“Do not be afraid, because God has heard the cries/sobs of the boy/youth where he is lying {and will take care of him}.” or “Do not be afraid. God has heard the boy/youth crying over there {and will take care of him}.” or “God has heard the boy/youth crying over there, so do not be afraid {because he will take care of you both}.” The phrase “has listened to” means that God heard the boy and that he will help him.
2543	21:18	xxt8			ק֚וּמִי שְׂאִ֣י אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר	1	“{So} go help the boy/youth to get/stand up,” or “{So now,} go to your son, help him get/stand up,”
2544	21:18	cazv			וְ⁠הַחֲזִ֥יקִי אֶת יָדֵ֖⁠ךְ בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and hold/lead him by the hand {to help him walk},” or “and take care of him,”
2545	21:18	l3mg			כִּֽי & אֲשִׂימֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	“because I {Yahweh} will make him become {the ancestor of}” or “because Yahweh will make his descendants become”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either Yahweh had taken on the form of an angel, or the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking for him. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 16:10. Also, see how you translated “make … into a great nation” in verse 13. Also see 18:18, which is similar.
2546	21:18	yl2m			לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל	1	“an important/large people/ethnic group.” See how you translated “nation” in verse 13.
2547	21:19	jfgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפְקַ֤ח אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת עֵינֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תֵּ֖רֶא	1	“Then God enabled/helped her/Hagar to see”
2548	21:19	hole			בְּאֵ֣ר מָ֑יִם	1	“a water well.” or “a well.” See how you translated “well” in Gen 16:14.
2549	21:19	omv9			וַ⁠תֵּ֜לֶךְ	1	“So/Then she went/walked over {to the well},”
2550	21:19	a7ik			וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֤א אֶת הַ⁠חֵ֨מֶת֙ מַ֔יִם	1	“filled the/her {water} container/bag {with} water,” See how you translated “skin” in verses 14-15.
2551	21:19	k9hm			וַ⁠תַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת הַ⁠נָּֽעַר	1	“and gave her son some water to drink.” or “and gave Ishmael a drink {from it}.”
2552	21:20	t51d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְהִ֧י אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר	1	“God was with the boy/youth {and helped/blessed him},” This clause means that God guided, helped, protected, and blessed Ishmael, that is, he took care of him. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. Also consider again how you translated “boy/youth” in verses 12, 17-20.
2553	21:20	x2tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙	1	“as he grew up/older.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “As the boy/youth grew up/older, God was with him {and helped/blessed him}.” Do what is best in your language.
2554	21:20	s0rv			וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר	1	“And he lived in the wilderness/desert {of Paran}” or “He lived in the {Paran} Wilderness/Desert”. For some languages it is more natural to specify here in verse 20 that the name of the wilderness is Paran, rather than wait until verse 21, so that it is clear that both verses refer to the same wilderness. See how you translated “the wilderness” in verse 14.
2555	21:20	n9h4			וַ⁠יְהִ֖י רֹבֶ֥ה קַשָּֽׁת	1	“and became a skilled/expert bowhunter/archer.” or “and learned to hunt skillfully with a bow {and arrows}.”
2556	21:21	rlzv			וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֣ר פָּארָ֑ן	1	“While he was living in the Paran Wilderness/Desert,” or “While he was living in that wilderness/desert,” or “While he was there,” See how you translated “wilderness” in verse 20.
2557	21:21	ay6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ אִמּ֛⁠וֹ אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“his mother found/chose/got a wife for him” or “his mother arranged for him to marry a woman”
2558	21:21	vi5d			מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“{who was/came} from the country of Egypt.” or “who was Egyptian.” See how you translated “the land of Egypt” in Gen 13:10.
2559	21:22	qzrz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בָּ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֔וא	1	“Meanwhile, one day” or “Around that same time,” Consider what is the best way to introduce a new episode here in your language.
2560	21:22	ajvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“{King} Abimelech {came/went} with his army commander/captain Phicol to Abraham {and} said to him,” or “{King} Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol {came/went} to Abraham {and} said to him,” For some languages it is necessary in your language to make explicit that King Abimelech and Phicol came (or went) to Abraham before they spoke to him. Do what is best in your language.
2561	21:22	zrmj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֱלֹהִ֣ים עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֖ה עֹשֶֽׂה	1	“{I have noticed that} God {is} with you {and helps/blesses you} in everything that you do.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“God was with …”) in verse 20.
2562	21:23	dapc			וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	“So now, {please}” or “Now then, {please}”. King Abimelech’s words to Abraham should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or demanding. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:7.
2563	21:23	k01e			הִשָּׁ֨בְעָ⁠ה לִּ֤⁠י בֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה	1	“swear/vow to me here in God’s presence” or “solemnly promise me here with God as your witness”. To “swear … by God” means that Abraham would be accountable to God, asking him to be his witness and to punish him if he breaks his oath/vow/promise to King Abimelech. It does not mean that Abraham used swear words or other foul language. If this custom is not familiar to many people in your language area, you could put this information in a footnote. See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 14:22.
2564	21:23	w3li			אִם תִּשְׁקֹ֣ר לִ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נִינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נֶכְדִּ֑⁠י	1	“that you will never {again} deceive me or my children or my descendants.”
2565	21:23	gd6n			כַּ⁠חֶ֜סֶד אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֤יתִי עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	“{Instead/Rather,} just as I have treated you kindly,” or “{But} just as I have been kind to you,”
2566	21:23	ofrf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עִם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“{swear/vow that} you will {also} be kind to me and {the/my people in} this land/country”. In this context, the phrase “the land” refers to the people who live in the land.
2567	21:23	vmpq			אֲשֶׁר גַּ֥רְתָּה בָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“where you are sojourning/living.” or “where you are living/staying {as a foreigner/outsider}.”
2568	21:24	vsx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Abraham said/replied {to him/Abimelech},”
2569	21:24	llgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָנֹכִ֖י אִשָּׁבֵֽעַ	1	“I swear/vow {that I will do those things}.” or “I solemnly promise {that I will do that}.” See how you translated “swear” in verse 23.
2570	21:25	skvd			וְ⁠הוֹכִ֥חַ אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“{But} then Abraham/he confronted” or “Then Abraham/he {also} protested to”
2571	21:25	ngd9			אֶת אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ	1	“{King} Abimelech”. For some languages, it is necessary to include the title “King” every time that Abimelech (or any other king) is referred to by name. For other languages, it is more natural to use the title only occasionally (especially when the focus is on him), or perhaps only the first time he is referred to in a section (so that his status is clear). Do what is best in your language throughout this section.
2572	21:25	osf1			עַל אֹדוֹת֙	1	“about/regarding”
2573	21:25	p4mg			בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	“a well of water” or “a/the water well” or “a/the well”. See how you translated “well of water” in verse 19.
2574	21:25	hqvs			אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּזְל֖וּ עַבְדֵ֥י אֲבִימֶֽלֶךְ	1	“that {King} Abimelech’s servants had seized/taken control of {from Abraham’s/his servants}.”
2575	21:26	dm1j			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ	1	“But Abimelech responded {to him},” or “When {King} Abimelech {heard that}, he said/responded,”
2576	21:26	s5cp			לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי	1	“I have no idea”
2577	21:26	msxx			מִ֥י עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	“who did that.” or “who seized/took your well from you.” or “who seized/took control of your well.”
2578	21:26	q3de			וְ⁠גַם	1	“Furthermore,” or “Besides that,” Here Abimelech is introducing an additional explanation of his innocence in this matter. Consider what it the best way to do that in your language.
2579	21:26	d0y8			אַתָּ֞ה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֗⁠י	1	“you did not tell/inform me {about it/that} {before/previously},” or “you never told/informed me {about this/that},”
2580	21:26	dpcm			וְ⁠גַ֧ם	1	“and so” or “so {as a result}”
2581	21:26	qavd			אָנֹכִ֛י לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי בִּלְתִּ֥י הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“I knew nothing about it until today.” or “today is the first {time} that I have heard about it.”
2582	21:27	ty60			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אַבְרָהָם֙ צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֔ר וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ	1	“Then Abraham brought/got {some of his} sheep and cattle, and gave them to Abimelech,” or “Then Abraham gave {some of his} sheep and cattle to Abimelech,” See how you translated “sheep and cattle” in Gen 20:14.
2583	21:27	b406		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִֽית	1	“and he and Abimelech made/established a {peace} treaty/agreement {with one another}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 15:18.
2584	21:28	d0o3			וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֣ב אַבְרָהָ֗ם	1	“Abraham {also} separated/isolated”
2585	21:28	jg03			אֶת שֶׁ֛בַע כִּבְשֹׂ֥ת הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן לְ⁠בַדְּ⁠הֶֽן	1	“seven female lambs from the rest of the flock/sheep.” or “seven young female sheep from the rest of the flock/sheep.”
2586	21:29	kf9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“So Abimelech asked Abraham/him,”
2587	21:29	qlqx			מָ֣ה הֵ֗נָּה שֶׁ֤בַע כְּבָשֹׂת֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִצַּ֖בְתָּ לְ⁠בַדָּֽ⁠נָה	1	“What is the reason that you set apart those seven lambs?” or “Why did you put those seven lambs off by themselves?” or “Why did you isolate/separate those seven lambs {from the rest of the flock/sheep}?” See how you translated “set apart” in verse 28.
2588	21:30	ljh3			וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Abraham replied,” or “Abraham answered {him},”
2589	21:30	spzl			כִּ֚י אֶת שֶׁ֣בַע כְּבָשֹׂ֔ת תִּקַּ֖ח	1	“These/Those seven lambs are for you to receive/accept” or “Because I want you to take/accept them”
2590	21:30	np9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠יָּדִ֑⁠י	1	“from me,”
2591	21:30	gno6			בַּ⁠עֲבוּר֙ תִּֽהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	“to show {everyone} that you agree with me” or “to testify/verify {to everyone}”
2592	21:30	dj5y			כִּ֥י חָפַ֖רְתִּי אֶת הַ⁠בְּאֵ֥ר הַ⁠זֹּֽאת	1	“that I dug this well {and so it is mine}.” or “that I {am the one who} dug this well {and it belongs to me}.”
2593	21:31	r5gz			עַל כֵּ֗ן	1	“That is why” or “Therefore/So” or “{Abimelech accepted the lambs,} so”
2594	21:31	ace1			קָרָ֛א לַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא	1	“Abraham called/named that place” or “they/people call that place” or “that place was/is called”. The phrase “he called” often means that people in general gave a city or other place a certain name. Here it could be that Abraham named the place Beersheba, and then later other people called it the same name, and it became well known by that name. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 19:22.
2595	21:31	h7pp			בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע	1	“Beersheba, {which means “Well of the Seven” or “Well of the Vow/Oath,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beersheba” in verse 14. Also, if you include the meaning of the name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that the way you translate “vow” or “oath” here matches the way you translate “oath” later in this verse.
2596	21:31	py2p			כִּ֛י שָׁ֥ם	1	“because it was there that” or “because that is where”
2597	21:31	khcp			שְׁנֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“they both” or “he/Abraham and Abimelech both”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 27.
2598	21:31	hkv1			נִשְׁבְּע֖וּ	1	“made a vow/oath {to each other}.” or “vowed {to live at peace with one another}.” or “solemnly promised {each other to live in peace}.” See how you translated “swear” in verses 23-24.
2599	21:32	idhd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ בְרִ֖ית בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע	1	“After Abraham and {King} Abimelech made/established their {peace} treaty/agreement at Beersheba,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or nouns here to refer to these men. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here. Also, see how you translated the idiom “cut … covenant” in verse 27.
2600	21:32	usgz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ	1	“Abimelech and Phicol, his army commander/captain, left {from there}” or “Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol left {Abraham}”. See how you translated “got up” in verse 22.
2601	21:32	ql0j			וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ	1	“and went back”
2602	21:32	qzuk			אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּֽים	1	“to the land/territory where the Philistines lived.” or “to {their homes in} the Philistines’ land/territory {that Abimelech ruled over}.” Abimelech and Phicol probably returned to their homes in the city of Gerar (Gen 20:2), which at that time was the Philistines’ capital city, where Abimelech ruled from. The place in the desert where Abimelech and Abraham made their covenant (Beersheba) was probably located on the border of the Philistines’ territory.
2603	21:33	txwk			וַ⁠יִּטַּ֥ע	1	“Then Abraham planted”
2604	21:33	aoys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶ֖שֶׁל	1	“a salt-cedar tree” or “an {evergreen} tree {called/named} tamarisk/salt-cedar”. The tamarisk tree (also known as salt-cedar) is a small-leaved evergreen tree that grows up to 30 feet (9 meters) high and provides shade. It grows well in desert areas that have salty soil. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
2605	21:33	y7os			בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע	1	“at {the place called} Beersheba,”
2606	21:33	nqr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא שָׁ֔ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה	1	“and he worshiped/praised Yahweh by name there,” or “and he addressed Yahweh there by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him,” or “and there he worshiped/praised Yahweh,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:8 and a similar clause in 13:4.
2607	21:33	kg6a			אֵ֥ל עוֹלָֽם	1	“{who is} the Eternal/Ever-existing God.” or “{who is} the God who lives forever.” or “{who is} the God who has always existed.” This phrase means that God has no beginning and no end. In other words, he has always existed and he will continue to exist forever.
2608	21:34	fwun			וַ⁠יָּ֧גָר אַבְרָהָ֛ם	1	“After that, Abraham/he lived/stayed {there}”. See how you translated “sojourning” in verse 23.
2609	21:34	iij4			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים	1	“in the land/territory that was ruled/occupied by the Philistines” or “in the land/territory where the Philistines lived/ruled” or “in Philistines’ territory”
2610	21:34	rc8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים	1	“for many years.” Abraham lived in the Philistines’ territory for around 25 years, so keep that in mind as you translate this phrase. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “… lived {there} for many years in the land …” Do what is best in your language.
2611	22:1	oi54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	“Sometime after those things happened” or “Sometime later” or “Several years later”. This is the beginning of a new episode that takes place around twelve years after Abraham and King Abimelech made their treaty (chapter 21). See how you translated “after those events” in Gen 15:1; it may be necessary to translate this phrase in a slightly different way here because of the different context.
2612	22:1	y0sj			וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים נִסָּ֖ה אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“God {wanted/decided to} test Abraham.” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like the test was over. Rather it introduces what the following episode is about.
2613	22:1	krqu			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“So {one day} he called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “He called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “{This is what happened:} He/God called to him, “Abraham!” ”
2614	22:1	ed64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר	1	“Abraham replied/responded {to him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here.
2615	22:1	padv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י	1	“I’m listening, {Lord/Master}.” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” or “What is it, {Lord/Master}?” Abraham’s reply is respectful and means that he is listening and ready to do what God wants him to do. Consider what is the best way to say this phrase in your language.
2616	22:2	kuxt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר	1	“Then God said {to him},” or “Then God commanded/told {him},” Translate this quote margin in a way that fits this context well.
2617	22:2	yhh1			קַח נָ֠א אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֨	1	“Take your son {with you},” See how you translated “please” when God is talking to a person in Gen 13:14; 15:5. Your translation of “take” here should not imply the use of force. See how you translated “took” in Gen 11:31 and 12:5.
2618	22:2	b5q0			אֶת יְחִֽידְ⁠ךָ֤ אֲשֶׁר אָהַ֨בְתָּ֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“{yes/indeed,} your only {son} Isaac whom you love,” This phrase repeats part of the previous phrase in order to emphasize it. Do what is natural in your language.
2619	22:2	zek7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“and go/travel {with him}”. It is understood that he was to take Isaac with him. If this is not clear in your language, you could make that information explicit.
2620	22:2	fsxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶל אֶ֖רֶץ הַ⁠מֹּרִיָּ֑ה	1	“to the region of/called Moriah,” or “to the Moriah Region,”
2621	22:2	fvbp			וְ⁠הַעֲלֵ֤⁠הוּ שָׁם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ה	1	“and sacrifice/offer him there {to me} as a burnt offering” or “There you are to burn him up {on an altar} as a sacrifice/offering {to me},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20.
2622	22:2	yxpj			עַ֚ל אַחַ֣ד הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים	1	“on {top of} one of the mountains” or “on {top of} a mountain”
2623	22:2	c0gi			אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“that I will show to you.” or “that I will point out to you.”
2624	22:3	rmr5			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם אַבְרָהָ֜ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר	1	“So the next morning, Abraham got up early” or “Early the next morning Abraham got up”. See how you translated “got up early in the morning” in Gen 20:8.
2625	22:3	r4ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַֽ⁠יַּחֲבֹשׁ֙ אֶת חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ	1	“and put a {pack} saddle on his donkey {to get it ready} {for the trip}.” or “and got his donkey ready {for the trip}.” A donkey is like a small horse that people used to carry loads (as here).
2626	22:3	cnmv			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י נְעָרָי⁠ו֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵ֖ת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“He took/brought two of his servants with him and his son Isaac,” or “Then he took/got his son Isaac and two of his servants,”
2627	22:3	kxn0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְבַקַּע֙ עֲצֵ֣י	1	“and he chopped/split {some} {fire}wood {with them}” or “and they chopped {some} {fire}wood {together}”. The reason Abraham is the only one mentioned in this clause and in the next sentence is that he is in focus. He did not travel alone and he probably did not chop the wood alone. Decide whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation.
2628	22:3	pd14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עֹלָ֔ה	1	“{to use} for the burnt offering {and loaded it on the donkey}.” or “that they would use to burn the sacrifice/offering {and loaded it on the donkey}.” Some languages must translate this noun phrase using a verb. Do what is natural in your language. See what you did in verse 2.
2629	22:3	tot6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ אֶל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם	1	“Then he set out {with them} for/toward the place/mountain” or “Then they started traveling toward/to the place/mountain”. In this context, “got up” is used as an idiom that means Abraham started an activity. It does not mean that he was sitting down and literally stood up.
2630	22:3	uasj			אֲשֶׁר אָֽמַר ל֥⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	“that God had told/commanded him/Abraham {to go to}.”
2631	22:4	u4zi			בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י	1	“Three days later,” or “After walking/traveling for three days,”
2632	22:4	o9zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַבְרָהָ֧ם אֶת עֵינָ֛י⁠ו	1	“Abraham/he looked up/ahead”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted his eyes” in Gen 18:2. It may be necessary to translate it differently here, because of the different context.
2633	22:4	ql9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֶת הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם מֵ⁠רָחֹֽק	1	“and he could see the place/mountain {where they were headed} in the distance.” or “and in the distance he could see the place/mountain {where they were headed/going}.” Consider where it is best in your language to put the location phrase “from a distance” or “in the distance”.
2634	22:5	a4ha			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶל נְעָרָ֗י⁠ו	1	“Then Abraham/he told his servants,” Be consistent here with how you translated “young men” in verse 3.
2635	22:5	a6c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	שְׁבוּ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם פֹּה֙ עִֽם הַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר	1	“You {two} stay here with the donkey,” Some languages have special dual pronouns (that refer to only two people) that can be used in verse 5 to refer to Abraham’s two servants.
2636	22:5	dec5			וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר נֵלְכָ֖ה	1	“while the young man and I go” or “while my son and I go”. See how you translated “the boy” in Gen 21:12, 17-20. We do not know for sure how old Isaac was at this time, but estimates range between 18 and 37 years old. Make sure your translation of “boy” allows for that fact.
2637	22:5	g7di			עַד כֹּ֑ה	1	“over there {to that mountain}” or “{to the mountain} over there”
2638	22:5	qx9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠נִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה	1	“and bow down {to worship God}.” or “and worship {God}.” In that culture, people had the custom of bowing down to worship God. Make sure it is clear in your translation why Abraham and Isaac would bow down.
2639	22:5	xg6u			וְ⁠נָשׁ֥וּבָה אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“Then we will return to you {here}.” or “After that, we will come back {here} to you.”
2640	22:6	z998			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת עֲצֵ֣י הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה	1	“Then Abraham/he took the {fire}wood for the burnt offering {off the donkey},” or “Then Abraham/he took the {fire}wood that they would use to burn the/their sacrifice/offering,” See how you translated “{fire}wood” and “burnt offering” in verse 3.
2641	22:6	opxt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם֙ עַל יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and loaded/put {it} on his son Isaac{’s shoulder/back} {to carry},” or “and gave {it} to his son Isaac to carry,” The Hebrew text does not specify exactly where Abraham put the wood on Isaac. Only specify that in a translation if it is necessary in your language.
2642	22:6	jggs			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	“and/while he himself carried” or “He himself carried”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
2643	22:6	b8n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ	1	“a fire {pot} {with hot coals/embers in it}” or “the {other} things to make/start a fire”. The “fire” can either refer to hot coals (in a pot) or to a flint stone and wood chips that they would use to start the fire on the altar. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean that Abraham was holding fire or hot coals in his bare hands.
2644	22:6	h7lb			וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠מַּאֲכֶ֑לֶת	1	“and a knife {to kill the sacrifice}.” or “and a {sacrifice} knife.”
2645	22:6	gsz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם יַחְדָּֽו	1	“Then Abraham and Isaac walked on together,” or “Then they continued walking/heading {toward the mountain},” Some languages have a dual pronoun that could be used here.
2646	22:7	pbll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִצְחָ֜ק אֶל־אַבְרָהָ֤ם אָבִי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	“and {as they went/walked,} Isaac said to his father Abraham,” or “{As they walked,} Isaac said to Abraham,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
2647	22:7	hjq8			אָבִ֔⁠י	1	“Father.”
2648	22:7	yodu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“Abraham said/replied {to him},” Consider what is the best way to refer to Abraham at this point in the paragraph in your language.
2649	22:7	q4kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הִנֶּ֣נִּֽ⁠י בְנִ֑⁠י	1	“I’m listening, my son.” or “Yes, my son?” or “What is it, my son?” See how you translated the idiom “Behold me” in verse 1.
2650	22:7	ai7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then Isaac asked {him},” or “Isaac asked {him},” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits well with what Isaac says next.
2651	22:7	s3hm			הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“Here is/are” or “I see {that we have}”
2652	22:7	yc7e			הָ⁠אֵשׁ֙ וְ⁠הָ֣⁠עֵצִ֔ים	1	“the fire {pot/coals} and the {fire}wood,” or “what/everything we need to make a fire {to burn the sacrifice},”
2653	22:7	jd19			וְ⁠אַיֵּ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׂ֖ה	1	“but where {is} the lamb/sheep” or “but why is there no lamb/sheep” or “but why don’t we have a lamb”
2654	22:7	izci			לְ⁠עֹלָֽה	1	“{for us} to use as the burnt offering?” or “{for us} to burn as the/our sacrifice {to God}?” or “that we will burn as a/our sacrifice/offering {to God}?”
2655	22:8	icf0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Then Abraham said {to him},” or “Abraham answered {him},”
2656	22:8	kpqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֱלֹהִ֞ים יִרְאֶה לּ֥⁠וֹ	1	“God himself will see {to it that there is}” or “God himself will provide”. This is an idiom that means God will provide the lamb. Make sure this meaning is clear in your translation.
2657	22:8	qwmm			הַ⁠שֶּׂ֛ה לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה	1	“a lamb/sheep for the burnt offering,” or “a lamb/sheep for us to burn as a/our sacrifice/offering {to him},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7.
2658	22:8	ma9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּנִ֑⁠י	1	Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put this address first in this quote and say, “My son, God himself will …”
2659	22:8	rj6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“Then/So the two of them walked on together.” or “Then/So they continued walking together {toward the mountain}.”. See how you translated “the two of them” in verse 6.
2660	22:9	r054			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ אֶֽל	1	“When/After they got to” or “When/After they arrived at” or “When/After they reached”
2661	22:9	ouv8			הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽמַר ל֣⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֒	1	“the place/mountain that God had told him {to go to}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
2662	22:9	esjb			וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן שָׁ֤ם אַבְרָהָם֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ	1	“Abraham built/made a {stone} altar there”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 13:4, 18.
2663	22:9	k8uv			וַֽ⁠יַּעֲרֹ֖ךְ אֶת הָ⁠עֵצִ֑ים	1	“and laid/put the wood {on top of it}.” Abraham arranged the wood on top of the altar so that it would burn well. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like he lit the fire yet; he did not do that until verse 13 when he sacrificed the ram.
2664	22:9	i4fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲקֹד֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then he bound/tied his son Isaac{’s arms and legs} {with rope}”.
2665	22:9	wkmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ מִ⁠מַּ֖עַל לָ⁠עֵצִֽים	1	“and put him on top of the wood {that was} on the altar.” Consider which order of these phrases is the clearest and most natural in your language.
2666	22:10	mmrx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח אַבְרָהָם֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־הַֽ⁠מַּאֲכֶ֑לֶת	1	“Then he took the knife in his hand” or “Then he picked up the knife”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun to refer to Abraham here. See how you translated “knife” in verse 6.
2667	22:10	ycq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִ⁠שְׁחֹ֖ט אֶת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{in order} to kill his son {before sacrificing/burning his body on the altar}.” In the process of sacrificing, the first step was to kill the sacrifice and then burn up the body on the altar. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote.
2668	22:11	m7u5			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א & מַלְאַ֤ךְ יְהוָה֙	1	“But {before he/Abraham could use the knife,} an angel from Yahweh called/shouted” or “But {just then} one of Yahweh’s angels called/shouted”. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham killed Isaac. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:17.
2669	22:11	emlx			אֵלָ֜י⁠ו & מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֣ם אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“to him/Abraham from heaven, “Abraham! Abraham!” ” The angel repeats Abraham’s name to communicate urgency and that he wants him to stop and listen. Make sure your translation does not sound like the angel was angry or criticizing Abraham.
2670	22:11	ea4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	2	“Abraham replied {to the angel},”
2671	22:11	bges		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י	1	“I’m listening, {Lord/Master}.” or “What is it, {Lord/Master}?” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1.
2672	22:12	u0h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then the angel said,” or “Then the angel told him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the angel is speaking here, not Abraham.
2673	22:12	htic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַל תִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל	1	“Do not lay your hands on” or “Do not harm/kill”. Consider whether your language has an idiom that has the same meaning as the Hebrew idiom here.
2674	22:12	vytx			הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר	1	“the young man” or “your son”. See how you translated this in verse 5.
2675	22:12	qdxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠אַל תַּ֥עַשׂ ל֖⁠וֹ מְא֑וּמָּה	1	“Do not do anything to {harm} him” or “You must not do anything to {harm} him” or “You must not harm him in any way”. The angel repeats the previous command (using different words) in order to emphasize that Abraham should not hurt Isaac. Most languages can do something similar. Do what is natural in your language.
2676	22:12	dilb			כִּ֣י עַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֗עְתִּי	1	“Now I know/see” or “You have shown me”. Yahweh is the one talking here, represented by the angel who speaks on his behalf, or perhaps God is appearing to Abraham as an angel.
2677	22:12	fr8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	כִּֽי יְרֵ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אַ֔תָּה	1	“that you fear/revere me” or “that you deeply respect me”. See how you translated “fear” in Gen 20:11.
2678	22:12	kcxw			וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֛כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ אֶת יְחִידְ⁠ךָ֖ מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי	1	“since/because you {obeyed me and} did not hold back your son from me, {yes/indeed,} your only son.” or “since/because you {obeyed me and} did not refuse to sacrifice your son to me, {even though he is} your only son.”
2679	22:13	v3dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּרְא֙	1	“Then Abraham looked around”. See how you translated “lifted his eyes and looked” in Gen 18:2.
2680	22:13	q7w3			וְ⁠הִנֵּה אַ֔יִל אַחַ֕ר	1	“and suddenly he saw a ram behind {him}” or “and there behind {him} he saw a ram”. A ram is an adult male sheep or goat. See how you translated this term in Gen 15:9.
2681	22:13	t9hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נֶאֱחַ֥ז בַּ⁠סְּבַ֖ךְ בְּ⁠קַרְנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“that had caught/tangled its horns in the thicket/bushes.” or “that had its horns caught/stuck in a bush.”
2682	22:13	vrf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ אַבְרָהָם֙ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל	1	“So/Then {after releasing Isaac,} Abraham/he took/untangled the ram {from the thicket/bush}.” or “So/Then Abraham/he {released/untied Isaac,} went {over to the ram} and untangled it.” For some languages it may be necessary to explicitly state that Abraham untied Isaac and took him off the altar before he sacrificed the ram. Do what is best in your language.
2683	22:13	p6og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּעֲלֵ֥⁠הוּ לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה	1	“{Then he killed/slaughtered the ram} and burned it on the altar as a sacrifice/offering {to God}”. Animals that were sacrificed to God as burnt offerings were killed first before they were burned on an altar. Make sure your translation does not sound like the ram was burned alive. If that is not clear, you could make some of the above implied information explicit in your translation.
2684	22:13	bk1e			תַּ֥חַת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“in place of his son.” or “as a substitute for his son.”
2685	22:14	hiz5			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אַבְרָהָ֛ם שֵֽׁם־הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא	1	“That is why Abraham called/named that place” or “{Because God provided the ram,} Abraham called/named that place”. Make sure it is clear that what Yahweh did in verse 13 is the reason that Abraham gave that place the name “Yahweh-Yireh” in verse 14.
2686	22:14	fs0p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יְהוָ֣ה יִרְאֶ֑ה	1	“Yahweh-Yireh, {which means “Yahweh will see/provide,”}” or “Yahweh Will See/Provide,” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, be consistent with how you translate the verb “see/provide” in verse 8 (and later in verse 14), which the name is based on.
2687	22:14	scaj			אֲשֶׁר֙ יֵאָמֵ֣ר הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם	1	“{Even} today/now people {still} say,” This refers to the time period when Moses was writing this book. If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote.
2688	22:14	orbb			בְּ⁠הַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה	1	“On Yahweh’s mountain”
2689	22:14	v6oq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יֵרָאֶֽה	1	“it will be provided {by him}.” or “he will see to it {that we have what we need}.” or “he will provide what we/you need.” See how you translated this idiom in verse 8.
2690	22:15	m2cz			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א מַלְאַ֥ךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־אַבְרָהָ֑ם שֵׁנִ֖ית מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“Then Yahweh’s angel called/spoke to Abraham from heaven again.” See how you translated “called … from heaven” in verse 11, and how you translated “angel” in verses 11-12.
2691	22:16	ouls			וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“He said,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2692	22:16	j53n			בִּ֥⁠י נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי נְאֻם יְהוָ֑ה	1	“This is what Yahweh declares/says {to you}: ‘I swear by my own name” or “These are Yahweh’s own words: ‘With myself {as my own witness}, I vow/promise {to you}”. See how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23-24.
2693	22:16	rcpc			כִּ֗י יַ֚עַן אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“that because/since you have done what I said/commanded” or “that since you obeyed me”
2694	22:16	sgj6			וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֖כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥	1	“and did not hold back your son {from me},” or “and did not refuse to sacrifice your son {to me},” or “were willing to give/sacrifice your son {to me}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12.
2695	22:16	pxdg			אֶת יְחִידֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“{yes,} your only {son}” or “{even though he is} your only {son}”. See how you translated this in verse 12.
2696	22:17	z6y6			כִּֽי בָרֵ֣ךְ אֲבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֗	1	“I will abundantly/surely bless you,” or “I will {surely} cause you to prosper greatly,”
2697	22:17	d019			וְ⁠הַרְבָּ֨ה אַרְבֶּ֤ה אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙	1	“I will greatly multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants {so that they will be}” or “In fact, I will give you so many offspring/descendants {that they will be}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2698	22:17	ufpq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“{as many/numerous} as the stars in the heavens/sky”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is comparing the number of stars and grains of sand to the number of descendants Abraham will have. There will be so many that no one can count them all (as in Gen 13:16 and 15:6).
2699	22:17	bf0s			וְ⁠כַ⁠ח֕וֹל אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל שְׂפַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּ֑ם	1	“and {as many/numerous} as the {grains of} sand on the seashore,”
2700	22:17	v3sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠יִרַ֣שׁ זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו	1	“and they will conquer the cities of {all} their enemies.” or “They will conquer/defeat {all} their enemies and rule over them.” or “Your offspring/descendants will …” Cities often had high stone walls surrounding them to protect the people inside. The gates in the walls were the only way to go in or out of a city. The idiom “possess the gates of … enemies” refers to taking control of the cities and conquering the people living there. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language.
2701	22:18	ropw			בְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔	1	“In/Through your offspring/descendants” or “Because of your offspring/descendants” or “By means of your offspring/descendants”. See how you translated “offspring” in verse 17.
2702	22:18	c2lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“all the nations/peoples of/on the earth will be blessed {by me},” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups {that live} on the earth,” See how you translated a similar sentence (“in/through … all the … of/on the earth will be blessed”) in Gen 12:3 and 18:18.
2703	22:18	emd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ בְּ⁠קֹלִֽ⁠י	1	“because you heeded/obeyed my command.” or “{I will do that} because you obeyed me.” Make sure your translation of “my voice” refers to what God commanded Abraham. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2704	22:19	nybt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אַבְרָהָם֙	1	“After that, Abraham returned {with Isaac}” or “Afterwards/Then Abraham {and Isaac} went back”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham returned alone (without Isaac).
2705	22:19	tr07			אֶל נְעָרָ֔י⁠ו	1	“to his/the {two} servants”. Be consistent here with how you translated “young men” in verses 3 and 5.
2706	22:19	tggg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּקֻ֛מוּ וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ יַחְדָּ֖ו אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע	1	“Then they returned {home} together to {the city of} Beersheba,” or “Then together they {all} traveled {back} {home} to {the city of} Beersheba,” At that time, Abraham and his family were living in Beersheba (Gen 21:31-34). So in your translation, it should not sound like Beersheba was a new destination; they were returning home.
2707	22:19	q7m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב אַבְרָהָ֖ם בִּ⁠בְאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע	1	“and Abraham {and his family} stayed there.” or “and Abraham continued to live there {with his family}.” or “where Abraham {and his family} continued to live.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living alone in Beersheba apart from his family.
2708	22:20	i6mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	“Sometime after that” or “Sometime later”. This phrase introduces a new topic. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
2709	22:20	s6w0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“someone told Abraham,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
2710	22:20	q12r			הִ֠נֵּה	1	“Listen,” or “I have {some} news {for you}:”
2711	22:20	g7pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	יָלְדָ֨ה מִלְכָּ֥ה גַם הִ֛וא בָּנִ֖ים לְ⁠נָח֥וֹר אָחִֽי⁠ךָ	1	“Milcah the wife of your brother Nahor has born {some} sons for him,” or “your brother Nahor and his wife Milcah also have {some} sons,” For some languages it may be better to use an indirect quote in this verse and say, “Sometime later Abraham found out that his brother Nahor and {Nahor’s wife} Milcah had some sons,” Do what is best in your language.
2712	22:21	wmd4			אֶת ע֥וּץ בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת בּ֣וּז אָחִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת קְמוּאֵ֖ל	1	“{including} their firstborn/oldest son Uz, then Buz and Kemuel,” or “The first/oldest son/one {is} Uz, {the second is} Buz, and {the third is} Kemuel,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2713	22:21	rvcd			אֲבִ֥י אֲרָֽם	1	“{who is} the father of Aram.” or “who fathered Aram.” or “whose son is Aram.”
2714	22:22	szt9			וְ⁠אֶת	1	“{They} also {have sons named}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the people listed in verse 22 were sons of Nahor and Milcah, not sons of Kemuel (verse 21). Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2715	22:22	zhtn			כֶּ֣שֶׂד וְ⁠אֶת חֲז֔וֹ וְ⁠אֶת פִּלְדָּ֖שׁ וְ⁠אֶת יִדְלָ֑ף וְ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּתוּאֵֽל	1	“Kesed, Hazo, Pildash, Jidlaph, and Bethuel.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a conjunction between each name in this list (like Hebrew does), or only before the last name in the list. See what you did for a similar list of names in Gen 10:26-29.
2716	22:23	hgj2			וּ⁠בְתוּאֵ֖ל יָלַ֣ד אֶת רִבְקָ֑ה	1	“Bethuel was the father of Rebekah.” or “Bethuel had {a daughter named} Rebekah.” Some translations put this sentence in parentheses to show that it is a separate comment by the author and not part of the previous quote. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27.
2717	22:23	idq9			שְׁמֹנָ֥ה אֵ֨לֶּה֙ יָלְדָ֣ה מִלְכָּ֔ה לְ⁠נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָהָֽם	1	“Those {are} the eight {sons} {that} Milcah had for Abraham’s brother Nahor.” or “Those {are} {the names of} the eight {sons} whom Abraham’s brother Nahor and {his wife} Milcah had together.” or “{Altogether} Milcah bore/had eight sons for Abraham’s brother Nahor.”
2718	22:24	wjgn			וּ⁠פִֽילַגְשׁ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֣⁠הּ רְאוּמָ֑ה וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד גַּם הִוא֙	1	“Besides that, Nahor’s concubine/servant-wife Reumah also bore/had {some sons, whom they named}” or “In addition to that, Nahor and his concubine/servant-wife Reumah also had {some sons, including}”
2719	22:24	ze05			אֶת טֶ֣בַח וְ⁠אֶת גַּ֔חַם וְ⁠אֶת תַּ֖חַשׁ וְ⁠אֶֽת מַעֲכָֽה	1	“Tebah, Gaham, Tahash, and Maacah.” See how you connected the list of names in verse 22.
2720	23:1	y6lm			וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ חַיֵּ֣י שָׂרָ֔ה מֵאָ֥ה שָׁנָ֛ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים	1	“Sarah lived 127 years” or “Sarah lived to be 127 years old”
2721	23:1	xsnc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁנֵ֖י חַיֵּ֥י שָׂרָֽה	1	“{Yes,} that is how long she lived” or “That is how old she lived to be”. Consider whether it is better in your language to combine the last part of verse 1 with the beginning of verse 2 and say, “That is how old she was when she died in Kiriath Arba …”
2722	23:2	gq6y			וַ⁠תָּ֣מָת שָׂרָ֗ה	1	“Then she died” or “before she died”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence.
2723	23:2	uigf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע	1	“in {the city of} Kiriath Arba,” or “in {the city of} Kiriath-arba,” You can spell this name as two words, as in the Hebrew text, or combine them into one word with or without a hyphen. Be consistent with how you spell this name throughout the Bible.
2724	23:2	zc7g			הִ֥וא חֶבְר֖וֹן	1	“which {is also/now called/named} Hebron,” or “also/now known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,” The city of Kiriath Arba was later named Hebron (Joshua 14:15).
2725	23:2	ptzp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“in the land/region of/called Canaan.” For some languages it is more natural to put a general location before a specific location and say, “in the land of Canaan, in {the city of} Kiriath Arba, which {is} Hebron.” Do what is best in your language.
2726	23:2	y3fa			וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Then Abraham went/came {to her}” or “Abraham went/came {to her side}”
2727	23:2	d6r2			לִ⁠סְפֹּ֥ד לְ⁠שָׂרָ֖ה וְ⁠לִ⁠בְכֹּתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“to mourn and weep/cry for her.” or “and cried and mourned for her.” For some languages it is necessary to translate this sentence using a verb form that expresses completion or past tense so that it is clear that Abraham actually did this. Do what is best in your language.
2728	23:3	ad8l			וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י	1	“Later he got/stood up from {mourning} beside” or “After a while, Abraham/he left”
2729	23:3	fwcx			מֵת֑⁠וֹ	1	“her body,” or “her,” or “his wife’s body,”
2730	23:3	l42n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֶל־בְּנֵי חֵ֖ת לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“and he {went} to {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {at the city gates} {and} said to them,” The phrase “sons of Heth” refers to the descendants of Canaan’s son Heth (Genesis 10:15; 15:20) who are also known as the Hittites. Consider what is the best way to refer to them here in your language. Also, for some languages it is necessary to make it explicit here in verse 3 that Abraham went to the city gates to meet with the Hittites, rather than wait until verse 10 for that information. Do what is best in your language.
2731	23:4	s4tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָנֹכִ֖י	1	“I {am coming to you as}” or “{As you know,} I {am}” or “{Since} I {am}”. The leaders of the city already knew that Abraham was a foreigner, so make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like he is telling them something that they did not know.
2732	23:4	i6f1			גֵּר וְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֥ב	1	“a foreigner/outsider who has settled” or “a foreigner/outsider who is living”. See how you translated “foreigner” in Gen 15:13.
2733	23:4	rxen		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“among you {and I have no land/property of my own}.” or “in your land {and/so I do not own any property here}.” It is implied by Abraham and understood by the Hittites that Abraham’s status as a foreigner means he owns no property. Consider whether or not to make this implied information explicit in your translation.
2734	23:4	ck58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	תְּנ֨וּ לִ֤⁠י	1	“{Please} give/sell me” or “{Please} let me buy”. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase sounds polite, not rude or demanding.
2735	23:4	sf40			אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֨בֶר֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“{some} property/land among you” or “some of your land/property”
2736	23:4	szs9			וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה מֵתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	“so I have a place to take my dead/deceased {wife} and bury her.” or “where I can bury {the body of} my wife who has died.” or “so that I can give my deceased {wife} a proper/decent burial.” Translate this clause in a way that shows respect for the person who has died.
2737	23:5	vukz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֧וּ בְנֵי־חֵ֛ת אֶת־אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{The leaders/elders of} the Hittites replied/responded to Abraham/him,” or “When {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {heard that}, they replied/responded,” See how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verse 3.
2738	23:6	r5h0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	שְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נוּ אֲדֹנִ֗⁠י	1	“{Please} listen to our proposal, my/our lord/master.” or “Sir, {please} listen to what we propose:” Abraham was not their actual lord or master. Rather, the Hittites are addressing him in a respectful manner. Also, for some languages it is more natural or respectful to put the form of address “My lord” or “Sir” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language.
2739	23:6	dlnm			נְשִׂ֨יא אֱלֹהִ֤ים אַתָּה֙	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “You {are} a powerful/important leader/man” or (2) “You {are} a leader/man of/from God”. The interpretation that you do not follow in your translation could be put in a footnote.
2740	23:6	i7x9			בְּ⁠תוֹכֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	“{living} among us.” or “{who lives} among our people.”
2741	23:6	i3yv			קְבֹ֖ר	1	“{So} {you may} bury/put”. Make sure that the reply of the Hittites sounds polite here in your translation.
2742	23:6	bpqa			אֶת מֵתֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“your dead/deceased {wife}” or “{the body of} your wife who has died”
2743	23:6	y3g4			בְּ⁠מִבְחַ֣ר קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“in {any} one of our best”
2744	23:6	pudg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“burial sites.” or “places to bury {people who have died}.” or “tombs.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “{So please choose} {any} one of our best burial sites and bury/put your dead/deceased {wife} there.” Do what is best in your language.
2745	23:6	j0hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	אִ֣ישׁ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ אֶת קִבְר֛⁠וֹ לֹֽא יִכְלֶ֥ה מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ מִ⁠קְּבֹ֥ר	1	“Each of us is willing/happy to give you {some of} his land where you can bury” or “All of us are willing/happy for you to use {any of} our burial sites to bury”
2746	23:6	p2vf			מֵתֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“your dead/deceased {wife}.” or “{the body of} your wife who has died.” or “her.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Sarah’s dead body here since it was just mentioned in the previous sentence.
2747	23:7	x7ub			וַ⁠יָּ֧קָם אַבְרָהָ֛ם	1	“So Abraham got/stood up” or “Abraham got/stood up”. The verb “got up” reflects the fact that Abraham and the leaders/elders of the Hittites were all sitting as they talked to each other.
2748	23:7	erok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ	1	“and bowed {in respect}” or “and bowed down/low {to the ground} {in respect}” or “and kneeled and touched his forehead to the ground {in respect}”. We do not know how far Abraham bowed down. He may have bowed his upper body from a standing position, or he may have knelt down and touched his forehead to the ground with his arms outstretched.
2749	23:7	rwqv			לְ⁠עַם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לִ⁠בְנֵי חֵֽת	1	“in front of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites, who owned the land {in the area}” or “before the leaders/elders over the Hittites”. The phrase “people of the land” is a term that refers to the leaders of that region who owned land in the area and were the ones to decide whether a foreigner could acquire land.
2750	23:8	hd9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתָּ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“and said to them,” or “Then he said to them,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to have two verbs or just one verb in this quote margin. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2751	23:8	ct9t			אִם יֵ֣שׁ אֶֽת נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	“If you are willing”
2752	23:8	r7qy			לִ⁠קְבֹּ֤ר אֶת מֵתִ⁠י֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י	1	“{for me} to bury my dead/deceased {wife} {here},” or “{to allow me} to bury {the body of} my wife who has died,” or “to {help/let me} give my deceased {wife} a proper/decent burial {here},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
2753	23:8	fqbj			שְׁמָע֕וּ⁠נִי וּ⁠פִגְעוּ לִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן בֶּן צֹֽחַר	1	“{please} appeal to Ephron the son of Zohar on my behalf” or “{please} help me by asking Zohar’s son Ephron”
2754	23:9	o16i			וְ⁠יִתֶּן לִ֗⁠י	1	“to give/sell to me”
2755	23:9	lpzg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת מְעָרַ֤ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה שָׂדֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“his cave that is at the end/edge of his field in the Machpelah {area}.” Machpelah is the name of the area or neighborhood where Ephron’s cave and field were located (verse 17).
2756	23:9	jtgy			בְּ⁠כֶ֨סֶף מָלֵ֜א יִתְּנֶ֥⁠נָּה לִ֛⁠י	1	“Ask him to give/sell it to me for its full price/value” or “Ask him to sell it to me and I will pay him the full amount that it is worth”
2757	23:9	g5xi			בְּ⁠תוֹכְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	“in front of you {all}” or “with all of you {present/here} to witness the sale”
2758	23:9	kb9e			לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר	1	“so that I will have land/property to bury {the body of my deceased wife}.” or “That way I will have a place {here} where I can bury {the body of my wife who has died}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2759	23:10	yfyu			וְ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן יֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ בְּנֵי חֵ֑ת	1	“Now Ephron the Hittite was sitting {there} {at the meeting} among the {other} Hittite leaders/elders,” or “Ephron was one of the Hittite leaders/elders who had gathered {there} {at the meeting},”
2760	23:10	rq1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ אֶת אַבְרָהָם֙	1	“so/and he replied to Abraham”
2761	23:10	igbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֔ת	1	“in the hearing/presence of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites,” or “as/while the {other} leaders/elders listened,”
2762	23:10	w1wf			לְ⁠כֹ֛ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר־עִיר֖⁠וֹ	1	“including everyone who had gathered {there} at their/the city gate,” The pronoun “his” refers back to “everyone” who had gathered at the city gate, not just one person. Also, in that culture, the leaders of a city would hold their meetings at the city gates, where they would make decisions on important matters such as the one Abraham brought before them. You could include that information in a footnote.
2763	23:10	r2ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“He said,” or “This is what he said:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2764	23:11	kb99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	לֹֽא אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י	1	“That is not necessary, sir.” or “Sir, there is no need for that.” Make sure your translation of this phase sounds polite. In some cultures it is rude to say “No” too directly.
2765	23:11	ektg			שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי	1	“{Please} listen to this/my proposal:” or “{Please} accept this offer/proposal:” or “{Please} listen to what I am proposing:”
2766	23:11	m2tk			הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי לָ֔⁠ךְ	1	“I {hereby} give/offer you the {entire} field,” Ephron is making a formal proposal or offer. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
2767	23:11	ut9u			וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠ךָ֣ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠הָ	1	“including the cave that {is} in it.” or “as well as the cave that {is} in it.”
2768	23:11	frm9			נְתַתִּ֥י⁠הָ לָּ֖⁠ךְ	1	“I’m giving it/them to you {now/here}”
2769	23:11	hebf			לְ⁠עֵינֵ֧י בְנֵי עַמִּ֛⁠י	1	“in the sight/presence of the leaders/elders of my people.” or “as/while the leaders/elders of my people watch/listen {as witnesses}.” or “and {all} the leaders/elders of my people here are witnesses of this.”
2770	23:11	z7u7			קְבֹ֥ר מֵתֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“{You may/can} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {there}.” or “{Please go ahead and} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {on that land}.”
2771	23:12	c96c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Then Abraham bowed {again}” or “{Once again,} Abraham bowed”. See how you translated “bowed” in verse 7.
2772	23:12	w96w			עַ֥ם הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“in front of the people/leaders/elders who owned the land {in the area},” or “before/to the leaders/elders {of/over the Hittites},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. You could translate this in a slightly different way here since these people have been referred to repeatedly before this.
2773	23:13	zbz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֶל עֶפְר֜וֹן בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֤י עַם הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“and he said to Ephron while the {rest of} the leaders/elders listened,” or “As/While they {all} listened, he/Abraham said to Ephron,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “in the ears of” in verse 10.
2774	23:13	btl1			אַ֛ךְ	1	“Rather {than that},” or “Instead {of doing that},”
2775	23:13	ul13			אִם אַתָּ֥ה ל֖וּ	1	“if you are willing,” or “since you are willing {to let me have the field},” In verses 9-15, Abraham and Ephron are bargaining indirectly with each other according to the customs of that culture and time. Keep that in mind as you translate their conversation.
2776	23:13	nu5f			שְׁמָעֵ֑⁠נִי	1	“please accept my proposal/offer.” or “please listen to what I am offering/proposing.”
2777	23:13	dy0v			נָתַ֜תִּי כֶּ֤סֶף הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙	1	“I will give/pay you the {full} price of what the field is worth.” or “I want to give/pay you the {full} price of/for the field.”
2778	23:13	riop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	קַ֣ח מִמֶּ֔⁠נִּי	1	“{Please} take/accept my money/payment,” or “{Please} let me buy it from you,”
2779	23:13	la7v			וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת מֵתִ֖⁠י שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	“so that I can bury {the body of} my dead/deceased {wife} there.” or “so that {the field will be mine and} I can bury {my wife} there who has died.” or “then I will have a place to bury {the body of} my dead/deceased {wife}.”
2780	23:14	p5za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּ֧עַן עֶפְר֛וֹן אֶת אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Then Ephron said to Abraham,” or “Ephron responded to Abraham,”
2781	23:15	ihwt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י	1	“Sir,” See how you translated this respectful form of address in verses 6 and 11.
2782	23:15	stvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי	1	“{please} listen to me.” See how you translated this clause in verse 13. Make sure Ephron sounds polite here in your translation.
2783	23:15	tka1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	אֶרֶץ֩ אַרְבַּ֨ע מֵאֹ֧ת שֶֽׁקֶל כֶּ֛סֶף	1	“The land/field {is worth} 400 shekels of silver.” or “If I were selling that land, it would cost 400 shekels of silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold, which was a weight measurement. Four hundred shekels of silver was about 10 pounds (4.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote. See how you translated “shekels of silver” in Gen 20:16.
2784	23:15	xoco			בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“{However,} since you and I are friends,” or “{But} as far as you and I are concerned,”
2785	23:15	efpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה הִ֑וא	1	“what {significance} {is} that?” or “that {is} not important.” or “I would not ask you to pay that.” or “there is no need for that.” Decide whether or not a rhetorical question fits here well in your language.
2786	23:15	uilj			וְ⁠אֶת מֵתְ⁠ךָ֖ קְבֹֽר	1	“So {go ahead and} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {there}.” Consider again how you translated “bury … dead” in verses 4, 6, 8, 11, 13, and 15.
2787	23:16	g94w			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָהָם֮ אֶל עֶפְרוֹן֒	1	“Abraham accepted Ephron’s price/offer,” or “Abraham agreed with Ephron’s price/offer,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham did not just hear what Ephron said, but also acted on it.
2788	23:16	i5n2			וַ⁠יִּשְׁקֹ֤ל אַבְרָהָם֙ לְ⁠עֶפְרֹ֔ן	1	“and/so he paid Ephron/him”
2789	23:16	jss8			אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֕סֶף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֖ר	1	“the {amount of} silver that he/Ephron had stated/suggested”
2790	23:16	x9sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת	1	“in the hearing/presence of the {other} Hittite leaders/elders” or “as/while {the rest of} {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {watched and} listened”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 10. You might need to translate it differently here because of the different context.
2791	23:16	wisp			אַרְבַּ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שֶׁ֣קֶל כֶּ֔סֶף	1	“{which was} 400 shekels of silver,” or “{Abraham weighed the} 400 shekels of silver”
2792	23:16	nryz			עֹבֵ֖ר לַ⁠סֹּחֵֽר	1	“using/with the same kind of weights/scale that merchants used {to accurately weigh silver/things}.” or “using the standard shekel/weights that sellers/traders used {at that time}.”
2793	23:17	vy2y			וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם שְׂדֵ֣ה עֶפְר֗וֹן	1	“So Ephron’s field” or “That is how the field that belonged to Ephron”. Verses 17-18 are a summary of the transaction between Ephron and Abraham. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like this was a second time that the field was sold.
2794	23:17	aztc			אֲשֶׁר֙ בַּ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֔ה	1	“that {was} in the Machpelah {area}”
2795	23:17	x93p			אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י מַמְרֵ֑א	1	“east of {the city of} Mamre,” or “near {the city of} Mamre,” Mamre was another name for the city of Hebron (verse 19). The name probably came from Abraham’s friend and ally who lived there (Gen 13:18; 14:13).
2796	23:17	r9zm			הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֣ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“{including both} the field and the cave that {was} in it,” or “including the cave that {was} in the field,”
2797	23:17	may4			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠עֵץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר	1	“as well as all the trees that {were}”
2798	23:17	d17x			בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כָל גְּבֻל֖⁠וֹ סָבִֽיב	1	“in the field, {whatever was} inside its borders,” or “anywhere inside the borders/boundaries of the field,”
2799	23:17	ua4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם	1	“was {officially/legally} deeded/sold {by Ephron}” or “Ephron deeded/sold {all of that}”. For some languages it may be better to break up this long sentence, change the order of the phrases in this verse, and say, “So Ephron sold his field {to Abraham}, including the cave that was in the field, as well as all the trees that were inside its boundaries. The field was in the Machpelah {area} near {the city of} Mamre. {Ephron sold the/that field} …” Do what is best in your language.
2800	23:18	lkdc			לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם לְ⁠מִקְנָ֖ה	1	“to Abraham as his property” or “to Abraham, and it became his possession/property”
2801	23:18	y1ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת	1	“in the sight/presence of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites” or “while {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites watched {as witnesses}”. See how you translated the idiom “before the eyes of” in verse 11.
2802	23:18	ym12			בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר־עִירֽ⁠וֹ	1	“including everyone who had gathered at their/the city gate/gates.” or “That included everyone who had met together at their/the city gate/gates.” For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “… to Abraham in front of {the leaders of} the Hittites who had gathered at the city gates, so that they all witnessed that the land was now Abraham’s property.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated a similar clause in verse 10.
2803	23:19	vcro			וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵן֩	1	“After that,” or “After Abraham/he bought the field,”
2804	23:19	dwvg			קָבַ֨ר אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“Abraham/he put/placed {the body of} his wife Sarah”
2805	23:19	hrzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶל מְעָרַ֞ת שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה	1	“in the cave in the field in the Machpelah {area},” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Machpelah” in verses 9 and 17.
2806	23:19	k7kw			עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א	1	“east of {the city of} Mamre,” or “near {the city of} Mamre,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 17. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 17 and in Gen 14:13, 24; 18:1.
2807	23:19	wb07			הִ֣וא חֶבְר֑וֹן	1	“which {is also called/named} Hebron,” or “also known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,”
2808	23:19	meyv			בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן	1	“in the land/region called Canaan.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
2809	23:20	ujmp			וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֧ה אֲשֶׁר־בּ֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“So {that is how} that field, including the cave that {was} in the field, was/were {officially/legally} sold to Abraham” or “So {in that way,} the field {of Ephron}, including …” Verse 20 is a concluding summary of chapter 23 and repeats parts of verses 17-18. Make sure that the way you translate this does not sound like Abraham bought another property from the Hittites.
2810	23:20	z30w			לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָ֑בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵי חֵֽת	1	“by the Hittites as a burial place/site.” or “by the Hittites, so that he had a place where he could bury {his wife who had died}.” Consider again how you translated “a burial place” in verses 4, 9, and 20, and how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verses 3, 5, 7, 10, 16, 18, and 20.
2811	24:1	wzyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֣ם זָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	“Abraham had lived a long time and was {now} {very} old,” or “Abraham was very old now. He had lived many years,” or “Now Abraham had become very old,” Verse 1 gives the setting for the new episode and begins with a doublet that emphasizes how old Abraham was. Try to preserve this emphasis in a way that is natural in your translation.
2812	24:1	saka			וַֽ⁠יהוָ֛ה בֵּרַ֥ךְ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“and Yahweh had blessed him” or “and Yahweh had caused him to prosper”. See how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3.
2813	24:1	mbdb			בַּ⁠כֹּֽל	1	“in everything {he had done}.” or “in every way.”
2814	24:2	b4i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֗ם אֶל	1	“{One day} Abraham/he told”. Consider what is the best way to introduce the first event in this episode in your language.
2815	24:2	joaf			עַבְדּ⁠וֹ֙ זְקַ֣ן בֵּית֔⁠וֹ	1	“the oldest servant in his household,” or “his senior/chief household servant,”
2816	24:2	k6ua			הַ⁠מֹּשֵׁ֖ל בְּ⁠כָל	1	“who managed everything that he owned,” or “who took care of his entire estate for him,”
2817	24:2	onzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֥חַת יְרֵכִֽ⁠י	1	“Please put your hand under my thigh/leg {to show that you will do what I ask}”. You can make the meaning of this custom explicit in your translation, or you can put that information in a footnote. What Abraham asks his servant to do here is part of the vow-making process in verse 3.
2818	24:3	t966		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	וְ⁠אַשְׁבִּ֣יעֲ⁠ךָ֔	1	“I want you to vow {to me}” or “and swear/vow {to me}” or “and make an unbreakable promise {to me}”. Decide the best way to translate this command in your language. Also, see how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23, and see the note about that there.
2819	24:3	d82y			בַּֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“with Yahweh as your witness, the God who rules/created the heavens and the earth,” See how you translated “the heavens and the earth” in Gen 1:1.
2820	24:3	j350		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י	1	“that you will not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son {Isaac} {to marry} from {among}” or “that you will not arrange for my son {Isaac} to marry”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Isaac” explicit here in verse 3 rather than wait until the end of verse 4. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated the idiom “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21.
2821	24:3	twy1			מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י יוֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“the Canaanite women whom we live among” or “{any of} the Canaanite women who live around us here”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living by himself among the Canaanites; his family and servants also lived among them with him.
2822	24:4	bs9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	כִּ֧י & תֵּלֵ֑ךְ	1	“Rather/Instead, you must go” or “Rather/Instead, I want you to go”
2823	24:4	ph6k			אֶל אַרְצִ֛⁠י	1	“to my {home} country” or “to the country/region where I grew up” or “to the country that I came from”
2824	24:4	x63y			וְ⁠אֶל מוֹלַדְתִּ֖⁠י	1	“to my relatives/family/kinfolk {who live there},”
2825	24:4	e2z3			וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִ֥⁠י לְ⁠יִצְחָֽק	1	“and find/choose a wife/woman {from there} for my son Isaac {to marry}.” or “and get/choose a wife/woman {from among them} for him {to marry}.” or “and arrange for him to marry one of their daughters.” The way you refer to Isaac here will depend on how you referred to him in verse 3.
2826	24:5	b2aj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָ⁠עֶ֔בֶד	1	“Then the servant asked Abraham,” or “But {Abraham’s} servant asked him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language so that it fits the context well.
2827	24:5	m0tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	אוּלַי֙	1	“Suppose {that}” or “What {should I do} if”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 18:24, 28, 29.
2828	24:5	rr5r			הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“the {young} woman {I find/choose}” or “{when I find} that {young} woman, she”
2829	24:5	jvcj			לֹא תֹאבֶ֣ה	1	“does not want/agree” or “refuses”
2830	24:5	jx2t			לָ⁠לֶ֥כֶת אַחֲרַ֖⁠י	1	“to come/go {back} with me” or “to follow me {back}”
2831	24:5	j84a			אֶל הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	“to this land {to live}?” or “to {live in} this land?”
2832	24:5	qysv			הֶֽ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב אָשִׁיב֙ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“{In that case,} should I take your son” or “Do you want me to {then} take your son back {there}”
2833	24:5	xbaf			אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר יָצָ֥אתָ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם	1	“to your {home} country {to marry her} {and live there}?” or “{to live} in your {home} country?”
2834	24:6	t4c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“Then Abraham said/replied to his servant,” or “Abraham answered him,” or “Abraham replied,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin at this point in the conversation.
2835	24:6	z1c6			הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֔ פֶּן תָּשִׁ֥יב אֶת בְּנִ֖⁠י	1	“{No,} be/make sure that you never take my son back” or “{No,} you must definitely not/never take my son back”
2836	24:6	lauy			שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	“there {to live}” or “to my home country/land {to live}”
2837	24:7	kqni			יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם	1	“{because} Yahweh, the God who rules/created the heavens,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 7 gives the reason for verse 6. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, and see how you translated “the God of the heavens” in verse 3.
2838	24:7	m7st			אֲשֶׁ֨ר לְקָחַ֜⁠נִי מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֮	1	“brought/led me {here} from my father’s household”
2839	24:7	krl7			וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מֽוֹלַדְתִּ⁠י֒	1	“and from the land where {the rest of} my relatives/family live,”
2840	24:7	fb50			וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּר לִ֜⁠י וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִֽשְׁבַּֽע לִ⁠י֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“and he vowed to me,” or “and he made an oath/vow to me and said,” or “and he made an unbreakable promise to me and said,”
2841	24:7	t9zo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	“I will give this land to your offspring/descendants” or “that he would/will give this land {where we live} to my descendants”. The phrase “this land” refers to the land of Canaan here, not the land where Abraham’s relatives lived. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct quote or an indirect quote.
2842	24:7	zrxe			ה֗וּא יִשְׁלַ֤ח מַלְאָכ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“He will send one of his angels ahead of you {to guide/help you},” If you begin a new sentence here, make sure that the previous sentence is well-formed and complete in your language. Also, see how you translated “angel” in Gen 22:11, 15.
2843	24:7	ksow			וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥	1	“so that you will {be able to} find/choose” or “so that you can find/get”
2844	24:7	tdz1			אִשָּׁ֛ה לִ⁠בְנִ֖⁠י מִ⁠שָּֽׁם	1	“a wife/woman from there for my son {to marry}” or “a wife/woman from my home country/land for my son {to marry}.” See how you translated “take/find a wife for” in verses 3-4.
2845	24:8	wcpk			וְ⁠אִם & הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙	1	“However, if the woman {you find/choose}”
2846	24:8	y2r9			לֹ֨א תֹאבֶ֤ה	1	“does not want” or “refuses”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
2847	24:8	rfey			לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“to come {back} {here} with you,” or “to follow you {back} {here},” See how you translated a similar phrase (“to come with me”) in verse 5.
2848	24:8	mdi5			מִ⁠שְּׁבֻעָתִ֖⁠י זֹ֑את	1	“then you will be released/free from {keeping} this oath/vow that I am asking/requesting you to swear/make {today/now}.” or “then you will not have to keep/fulfill this binding/unbreakable promise that you are swearing/making to me {today/now}.” An oath is a serious, unbreakable promise or vow that is made before God to guarantee that it will be fulfilled. See how you translated the verb form of this word (“swear” or “vow”) in verse 3.
2849	24:8	eey0			רַ֣ק	1	“Just” or “But {no matter what happens,}”
2850	24:8	rucb			אֶת בְּנִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א תָשֵׁ֖ב שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	“you must not/never take my son back to my home country/land!” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6.
2851	24:9	qz2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם אֶת יָד֔⁠וֹ תַּ֛חַת יֶ֥רֶךְ אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֲדֹנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“So the/Abraham’s servant put his hand under his master/owner Abraham’s thigh/leg”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. Also, in that culture, people owned servants and had complete authority over them. Make sure your translation of “master” and “servant” does not imply that the servant was mistreated. Servants were treated well, could hold important positions and were often considered as members of the master’s family. See how you translated a related term “mistress/owner” in Gen 16:4, 8-9.
2852	24:9	ezs1			וַ⁠יִּשָּׁ֣בַֽע ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“and vowed to him” or “and made an oath/vow to him” or “and made an unbreakable promise to him”. See how you translated “swore” in verse 7 and “swear” in verse 3.
2853	24:9	w2zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“that he would do what he/Abraham had requested/told him to do.” or “that he would go get/find a wife/woman for Isaac.” Some languages need to make explicit what “this matter” refers to. Do what is best in your language.
2854	24:10	l8l3			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח הָ֠⁠עֶבֶד עֲשָׂרָ֨ה גְמַלִּ֜ים מִ⁠גְּמַלֵּ֤י אֲדֹנָי⁠ו֙	1	“Then/Next he got ten of his master’s camels ready {for the trip}”. Make sure that your translation of “took” does not imply that the servant stole the camels or valuable things from Abraham. Rather, the “good things” that he loaded on the camels included things that he would give as gifts to Isaac’s relatives (verse 53). Also, see how you translated “camels” in Gen 12:16.
2855	24:10	zzj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ וְ⁠כָל ט֥וּב אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּ֗קָם	1	“and left {with some other servants}, taking with him many of his master’s valuable things {to give as gifts}. Then he” or “and after he loaded them with all kinds of valuable things from his master {to use as gifts}, he left {with some other servants} and”. For some languages, it is best to make it explicit here in verse 10 that other servants went with Abraham’s chief servant, rather than have them appear suddenly in verse 32. Do what is best in your language.
2856	24:10	cwi1			וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל	1	“and made the {long} journey/trip to” or “Then he traveled to”. This was about a 800 kilometer (500 mile) trip and would take camels about seventeen days to complete. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2857	24:10	in1t			אֲרַ֥ם נַֽהֲרַ֖יִם	1	“{the region of} Aram Naharaim,”
2858	24:10	pnrb			אֶל עִ֥יר נָחֽוֹר	1	“to Nahor’s city.” or “to the city where Nahor lived.” Nahor lived in the city of Haran (Gen 11:31-32). That information could be put in a footnote. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Nahor owned the city.
2859	24:11	sqc8			וַ⁠יַּבְרֵ֧ךְ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֛ים מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לָ⁠עִ֖יר	1	“{When they arrived there,} Abraham’s servant had the camels kneel/lie down {to rest} outside the city”
2860	24:11	csy7			אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“near its well” or “by/near the {community/public} well {that was there}”. Each town or city had a well where people from the city came to get their water. See how you translated “well of water” in Gen 21:19. You might need to translate this in a slightly different way here because of the different context.
2861	24:11	qle5			לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב	1	“It was evening time,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2862	24:11	ct2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠עֵ֖ת צֵ֥את הַ⁠שֹּׁאֲבֹֽת	1	“the time when the {young} women {of the city} came out to draw/get water {from the well} {for their families/homes}.” or “when the {young} women {of the city} were starting to come out {to the well} to draw/get water {for their families/homes}.” In that time and culture, there was no running water in homes so people had to come out to the city well to get water for their families.
2863	24:12	jy5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֓ר	1	“Then Abraham’s servant said/prayed,” Consider what is the best way to begin this paragraph in your language.
2864	24:12	ws5i			יְהוָ֗ה	1	“{Dear/Oh} Yahweh,” Consider what is the best way to begin this prayer in your language.
2865	24:12	i0vz			אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“{who is} the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves,”
2866	24:12	hwr0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הַקְרֵה נָ֥א לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י אַבְרָהָֽם	1	For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Please be kind/gracious to my master by helping me succeed today.” or “Please show your kindness to my master today by helping me {find a wife/woman for his son to marry}.” Do what is best in your language.
2867	24:12	cv0l			הַקְרֵה נָ֥א לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	“please help me do what I have come here to do today” or “please help me succeed today”
2868	24:12	ixjs			וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם	1	“and {in that way} show kindness to” or “and be kind to”
2869	24:12	cgxc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י אַבְרָהָֽם	1	“my master.” or “him.”
2870	24:13	fd2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל	1	“Look/See, {here} I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing {here} beside/near”. Make sure in your translation that what Abraham’s servant says here to Yahweh sounds polite and respectful, not rude, demanding, or complaining. Also, he is not telling God something that God did not already know.
2871	24:13	ulm2			עֵ֣ין הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“this spring/well,” or “this spring-fed well,” The phrase “spring of water” (here and in verse 16) refers to the same well that is referred to in verses 11 and 20, which means that this was probably a spring-fed well. Some translation teams use only one term to refer to this spring or well throughout this chapter in order to prevent confusion. Decide what is best in your language.
2872	24:13	awnn			וּ⁠בְנוֹת֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	“and the daughters of the townspeople” or “and the young women of/from the city”
2873	24:13	jc9y			יֹצְאֹ֖ת לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֥ב מָֽיִם	1	“are coming out {here} to draw/get water.” See how you translated “draw/get water” in verse 11.
2874	24:14	fw47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה	1	“{Please} make it happen {that}”. Make sure that your translation of the servant’s request to God sounds polite.
2875	24:14	w6tq			הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֹמַ֤ר אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙	1	“when I say to one of the young women,” The phrase “young woman” is actually a single word in Hebrew (like the old English words “damsel” and “maiden”) and refers to a young woman who is old enough to get married, but has never been married before. Some languages have a single word for this; other languages prefer a phrase.
2876	24:14	qkdm			הַטִּי נָ֤א כַדֵּ⁠ךְ֙	1	“Please lower your {water} jar/jug/pot”. The water containers that people used were usually made out of clay.
2877	24:14	avo0			וְ⁠אֶשְׁתֶּ֔ה	1	“so that I can drink {some water},” or “so that I can have/take a drink {of water},”
2878	24:14	mgn6			וְ⁠אָמְרָ֣ה	1	“and/if she says/replies {to me},” or “she will say {to me},”
2879	24:14	ych4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַם גְּמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אַשְׁקֶ֑ה	1	“Have/Take a drink, and I will also draw/get water for your camels”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make one or both of the two embedded direct quotes in this verse into indirect quotes. For example you could say, “{Please} make it happen that when I ask one of the young women to lower her jug so that I can have a drink {of water}, she will offer me a drink and will also offer to draw water for my camels.” Do what is best in your language.
2880	24:14	tgbs			אֹתָ֤⁠הּ הֹכַ֨חְתָּ֙	1	“{Then I will know that} she {is the one} you have chosen”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2881	24:14	hmob			לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“{as a wife} for your servant Isaac.” or “to be the wife of Isaac who serves you,”
2882	24:14	ys98			וּ⁠בָ֣⁠הּ אֵדַ֔ע כִּי עָשִׂ֥יתָ חֶ֖סֶד עִם אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“and that you have been kind/gracious to my master {Abraham}.” See how you translated “show kindness toward” in verse 12.
2883	24:15	b9n9			וַֽ⁠יְהִי ה֗וּא טֶרֶם֮ כִּלָּ֣ה לְ⁠דַבֵּר֒	1	“Before Abraham’s servant had {even} finished speaking/praying {to God},” Many translations omit the phrase “Then it happened”, but this phrase emphasizes the events that follow it and adds suspense, so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Do what is natural in your language.
2884	24:15	e70q			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה	1	“just then {he saw}” or “suddenly {he saw}”. This phrase spotlights Rebekah and shows that she is the center of attention. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
2885	24:15	h8p0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	רִבְקָ֣ה יֹצֵ֗את	1	“{a young woman named} Rebekah coming out {of the city}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce Rebekah here for the first time in this episode. Some translations use an exclamation point to help show the excitement.
2886	24:15	mbyu			אֲשֶׁ֤ר יֻלְּדָה֙ לִ⁠בְתוּאֵ֣ל	1	“She was the daughter of Bethuel,” or “Her father was Bethuel,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2887	24:15	xu2z			בֶּן מִלְכָּ֔ה אֵ֥שֶׁת נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“{who was} the son of Milcah and Abraham’s brother Nahor.” or “and his/Bethuel’s parents were Abraham’s brother Nahor and Milcah.”
2888	24:15	fygo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠כַדָּ֖⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָֽ⁠הּ	1	“She was carrying her/a water jug on her shoulder.” or “She had her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Rebekah was coming out {of the city} with/carrying her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” Do what is best in your language.
2889	24:16	zld1			וְ⁠הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ טֹבַ֤ת מַרְאֶה֙ מְאֹ֔ד בְּתוּלָ֕ה	1	“She/Rebekah was a very beautiful unmarried young woman,” See how you translated “young woman” in verses 14 and 15.
2890	24:16	ig54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֹ֣א יְדָעָ֑⁠הּ	1	“whom no man had ever slept with.” or “who had never slept with a man.” or “who had never had {marital/sexual} relations with a man.” See how you translated the idiom “not known a man” in Gen 19:8.
2891	24:16	q92s			וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶד	1	“She went/walked down”. Notice that the spring or well was at a place that was lower than the place where Abraham’s servant was standing.
2892	24:16	x0t1			הָ⁠עַ֔יְנָ⁠ה	1	“to the spring/well” or “to the spring-fed well,” See how you translated “spring” in verse 13.
2893	24:16	vgr9			וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֥א כַדָּ֖⁠הּ	1	“filled her jar/jug {with water},”
2894	24:16	vj4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תָּֽעַל	1	“and came/walked {back} up {with/carrying it on her shoulder}.” If it is not clear, you may need to make it explicit in your translation that Rebekah still had the jar with her when she came up from the well or spring, especially since she lowers it from her shoulder in verse 18.
2895	24:17	vyeh			וַ⁠יָּ֥רָץ הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠הּ	1	“Then {Abraham’s} servant ran/hurried to meet the young woman” or “Then the servant ran up to her”
2896	24:17	wg62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“and said {to her},” or “and requested,”
2897	24:17	fsbq			הַגְמִיאִ֥י⁠נִי נָ֛א מְעַט מַ֖יִם מִ⁠כַּדֵּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“Please let me have a little water to drink from your jar/jug.” or “Please give me a little drink/water from your jar/jug.”
2898	24:18	ecr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“She replied,”
2899	24:18	x3u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	שְׁתֵ֣ה אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“{Please} have a drink, sir.” or “{Certainly,} sir, {you may} have a drink.” Make sure that Rebekah’s reply is polite and respectful in your language, though the way she addresses Abraham’s servant should not make it sound like she is his slave. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 23:6, 11, 15.
2900	24:18	o34c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תֹּ֧רֶד כַּדָּ֛⁠הּ עַל יָדָ֖⁠הּ	1	“Then she quickly lowered her jar/jug {from her shoulder} to her hands”
2901	24:18	emj4			וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“and let him drink {some water} {from it}.” or “and let him have a drink.”
2902	24:19	xr9p			וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ל לְ⁠הַשְׁקֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“After he finished drinking,” or “After that,”
2903	24:19	nl7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“she said/offered {to him},”
2904	24:19	gdym			גַּ֤ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶשְׁאָ֔ב	1	“Let me also draw/get water for {all} your camels”
2905	24:19	g95q			עַ֥ד אִם כִּלּ֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁתֹּֽת	1	“until they have had enough to drink.” or “until they are done.”
2906	24:20	llu6			וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תְּעַ֤ר כַּדָּ⁠הּ֙	1	“Then/So she quickly emptied/poured {the rest of the water from} her jar/jug”. See how you translated “Then she hurried and” in verse 18.
2907	24:20	xlk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶל הַ⁠שֹּׁ֔קֶת	1	“into the {animal} {drinking} trough/place {that was there}” or “into the {stone} trough/container/thing {that was there for animals to drink out of}”. The drinking trough was a long, open stone container that several animals could drink from at the same time.
2908	24:20	brw2			וַ⁠תָּ֥רָץ ע֛וֹד אֶֽל הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֑ב	1	“and ran back {and forth} to the well to draw/get {more water},”
2909	24:20	zyv5			וַ⁠תִּשְׁאַ֖ב לְ⁠כָל גְּמַלָּֽי⁠ו	1	“until she had drawn/brought {enough} for all of the camels.”
2910	24:21	qhyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וְ⁠הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מִשְׁתָּאֵ֖ה לָ֑⁠הּ מַחֲרִ֕ישׁ	1	“Meanwhile the/Abraham’s servant silently watched her/Rebekah {and waited}” or “While she/Rebekah was doing that, the/Abraham’s servant silently watched her”. Starting in verse 21 the Hebrew text takes Rebekah and Laban’s perspective and refers to Abraham’s servant as “the man”. This continues until verse 34, when the servant tells everyone that he is Abraham’s servant. For some languages this is confusing (because it sounds like two different people), so for those languages it is necessary to refer to him as “Abraham’s servant” or “the servant” throughout this chapter.
2911	24:21	mzx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לָ⁠דַ֗עַת הַֽ⁠הִצְלִ֧יחַ יְהוָ֛ה דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ אִם לֹֽא	1	“to find out whether or not Yahweh had made him successful on his journey/trip {to find a wife for Isaac}.” or “to know/see for sure whether/if Yahweh had given him success on his journey/trip.”
2912	24:22	z0mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר כִּלּ֤וּ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּים֙ לִ⁠שְׁתּ֔וֹת	1	“Finally, when the camels had finished drinking,” or “After {all} the camels had drunk as much water as they wanted {and Rebekah had stopped drawing/fetching water},”
2913	24:22	sg19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ נֶ֣זֶם זָהָ֔ב בֶּ֖קַע מִשְׁקָל֑⁠וֹ	1	“the/Abraham's servant brought out a gold nose ring weighing one beka {and gave it to Rebekah/her}” or “the/Abraham's servant gave {Rebekah/her} a gold nose ring that weighed one beka”. Many translation teams keep the numbers and the names of weights that are used in the Bible text in their translation, and they may or may not put the modern equivalents in pounds or grams in a footnote. Other teams do the opposite. One beka was about 1/5 of an ounce (5.5 grams), and ten shekels (See below) was about 4 ounces (110 grams).
2914	24:22	szjk			וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤י צְמִידִים֙ & זָהָ֖ב	1	“He also gave her two gold bracelets”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2915	24:22	afe9			עַל יָדֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	“for her wrists”. The Hebrew term is ambiguous here; it can refer to hands, arms, or wrists. However in this context, the bracelets would have been put on the arms or the wrists.
2916	24:22	pn2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	עֲשָׂרָ֥ה & מִשְׁקָלָֽ⁠ם	1	“that weighed ten shekels {each}.” or “Each bracelet weighed ten shekels.”
2917	24:23	ivak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“Then he said {to her/Rebekah},” or “Then he asked {her/Rebekah},”
2918	24:23	m6vp			בַּת מִ֣י אַ֔תְּ הַגִּ֥ידִי נָ֖א לִ֑⁠י	1	“Please tell me who your father {is}.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. The phrase “Please tell me” can go: (1) with the previous question (“Whose daughter {are} you?”); or (2) with the following question (“Is there a place...to lodge?”). Since Abraham’s servant’s goal was to find a wife for Isaac who was one of Abraham’s relatives, the first interpretation seems most likely.
2919	24:23	t1yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֲ⁠יֵ֧שׁ בֵּית אָבִ֛י⁠ךְ מָק֥וֹם	1	“{Also,} is there {enough} room/space at/in his house” or “{Also,} does your father have enough/any room in/at his house”. If you made “your father” explicit in the previous sentence, it may be more natural to refer to him with the pronoun “his” in this sentence.
2920	24:23	pzbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	לָ֖⁠נוּ	1	“for me and my men”. The pronoun “us” includes other servants who came with Abraham’s chief servant (as verse 32 shows). If your language has inclusive and exclusive forms of this pronoun, you should use the exclusive form here.
2921	24:23	zoch			לָ⁠לִֽין	1	“to spend the night {there}?” or “to stay {there} tonight?”
2922	24:24	edbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“She/Rebekah answered him,” or “She/Rebekah replied,”
2923	24:24	v7bk			בַּת בְּתוּאֵ֖ל אָנֹ֑כִי	1	“My father {is} Bethuel,” or “Bethuel {is} my father,” or “My father’s name {is} Bethuel,”
2924	24:24	l5rk			בֶּן מִלְכָּ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠נָחֽוֹר	1	“{who is} a son of Milcah and Nahor.” or “{and he is} one of Nahor and Milcah’s sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.” Make sure the way you translate this does not sound like Bethuel was the only son of Milcah and Nahor; they had eight sons (Gen 22: 21-22). Also, in some cultures the father’s name is normally given first; in other cultures the mother’s name is normally first.
2925	24:25	pbeh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then she added/continued,” Some languages leave this quote margin implied here, because the same person is still talking to the same person. Other languages can keep the quote margin (like the Hebrew text does), to emphasize what Rebekah says next. The quote margin may also indicate that Rebekah paused before she said what she says in verse 25.
2926	24:25	wijh			גַּם תֶּ֥בֶן גַּם מִסְפּ֖וֹא רַ֣ב עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ	1	“We have plenty of both straw and {other} feed {at our house} {for the/your camels to eat},” The term “fodder” refers to dry feed that is prepared for animals to eat; it can include chopped hay and grains such as oats and barley.
2927	24:25	dj14			גַּם מָק֖וֹם	1	“{and there is} also {enough} room {at/in his/our house} {for all of you}”
2928	24:25	c715			לָ⁠לֽוּן	1	“to spend the night {there}.” or “to stay {there} tonight.” See how you translated this in verse 23.
2929	24:26	g67i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֣ד הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	“Then the/Abraham’s servant bowed to the ground and worshiped/thanked Yahweh,” See how you translated “bowed” in Gen 18:2; 19:1. The word “prostrated” means he bowed low to the ground and touched his face or forehead to the ground with outstretched arms, in an act of worship. When combined with “bowed down” as in this verse, it is usually translated as “worshiped”.
2930	24:27	kzzy			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“by saying,” or “He said,” The servant is worshiping God by bowing down and by what he says in verse 27.
2931	24:27	lmcg			בָּר֤וּךְ יְהוָה֙	1	“Praise Yahweh,” or “I praise Yahweh,” See how you translated this in Gen 9:26.
2932	24:27	w2ii			אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves”. See how you translated “God of my master Abraham” in verse 12.
2933	24:27	r1xi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹֽא עָזַ֥ב חַסְדּ֛⁠וֹ וַ⁠אֲמִתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עִ֣ם אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“He has never stopped being kind and faithful to my master,” or “He has always been kind and faithful to my master,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “kindness” in verses 12 and 14. The phrase “not abandoned” is a way of emphasizing that Yahweh had always been kind and faithful to Abraham.
2934	24:27	inzl			אָנֹכִ֗י בַּ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ נָחַ֣⁠נִי יְהוָ֔ה	1	“and he has guided me on the road/journey {here}” or “{Yes,} Yahweh/he guided me on the/my journey/trip {here}”. The last part of verse 27 is what Abraham’s servant is praising God for; it is an example of how God has been kind and faithful to Abraham. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2935	24:27	ddm0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֵּ֖ית אֲחֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“{to} the home of my master’s relatives/family!” or “{to} the home where my master’s relatives/family live!” or “to my master’s relatives.”
2936	24:28	easg			וַ⁠תָּ֨רָץ֙ הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֔	1	“Then Rebekah ran/hurried {home}”. See how you translated “young woman” previously in this chapter, and consider what is the best way to refer to Rebekah here.
2937	24:28	tpgz			וַ⁠תַּגֵּ֖ד	1	“and reported to” or “and told” or “and shared the news with”
2938	24:28	j74h			לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אִמָּ֑⁠הּ	1	“{the people in} her mother’s household/family”
2939	24:28	fyzw			כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	“about what had happened.” or “about what the man/servant had said to her.”
2940	24:29	w36y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָ֥ה אָ֖ח	1	“Now {it so happened that} Rebekah had a brother” or “Rebekah had a brother”. Laban was Rebekah’s older brother. Some languages have a specific term for “older brother” that fits well here. Also, consider what is the best way to introduce this background information in your language.
2941	24:29	fm49			וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֑ן	1	“whose name {was} Laban,” or “named Laban,”
2942	24:29	natm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּ֨רָץ לָבָ֧ן	1	“and he ran/hurried/rushed” or “Laban/He ran/hurried” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Laban here in your language.
2943	24:29	awi9			אֶל הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ הַ⁠ח֖וּצָ⁠ה אֶל הָ⁠עָֽיִן	1	“out to the spring/well where the man/servant was.” or “to where the man/servant was standing beside the spring/well.”
2944	24:30	isaz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כִּ⁠רְאֹ֣ת	1	“This is how it was/happened: When he/Laban had seen” or “As soon as he/Laban had seen”. Verse 30 is a flashback of what had happened before Laban ran to the well (verse 29). Consider what is the best way to express this in your language. For some languages it may be necessary to combine verses 29-30 and put the sentences in the order that things actually happened. For example, “Now Rebekah had a brother named Laban. When he saw the nose ring and the bracelets she was wearing and heard her tell what the man had said to her, he hurried out to meet the man. He found/saw him standing with his camels beside the well.” If you do this, you would mark these combined verses as 29-30.
2945	24:30	ez7q			אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֗זֶם וְֽ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צְּמִדִים֮ עַל יְדֵ֣י אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֒	1	“the nose ring that his sister was wearing and the bracelets on her arms” or “the nose ring and the bracelets that his sister was wearing”. Some languages have a specific term for “younger sister” that fits well here. Also see how you translated “nose ring” and “bracelets” in verse 22.
2946	24:30	xs19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁמְע֗⁠וֹ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֞י רִבְקָ֤ה אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כֹּֽה דִבֶּ֥ר אֵלַ֖⁠י הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ	1	“and had heard her announce/tell/report what the man {at the well} had said to her,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or indirect quote here. If you want to make it clear who “the man” refers to, you should still translate it generally, for example, “the man {I met at the well}” because when Rebekah said this, she did not yet know who he was.
2947	24:30	d8fj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אֶל הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ	1	“he went {out} to {where} the man/servant {was},” or “he went {out} to meet him,”
2948	24:30	uddd			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה עֹמֵ֥ד	1	“and there he was, standing” or “He found/saw him standing”. The word “behold” emphasizes what follows it. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2949	24:30	a99n			עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים עַל הָ⁠עָֽיִן	1	“with {his} camels at/beside the spring/well.” or “beside/near the spring/well with {his} camels.”
2950	24:31	wip5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then Laban said {to him},” or “Then Laban said {to the man/servant},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Laban is the one talking here. Consider whether or not to include whom he is speaking to in this quote margin.
2951	24:31	y53b			בּ֖וֹא	1	“Come {with me},” or “{Please} come {stay with us},”
2952	24:31	ogj3			בְּר֣וּךְ יְהוָ֑ה	1	“{you who are} blessed by Yahweh.” or “you whom Yahweh has blessed.”
2953	24:31	q7mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֤⁠מָּה תַעֲמֹד֙ בַּ⁠ח֔וּץ	1	“There is no need for you to stand out here.” Laban is being polite here, not accusing or critical. For some languages a rhetorical question does not fit here. Do what is best in your language.
2954	24:31	megh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ פִּנִּ֣יתִי הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת	1	“I have gotten our house ready {for you and your men to stay with us}” or “because the house is prepared/ready {for you and your men to lodge/stay there}”. Consider whether or not it is necessary in your translation to make any implied information explicit in this sentence.
2955	24:31	kwgr			וּ⁠מָק֖וֹם	1	“and {there is also} a place” or “and {we also have} room/space {there}”
2956	24:31	kki6			לַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים	1	“for {your} camels {to stay}.” or “where your camels can stay.”
2957	24:32	dix2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ הַ⁠בַּ֔יְתָ⁠ה	1	“Then the man/servant went/came home {with Laban}.” or “So Abraham’s servant went/came to Laban’s house.” The Hebrew verb can be translated “went” or “came”, depending on the perspective that is taken. Do what is most natural in your language.
2958	24:32	ib7t			וַ⁠יְפַתַּ֖ח הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֑ים	1	“{When they arrived there,} Laban unloaded the camels” or “There Laban took the loads off the camels”. The Hebrew text (“he”) is ambiguous here, but since Laban was the host it is most likely that he (or some of his servants) took care of the camels for his guests.
2959	24:32	bzwz			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן תֶּ֤בֶן וּ⁠מִסְפּוֹא֙ לַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים	1	“and he gave straw and {other} feed to them {to eat}.” or “and fed them straw and {other} fodder/feed.” See how you translated “straw and fodder” in verse 25.
2960	24:32	a0rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠רְחֹ֣ץ רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רַגְלֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{He} also {gave/brought} water to the/Abraham’s servant and the men who {were} with him, to wash {the dust/dirt off} their feet.” or “{He} also {brought} water for the/Abraham’s servant and his men to wash {the road dust/dirt off} their feet.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham’s chief servant washed the feet of the other servants who were with him; each person washed off his own feet. See how you translated “wash {the dust off} your feet” in Gen 19:2.
2961	24:33	k5bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ו⁠יישם לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֔ל	1	“Then they served/brought the servant {and his men} some food,” or “After that, {Laban’s family} served/provided them a meal to eat,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a passive or active construction here.
2962	24:33	nh5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“but the man/servant said {to them},” or “but the man/servant said {to Laban’s family},”
2963	24:33	uwhs			לֹ֣א אֹכַ֔ל עַ֥ד אִם דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי דְּבָרָ֑⁠י	1	“I will/must not eat {anything} until I have told you my message.” or “Before I will/can eat {anything}, I need to tell {you} why I am here.”
2964	24:33	n8t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“So/Then Laban replied,” or “Laban responded {to him},”
2965	24:33	l3yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	דַּבֵּֽר	1	“{Please} tell {us} {what you have/want to say}.” or “{Go ahead and} tell {us} {your message}.” Make sure the way you translate this sounds polite.
2966	24:34	du15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“Then/So the man/servant told {them},” Consider again how you referred to “the man” in verses 21, 22, 26, 29-34, and see the note about that at verse 21.
2967	24:34	qggc			עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם אָנֹֽכִי	1	“I {am} Abraham’s {chief/head} servant.”
2968	24:35	qtao			וַ⁠יהוָ֞ה בֵּרַ֧ךְ אֶת אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י מְאֹ֖ד	1	“Yahweh has abundantly blessed/prospered my master,”
2969	24:35	l2c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל	1	“so that he is wealthy.” or “and as a result, he is {very} wealthy.”
2970	24:35	vm28			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֞⁠וֹ צֹ֤אן וּ⁠בָקָר֙	1	“Yahweh has given him {many} sheep and cattle,” This is the beginning of a list of what Yahweh had given Abraham. Consider the most natural way to list items in your language. Also, see how you translated “flocks and herds” in Gen 13:5.
2971	24:35	itd0			וְ⁠כֶ֣סֶף וְ⁠זָהָ֔ב	1	“{much} silver and gold,” See how you translated “silver and gold” in Gen 13:2.
2972	24:35	zdh6			וַ⁠עֲבָדִם֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת	1	“{many} men and women slaves/servants” or “{many} male and female slaves/servants,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:14.
2973	24:35	m8rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים	1	“and {many} camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 22:3.
2974	24:36	i0d4			וַ⁠תֵּ֡לֶד שָׂרָה֩ אֵ֨שֶׁת אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י בֵן֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“Besides that, my master’s wife Sarah bore him a son” or “Also, my master’s wife Sarah gave birth to a son for him”
2975	24:36	hcrs			אַחֲרֵ֖י זִקְנָתָ֑⁠הּ	1	“in her old age,” or “after/when she was {very} old,”
2976	24:36	mfzs			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“and my master has given him” or “and my master has given his/that son”
2977	24:36	r0lf			אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	“everything that he owns.” or “all of his possessions/property.”
2978	24:37	y61j			וַ⁠יַּשְׁבִּעֵ֥⁠נִי אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י	1	“{Before I came here,} my master made/had me vow {to do something for him},” or “{Before I came here,} my master asked me to make an unbreakable promise to him,” See how you translated “swear” in verse 3, and “swore” in verses 7 and 9.
2979	24:37	p6d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“and he said {to me},” or “He said,” or “This is what he said {to me}:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2980	24:37	iobw			לֹא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י	1	“You must not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son {to marry}” or “You must not arrange for my son {Isaac} to marry {any of}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3.
2981	24:37	ywdr			מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י	1	“from {among} the Canaanite women” or “{any of} the Canaanite women”
2982	24:37	b049			אָנֹכִ֖י יֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	“whose land we have been living in” or “whom we live among in this land”. As in verse 3, make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham lived by himself among the Canaanites; his family and servants also lived among them with him.
2983	24:38	gjyw			אִם לֹ֧א	1	“Rather/Instead,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. After you translate a section, it is a good habit to read through it at normal speed as you pay attention to where it is best to begin new sentences so that sentences and paragraphs flow well and it is easy for people to read.
2984	24:38	kiae			אֶל בֵּית אָבִ֛⁠י תֵּלֵ֖ךְ	1	“go to my father’s household/family,” or “go to where my father’s family lives,” See how you translated “house of my father” in verse 7.
2985	24:38	y1u6			וְ⁠אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י	1	“to my {own} relatives,”
2986	24:38	tx7r			וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִֽ⁠י	1	“and get/find/choose a wife/woman {from among them} for my son {to marry}.”
2987	24:39	ua91			וָ⁠אֹמַ֖ר אֶל אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“So I asked my master,”
2988	24:39	n7t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	אֻלַ֛י	1	“Suppose {that}” or “What {should I do} if”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
2989	24:39	c5j4			הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“the {young} woman {I find/choose}” or “when I find that {young} woman, she”
2990	24:39	xe6y			לֹא תֵלֵ֥ךְ & אַחֲרָֽ⁠י	1	“does not {want/agree to} come/go {back/home} with me?” or “refuses to come {back} {here} with me?” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 5.
2991	24:40	pkj1			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	“He answered/told me,” or “He replied to me,”
2992	24:40	t9je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יְהוָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר הִתְהַלַּ֣כְתִּי לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו	1	“Yahweh, whose presence I walk/live in,” or “Yahweh whom I serve/obey,” See how you translated “walk/live before” in Gen 17:1. This idiom implies that Abraham lived according to God’s will.
2993	24:40	h5z2			יִשְׁלַ֨ח מַלְאָכ֤⁠וֹ	1	“will send one of his angels”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 7.
2994	24:40	yx7b			אִתָּ⁠ךְ֙	1	“{to go} with you” or “to accompany you”
2995	24:40	j6mg			וְ⁠הִצְלִ֣יחַ	1	“to make your journey successful,” or “He will make you succeed on your journey,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2996	24:40	h9kc			וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֤ אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּחְתִּ֖⁠י	1	“so that you will/can get/find/choose a wife for my son from {among} my relatives,” or “so that you can arrange for my son to marry a woman who is one of my relatives,” See how you translated “clan” in verse 38, and consider again how you translated “take a wife for my son” in verses 3, 4, 7, 37-38.
2997	24:40	cmgn			וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י	1	“{someone} {who is} from my father’s family.” See how you translated “house of my father” in verse 38.
2998	24:41	o0q5			אָ֤ז	1	“At that/this time” or “But if this happens,” or “There is a situation/circumstance when”. The word “Then” is a special Hebrew word that can mean “at that time” and implies here that the servant’s question (in verse 39) is now being addressed specifically.
2999	24:41	po5g			תִּנָּקֶה֙ מֵ⁠אָ֣לָתִ֔⁠י	1	“you will be released/free from {keeping} the/your oath/vow {you are making} to me:” or “you will not have/need to fulfill the/your vow to me:”
3000	24:41	r5dm			כִּ֥י תָב֖וֹא אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֤א יִתְּנוּ֙ לָ֔⁠ךְ	1	“When/After you go to my clan/family {and find a wife/woman for Isaac}, if they are not willing to let her go with you,” or “If you find a wife for Isaac but my family refuses to let the woman {you have found/chosen} leave with you,”
3001	24:41	l25u			וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָ נָקִ֖י מֵ⁠אָלָתִֽ⁠י	1	“you will be released/free from {keeping} the/your oath/vow {that you are making} to me.” or “you will not have/need to keep/fulfill the unbreakable promise {you are making} to me.” See how you translated “clear from” earlier in this verse and in verse 8.
3002	24:42	a11b			וָ⁠אָבֹ֥א הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם אֶל הָ⁠עָ֑יִן	1	“Then today when I arrived at {your city’s} spring/well,” or “{Abraham’s servant said/continued,} “Then today when I arrived at {your city’s} spring/well,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the servant is now talking about himself. He is no longer quoting Abraham (whose words ended in verse 41).
3003	24:42	avgw			וָ⁠אֹמַ֗ר יְהוָה֙	1	“I prayed, ‘{Oh/Dear} Yahweh,” See how you began the prayer in verse 12.
3004	24:42	f4wp			אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“{who is} the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
3005	24:42	e7rf			אִם יֶשְׁ⁠ךָ	1	“if you are willing,” or “if you agree,”
3006	24:42	mkmv			נָּא֙ מַצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכִּ֔⁠י	1	“please give me success on/during this journey/trip” or “please make me successful on this journey/trip”. See how you translated this clause in verses 21 and 40.
3007	24:42	m2hh			אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י הֹלֵ֥ךְ עָלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“that I have made/undertaken.”
3008	24:43	mjv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל	1	“Look/See, {here} I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing {here} beside/near”. See how you translated this in verse 13.
3009	24:43	w9vs			עֵ֣ין הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“{this} spring/well.” or “{this} spring-fed well.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 13.
3010	24:43	gutw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה	1	“{Please} make it happen {that}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14.
3011	24:43	c2yc			הָֽ⁠עַלְמָה֙ הַ⁠יֹּצֵ֣את לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֔ב	1	“when a young woman comes out {of the city} to draw water”
3012	24:43	ce1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ הַשְׁקִֽי⁠נִי נָ֥א מְעַט מַ֖יִם מִ⁠כַּדֵּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and I ask her, “Please let me drink a little water from your jar/jug,” or “and I ask her to let me drink some water from her {water} jar/jug/pot,” This direct quote is within a direct quote that is within another direct quote. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to use an indirect quote here. Decide what is best in your language.
3013	24:44	txkx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠אָמְרָ֤ה אֵלַ⁠י֙ גַּם אַתָּ֣ה שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אֶשְׁאָ֑ב	1	“if she says/replies, “{Yes,} have a drink and I will also draw/get water for your camels,” or “if she gives me a drink and also offers to draw/get water for my camels,” See how you translated the embedded direct quote in verse 43.
3014	24:44	y8uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הִ֣וא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר הֹכִ֥יחַ יְהוָ֖ה לְ⁠בֶן אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“{then} {let} her {be} the woman/one whom {you} Yahweh have chosen to be the wife of my master’s son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham’s servant is still talking directly to Yahweh in this clause. For example, you could make “you” explicit in this clause.
3015	24:45	ez8g			אֲנִי֩ טֶ֨רֶם אֲכַלֶּ֜ה	1	“Before I had {even} finished” or “Before I could {even} finish”
3016	24:45	u69s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל לִבִּ֗⁠י	1	“praying {to God} in my heart,” or “praying {to God} silently/quietly,”
3017	24:45	ykrs			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“just then I saw” or “suddenly I saw” or “there was”
3018	24:45	j4vo			רִבְקָ֤ה יֹצֵאת֙	1	“Rebekah coming out {of the city}”. See how you translated the first half of verse 15, which is very similar to the first half of verse 45.
3019	24:45	xd9t			וְ⁠כַדָּ֣⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָ֔⁠הּ	1	“carrying/with her {empty} {water} jar/jug on her shoulder.”
3020	24:45	c9mt			וַ⁠תֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יְנָ⁠ה וַ⁠תִּשְׁאָ֑ב	1	“She walked down to the spring/well and filled up her jar/jug with water,” Consider again how you translated “spring” (verses 13, 16, 29-30, 42-43 and 45) and “well” (verses 11 and 20) in this chapter. Both terms refer to the same source of water. See the note about this at verse 13.
3021	24:45	f15b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וָ⁠אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ הַשְׁקִ֥י⁠נִי נָֽא	1	“so I said to her, ‘Please let me have a drink.’ ” or “so I asked her, ‘May I please have a drink {of water}?’ ” or “so I asked her to please give me a drink.” Consider what is the best way to translate this embedded quote in your language.
3022	24:46	pk0q			וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תּ֤וֹרֶד כַּדָּ⁠הּ֙	1	“She quickly/immediately lowered her jar/jug” or “She quickly/immediately brought her jar/jug down”. Consider again how you translated “jar” in verses 14-18, 20, 43, 45-46.
3023	24:46	zbwm			מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	“from/off her {shoulder}”
3024	24:46	m6uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁתֵ֔ה	1	“and said {to me}, ‘Have/Take a drink,” Make sure Rebekah sounds polite here in your translation.
3025	24:46	ivit			וְ⁠גַם גְּמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אַשְׁקֶ֑ה	1	“and I will also give water to your camels.” or “and I will also draw/get water for your camels.” See how you translated this clause in verse 14. Also see verse 18, which is similar.
3026	24:46	nqly			וָ⁠אֵ֕שְׁתְּ	1	“So I drank {some water} {from her jar/jug},” or “So I took a drink {from her jar/jug},”
3027	24:46	qkxu			וְ⁠גַ֥ם הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים הִשְׁקָֽתָה	1	“and she also drew/gave water to my camels.”
3028	24:47	obuw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וָ⁠אֶשְׁאַ֣ל אֹתָ֗⁠הּ וָ⁠אֹמַר֮	1	“Then I asked her,”
3029	24:47	qk0p			בַּת מִ֣י אַתְּ֒	1	“Who {is} your father?” See how you translated this question in verse 23.
3030	24:47	ux8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“She answered {me},” or “She replied,”
3031	24:47	ggw9			בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙	1	“{I am} the daughter of Bethuel,” or “My father is Bethuel,” or “My father’s name is Bethuel,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 24.
3032	24:47	v0s4			בֶּן נָח֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָֽלְדָה לּ֖⁠וֹ מִלְכָּ֑ה	1	“{who is} a son of Nahor and {his wife} Milcah.” or “{and he is} one of Nahor and Milcah’s sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.”
3033	24:47	yp77			וָ⁠אָשִׂ֤ם הַ⁠נֶּ֨זֶם֙ עַל אַפָּ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הַ⁠צְּמִידִ֖ים עַל יָדֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“Then/So I put the nose ring on her nose and the bracelets on her arms/wrists.” or “After that I gave her a/the nose ring and bracelets to wear.” See how you translated “nose ring”, “bracelets”, and “arms” in verse 22.
3034	24:48	nvge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וָ⁠אֶקֹּ֥ד וָֽ⁠אֶשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וָ⁠אֲבָרֵ֗ךְ אֶת יְהוָה֙	1	“Then/Next I bowed to the ground and worshiped and praised Yahweh,” See how you translated “bowed down and prostrated himself” in verse 26, and see the note about that there.
3035	24:48	wizd			אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 42.
3036	24:48	vtn2			אֲשֶׁ֤ר הִנְחַ֨⁠נִי֙	1	“because he led/guided me”
3037	24:48	e19s			בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֱמֶ֔ת	1	“the right way/direction” or “right/exactly where I should go”
3038	24:48	xs5x			לָ⁠קַ֛חַת	1	“to get/find”
3039	24:48	gyfv			אֶת בַּת אֲחִ֥י אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the granddaughter of my master’s brother”, which refers to Nahor's granddaughter; or (2) “the daughter of my master’s relative”, which refers to Bethuel's daughter. Abraham’s brother Nahor was the father of Bethuel and the grandfather of Rebekah (Genesis 11:26; 22:20-23).
3040	24:48	jwkn			לִ⁠בְנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{to be the wife} for my master’s son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this refers to Abraham’s son, not Nahor’s or Bethuel’s son.
3041	24:49	n6ri			וְ֠⁠עַתָּה אִם יֶשְׁ⁠כֶ֨ם	1	“So now/then, if you are willing”. Throughout this verse “you” is plural.
3042	24:49	oour		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֹשִׂ֜ים חֶ֧סֶד וֶֽ⁠אֱמֶ֛ת אֶת אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י	1	“to {let her come with me, and in that way} show {your} kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “to be kind and faithful to my master {by sending her with me},” See how you translated “kindness” and “faithfulness” in verse 27. If necessary in your translation, you can make it explicit how they would show kindness and faithfulness to Abraham.
3043	24:49	etr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֔⁠י	1	“{please} tell me, or if you are not willing, tell me,” It may be clearer or more natural to put this information near the beginning of the sentence and say, “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to {let her come with me, and in that way} show {your} kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to be kind and faithful to my master {by letting her come with me},” Do what is best in your language.
3044	24:49	rxq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֶפְנֶ֥ה עַל יָמִ֖ין א֥וֹ עַל שְׂמֹֽאל	1	“so that I will/can know/decide which way to turn/go.” or “so that I can decide/know what to do {next}.” Consider whether your language has the same idiom that Hebrew has here, or a similar idiom, with the same meaning, or whether you need to say this without an idiom.
3045	24:50	ibp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן לָבָ֤ן וּ⁠בְתוּאֵל֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“Then Laban and {his father} Bethuel answered {Abraham’s servant},”
3046	24:50	aqiu			מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה יָצָ֣א הַ⁠דָּבָ֑ר	1	“{We can clearly see that} Yahweh has made {all} this happen,” or “{It is clear/obvious that} {all} this is the will of Yahweh,”
3047	24:50	mnf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	לֹ֥א נוּכַ֛ל	1	“{so} it is not our place/right” or “{so} we have no right”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that is used here.
3048	24:50	al8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דַּבֵּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ רַ֥ע אוֹ טֽוֹב	1	“to tell you anything different {from what he has done/decided}.” or “to say/decide anything against what he has decided.”
3049	24:51	yfio			הִנֵּֽה רִבְקָ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“See/Here, Rebekah {is} in front of you.” or “Look, here {is} Rebekah.”
3050	24:51	zx2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	קַ֣ח וָ⁠לֵ֑ךְ	1	“{You may} take her {with you} and go/return {home}”
3051	24:51	stjs			וּ⁠תְהִ֤י אִשָּׁה֙ לְ⁠בֶן אֲדֹנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“so that she will be the wife of your master’s son” or “so that she can marry your master’s son”
3052	24:51	qwll			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	“as Yahweh has guided.” or “just as Yahweh has decided/determined {it should be}.”
3053	24:52	oase			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁמַ֛ע עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶת דִּבְרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“When Abraham’s servant heard what they said,” The phrase “Then it happened” introduces the climax of the chapter, when the servant responds to hearing that Yahweh has fulfilled his prayer to find a wife for Isaac. Do what is natural in your language.
3054	24:52	bfdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	“he bowed low to the ground and praised/thanked Yahweh.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 48. Notice that here in verse 52, the phrase “to the ground” is explicit and emphasized.
3055	24:53	l9ad			וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠עֶ֜בֶד	1	“Then he brought/took out”
3056	24:53	wbut			כְּלֵי כֶ֨סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֤י זָהָב֙ וּ⁠בְגָדִ֔ים וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠רִבְקָ֑ה	1	“silver and gold jewelry and {other expensive/valuable gifts, including} {beautiful} clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.” or “{expensive/valuable gifts, including} silver and gold jewelry, and {also} {beautiful} clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.”
3057	24:53	maat			וּ⁠מִ֨גְדָּנֹ֔ת נָתַ֥ן	1	“He {also} gave valuable/expensive gifts”
3058	24:53	y6rd			לְ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠הָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אִמָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“to her brother and mother.” or “to her mother and brother.”
3059	24:54	v706			וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֗וּ ה֛וּא וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אֲשֶׁר־עִמּ֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּלִ֑ינוּ	1	“Then Abraham’s servant and his men ate {supper} and stayed/slept {there} that night.” See how you translated “lodged” in verses 23, 25, and 31.
3060	24:54	q7tn			וַ⁠יָּק֣וּמוּ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“{Early} the next morning after everyone got/was up, he said {to Rebekah’s family},” or “{Early} the next morning when everyone {in Rebekah’s family} was up, Abraham’s servant said {to them},”
3061	24:54	g7oe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	שַׁלְּחֻ֥⁠נִי לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“{Please} let me/us return {home} {now} to my master.” Make sure that what Abraham’s servant says here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding.
3062	24:55	cgrb			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אָחִ֨י⁠הָ֙ וְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ	1	“But her/Rebekah’s brother and mother said/replied {to him},”
3063	24:55	yfg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	תֵּשֵׁ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֥ אִתָּ֛⁠נוּ	1	“{Please} let the young woman stay/remain {here} with us” or “{Please} let Rebekah stay/remain {here} with us”
3064	24:55	fjfn			יָמִ֖ים א֣וֹ עָשׂ֑וֹר	1	“{for another} ten days or so.” or “around ten more days.”
3065	24:55	ai2c			אַחַ֖ר תֵּלֵֽךְ	1	“Then she can go {with you}.” or “Then you can go/leave and take her {with you}.”
3066	24:56	qz8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	“But the/Abraham’s servant said/responded to them,” Some languages have a dual pronoun that could be used here. However the servant is probably still addressing the whole family.
3067	24:56	rm4v			אַל תְּאַחֲר֣וּ אֹתִ֔⁠י וַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הִצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכִּ֑⁠י שַׁלְּח֕וּ⁠נִי	1	“{Please} do not detain/delay me. Since Yahweh has made me successful on my journey, send me/us off” or “{Please} do not detain/delay me, now that Yahweh has given me success on my journey. Let me/us leave”. There are two different places where you could begin a new sentence here. Consider what is the most clear and natural way to do this in your language. Also, see how you translated “make my journey succeed” in verse 42.
3068	24:56	k32m			וְ⁠אֵלְכָ֖ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“so that I can go/return {home} to my master.”
3069	24:57	thga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ	1	“So they replied,” or “They replied {to him},”
3070	24:57	oke9			נִקְרָ֣א לַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֑	1	“Let’s call/summon Rebekah” or “Let’s ask Rebekah to come here”. Consider again how you translated “young woman” in verses 14-16, 28, 43, 55, and 57, and see the note about this at verse 14. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
3071	24:57	zk0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִשְׁאֲלָ֖ה אֶת פִּֽי⁠הָ	1	“and ask her to tell us {what she wants to do}.” or “and ask her what she wants to do.” or “and ask her if she is willing to go now.”
3072	24:58	fccu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ לְ⁠רִבְקָה֙	1	“So they called for her” or “So/Then they summoned her”. Consider whether it is better to use a name or a pronoun to refer to Rebekah here in your language, especially considering how you referred to her in verses 53, 55, and 57.
3073	24:58	ymwx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	“and asked her,”
3074	24:58	dxyn			הֲ⁠תֵלְכִ֖י עִם הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	“Are you willing to go {now} with this man?” or “Do you want to go {now} with this man?”
3075	24:58	znqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“She answered {them},”
3076	24:58	m4bi			אֵלֵֽךְ	1	“{Yes,} I will go {now}.” or “{Yes,} I am willing to go {now}.”
3077	24:59	l9ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֛וּ אֶת רִבְקָ֥ה אֲחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“So they {agreed/decided to} send their sister Rebekah”. Notice that Rebekah does not actually leave until verse 61. If this is not clear in your translation, you could include the implied information that they agreed or decided to send her with Abraham’s servant.
3078	24:59	st26			וְ⁠אֶת מֵנִקְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	“and her {personal} servant {who had helped raise her},” The term “nurse” refers here to a servant woman who probably nursed Rebekah as a baby, took care of her as she was growing up, and still served her now.
3079	24:59	qk50			וְ⁠אֶת עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת אֲנָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	“with Abraham's servant and his men/companions.”
3080	24:60	itbw			וַ⁠יְבָרֲכ֤וּ אֶת רִבְקָה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְרוּ לָ֔⁠הּ	1	“They blessed Rebekah by saying to her,” Make sure your translation of “blessed … and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events.
3081	24:60	thpj			אֲחֹתֵ֕⁠נוּ	1	“{Dear} {little} sister,” This is a term of endearment that family members used to refer to Rebekah even though she was not the actual sister of all of them. This practice is common in many cultures. Do what is natural in your language.
3082	24:60	xde8			אַ֥תְּ הֲיִ֖י	1	“may you become {the mother/ancestor of}” or “we pray that you will have” or “we pray that God will give you”
3083	24:60	njdw			לְ⁠אַלְפֵ֣י רְבָבָ֑ה	1	“thousands and thousands {of descendants},” or “countless/many thousands {of descendants},”
3084	24:60	v0h9			וְ⁠יִירַ֣שׁ זַרְעֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“and we pray that your/those descendants will conquer/defeat” or “and we pray that God will help them conquer/defeat”
3085	24:60	tvnp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר שֹׂנְאָֽי⁠ו	1	“the cities of {all} their enemies!” or “{all} their enemies and rule over them!” See how you translated the phrase “possess the gates” in Gen 22:17.
3086	24:61	oczw			וַ⁠תָּ֨קָם רִבְקָ֜ה וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ	1	“Then Rebekah and her maids/servants {who were going with her} got ready {to go}, and” or “After Rebekah and her maids/servants {who were going with her} packed their things,”
3087	24:61	ubmr			וַ⁠תִּרְכַּ֨בְנָה֙ עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים	1	“they got up on the camels {they were going to ride}”
3088	24:61	aunz			וַ⁠תֵּלַ֖כְנָה אַחֲרֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ	1	“and went with Abraham’s servant.” Consider again how you translated “the man” in verses 21, 22, 26, 29, 30, 32, 61. See the note about this at verse 21.
3089	24:61	susk			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠עֶ֛בֶד אֶת רִבְקָ֖ה	1	“So the/Abraham’s servant took Rebekah {with him}” or “So he took her {with him}”
3090	24:61	jk9n			וַ⁠יֵּלַֽךְ	1	“and left {to return home}.” or “and started the journey {back} home.”
3091	24:62	ydke			וְ⁠יִצְחָק֙ בָּ֣א מִ⁠בּ֔וֹא	1	“Meanwhile Isaac returned {home} from visiting” or “{While they were traveling,} Isaac returned {home} from a trip/visit {he had made} to”
3092	24:62	u4oo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י	1	“{the place/well called} Beer Lahai Roi”. See how you translated the name of this place in Gen 16:14.
3093	24:62	wadh			וְ⁠ה֥וּא יוֹשֵׁ֖ב	1	“{At that time} he was living” or “and/so he was {back home} where he lived”
3094	24:62	bbo8			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠נֶּֽגֶב	1	“in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} region/area.” or “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}.” See how you translated “the land of the Negev” in Gen 20:1, and “the Negev” in Gen 12:9; 13:1, 3.
3095	24:63	zzgh			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק לָ⁠שׂ֥וּחַ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה	1	“{One day} Isaac/he went out in/to the field/countryside to meditate/pray” or “{After Isaac/he had returned home, one day} he was meditating/praying out in the fields/countryside”. What Isaac does in verse 63 happened sometime after he returned from Beer Lahai Roi, but the Hebrew text does not say exactly when. So introduce this new event in a general way that is not too specific.
3096	24:63	j9u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לִ⁠פְנ֣וֹת עָ֑רֶב	1	“as it was becoming evening/dusk” or “late in the afternoon”. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “{One day} as it was becoming evening, Isaac/he went …” or “One evening, Isaac/he went …” Do what is best in your language.
3097	24:63	ihv0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙	1	“{As he was praying,} he looked up”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3098	24:63	xzpf			וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“and saw {in the distance} that there were” or “and suddenly he saw {in the distance}”
3099	24:63	cpxq			גְמַלִּ֖ים בָּאִֽים	1	“{some} camels coming/heading {toward him}.” or “{some} camels approaching {him}.”
3100	24:64	gn7g			וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֤א רִבְקָה֙ אֶת עֵינֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תֵּ֖רֶא אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק	1	“Rebekah {also} looked up and saw Isaac.” or “Then Rebekah, as she looked ahead {of her}, saw Isaac.”
3101	24:64	tffl			וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל	1	“Then she {quickly} jumped/got down” or “Immediately she got down”
3102	24:64	bh18			מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠גָּמָֽל	1	“from/off the camel {that she was riding},” Consider again how you translated “camel” throughout chapter 24.
3103	24:65	g4kp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל הָ⁠עֶ֗בֶד	1	“and asked {Abraham’s} servant,”
3104	24:65	oiy6			מִֽי הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ הַלָּזֶה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֵ֤ךְ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	“Who {is} that man in the field who is walking {this way} to greet us?” or “Who {is} that man walking towards us in the field?”
3105	24:65	w0yx			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד ה֣וּא אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“The servant answered {her}, “He {is} my master {Isaac}.” ” Abraham and Isaac were both the servant’s masters, especially since Abraham had already given Isaac all of his possessions (verse 36), which included his servants. Consider again how you translated “master/owner” throughout chapter 24.
3106	24:65	u0fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח הַ⁠צָּעִ֖יף וַ⁠תִּתְכָּֽס	1	“So she took the/her veil and covered her face with it {to show modesty}.” or “So she covered herself with a/her veil {to show modesty}.” In that culture a bride-to-be wore a large veil to cover her entire body, especially her face, to show modesty and submission to her husband.
3107	24:66	m7o2			וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד לְ⁠יִצְחָ֑ק	1	“Then the servant told Isaac” or “{When they reached Isaac,} the servant told him”
3108	24:66	nr4w			אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה	1	“everything/all that he had done {on/during the journey/trip}.” or “everything/all that had happened {on/during his journey}.”
3109	24:67	i3w0			וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֣⁠הָ יִצְחָ֗ק	1	“Then/So Isaac brought/took Rebekah”
3110	24:67	bmk4			הָ⁠אֹ֨הֱלָ⁠ה֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“into the tent where his mother Sarah had lived {before she died},” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Sarah still lived there; she had died three years previously (Gen 23:1-2).
3111	24:67	d5v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֧ח אֶת רִבְקָ֛ה	1	“and he married her,”
3112	24:67	qrbd			וַ⁠תְּהִי ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“so that she became his wife.”
3113	24:67	p5q4			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהָבֶ֑⁠הָ יִצְחָ֖ק	1	“Isaac loved her/Rebekah,” or “Isaac was/fell in love with her/Rebekah,”
3114	24:67	ed84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּנָּחֵ֥ם	1	“and he was consoled {by her}” or “and he was happy again” or “and she made him happy again”
3115	24:67	xqch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחֲרֵ֥י אִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“after {mourning for} his mother {who had died}.” or “after {the sadness of} his mother’s {death}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation here why Isaac needed comforting.
3116	25:1	midz			וַ⁠יֹּ֧סֶף אַבְרָהָ֛ם וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ קְטוּרָֽה	1	“Then Abraham married another wife/woman, who was named Keturah.” or “Then Abraham got married again, and his wife’s name {was} Keturah.” Abraham probably married Keturah after Sarah died (Gen 23:1-2) and after Isaac married Rebekah (Gen 24:67). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Abraham had two wives named Keturah.
3117	25:2	qyyg			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד ל֗⁠וֹ	1	“She/Keturah gave birth to sons for him/Abraham {whose names were}” or “She bore/had {sons} for/with him {whom they named}” or “They had sons together {whom they named}”. See how you translated “bore for him” in Gen 21:3; 24:47.
3118	25:2	hpt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת זִמְרָן֙ וְ⁠אֶת יָקְשָׁ֔ן וְ⁠אֶת מְדָ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת מִדְיָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת יִשְׁבָּ֖ק וְ⁠אֶת שֽׁוּחַ	1	“Zimran, Jokshan, Medan, Midian, Ishbak, and Shuah.” See how you used commas and conjunctions in similar lists of names in Gen 22:22, 24.
3119	25:3	iem3			וְ⁠יָקְשָׁ֣ן יָלַ֔ד	1	“Jokshan was the father of” or “{Her/Keturah’s son} Jokshan had”. See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27.
3120	25:3	lxod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת שְׁבָ֖א וְ⁠אֶת דְּדָ֑ן	1	“{sons named} Sheba and Dedan.” or “{sons whom they named} Sheba and Dedan.”
3121	25:3	n1zj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י דְדָ֔ן הָי֛וּ אַשּׁוּרִ֥ם וּ⁠לְטוּשִׁ֖ים וּ⁠לְאֻמִּֽים	1	“Dedan’s descendants were/became {people/ethnic groups named} the Asshurites, Letushites, and Leummites.” See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-14, 16-18, and see the note about that at 10:4.
3122	25:4	wcyq			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן	1	“{Keturah’s son} Midian fathered/had sons {named}”
3123	25:4	fzu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	עֵיפָ֤ה וָ⁠עֵ֨פֶר֙ וַ⁠חֲנֹ֔ךְ וַ⁠אֲבִידָ֖ע וְ⁠אֶלְדָּעָ֑ה	1	“Ephah, Epher, Hanoch, Abida, and Eldaah.” Consider what is the best way to connect the names in this list in your language.
3124	25:4	zpdj			כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י קְטוּרָֽה	1	“All of those {were} Keturah’s descendants {whom she had with Abraham}.” or “All those {were} the descendants of Keturah {and Abraham}.” This phrase refers back to all the people listed in verses 2-4, which includes Keturah’s six sons, seven grandsons and three great grandsons. Make sure you spelled “Keturah” consistently in verses 1-4.
3125	25:5	cgzs			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יִצְחָֽק	1	“Abraham left/willed everything that he owned to Isaac.” or “And Isaac inherited all/everything that Abraham owned/possessed.” Some languages have a specific word such as “left” or “willed” that means to give something as an inheritance. In that time and culture, a father would give his children their inheritance before he died.
3126	25:6	vn52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם נָתַ֥ן אַבְרָהָ֖ם מַתָּנֹ֑ת	1	“Abraham/He also gave {valuable} gifts to the sons he had with his concubines,” or “Abraham/He also gave (valuable gifts) to the sons that his servant wives had {for/with him},” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24. The word “gifts” in this clause is very general and can include domestic animals, servants, gold, silver, and other things.
3127	25:6	bsqq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֞⁠ם & בְּ⁠עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ חַ֔י קֵ֖דְמָ⁠ה אֶל־אֶ֥רֶץ קֶֽדֶם	1	“then while he was still alive he sent them eastward to the land/region in the East” or “and/but after that he sent them to the east country” or “and/but after that he made them move away to the east country”. The Hebrew word “Kedem” means “east” and refers to the region east of Canaan and the Dead Sea. Consider whether it is best in your language to transliterate (copy) the Hebrew name or to translate the meaning.
3128	25:6	w2ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֵ⁠עַ֨ל יִצְחָ֤ק בְּנ⁠וֹ֙	1	“{to be/live} {far} away from his son Isaac.” or “{so that they would live/be} {far} away from his son Isaac.”
3129	25:7	g7ic			וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה יְמֵ֛י שְׁנֵֽי חַיֵּ֥י אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֲשֶׁר חָ֑י מְאַ֥ת שָׁנָ֛ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִֽים	1	“The length of Abraham’s life that he lived was 175 years.” or “Abraham lived a total of 175 years.” or “Abraham lived to be 175 years old.”
3130	25:8	spt5			וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע & אַבְרָהָ֛ם	1	“Then Abraham/he breathed out {for the last time}” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath”
3131	25:8	otow			וַ⁠יָּ֧מָת & בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָ֖ה	1	“and died at a ripe/very old age,” or “and died when he was very old,”
3132	25:8	x9ao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	זָקֵ֣ן וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֑עַ	1	“an elderly/old man who had lived a full life, and” or “After he had lived a long and satisfying/blessed life,” The idiom “full” refers to a long life that was blessed by God. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3133	25:8	uf1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל	1	“he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “{God} took his spirit to be with” or “he joined”. The phrase “gathered to his people” is a euphemism that refers to dying but also implies that God took his spirit to be with his ancestors who had already died. It is best to translate this phrase fairly literally since it teaches about life after death.
3134	25:8	z547		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	“his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like these ancestors were still alive. They had already died before Abraham died.
3135	25:9	ugpb			וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֨וּ אֹת֜⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֤ק וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ בָּנָ֔י⁠ו	1	“His sons Isaac and Ishmael buried/put/placed his body”
3136	25:9	u4fz			אֶל מְעָרַ֖ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה	1	“in the cave of/in the Machpelah {area}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 23:9, and see the note about that there. Also see how you translated similar phrases in Gen 23:17, 19.
3137	25:9	qu8c			אֶל שְׂדֵ֞ה עֶפְרֹ֤ן בֶּן צֹ֨חַר֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י	1	“{which was} in the field that had belonged to Ephron the son of Zohar the Hittite,” Ephron no longer owned the field (See: verse 10).
3138	25:9	bi8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא	1	“east of {the city of} Mamre.” or “near {the city of} Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “before Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19.
3139	25:10	e7at			הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה אֲשֶׁר קָנָ֥ה אַבְרָהָ֖ם	1	“{That is} the {same} field that Abraham had bought”
3140	25:10	ekpo			מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת בְּנֵי חֵ֑ת	1	“from the Hittites.” The Hebrew text has two different ways to refer to the Hittites; compare the phrase here with verse 9 where a single Hebrew word is used to refer to this people group. See how you translated “the sons of Heth” in Gen 23:20.
3141	25:10	l4kk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שָׁ֛מָּ⁠ה קֻבַּ֥ר אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Abraham was buried in that cave, where his wife Sarah had also been buried.” or “That is {the cave} where his/Abraham’s sons buried/put/placed his body next to {the body of} his wife Sarah {whom he had buried there before}.” or “That is where Sarah had been buried, and they buried Abraham {next to her}.” Abraham had already buried Sarah’s body in the cave (Gen 23:19). Make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like Sarah was buried there a second time.
3142	25:11	l24l			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ מ֣וֹת אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“After Abraham died,”
3143	25:11	sza5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order	וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“God blessed his son Isaac”. Use the phrase order in your language that is most natural in this context.
3144	25:11	l10e			וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יִצְחָ֔ק עִם	1	“who lived/settled near” or “Isaac lived {in the region} near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3145	25:11	uedu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִֽי	1	“{the place/well called} Beer Lahai Roi.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beer Lahai Roi” in Gen 24:62.
3146	25:12	d20j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְדֹ֥ת	1	“This/Here {is} the genealogy/family-line of” or “This/Here {is} the list/record of the descendants of” or “What follows {is} the/a record of the descendants of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the new topic that begins here. See how you translated this clause in Gen 11:10.
3147	25:12	xf3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order	יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“of Abraham’s son Ishmael,”
3148	25:12	kbl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order	אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָלְדָ֜ה הָגָ֧ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֛ית שִׁפְחַ֥ת שָׂרָ֖ה לְ⁠אַבְרָהָֽם	1	“whom Sarah’s Egyptian maidservant Hagar gave birth to for Abraham.” or “whom Abraham had with Sarah’s Egyptian slave woman Hagar.”
3149	25:13	vmok			וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁמוֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל	1	“These/Here {are} the names of Ishmael’s sons,” or “Here {is} {a list/record of} the names of Ishmael’s sons,”
3150	25:13	u042			בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“{listed/given} in the order that they were born:”
3151	25:13	ocpk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּכֹ֤ר יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ נְבָיֹ֔ת	1	“His oldest {son/child} {was} Nebaioth,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3152	25:13	twvo			וְ⁠קֵדָ֥ר וְ⁠אַדְבְּאֵ֖ל וּ⁠מִבְשָֽׂם	1	“followed by Kedar, Adbeel, Mibsam,” or “After him came Kedar, Adbeel, Mibsam,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3153	25:14	jzl8			וּ⁠מִשְׁמָ֥ע וְ⁠דוּמָ֖ה וּ⁠מַשָּֽׂא	1	“Mishma, Dumah, Massa,”
3154	25:15	r03w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	חֲדַ֣ד וְ⁠תֵימָ֔א יְט֥וּר נָפִ֖ישׁ וָ⁠קֵֽדְמָה	1	“Hadad, Tema, Jetur, Naphish, and Kedermah.” See how you translated a similar list of names in verses 2-4.
3155	25:16	ac64			אֵ֣לֶּה הֵ֞ם בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙	1	“Those/They {were} Ishmael’s {twelve} sons,”
3156	25:16	jzrq			וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמֹתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠טִֽירֹתָ֑⁠ם שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר נְשִׂיאִ֖ם לְ⁠אֻמֹּתָֽ⁠ם	1	“who became the rulers/leaders of twelve tribes that were named after them, and each tribe lived in its {own} settlements/towns and camps/villages.” or “Each of them became the ruler/leader of a tribe that was named after him, and each tribe had its own towns/villages and {tent} camps/settlements.” The Hebrew words for “settlements” and “camps” overlap in meaning. Both refer to temporary or permanent places where people settled, surrounded by some sort of wall or fence. Also, many translations have “princes” here instead of “rulers,” but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king. See how you translated “rulers” in Gen 17:20.
3157	25:17	ywtp			וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁנֵי֙ חַיֵּ֣י יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל מְאַ֥ת שָׁנָ֛ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים	1	“The length of Ishmael’s life that he lived was 137 years.” or “Ishmael lived a total of 137 years.” “Ishmael lived to be 137 years old.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7.
3158	25:17	ca85			וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֣ע וַ⁠יָּ֔מָת	1	“Then he/Ishmael breathed out {for the last time} and died,” or “Then he/Ishmael breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in verse 8.
3159	25:17	msza			וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל	1	“and he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “and {God} took his spirit to be with {the spirits of}” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 8.
3160	25:17	lgua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	“his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.”
3161	25:18	mh4l			וַ⁠יִּשְׁכְּנ֨וּ	1	“His/Ishmael’s descendants settled/lived”
3162	25:18	w2v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֜ה עַד שׁ֗וּר	1	“{throughout the area that extended} from {the region of} Havilah to {the wilderness/desert of} Shur”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Havilah” in Gen 2:11; 10:7, 29 and “Shur” in Gen 16:7; 20:1. The name “Shur” means “wall”. The Wilderness of Shur may have been named after a city or fortification named Shur that was located near the eastern border of Egypt (Gen 16:7).
3163	25:18	c8ld			אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל פְּנֵ֣י מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“that {is} east of {the country/land of} Egypt”
3164	25:18	h1df			בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה	1	“as you go/head {from there}” or “as one goes/travels”
3165	25:18	bm8n			אַשּׁ֑וּרָ⁠ה	1	“to {the city of} Asshur {in Assyria}.” or “in the direction of {the land/country of} Assyria.” Assyria and its capital city Asshur were far east of Shur. Consider again how you spelled “Asshur” in Gen 2:14; 10:11, 22, and 25:3, 18.
3166	25:18	wu16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו נָפָֽל	1	The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is ambiguous in this context. It could mean: (1) “He/They lived in hostility toward/against all his/their brothers/relatives.” or “They lived as enemies against all their brothers/relatives.” See how you translated a different idiom in 16:12 that probably has this meaning. Or it could mean: (2) “They settled/lived in the presence of all their brothers/relatives.” or “They settled/lived among/near all their brothers/relatives.” or (3) “He/Ishmael died in the presence of all his brothers/relatives.” or “He/Ishmael died when/while all his brothers were still alive.”
3167	25:19	ldvn			וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֥ת יִצְחָ֖ק בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“This/Here {is} {more of} the record/history of/about Abraham’s son Isaac and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Abraham’s son Isaac and his descendants/family:” We have already heard about much of Isaac’s history in previous chapters; now we are told even more. See how you translated “these are the generations of” in verse 12 and Gen 6:9.
3168	25:19	dw7d			אַבְרָהָ֖ם הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת יִצְחָֽק	1	“{After} Abraham fathered/had {his son} Isaac,” See how you translated “fathered” in verse 3.
3169	25:20	cn5u			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יִצְחָק֙ בֶּן אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה בְּ⁠קַחְתּ֣⁠וֹ אֶת רִבְקָ֗ה & ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“Isaac {grew up and} married Rebekah when he was forty/40 years old.” See how you translated “was a son of … years” in Gen 21:5.
3170	25:20	bvzb			בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י מִ⁠פַּדַּ֖ן אֲרָ֑ם	1	“{She/Rebekah was} the/a daughter of Bethuel, {who was} an Aramean from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,”
3171	25:20	fxim			אֲח֛וֹת לָבָ֥ן	1	“and {she was} a sister of Laban” or “and her brother was Laban”
3172	25:20	zdaf			הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֖י	1	“{who was also} an Aramean.”
3173	25:21	kvb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יֶּעְתַּ֨ר יִצְחָ֤ק לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י עֲקָרָ֖ה הִ֑וא	1	“Isaac prayed {earnestly} to Yahweh for his wife {to have children} because she {was} barren/infertile.” or “But/However {for many years} Rebekah was not able to become/get pregnant, so Isaac prayed that Yahweh would give her children.” Isaac and Rebekah had been married for almost 20 years and they still had no children. See how you translated “barren” in Gen 11:30. Also, it may be clearer to change the order of the clauses in this sentence to put them in the order in which they happened. Do what is best in your language.
3174	25:21	jqwl			וַ⁠יֵּעָ֤תֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Yahweh answered his/Isaac’s prayer,” or “Yahweh did what he/Isaac prayed for,”
3175	25:21	hevv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר רִבְקָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“so that Rebekah/she became pregnant {with twins}.” For some languages it is clearer to include here the fact that Rebekah was pregnant with two babies, rather than wait until verse 22. Do what is best in your language.
3176	25:22	df89			וַ⁠יִּתְרֹֽצֲצ֤וּ הַ⁠בָּנִים֙ בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֔⁠הּ	1	“And/But the {two} babies inside her kept/started pushing/shoving against each other,” or “After a while the twins wrestled with each other inside her,”
3177	25:22	lde8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר	1	“so she/Rebekah asked,”
3178	25:22	w08h			אִם כֵּ֔ן לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה אָנֹ֑כִי	1	“Why is this happening to me?” or “What is happening inside me?”
3179	25:22	fgoh			וַ⁠תֵּ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠דְרֹ֥שׁ אֶת יְהוָֽה	1	“Then she went/turned to Yahweh to ask him {what was happening}.” or “Then she prayed to Yahweh about it.”
3180	25:23	juqa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה לָ֗⁠הּ	1	“Yahweh/He answered her,”
3181	25:23	do4i			שְׁנֵ֤י גוֹיִם֙ בְּ⁠בִטְנֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“{The ancestors of} two {future} people groups {are} inside you.” or “Inside you {are} {the ancestors of} two people groups.” or “{The two babies} inside your womb will become {the fathers/ancestors of} two nations.” Many translations put Yahweh’s words in poetry format in this verse. If your translation team decides to do this, look at a Bible version that does this to know where to divide the clauses.
3182	25:23	l1ey			וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י לְאֻמִּ֔ים	1	“Those two people groups” or “Those two ancestors” or “They”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3183	25:23	f208			יִפָּרֵ֑דוּ	1	“will be divided/hostile {against each other}” or “will be rivals/enemies”
3184	25:23	josq			מִ⁠מֵּעַ֖יִ⁠ךְ	1	“{starting now} even while they are {still} inside you.” or “{starting now} even before they are born.”
3185	25:23	ly64			וּ⁠לְאֹם֙ מִ⁠לְאֹ֣ם יֶֽאֱמָ֔ץ	1	“One of them will be more powerful than the other,”
3186	25:23	bbn7			וְ⁠רַ֖ב יַעֲבֹ֥ד צָעִֽיר	1	“so that the older {son’s descendants} will serve the younger {son’s descendants}.”
3187	25:24	n0ji			וַ⁠יִּמְלְא֥וּ יָמֶ֖י⁠הָ לָ⁠לֶ֑דֶת	1	“Later when it was time for her/Rebekah to give birth,”
3188	25:24	x2dm			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תוֹמִ֖ם בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ	1	“sure enough, {there were} twin boys/sons inside her!”
3189	25:25	xnz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ אַדְמוֹנִ֔י כֻּלּ֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠אַדֶּ֣רֶת שֵׂעָ֑ר	1	“When the first one/baby came out, he was covered with thick red hair so that he was as hairy as a fur coat/robe.” or “The first {one/baby} who was born was completely covered with thick red hair.”
3190	25:25	kyoh			וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So his parents named him” or “So he was called/named”. The Hebrew text has “they” here, which probably refers to Esau’s parents and may include people in general after his parents named him.
3191	25:25	t2t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֵשָֽׂו	1	“Esau, {which means “hairy.”}” Consider whether or not to include the meaning of Esau’s name in the text or in a footnote.
3192	25:26	d0ez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-sequential	וְ⁠אַֽחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן	1	“Next”
3193	25:26	wm8b			יָצָ֣א אָחִ֗י⁠ו	1	“his brother was born,” Some languages have a specific term for a younger brother that fits here. See what you did in Gen 4:2.
3194	25:26	lw96			וְ⁠יָד֤⁠וֹ אֹחֶ֨זֶת֙ בַּ⁠עֲקֵ֣ב עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	“with his hand holding on {tightly} to Esau’s heel.” or “gripping Esau’s heel {tightly} with his hand.”
3195	25:26	hoky			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So they called/named him” or “So he was called/named”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 25 that probably has the same meaning.
3196	25:26	lggz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“Jacob, {which means “heel-grabber.”}” If you decide to include the meaning of Jacob’s name in the text or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “grabbing” earlier in this sentence.
3197	25:26	uqny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠יִצְחָ֛ק בֶּן שִׁשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה	1	“Isaac {was} sixty years old”. See how you translated the idiom “was a son of … years” in verse 20.
3198	25:26	d3d9			בְּ⁠לֶ֥דֶת אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“when Rebekah gave birth to them.” or “when Esau and Jacob were born.”
3199	25:27	kmym			וַֽ⁠יִּגְדְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים	1	“When/As the boys grew up/older,”
3200	25:27	q0d8			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י עֵשָׂ֗ו אִ֛ישׁ יֹדֵ֥עַ צַ֖יִד	1	“Esau became a skilled/expert hunter,” or “Esau became good at hunting animals {for food},” See how you translated a similar phrase (“mighty hunter”) in Gen 10:9.
3201	25:27	qo31			אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֶ֑ה	1	“and he enjoyed/preferred {being/working in} the open country,” or “and he was an outdoorsman,”
3202	25:27	nj2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ אִ֣ישׁ תָּ֔ם	1	“but/whereas Jacob {was} a quiet/mild-mannered man/person” or “Jacob, on the other hand, had a quiet/mild-mannered personality/character”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that it is clear in your translation that Esau and Jacob are being contrasted.
3203	25:27	t5f0			יֹשֵׁ֖ב אֹהָלִֽים	1	“and stayed/worked close to home.” or “and {liked/preferred} to be/work at/near home.”
3204	25:28	uzdf			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב יִצְחָ֛ק אֶת עֵשָׂ֖ו	1	“Isaac loved Esau {most},” or “Isaac’s favorite son was Esau,” Your translation should not sound like Isaac and Rebekah did not love both of their sons. Rather, they each had their favorite son.
3205	25:28	dwdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּי צַ֣יִד בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ו	1	“because he liked to eat the meat of wild animals/deer {that he/Esau hunted},” Make sure your translation of “he liked” refers here to Isaac, not Esau. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “Isaac liked to eat wild animal/deer meat, so his favorite son was Esau”. Do what is best your language.
3206	25:28	gbyt			וְ⁠רִבְקָ֖ה אֹהֶ֥בֶת אֶֽת יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“but/whereas Rebekah loved Jacob {most}.” or “but/whereas Rebekah’s favorite son was Jacob.” See how you translated a similar clause earlier in this verse.
3207	25:29	uzn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּ֥זֶד יַעֲקֹ֖ב נָזִ֑יד	1	“{Once} Jacob was making/cooking {some} stew/soup,” or “{One day} when Jacob was making {some} stew/soup,” According to verse 34, this stew (or thick soup) was made out of lentils, which are a type of bean; it may also have had pieces of meat in it. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the first event in this episode (following the background information in verses 27-28).
3208	25:29	hj1w			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א עֵשָׂ֛ו מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה	1	“Esau came home from {hunting/working out in} the fields/country”. See how you translated “field” in verse 27.
3209	25:29	wxqp			וְ⁠ה֥וּא עָיֵֽף	1	“and he {was/felt} exhausted/weak {from hunger}.” or “and he {was/felt} exhausted/weak {and hungry}.” or “extremely/very tired {and hungry}.” The Hebrew word for “exhausted” means Esau was very tired (perhaps even feeling faint) from his hunting or work, as well as hungry and thirsty from lack of food. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
3210	25:30	tyd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“So Esau asked Jacob,” or “So Esau requested from Jacob,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin.
3211	25:30	f235			הַלְעִיטֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙	1	“Please let me eat/have”
3212	25:30	whmu			מִן הָ⁠אָדֹ֤ם הָ⁠אָדֹם֙ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“some of that very/dark red stew/soup {you are making}”
3213	25:30	r8j4			כִּ֥י עָיֵ֖ף אָנֹ֑כִי	1	“because I {am/feel} exhausted/weak {from hunger}!” or “because I {am/feel} {hungry and} exhausted/weak!” See how you translated “exhausted” in verse 29.
3214	25:30	u35r			עַל כֵּ֥ן	1	“That is why” or “Because he/Esau said that,”
3215	25:30	ems1			קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“he/Esau was/is {also} called/nicknamed” or “his/Esau’s nickname was” or “they/people called/nicknamed him”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Do what is best in your language.
3216	25:30	q10m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֱדֽוֹם	1	“Edom, {which means “red.”}” You could include the meaning of “Edom” in your translation or in a footnote so that it is clear why Esau was given that name.
3217	25:31	lm42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“But Jacob said/replied {to him},” or “Jacob replied,”
3218	25:31	k63y			כַ⁠יּ֛וֹם	1	“Today {right now}” or “Right now” or “First”
3219	25:31	r3pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִכְרָ֥⁠ה & אֶת בְּכֹֽרָתְ⁠ךָ֖ לִֽ⁠י	1	“give your birthright to me in exchange {for some stew/soup}.” or “trade your rights as the firstborn/oldest son to me {for the/some stew/soup,} {then I will give you some}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was offering the stew as payment for Esau’s birthright as the firstborn son. In Hebrew culture the firstborn son inherited twice as much as the rest of the children in the family (Deuteronomy 21:15-17). That information could be put in a footnote so that people understand what Esau was selling for a bowl of stew.
3220	25:32	l21g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	“Esau said/responded {to him},”
3221	25:32	zepf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י הוֹלֵ֖ךְ לָ⁠מ֑וּת	1	“Look, I am about to die {from hunger}!” or “Look/Listen, {I am so hungry that I feel like} I am about/going to die!” Esau is using hyperbole or exaggeration here to emphasize how hungry he is. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
3222	25:32	hxqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לָ⁠מָּה זֶּ֥ה לִ֖⁠י בְּכֹרָֽה	1	“So how will my birthright benefit me {if I die}?” or “So my birthright is of no use/value/benefit to me {right now}!” Esau uses a rhetorical question to emphasize his point about how hungry he is. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language.
3223	25:33	t84h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“Jacob insisted,”
3224	25:33	gxm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הִשָּׁ֤בְעָ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙ כַּ⁠יּ֔וֹם	1	“{First} make an oath/vow to me today {before God} {that your rights are now mine}!” or “{You must first} vow/promise to me right now {that you sell/give your rights to me}.” See how you translated “swear to me by God” in Gen 21:23.
3225	25:33	d5gk			וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“So he/Esau swore/vowed to him/Jacob” or “So Esau made an unbreakable promise/vow to him/Jacob”. Make sure the way you translate this clause fits well with what Jacob just said.
3226	25:33	xdmk			וַ⁠יִּמְכֹּ֥ר אֶת בְּכֹרָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“that he had sold/traded his rights as the firstborn/oldest son to Jacob/him {for the stew/soup}.” or “that he was selling/giving his firstborn-son-rights to Jacob/him {in exchange for the stew/soup}.” See how you translated “sell your birthright” in verse 31. Also see how Hebrews 12:16 is translated, which refers to the same event.
3227	25:34	jfkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֞ב נָתַ֣ן לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֗ו לֶ֚חֶם וּ⁠נְזִ֣יד עֲדָשִׁ֔ים	1	“Then Jacob gave Esau {some} bread and {some of the} lentil stew/soup,” or “Then Jacob gave Esau {some of the} lentil stew/soup and/with {some} bread,” Consider again how you translated “stew/soup” in verses 29 and 34. Lentils are small, round, flat, reddish-brown legume seeds that grow inside a pod (similar to peas or beans). If lentils are not known in your area, you could describe them as “a type of legume/bean called lentils”.
3228	25:34	l7h8			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכַל וַ⁠יֵּ֔שְׁתְּ וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יֵּלַ֑ךְ	1	“and Esau ate, drank, got/stood up, and left.” or “and Esau {quickly/hurriedly} ate the meal and left.” Consider what is the most natural way to translate this series of actions that happened quickly one after the other and shows how carelessly Esau treated his birthright.
3229	25:34	y8f5			וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶז עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת הַ⁠בְּכֹרָֽה	1	“So Esau showed that he did not value his rights as the firstborn/oldest son.” or “In that way, Esau treated his birthright {carelessly/flippantly} as if it had no/little value.” See how you translated “birthright” in verses 31-33.
3230	26:1	zr1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֤י	1	“Now there was”. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new episode.
3231	26:1	my54			רָעָב֙	1	“{another} famine” or “{another} extreme/serious shortage/lack of food” or “{another} {time of} extreme/severe food shortage”. See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10.
3232	26:1	ltfb			מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַד֙ הָ⁠רָעָ֣ב הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיָ֖ה	1	“in addition to the previous famine/one/shortage that occurred/happened” or “{This was} a different famine/shortage from the one that had happened {years} earlier/before,”
3233	26:1	znvb			בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“during Abraham’s lifetime.” or “while Abraham was still alive.”
3234	26:1	oa44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֧לֶךְ יִצְחָ֛ק	1	“So Isaac {and his family} went”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac went alone to the city of Gerar; the rest of his family lived with him.
3235	26:1	io2w			אֶל אֲבִימֶּ֥לֶךְ מֶֽלֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים גְּרָֽרָ⁠ה	1	“went {for help} to the Philistine king Abimelech, {who lived} in {the city of} Gerar.” or “went to {the city of} Gerar to {ask for help from} King Abimelech, who ruled over the Philistines.” Be consistent here with how you translated “{the city of} Gerar” in Gen 10:19; 20:1-2 and “Philistines” in Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34.
3236	26:2	gxel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then Yahweh came to Isaac”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 12:7. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to refer to Isaac here with his name or a pronoun.
3237	26:2	d4sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“and said {to him},” or “and told/commanded {him},” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin.
3238	26:2	m265		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל תֵּרֵ֣ד	1	“Do not go/travel south” or “Do not go/travel”. Egypt was lower in elevation and also south of the land of the Philistines. Many translations leave that information implied. Do what is best in your language.
3239	26:2	zrjo			מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“to {the land/country of} Egypt,”
3240	26:2	ytdn			שְׁכֹ֣ן בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“{but rather} live/stay/reside in the/this land where/wherever I tell you {to live}.” or “{but rather} live where/wherever I tell you to live.”
3241	26:3	esom			גּ֚וּר	1	“You must live/stay/reside for a while” or “Live/Stay/Reside temporarily {as a foreigner/outsider}”. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 19:9. You may need to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
3242	26:3	rbvm			בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	“in this region,”
3243	26:3	a5hr			וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֥ה עִמְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and I will stay with you” or “and I will be/stay {right} beside you”. This clause means that God will guide, help, and protect Isaac and provide for his needs.
3244	26:3	rnp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms	וַ⁠אֲבָרְכֶ֑⁠ךָּ	1	“and prosper you.” or “cause you {and your family} to prosper.”
3245	26:3	dvmh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	כִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֣ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ אֶתֵּן֙ אֶת כָּל הָֽ⁠אֲרָצֹ֣ת הָ⁠אֵ֔ל	1	“In fact, I will give all the {surrounding} lands/regions to you and your offspring/descendants,” Starting here (and continuing through verse 4) Yahweh explains how he will bless Isaac. Begin this sentence in a way that makes that clear in your translation.
3246	26:3	lqx8			וַ⁠הֲקִֽמֹתִי֙	1	“and I will continue to keep/fulfill”
3247	26:3	nxyo			אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁבֻעָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם אָבִֽי⁠ךָ	1	“the vow/promise that I made to your father Abraham.” Consider again how you translated “oath” in Gen 24:8. It may be necessary to translate this word differently in different contexts.
3248	26:4	g56u			וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֤י	1	“Yes, I will multiply” or “that I will multiply”. Verse 4 gives the details of the oath that is referred to in verse 3. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 3.
3249	26:4	w607		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י	1	“multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants {so that they are as numerous/countless} as” or “make your offspring/descendants as numerous/many/countless as” or “give you so many offspring that they will be as numerous as”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 22:17.
3250	26:4	z0k0			כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“as the {number of} stars in the sky,”
3251	26:4	yt1e			וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י	1	“I will also give”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3252	26:4	mpz0			לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔	1	“to your descendants” or “to them”
3253	26:4	fn5g			אֵ֥ת כָּל הָ⁠אֲרָצֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑ל	1	“all these regions.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
3254	26:4	ibhs			בְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔	1	“In fact, through your offspring/descendants” or “And because of your offspring/descendants” or “In fact, by means of your offspring/descendants”. See how you translated this phrase and the following clause in Gen 22:18.
3255	26:4	gsf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“all the people/ethnic groups on earth will be blessed {by me},” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups on the earth,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive clause.
3256	26:5	yet9			עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁר	1	“{all} because” or “{I will do all that} because”. Verse 5 gives the reason that Yahweh will do everything that he says in verses 3 and 4. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3257	26:5	wtdv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שָׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָהָ֖ם בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י	1	“Abraham obeyed me” or “Abraham {always} obeyed/did what I told him”. The phrase “my voice” stands for what Yahweh said to Abraham and also represents Yahweh himself.
3258	26:5	y9qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יִּשְׁמֹר֙ מִשְׁמַרְתִּ֔⁠י מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י חֻקּוֹתַ֥⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י	1	“Yes, he kept/obeyed all my requirements, {including} {all} my commands, decrees, and laws.” or “and did everything that I ever commanded {him} {to do}.” This clause is another way of saying “obeyed my voice” (found in the previous clause), and emphasizes that Abraham always obeyed God in everything. Notice that the terms in this clause have much overlap in meaning.
3259	26:6	mvz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב יִצְחָ֖ק בִּ⁠גְרָֽר	1	“So/Then Isaac {did/obeyed what God said/commanded and} stayed/settled {with his family} in {the city of} Gerar.” In your translation it should not sound like Isaac lived alone; the rest of his family lived with him.
3260	26:7	iokv			וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁאֲל֞וּ אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“After a while the men of/from that place/city started asking {Isaac/him} about Rebekah,” or “When the men from there started asking {Isaac/him} about Rebekah,”
3261	26:7	c8jy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“he said/replied {to them}” or “he {lied and} told {them}” or “he {deceived them by} saying”
3262	26:7	on1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא	1	“that she {was} his sister”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote here.
3263	26:7	z3c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כִּ֤י יָרֵא֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר אִשְׁתִּ֔⁠י	1	“He was afraid to say/admit that she was his wife,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you handled the previous quote in this sentence.
3264	26:7	e48o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	פֶּן יַֽהַרְגֻ֜⁠נִי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙	1	“He thought that the men of the/that city might kill him” or “He was afraid that the men in that place/city would kill him”. See how you translated “the men of the place” earlier in this verse. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here, and see what you did earlier in this verse.
3265	26:7	fozc			עַל רִבְקָ֔ה	1	“because of Rebekah,” or “so that they could take/have Rebekah,”
3266	26:7	b01d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא	1	“because she {is/was} very/so beautiful.” For some languages it may be better to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Rebekah {was} very beautiful, so the men in that city started asking {Isaac} about her. Isaac was afraid they might kill him in order to take/have her, so he {lied and} told {them} she {was} his sister.” Do what is best in your language.
3267	26:8	zwls			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כִּ֣י אָֽרְכוּ ל֥⁠וֹ שָׁם֙ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים	1	“{One day} when/after he/Isaac {and his family} had been/lived there a long time,”
3268	26:8	ymwh			וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים	1	“Abimelech {who was} king over the Philistines looked down/out” or “the Philistines’ King Abimelech looked down/out” or “King Abimelech looked down/out”
3269	26:8	vhn2			בְּעַ֖ד הַֽ⁠חַלּ֑וֹן	1	“from a window {of his house/palace}”
3270	26:8	koto			וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“and saw to his surprise” or “and was surprised to see”. In this context, “behold” means that King Abimelech was surprised at what he saw.
3271	26:8	o4an			יִצְחָק֙ מְצַחֵ֔ק אֵ֖ת רִבְקָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“that Isaac was flirting with his wife Rebekah.” or “that Isaac was showing affection to his wife Rebekah.” There is a word play here in Hebrew (since “Isaac” and “laughing” come from the same root word). Isaac may have been laughing or flirting with Rebekah or physically touching her in an affectionate or intimate way, as a husband would do with his wife.
3272	26:9	ziot			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֗ק	1	“So/Then {King} Abimelech summoned Isaac” or “So/Then {King} Abimelech sent someone to bring Isaac to him”. King Abimelech probably sent a servant to tell Isaac to come talk to him.
3273	26:9	mblv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and said {to him},” or “and scolded {him} {by saying},” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
3274	26:9	vq6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms	אַ֣ךְ הִנֵּ֤ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִ֔וא	1	“It is clear/obvious that she/Rebekah {is} actually your wife!” The word “behold” emphasizes what follows it. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this term in this context.
3275	26:9	l4xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠אֵ֥יךְ אָמַ֖רְתָּ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא	1	“So why did you tell us that she {is} your sister?” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded direct quote (“She is my sister”) as a direct or indirect quote.
3276	26:9	j573		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“Isaac answered him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin.
3277	26:9	kge5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי פֶּן אָמ֖וּת עָלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“Because I thought that I might die because of her.” or “{I said that} because I was afraid that someone might kill me in order to take/have her {as a wife}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
3278	26:10	t8xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ	1	“Then Abimelech scolded {him} {further},” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language to fit this context.
3279	26:10	t0lq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֑⁠נוּ	1	“Why did you treat us this way?” or “You have treated us very badly!” or “You should not have done this to us!” King Abimelech uses a rhetorical question here to show strong emotion and to emphasize that what Isaac did was wrong and should not have been done. Do what is best in your language.
3280	26:10	a431		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	כִּ֠⁠מְעַט שָׁכַ֞ב אַחַ֤ד הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת אִשְׁתֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	“Sooner or later, one of the people/men {whom I rule} could/might have slept with your wife,” or “... had {physical/sexual} relations with your wife,” or “... committed adultery with your wife,” See how you translated the idiom “lay with” in Gen 19:32-35. It may be necessary to translate this in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
3281	26:10	q591		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ אָשָֽׁם	1	“and you would have caused us to be guilty {of adultery}!” or “with the result that you would have brought guilt/punishment on us!” The pronoun “us” in this verse refers to King Abimelech and the Philistines whom he ruled; it does not include Isaac.
3282	26:11	uhi8			וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then {King} Abimelech warned/told all {his} people,”
3283	26:11	z2nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֜עַ בָּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה וּ⁠בְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	“If anyone harms this man {Isaac} or his wife {in any way}, I will surely/definitely have that person killed/executed!” or “I will surely/definitely execute anyone who harms Isaac or his wife {in any way}!” In this context “touches” is used as an idiom that means “harms {in any way}.” Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
3284	26:12	okdv			וַ⁠יִּזְרַ֤ע יִצְחָק֙ בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֔וא	1	“Isaac planted seeds/crops in that land/area,” The phrase “sow seeds” means to plant seeds by scattering them by hand on the ground in order to grow crops. If this method of planting is not known in your language area, you could translate this more generally and say, “planted seeds/crops” or “planted {large} fields {with seeds/crops}”.
3285	26:12	rsw3			וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֛א בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵאָ֣ה שְׁעָרִ֑ים	1	“and during that year he gathered/reaped {a huge harvest that was} a hundred times {more than what he had planted}” or “and that year he harvested a very large crop/harvest”
3286	26:12	p8ak			וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה	1	“because Yahweh blessed him.” or “Yahweh continued to bless him,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 13.
3287	26:13	ly00			וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֖ל הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ הָלוֹךְ֙ וְ⁠גָדֵ֔ל	1	“In that way he/Isaac kept getting more and more wealthy” or “so that he grew/became richer and richer”
3288	26:13	hg95			עַ֥ד כִּֽי גָדַ֖ל מְאֹֽד	1	“until {eventually} he was extremely/very wealthy/rich.”
3289	26:14	avey			וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ מִקְנֵה צֹאן֙ וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֣ה בָקָ֔ר	1	“He had/owned many flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle}” or “He had/owned many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated “flocks” and “herds” in Gen 24:35.
3290	26:14	uq3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠עֲבֻדָּ֖ה רַבָּ֑ה	1	“and {he also had/owned} many servants/slaves.” or “He also had/owned many servants/slaves.” The same Hebrew word is used for both “servant” or “slave”. Slaves and servants were owned by their masters but often they were treated as respected members of the family. An example of this was Abraham’s head servant who was sent to find a wife for Isaac (Gen 24). Keep this information in mind as you translate “servants” into your language.
3291	26:14	qv2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יְקַנְא֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ פְּלִשְׁתִּֽים	1	“Because of that, the Philistines envied him/Isaac,” or “As a result, the Philistines were envious/jealous of him/Isaac,”
3292	26:15	b9xb			וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּאֵרֹ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ו סִתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים וַ⁠יְמַלְא֖וּ⁠ם עָפָֽר	1	“and/so they stopped/plugged up all his father Abraham’s wells by filling them with dirt.” or “So they filled up with dirt all the wells that the servants of his father Abraham had dug while he was {still} alive.” or “and/so they filled up all his/Isaac’s wells with dirt {so that no one could use them anymore}. Those were the wells that Abraham’s servants had dug while he was still alive.” See how you translated “well” in Gen 21:30-31.
3293	26:16	z4zj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל יִצְחָ֑ק	1	“Then/Finally {King} Abimelech said to Isaac/him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
3294	26:16	b5ab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness	לֵ֚ךְ מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ֔⁠נוּ	1	“{Please} move away from us,” or “{We want you to} move {somewhere else} away from us,” Although King Abimelech is asking Isaac to leave, he is still trying to be polite.
3295	26:16	ectv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי עָצַֽמְתָּ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ מְאֹֽד	1	“because you are too powerful for us.” or “because you are so powerful {that you are a threat} to us.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “You are so powerful that we {are afraid of you and} want you to move away from us.” Do what is best in your language.
3296	26:17	lmkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם יִצְחָ֑ק	1	“So Isaac moved {away} from {the city of} Gerar {with his family}”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself from the city of Gerar; his family moved with him. See what you did for similar cases in verses 1 and 6.
3297	26:17	ybzy			וַ⁠יִּ֥חַן	1	“and pitched his tents” or “and set up his tents”
3298	26:17	ndt1			בְּ⁠נַֽחַל גְּרָ֖ר	1	“in the Gerar Valley” or “in the valley near Gerar”
3299	26:17	leu6			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב שָֽׁם	1	“and stayed/lived there {for a while}.”
3300	26:18	jra3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יִצְחָ֜ק וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּ֣ר אֶת בְּאֵרֹ֣ת הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then Isaac {had his servants} dig the dirt out of the wells that Abraham’s servants had dug and” or “Then Isaac’s servants re-dug his father Abraham’s wells”. Isaac had his servants re-dig the wells; he did not do that work by himself.
3301	26:18	eqvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יְסַתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י מ֣וֹת אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	“{that} the Philistines had plugged up with dirt after Abraham had died,” or “{that} the Philistines had {just} filled {with dirt},” Be consistent with how you spelled or translated “Philistines” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34; 26:1, 8, 14-15, 18.
3302	26:18	h4so			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א לָ⁠הֶן֙ שֵׁמ֔וֹת כַּ⁠שֵּׁמֹ֕ת	1	“He/Isaac gave the/those wells the same names” or “He/Isaac named the/those wells with the same names”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3303	26:18	uecx			אֲשֶׁר קָרָ֥א לָ⁠הֶ֖ן אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“that his father had named/given them.”
3304	26:19	z3nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּחְפְּר֥וּ עַבְדֵֽי יִצְחָ֖ק בַּ⁠נָּ֑חַל	1	“Next Isaac’s servants dug {at/in a new place} in the valley {of Gerar}”
3305	26:19	eibf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֨מְצְאוּ שָׁ֔ם בְּאֵ֖ר מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים	1	“and discovered/struck/reached a source/spring of fresh/flowing water there.” The phrase “living water” is an idiom that means the well was spring fed and was a source of continually flowing, fresh water to drink.
3306	26:20	pv7y			וַ⁠יָּרִ֜יבוּ רֹעֵ֣י גְרָ֗ר עִם־רֹעֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר	1	“But the herdsmen from {the city of} Gerar argued/disputed with Isaac’s herdsmen and said/claimed,”
3307	26:20	i62f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לָ֣⁠נוּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“That water/well is ours!” or “that the water/well belonged to them.” or “that they owned that water/well.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote here.
3308	26:20	ffg3			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠בְּאֵר֙	1	“So Isaac named/called the/that well”
3309	26:20	opnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֵ֔שֶׂק	1	“Esek, {which means “dispute/argument,”}” If you include the meaning of this well’s name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “disputed” in the next clause. This word is different from the word for “quarreled” used earlier in verse 20, but it has the same meaning.
3310	26:20	hywb			כִּ֥י הִֽתְעַשְּׂק֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“because they argued with him {about it}.” or “because they disputed/argued with his herdsmen {about it}.” The herdsmen from Gerar disputed with Isaac indirectly (verse 20b) when they quarreled with his herdsmen (verse 20a). Make sure in your translation that the two halves of this verse do not contradict each other.
3311	26:21	ouy1			וַֽ⁠יַּחְפְּרוּ֙ בְּאֵ֣ר אַחֶ֔רֶת	1	“Then Isaac’s servants dug another well,”
3312	26:21	ryzw			וַ⁠יָּרִ֖יבוּ גַּם עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“but {once again} the herdsmen from Gerar argued/disputed {with them} about that one/well too,” Be consistent here with how you translated “quarreled” in the first part of verse 20.
3313	26:21	prjv			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ	1	“so he/Isaac named it” or “So he/Isaac named the/that well”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3314	26:21	s7bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׂטְנָֽה	1	“Sitnah, {which means “hostility/strife.”}”
3315	26:22	ndq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֣ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֗ם	1	“Then Isaac {and his family} moved from there”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself.
3316	26:22	za5m			וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּר֙	1	“and he {had his servants/men} dig” or “and his servants dug”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 18.
3317	26:22	mtdv			בְּאֵ֣ר אַחֶ֔רֶת	1	“a new/third well,”
3318	26:22	ixst			וְ⁠לֹ֥א רָב֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“but {this time} the herdsmen of/from Gerar did not quarrel/argue about it,” or “{This time} Gerar's herdsmen did not quarrel/argue about it,”
3319	26:22	ekhj			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙	1	“so he called/named it” or “so he called/named the/that well” or “so he gave it the name”. See how you translated this clause in verses 20 and 21.
3320	26:22	ggt9			רְחֹב֔וֹת	1	“Rehoboth, {which means “space/room,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Rehoboth” in Gen 10:11.
3321	26:22	deux			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר כִּֽי עַתָּ֞ה & יְהוָ֛ה	1	“because he said, “Now/Finally Yahweh”
3322	26:22	uq71			הִרְחִ֧יב & לָ֖⁠נוּ	1	“has provided space/room for us,” or “given our/my family {enough} space/room {to live},”
3323	26:22	z2q3			וּ⁠פָרִ֥ינוּ בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“so that we will prosper/flourish {here} in the/this land.”
3324	26:23	cbus			וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע	1	“From there he/Isaac {and his family} went/moved south to {the city of} Beersheba.” or “{One day} he/Isaac {and his family} went/moved from there to {the city of} Beersheba.” The word “up” refers to the fact that Beersheba is higher in elevation from where they were; it is also south in direction. Some translations leave that information implied. Do what is best in your language.
3325	26:24	ro9s			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו יְהוָה֙ בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“That night Yahweh appeared/came to him and said {to him},” See how you translated “Yahweh appeared to him” in verse 2.
3326	26:24	kaqe			אָנֹכִ֕י אֱלֹהֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“I {am} the God whom your father Abraham serves/worships.” or “I {am} the God {who takes care} of your father Abraham.”
3327	26:24	xp88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַל תִּירָא֙ כִּֽי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָנֹ֔כִי	1	“I {will always be} with you, so do not be afraid.” Some languages can do as the Hebrew text does and put the result clause (“do not be afraid”) before the reason (“I am with you”). Other languages prefer to put the reason before the result. Do what is best in your language.
3328	26:24	k105		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	“I will bless/prosper you”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
3329	26:24	n65z			וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֣י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔	1	“and multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants” or “and make your offspring/descendants numerous” or “and give you many/countless offspring/descendants”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
3330	26:24	s2lp			בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר	1	“because of {my promise/relationship to}” or “just as I promised to” or “in order to keep my promise to”
3331	26:24	hirv			אַבְרָהָ֥ם עַבְדִּֽ⁠י	1	“my servant Abraham.” or “Abraham, who serves me.”
3332	26:25	qm2j			וַ⁠יִּ֧בֶן שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֗חַ	1	“Then/So Isaac built an altar there {at Beersheba}”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 22:9.
3333	26:25	junf			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה	1	“and {offered/burned sacrifices on it to Yahweh as he} worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “called on the name of Yahweh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:26, 12:8, 13:4, 21:33, 26:25, and see the note about this at 4:26.
3334	26:25	kvmx			וַ⁠יֶּט שָׁ֖ם אָהֳל֑⁠וֹ	1	“He also set up his tents/camp there,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 17.
3335	26:25	lfr5			וַ⁠יִּכְרוּ שָׁ֥ם עַבְדֵי יִצְחָ֖ק בְּאֵֽר	1	“and his servants started digging {another} well there {too}.” Notice that they did not finish digging this well until verse 32. Keep that in mind as you translate this clause.
3336	26:26	nte9			וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ הָלַ֥ךְ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠גְּרָ֑ר	1	“Then {King} Abimelech came/went to him/Isaac from {the city of} Gerar”
3337	26:26	evv1			וַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת֙ מֵֽרֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	“with his adviser Ahuzzath”. King Abimelech’s friend Ahuzzath was probably his adviser.
3338	26:26	kkn7			וּ⁠פִיכֹ֖ל שַׂר צְבָאֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and Phicol {who was} the commander/leader of his/Abimelech’s army/soldiers.” or “and his army/military commander/captain Phicol.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:22, 32.
3339	26:27	cyjc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“Isaac asked them,”
3340	26:27	bwup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַדּ֖וּעַ בָּאתֶ֣ם אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	“Why did you come here,” or “I don’t understand why you came to see me,” Isaac probably wants to know why King Abimelech and his men are there, but this may also be a rhetorical question that shows his strong emotion.
3341	26:27	mx4e			וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ שְׂנֵאתֶ֣ם אֹתִ֔⁠י	1	“{especially} since you have treated me hatefully/meanly” or “{especially} since you have been hateful/unfriendly/hostile toward me”
3342	26:27	fv74			וַ⁠תְּשַׁלְּח֖וּ⁠נִי מֵ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם	1	“and forced me to move/go away from you!”
3343	26:28	bu45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ	1	“They answered {him},” or “They responded/replied,”
3344	26:28	m7us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	רָא֣וֹ רָאִינוּ֮	1	“It is very obvious/clear to us”. Make sure your translation of the pronoun “we” does not include Isaac here.
3345	26:28	e5ty			כִּֽי הָיָ֣ה יְהוָ֣ה עִמָּ⁠ךְ֒	1	“that Yahweh is with you {and blessing/prospering you},” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 3 and 24.
3346	26:28	rfk0			וַ⁠נֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“so we said {to each other}” or “so/and we decided”
3347	26:28	f7p3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	תְּהִ֨י נָ֥א אָלָ֛ה בֵּינוֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“that there should be an oath/vow between us and you.” or “that we should make a vow with you {to live in peace with one another}.” or “that we should make a vow to each other.” In the Hebrew text, the first “us” in this sentence includes Isaac, but the second “us” excludes him. Notice that in the first two alternate translations, the pronouns “us” and “we” exclude him, but in the third alternate, the pronoun “we” includes him.
3348	26:28	o3r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית	1	“So {please} let us make/establish a {peace} treaty/agreement”. See how you translated “cut a covenant” in Gen 21:27, 32. Notice that the pronoun “us” in this phrase either excludes Isaac or includes him, depending on whether you use “with you” or “with each other” for the following phrase.
3349	26:28	fcp0			עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“with each other,”
3350	26:29	x6xs			אִם תַּעֲשֵׂ֨ה עִמָּ֜⁠נוּ רָעָ֗ה	1	“that you will never harm us,” Verse 29 specifies the details of the covenant or treaty that they want Isaac to vow or promise.
3351	26:29	xrwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א נְגַֽעֲנ֔וּ⁠ךָ	1	“just as we never harmed you {in any way},” See how you translated “touch” or “harm” in verse 11.
3352	26:29	uaog			וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשִׂ֤ינוּ עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ רַק ט֔וֹב	1	“but only treated you well/kindly”
3353	26:29	b6m3			וַ⁠נְּשַׁלֵּֽחֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם	1	“and sent you away peacefully.” or “and in a peaceful manner asked you to leave.”
3354	26:29	noji			אַתָּ֥ה עַתָּ֖ה בְּר֥וּךְ יְהוָֽה	1	“Now {because of that,} Yahweh has {greatly} blessed/prospered you.” or “{As a result,} Yahweh has now {greatly} blessed/prospered you.”
3355	26:30	upgd			וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה	1	“Then Isaac prepared a feast,”
3356	26:30	ncvw			וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֖וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּֽוּ	1	“and they {all} ate and drank {together}.” In your translation it should not sound like the feast was only for King Abimelech and his men; Isaac ate with them.
3357	26:31	ovmw			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכִּ֣ימוּ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר	1	“Early the next morning they got up”. See how you translated “got up early in the morning” in Gen 20:8; 21:14, 22:3.
3358	26:31	e434			וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“and made unbreakable oaths/promises to each other {to keep their covenant/treaty}.” or “and made vows/oaths to one another {that they would keep their treaty/agreement}.” See how you translated “swore” in Gen 25:33. Also, if you make the implied information explicit, it should match the way you translate “covenant” or “treaty” in verse 28.
3359	26:31	dqn2			וַ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֣⁠ם יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“Then Isaac said goodbye to them,” or “Then Isaac told them goodbye,”
3360	26:31	fbfb			וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1	“and they went home from him in peace.” or “and they left him on peaceful terms and went/returned home.”
3361	26:32	c721			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא	1	“On that {same} day” or “{Later} that {same} day”
3362	26:32	h1e9			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י יִצְחָ֔ק וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣דוּ ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“Isaac’s servants came {to him} to tell/inform him”
3363	26:32	n9yf			עַל אֹד֥וֹת הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָפָ֑רוּ	1	“about the well that they had been digging”. This is the same well that Isaac’s servants started digging in verse 25.
3364	26:32	yrmy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמְרוּ ל֖⁠וֹ	1	“and announced,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
3365	26:32	e8ez			מָצָ֥אנוּ מָֽיִם	1	“We have discovered/struck/reached water!” See how you translated “found” in verse 19.
3366	26:33	ksjm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ שִׁבְעָ֑ה	1	“So Isaac named the well Shibah/Shebah, {which means “oath/vow.”}” The name of this well can be spelled “Shibah” or “Shebah.”
3367	26:33	dzcy			עַל כֵּ֤ן	1	“That is why”
3368	26:33	rlw9			שֵׁם הָ⁠עִיר֙ בְּאֵ֣ר שֶׁ֔בַע עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“{even} today the name of that city {is} still Beersheba, {which means “well of the oath/vow.”}” See how you translated “Beersheba” and its meaning in Gen 21:31.
3369	26:34	xghn			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י עֵשָׂו֙ בֶּן אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה	1	“Now Esau was forty/40 years old, and” or “When Esau was forty/40 years old,” Consider again how you translated “a son of … years” in the book of Genesis. See 5:32; 11:10; 12:4; 16:16; 17:1, 17, 24-25; 25:20-21 and 26:34.
3370	26:34	wv0p			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ אֶת יְהוּדִ֔ית בַּת בְּאֵרִ֖י הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֑י וְ⁠אֶת בָּ֣שְׂמַ֔ת בַּת אֵילֹ֖ן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי	1	“he married {a woman named} Judith, {who was} the/a daughter of a Hittite {man} named Beeri, and {he also married} {a woman named} Basemath, {who was} the/a daughter of a Hittite {man} named Elon.” or “he married {two} Hittite women: Judith, whose father was Beeri, and Basemath, whose father was Elon.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemath was Esau’s second wife, not Beeri’s wife.
3371	26:35	hack		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ מֹ֣רַת ר֑וּחַ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָֽה	1	“Those {foreign} women caused Isaac and Rebekah to be very distressed/upset.” or “Isaac and Rebekah were very distressed/upset that their son had married foreign women {rather than a woman from their own religion and people group}.”
3372	27:1	omqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּֽי	1	“One day when” or “Now when”. The events in chapter 27 happened about 23 years after the end of chapter 26. Make sure your translation begins this verse in a way that fits with that fact.
3373	27:1	nlqr			זָקֵ֣ן יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“Isaac was {very} old” or “Isaac was an old man”
3374	27:1	za37			וַ⁠תִּכְהֶ֥יןָ עֵינָ֖י⁠ו מֵ⁠רְאֹ֑ת	1	“and his eyes were so weak that he could not see,” or “and he could no longer see,” or “and he was almost blind,” Isaac was either totally blind or so blind that he could not recognize people anymore (See: verses 18-27, 32-33).
3375	27:1	rinb			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֞א	1	“he called/sent for” or “he summoned”. Isaac probably told a servant to go and tell Esau to come to him.
3376	27:1	pxqg			אֶת עֵשָׂ֣ו בְּנ֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֗ל וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ בְּנִ֔⁠י	1	“his older son Esau and said, “Son.” ”
3377	27:1	rtzv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Esau answered him,” or “Esau replied,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin.
3378	27:1	gs77			הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י	1	“Here I am.” or “Yes, {sir/Father,} {what is it}?” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1,7,11.
3379	27:2	ag4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then Isaac told {him},” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin.
3380	27:2	kpyl			הִנֵּה נָ֖א	1	“Listen {closely/carefully}, please:” or “Please listen {closely/carefully}:”
3381	27:2	fkcw			זָקַ֑נְתִּי	1	“I am {very} old” or “I am an old man {now}”. See how you translated “old” or “an old man” in verse 1.
3382	27:2	a42u			לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְתִּי י֥וֹם מוֹתִֽ⁠י	1	“{and} I do not know when I will die.” or “{and} I might die soon.” or “{and} I might not live much longer.”
3383	27:3	cqls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠עַתָּה֙	1	“So then,” or “So”
3384	27:3	lnze			שָׂא נָ֣א כֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ תֶּלְיְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠קַשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“take/get your hunting gear, your quiver {of arrows}, and your bow,” or “take/get your bow and arrows”. Consider what is the most natural way to refer to a bow and arrows in your language.
3385	27:3	x56a			וְ⁠צֵא֙	1	“then go out” or “go out”
3386	27:3	i275			הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	“into/to the fields” or “into/to the open country”. See how you translated “the field” in Gen 25:27.
3387	27:3	lcqx			וְ⁠צ֥וּדָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י צידה	1	“and hunt/get {some} {wild} animal/deer {meat} for me.” or “and go hunting for me.” See how you translated “game” in Gen 25:28.
3388	27:4	lb4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה	1	“Next/Then {use the meat to} cook/make” or “Next/Then {butcher the animal/deer and} cook/make”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit more of the steps that Esau needs to take to prepare the meal, so that it does not sound like the animal would be eaten alive or uncooked. Do what is best in your language.
3389	27:4	fnk4			לִ֨⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֜ים	1	“{some} tasty/savory food for me” or “a tasty/delicious meal for me”
3390	27:4	jc0b			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהַ֛בְתִּי	1	“the kind I like best,” or “{just} the way that I like it,”
3391	27:4	bl6m			וְ⁠הָבִ֥יאָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹכֵ֑לָה בַּ⁠עֲב֛וּר	1	“and bring it to me to eat so that”
3392	27:4	m687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	תְּבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֥ נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם אָמֽוּת	1	“I can bless you before I die.” or “before I die I can ask God to bless/prosper you.” Isaac uses the phrase “my soul” to refer to himself.
3393	27:5	iw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠רִבְקָ֣ה שֹׁמַ֔עַת בְּ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר יִצְחָ֔ק אֶל עֵשָׂ֖ו בְּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Rebekah overheard what Isaac said to his/their son Esau.” or “Now while Isaac was speaking to his son Esau, Rebekah was listening/eavesdropping.” The phrase “his son” probably recalls the fact that Esau was Isaac’s favorite son (Gen 25:28). However make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like Esau was not also Rebekah’s son.
3394	27:5	bdl8			וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ עֵשָׂו֙ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה לָ⁠צ֥וּד צַ֖יִד לְ⁠הָבִֽיא	1	“So after Esau went out to the fields/country to hunt/get {wild} animal/deer {meat},” or “So after Esau had left to go hunting in the open country,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 6. Also see how you translated “the field” and “hunt game” in verse 3.
3395	27:6	bx0k			וְ⁠רִבְקָה֙ אָֽמְרָ֔ה אֶל יַעֲקֹ֥ב בְּנָ֖⁠הּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Rebekah/she said to her/their son Jacob,” The phrase “her son” probably recalls the fact that Jacob was Rebekah’s favorite son (Gen 25:28). See how you translated “his son” in verse 5.
3396	27:6	tcc3			הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“Listen,” or “Listen to this:”
3397	27:6	dksq			שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“I {just} heard/overheard your father”
3398	27:6	cvsc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	מְדַבֵּ֛ר אֶל עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“tell your brother Esau” or “say to your brother Esau,” Some languages have a special term for “older brother” that is used here. Do what is best in your language.
3399	27:7	d0l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הָבִ֨יאָ⁠ה לִּ֥⁠י צַ֛יִד	1	“to bring/get him {some} {wild} animal/deer {meat}”. Consider whether it is best in your language to translate Rebekah’s quote of Isaac in verse 7 as a direct quote or an indirect quote.
3400	27:7	juty			וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה לִ֥⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֹכֵ֑לָה	1	“and {use it to} cook a tasty/delicious meal for him to eat.” See how you translated this clause in verse 4.
3401	27:7	bqb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠אֲבָרֶכְ⁠כָ֛ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹתִֽ⁠י	1	“Then before he dies, he wants to bless Esau with Yahweh as his witness.” or “Then before he dies, he will ask Yahweh to bless/prosper Esau.” Be consistent in translating the parts of verse 7 as either a direct quote (using first person pronouns) or an indirect quote (using third person pronouns).
3402	27:8	w8zu			וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה בְנִ֖⁠י	1	“So then, my son,” or “Now son,” See how you translated “So now” in verse 3. Also, make sure it is clear that Rebekah is no longer quoting Isaac’s words (whether directly or indirectly). If necessary, you could begin this verse with: “Rebekah continued,” or “Then Rebekah said {to Jacob},”
3403	27:8	b2vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י	1	“listen to me” or “listen to what I’m saying”. See how you translated “my voice” in Gen 26:5.
3404	27:8	lusi			לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י מְצַוָּ֥ה אֹתָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and do what I tell you {to do}.” or “so that you do what I’m telling you.” or “and obey me.”
3405	27:9	lppq			לֶךְ נָא֙ אֶל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	“Please go {out} to our flock {of goats}” or “Go to our flock {of goats}”
3406	27:9	n98a			וְ⁠קַֽח לִ֣⁠י מִ⁠שָּׁ֗ם	1	“and bring me” or “and get for me”
3407	27:9	p6eq			שְׁנֵ֛י גְּדָיֵ֥י עִזִּ֖ים טֹבִ֑ים	1	“two fine/choice kid/young goats” or “two of the/our best kid/young goats”
3408	27:9	rkva			וְ⁠אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֨ה אֹתָ֧⁠ם	1	“so that I can {use the meat from them to} prepare/cook” or “I will {use their meat to} cook/make”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3409	27:9	x89y			מַטְעַמִּ֛ים לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“{some} savory food for your father” or “a tasty/delicious meal for your father”. See how you translated “prepare some tasty food for” in verses 4 and 7.
3410	27:9	yxaa			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהֵֽב	1	“the kind he likes best/most.” or “{just} the way that he likes it.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
3411	27:10	ymlt			וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“Then you can take the meal/food to your father”
3412	27:10	u9by			וְ⁠אָכָ֑ל בַּ⁠עֲבֻ֛ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“to eat, so that he will bless you before he dies.” or “so that he will eat {it}, and {then} before he dies, he will ask Yahweh to bless/prosper you.” See how you translated “will bless” in verses 4 and 7.
3413	27:11	cgim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Then/But Jacob replied/responded”
3414	27:11	msb6			אֶל רִבְקָ֖ה אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“to his mother,” or “to her,”
3415	27:11	r28w			הֵ֣ן	1	“Look/Listen,” or “Remember that” or “As you know,”
3416	27:11	d7jp			עֵשָׂ֤ו אָחִ⁠י֙	1	“my brother Esau”. See how you translated “brother” in verse 11.
3417	27:11	i1x2			אִ֣ישׁ שָׂעִ֔ר	1	“has hairy skin” or “has a lot of hair on his skin/body”. See how you talked about Esau’s hairy body in Gen 25:25.
3418	27:11	fy4c			וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אִ֥ישׁ חָלָֽק	1	“but I have smooth/non-hairy skin.” or “but I am not hairy.”
3419	27:12	hr6z			אוּלַ֤י	1	“What if” or “What will/would happen if” or “{I am afraid of} what will happen if”
3420	27:12	kr4s			יְמֻשֵּׁ֨⁠נִי֙ אָבִ֔⁠י	1	“my father touches/feels my skin/arms”. If this sentence is translated as a statement, you could end it with a period or an exclamation point to show that Jacob is worried.
3421	27:12	yk4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי בְ⁠עֵינָ֖י⁠ו כִּ⁠מְתַעְתֵּ֑עַ	1	“{Certainly} he will/would {recognize me and} know/realize that I am trying to deceive/trick him.” Make sure that your translation of verse 12 describes a hypothetical situation, not something that had happened yet. Some languages have a special verb form (such as “would”) to communicate this.
3422	27:12	wq82			וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֥י עָלַ֛⁠י קְלָלָ֖ה וְ⁠לֹ֥א בְרָכָֽה	1	“Then I will/would cause myself to be cursed instead of blessed.” or “Then he will curse me instead of blessing me.”
3423	27:13	g9dr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ אִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“But his mother replied/responded,”
3424	27:13	sw3k			עָלַ֥⁠י קִלְלָתְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י	1	“My son, {if your father curses you,} may that curse be/fall on me {and not on you}.” or “{If that happens,} may God curse me instead of you, my son.” Make sure that your translation of “your curse” refers to the curse Jacob fears his father might say against him and does not sound like Jacob cursed someone. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put an address like “my son” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language.
3425	27:13	oogm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אַ֛ךְ שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֖⁠י	1	“{Please} just do/obey what I say,” or “Just listen to me,”
3426	27:13	dbke			וְ⁠לֵ֥ךְ קַֽח לִֽ⁠י	1	“and go get {two goats} for me.” or “and go and bring {two goats} to me.”
3427	27:14	sjy7			וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	“So Jacob went {to the/their flock}”
3428	27:14	nj8o			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֔ח	1	“and got {the goats}” or “chose/selected {two goats}”
3429	27:14	rsoj			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and brought/took {them} to her.”
3430	27:14	xp8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּ֤עַשׂ אִמּ⁠וֹ֙	1	“Then she {had them butchered and she} prepared/cooked/made” or “Then she {used the butchered meat from the goats to} prepare/cook”. In some languages it is necessary to specify that the animal was killed and cut up before being cooked. Do what is best in your language. See what you did for a similar case in verse 4.
3431	27:14	eza3			מַטְעַמִּ֔ים	1	“{some} tasty/savory food” or “a tasty/delicious meal”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 4, 7 and 9.
3432	27:14	qzmr			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָהֵ֥ב אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“{just} the way that his father liked it.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 4 and 9.
3433	27:15	ss0o			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח רִ֠בְקָה	1	“Rebekah/She also took/got {out}”
3434	27:15	p7ho			אֶת בִּגְדֵ֨י עֵשָׂ֜ו בְּנָ֤⁠הּ הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ הַ⁠חֲמֻדֹ֔ת	1	“her older son Esau’s best/finest clothes”
3435	27:15	q7yz			אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתָּ֖⁠הּ בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	“that she had in the house”
3436	27:15	iixo			וַ⁠תַּלְבֵּ֥שׁ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֖ב בְּנָ֥⁠הּ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן	1	“and had her younger son Jacob put them on.” or “and gave them to her younger son Jacob to put on.” Your translation should not sound like Rebekah dressed Jacob herself as if he were a little child. She probably gave him the clothes and asked him to put them on himself.
3437	27:16	bv6u			וְ⁠אֵ֗ת עֹרֹת֙ גְּדָיֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֔ים הִלְבִּ֖ישָׁה עַל יָדָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠עַ֖ל	1	“Then she used the goat skins to cover his/Jacob’s arms and”. See how you translated “skins” in Gen 3:21. The skins still had the goat hair or fur on them.
3438	27:16	gced			חֶלְקַ֥ת צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו	1	“the non-hairy part of his neck.” or “the part of his neck that had no hair {on it}.” See how you translated “smooth” in verse 11.
3439	27:17	xf7r			וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת הַ⁠מַּטְעַמִּ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠לֶּ֖חֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑תָה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד יַעֲקֹ֥ב בְּנָֽ⁠הּ	1	“Then she/Rebekah gave/handed to Jacob/him the tasty/savory goat meat dish and some bread she had baked/made.” or “Then she gave/handed the tasty/delicious food/meal to Jacob/him, including some bread that she had baked/made.”
3440	27:18	jlx7			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו	1	“He/Jacob took the meal to his father”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3441	27:18	qjbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אָבִ֑⁠י וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	“and said, “Father.” His father answered/replied,”
3442	27:18	g6ty			הִנֶּ֔נִּ⁠י מִ֥י אַתָּ֖ה בְּנִֽ⁠י	1	“Here I am, my son. Who {are} you?” or “Yes? Which {one} of my sons {are} you?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1. It may be necessary to translate this in a different way here because the context is different.
3443	27:19	l516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠ו	1	“Jacob replied/lied to his father,”
3444	27:19	clmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אָנֹכִי֙ עֵשָׂ֣ו בְּכֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“I {am} Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” The term “firstborn” is a key term in the Bible because the firstborn son had special rights, including the fact that he inherited his father’s authority and the largest portion of his father’s estate. Jacob is claiming those rights by using this term. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:13.
3445	27:19	vnm1			עָשִׂ֕יתִי כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	“I have done what you told/requested me {to do}.”
3446	27:19	ckg4			קֽוּם נָ֣א שְׁבָ֗⁠ה וְ⁠אָכְלָ⁠ה֙ מִ⁠צֵּידִ֔⁠י	1	“{So now,} please sit up and eat some of the game/deer {meat} that I have prepared/cooked {for you},” See how you translated “game {meat}” in verses 3, 5 and 7.
3447	27:19	q51t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר תְּבָרֲכַ֥⁠נִּי נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	“so that you can bless me.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 4.
3448	27:20	kehq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִצְחָק֙ אֶל בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“But Isaac asked him,”
3449	27:20	jc6p			מַה זֶּ֛ה מִהַ֥רְתָּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֖א בְּנִ֑⁠י	1	“How were you able to find/get {the deer/animal} so quickly, my son?” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first in this quote.
3450	27:20	f38e			וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Jacob answered {him},”
3451	27:20	i5gl			כִּ֥י & יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“{I was successful} because Yahweh, the God you worship/serve,” or “Yahweh, {who is} the God who takes care of you,”
3452	27:20	onx0			הִקְרָ֛ה & לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	“helped me to hunt/find it.” or “helped me to succeed.” or “brought it to me.” See how you translated this clause in Gen 24:12.
3453	27:21	l1al			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִצְחָק֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Then/But Isaac said to him,”
3454	27:21	w851			גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א וַ⁠אֲמֻֽשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י	1	“Please come close/closer {to me}, my son, so that I can touch/feel you” or “My son, please come here so that I can touch/feel you”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first or earlier in this quote. Also see what you did in verses 13 and 20.
3455	27:21	gb5v			הַֽ⁠אַתָּ֥ה זֶ֛ה בְּנִ֥⁠י עֵשָׂ֖ו אִם לֹֽא	1	“and make/be sure/certain that you are really my son Esau.” or “{I want to know} {for sure} whether or not you really are my son Esau.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3456	27:22	tblg			וַ⁠יִּגַּ֧שׁ יַעֲקֹ֛ב אֶל יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו	1	“So/Then Jacob came/stepped close/closer to his father Isaac,”
3457	27:22	g1m1			וַ⁠יְמֻשֵּׁ֑⁠הוּ	1	“and his father touched/felt him” or “and his father touched/felt his hands/arms”. See how you translated “touch” or “feel” in verses 12 and 21.
3458	27:22	psb0			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“and said/thought {to himself},”
3459	27:22	k9zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠קֹּל֙ ק֣וֹל יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“{Hmm,} the/his voice {sounds like} Jacob’s voice,” or “{Hmm,} he sounds/talks like Jacob,”
3460	27:22	egzs			וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּדַ֖יִם יְדֵ֥י עֵשָֽׂו	1	“but the/his hands/arms {feel like} Esau’s hands/arms.” or “but he feels like Esau.” In Hebrew, the word for “hand” is the same word as for “arm”. Isaac probably felt Esau’s hands and arms.
3461	27:23	rksk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִכִּיר֔⁠וֹ כִּֽי הָי֣וּ יָדָ֗י⁠ו כִּ⁠ידֵ֛י עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִ֖י⁠ו שְׂעִרֹ֑ת	1	“So Isaac was not able to recognize/identify who he/Jacob was because his/Jacob’s hand/arms were/felt hairy like his brother Esau’s.” or “Since Jacob’s hands/arms were/felt hairy like the hands/arms of his brother Esau, Isaac did not recognize him.” Be consistent here with how you translated “hands” or “arms” in verses 16 and 22. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to change the original order of clauses in this sentence, as in the second alternate translation above.
3462	27:23	p730			וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“Then Isaac was about/prepared to bless him/Jacob,” or “Isaac was getting ready to bless him/Jacob,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 24.
3463	27:24	hfhw			וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“But {he still was not sure/certain, so} he asked {him},” or “but {first} {he wanted to be completely sure/certain, so} he asked {him},”
3464	27:24	bd4l			אַתָּ֥ה זֶ֖ה בְּנִ֣⁠י עֵשָׂ֑ו	1	“Are you really/truly/actually my son Esau?”
3465	27:24	tbxk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“Jacob answered {him},”
3466	27:24	zqlr			אָֽנִי	1	“{Yes,} I am {Esau}.” or “{Yes, Father/sir,} I am.”
3467	27:25	w7ds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“So Isaac said {to him},” or “So his father said {to him},”
3468	27:25	g2u7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness	הַגִּ֤שָׁ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙	1	“{Please} bring/serve me {the food/meal}” Your translation of Isaac’s request should sound polite, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading.
3469	27:25	p1h5			וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָה֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנִ֔⁠י לְמַ֥עַן תְּבָֽרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י	1	“so that I can eat some of your {wild} animal/deer {meat} and bless you.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 19.
3470	27:25	mns3			וַ⁠יַּגֶּשׁ ל⁠וֹ֙ וַ⁠יֹּאכַ֔ל	1	“Then/So Jacob brought/served {the meal} to his father, and he ate {it}.”
3471	27:25	qy9x			וַ⁠יָּ֧בֵא ל֦⁠וֹ יַ֖יִן וַ⁠יֵּֽשְׁתְּ	1	“Jacob also brought/served him wine, and he drank {it}.” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “wine” in Gen 19:32-35.
3472	27:26	r2g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then his/Jacob’s father said to him,” or “Then Isaac said to him/Jacob,”
3473	27:26	hjsx			גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א	1	“Come here” or “Come closer/near {to me}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21.
3474	27:26	vy5c			וּ⁠שְׁקָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י בְּנִֽ⁠י	1	It was a Hebrew custom for relatives and close friends to greet each other with a kiss on each cheek. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first in this quote.
3475	27:27	bkqc			וַ⁠יִּגַּשׁ֙	1	“So/Then he/Jacob came/stepped close/closer {to his father}”. See how you translated “went close” in verse 22.
3476	27:27	xtu4			וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“and kissed him {on the/his cheek/cheeks}.”
3477	27:27	i4z0			וַ⁠יָּ֛רַח אֶת רֵ֥יחַ בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then Isaac smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esau’s clothes {that Jacob was wearing}” or “{As he/Jacob did that,} his father smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esau’s clothes”
3478	27:27	alts			וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“Then he/Isaac blessed him/Jacob”
3479	27:27	xnqs			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“by saying {to/about him},” or “He said {to/about him},”
3480	27:27	lggs			רְאֵה֙ רֵ֣יחַ בְּנִ֔⁠י	1	“Ahh, my son smells” or “Ahh, my son, you smell”. Some translations put the words of Isaac’s blessing in poetry format (beginning here and through verse 29). Be consistent here with how your translation team decides to format passages like this.
3481	27:27	jo64			כְּ⁠רֵ֣יחַ שָׂדֶ֔ה	1	“{wonderful} like the fragrance of a {green/productive} field” or “{wonderful} the way a {green/productive} field smells”
3482	27:27	ejck			אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּרֲכ֖⁠וֹ יְהוָֽה	1	“that Yahweh has caused to flourish!” or “that Yahweh has caused to be very productive!”
3483	27:28	dgyi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“May God give/provide you {and your descendants}” or “I ask God to provide you {and your descendants}” or “I pray that God will give/provide you {and your descendants}”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is singular in verses 28-29 and refers to both Jacob and his descendants. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation.
3484	27:28	ca2c			מִ⁠טַּל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{plenty of} dew/rain from the heavens/sky {for your crops and animals} and riches from the earth/land/soil” or “{plenty of} rain and rich/fertile land/soil,”
3485	27:28	va8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠רֹ֥ב דָּגָ֖ן וְ⁠תִירֹֽשׁ	1	“including an abundance of grain/food and wine/drink.” or “so that {you have} abundant harvests/food and {much} wine.”
3486	27:29	mwtq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יַֽעַבְד֣וּ⁠ךָ עַמִּ֗ים וְיִֽשְׁתַּחֲו֤וּ לְ⁠ךָ֙ לְאֻמִּ֔ים	1	“May people groups serve you {and your descendants}, and may they bow down to you {in respect/submission}.” or “I also ask God to cause nations to serve and honor you {and your descendants}.” If possible in your language, it is best to keep both halves of this parallelism, which is used to emphasize what Isaac is saying to Jacob.
3487	27:29	l535			הֱוֵ֤ה גְבִיר֙	1	“May you rule” or “You will {even} rule”
3488	27:29	acg4			לְ⁠אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“over your brother and his descendants,” Jacob only had one brother, so this phrase refers here to Esau and his descendants.
3489	27:29	o811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ לְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנֵ֣י אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“Yes, may your mother’s descendants show you complete submission/respect.” or “and they will bow down to you {in submission}.” or “Yes, they {too} will {submit to you and} bow down to you.” This clause is another way of referring to Jacob's authority over Esau and his descendants. Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 28-29. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you {and your descendants}”.
3490	27:29	nx79			אֹרְרֶ֣י⁠ךָ אָר֔וּר וּֽ⁠מְבָרֲכֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּרֽוּךְ	1	“Whoever curses you will be cursed {by God}, and/but whoever blesses you will be blessed {by him}.” or “Whoever curses you {God} will curse, but whoever blesses you {he} will bless.” or “I ask {God} to curse those who curse you, and/but I ask {him} to bless those who bless you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 12:3.
3491	27:30	mtk3			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר כִּלָּ֣ה יִצְחָק֮ לְ⁠בָרֵ֣ךְ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹב֒	1	“Just as Isaac finished blessing Jacob,” or “As soon as Isaac had finished blessing Jacob,”
3492	27:30	tctn			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַ֣ךְ יָצֹ֤א יָצָא֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת פְּנֵ֖י יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֔י⁠ו	1	“and right after Jacob had left his father’s presence/tent, his/Jacob’s brother Esau” or “and no sooner had Jacob left his father than his/Jacob’s brother Esau”
3493	27:30	jeia			בָּ֖א מִ⁠צֵּידֽ⁠וֹ	1	“came back from hunting.” or “returned {home} from hunting.”
3494	27:31	paor			וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ גַּם הוּא֙ מַטְעַמִּ֔ים	1	“Then he/Esau also prepared/cooked a tasty/delicious meal {with/from the meat he had hunted},” Consider again how you translated “prepared tasty food” in verses 4, 7, 9, 14, 31 and “tasty” in verse 17.
3495	27:31	q82g			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“and he took/carried {it} to his father {Isaac}”
3496	27:31	crso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אָבִ֗י⁠ו	1	“and said to him,” or “and requested,”
3497	27:31	bl51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	יָקֻ֤ם אָבִ⁠י֙	1	“Father, {please} sit up”. Esau’s request to his father should sound polite in your translation, not rude or demanding.
3498	27:31	i1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and eat some of your son’s {wild} animal/deer meat” or “and eat some of my {wild} animal/deer meat”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Esau is referring to himself in this phrase.
3499	27:31	u4oa			בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר תְּבָרֲכַ֥⁠נִּי נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	“so that you can bless me.” or “and then you can bless me.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 4, 19, 25 and 31.
3500	27:32	gv4p			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֛⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו	1	“But/Then his father asked him,” or “But his father responded/asked/exclaimed,” For some languages it is more natural to make “Isaac” explicit in verse 31 and leave it implied here in verse 32. Do what is best in your language.
3501	27:32	ag39			מִי אָ֑תָּה	1	“Which son {are} you?!” or “Which of my sons {are} you?!” Isaac knew from what Esau just said in verse 31 that one of his sons was talking to him. Also, Isaac is very upset, so some translations add an exclamation point after the question mark to help communicate that. Do what is best in your language.
3502	27:32	si9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Esau answered {him},” or “Esau replied,”
3503	27:32	uum9			אֲנִ֛י בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ בְכֹֽרְ⁠ךָ֖ עֵשָֽׂו	1	“I {am} your firstborn/oldest son Esau.” or “I {am} Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” See how you translated “firstborn” in verse 19.
3504	27:33	j7x3			וַ⁠יֶּחֱרַ֨ד יִצְחָ֣ק חֲרָדָה֮ גְּדֹלָ֣ה עַד מְאֹד֒	1	“Then Isaac {became so upset that he} trembled/shook very violently/noticeably,” or “Then Isaac {was very upset, so that he} began to tremble/shake all over,”
3505	27:33	oxc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר	1	“and he asked {Esau},”
3506	27:33	avi1			מִֽי אֵפ֡וֹא ה֣וּא	1	“Who {was} it then” or “Then where {is} the one”
3507	27:33	cs0r			הַ⁠צָּֽד צַיִד֩ וַ⁠יָּ֨בֵא לִ֜⁠י	1	“that/who hunted game/deer meat and brought a meal to me?” or “that/who brought to me a meal made from wild animal/deer meat?” Consider again how you translated “game” in Gen 27:3, 5, 7, 19, 25, 31 and 33. It may be necessary to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
3508	27:33	edrl			וָ⁠אֹכַ֥ל מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא	1	“Just before you came {to me}, I finished eating the meal” or “I finished eating it just before you came {here}”
3509	27:33	vjq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וָ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵ֑⁠הוּ גַּם בָּר֖וּךְ יִהְיֶֽה	1	“and then I blessed him. And/So {God} will surely/definitely bless him.” or “Then I asked God to bless him, and/so God will definitely bless him.” Consider where it is most natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3510	27:34	t3y5			כִּ⁠שְׁמֹ֤עַ עֵשָׂו֙ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“When Esau heard what his father said {to him},”
3511	27:34	hlpe			וַ⁠יִּצְעַ֣ק צְעָקָ֔ה גְּדֹלָ֥ה וּ⁠מָרָ֖ה עַד מְאֹ֑ד	1	“he shouted/burst out with an extremely/very loud and bitter/distressed cry/shout” or “he was so distressed/upset that he cried/yelled out loudly/bitterly”
3512	27:34	yfg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“and begged his father,” or “and begged him,”
3513	27:34	aahx			בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִֽ⁠י	1	“{Please} bless me too, father!” or “Father, {please} bless me too!” For some languages it is more natural to put the address “My father” or “Father” first in this sentence. Do what is best in your language.
3514	27:35	a6oj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“But his father responded/replied {to him},”
3515	27:35	m9v6			בָּ֥א אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠מִרְמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח בִּרְכָתֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“Your brother came {to me} and deceived/tricked {me} and stole the blessing that I was planning to give you.” or “Your brother deceived/tricked me so that I blessed him instead of you!”
3516	27:36	r0d2			וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר	1	“Then Esau exclaimed {bitterly/angrily},” or “{When Esau heard that,} he said/exclaimed {bitterly/angrily},”
3517	27:36	ychp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠כִי֩ קָרָ֨א שְׁמ֜⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב וַֽ⁠יַּעְקְבֵ֨⁠נִי֙ זֶ֣ה פַעֲמַ֔יִם	1	“It is no wonder that he is called Jacob, since he has cheated me two times!” or “The name Jacob fits him exactly, because he has tricked me like this two times {now}!” Esau uses a rhetorical question here to show his strong emotion. Do what is most natural in your language. Also, in order to help readers understand why Esau said this about Jacob, some translations include a footnote like the following: The name “Jacob” means “heel-grabber” and can imply deception. He was given that name because when he was born, he was grabbing hold of Esau’s heel (Genesis 25:26).
3518	27:36	us4x			אֶת בְּכֹרָתִ֣⁠י לָקָ֔ח וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה עַתָּ֖ה	1	“{First} he stole my rights as the oldest son, and now look/see {what he has done}:” or “Not only did he take/steal my birthright, but now look/see {what he has done}:”
3519	27:36	uoga			לָקַ֣ח בִּרְכָתִ֑⁠י	1	“he has {also} stolen my blessing!” or “he has tricked/deceived you into blessing him instead of me!”
3520	27:36	mtzq			וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר	2	“Then he/Esau begged {his father},” or “Then he/Esau pleaded {with his father},”
3521	27:36	lg00			הֲ⁠לֹא אָצַ֥לְתָּ לִּ֖⁠י בְּרָכָֽה	1	“Don’t you still have at least one blessing left for me?” or “Is there still a/some way you can {ask God to} bless me?”
3522	27:37	qhtp			וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן יִצְחָ֜ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֗ו	1	“Isaac responded/replied to Esau/him,” or “Isaac answered him,”
3523	27:37	vpg2			הֵ֣ן גְּבִ֞יר שַׂמְתִּ֥י⁠ו לָ⁠ךְ֙	1	“Look/Listen, I have {already} appointed Jacob to be your master,” See how you translated “master” in verse 29.
3524	27:37	aezg			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֶחָ֗י⁠ו נָתַ֤תִּי ל⁠וֹ֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים	1	“In fact, I said that you and all your descendants will serve him.” or “In fact, I have asked {God to make it so} that you and your descendants will serve him {and his descendants}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “brothers” in verse 29.
3525	27:37	zpao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠דָגָ֥ן וְ⁠תִירֹ֖שׁ סְמַכְתִּ֑י⁠ו	1	“Besides that, I have {also} supplied/blessed him with {abundant} harvests/food and wine/drink.” or “I have also asked God to provide/supply/bless him with {plenty of} food and wine/drink.” See how you translated “grain and wine” in verse 28.
3526	27:37	h7yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠לְ⁠כָ֣ה אֵפ֔וֹא מָ֥ה אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה בְּנִֽ⁠י	1	“So then, there is no way left for me to bless you, my son!” or “So my son, there is no blessing left for you!” Isaac uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that there is no blessing left for Esau.
3527	27:38	pyp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠ו	1	“But Esau continued to beg his father {and say/said},” or “But again Esau begged/pleaded/asked,”
3528	27:38	k87o			הַֽ⁠בְרָכָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת הִֽוא לְ⁠ךָ֙ אָבִ֔⁠י	1	“Father, isn’t there {just/even} one way that you can bless {me}?” or “Father, don’t you have at least one blessing left to give me?” It may be more natural to put “my father” or “Father” first in this quote. See what you did in verse 34.
3529	27:38	ezef			בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִ֑⁠י	1	“{Please} bless me too, father!” or “Father, {please} bless me too!” See how you translated this sentence in verse 34.
3530	27:38	wtbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א עֵשָׂ֛ו קֹל֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֵּֽבְךְּ	1	“Then/And Esau started sobbing/crying loudly.” See how you translated “lifted … voice and sobbed” in Gen 21:16.
3531	27:39	teeo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּ֛עַן יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Finally/So his father Isaac responded/said to him,” or “His father replied,”
3532	27:39	fckf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הִנֵּ֞ה & יִהְיֶ֣ה מֽוֹשָׁבֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“Listen, you {and your descendants} will live”. What Isaac says in verses 39-40 applies to Esau and his descendants. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29.
3533	27:39	ch9s			מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ & וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עָֽל	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “away from the fatness of the earth and away from the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place/region where the earth/land/ground is not rich/fertile and where there is very little dew/rain.” or “in a place/region where the land/soil is not good {for farming} and where there is not much rain.” or (2) “of the fatness of the earth and of the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place where the land is good/fertile {for farming} and where there is {plenty of} dew/rain.” See how you translated “fatness of the earth” and “dew of the heavens” in verse 28.
3534	27:40	ky90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַל חַרְבְּ⁠ךָ֣ תִֽחְיֶ֔ה	1	“You {and your descendants} will survive by using your swords {to protect yourselves},” or “You {and your descendants} will have to fight battles to stay alive,” or “You {and your descendants} will continually be fighting battles {with other peoples/nations},” The phrase “live by your sword” is an idiom that means Esau and his descendants will have violent conflict with others, often in order to survive.
3535	27:40	j54i			וְ⁠אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ תַּעֲבֹ֑ד	1	“and you {and your descendants} will serve your brother {and his descendants}.” or “and you {and your descendants} will be servants/slaves for your brother {and his descendants}.”
3536	27:40	u6t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָיָה֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר תָּרִ֔יד	1	“But when you rebel/revolt {against him/them},” Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 39-40. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you {and your descendants}”. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29.
3537	27:40	uf7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠פָרַקְתָּ֥ עֻלּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל צַוָּארֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“you will break/get free from his/their control/rule over you.” or “you will no longer be under his/their control/rule.” The metaphor “break his yoke off of your neck” means Esau and his descendants will be free from the control of Jacob and his descendants. A yoke is a wooden collar that is placed around the necks of work animals to control them as they pull a plow or cart.
3538	27:41	mp9g			וַ⁠יִּשְׂטֹ֤ם עֵשָׂו֙ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“After that, Esau held a grudge against Jacob” or “Esau continued to be very angry with/at Jacob”
3539	27:41	phou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	עַל הַ֨⁠בְּרָכָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּרֲכ֖⁠וֹ אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“because his/their father had given his blessing to Jacob.” or “because their father had blessed Jacob {instead of him}.” Consider again how you translated the terms “bless” and “blessing” in chapter 27. See verses 4, 7, 10, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29-31, 33-36, 38 and 41.
3540	27:41	f51e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“So Esau said/thought to himself,”
3541	27:41	p7cg			יִקְרְבוּ֙ יְמֵי֙ אֵ֣בֶל אָבִ֔⁠י	1	“Soon my father will die, and we will have a time of mourning for him, then” or “Soon my father will die; then after we {bury him and} mourn for him,” In that culture, they had the custom of mourning the death of a loved one for a certain period of time, anywhere from a week to a month or more. See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 23:2.
3542	27:41	qxmf			וְ⁠אַֽהַרְגָ֖ה	1	“I am going to kill” or “I plan to kill”
3543	27:41	rs14			אֶת יַעֲקֹ֥ב אָחִֽ⁠י	1	“my brother Jacob.” or “Jacob.”
3544	27:42	i4en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֣ד לְ⁠רִבְקָ֔ה אֶת דִּבְרֵ֥י עֵשָׂ֖ו בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֑ל	1	“But/Then someone told Rebekah what Esau was saying/planning, so” or “But/Then Rebekah heard about what her older/oldest son Esau was planning, so” or “When Rebekah heard what Esau was planning {to do},” It was probably a servant who told Rebekah about Esau’s plan to kill Jacob.
3545	27:42	tgzk			וַ⁠תִּשְׁלַ֞ח וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠קָּטָ֔ן	1	“she sent for her younger/youngest son Jacob {to come to her}” or “she sent a messenger to tell Jacob {to come to her}” or “she summoned her son Jacob”
3546	27:42	v1f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“and told/warned him,”
3547	27:42	vedn			הִנֵּה֙ עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ מִתְנַחֵ֥ם לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠הָרְגֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“Look/Listen, your brother Esau is making himself feel better by planning to kill you.” or “Listen, your brother Esau is planning to take revenge on you and kill you.”
3548	27:43	qa89			וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה בְנִ֖⁠י	1	“So then, my son,” or “Now son,” See how you translated “So now” in verses 3 and 8.
3549	27:43	m7pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י	1	“listen to me:” or “do/obey what I tell you:” See how you translated this phrase in verses 8 and 13. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the context.
3550	27:43	s1bb			וְ⁠ק֧וּם בְּרַח לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	“get ready immediately and flee/escape” or “Hurry {and} flee/escape” or “Flee/Escape immediately”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3551	27:43	al70			אֶל לָבָ֥ן אָחִ֖⁠י חָרָֽנָ⁠ה	1	“to my brother Laban {who lives} in {the city of} Haran!” or “to {the city of} Haran, to {the house of} my brother Laban!” For some languages, it is more natural to put the location (Haran) before the person who lives there (Laban). Do what is best in your language.
3552	27:44	ohym			וְ⁠יָשַׁבְתָּ֥ עִמּ֖⁠וֹ יָמִ֣ים אֲחָדִ֑ים	1	“Stay/Live with him for a short time”
3553	27:44	jxy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר תָּשׁ֖וּב חֲמַ֥ת אָחִֽי⁠ךָ	1	“until your brother’s fury/anger subsides/stops” or “until your brother is no longer furious/angry {with you}”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to end this sentence here or to continue the sentence into verse 45. Also, the phrase “turns away” is used here as an idiom that means “becomes less” or “goes away”.
3554	27:45	s9be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַד שׁ֨וּב אַף אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ מִמְּ⁠ךָ֗	1	“until his anger against you is gone” or “When he is not angry with you anymore” or “After a while, when your brother is no longer angry with you”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, notice that the Hebrew word for “anger” here is different from the stronger word (“fury”) in verse 44.
3555	27:45	r7r3			וְ⁠שָׁכַח֙ אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֣יתָ לּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and he forgets what you did to him” or “and he no longer thinks about what you did” or “and he doesn’t hold a grudge against you anymore”. Rebekah is not saying that Esau would totally forget what Jacob did, but that at some point he would not hold it against him anymore.
3556	27:45	fq9m			וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֖י וּ⁠לְקַחְתִּ֣י⁠ךָ מִ⁠שָּׁ֑ם	1	“I will send word that it is safe for you to come {back home} from there.” or “I will send someone to tell you when/that it is safe to come back {home}.”
3557	27:45	lv4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ⁠מָ֥ה אֶשְׁכַּ֛ל גַּם שְׁנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד	1	“I do not want to lose both of you {on} the same day!” or “I do not want both my sons to be killed!” Rebekah knew that if Esau were to kill Jacob, he himself would have been killed for that crime. Consider whether it is best in your language to use a rhetorical question or an exclamation to emphasize Rebekah’s concern.
3558	27:46	gusr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רִבְקָה֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“Then Rebekah complained to Isaac,” or “{Soon} after that, Rebekah said/complained to Isaac,”
3559	27:46	wp91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	קַ֣צְתִּי בְ⁠חַיַּ֔⁠י	1	“My life is {very} miserable” or “I do not enjoy living” or “I am very upset”. Rebekah is exaggerating how she feels to influence Isaac to do what she wants.
3560	27:46	oa6h			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנ֣וֹת חֵ֑ת	1	“because of the Hittite women {whom Esau married}!” or “because of our Hittite daughters-in-law {whom Esau married}!” To show that Rebekah is speaking with strong emotion, you could use an exclamation point at the end of this sentence and the following one.
3561	27:46	ahi7			אִם לֹקֵ֣חַ יַ֠עֲקֹב אִשָּׁ֨ה מִ⁠בְּנֽוֹת חֵ֤ת כָּ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“If Jacob {also} marries a Hittite woman from around here,” or “If Jacob were to {also} marry a local Hittite woman like that,”
3562	27:46	avta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֥⁠מָּה לִּ֖⁠י חַיִּֽים	1	“my life will/would not be worth living!” or “I would not want to keep on living!” Rebekah uses a rhetorical question and hyperbole to emphasize how upset she would be if Jacob married a Hittite woman.
3563	28:1	md9d			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	“So Isaac called/sent for Jacob {to come to him}” or “{Because of what Rebekah said,} Isaac summoned Jacob”
3564	28:1	u0pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“blessed him,” or “Then he blessed him” or “{When/After Jacob/he came,} Isaac blessed him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, for some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that Jacob arrived. Do what is best in your language.
3565	28:1	vnsl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“and told/instructed him,” or “and said to him,”
3566	28:1	nbgz			לֹֽא־תִקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת כְּנָֽעַן	1	“Do not take/marry a woman who is a descendant of Canaan.” or “You must not take/choose a wife from among the Canaanite women.” or “Do not marry a Canaanite woman.” If the word “woman” is used here in your translation, make sure it refers to a virgin woman who has never been married, or is general enough to include that.
3567	28:2	c1no		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ק֥וּם לֵךְ֙	1	“{Rather} get up/ready and go” or “{Instead} you must go right away”. See how you translated “get up” in Gen 27:43.
3568	28:2	c2p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם	1	“to {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20.
3569	28:2	a32c			בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה בְתוּאֵ֖ל אֲבִ֣י אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“to the home/family of your mother’s father Bethuel,” or “to your grandfather Bethuel’s home/family,”
3570	28:2	tvtv			וְ⁠קַח לְ⁠ךָ֤ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“and choose/find a woman from there to marry” or “and marry”
3571	28:2	w2tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֥י אִמֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	“from among the daughters of your mother’s brother Laban.” or “one of your uncle Laban’s daughters.” Laban was Rebekah’s older brother. Some languages have a special term for this that is used here.
3572	28:3	qw5u			וְ⁠אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙ יְבָרֵ֣ךְ אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“I pray that Almighty God will bless/prosper you” or “I ask God, {who is} all-powerful, to bless/prosper you” or “I pray that God, {who is} all-powerful, will bless/prosper you”. Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here (“God Almighty”). A few teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” as if it were a personal name (which it is not). See how you handled “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1.
3573	28:3	fji8			וְ⁠יַפְרְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and give you many children” or “and enable you to have many children”
3574	28:3	cjdb			וְ⁠יַרְבֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“and increase {the number of} your descendants” or “so that you have many descendants and”. See how you translated “fruitful and multiply” in Gen 17:20. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context.
3575	28:3	klxv			וְ⁠הָיִ֖יתָ לִ⁠קְהַ֥ל עַמִּֽים	1	“so that you become {the ancestor of} many people/ethnic groups.” or “so that many people/ethnic groups will descend/come from you.” or “so that they become many people/ethnic groups.”
3576	28:4	ei4t			וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶת בִּרְכַּ֣ת אַבְרָהָ֔ם לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֣ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“I {also} pray that he/God will give Abraham’s blessing to you and your descendants,” or “I {also} ask him/God to bless you and your descendants the same way that he blessed Abraham,”
3577	28:4	pfi2			לְ⁠רִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֙ אֶת אֶ֣רֶץ	1	“so that you will own the/this land” or “so that you will take possession of the/this land”
3578	28:4	vo59			מְגֻרֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“where you have been living/residing as a foreigner/outsider,” or “where you {and your ancestors} have been living as foreigners/outsiders,” See how you translated “land of your sojournings” in Gen 17:8; it may be necessary to translate this differently here because of the different context.
3579	28:4	vgdh			אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְרָהָֽם	1	“{the same land} which God gave/promised to Abraham/him.”
3580	28:5	mnq0			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יִצְחָק֙ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Then Isaac sent Jacob {on his way},” or “Then Isaac said good-bye to Jacob,”
3581	28:5	rx0u			וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ	1	“and he/Jacob left to go/travel” or “and/so Jacob started traveling”. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Jacob had already arrived at Paddan Aram.
3582	28:5	awgp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֑ם אֶל לָבָ֤ן	1	“to/toward {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, to Laban” or “to/toward {his uncle} Laban{’s house} {which was} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram.” Consider whether is more natural in your language to refer to Paddan Aram first or to Laban first in this sentence. Also see how you translated “to Paddan Aram” in verses 2 and 5.
3583	28:5	ftm9			בֶּן בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י	1	“{who/Laban was} the son of Bethuel the Aramean”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent with how you spelled the name “Bethuel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:22-23; 24:15, 24, 47, 50; 25:20; 28:2, 5.
3584	28:5	ixcg			אֲחִ֣י רִבְקָ֔ה אֵ֥ם יַעֲקֹ֖ב וְ⁠עֵשָֽׂו	1	“and {also} the brother of Rebekah, {who was} Jacob and Esau’s mother.”
3585	28:6	vuyi			וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא עֵשָׂ֗ו כִּֽי בֵרַ֣ךְ יִצְחָק֮ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹב֒ וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם	1	“Now Esau had seen/observed Isaac bless Jacob and send him to {the land/region of} Paddan Aram”
3586	28:6	s3jt			לָ⁠קַֽחַת ל֥⁠וֹ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“to choose/marry a wife from {among his relatives} there” or “to marry a woman from there”
3587	28:6	j2pe			בְּ⁠בָרֲכ֣⁠וֹ אֹת֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו עָלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“{and that} when/as Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, he told/instructed him/Jacob” or “When/As Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, {Esau heard} him tell/instruct him/Jacob”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “commanded” in verse 1.
3588	28:6	y1vo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לֹֽא־תִקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת כְּנָֽעַן	1	“You must not take/marry a woman who is a descendant of Canaan,” or “that he must not take/choose a wife from among the Canaanite women,” or “to not marry a Canaanite woman,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this direct quote as an indirect quote.
3589	28:7	y4m1			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“and {he also saw/observed that} Jacob” or “{Esau also saw/noticed that} Jacob”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3590	28:7	j3n2			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶל אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“obeyed his/their father and mother” or “obeyed his/their parents”
3591	28:7	ddh3			וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ פַּדֶּ֥נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָֽם	1	“and {immediately} left to go to Paddan Aram.” or “and started traveling to Paddan Aram.”
3592	28:8	c389			וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא עֵשָׂ֔ו כִּ֥י	1	“That is when/how Esau realized/understood that”
3593	28:8	krg7			רָע֖וֹת בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“his father Isaac did not approve of {his sons marrying} Canaanite women.” or “his father Isaac did not want {his sons to marry} Canaanite women.”
3594	28:9	nd2l			וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶל יִשְׁמָעֵ֑אל	1	“So/Then Esau went/traveled to {the family/clan of} Ishmael” or “So/Then Esau went to {the region where} Ishmael’s descendants were living”. Most likely Ishmael was already dead by this time, so that Esau went to the region where Ishmael’s children and other descendants were living.
3595	28:9	xyag			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֡ח אֶֽת מָחֲלַ֣ת בַּת יִשְׁמָעֵ֨אל בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֜ם & לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“and married Abraham’s granddaughter Mahalath, who was Ishmael’s daughter” or “and married Mahalath, who was the daughter of Abraham’s son Ishmael”
3596	28:9	vycn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	אֲח֧וֹת נְבָי֛וֹת	1	“and {who was} the {younger} sister of Nebaioth,” or “and whose {older} brother was Nebaioth,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Nebaioth” in Gen 25:13. Since Nebaioth was Ishmael’s oldest child, Mahalath was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language for “sister” or “brother” that fits with those facts.
3597	28:9	g3ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו ל֥⁠וֹ	1	“besides the {two} wives he already had.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So, in addition to the {two} wives he already had, Esau went to {the family of} Abraham’s son Ishmael and married Ishmael’s daughter Mahalath, whose brother was Nebaioth.” Do what is best in your language.
3598	28:10	n0gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ	1	“{After} Jacob left from {his family’s home in} {the city of} Beersheba, he started traveling” or “{Meanwhile} Jacob had left {the city of} Beersheba and was traveling”. Verse 10 refers back to verse 5, where Jacob had left his parents’ home in Beersheba to go to Paddan Aram. Make sure your translation does not sound like he left a second time here in verse 10.
3599	28:10	ctw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חָרָֽנָ⁠ה	1	“to/toward {the city of} Haran {in the region/land of Paddan Aram}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was heading toward the same place that his father had told him to go to in verse 2. The author assumed here that his audience knew that Haran was a city located in the Paddan Aram region. It may be helpful to include a map in your translation that shows the locations of the city of Haran and the region of Paddan Aram.
3600	28:11	bo89			וַ⁠יִּפְגַּ֨ע בַּ⁠מָּק֜וֹם וַ⁠יָּ֤לֶן שָׁם֙	1	“{That evening} he reached a {good} place {to camp/sleep}, so he stayed/spent the night there” or “{Late that evening} he came to a place where he stopped/stayed {for the night}”
3601	28:11	opfz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּי בָ֣א הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ	1	“because the sun had gone {down}.” or “because the sun had set.” For some languages it is more natural to put the information in this clause first in this sentence and say, “After the sun went down, he reached a good place {to camp/sleep}, so he stopped/stayed there {for the night}.” Do what is best in your language.
3602	28:11	lmbe			וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ מֵ⁠אַבְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם	1	“He chose {one} of the stones that was there” or “He picked out a large {flat} stone {that he found} there”. The way you translate “stone” should refer to something that would be large enough to support Jacob’s head, but not so large that it would be too heavy for him to lift. For example in English, a pebble is too small and a boulder is too big.
3603	28:11	nd10			וַ⁠יָּ֖שֶׂם מְרַֽאֲשֹׁתָ֑י⁠ו	1	“and rested his head on it {as a headrest/pillow},” or “and used it as a headrest/pillow,” or “to use as a headrest/pillow,”
3604	28:11	l8b0			וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב בַּ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠הֽוּא	1	“then he lay down there {and went to sleep}.” or “Then he lay down there {on the ground} {and went to sleep}.” or “then he went to sleep there.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3605	28:12	ph5p			וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֗ם	1	“And {as} he dreamed,” or “{As/While he slept,} he had a dream and” or “While he was dreaming,”
3606	28:12	yc2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה סֻלָּם֙ מֻצָּ֣ב אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה	1	“he saw a stairway/staircase whose base was resting on the ground” or “he saw a stairway/staircase. The bottom/base of the stairway was/rested on the ground”. This stairway was wide enough for there to be angels moving up and down on it at the same time.
3607	28:12	lw00			וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ מַגִּ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“and its top reached up to heaven,” or “and the top of it went/reached {all the way} up into the heavens/sky,”
3608	28:12	d554		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ מַלְאֲכֵ֣י אֱלֹהִ֔ים עֹלִ֥ים וְ⁠יֹרְדִ֖ים בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and there were angels of/from God who were going up and down on the stairway.” or “and he saw God’s angels going up and coming down on the stairway.” See how you translated “angel” in Gen 24:7, 40.
3609	28:13	imw1			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה יְהוָ֜ה נִצָּ֣ב עָלָי⁠ו֮	1	“Then suddenly Yahweh was standing at the top {of the stairway},” or “And there standing at the top {of the stairway} was Yahweh,” or “And Yahweh was {also} there, standing at the top {of the stairway}”. The phrase for “above it” in the Hebrew text is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “above it” or “at the top {of the stairway}” or (2) “above/beside him/Jacob”. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote.
3610	28:13	n9f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַר֒ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה	1	“and he/Yahweh said {to him/Jacob}, “I {am} Yahweh,”
3611	28:13	bvp0			אֱלֹהֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י יִצְחָ֑ק	1	“the God whom your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship.” or “the God {who takes care} of your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac.” Abraham was Jacob’s grandfather and ancestor.
3612	28:13	xkui		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ שֹׁכֵ֣ב עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ לְ⁠ךָ֥ אֶתְּנֶ֖⁠נָּה וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“The/This land where you are lying/sleeping I am giving to you and your descendants.” or “I will give you and your descendants this land that you are lying/sleeping on.” In the Hebrew text, “the land that you are lying on” comes first in this sentence in order to emphasize it and show its importance. Do what is natural in your language.
3613	28:14	qvmn			וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙	1	“And your descendants will be” or “They will be” or “You will have so many descendants that they will be”
3614	28:14	vi8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{as numerous/many} as the dust {specks} on the ground,” See how you translated “dust” in Gen 13:16.
3615	28:14	fyzl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠פָרַצְתָּ֛	1	“and your descendants/people will spread out” or “so that they expand {their territory}” or “so that they live throughout this land”. In this clause “you” refers to Jacob’s descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
3616	28:14	y8nb			יָ֥מָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֖דְמָ⁠ה וְ⁠צָפֹ֣נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֑גְבָּ⁠ה	1	“to the west, east, north, and south.” or “to the north, south, east, and west.” or “in every direction.” See how you translated the names of the directions “west,” “east,” “north,” and “south” in Gen 13:14. Notice that they are in a different order there.
3617	28:14	b4q4			בְ⁠ךָ֛ & וּ⁠בְ⁠זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“In/Through you and your offspring/descendants” or “Because of you and your offspring/descendants” or “By means of you and your offspring/descendants”. Be consistent here with how you translated “your offspring” in Gen 22:18 and 26:4.
3618	28:14	wjvf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִבְרֲכ֥וּ & כָּל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה	1	“all the families/people on the earth will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the families/clans/people in the world.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “And {I} will bless all the families in the world through you and your offspring/descendants.” or “I will use you and your offspring/descendants to bless all the families on earth.” See how you translated similar Messianic blessings in Gen 12:3, 18:18, 22:18, and 26:4.
3619	28:15	spzs			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“Listen to this:” or “Remember that”
3620	28:15	dpan			אָנֹכִ֜י עִמָּ֗⁠ךְ	1	“I {will always be/stay} with you.” or “I {promise to always be/stay} with you {and help you}.” See how you translated “I {am} with you” in Gen 26:24 and “I will be with you” in Gen 26:3.
3621	28:15	d0fg			וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	“I will protect/guard you” or “I will take care of you”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3622	28:15	wycj			בְּ⁠כֹ֣ל אֲשֶׁר תֵּלֵ֔ךְ	1	“everywhere that you go/live,” or “wherever you go/live,”
3623	28:15	k61k			וַ⁠הֲשִׁ֣בֹתִ֔י⁠ךָ אֶל הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	“and I will lead/guide you back to this land.”
3624	28:15	dsmr			כִּ֚י לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱזָבְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“In fact, I will never leave/abandon you”
3625	28:15	wg74			עַ֚ד אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם־עָשִׂ֔יתִי אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and I will do everything that I have promised you {that I will do}.” Make sure your translation of “until” does not sound like God will only be with Jacob up to the time that he fulfills his promises. Rather the focus is on the period of time between now when God is speaking to Jacob and the time later on when Jacob would see the fulfillment of God’s promises to him.
3626	28:16	nta3			וַ⁠יִּיקַ֣ץ יַעֲקֹב֮ מִ⁠שְּׁנָת⁠וֹ֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Suddenly Jacob woke up from his dream and said/exclaimed {to himself},” or “When Jacob woke up from his dream, he said/exclaimed {to himself},”
3627	28:16	mg0b			אָכֵן֙ יֵ֣שׁ יְהוָ֔ה בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	“Certainly Yahweh is/lives {here} in this place,” or “Yahweh definitely lives here,”
3628	28:16	hkxb			וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י לֹ֥א יָדָֽעְתִּי	1	“but I did not know/realize {it} {before now}!” or “but I was not aware of {that} {before}!”
3629	28:17	wkb2			וַ⁠יִּירָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר	1	“He was afraid, so he {also} said/exclaimed,”
3630	28:17	gktr			מַה נּוֹרָ֖א הַ⁠מָּק֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	“This is an awesome/terrifying place!” or “This place is terrifying!” The word “awesome” refers here to the terror that Jacob was feeling from being in the holy presence of Almighty God.
3631	28:17	bjri			אֵ֣ין זֶ֗ה כִּ֚י אִם בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“This/It can only be God’s house!” or “This/It must be the house/place where God himself lives!”
3632	28:17	rsyk			וְ⁠זֶ֖ה שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“This/It {can only be} the gateway/entrance to heaven!” or “This/It {must be} the gateway/entrance to heaven!” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3633	28:18	q3yf			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם יַעֲקֹ֜ב בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר	1	“Early the next morning Jacob got up,” or “Jacob got up early the next morning,”
3634	28:18	xzkg			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר שָׂ֣ם מְרַֽאֲשֹׁתָ֔י⁠ו	1	“took the stone that he had used as a headrest/pillow”. See how you translated “stone” and “under his head” in verse 11.
3635	28:18	q0n2			וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֹתָ֖⁠הּ	1	“and stood/set it up {on its end}”
3636	28:18	m9zc			מַצֵּבָ֑ה	1	“{as} a monument/marker,” or “{as} a memorial stone,” or “to commemorate/mark the/that place {where God had appeared to him}.” The word “pillar” refers here to a stone that is used to commemorate something. In this case, Jacob used a stone to mark and help him remember the place where God had appeared to him.
3637	28:18	rd51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק שֶׁ֖מֶן עַל רֹאשָֽׁ⁠הּ	1	“Then he poured {some} {olive} oil on top of the stone/pillar {to dedicate the place to God}.” In Bible times people poured olive oil on a person’s head or on objects (as here) to dedicate that person or object to God. Make sure that the way you translate “oil” does not refer to motor oil. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3638	28:19	p2h7			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א אֶת שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל	1	“He named that place Bethel, {which means “God’s house,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” in Gen 12:8 and 13:3.
3639	28:19	a944			וְ⁠אוּלָ֛ם ל֥וּז שֵׁם הָ⁠עִ֖יר לָ⁠רִאשֹׁנָֽה	1	“even though originally/previously that town was named/called Luz.” or “Originally/Previously the name of that town {had been} Luz.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3640	28:20	rcyf			וַ⁠יִּדַּ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב נֶ֣דֶר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then Jacob/he made a vow/pledge/promise {to God} and said,” See how you translated a clause that has a similar meaning (“swear to …”) in Gen 21:23, 31.
3641	28:20	rony		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אִם יִהְיֶ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים עִמָּדִ֗⁠י	1	“God, if {you} will be/stay with me”. Since Jacob is making this vow to God, for some languages it is more natural to address God directly (as “you”) throughout verses 20-22, rather than only in the last half of verse 22 (as the Hebrew text does). Do what is best in your language.
3642	28:20	lyjc			וּ⁠שְׁמָרַ֨⁠נִי֙	1	“and protect/guard me” or “and take care of me”. See how you translated “watch over” in verse 15.
3643	28:20	dopf			בַּ⁠דֶּ֤רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָנֹכִ֣י הוֹלֵ֔ךְ	1	“on/during this {long} journey I am taking” or “as I travel on this {long} journey”. The way you translate this phrase should reflect that fact that Jacob’s journey from his home to the city of Haran was about 725 kilometers (450 miles) long.
3644	28:20	gftj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נָֽתַן לִ֥⁠י לֶ֛חֶם לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֖ל וּ⁠בֶ֥גֶד לִ⁠לְבֹּֽשׁ	1	“and if you give/provide me food to eat and clothes to wear,” or “and if you provide me with food and clothes,” In this context “bread” refers to food in general, not just bread.
3645	28:21	riwh			וְ⁠שַׁבְתִּ֥י בְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם	1	“and {if} I come back safely” or “so that I return safely”
3646	28:21	jfhz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑⁠י	1	“to my father’s/family’s home,” or “to my family,” This phrase especially refers to Jacob's father's family members, not just the physical home.
3647	28:21	yyp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠הָיָ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	“then Yahweh, {you} will be the God whom I serve/worship,” or “then I will serve/worship {you} Yahweh as my God,”
3648	28:22	qeez			וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֣בֶן הַ⁠זֹּ֗את אֲשֶׁר שַׂ֨מְתִּי֙ מַצֵּבָ֔ה יִהְיֶ֖ה בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“This stone that I have set up will be your house and will mark the/this place {where you appeared to me},” or “and this memorial stone that I set up will remind people that you live here,” See how you translated “as a pillar” in verse 18. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3649	28:22	qmie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י עַשֵּׂ֖ר אֲעַשְּׂרֶ֥⁠נּוּ לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and everything that you give to me, I will give a tenth of it back to you.” or “and I will give back to you ten percent of everything that you give to me.” Consider again how you translated the way Jacob refers to Yahweh in verses 20-22; see the note about this at verse 20. Also see how you translated “tithe” in Gen 14:20.
3650	29:1	v7y6			וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ	1	“Then Jacob left {Bethel} and continued traveling {until he came}” or “Then Jacob continued traveling until he came”
3651	29:1	wri0			אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה בְנֵי קֶֽדֶם	1	“to the land in the east where various people/ethnic groups lived.” or “to the land/region that was east {of the land of Canaan} where the eastern people/ethnic groups lived.” This land was located east of the land of Canaan and included the region of Paddan Aram where Jacob’s uncle Laban lived in the city of Haran (Gen 27:43; 28:5). See how you translated “east” in Gen 28:14.
3652	29:2	ox8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא	1	“Then he looked {around},” or “{When he arrived/got there,} he looked {around},” or “{When he arrived at a place near the city of Haran,} he looked {around},” Jacob was now near the city of Haran (verse 4), which was in the land east of Canaan (verse 1).
3653	29:2	xzs6			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה בְאֵ֣ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה	1	“and he saw a well in an {open} field/area” or “and there in an {open} field/area {was} a well”. The word “field” refers to an open area of land, not a fenced-in area. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:27, 29.
3654	29:2	f5dt			וְ⁠הִנֵּה שָׁ֞ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶדְרֵי צֹאן֙ רֹבְצִ֣ים	1	“He saw three flocks of sheep that were lying {down}” or “There were three flocks of sheep lying {down}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3655	29:2	rel5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	“beside it,” or “near/beside the well {waiting for water},”
3656	29:2	gzk1			כִּ֚י מִן הַ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠הִ֔וא יַשְׁק֖וּ הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֑ים	1	“because that was the well where the shepherds drew/got water for the sheep/flocks,” or “That was the well that flocks/sheep drank water from,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3657	29:2	nge7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֥בֶן גְּדֹלָ֖ה עַל פִּ֥י הַ⁠בְּאֵֽר	1	“but the stone covering the opening/top of the well {was} large {and heavy}.” or “but there was a {heavy} large stone over/covering the opening/top of the well.” This stone would have been very large and heavy and probably had been cut into a circular shape to cover the round opening of the well. You could include here in your translation a picture of a well with a round, flat stone covering it.
3658	29:3	zip2			וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפוּ שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה כָל הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֗ים וְ⁠גָלֲל֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙	1	“{Every day} shepherds would bring all the/their flocks {of sheep} there. They would {work together to} roll/take the stone” or “{Whenever/After} all the shepherds brought their flocks there, {together} they would remove the stone”. Verse 3 tells what happened regularly every day. Consider what is the best way to communicate this in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “stone” in verse 2.
3659	29:3	ehgo			מֵ⁠עַל֙ פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר	1	“from/off the opening/top of the well”
3660	29:3	nplo			וְ⁠הִשְׁק֖וּ אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן	1	“and draw water for the sheep.” or “and get water {from it} for the sheep {to drink}.” See how you translated “watered” in verse 2, and how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning (“draw water”) in Gen 24:19-20.
3661	29:3	kxfp			וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֧יבוּ אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֛בֶן & לִ⁠מְקֹמָֽ⁠הּ	1	“Then they would put/roll/position the stone back”
3662	29:3	atj5			עַל־פִּ֥י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר	1	“over the opening/top of the well.”
3663	29:4	clfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Jacob asked/greeted the shepherds,”
3664	29:4	ipz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַחַ֖⁠י	1	“My friends,” or “Friends,” This is a polite, friendly idiom used as a greeting; it does not mean that the shepherds were actually Jacob’s relatives. Many languages have a similar greeting.
3665	29:4	bckj			מֵ⁠אַ֣יִן אַתֶּ֑ם	1	“where do you live?”
3666	29:4	rgvw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“They replied {to him},” or “They answered {him},”
3667	29:4	ooyz			מֵ⁠חָרָ֖ן אֲנָֽחְנוּ	1	“We {are} from {the city of} Haran.” or “We live in {the city of} Haran.” Your translation should not sound like the city of Haran was far away from there; it was nearby.
3668	29:5	mz8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“So Jacob asked them,” or “So Jacob asked,” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to translate quote margins in a conversation that goes back and forth quickly like the one in verses 4-8. After the conversation gets started, it often sounds more life-like and natural to shorten the quote margins and leave implied some of the references to the people who are being talked to (as long as it is still clear who is talking to whom).
3669	29:5	jju9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הַ⁠יְדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת לָבָ֣ן בֶּן נָח֑וֹר	1	“Do you know Laban, Nahor’s grandson?” or “Do you know Nahor’s grandson Laban?” Consider what is the best way to order this question in your language.
3670	29:5	qynl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ	1	“They answered/replied,”
3671	29:5	o8s7			יָדָֽעְנוּ	1	“{Yes,} we know him.” or “{Yes,} we do.” Hebrew does not have a single word for “Yes”, but rather repeats words from what was asked. Do what is natural in your language.
3672	29:6	oat9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“Then/So Jacob asked,”
3673	29:6	wjxw			הֲ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“Are {things} going well for him?” or “Is he doing well?” Jacob is asking about Laban’s general well-being, not just his health.
3674	29:6	gj3q			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ	1	“They answered {him},”
3675	29:6	cq6m			שָׁל֔וֹם	1	“{Yes,} {things are} well/good {for him}.” or “{Yes,} {he is} well.”
3676	29:6	oqem			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֔⁠וֹ בָּאָ֖ה עִם הַ⁠צֹּֽאן	1	“Look, there/here is his/Laban’s daughter Rachel {now} with {his} sheep.” or “In fact, here comes his/Laban’s daughter Rachel {now}, bringing {his} sheep.”
3677	29:7	s198		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then Jacob said {to them},” or “Then Jacob urged {them},”
3678	29:7	qywf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הֵ֥ן עוֹד֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם גָּד֔וֹל	1	“Look, it is still the middle of the day” or “Look, the sun is still high/bright {in the sky}” or “There is still a lot of daylight/sunlight left”. This is an idiom that means there are still many more hours of daytime left. Consider whether your language has an idiom for this.
3679	29:7	hpgk			לֹא עֵ֖ת הֵאָסֵ֣ף הַ⁠מִּקְנֶ֑ה	1	“and/so {it is} too early/soon to gather the livestock/flocks {for the night}.”
3680	29:7	xi00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הַשְׁק֥וּ הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן	1	“{You ought to} draw/get water for them” or “{It seems like you should} water the/your sheep” or “So why not water the/your sheep”. For some languages it sounds too rude for Jacob to make a direct command here, so it is better to make this a suggestion or even a rhetorical question. Do what is best in your language.
3681	29:7	agiz			וּ⁠לְכ֥וּ רְעֽוּ	1	“and/then take {them} {back} out {to the fields} to graze {some more}.” or “then you can take them out to eat {more} grass.”
3682	29:8	fc6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֮	1	“But they said {to him},” or “But they replied,”
3683	29:8	ftk5			לֹ֣א נוּכַל֒	1	“We can’t {do that}” or “We have to wait”
3684	29:8	ujw5			עַ֣ד אֲשֶׁ֤ר יֵאָֽסְפוּ֙ כָּל הָ֣⁠עֲדָרִ֔ים	1	“until all the shepherds are here with their flocks” or “until all the shepherds have brought their flocks here”
3685	29:8	nl6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠גָֽלֲלוּ֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אֶ֔בֶן	1	“and they/we {all} remove the stone”, or “Then {together} they/we will roll/move the stone”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the ones who are talking here are also shepherds. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.” Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3686	29:8	rng7			מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֑ר	1	“off/from the opening/top of the well” See how you translated this phrase in verses 2 and 3.
3687	29:8	zdbb			וְ⁠הִשְׁקִ֖ינוּ הַ⁠צֹּֽאן	1	“and draw/get water for the sheep/flocks.”
3688	29:9	aojv			עוֹדֶ֖⁠נּוּ מְדַבֵּ֣ר עִמָּ֑⁠ם	1	“While Jacob was still talking with/to the shepherds,”
3689	29:9	kj5g			וְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בָּ֗אָה עִם הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠הָ	1	“Rachel arrived {at the well} with her father {Laban}’s sheep;”
3690	29:9	vyhm			כִּ֥י רֹעָ֖ה הִֽוא	1	“because she was the one who shepherded/tended them.” or “it was her job to take care of them.”
3691	29:10	vpc8			וַ⁠יְהִ֡י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩	1	“As soon as” or “When”
3692	29:10	aaja			רָאָ֨ה יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת רָחֵ֗ל בַּת לָבָן֙ אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of his uncle Laban”
3693	29:10	ud2q			וְ⁠אֶת צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“with his uncle Laban’s sheep,” or “with his uncle’s sheep,” or “with her father’s sheep,”
3694	29:10	uktf			וַ⁠יִּגַּ֣שׁ יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“he went/walked over {to the well}”
3695	29:10	d0m7			וַ⁠יָּ֤גֶל אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר	1	“and rolled/took the stone off the opening/top of the well,” or “removed the stone that was covering it,”
3696	29:10	i0po			וַ⁠יַּ֕שְׁקְ	1	“and drew/got water for”. See how you translated “watered” in verses 2-3, 7-8, and in 24:14, 20.
3697	29:10	wcif			צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“his uncle Laban’s sheep.” or “his uncle’s sheep.”
3698	29:11	uwgl			וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠רָחֵ֑ל	1	“Then he kissed Rachel {on the/her cheek}” or “Then he greeted Rachel warmly/enthusiastically {as one of his relatives}”. In that culture it was common to greet a relative with a kiss on the cheek (or both cheeks). However, if it would be offensive in your culture for Jacob to kiss Rachel here, you could translate this more generally (See: the second alternate translation above). Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27.
3699	29:11	lylh			וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹל֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֵּֽבְךְּ	1	“and he started crying aloud/loudly {because he was so happy}.” or “and {he was so happy that} he started crying.” See how you translated the idiom “lifted his voice” in Gen 27:38. However, here Jacob is crying because he is happy, not upset. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
3700	29:12	ctrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֨ד יַעֲקֹ֜ב לְ⁠רָחֵ֗ל	1	“Then he told her”. Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to Jacob and Rachel in this context.
3701	29:12	b1ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כִּ֣י אֲחִ֤י אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ ה֔וּא וְ⁠כִ֥י בֶן רִבְקָ֖ה ה֑וּא	1	“that he {was} her father’s relative/nephew, the son of {her aunt} Rebekah.” or “that her father {Laban} was his uncle and that {her aunt} Rebekah was his mother.” or “I am your father’s nephew, the son of {your aunt} Rebekah.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use an indirect quote here or a direct quote.
3702	29:12	i8gv			וַ⁠תָּ֖רָץ וַ⁠תַּגֵּ֥ד לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ	1	“Then/So she ran {home} and told her father {the news}.” or “Then/So she ran {home} to her father and told/informed him {about Jacob}.”
3703	29:13	w9df			וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ לָבָ֜ן	1	“When Laban found out” or “As soon as Laban heard”
3704	29:13	t5i0			אֶת שֵׁ֣מַע יַעֲקֹ֣ב בֶּן אֲחֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	“about his sister’s son Jacob,” or “that his nephew Jacob was there,”
3705	29:13	qbmk			וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֙	1	“he ran {out} to meet/greet him.”
3706	29:13	va3u			וַ⁠יְחַבֶּק ל⁠וֹ֙	1	“Then he embraced/hugged him/Jacob” or “He gave him/Jacob a hug”
3707	29:13	qvlt			וַ⁠יְנַשֶּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“and kissed him {on the/his cheeks}” or “and greeted him warmly/enthusiastically {as one of his relatives}”. See how you translated “kissed” in verse 11.
3708	29:13	yeoh			וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֖⁠הוּ אֶל בֵּית֑⁠וֹ	1	“and brought/took him {back} to his house.” or “and took him home.”
3709	29:13	ik43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	“Then he/Jacob told Laban {about himself and} everything that had happened,” Laban’s response in verse 14 implies that Jacob told him about himself here in verse 13.
3710	29:14	oa88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ לָבָ֔ן	1	“and Laban responded/exclaimed,”
3711	29:14	awri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַ֛ךְ עַצְמִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בְשָׂרִ֖⁠י אָ֑תָּה	1	“You {are} definitely my own flesh and blood!” or “You {are} definitely my close relative!” or “There is no doubt that you {are} a close relative of my family!” This is an idiom that means Jacob is a close, biological relative of Laban. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom.
3712	29:14	zl07			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“Then Jacob stayed {and served/worked} with/for him/Laban” or “After Jacob had stayed with Laban {and worked for him}”. Your choice here in verse 14 will determine whether or not this sentence continues into verse 15. Do what is best in your language.
3713	29:14	fe42			חֹ֥דֶשׁ יָמִֽים	1	“{for} an entire month” or “for thirty days”
3714	29:15	ja3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָבָן֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Laban said to him,” or “Laban asked him,”
3715	29:15	drle		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠כִי אָחִ֣⁠י אַ֔תָּה וַ⁠עֲבַדְתַּ֖⁠נִי חִנָּ֑ם	1	“{Just} because you are my relative/nephew, {does that mean that} you should work for me without pay?” or “Even though you are my relative/nephew, {that does not mean that} you should {have to} work for me for free!” or “You should not {have to} work for me for nothing/free {just} because you are my relative/nephew!” See how you translated “relative” in verse 12. This rhetorical question expects the implied answer “No, of course not!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a statement here instead.
3716	29:15	dy56			הַגִּ֥ידָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י מַה מַּשְׂכֻּרְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	“{So} tell me what your wages/pay {should be}.” or “{So} tell me what you want me to pay you {for your work}.”
3717	29:16	vbiz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וּ⁠לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן שְׁתֵּ֣י בָנ֑וֹת	1	“Now {it so happened that} Laban had two daughters:” or “Laban had two daughters:” Verses 16-17 introduce background information for what happens in the verses that follow that. Translate this in a way that is natural and clear in your language.
3718	29:16	xkig			שֵׁ֤ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ לֵאָ֔ה וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠קְּטַנָּ֖ה רָחֵֽל	1	“The name of the older {one/daughter} {was} Leah, and the younger {one/daughter} {was} Rachel.” or “The older {one/daughter} was named Leah and the younger {one/daughter} was named Rachel.”
3719	29:17	chl6			וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י לֵאָ֖ה רַכּ֑וֹת	1	“Leah’s eyes {were} delicate/pretty/weak,” or “Leah had pretty eyes,” The Hebrew word for “delicate” is ambiguous in this context. It can have: (1) a positive meaning of “pretty” or “lovely” or (2) a negative meaning of “weak”, which implies that Leah’s eyes were plain, dull, or unattractive.
3720	29:17	xcjb			וְ⁠רָחֵל֙ הָֽיְתָ֔ה יְפַת תֹּ֖אַר וִ⁠יפַ֥ת מַרְאֶֽה	1	“but/whereas Rachel’s face and figure/shape were lovely/beautiful.” or “but/whereas Rachel was extremely beautiful in every way.”
3721	29:18	ml4f			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת רָחֵ֑ל	1	“Jacob was in love with Rachel,” or “Jacob had fallen in love with Rachel,”
3722	29:18	rnsu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“so he said/responded {to Laban},”
3723	29:18	l9xb			אֶֽעֱבָדְ⁠ךָ֙ שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים	1	“I will work seven years for you”. Jacob is offering seven years of work as the dowry or bride-price for Rachel. Translate this sentence in a way that reflects that.
3724	29:18	cq1a			בְּ⁠רָחֵ֥ל בִּתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠קְּטַנָּֽה	1	“{in exchange} for your younger daughter Rachel {as my wife}.” or “if you will give me your younger daughter Rachel {to be my wife}.” or “if you will let me marry your younger daughter Rachel.”
3725	29:19	s842		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֗ן	1	“Laban replied,”
3726	29:19	n9dn			ט֚וֹב תִּתִּ֣⁠י אֹתָ֣⁠הּ לָ֔⁠ךְ מִ⁠תִּתִּ֥⁠י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ	1	“{I agree to your terms.} I would {much} rather give her to you {to marry} than give her to some/any other man.” or “{Alright/Okay, that’s fine.} I prefer that she marry you rather than someone else.”
3727	29:19	wbfu			שְׁבָ֖⁠ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י	1	“{So} stay {and work} with me.” or “{So} stay here {and work for me}.”
3728	29:20	edqa			וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֧ד יַעֲקֹ֛ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֖ל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים	1	“So/Then Jacob worked seven years {for Laban} so that he could marry/have Rachel,”
3729	29:20	kubz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּהְי֤וּ בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ כְּ⁠יָמִ֣ים אֲחָדִ֔ים בְּ⁠אַהֲבָת֖⁠וֹ אֹתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“but to him it seemed like {only} a few days {had passed} because he loved her {so much}.” or “but he loved her so {much} that to him the time/years seemed {to pass quickly} like {only} a few days.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence so that the cause is mentioned before the effect (See: the second alternate translation above). Do what is most clear and natural in your language.
3730	29:21	n2l9			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֤ב אֶל לָבָן֙	1	“{When the seven years were over,} Jacob said to Laban,” or “After that, Jacob requested of Laban,”
3731	29:21	py3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הָבָ֣⁠ה אֶת אִשְׁתִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י מָלְא֖וּ יָמָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָב֖וֹאָה אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“{Please} let me marry {your daughter} {Rachel} {now} so that I can live with her {as} my wife, because I have finished/completed my {seven} years {of work/service} {for you}.” or “I have fulfilled/finished the {seven} years of work/service {that we agreed on}, so {please} let me have {your daughter} {Rachel} so that I can marry her and live with her.” Consider what is the best order for the clauses in this sentence in your language. Also make sure that Jacob’s request here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading.
3732	29:22	dfx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּֽה	1	“Then/So Laban gathered/invited all the local people and held a {wedding} feast.” or “Then/So Laban prepared a wedding/marriage feast and gathered/invited everyone who lived in town {to attend}.” Consider what is the best way to order these events in your language.
3733	29:23	r0w3			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בָ⁠עֶ֔רֶב	1	“But that evening” or “But/However this is what happened that evening:”
3734	29:23	vaw0			וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ אֶת לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֵלָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Laban {deceived/tricked Jacob and} took/brought his daughter Leah {to Jacob’s tent} {instead of Rachel},” or “Laban took/brought Leah to Jacob {instead of Rachel},”
3735	29:23	n4dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א	1	“and/so he/Jacob” or “so that he/Jacob”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that “he” refers here to Jacob, not Laban.
3736	29:23	h5xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“so that he/Jacob had marital/sexual relations with her/Leah.” or “and/so he/Jacob slept with her/Leah.” or “spent the night with her/Leah.” Make sure that your translation of “he” refers here to Jacob, not Laban. See how you translated the euphemism “went to” in Gen 16:4 (and “go to” in Gen 16:2 and 29:21). Translate this in a way that is natural, clear, and acceptable for reading in public.
3737	29:24	zehs			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן לָבָן֙	1	“Laban also gave” or “In addition, Laban gave”. It is not clear in the Hebrew text when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah, so it is probably best to keep it that way in your translation. Some translations say that Laban “had {already} given” Zilpah to Leah before the wedding night. However according to Jewish history (outside the Bible), it was on the wedding night that Laban did this as part of his plan to deceive Jacob: Zilpah was younger than Bilhah, so everyone would expect her to be given to Rachel as the younger sister; seeing Zilpah (instead of Bilhah) would help Jacob think that his veiled bride was Rachel. Since we do not know for sure which interpretation is right, it is probably best to be like the Hebrew text and not specify when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah. Some translations put this verse in parentheses because it seems to interrupt the telling of the main events.
3738	29:24	wz5d			לָ֔⁠הּ אֶת זִלְפָּ֖ה שִׁפְחָת֑⁠וֹ לְ⁠לֵאָ֥ה בִתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“his female servant Zilpah to Leah” or “to Leah a female servant named Zilpah”
3739	29:24	gvpk			שִׁפְחָֽה	1	“{to be} {her} {personal} servant/attendant.” or “to serve {her}.” or “to attend to her.”
3740	29:25	flu2			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר	1	“But the next morning” or “The next morning”
3741	29:25	wt9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הִנֵּה הִ֖וא לֵאָ֑ה	1	“{Jacob} saw/found that his {new} wife was Leah!” or “{Jacob was shocked to} see/discover that it was Leah {he had married}!” Translate “behold” in a way that shows Jacob’s surprise at finding out that he had married Leah instead of Rachel. Also, make sure that your translation of “she” refers here to Leah, not Zilpah (who was mentioned in verse 24).
3742	29:25	qd1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל לָבָ֗ן	1	“So/Then he/Jacob complained to {his father-in-law} Laban,” or “So/Then he/Jacob rebuked/confronted Laban and said,” Some languages use an honorific title such as “his father-in-law” here now that Jacob is married. Do what is best in your language.
3743	29:25	n8tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֔⁠י	1	“Why have you treated me like this?” or “You have treated me very badly!” In this verse, Jacob uses rhetorical questions to communicate how angry and upset he is. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also see how you translated this question in Gen 12:18, 20:9, 26:10.
3744	29:25	sxpf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֤א בְ⁠רָחֵל֙ עָבַ֣דְתִּי עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	“{You know that} Rachel is the one I served you for!” or “You know very well that I worked for you in order to marry Rachel!”
3745	29:25	giws			וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה רִמִּיתָֽ⁠נִי	1	“So why did you deceive/trick me?” or “Tell me why you deceived/tricked me!” See how you translated a different word (“deceit”) that has a similar meaning in Gen 27:35.
3746	29:26	ogbn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן	1	“But Laban said/replied {to him},” or “Laban replied/responded,”
3747	29:26	y7mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לֹא יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה כֵ֖ן בִּ⁠מְקוֹמֵ֑⁠נוּ	1	“It is not customary In our/this land/region” or “It is not the/our custom/tradition/practice here”. For some languages it is necessary to say what the custom is, rather than what it is not. For example, you could say, “Our custom/practice here is to wait until the firstborn/oldest daughter is married before we let the younger daughter{s}/one{s} get married.” Do what is best in your language.
3748	29:26	v8le			לָ⁠תֵ֥ת הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה	1	“to give the younger {daughter} {in marriage}” or “to marry off the younger {daughter}” or “for the younger {daughter} to marry”
3749	29:26	jmo3			לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠בְּכִירָֽה	1	“before the oldest/older {daughter/one} {marries}.”
3750	29:27	b70a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַלֵּ֖א שְׁבֻ֣עַ זֹ֑את	1	“{So} fulfill/finish this daughter’s bridal/wedding week {and she will remain your wife},” or “{So then,} finish/complete this week of celebrating your marriage/wedding to my daughter {Leah},” or “{So then,} {keep Leah as your wife and} finish this week of celebrating your marriage to her,” For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit the fact that it is assumed that Leah would still remain his wife. Only make this information explicit if it is necessary to avoid wrong meaning.
3751	29:27	w292			וְ⁠נִתְּנָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ גַּם אֶת זֹ֗את	1	“Then our family will also give you {my} other/younger daughter {to marry}” or “Then you may also marry {my} other/younger daughter”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3752	29:27	ag84			בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תַּעֲבֹ֣ד עִמָּדִ֔⁠י	1	“if you will work for me” or “in exchange for working for me”. See how you translated “serve” in verses 15, 18, 20, 21 and 25.
3753	29:27	dpm8			ע֖וֹד שֶֽׁבַע שָׁנִ֥ים אֲחֵרֽוֹת	1	“for seven more years.”
3754	29:28	q8t0			וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יַעֲקֹב֙ כֵּ֔ן	1	“So that is what Jacob did:” or “So Jacob {agreed with Laban and} did what he said:”
3755	29:28	h55y			וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֖א שְׁבֻ֣עַ זֹ֑את	1	“he fulfilled/completed Leah’s bridal/wedding week.” or “he finished/completed his wedding week with Leah.” or “he finished celebrating his marriage to Leah that week.” See how you translated “fulfill” in verse 27.
3756	29:28	n1p0			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת רָחֵ֥ל בִּתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“Then Laban gave him/Jacob his daughter Rachel to marry.” or “Then Laban gave his daughter Rachel to Jacob to be his wife.”
3757	29:29	z1cm			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן לָבָן֙	1	“Laban/he also gave” or “In addition, Laban/he gave”. See how you translated verse 24, which is similar to verse 29.
3758	29:29	it33			לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת בִּלְהָ֖ה שִׁפְחָת֑⁠וֹ	1	“his female servant Bilhah to his daughter Rachel” or “Rachel a female servant named Bilhah”
3759	29:29	qtvb			לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠שִׁפְחָֽה	1	“to be her {personal} maidservant/servant.” or “to serve her.”
3760	29:30	cieh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ גַּ֣ם אֶל רָחֵ֔ל	1	“Then Jacob had marital relations with Rachel,” or “Then Jacob slept with Rachel,” See how you translated “went to” in verse 23.
3761	29:30	ohdk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב & אֶת רָחֵ֖ל מִ⁠לֵּאָ֑ה	1	“and he loved her more than {he loved} Leah.”
3762	29:30	zq9a			וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ד עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then he worked for Laban” or “Then he {started} working for Laban”. At this point Jacob begins another seven years of work, but he does not finish the work until Gen 30:25-26.
3763	29:30	jqak			ע֖וֹד שֶֽׁבַע שָׁנִ֥ים אֲחֵרֽוֹת	1	“for seven more years.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 27.
3764	29:31	dvs9			וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יְהוָה֙	1	“Now/Meanwhile Yahweh knew” or “{During that time,} Yahweh saw/knew”
3765	29:31	f2r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כִּֽי שְׂנוּאָ֣ה לֵאָ֔ה	1	“that Leah was loved less {than Rachel},” or “that Jacob did not love Leah {very much},” Jacob did not actually hate Leah. Rather, this is hyperbole that emphasizes how much he loved Rachel compared to Leah (verse 30).
3766	29:31	kk6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֖ח אֶת רַחְמָ֑⁠הּ	1	“so he made it so that she could conceive,” or “so he made it possible for her to have children,”
3767	29:31	c12i			וְ⁠רָחֵ֖ל עֲקָרָֽה	1	“but Rachel was not able to conceive.” or “but he did not enable Rachel to have children.” See how you translated “barren” in Gen 11:30 and 25:21.
3768	29:32	gbdy			וַ⁠תַּ֤הַר לֵאָה֙	1	“Then Leah became pregnant”
3769	29:32	kaw1			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן	1	“and had a son” or “and gave birth to a son”
3770	29:32	grlg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ רְאוּבֵ֑ן	1	“She named him Reuben, {which means “Look/See, a son!”}” You could include the meaning of Reuben’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), so that people understand why Leah gave him that name. If you do that, make sure the meaning of Reuben’s name matches the way you translate “looked/seen” later in this verse.
3771	29:32	zgx6			כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה	1	“because {when he was born} she had said/exclaimed,”
3772	29:32	s4ig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי רָאָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠עָנְיִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה יֶאֱהָבַ֥⁠נִי אִישִֽׁ⁠י	1	“Now that Yahweh has seen that I am suffering {and has helped me}, surely my husband will love me!” or “Surely my husband will love me now, since Yahweh has seen that I am suffering {and has helped me}.” Consider what is the best way to order these clauses in your language. Also see how you translated “misery” in Gen 16:11.
3773	29:33	gtbo			וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר עוֹד֮	1	“Then Leah became pregnant again”
3774	29:33	s35i			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒	1	“and had {another} son” or “and gave birth to {another} son”
3775	29:33	tzjw			וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“and/so she exclaimed,” or “She exclaimed,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3776	29:33	i6wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּֽי שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ כִּֽי שְׂנוּאָ֣ה אָנֹ֔כִי	1	“Since Yahweh heard that my husband does not love me,” or “Yahweh heard that I am not loved, so”. See how you translated “hated” in verse 31. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive verb here.
3777	29:33	mfd3			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִ֖⁠י גַּם אֶת זֶ֑ה	1	“he has given me this {son/child} also/too!” or “he has given me another {son/child}.”
3778	29:33	jxch			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So she named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name”
3779	29:33	dwxa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׁמְעֽוֹן	1	“Simeon, {which means “he hears.”}” If you include the meaning of Simeon’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “heard” earlier in this verse.
3780	29:34	ie6l			וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר עוֹד֮	1	“Then Leah became pregnant {yet} again” or “Once again Leah became pregnant”
3781	29:34	igl9			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒	1	“and had {another} son,” or “and gave birth to {another} son,”
3782	29:34	zyi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“and she exclaimed,” or “She exclaimed,”
3783	29:34	wwio			עַתָּ֤ה הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ & אִישִׁ⁠י֙	1	“Now finally my husband”
3784	29:34	aosq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִלָּוֶ֤ה אֵלַ֔⁠י	1	“will become attached to me” or “will want to be with me”. Many languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom and fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
3785	29:34	iwal		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי יָלַ֥דְתִּי ל֖⁠וֹ שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים	1	“because I have had three sons for him.” or “because I have given him three sons!” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “I have born/had three sons for my husband, so now finally he will become attached to me.” Do what is best in your language.
3786	29:34	xkw4			עַל כֵּ֥ן	1	“That is why” or “Because she had said that,”
3787	29:34	mgew			קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“his name was” or “he was named”. Although this phrase could mean that Jacob named Levi, most translations translate this in a general or indefinite way that does not specify who named him. Do what is best in your language.
3788	29:34	imm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לֵוִֽי	1	“Levi, {which means “joined/attached.”}” or “Levi, {which means “be with.”}” If you include the meaning of Levi’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “be joined” earlier in this verse.
3789	29:35	c2ga			וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר ע֜וֹד	1	“Then Leah became pregnant again” or “Once again Leah became pregnant”
3790	29:35	v0xo			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֗ן	1	“and had a/another son,” or “and gave birth to another son,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 34.
3791	29:35	t71u			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and she exclaimed,” or “She said/exclaimed,”
3792	29:35	jh48			הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ אוֹדֶ֣ה אֶת יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Now I will praise Yahweh {for giving me this son}!”
3793	29:35	t2yu			עַל כֵּ֛ן	1	“That is why” or “Because she praised Yahweh,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 34. You may need to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
3794	29:35	qanv			קָרְאָ֥ה שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“she named him” or “she named that son” or “she gave him the name”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 33.
3795	29:35	w7et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	“Judah, {which means “praise.”}” See how you translated “praise” earlier in this verse.
3796	29:35	zk7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֖ד מִ⁠לֶּֽדֶת	1	“Then Leah stopped bearing/having babies/children {for a while}.” or “After that, Leah did not give birth to any more babies/children {for a while}.” Leah had more children at a later time. So it was only temporarily that she stopped having children.
3797	30:1	bp4d			וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא רָחֵ֗ל כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָֽלְדָה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Now/Meanwhile when Rachel saw/realized that she was not able to bear/have {any} {children} for Jacob,”
3798	30:1	tqm2			וַ⁠תְּקַנֵּ֥א רָחֵ֖ל בַּ⁠אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	“she was envious/jealous of her sister {Leah},”
3799	30:1	f4yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר אֶֽל יַעֲקֹב֙	1	“and she pleaded with Jacob,” or “and she demanded of Jacob,” Use a quote margin here in your language that fits the context well.
3800	30:1	sgby			הָֽבָ⁠ה לִּ֣⁠י בָנִ֔ים וְ⁠אִם אַ֖יִן	1	“Help me have children, or else” or “Help me get pregnant! Otherwise”
3801	30:1	dvs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	מֵתָ֥ה אָנֹֽכִי	1	“I want to die!” or “I have no reason to live!” Rachel is using hyperbole (exaggeration) to show how desperate and deeply ashamed she feels about not having children. You could include a footnote here in your translation that explains how in that culture it was considered very shameful for a woman to be barren (See: Gen 30:23).
3802	30:2	ca4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽחַר אַ֥ף יַעֲקֹ֖ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Jacob’s anger flared up against Rachel, and/so he said/responded {to her},” or “Jacob became very angry with Rachel and said/responded,” Some languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom here. Do what is best in your language.
3803	30:2	cfsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠תַ֤חַת אֱלֹהִים֙ אָנֹ֔כִי אֲשֶׁר מָנַ֥ע מִמֵּ֖⁠ךְ פְּרִי בָֽטֶן	1	“I am not in the place of God, who has kept/prevented you from having children!” or “I am not God! He is the one who has kept/prevented you from having children!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to show that he is upset with Rachel and to strongly emphasize his point. Do what is best in your language to communicate this.
3804	30:3	r7eo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then Rachel told {him},” or “Rachel replied {to him},”
3805	30:3	zc3i			הִנֵּ֛ה אֲמָתִ֥⁠י בִלְהָ֖ה	1	“Here is my servant woman Bilhah.” or “You can take/have my servant woman Bilhah {as a/another wife}.”
3806	30:3	vrfr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בֹּ֣א אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“Sleep with her” or “Have marital relations with her”. See how you translated this euphemism in Gen 16:2.
3807	30:3	bcga			וְ⁠תֵלֵד֙	1	“so that she will/can give birth {to children}” or “so that she will/can have children”
3808	30:3	x0yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל בִּרְכַּ֔⁠י	1	“{for me} {who will sit} on my knees/lap,” or “as my surrogate/substitute,” or “for me,” The idiom “bear children on my knees” means that Bilhah’s children would be considered Rachel’s children. It may come from the custom of immediately putting a newborn child on the lap of the father and mother to symbolize that the child belonged to them.
3809	30:3	ezdx			וְ⁠אִבָּנֶ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה	1	“so that from/through her {children} I too can/will build/have a family.” or “so that I too can/will build/have a family.” See how you translated “built up from her” in Gen 16:2.
3810	30:4	og2j			וַ⁠תִּתֶּן ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת בִּלְהָ֥ה שִׁפְחָתָ֖⁠הּ	1	“So Rachel gave Jacob her servant/maid Bilhah”. See how you translated “maidservant” in Gen 29:24, 29. Also see how you translated a different word (“servant woman”) in verse 3 that has the same meaning. Some translations use the same term in both verses to prevent confusion. Do what is best in your language.
3811	30:4	vgw7			לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“as {his} wife,” or “to be {a/another} wife {for him},” Make sure your translation does not sound like Bilhah replaced Rachel as Jacob’s wife; Bilhah was an additional wife.
3812	30:4	pfg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“and Jacob slept with her.” or “and Jacob had marital relations with her.” See how you translated “go to” in verse 3 and “went to” in Gen 16:3.
3813	30:5	byaz			וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר בִּלְהָ֔ה	1	“Then Bilhah became pregnant”
3814	30:5	mz2c			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בֵּֽן	1	“and gave birth to a son for Jacob” or “and had a son for Jacob”
3815	30:6	pbso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רָחֵל֙	1	“and Rachel exclaimed,” or “Then Rachel said/exclaimed,” Consider whether it is more natural here in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 5.
3816	30:6	uc2m			דָּנַ֣⁠נִּי אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“God has judged in my favor!” Some translations have “judged me” here. However, make sure your translation of this phrase has a positive meaning (making a decision in Rachel’s favor) and not a negative meaning (condemning her).
3817	30:6	c8tv			וְ⁠גַם֙ שָׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִ֖⁠י בֵּ֑ן	1	“Yes indeed, he has heard/answered my prayer/request/plea and given me a son!”
3818	30:6	fc14			עַל כֵּ֛ן	1	“That is why” or “Because of that”
3819	30:6	kpso			קָרְאָ֥ה שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“she called/named him” or “she gave him the name” or “she named her baby/son”. Make sure it is clear here in your translation that Bilhah’s son is the one being named, not God (who was the subject of the previous sentence). See how you translated “called his name” in Gen 29:32.
3820	30:6	cf1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דָּֽן	1	“Dan, {which means “he vindicated.”}” or “Dan, {which means “he judged in my favor.”}” If you include the meaning of Dan’s name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “he has vindicated” earlier in this verse.
3821	30:7	r1qq			וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר ע֔וֹד & בִּלְהָ֖ה שִׁפְחַ֣ת רָחֵ֑ל	1	“Then Rachel’s servant Bilhah became pregnant again”. See how you translated verse 5 which is very similar to verse 7.
3822	30:7	vrmg			וַ⁠תֵּ֕לֶד & בֵּ֥ן שֵׁנִ֖י לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“and gave birth to a second son for Jacob.” or “and had a second son for Jacob.”
3823	30:8	qb38			וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר רָחֵ֗ל	1	“So/Then Rachel exclaimed,”
3824	30:8	fope			נַפְתּוּלֵ֨י אֱלֹהִ֧ים נִפְתַּ֛לְתִּי עִם אֲחֹתִ֖⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I have had a mighty/difficult struggle/contest with my sister” or “I have struggled intensely/hard with/against my sister”. That would be the meaning if the Hebrew word “elohim” in this phrase is used as an adjective that means “mighty/powerful.” (2) “I have wrestled/struggled with God because of my sister”, which could refer to a struggle against her sister praying to God for children. That would be the meaning if the word “elohim” in this phrase means “God.”
3825	30:8	i44p			גַּם יָכֹ֑לְתִּי	1	“and I have won!” or “and/but now I have defeated her!” or “and/but now I am prevailing/winning!”
3826	30:8	jb07			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“And/So she called/named him” or “Then/So she called/named that son” or “So she gave him the name”. See how you translated “called his name” in verse 6.
3827	30:8	l04h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נַפְתָּלִֽי	1	“Naphtali, {which means “my struggle/contest.”}” As always, if you include the meaning of a name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that it matches the text that the name is based on.
3828	30:9	am38			וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא לֵאָ֔ה כִּ֥י עָמְדָ֖ה מִ⁠לֶּ֑דֶת	1	“When Leah saw/realized that she had stopped bearing/having children,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 1.
3829	30:9	nb9g			וַ⁠תִּקַּח֙ אֶת זִלְפָּ֣ה שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	“she took/brought her servant Zilpah {to Jacob}”
3830	30:9	gepy			וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“and gave her to Jacob/him as {his} wife.” or “and gave her to Jacob/him to be {another} wife {for him}.” See how you translated “gave … as a wife” in verse 4.
3831	30:10	izmk			וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד זִלְפָּ֛ה שִׁפְחַ֥ת לֵאָ֖ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֥ב בֵּֽן	1	“Then Leah’s maidservant Zilpah gave birth to a son for Jacob,” or “Then Zilpah had a son for Jacob,” See how you translated verses 5-8, which are very similar in structure to verses 10-13.
3832	30:11	venl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר לֵאָ֖ה	1	“and Leah exclaimed,”
3833	30:11	jeoa			ב⁠גד	1	“What good luck!” or “I am so/very fortunate/lucky!”
3834	30:11	nyan			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So she called/named him” or “So she called/named him” or “So she gave him the name”
3835	30:11	mlup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גָּֽד	1	“Gad, {which means “fortunate/lucky.”}” If you include the meaning of Gad’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “good fortune” earlier in this verse.
3836	30:12	epai			וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד זִלְפָּה֙ שִׁפְחַ֣ת לֵאָ֔ה בֵּ֥ן שֵׁנִ֖י לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“Then Leah’s servant Zilpah gave birth to a second son for Jacob,” or “ Then Leah’s servant Zilpah had a second son for Jacob,”
3837	30:13	r57i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֔ה	1	“and Leah exclaimed,”
3838	30:13	jwvp			בְּ⁠אָשְׁרִ֕⁠י	1	“I am truly/greatly blessed!” or “{God} has truly/greatly blessed me!” Although many translations have “happy” in this verse instead of “blessed,” the Hebrew noun (and the verb it is based on) is more general and has to do with a person’s blessed state (which results in joy and happiness). The same Hebrew word is used in Psalm 1:1, and the equivalent Greek word is used in Luke 1:48 and Matthew 5:3-11.
3839	30:13	d2t9			כִּ֥י אִשְּׁר֖וּ⁠נִי בָּנ֑וֹת	1	“Now {other} women will say that I am blessed {by God}.” or “Now {other} women will say that {God} has blessed me.”
3840	30:13	lfbr			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So she called/named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name”
3841	30:13	cadj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אָשֵֽׁר	1	“Asher, {which means “blessed.”}” If you include the meaning of Asher’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “blessed” earlier in this verse.
3842	30:14	c2j2			וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֜ן בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י קְצִיר־חִטִּ֗ים	1	“Then {one day} during the season/time when people were harvesting wheat/grain/crops, {Leah’s son} Reuben went out” or “{One day} during …” Wheat is a type of grain that is ground into flour to make bread, which was one of the people’s main foods. The harvest time for wheat in that part of the world is in March and April.
3843	30:14	jiwp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֤א דֽוּדָאִים֙ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	“and found {some} {fertility/love plants called} mandrakes in a field,” or “in a field and found {some} fertility/love plants {there},” The roots of mandrake plants were used to help people be more fertile. If mandrakes are not known in your language area, you could describe them as a kind of fertility plant. You could also put information about mandrakes in a footnote or glossary.
3844	30:14	b7ad			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א אֹתָ֔⁠ם אֶל לֵאָ֖ה אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and he took/gave them to his mother.” or “and he took/gave the plants to his mother.”
3845	30:14	qnic			וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רָחֵל֙ אֶל לֵאָ֔ה	1	“{When Rachel found out about the plants,} she asked/begged Leah,”
3846	30:14	h8o4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תְּנִי נָ֣א לִ֔⁠י מִ⁠דּוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	“Please give me some of the fertility/love plants that your son found.” See how you translated “mandrakes” earlier in this verse.
3847	30:15	zraf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לָ֗⁠הּ	1	“But Leah replied to her,” of “But Leah retorted,” or “But Leah scolded her,”
3848	30:15	il2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠מְעַט֙ קַחְתֵּ֣⁠ךְ אֶת אִישִׁ֔⁠י	1	“{No!} It was {bad} enough that you took/stole my husband {from me}!” or “You already took/stole my husband {from me}!” Leah uses two rhetorical questions in verse 15 to scold Rachel and show how upset she is with her. Consider whether or not rhetorical questions are the best way to communicate that in your language.
3849	30:15	rrqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֕חַת גַּ֥ם אֶת דּוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנִ֑⁠י	1	“Do you also/even want to take my son’s fertility/love plants?” or “And/So {now} you also/even want to take/steal my son’s fertility/love plants!”
3850	30:15	dvad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר רָחֵ֗ל	1	“Rachel said/replied {to her/Leah},”
3851	30:15	glxw			לָ⁠כֵן֙	1	“Alright then,” or “Very well,” Rachel’s response shows that she realizes that even though Leah was scolding her, she was also bargaining with her.
3852	30:15	xaq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יִשְׁכַּ֤ב עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה	1	“I will let him/Jacob sleep/stay with you tonight” or “Jacob can sleep/stay with you tonight” or “Jacob can spend tonight with you”
3853	30:15	hm5f			תַּ֖חַת דּוּדָאֵ֥י בְנֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	“{in exchange} for your son’s fertility/love plants.” or “if you will give me your son’s fertility/love plants.” See how you translated “{in exchange} for” in Gen 29:18.
3854	30:16	uwud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֣ב מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֮ בָּ⁠עֶרֶב֒	1	“So when/as Jacob came back that evening from {working in} the fields,” or “That evening as Jacob was coming {home} from {working in} the fields,” Consider where it is best in your language to put the time phrase in this clause. Also see how you translated “field” in verse 14.
3855	30:16	e94f			וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֨א לֵאָ֜ה לִ⁠קְרָאת֗⁠וֹ	1	“Leah went/came out to greet him”
3856	30:16	l7hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and she said {to him},” or “and told {him},”
3857	30:16	bcs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אֵלַ֣⁠י תָּב֔וֹא	1	“You must lie/sleep with me {tonight},” or “You must spend tonight with me,”
3858	30:16	ro5s			כִּ֚י שָׂכֹ֣ר שְׂכַרְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠דוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנִ֑⁠י	1	“because I have bought time with you with my son’s fertility/love plants.” or “because I have traded/exchanged my son’s fertility/love plants for time with you.” See how you translated “mandrakes” in verses 14 and 15.
3859	30:16	hp22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב עִמָּ֖⁠הּ בַּ⁠לַּ֥יְלָה הֽוּא	1	“So that night Jacob slept with her/Leah.” or “So Jacob spent that night with her/Leah.”
3860	30:17	bmy1			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל לֵאָ֑ה	1	“God heard/answered Leah’s/her {prayers/requests},” or “God heard Leah and answered her {prayers},” or “God did what Leah had been asking him to do,” See how you translated “listened to” in verse 6.
3861	30:17	wzl3			וַ⁠תַּ֛הַר	1	“so that she became pregnant”
3862	30:17	xdn0			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בֵּ֥ן חֲמִישִֽׁי	1	“and gave birth to a fifth son for Jacob.” or “and had a fifth son for Jacob.”
3863	30:18	fb5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֗ה	1	“Then Leah/she exclaimed,”
3864	30:18	z46w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	נָתַ֤ן אֱלֹהִים֙ שְׂכָרִ֔⁠י	1	“God has rewarded me”. Some languages must translate the noun “reward” as a verb. Do what is best in your language.
3865	30:18	ab76			אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִישִׁ֑⁠י	1	“for giving my servant to my husband {as a/another wife}.”
3866	30:18	ss6r			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So she called/named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name”. Make sure the way you translate “his name” refers here to Leah’s baby son, not to her husband or God (who were both mentioned earlier in this verse).
3867	30:18	oroa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יִשָּׂשכָֽר	1	“Issachar, {which means “reward.”}” See how you translated “reward” earlier in this verse.
3868	30:19	lxrw			וַ⁠תַּ֤הַר עוֹד֙ לֵאָ֔ה	1	“Then Leah became pregnant again”
3869	30:19	ryhn			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד בֵּן שִׁשִּׁ֖י לְּ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“and gave birth to a sixth son for Jacob.” or “and had a sixth son for Jacob.”
3870	30:20	klb3			וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֗ה	1	“Then she said/exclaimed,”
3871	30:20	biow			זְבָדַ֨⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֹתִ⁠י֮ זֵ֣בֶד טוֹב֒	1	“God has given me a valuable/precious gift”
3872	30:20	zk5n			הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ יִזְבְּלֵ֣⁠נִי אִישִׁ֔⁠י	1	“{so} now my husband will honor me”
3873	30:20	q7rh			כִּֽי יָלַ֥דְתִּי ל֖⁠וֹ שִׁשָּׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים	1	“because I have had six sons for him.” or “because I have given him six sons.”
3874	30:20	mxru			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So she called/named him” or “So she named that/their son” or “So she gave him the name”. Make sure the way you translate “his name” refers here to Leah’s baby son, not to her husband (who was mentioned in the previous sentence).
3875	30:20	aj41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	זְבֻלֽוּן	1	“Zebulun, {which means “honor.”}” See how you translated “honor” earlier in this verse.
3876	30:21	rvvm			וְ⁠אַחַ֖ר	1	“{Sometime} later” or “{Sometime} after that,”
3877	30:21	hfmr			יָ֣לְדָה בַּ֑ת	1	“she/Leah gave birth to a daughter” or “she/Leah had a daughter”
3878	30:21	xin3			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ דִּינָֽה	1	“and called/named her Dinah.” or “whom she named Dinah.”
3879	30:22	zgp4			וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת רָחֵ֑ל	1	“God had kept Rachel in mind,” or “God had not forgotten Rachel,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not imply that God forgot about Rachel. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:1.
3880	30:22	aigs			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֤ע אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“and/so he heard/answered her {prayers/requests}” or “and/so he did what she had been asking him to do”. See how you translated “listened to” in verses 6 and 17.
3881	30:22	gu2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֖ח אֶת רַחְמָֽ⁠הּ	1	“and made it so that she could conceive.” or “and made it possible for her to have children.” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 29:31.
3882	30:23	wisk			וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר	1	“so that {finally} she conceived” or “Then/So she/Rachel became pregnant”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 22.
3883	30:23	e0bt			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן	1	“and gave birth to a son,” or “and had a son,”
3884	30:23	h8n8			וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“and she exclaimed,” or “Then she said/exclaimed,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3885	30:23	nxcu			אָסַ֥ף אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת חֶרְפָּתִֽ⁠י	1	“God has removed my shame/humiliation!” or “God has made it so that I am no longer {barren and} ashamed/humiliated!”
3886	30:24	m2mb			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ	1	“She called/named her son” or “She gave him the name”
3887	30:24	hdzd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יוֹסֵ֖ף	1	“Joseph, {which means “may he add/give another,”}” If you include the meaning of Joseph’s name here in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate what Rachel says next.
3888	30:24	ogv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“{because} she said,” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of verse 24 first in the verse and say, “She also said, “May Yahweh add/give another son to me.” So she named that/her son Joseph, {which means “may he add/give another.”}” Do what is best in your language.
3889	30:24	vyef			יֹסֵ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה לִ֖⁠י בֵּ֥ן אַחֵֽר	1	“I pray/ask that Yahweh will give me another son.” or “I ask Yahweh to give me another son.”
3890	30:25	oxkt			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָלְדָ֥ה רָחֵ֖ל אֶת יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“{Soon} after Rachel gave birth to Joseph,” or “After Rachel had Joseph,”
3891	30:25	nh79			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל לָבָ֔ן	1	“Jacob requested of Laban,” or “Jacob {went to} Laban and said to him,”
3892	30:25	r0t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	שַׁלְּחֵ֨⁠נִי֙	1	“{Please} send me on my way,” or “{Please} allow me to leave {here},” Make sure that your translation of Jacob’s request here sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. It should also not sound like he is begging or pleading. See how you translated the same request in Gen 24:54.
3893	30:25	q6wg			וְ⁠אֵ֣לְכָ֔ה אֶל מְקוֹמִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠אַרְצִֽ⁠י	1	“so that I may/can return to my {own} home in my {own} country.” or “so that I can go/return to my homeland.”
3894	30:26	yb97			תְּנָ֞⁠ה אֶת נָשַׁ֣⁠י וְ⁠אֶת יְלָדַ֗⁠י	1	“Let me have/take my wives and my children”
3895	30:26	ocvf			אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָבַ֧דְתִּי אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֛ בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן	1	“whom I have finished serving you for,” or “whom I have earned by working for you,”
3896	30:26	m9jz			וְ⁠אֵלֵ֑כָה	1	“so that I may/can leave {with them}.” or “and let me go/leave {with them}.” or “so that I can take them with me.”
3897	30:26	ztkv			כִּ֚י אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ	1	“because you yourself know” or “You yourself know”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence.
3898	30:26	o0s7			אֶת עֲבֹדָתִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר עֲבַדְתִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“that I have served you {well/faithfully}.” or “how {well/faithfully} I have served you.” or “how {well/faithfully} I have worked for you.”
3899	30:27	vals		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לָבָ֔ן	1	“But Laban responded to him/Jacob,”
3900	30:27	s3ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אִם נָ֛א מָצָ֥אתִי חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“If you are pleased with me, please {stay},” or “Please be gracious/kind to me {and stay},” or “Please do me a favor {and do not leave/go},”
3901	30:27	hsr3			נִחַ֕שְׁתִּי	1	“{because} I have found out from observing signs” or “{because} I have learned from observation/experience”. The word “divination” refers to trying to find out information by looking at signs (omens) and interpreting them either by God’s power (Gen 44:5, 15) or by witchcraft and false gods (Ezekiel 21:21). Laban may have consulted his household gods (mentioned in Gen 31:19, 30). It could also be that Laban meant that he had figured this out simply by observing how God had blessed him through Jacob’s expert tending of his flocks.
3902	30:27	csrq			וַ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי יְהוָ֖ה	1	“that Yahweh has caused me to prosper”
3903	30:27	gbcy			בִּ⁠גְלָלֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“because you {are here with me}.” or “because you {have been working for me}.”
3904	30:28	b7cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“Then he said {to him,}” or “Then he/Laban added,” Some translations delete this quote margin, since the same person is still speaking to the same person as in the previous verse. However it could be that there was a pause in the conversation, or the author may want to show that there is a change in topic or emphasize what is said next. So if possible, it is best to keep the quote margin here in your translation.
3905	30:28	ci7k			נָקְבָ֧⁠ה שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֛ עָלַ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֶתֵּֽנָה	1	“Tell me what you want your wages/pay to be, and that is what I will give/pay you.” or “Tell me what you want me to pay you, and I will give that to you.” or “Set your wages, and that is what they will be.” See how you translated “wages” in Gen 29:15.
3906	30:29	efcn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Jacob said/replied to him/Laban,”
3907	30:29	vh3k			אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ אֵ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲבַדְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“You yourself know how {hard/well} I have worked for you”. See how you translated “you yourself know” in verse 26.
3908	30:29	gb7m			וְ⁠אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֥ה מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and how {well} your animals/flocks have prospered/fared”
3909	30:29	ra7s			אִתִּֽ⁠י	1	“under my care.” or “ever since I have been taking care of them.” or “while I have been tending them.”
3910	30:30	sjrl			כִּ֡י מְעַט֩ אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֣ץ לָ⁠רֹ֔ב	1	“Before I came, you had very little {wealth}, but now you are prospering abundantly/greatly.” or “The few {animals} that you owned before I came have multiplied/increased dramatically/greatly.” or “Before I worked for you, you owned very few animals, but now you have a huge/large number of animals.”
3911	30:30	rig7			וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ יְהוָ֛ה אֹתְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“That is how Yahweh has blessed/prospered you” or “Yes, Yahweh has blessed/prospered you”. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 27.
3912	30:30	izhx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠רַגְלִ֑⁠י	1	“because of me.” or “because I am here.” or “because I have been working for you.”
3913	30:30	kjib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה מָתַ֛י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י לְ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י	1	“But now I need to also provide for my {own} household/family!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to express his strong feelings. Do what is best in your language.
3914	30:31	m4eg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“So Laban asked {him/Jacob},” or “Laban responded,”
3915	30:31	vxeh			מָ֣ה אֶתֶּן לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	“What do you want me to give/pay you {so that you will stay and work for me}?” or “What can I give/pay you {to persuade you} {to stay here}?”
3916	30:31	wuxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙	1	“Jacob answered/replied,”
3917	30:31	jax2			לֹא תִתֶּן לִ֣⁠י מְא֔וּמָה	1	“Do not give/pay me anything.” or “You do not need to give/pay me anything.”
3918	30:31	l8g9			אִם תַּֽעֲשֶׂה לִּ⁠י֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“{But} if you will do this {one} thing for me,” or “Just do this {one} thing for me, and”
3919	30:31	vxy0			אָשׁ֛וּבָה אֶרְעֶ֥ה צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶשְׁמֹֽר	1	“I will continue to tend and watch over your flock{s}:” or “I will continue/keep taking care of your flock{s}:” See how you translated “watches over” in Gen 28:20.
3920	30:32	atgi			אֶֽעֱבֹ֨ר בְּ⁠כָל צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֜ הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם	1	“Let me go/look through all your flock{s} today” or “Today I will go/look through all your sheep and goats”
3921	30:32	c1ev			הָסֵ֨ר מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם	1	“and separate out from them” or “and take away from them”
3922	30:32	sir5			כָּל שֶׂ֣ה נָקֹ֣ד וְ⁠טָל֗וּא וְ⁠כָל שֶׂה חוּם֙ בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֔ים	1	“all the lambs that are speckled, spotted or dark-colored,” or “all the lambs that have speckles or spots, or that are dark-colored,” The Hebrew word for “speckled” refers to small spots, whereas “spotted” refers to medium-sized and bigger spots. In that part of the world, most sheep were white and most goats were solid brown or black. So Jacob was asking for the irregular animals for himself, including white sheep with dark marks, dark-colored goats with light marks and dark-colored lambs. You could put some of this information in a footnote.
3923	30:32	zmbe			וְ⁠טָל֥וּא וְ⁠נָקֹ֖ד בָּ⁠עִזִּ֑ים	1	“and {all} the young/kid goats that are spotted or speckled.”
3924	30:32	u4ob			וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה שְׂכָרִֽ⁠י	1	“They will be my wages/pay.” or “Those animals will be my wages/pay.”
3925	30:33	b07z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠עָֽנְתָה בִּ֤⁠י צִדְקָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠י֣וֹם מָחָ֔ר	1	“Also, in the future you will know whether or not I am being righteous/honest” or “That way {too}, in the future it will be easy {for you/everyone} to know whether {or not} I am being honest”. The phrase “my righteousness” is referred to here as if it can testify like a person can. Some languages cannot personify righteousness like that. Do what is best in your language.
3926	30:33	ppfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי תָב֥וֹא עַל שְׂכָרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“whenever you check the animals you have paid/given me.” For some languages it is more natural to move this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Also, in the future, whenever you check the animals you have paid/given me, you will know whether or not I am being honest.” Do what is best in your own language.
3927	30:33	sw5u			כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר אֵינֶ⁠נּוּ֩ נָקֹ֨ד וְ⁠טָל֜וּא בָּֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים וְ⁠חוּם֙ בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֔ים	1	“{If you see} that I have any {sheep or} goats that are not speckled or spotted or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,” or “{If you see/find} any {sheep or} goats {among my flocks} that do not have speckles or spots or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,”
3928	30:33	pa6c			גָּנ֥וּב ה֖וּא אִתִּֽ⁠י	1	“{you will know that} I stole them {from you}.” or “{it will be obvious that} I stole them {from you}.”
3929	30:34	bdlq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן	1	“Laban said/replied {to him},”
3930	30:34	mv46			הֵ֑ן	1	“I agree,” or “Yes,” or “I agree with that;”
3931	30:34	ujkw			ל֖וּ יְהִ֥י כִ⁠דְבָרֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“let’s do exactly as/what you have said/suggested.” or “we should/will do exactly as/what you have said/suggested.”
3932	30:35	r5ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יָּ֣סַר בַּ⁠יּוֹם֩ הַ⁠ה֨וּא	1	“But that {same/very} day, he/Laban removed/separated {from his flocks}”. Make sure your translation of “he” in this clause refers to Laban, not Jacob (as verse 36 confirms). Also, what Laban does in verse 35 does not follow the agreement he just made with Jacob in verses 32-34.
3933	30:35	c75v			אֶת הַ⁠תְּיָשִׁ֜ים הָֽ⁠עֲקֻדִּ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאִ֗ים וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הָֽ⁠עִזִּים֙ הַ⁠נְּקֻדּ֣וֹת וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאֹ֔ת	1	“{all} the he-goats that had streaks or spots, and all the she-goats that had speckles or spots,”
3934	30:35	fnxm			כֹּ֤ל אֲשֶׁר לָבָן֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“any/all that {had any} white {marks} on them,” The goats were normally dark brown or black, so if they had streaks or spots on them those marks would be white. In the Hebrew text, there is a pun (play-on-words) in verses 35 and 37: the name “Laban” means “white”, so verse 35 literally says that any goats with “Laban” (“white”) on them became Jacob’s. You could include that information in a footnote.
3935	30:35	atss			וְ⁠כָל ח֖וּם בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֑ים	1	“together with all the dark-colored lambs.” or “as well as all the lambs that were dark-colored.”
3936	30:35	cm2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן בְּ⁠יַד בָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	“Then he had his sons tend {them},” or “Then he put his sons in charge of {them},” or “Then he told his sons to take care of {them},”
3937	30:36	r9y9			וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם דֶּ֚רֶךְ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים בֵּינ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“and he {and his sons} took {those animals} a three-day walking distance away from Jacob.”
3938	30:36	ueil			וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן הַ⁠נּוֹתָרֹֽת	1	“Meanwhile Jacob continued taking care of the rest of Laban’s flock{s}.” See how you translated “tending” in verse 31 and Gen 13:7.
3939	30:37	pffz			וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֣⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב מַקַּ֥ל & לַ֖ח	1	“Then Jacob cut {some} branches”
3940	30:37	h28b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	לִבְנֶ֛ה & וְ⁠ל֣וּז וְ⁠עֶרְמ֑וֹן	1	“from poplar {trees}, almond/hazel {trees}, and plane/chestnut {trees},” or “from three different kinds of trees,” If the three kinds of trees are not known in your language area, you could transliterate the names of the trees or be more general and leave out the names (if they are too distracting).
3941	30:37	b4o7			וַ⁠יְפַצֵּ֤ל בָּ⁠הֵן֙ פְּצָל֣וֹת לְבָנ֔וֹת	1	“and peeled/stripped off long strips/pieces of bark,” or “and made white stripes/streaks on them {by stripping/peeling off long strips/pieces of bark},”
3942	30:37	l8bu			מַחְשֹׂף֙ הַ⁠לָּבָ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל הַ⁠מַּקְלֽוֹת	1	“which exposed/showed the white {wood} under the bark.” or “so that the white {wood} that was inside the branches was exposed/showing.”
3943	30:38	nguj			וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֗ג אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְלוֹת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר פִּצֵּ֔ל בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִֽׁקֲת֣וֹת הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“Then he put/set those {striped/streaked} branches in all the {stone} drinking/watering troughs/tubs/places”. See how you translated “trough” in Gen 24:20.
3944	30:38	eo6s			אֲשֶׁר֩ תָּבֹ֨אןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן לִ⁠שְׁתּוֹת֙	1	“where the flock{s} came to drink,” or “that the flock{s} would come to drink from,” The way you translate this should allow for the fact that the animals came to the watering troughs repeatedly or regularly throughout the day, not just one time.
3945	30:38	v4og			לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	“in front of them.” or “so that the flock{s} would see the branches {there}.”
3946	30:38	owls			וַ⁠יֵּחַ֖מְנָה בְּ⁠בֹאָ֥⁠ן לִ⁠שְׁתּֽוֹת	1	“The flocks {often} mated when they came {to the troughs/tubs} to drink,” or “{That way, whenever} the animals that were ready to mate/breed came {to the troughs/tubs} to drink,” The way you translate this clause will determine whether you begin the next verse with a conjunction (“and” or “so”) or without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language.
3947	30:39	u4ep			וַ⁠יֶּחֱמ֥וּ הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן אֶל הַ⁠מַּקְל֑וֹת	1	“and/so they would mate in front of the branches,” or “they would mate where they could see the branches,” or “they would see the branches as they were mating/breeding,” Make sure your translation of the verbs in this verse refers to a repeated or habitual activity, not a one-time event.
3948	30:39	dcdv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֵּלַ֣דְןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠טְלֻאִֽים	1	“As a result, they would bear/have {young/offspring that were} streaked/striped or speckled or spotted.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “speckled” and “spotted” in verses 32-33 and 35. Also consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the flocks in verses 38 and 39.
3949	30:40	t0tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּשָׂבִים֮ הִפְרִ֣יד יַעֲקֹב֒	1	“Then Jacob separated those young animals {from Laban’s flocks} {to form/make new flocks for himself},”
3950	30:40	gkje		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ֠⁠יִּתֵּן פְּנֵ֨י הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן אֶל	1	“and he put {the rest of} the flock{s} with”. The Hebrew text uses an idiom here that means Jacob put the marked and unmarked animals together (so that they would mate).
3951	30:40	m70y			עָקֹ֛ד וְ⁠כָל ח֖וּם	1	“all the streaked/striped animals and dark-colored {animals}”. See how you translated “streaked” in verses 35 and 39, and how you translated “dark-colored” in verses 32-33 and 35.
3952	30:40	ch5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן לָבָ֑ן	1	“{that were} in Laban’s flock{s} {so that they would mate and have young/offspring/babies that were streaked or dark-colored}.” You may need to make it explicit in your translation why Jacob put the unmarked sheep and goats with Laban’s streaked and spotted animals, so that people understand what Jacob was doing.
3953	30:40	hpgv			וַ⁠יָּֽשֶׁת ל֤⁠וֹ עֲדָרִים֙ לְ⁠בַדּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“In that way, {over time} he created/formed/made separate flocks {of sheep and goats} for himself”
3954	30:40	okhx			וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁתָ֖⁠ם עַל צֹ֥אן לָבָֽן	1	“that he did not put/mix with Laban’s flock{s}.” or “that he kept separate/away from Laban’s flock{s}.”
3955	30:41	q7lz			וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה בְּ⁠כָל	1	“So whenever” or “Whenever”. This verse includes more details about what Jacob was doing on a regular basis.
3956	30:41	dqo7			הַ⁠צֹּ֣אן הַ⁠מְקֻשָּׁרוֹת֒	1	“the stronger/best female animals” or “the strong/hardy/robust female sheep and goats”
3957	30:41	feod			יַחֵם֮	1	“were ready to mate/breed,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 38.
3958	30:41	ez3q			וְ⁠שָׂ֨ם יַעֲקֹ֧ב אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְל֛וֹת & בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֑ים	1	“Jacob put/set the {striped/streaked} branches in the {drinking/watering} troughs/tubs”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 38.
3959	30:41	wc1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-purpose	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן & לְ⁠יַחְמֵ֖⁠נָּה בַּ⁠מַּקְלֽוֹת	1	“in front of those animals so that they would see the branches as they were mating/breeding.” or “so that as they were mating, they would see the branches.” See how you translated “mate” and “the branches” in verse 39.
3960	30:42	cjoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲטִ֥יף הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן	1	“But whenever the weak/feeble female animals {were ready to mate/breed},”
3961	30:42	fave		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹ֣א יָשִׂ֑ים	1	“Jacob did not put/set {the branches} {in the troughs/tubs}.”
3962	30:42	k8tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה	1	“In that way,”
3963	30:42	cfdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָ⁠עֲטֻפִים֙	1	“{the young/offspring from} the weaker/feeble {animals}”
3964	30:42	aztu			לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן	1	“were Laban’s,” or “{had no streaks or spots and} remained in Laban’s flocks,”
3965	30:42	e9iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠קְּשֻׁרִ֖ים	1	“and/whereas {the young/offspring from} the stronger/hardy/robust {animals}”. See how you translated “strong” in verse 41.
3966	30:42	t112			לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“{went} to Jacob,” or “were Jacob’s,” or “{had streaks and spots and} became part of Jacob’s {flocks},”
3967	30:43	pyxq			וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥ץ הָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ	1	“So Jacob became extremely/very prosperous/wealthy” or “As a result, Jacob became extremely/very wealthy/rich”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “prospered” in verse 30.
3968	30:43	jzz1			וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל⁠וֹ֙ צֹ֣אן רַבּ֔וֹת	1	“and owned large flock{s} {of sheep and goats},” or “He owned many sheep and goats,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
3969	30:43	osfb			וּ⁠שְׁפָחוֹת֙ וַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים	1	“and {many} male and female servants and {many} camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “maidservants,” “menservants,” “camels,” and “donkeys” in Gen 12:16 and 24:35.
3970	31:1	y7ho			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֗ע	1	“Then {one day} Jacob heard” or “Then {one day} someone told Jacob”
3971	31:1	i1li			אֶת דִּבְרֵ֤י בְנֵֽי לָבָן֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“that Laban’s sons were {complaining and} saying,”
3972	31:1	wgio			לָקַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“Jacob has taken {for himself} everything/all that our father owned,”
3973	31:1	v4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ עָשָׂ֕ה אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠כָּבֹ֖ד הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“Yes, he/Jacob has become wealthy/rich by taking our father’s wealth/possessions!” or “In fact, he/Jacob has acquired/gotten all his wealth/riches by taking {the animals} that were our father’s!” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes Laban’s sons’ complaint against Jacob. The phrase “all this wealth” especially refers to all the livestock that Jacob had gained during the years he worked for Laban.
3974	31:2	kjjj			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	“Jacob also saw/noticed”
3975	31:2	iwy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת פְּנֵ֣י לָבָ֑ן וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נּוּ עִמּ֖⁠וֹ כִּ⁠תְמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם	1	“that Laban no longer looked at him in a kind/friendly way as/like {he did} previously/before.” or “that Laban was no longer pleased/happy with him as/like he was previously/before.” or “that Laban no longer acted kind/friendly toward him the way he did in the past.” The clause “he was not with him” is used here as an idiom that means Laban was no longer happy with Jacob or that he no longer liked him. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here.
3976	31:3	f1ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Then Yahweh told/commanded Jacob,”
3977	31:3	txcg			שׁ֛וּב אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ אֲבוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹלַדְתֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“Go back to your ancestors’ homeland, where your relatives live,” or “Return to the land where your ancestors lived and where your {other} relatives {also} live,”
3978	31:3	nssb			וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and I will stay with you {and help/bless you}.” See how you translated this clause in Gen 26:3 and how you translated similar clauses in Gen 26:8, 24; 28:15.
3979	31:4	uryr			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל וּ⁠לְ⁠לֵאָ֑ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה	1	“So Jacob sent for Rachel and Leah {to come} to the field/pasture” or “Then/So Jacob sent a message to Rachel and Leah that they should meet him at/in the field/pasture”. See how you translated “sent and called for” in Gen 27:42.
3980	31:4	xk35			אֶל צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“where {he was with/tending} his flock{s} {of sheep and goats}.”
3981	31:5	zcua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֗ן	1	“{When they arrived,} he said to them,” or “{There} he told them,” Consider whether in your language it is necessary to make explicit that Rachel and Leah had come to Jacob before he spoke to them.
3982	31:5	vjha			רֹאֶ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙	1	“I have noticed”
3983	31:5	gsb5			אֶת פְּנֵ֣י אֲבִי⁠כֶ֔ן כִּֽי אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֵלַ֖⁠י כִּ⁠תְמֹ֣ל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם	1	“that your father no longer looks at me in a kind/friendly way as/like he did in the past,” or “that your father is no longer pleased/happy with me as/like he was previously/before,” or “that your father no longer acts friendly toward me the way he did previously/before,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2.
3984	31:5	hvoc			וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔⁠י	1	“but my father’s God” or “but the God whom my father serves/worships” or “but the God {who takes care} of my father”. See how you translated “the God of …” in Gen 28:13.
3985	31:5	ocbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הָיָ֖ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י	1	“has stayed with me {and has helped/blessed me}.” See how you translated the idiom “be with you” in verse 3.
3986	31:6	qxli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠אַתֵּ֖נָה יְדַעְתֶּ֑ן	1	“You {both} know”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is an emphatic pronoun. Also, some languages have a special dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is best in your language.
3987	31:6	pvt6			כִּ֚י בְּ⁠כָל כֹּחִ֔⁠י עָבַ֖דְתִּי אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶֽן	1	“that I have served your father with all my might/strength,” or “that I have tried as hard as I could to serve your father well,” or “how I have worked for your father as hard/faithfully as I could,”
3988	31:7	w4hj			וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠כֶן֙ הֵ֣תֶל בִּ֔⁠י	1	“but {in spite of that,} he has deceived/cheated me” or “but {yet} he has treated me unfairly”
3989	31:7	umvt			וְ⁠הֶחֱלִ֥ף אֶת מַשְׂכֻּרְתִּ֖⁠י עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת מֹנִ֑ים	1	“by changing what he pays me ten times.” or “and ten times he has changed what he said that he would pay me.”
3990	31:7	k1rd			וְ⁠לֹֽא נְתָנ֣⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֔ים לְ⁠הָרַ֖ע עִמָּדִֽ⁠י	1	“However, God has not permitted him to harm/hurt me.” or “But God has prevented/kept him from harming/hurting me.” or “But God has protected me so that he/Laban did/could not hurt/harm me.” In this context, “harm” especially refers to financial harm, but it can also include physical harm.
3991	31:8	q29t			אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר	1	“{For example,} if/whenever he told {me}” or “{For example,} every time that he told {me}”. The examples Jacob is describing in verse 8 took place repeatedly (as verse 7 indicates).
3992	31:8	wbtt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	נְקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“that {only} the speckled {animals} would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me {only} the animals with speckles on them,” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “speckled” in Gen 30:32, 33, 35, 39.
3993	31:8	m5nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן	1	“then all {the female animals in} the flocks gave birth to” or “then all the female sheep and goats gave birth to”
3994	31:8	minm			נְקֻדִּ֑ים	1	“speckled {young/babies}.” or “{young/babies that were} speckled.”
3995	31:8	qdhx			וְ⁠אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר	1	“But if/whenever he said {to me}” or “Then if/whenever he {changed his mind and} told {me}”
3996	31:8	av4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	עֲקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“that {only} the streaked/striped {animals} would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me {only} the animals with streaks/stripes on them,” See how you translated “streaked” in Gen 30:35, 39, 40.
3997	31:8	bhhl			וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן	2	“then all {the females in} the flock{s} gave birth to” or “then all the female sheep and goats had” or “then they all gave birth to”
3998	31:8	lrxh			עֲקֻדִּֽים	1	“streaked/striped {young/babies}.” or “{young/babies that had} streaks/stripes on them.”
3999	31:9	z6ij			וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֧ל אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	“In that way, God has taken” or “So that’s how God took”
4000	31:9	igfi			אֶת מִקְנֵ֥ה אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	“{many of} the animals that belonged to your father” or “{many of} the sheep and goats that were your father’s” or “{many of} your father’s animals {from him}”. The term “livestock” usually includes all kinds of domestic animals, but in this context it refers to the sheep and goats that Jacob was taking care of for Laban.
4001	31:9	s89z			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִֽ⁠י	1	“and gave {them} to me {instead}.” or “and has given {them} to me.”
4002	31:10	lj7l			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י	1	“One time/night”
4003	31:10	oqna			בְּ⁠עֵת֙	1	“during the season/time” or “during the time of year”
4004	31:10	nw40			יַחֵ֣ם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	“that/when the female sheep and goats were in heat,” or “that/when the flock{s} {of sheep and goats} were mating/breeding,”
4005	31:10	dbn3			וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֥א עֵינַ֛⁠י וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲל֑וֹם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“I had a dream and {in the dream} I looked around and saw/noticed that” or “I had a dream. {In the dream} I looked around and was surprised to see that”. The word “behold” emphasizes what Jacob saw and might also express that he was surprised at what he saw.
4006	31:10	un5t			הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	“the {only} male goats {and sheep} that were mating with the female goats {and sheep}”. Some languages have special terms for male and female goats or sheep. For example, billy goats and nanny goats (for male and female goats) and rams and ewes (for male and female sheep). Choose terms in your language that are natural and well-known.
4007	31:10	gcp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּֽים	1	“{were} streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched.” or “had a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern {in/on their fur/hair}.” It may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “… saw that the male goats {and sheep} that were streaked, speckled, and spotted were the {only} ones that were mating with the female goats {and sheep}.” Do what is best in your language.
4008	31:11	ttd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֵלַ֜⁠י מַלְאַ֧ךְ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים בַּ⁠חֲל֖וֹם יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“Then/And an angel from God called to me in the dream {and said}, ‘Jacob!’ ” or “Then in the dream, one of God’s angels said/called to me, ‘Jacob!’ ” In some languages it is more natural to put “in the dream” earlier in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “an angel of God” in Gen 21:17.
4009	31:11	l29s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וָ⁠אֹמַ֖ר	1	“and I answered/responded,”
4010	31:11	my6h			הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י	1	“Here I am!” or “Yes, {Lord/sir}?” or “Yes, I am listening.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1 and 27:11.
4011	31:12	vn7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then he said {to me},” or “The angel said/replied,”
4012	31:12	cck2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שָׂא נָ֨א עֵינֶ֤י⁠ךָ	1	“Look around you” or “Look carefully”. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 22:13. Also see how you translated Gen 22:2, another passage where Yahweh uses “Please”.
4013	31:12	vsue			וּ⁠רְאֵה֙	1	“and observe/notice {that}”
4014	31:12	jhzz			כָּל הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	“all the male goats {and sheep} that are mating with the female goats {and sheep}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 10.
4015	31:12	c8mt			עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּ֑ים	1	“{are} streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched,” or “have a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern {in their fur/hair},” See how you translated this phrase in verses 8 and 10.
4016	31:12	rsid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֣י רָאִ֔יתִי	1	“{I, Yahweh, have caused that to happen,} because I have observed/noticed”. Sometimes an angel says “I” as God’s representative, but in this context, it seems to be Yahweh himself (in the form of an angel) who is speaking to Jacob (See verse 13). That information could be put in a footnote, and you could make “Yahweh” explicit in the text to make that clear.
4017	31:12	iy7e			אֵ֛ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָבָ֖ן עֹ֥שֶׂה לָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“all {the wrong/terrible things} that Laban has done to you.” or “all the ways that Laban has been treating you {badly/wrongfully}.”
4018	31:13	iheg			אָנֹכִ֤י הָ⁠אֵל֙ בֵּֽית אֵ֔ל	1	“I {am} the God {who appeared to you} at {the town of} Bethel,”
4019	31:13	bfbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָשַׁ֤חְתָּ שָּׁם֙ מַצֵּבָ֔ה	1	“where you poured {olive} oil on top of a {memorial} pillar/stone {to dedicate the place to me},” See how you translated “poured oil on top of” in Gen 28:38 and “pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22.
4020	31:13	mbfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term	אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָדַ֥רְתָּ לִּ֛⁠י שָׁ֖ם נֶ֑דֶר	1	“{and} where you made a vow/pledge/promise to me.” See how you translated “vowed a vow” in Gen 28:20.
4021	31:13	tfiv			עַתָּ֗ה ק֥וּם צֵא֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	“{So} now/then, get up/ready and leave this land/region {immediately},” or “Now go/leave at once from this land/region,” The phrase “get up” means that Jacob should immediately get ready to go and then leave; see how you translated this phrase in Gen 27:43.
4022	31:13	pbq6			וְ⁠שׁ֖וּב אֶל	1	“and go/travel back to”
4023	31:13	l0op			אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	“the land where you were born.” or “the land where your relatives live.” or “your native/home land.” The Hebrew word for “birth” in this phrase can also be translated as “relatives” here (as in verse 3). See how you translated this phrase in Gen 24:7.
4024	31:14	rws1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תַּ֤עַן רָחֵל֙ וְ⁠לֵאָ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֖רְנָה ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“Then Rachel and Leah responded to him/Jacob,” or “Rachel and Leah replied to him/Jacob,”
4025	31:14	vutc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠ע֥וֹד לָ֛⁠נוּ חֵ֥לֶק וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֖ה	1	“We no longer have any part/share in the inheritance” or “We will not/never inherit anything”. This rhetorical question expects the answer “no.” It also expresses Rachel's and Leah’s strong emotion and emphasizes that there is nothing for them to inherit from their father. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question fits well here in your language.
4026	31:14	cwr2			בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠נוּ	1	“from our father’s house/estate {when he dies}!” or “from our father {when he dies}”
4027	31:15	pz13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֧וֹא & נֶחְשַׁ֥בְנוּ ל֖⁠וֹ	1	“Doesn’t he regard/treat us” or “It is obvious that he regards/treats us” or “He obviously is treating us”. This rhetorical question expects the answer “yes” and expresses Rachel's and Leah’s anger at how their father treats them. Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use a rhetorical question here.
4028	31:15	zdnp			נָכְרִיּ֛וֹת	1	“like foreigners/strangers/outsiders {and not family}” or “as if we were foreigners/strangers {instead of family}”. Make sure that the punctuation you use here fits with how you translate this rhetorical question.
4029	31:15	xc1g			כִּ֣י מְכָרָ֑⁠נוּ	1	“For example, he sold us {to you},” or “After all, he sold us {to you},” This sentence is an example of how Laban treated his daughters like foreigners.
4030	31:15	eovg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכַל גַּם אָכ֖וֹל	1	“and then he spent all” or “and then he used up all”. The phrase “eaten up” is used here as an idiom that means Laban had spent or kept for himself all the wealth he had gained from Jacob’s 14 years of working for him. Many languages have a similar idiom that could be used here. Do what is best in your language.
4031	31:15	td0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת כַּסְפֵּֽ⁠נוּ	1	“the money/wealth that should have been ours.” or “the money/wealth that belonged to us.” In that culture at that time, silver was a currency used to buy and sell things.
4032	31:16	cytc			כִּ֣י כָל הָ⁠עֹ֗שֶׁר אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִצִּ֤יל אֱלֹהִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“In fact, all the wealth/abundance {of flocks} that God has taken from our father” or “In fact/reality, all {the flocks} that made our father wealthy and that God has taken from him”
4033	31:16	kbdk			לָ֥⁠נוּ ה֖וּא וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“{rightfully/actually} {belongs} to us and our children.” or “{should have been given} to us and our children {anyway}.”
4034	31:16	t00q			וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה עֲשֵֽׂה	1	“So then, {you should} do” or “So {go ahead and} do” or “So {we totally agree that you should} do”. The words “So now” introduce Rachel and Leah’s conclusion that is based on what they just said. Do what is best in your language to communicate that.
4035	31:16	ixfc			כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֧ר אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“everything/whatever God has told/commanded you {to do}.” or “exactly what God told/instructed you {to do}.”
4036	31:17	jyen			וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“So/Then Jacob {immediately/quickly} got ready/packed {for the journey}”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 13.
4037	31:17	zvsn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֛א אֶת בָּנָ֥י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים	1	“and helped his wives and his sons/children {get/mount up} onto the/some camels.” Jacob took all his children with him, not just his sons.
4038	31:18	wyn3			וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֣ג	1	“Then he led/herded” or “Then he {started} driving/leading/herding”
4039	31:18	u8ps			אֶת כָּל מִקְנֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁ מִקְנֵה֙ קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ	1	“{the camels and} all his {other} livestock/animals and {along with them,} {he also took} all the {other} possessions that he had acquired/accumulated”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacob’s animals.
4040	31:18	ci2u			בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם	1	“{while living} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “{the land/region of} Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20.
4041	31:18	wde1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן	1	“to go/return to his father Isaac’s house in the land/region of Canaan.” or “to go/return to Canaan, to {the home of} his father Isaac.” or “to the land/region of Canaan, where his father Isaac lived.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Then he {started} driving/herding {the camels} and all his {other} animals to/toward the land/region of Canaan where his father Isaac lived. {He took with him} all his possessions that he had accumulated, {including} all the livestock that he had acquired/accumulated {while living} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram.” Do what is best in your language.
4042	31:19	ilof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠לָבָ֣ן	1	“Now {before that,} Laban {the Aramean}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in verse 19 happened before Jacob and his family had left. Also, for some languages it is more natural to first make “the Aramean” explicit here in verse 19 rather than wait until verse 20. Do what is best in your language.
4043	31:19	akjd			הָלַ֔ךְ לִ⁠גְזֹ֖ז אֶת צֹאנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“had gone away {for several days} to cut the wool off his sheep”. In that culture, sheep wool was very important since it was used to make clothing and blankets. The process of shearing many sheep would have taken several days. You could include some of this information in a footnote.
4044	31:19	zdy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֣ב רָחֵ֔ל	1	“so {while he was gone,} Rachel {went into her father’s tent and} stole/took” or “{While he was gone,} Rachel {entered his tent and} stole/took”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4045	31:19	vfcm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ	1	“his {household/family} idols/gods,” or “the idols/gods that he had/worshiped.” These idols were statues made of wood or precious metals. They were small enough to be used in a private home. In this chapter these statues are referred to as “idols” (in verses 19, 34, 35 when the author refers to them) and “gods” (in quotes in verses 30 and 32 when Laban or Jacob talk about them). If it is confusing in your language to switch back and forth between these two terms, you could use “gods” throughout this chapter, since Laban would not have called them idols, and Jacob would not have used that term in his presence. However, if possible, it is best to translate the two terms the way the Hebrew text has them.
4046	31:20	p6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּגְנֹ֣ב יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֶת לֵ֥ב	1	“and Jacob deceived/tricked” or “At the same time, Jacob deceived/tricked”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4047	31:20	rlvs			לָבָ֖ן הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֑י	1	“Laban/him”. If you used “Aramean” earlier (verse 19), it may not be natural here. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated this phrase in Gen 25:20.
4048	31:20	z6av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל בְּלִי֙ הִגִּ֣יד ל֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י בֹרֵ֖חַ הֽוּא	1	“by not informing/telling him that he was fleeing/leaving.” or “by fleeing/leaving {secretly} without informing/telling him that he was leaving.”
4049	31:21	k7p0			וַ⁠יִּבְרַ֥ח הוּא֙	1	“So Jacob {and his family} ran away” or “So {in that way} Jacob ran away {with his family}”. This statement summarizes an event that already happened (See verses 18 and 20). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Jacob left a second time. To make this clear you could say, “After Jacob {and his family} ran away with everything that they owned, they {quickly} crossed the {Euphrates} River and headed toward the hill country of Gilead.”
4050	31:21	zuha			וְ⁠כָל	1	“with all/everything” or “and {took/brought} all/everything”
4051	31:21	els4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“that {belonged} to them.” or “that he/they had/owned.” Make sure that your choice of pronouns throughout this verse fits with how you translate the beginning of this sentence.
4052	31:21	bsy0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ר אֶת הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר	1	“He/They quickly crossed the {Euphrates} River”. The Euphrates River was also called “the River” because it was large and well-known. It was about 50 miles (80 kilometers) from Haran, where Laban lived. This information could be put in a footnote.
4053	31:21	bgnu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֶת פָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	“and headed toward” or “and went/traveled in the direction of”
4054	31:21	ancy			הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד	1	“the mountain region of/called Gilead.” or “the hill country of/called Gilead.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) mountains or hill country; or (2) a specific mountain (“Mount Gilead”).
4055	31:22	luj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י	1	“Three days after {Jacob/they had left}, someone informed/told Laban” or “Three days later Laban found out”
4056	31:22	pkx2			כִּ֥י בָרַ֖ח יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“that Jacob {and his family} had run away.” See how you translated “fleeing” and “fled” in verses 20-21.
4057	31:23	xoz7			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“So Laban took {some of} his relatives with him” or “So Laban gathered {some of} his relatives”
4058	31:23	ffai			וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֣ף אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו דֶּ֖רֶךְ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים	1	“and chased/followed after Jacob {and his family/household} for seven days”
4059	31:23	pvgt			וַ⁠יַּדְבֵּ֥ק אֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	“until they overtook him/them” or “until they caught up with him/them”
4060	31:23	sqte			בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד	1	“in the mountain region of/called Gilead.” or “in the hill country of/called Gilead.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 21.
4061	31:24	t5xn			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל לָבָ֥ן הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֖י בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֣ם הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה	1	“But/Then that {same} night God appeared to Laban in a dream” or “That night Laban had a dream and in it God appeared to him”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 20:3. Also see how you translated “Laban the Aramean” in verse 20.
4062	31:24	rf59			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ	1	“and warned him,”
4063	31:24	gmya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ פֶּן תְּדַבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע	1	“Be careful/sure that you do not say {or do} anything to Jacob {to try to stop him from leaving}.” or “ Be careful/sure that you do not threaten/harm Jacob in any way.” God is warning Laban not to say or do anything that would harm Jacob (See verse 29).
4064	31:25	vjma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יַּשֵּׂ֥ג לָבָ֖ן אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“So {when} Laban overtook Jacob,” or “{By the time that} Laban caught up with Jacob,” Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not sound like Laban overtook Jacob a second time. This is referring to what already happened in verse 23. See how you translated “overtook” there.
4065	31:25	zquw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב תָּקַ֤ע אֶֽת אָהֳל⁠וֹ֙	1	“Jacob {and his family} had {already} set/put up his/their tents” or “Jacob {and his family} had {already} set up camp”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob had already pitched his tents before Laban arrived. Also see how you translated “pitched his tent” in Gen 12:8 and 26:25.
4066	31:25	inxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּ⁠הָ֔ר	1	“in the mountain region {of Gilead},” or “in the hill country {of Gilead},” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Gilead” explicit here (rather than later in this verse). Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “mountain{s} of Gilead” in verses 21 and 23.
4067	31:25	w9ff			וְ⁠לָבָ֛ן & אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“so Laban and {all} his relatives {that were with him}”
4068	31:25	mj7h			תָּקַ֥ע	1	“{also} set/put up {their tents}” or “{also} set up camp” or “{also} camped”
4069	31:25	rxr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד	1	“in the hill country of Gilead.” or “there {at a place nearby}.” If you made “Gilead” explicit earlier in this verse in your translation, it may not be necessary to repeat it here. Do what is best in your language.
4070	31:26	bzmi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָבָן֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Then {the next day} Laban {went/came to Jacob and} complained to Jacob/him,” or “{The next day} Laban {met with Jacob and} {rebuked/confronted Jacob/him and} said to him,” See how you translated a similar quote margin in 29:25, when the roles were reversed and Jacob confronted Laban.
4071	31:26	wmee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֔יתָ	1	“Why have you done this?” or “Look what you have done!” or “What you have done is wrong!” Laban uses a rhetorical question here to express his anger at Jacob. Do what is best in your language to communicate that.
4072	31:26	v8bo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֖ב אֶת לְבָבִ֑⁠י	1	“You have deceived/tricked me” or “You have acted deceitfully toward me”. See how you translated the idiom “stole the heart of” in verse 20.
4073	31:26	vx4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וַ⁠תְּנַהֵג֙ אֶת בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י	1	“and dragged away my daughters {with you}” or “and forced my daughters to leave {with you}”. Laban uses exaggeration to show he is angry and to try to make Jacob feel guilty for what he did.
4074	31:26	jaxz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כִּ⁠שְׁבֻי֖וֹת חָֽרֶב	1	“like prisoners of war!” or “as if you had captured them in battle!”
4075	31:27	j32g			לָ֤⁠מָּה נַחְבֵּ֨אתָ֙ לִ⁠בְרֹ֔חַ וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֖ב אֹתִ֑⁠י	1	“Why did you deceive/trick me and secretly run away” or “Why did you deceive me by secretly running away” or “You should not have deceived me and secretly run away”
4076	31:27	xjrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י	1	“without telling me {you were leaving}!” or “{Why} didn’t you tell me {that you were leaving}?” or “You should have told me {you were leaving}!” Verse 27 is one long rhetorical question in the Hebrew text that expresses Laban’s anger at Jacob. For some languages it is better to break it up into two or more sentences. Do what is best in your language, and make sure that the punctuation fits well.
4077	31:27	fe1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וָֽ⁠אֲשַׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֛ בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁרִ֖ים	1	“{If I had known,} I/we would/could have {held a feast and} sent you {on your way}, singing joyful songs {together},” or “{If I had known,} I/we could/would have sent you {on your way} by {having a feast and} singing joyful songs {together},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this clause are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical).
4078	31:27	b246		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠תֹ֥ף וּ⁠בְ⁠כִנּֽוֹר	1	“with tambourines and lyres/harps playing!” or “with/to the music/sound/playing of musical instruments!” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “{If I had known,} we could have {held a feast and} sung joyful songs {and danced} together, with tambourines and lyres playing, before sending you {on your way}.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “lyres/harps” in Gen 4:21.
4079	31:28	evu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠לֹ֣א נְטַשְׁתַּ֔⁠נִי לְ⁠נַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠בָנַ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתָ֑⁠י	1	“You did not {even} let me kiss my daughters and my grandchildren {goodbye} {before they left}!” or “{You left so secretly that} I wasn’t even able to say goodbye to my daughters and grandchildren!” For some languages, it may be more natural to mention the daughters before the children. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27.
4080	31:28	xr6d			עַתָּ֖ה הִסְכַּ֥לְתָּֽ עֲשֽׂוֹ	1	“What you have done is {very} foolish/stupid!” or “You acted foolishly when you left {secretly} like that!”
4081	31:29	qgvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	יֶשׁ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדִ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם רָ֑ע	1	“I {and my relatives/men} have the power/ability to harm {all of} you,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, so it probably refers to Jacob and everyone in his household.
4082	31:29	u6cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֨י אֲבִי⁠כֶ֜ם אֶ֣מֶשׁ	1	“but last night {in a dream} the God whom your father serves”. For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase later and say “ … said to me {in a dream} last night”. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase (“the God of my father”) in verse 5.
4083	31:29	x6h6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אָמַ֧ר אֵלַ֣⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מִ⁠דַּבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע	1	“commanded/warned me, ‘Do not say {or do} anything to Jacob {to try to stop him from leaving}.’ ” or “commanded/warned me to not threaten/harm you in any way.” For some languages it is necessary to make this embedded quote an indirect quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated a similar quote in verse 24.
4084	31:30	wnvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ הָלֹ֣ךְ הָלַ֔כְתָּ	1	“Now then, {I know/understand that} you left” or “Now, {I know/understand that} you went/ran away”. Begin this verse in a way which shows that Laban is introducing a new topic. Also notice that “you” shifts to singular here in verse 30.
4085	31:30	f603			כִּֽי נִכְסֹ֥ף נִכְסַ֖פְתָּה	1	“because you longed so much” or “because you were so/very homesick”
4086	31:30	gol4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“to return to your father’s household/family,” or “to return home to your father {and other relatives},” This phrase refers to the people in Jacob’s father’s household and other relatives living nearby.
4087	31:30	bjd9			לָ֥⁠מָּה גָנַ֖בְתָּ אֶת אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י	1	“{but} what is the reason that you stole my gods?” or “{but} why did you steal my gods?”
4088	31:31	zthk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַן יַעֲקֹ֖ב וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן	1	“Jacob answered Laban/him,” or “Then Jacob told Laban/him,”
4089	31:31	ch72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔אתִי	1	“{We left secretly} because I was afraid.” Make sure it is clear here in your translation that Jacob is answering Laban’s question in verse 27, not his question in verse 30.
4090	31:31	ozrq			כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי	1	“I told myself that {if you knew,}” or “I thought that {if I told you we were leaving,}” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4091	31:31	w1wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	פֶּן תִּגְזֹ֥ל אֶת בְּנוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עִמִּֽ⁠י	1	“you might take your {two} daughters from me {by force}.” Make sure you translate this sentence in a way that shows it is hypothetical. Also see how you translated “seized” in Gen 21:25.
4092	31:32	mwqa			עִ֠ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּמְצָ֣א אֶת אֱלֹהֶי⁠ךָ֮	1	“{As for} your gods, if you find them {here} in someone’s {tent},” or “{However we did not steal/take your gods. In fact,} if you find your gods with anyone {here},” See how you translated “gods” in verse 30.
4093	31:32	ouiu			לֹ֣א יִֽחְיֶה֒	1	“that person will die {for stealing them}!” or “that person will be put to death {as punishment for stealing them}!”
4094	31:32	m3er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֶ֣גֶד אַחֵ֧י⁠נוּ	1	“{So} while our relatives are watching,” or “{So} with our relatives as witnesses,” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Jacob’s and Laban’s relatives.
4095	31:32	eyve			הַֽכֶּר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מָ֥ה עִמָּדִ֖⁠י	1	“search for yourself what/everything I have with me here” or “{go ahead and} search {all} my belongings for yourself”
4096	31:32	oajl			וְ⁠קַֽח לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	“and take whatever you find that is yours.” or “{If you find} anything that is yours, take it.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4097	31:32	ni0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י רָחֵ֖ל גְּנָבָֽתַ⁠ם	1	“{When Jacob said that,} he did not know that Rachel {was the one who} had stolen the idols.” Translate this background information in a way that is clear and natural in your language. Also see how you translated “stole” in verses 19 and 30.
4098	31:33	s81h			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א לָבָ֜ן בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל יַעֲקֹ֣ב	1	“Then/So Laban went/started {searching} in/through Jacob’s tent,” See how you translated “tent” in verse 25.
4099	31:33	i6vt			וּ⁠בְ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֗ה	1	“Then {he searched} through/in Leah’s tent”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4100	31:33	hcfu			וּ⁠בְ⁠אֹ֛הֶל שְׁתֵּ֥י הָ⁠אֲמָהֹ֖ת	1	“and through/in the two servant women’s tent,” or “and through/in the tent where the two maidservants lived,” Consider again how you translated “slave/servant woman” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 20:17; 21:10, 12-13; 30:3; 31:33.
4101	31:33	z7id			וְ⁠לֹ֣א מָצָ֑א	1	“but he did not find {anything} {that belonged to him}.” or “but he did not find {the/his idols/gods}.”
4102	31:33	zphp			וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ מֵ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֔ה וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל רָחֵֽל	1	“Then he came out of Leah’s tent {and the servant women’s tent} and went into Rachel’s tent {to search it}.” or “Then/Next after he left/searched those tents, he went into Rachel’s tent {to search it}.”
4103	31:34	pn32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠רָחֵ֞ל לָקְחָ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֗ים וַ⁠תְּשִׂמֵ֛⁠ם בְּ⁠כַ֥ר הַ⁠גָּמָ֖ל	1	“Now/But Rachel had put the idols inside {her} camel saddlebag {to hide them},” or “Now/But Rachel had hidden the idols inside her camel saddlebag”. This kind of saddle was used as a seat and also had compartments or bags for carrying things. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Rachel had hidden the idols before Laban entered her tent. Also see how you translated “idols” in verse 19.
4104	31:34	o2ev			וַ⁠תֵּ֣שֶׁב עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and she was sitting on the idols/gods/saddlebag.”
4105	31:34	rzfz			וַ⁠יְמַשֵּׁ֥שׁ לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל	1	“Laban searched/rummaged through everything {else} in the tent, but” or “So when/although Laban searched everywhere {else} in her tent,”
4106	31:34	av6e			וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽא	1	“he did/could not find {them/anything}.” or “he did/could not find {the/his idols/gods}.” For some languages, it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Laban was not able to find {them}, even though he searched her tent thoroughly.”
4107	31:35	ev0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠הָ	1	“Rather Rachel had said to him,” or “{As he was searching,} Rachel said to him,”
4108	31:35	z6uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	אַל יִ֨חַר֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“{Please} do not be angry/upset {at me}, sir/Father,” or “Sir/Father, {please} do not be angry/upset {at me}”. Make sure you translate “my lord” in a way that is appropriate for a daughter to show respect to her father; it should not sound like she was Laban’s slave or servant. The word “burn” is used here as an idiom that means to be angry. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated this idiom in Gen 30:2.
4109	31:35	qqhs			כִּ֣י ל֤וֹא אוּכַל֙ לָ⁠ק֣וּם מִ⁠פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“that I am not able to stand/get up to greet you,”
4110	31:35	jr45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	כִּי דֶ֥רֶךְ נָשִׁ֖ים לִ֑⁠י	1	“because it is that time of the month {when I feel weak}.” or “because I am having my {monthly} period/cycle.” Translate this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people when this is read aloud in public.
4111	31:35	cd5n			וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָ֖א אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִֽים	1	“That is {also} why he did/could not find the/his idols/gods when he searched {her/Rachel’s tent}.” or “So {that is why} he did/could not find the/his idols/gods {in her/Rachel’s tent}.”
4112	31:36	ruop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	“Then Jacob became {very} angry {at Laban}”. See how you translated the idiom “burn” in verse 35.
4113	31:36	ocyd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יָּ֣רֶב בְּ⁠לָבָ֑ן וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן יַעֲקֹב֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן	1	“and contended with Laban/him and said,” or “and confronted/rebuked Laban/him by saying to him,”
4114	31:36	tk5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה פִּשְׁעִ⁠י֙	1	“Tell me my crime!” or “Tell me what crime I have done/committed!” Jacob’s rhetorical questions in this verse show that he was angry at Laban. Do what is best in your language to communicate his anger.
4115	31:36	cs49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַ֣ה חַטָּאתִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י דָלַ֖קְתָּ אַחֲרָֽ⁠י	1	“How have I sinned against you so that you have a reason to pursue me so intensely/fiercely?” or “Tell me what sin/offense I have done/committed {against you} that gives you the right to pursue/chase after me!”
4116	31:37	ywk5			כִּֽי מִשַּׁ֣שְׁתָּ אֶת כָּל כֵּלַ֗⁠י	1	“Now that you have felt/rummaged/searched through all my things/possessions,” See how you translated “felt through” in verse 34.
4117	31:37	x9qo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַה מָּצָ֨אתָ֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל כְּלֵי בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ שִׂ֣ים כֹּ֔ה	1	“did you find anything {that anyone took} from your household? {If so,} put/bring {it} here” or “show us what you have found that belongs to you! {If you found anything,} put/bring {it} here”.
4118	31:37	kayz			נֶ֥גֶד אַחַ֖⁠י וְ⁠אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“in front of our relatives,” or “where all our relatives can see it,”
4119	31:37	kjcm			וְ⁠יוֹכִ֖יחוּ	1	“so that they can judge/decide whether you or I am right!” or “and they will/can judge/decide which one of us is right!”
4120	31:38	qvip			זֶה֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	“For {the past/last} twenty years I {have worked} for you!”
4121	31:38	k4xv			רְחֵלֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עִזֶּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“{During those years} your female sheep and goats” or “{During all that time} your sheep and your goats”
4122	31:38	ds9d			לֹ֣א שִׁכֵּ֑לוּ	1	“bore their young without any problems,” or “had no trouble bearing young,”
4123	31:38	fjxk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵילֵ֥י צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א אָכָֽלְתִּי	1	“and I have never {killed and} eaten {any} rams/animals from your flocks.” or “and I never took/killed {any} animals from your flocks to eat.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Jacob is talking about eating animals while they are still alive; the animals would be killed and cooked first.
4124	31:39	izu2			טְרֵפָה֙ לֹא הֵבֵ֣אתִי אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“{And} whenever wild animals killed {any of} your animals, I never brought {the dead animal} to you {to show/prove I was innocent}.”
4125	31:39	ccqy			אָנֹכִ֣י אֲחַטֶּ֔⁠נָּה	1	“{Rather/Instead,} I paid for that loss myself.” or “{Rather/Instead,} I replaced them at my own expense.” Normally it was the owner of the flocks (not the shepherds) who took care of the expense when an animal was killed or stolen. You could put that information in a footnote.
4126	31:39	r3p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠יָּדִ֖⁠י תְּבַקְשֶׁ֑⁠נָּה	1	“{Besides that,} you required me to pay for” or “You {also} made me pay for”. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language.
4127	31:39	m07f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	גְּנֻֽבְתִ֣י י֔וֹם וּ⁠גְנֻֽבְתִ֖י לָֽיְלָה	1	“{any} animals that got stolen {by thieves}, whether it happened in the day or at night.” or “{any} animals {that anyone ever} stole {at any time of} day or night.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
4128	31:40	beew			הָיִ֧יתִי	1	“That is how it was for me!” or “That was my life/situation!”
4129	31:40	kw5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	בַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֲכָלַ֥⁠נִי חֹ֖רֶב	1	“During the day the heat {of the sun} oppressed/pounded me,” or “During the days, I suffered from the hot sun,” Consider whether or not you can talk about heat and frost in your language as if they could harm Jacob the way a person could harm him.
4130	31:40	w4mt			וְ⁠קֶ֣רַח בַּ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה וַ⁠תִּדַּ֥ד	1	“and at night {I suffered from} the frost/cold, so that I could not/hardly sleep.” or “and during the nights it was so cold that I could not/hardly sleep.”
4131	31:41	y13m			זֶה לִּ֞⁠י	1	“That {is what it was like} for me” or “{It was like} that for me”
4132	31:41	xgae			עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שָׁנָה֮ בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ⁠ךָ֒	1	“{for/during the} twenty years that I worked for you.” or “{during the entire} twenty years that I was with you.”
4133	31:41	qcea			עֲבַדְתִּ֜י⁠ךָ אַרְבַּֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“I worked for you for fourteen years in order to marry your two daughters,” or “For fourteen years I worked for you {in exchange} for {marrying} your two daughters,”
4134	31:41	rufm			וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים בְּ⁠צֹאנֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“and {I worked} {another} six years to earn flocks {of animals} from you,” or “and for six {more} years {I worked for you} to earn flocks {of sheep and goats} from you,”
4135	31:41	ujyn			וַ⁠תַּחֲלֵ֥ף אֶת מַשְׂכֻּרְתִּ֖⁠י עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת מֹנִֽים	1	“even though you changed my wages/pay ten times.” or “even though ten times you changed what you said you would pay me.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 7.
4136	31:42	canx			לוּלֵ֡י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ⁠י֩ אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם וּ⁠פַ֤חַד יִצְחָק֙	1	“If God, the Revered/Awesome One, whom my father Isaac and {grandfather} Abraham serve/worship,” or “If God, whom my ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship and fear/revere,” The phrase “the Fear of Isaac” is a title for God that is ambiguous in Hebrew (and English). It could mean: (1) “the One/God whom Isaac fears/reveres” or (2) “Isaac’s God whom {people/others} are afraid/terrified of”. The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is only talking about one God in this verse, not two or three. Also notice that “my father” and “Isaac” both refer to Jacob’s father Isaac, not two different people.
4137	31:42	o6jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	לוּלֵ֡י & הָ֣יָה לִ֔⁠י	1	“had not been with me {to take care of me},” or “had not been with me {protecting me and guiding me},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this sentence are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical) and imply that God actually had been with Jacob, so that Laban did not send him away empty-handed.
4138	31:42	x6l8			כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה & שִׁלַּחְתָּ֑⁠נִי	1	“you would certainly be sending me away now” or “there is no doubt/question that I would now be leaving {here}”
4139	31:42	qxqc			רֵיקָ֣ם	1	“with {absolutely} nothing.” or “without anything {at all}.”
4140	31:42	gt2h			אֶת עָנְיִ֞⁠י & רָאָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“{But} God knows how much I have suffered {under you}” or “{But} God knows how {much} you have afflicted/oppressed/mistreated me”
4141	31:42	kibv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠אֶת יְגִ֧יעַ כַּפַּ֛⁠י	1	“and the hard work I did with my hands {for you},” or “and how hard I have worked {for you},”
4142	31:42	wm13			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹכַח אָֽמֶשׁ	1	“so last night he judged {against you} {in my favor}.” or “so last night he rebuked {you}.” See how you translated “judge” in verse 37. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context.
4143	31:43	j6mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן לָבָ֜ן וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“Then Laban responded to Jacob,” or “Laban replied to Jacob,”
4144	31:43	anon			הַ⁠בָּנ֨וֹת בְּנֹתַ֜⁠י וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּנִ֤ים בָּנַ⁠י֙	1	“These women {are} my daughters, and their children {are} my grandchildren,” or “These {are} my daughters and my grandchildren,”
4145	31:43	c90y			וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֣אן צֹאנִ֔⁠י	1	“and these flock{s} {are} {also} mine.” or “and these flock{s}/animals {also} belong to me.”
4146	31:43	l7ol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה לִ⁠י	1	“In fact, everything/all that you see {here} is mine!” or “Yes, everything that is here with you is {actually} mine!” Laban is lying or exaggerating here to make it sound like he was wronged, when actually he is the one who was dishonest in his dealings with Jacob.
4147	31:43	p48f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתַ֞⁠י מָֽה־אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֤ה לָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם א֥וֹ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ן אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלָֽדוּ	1	“But/Yet there is nothing I can do today/now to keep my daughters and grandchildren from leaving!” or “But I can’t do anything now to keep my daughters and their children near me {any longer}!” Laban uses this rhetorical question to express his emotions and emphasize that there is nothing that he can do. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question fits well here in your language.
4148	31:44	qc32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה לְכָ֛⁠ה נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠אָ֑תָּה	1	“So then, you and I should make a {peace} covenant/treaty {with each other},” or “So I invite you to make a covenant/treaty with me,” For some languages it may be more natural to put “I” and “you” earlier in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “So now” in verse 16 and “cut a covenant” in Gen 26:28.
4149	31:44	e2ml			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה	1	“and let there be” or “and there should be”. The subject of the Hebrew verb in this phrase is masculine singular, so it cannot refer to “covenant,” which is feminine singular. It is probably best to translate this phrase in a general way.
4150	31:44	hw1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	לְ⁠עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“a witness/memorial to remind us {of our covenant/treaty}.” or “something to remind us {to keep that covenant/treaty}.” If your language has a dual pronoun for “us”, you could use it in this verse. Also, if your language distinguishes exclusive and inclusive pronouns, you could use the inclusive form of “us” here.
4151	31:45	o8yl			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב אָ֑בֶן	1	“So Jacob picked out a {large} stone”. See how you translated “stone” in Gen 28:18.
4152	31:45	szb8			וַ⁠יְרִימֶ֖⁠הָ מַצֵּבָֽה	1	“and set/stood it up {on its end} {as} a monument {to mark the place where they made their covenant/treaty}.” or “and set/stood it up {as} a memorial/reminder stone {to mark the place as special}.” See how you translated “pillar” in verse 13 and “set it up as a pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22.
4153	31:46	d3ho			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֤ב לְ⁠אֶחָי⁠ו֙	1	“Then Jacob/he told his relatives,” These relatives would have included Jacob’s sons, as well as Laban and his men who had come with him. See how you translated “relatives” in verses 23, 25, 32, 37.
4154	31:46	mwu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness	לִקְט֣וּ אֲבָנִ֔ים	1	“Gather {some more} stones.” or “{Please} gather {some} stones.” Make sure that your translation of Jacob’s request sounds polite here, not rude or demanding, but also not begging.
4155	31:46	a540			וַ⁠יִּקְח֥וּ אֲבָנִ֖ים וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ גָ֑ל	1	“So they {all} gathered/brought/got stones and put them in a {large} pile/mound.”
4156	31:46	wknz			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכְלוּ שָׁ֖ם	1	“Then they/everyone ate {a meal together} there”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob ate without Laban and his men.
4157	31:46	jxvp			עַל הַ⁠גָּֽל	1	“near the heap/pile {of stones}.” or “next to the pile/mound {of stones}.”
4158	31:47	udxa			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא ל֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֔ן	1	“Laban gave the heap/pile/place the {Aramaic} name”
4159	31:47	by6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יְגַ֖ר שָׂהֲדוּתָ֑א	1	“Jegar Sahadutha, {which means “witness heap/pile/mound,”}” or “Jegar Sahadutha, {which means “heap/pile that reminds,”}” If the meaning of “Jegar Sahadutha” and “Galeed” is included in your translation or in a footnote, be sure that it fits with how you translate “heap/pile/mound” in verses 46 and 48, and “witness” in verse 48.
4160	31:47	tl0x			וְ⁠יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב קָ֥רָא ל֖⁠וֹ גַּלְעֵֽד	1	“but/whereas Jacob gave it the {Hebrew} name Galeed, {which has the same meaning}.”
4161	31:48	frxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן	1	“Then Laban said {to Jacob/him},” or “Laban said {to him/Jacob},”
4162	31:48	flop			הַ⁠גַּ֨ל הַ⁠זֶּ֥ה עֵ֛ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינְ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	“This heap/pile {of stones} is to remind us {to keep our peace covenant/treaty}.” or “{Starting} today, when we see this pile/mound {of stones}, we will remember {our peace covenant/treaty}.”
4163	31:48	is6t			עַל כֵּ֥ן	1	“That is the reason” or “That is why”
4164	31:48	ii9r			קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ גַּלְעֵֽד	1	“they/people call it Galeed.” or “that place is called Galeed.” or “the name of that place is Galeed.” The phrase “he called its name” is used here in a general way that means “they/people call it”; the pronoun “he” does not refer here to Laban. Make sure that is clear in your language.
4165	31:49	f54v			וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּצְפָּה֙	1	“{It is/was} also {called/named} Mizpah,” or “People also call {the place,} Mizpah,” or “{Another name for the place is} Mizpah, {which means “watchtower,”}”
4166	31:49	nyx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֔ר	1	“because Laban said {to Jacob},” Make sure that your translation of “he” refers here to Laban.
4167	31:49	c2yk			יִ֥צֶף יְהוָ֖ה בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“May Yahweh watch both/each of us” or “May Yahweh keep watch on/over us”
4168	31:49	a4ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dualpronoun	כִּ֥י נִסָּתֵ֖ר אִ֥ישׁ מֵ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“while we are out of each other’s sight {and hold both of us responsible for keeping our covenant/treaty with each other}.” or “{to make sure we keep our covenant/treaty} while we are apart/away from each other.” The pronoun “we” is inclusive here and includes both Laban and Jacob. Some languages have a dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is natural in your language.
4169	31:50	v7k5			אִם תְּעַנֶּ֣ה אֶת בְּנֹתַ֗⁠י	1	“If you treat my daughters badly,” or “If you mistreat/oppress my daughters,” See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13 and 16:6, and how you translated a related word (“affliction”) in verse 42.
4170	31:50	khim			וְ⁠אִם תִּקַּ֤ח נָשִׁים֙ עַל בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י	1	“or if you marry {other} wives/women besides them,”
4171	31:50	lk38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	אֵ֥ין אִ֖ישׁ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ רְאֵ֕ה	1	“{even if} no one {else} is watching us, don’t forget {that}” or “remember {that} {even if} no one {else} is watching us,” See how you translated the pronoun “we” in verse 49.
4172	31:50	yyv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֱלֹהִ֥ים עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“God is {always} watching both of us {to hold us accountable}.” or “God always sees/watches us {and will punish us if we break our covenant/treaty}.” In his role as witness, God would also punish anyone who broke the covenant. You could make this information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote.
4173	31:51	s0w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“Then Laban {also} said to Jacob,”
4174	31:51	kv6e			הִנֵּ֣ה	1	“See” or “Here is” or “Look at”
4175	31:51	ur69			הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה	1	“this heap/pile/mound {of stones},” See how you translated “heap” in verses 46 and 48.
4176	31:51	ybdz			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	“and here is” or “and see” or “and look at”
4177	31:51	nyh6			הַ⁠מַצֵּבָ֔ה	1	“this monument” or “this memorial/reminder stone”. See how you translated “pillar” in verse 45.
4178	31:51	xaq8			אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָרִ֖יתִי בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“which I {helped} set up between us {to remind us to keep our peace treaty}.” or “which we set/stood up between us {to remind us about our peace covenant/treaty}.” Jacob set up the stone as a pillar, but Laban and Jacob, along with their relatives, worked together to make the pile of stones.
4179	31:52	wobp			עֵ֚ד הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה וְ⁠עֵדָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּצֵּבָ֑ה	1	“This heap/pile {of stones} {is} a witness/reminder and this pillar {is} {also} a witness/reminder” or “This pile/mound {of stones} and this monument/memorial {both} remind us”. See how you translated “witness” in verses 44 and 48.
4180	31:52	vhku			אִם אָ֗נִי לֹֽא אֶֽעֱבֹ֤ר אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶת הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“that I will/must never go past this heap/pile/mound to {harm/attack} you,” Laban and Jacob could go to each other’s homes in peace but not to harm each other.
4181	31:52	v9lx			וְ⁠אִם אַ֠תָּה לֹא תַעֲבֹ֨ר אֵלַ֜⁠י אֶת הַ⁠גַּ֥ל הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מַּצֵּבָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לְ⁠רָעָֽה	1	“and that you will/must never go past this heap/pile/mound and this monument/memorial to harm/attack me.”
4182	31:53	cmza			אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם	1	“May {your grandfather} Abraham’s God” or “May the God whom your grandfather Abraham served/worshiped”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 28:13.
4183	31:53	kg7k			וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י נָחוֹר֙ & אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and {my grandfather} Nahor’s gods, {which were also} their/his father {Terah}’s gods,” or “and the gods that {my grandfather} Nahor and his father {Terah} worshiped/served,” Abraham trusted in Yahweh, the one and only true God (Gen 15:6). Terah worshiped other gods (Joshua 24:2), and so did Laban (verses 19, 30), which suggests that Nahor served the same gods that his father Terah served, and then taught his son Laban to do the same thing. In spite of that, many translations still capitalize “God” all three times here in verse 53. Be consistent with how you spelled “Nahor” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:22-25, 29; 12:26-27; 22:20, 24, 28; 24:9, 15, 24, 47; 29:5; 31:53.
4184	31:53	tqoy			יִשְׁפְּט֣וּ בֵינֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“judge between us {and punish us if we break this/our covenant/treaty/agreement}!”
4185	31:53	d5h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term	וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“But Jacob swore” or “Then/But Jacob made/vowed a vow”. Jacob refused to swear by the gods of Nahor and Terah. See how you translated “swore” in Gen 26:31, and compare that to how you translated a related phrase (“vowed a vow”) in 31:13.
4186	31:53	jtf2			בְּ⁠פַ֖חַד אָבִ֥י⁠ו יִצְחָֽק	1	“by the God whom his father Isaac feared/revered, {that he would keep their treaty,}” or “with the Fear/God of his father Isaac as his witness/enforcer,” See how you translated “the Fear of Isaac” in verse 42.
4187	31:54	j4i6			וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֥ב זֶ֨בַח֙ בָּ⁠הָ֔ר	1	“and Jacob/he offered an animal sacrifice {to God} {on an altar} on the/a mountain/hill.” or “and Jacob/he burned {the body of} an animal {on an altar} as a sacrifice {to God} on the/a mountain/hill.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob burned the animal while it was still alive. Also see how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 22:13.
4188	31:54	xzn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א לְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו לֶ⁠אֱכָל לָ֑חֶם	1	“Then he invited his relatives to eat a meal {together} {there}.” In the Bible, “bread” is often used as an idiom that refers to food in general. In this context, it was a meal that they shared together. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
4189	31:54	lc58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכְלוּ לֶ֔חֶם וַ⁠יָּלִ֖ינוּ בָּ⁠הָֽר	1	“Then after they had eaten the meal, they spent the night {there} on the/that mountain/hill.” or “So they {all} ate the meal {together} and spent the night there.” As in Genesis 26:30, eating together was an important part of the covenant or treaty process, since it shows unity and close relationship, as if they were part of the same family. Some of that information could be included in a footnote.
4190	31:55	m83j			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם לָבָ֜ן בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר	1	“The next morning Laban got up early” or “Early the next morning Laban got up”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 28:18.
4191	31:55	t8nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֧ק לְ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו	1	“and kissed his grandchildren and his daughters {goodbye} {on the cheeks}” or “said goodbye to his daughters and grandchildren and kissed them {on the cheeks}”. It was a Hebrew custom for relatives and close friends to greet each other with a kiss on each cheek. Only make this information explicit here if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning.
4192	31:55	k8dd			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֶתְ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and asked God to bless them.”
4193	31:55	v5ei			וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב לָבָ֖ן לִ⁠מְקֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Then Laban/he {and his men} left {from there} and returned home.” or “Then Laban/he left {from there} {with his men} and went back home.”
4194	32:1	zb5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב הָלַ֣ךְ לְ⁠דַרְכּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Then/Meanwhile Jacob {also} {left from there and} went/continued on his way/journey {home} {with his family},” You can make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to make the meaning accurate and clear.
4195	32:1	jfda			וַ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ ב֖⁠וֹ מַלְאֲכֵ֥י אֱלֹהִֽים	1	“and {some} angels from God met/encountered him.” Translate “met” in a way that allows for the fact that no conversation is recorded between the angels and Jacob and that the angels were probably not hostile; for example, they may have been sent by God to escort and protect him.
4196	32:2	a5gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָאָ֔⁠ם	1	“When Jacob saw the angels, he said/exclaimed {in surprise},” Make sure that you refer to Jacob and the angels here in a way that is accurate and natural in your language.
4197	32:2	u5u0			מַחֲנֵ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים זֶ֑ה	1	“This {is} God’s army!” or “God’s camp/army must be here/nearby!” or “God’s army is {stationed/camping} here!”
4198	32:2	gvw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא מַֽחֲנָֽיִם	1	“So he named that place Mahanaim, {which means “two camps/armies.”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Mahanaim” in your translation or in a footnote, be sure it matches the way you translated “God’s camp” earlier in the verse so that it is clear why Jacob gave the place that name. Also see how you translated “he called the name of that place” in Gen 28:19.
4199	32:3	egca			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֤ב מַלְאָכִים֙ לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then Jacob sent {some} messengers ahead of him to his brother Esau” or “Then Jacob sent {some} of his servants ahead of him to give/deliver a message to his brother Esau”
4200	32:3	t1b9			אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה שֵׂעִ֖יר	1	“{who was living} in the land/region of Seir,”
4201	32:3	bw1y			שְׂדֵ֥ה אֱדֽוֹם	1	“{that is,} the country/land of Edom.” or “{which was also called} the country/land of Edom.”
4202	32:4	lz0b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו אֹתָ⁠ם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“{Before/As they left,} he ordered/instructed them,”
4203	32:4	i7t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	כֹּ֣ה תֹאמְר֔וּ⁠ן לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו	1	“This {is what} you must tell my master Esau:” or “I want you to tell Esau whom I highly respect:” Jacob uses “my lord” and “your servant” in verse 4 and 5 to show his brother Esau great respect. Do this in a way that is natural in your language.
4204	32:4	iepc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“I, your servant Jacob, want you to know that” or “This is a message from Jacob who wants to serve you:” Verses 4 and 5 have two levels of embedded quotes. Some languages need to use indirect quotes for one or both of those levels; for example, “Your servant Jacob wants you to know that he has been sojourning/staying with {your uncle} Laban all this time.” Do what is best in your language.
4205	32:4	qibe			עִם לָבָ֣ן גַּ֔רְתִּי וָ⁠אֵחַ֖ר עַד עָֽתָּה	1	“I have been staying with {our uncle} Laban all this time.” or “Since we last saw each other, I have been staying/living with {Uncle} Laban.”
4206	32:5	noe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַֽ⁠יְהִי לִ⁠י֙	1	“I {now} have/own” or “Also {tell him that} I have/own”. Consider whether it is more natural to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language.
4207	32:5	n5iq			שׁ֣וֹר וַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר צֹ֖אן	1	“{many} cattle, donkeys, and flocks {of sheep and goats},” See how you translated “donkeys” and “flocks” in Gen 12:16.
4208	32:5	axuo			וְ⁠עֶ֣בֶד וְ⁠שִׁפְחָ֑ה	1	“as well as {many} male/men and female/women slaves/servants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 12:16.
4209	32:5	ilz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	וָֽ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ⁠ה֙ לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“I have sent this message to {you,} sir,” or “Sir, I sent these messengers to you,” If you use indirect quotes in this section, make sure each part fits with the other parts, especially in your choice of pronouns. It is helpful if you read your translation aloud to check for accuracy and naturalness.
4210	32:5	fagg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“hoping that you will be gracious/kind {to me} {when I arrive}.” or “so that {when we see/meet each other} you will be pleased with me {and welcome me}.” See how you translated the idiom “found favor in your eyes” in Gen 30:27.
4211	32:6	k922			וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֨בוּ֙ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֔ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	“{After the messengers delivered the/Jacob’s message,} they returned to Jacob/him” or “{Jacob’s messengers delivered his message,} then they came back to him”
4212	32:6	dzpa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“and said/reported {to him},” or “and informed {him},”
4213	32:6	d9jd			בָּ֤אנוּ אֶל אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	“We went {and spoke} to your brother Esau.” or “We went to your brother Esau {and gave/told him your message}.” or “We delivered the/your message to your brother Esau.”
4214	32:6	makp			וְ⁠גַם֙ הֹלֵ֣ךְ לִ⁠קְרָֽאתְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“Now he is on his way {here} to meet you,” or “and he is already headed here to meet you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, notice that the word “meet” is neutral in this context and does not imply whether or not Esau had hostile intent against Jacob.
4215	32:6	o1mv			וְ⁠אַרְבַּע מֵא֥וֹת אִ֖ישׁ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and/but {there are} {also} 400 men {coming} with him!” or “and/but {he has} 400 men with him!”
4216	32:7	dzyd			וַ⁠יִּירָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב מְאֹ֖ד	1	“{When Jacob heard that,} he was very frightened” or “{When Jacob heard the report,} he was terrified”
4217	32:7	y3ez			וַ⁠יֵּ֣צֶר ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“and {very/extremely} distressed/worried.”
4218	32:7	qaj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יַּ֜חַץ אֶת הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר אִתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בָּקָ֛ר וְ⁠הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת	1	“So he divided/organized/put {all} the people and animals that were with him into two {large} camps/groups, including {his family, his servants and} {all} his flocks {of sheep and goats}, herds {of cattle} and camels.” Consider what phrase order for this sentence is best in your language.
4219	32:8	uh0t			וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“{He did that} because he thought,” or “He was thinking,”
4220	32:8	f2z6			אִם יָב֥וֹא עֵשָׂ֛ו אֶל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הָ⁠אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠הִכָּ֑⁠הוּ	1	“If Esau {and his men} come and attack {the people in} one camp/group,”
4221	32:8	sr41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠הָיָ֛ה הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֖ר לִ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה	1	“then {the people in} the other camp/group can/could escape.” or “then the other camp/group might {be able to} escape.”
4222	32:9	rrh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ יַעֲקֹב֒	1	“Then Jacob/he prayed,”
4223	32:9	nncu			אֱלֹהֵי֙ אָבִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י אָבִ֣⁠י יִצְחָ֑ק יְהוָ֞ה	1	“{Dear} Yahweh, the God whom my grandfather Abraham and my father Isaac served/worshiped,” Make sure that your translation of this address refers to only one God, not two or three different Gods. Also make sure it is clear that Jacob is talking directly to Yahweh, not talking about him.
4224	32:9	nl3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הָ⁠אֹמֵ֣ר אֵלַ֗⁠י שׁ֧וּב לְ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	“you told me to go back to my homeland/country where my relatives live,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. Also see how you translated “land” and “relatives” in Gen 31:3.
4225	32:9	lbag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠אֵיטִ֥יבָה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and that you would cause me to prosper.” or “and that you would make things go well for me.” Make sure your choice of “I” or “you” (for God) and “you” or “me” (for Jacob) in this clause fits with the way you translated the previous part of this quote.
4226	32:10	n5k4			קָטֹ֜נְתִּי	1	“I am not worthy of” or “I do not deserve”
4227	32:10	rboa			מִ⁠כֹּ֤ל הַ⁠חֲסָדִים֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֣⁠אֱמֶ֔ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִׂ֖יתָ אֶת עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“the way you have always treated me so kindly and faithfully as your servant.” or “how kind and faithful/loyal you have always been to {me} as I have served you.”
4228	32:10	kmdh			כִּ֣י בְ⁠מַקְלִ֗⁠י עָבַ֨רְתִּי֙ אֶת הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“I crossed this/the Jordan {River} with {only} my staff,” or “When I {first} {left home and} crossed this/the Jordan {River}, all that I owned/had was my walking stick,”
4229	32:10	u2f9			וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה הָיִ֖יתִי לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת	1	“but now I have {so many people in my household and so many belongings/possessions that there are} two {large} camps/groups.” or “but now my {family and belongings} are enough to form/make two {large} groups.”
4230	32:11	gjy4			הַצִּילֵ֥⁠נִי נָ֛א	1	“Please rescue me {now}” or “{I’m asking you now to} please save/rescue me”
4231	32:11	xjcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠יַּ֥ד אָחִ֖⁠י מִ⁠יַּ֣ד עֵשָׂ֑ו	1	“from the power of my brother Esau,” or “from my brother Esau,”
4232	32:11	g3el			כִּֽי יָרֵ֤א אָנֹכִי֙ אֹת֔⁠וֹ פֶּן	1	“because I am afraid that” or “I am very worried that”
4233	32:11	le3k			יָב֣וֹא וְ⁠הִכַּ֔⁠נִי אֵ֖ם עַל־בָּנִֽים	1	“he {and his men} will come and attack me {as well as} {these} mothers with/and {their/my/our} children!” or “he {and his men} will attack {and kill} us {all}, {including} {these} mothers with/and {their/my/our} children!”
4234	32:12	w08q			וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ	1	“But/For you told/promised {me},” or “But {remember that} you promised {me},”
4235	32:12	ubq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הֵיטֵ֥ב אֵיטִ֖יב עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠ח֣וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֔ם	1	“that you would surely/greatly prosper me, and that you would make my descendants {as numerous} as {the grains of} sand on the seashore,” For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here, especially since Jacob is quoting the one he is talking to. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “I will cause things to prosper with you” in verse 9 and how you translated “as the sand” in Gen 22:17.
4236	32:12	jpv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא יִסָּפֵ֖ר מֵ⁠רֹֽב	1	“which cannot be counted because there are so many.” or “which are so numerous/many that no one can count them all.”
4237	32:13	x40h			וַ⁠יָּ֥לֶן שָׁ֖ם בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֑וּא	1	“Then Jacob spent the night there,”
4238	32:13	mu24			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח מִן הַ⁠בָּ֧א בְ⁠יָד֛⁠וֹ מִנְחָ֖ה	1	“and {during that time} he selected {many} of his animals as gifts/presents” or “and {while he was there} he picked out {many} of the animals he had with him”
4239	32:13	ldp8			לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	“to give to his brother Esau,”
4240	32:14	iss7			עִזִּ֣ים מָאתַ֔יִם וּ⁠תְיָשִׁ֖ים עֶשְׂרִ֑ים רְחֵלִ֥ים מָאתַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֵילִ֥ים עֶשְׂרִֽים	1	“{including} 200 nanny/female goats and twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep and twenty male sheep,” or “{including} 200 nanny/female goats, twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep, twenty male sheep,” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to list these animals, here and in verse 15. See how you translated “she-goats”, “he-goats”, “ewes” and “rams” in Gen 31:10.
4241	32:15	u35q			גְּמַלִּ֧ים מֵינִיק֛וֹת וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֑ים	1	“thirty mother camels with their young/colts,”
4242	32:15	z6ix			פָּר֤וֹת אַרְבָּעִים֙ וּ⁠פָרִ֣ים עֲשָׂרָ֔ה אֲתֹנֹ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וַ⁠עְיָרִ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה	1	“forty cows and ten bulls, {and} twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” or “forty cows, ten bulls, twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” See how you translated “female donkeys” and “male donkeys” in Gen 12:16.
4243	32:16	gw9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ בְּ⁠יַד עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	“He/Jacob put his servants in charge of the animals,”
4244	32:16	t090			עֵ֥דֶר עֵ֖דֶר לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“with each kind {of animal} in a separate herd/group.” or “and had them put/keep the different kinds {of animals} in different/separate groups.”
4245	32:16	qnrm			וַ֤⁠יֹּאמֶר אֶל עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙	1	“Then he ordered/told his servants,”
4246	32:16	buc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	עִבְר֣וּ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י וְ⁠רֶ֣וַח תָּשִׂ֔ימוּ בֵּ֥ין עֵ֖דֶר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין עֵֽדֶר	1	“Go ahead of me, {one herd/group at a time,} and keep {some} space/distance between each herd/group {of animals}.” or “to go ahead of him, {one herd/group at time,} keeping {some} distance between each herd/group.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here.
4247	32:17	n87y			וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו אֶת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“He {also} ordered/instructed the servant in charge of the first herd/group {of animals},”
4248	32:17	seel			כִּ֣י יִֽפְגָּשְׁ⁠ךָ֞ עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֗⁠י וִ⁠שְׁאֵֽלְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“When my brother Esau meets you and asks you”
4249	32:17	glbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לְ⁠מִי אַ֨תָּה֙ וְ⁠אָ֣נָה תֵלֵ֔ךְ	1	“ ‘Who is your master, and where are you headed?” or “who your master is and where you are going/headed,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct or indirect quote in verses 17-20a.
4250	32:17	m07z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וּ⁠לְ⁠מִ֖י אֵ֥לֶּה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“And whose animals are these {that you are driving/herding} ahead of you?’ ” or “Who owns these animals in front of you?’ ” or “and asks who owns the animals that you are herding,”
4251	32:18	oh8m			וְ⁠אָֽמַרְתָּ֙	1	“then you must tell {him},” or “then you are to answer/tell {him},”
4252	32:18	i1mc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב מִנְחָ֥ה הִוא֙ שְׁלוּחָ֔ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו	1	“ ‘Esau, sir, these {animals} belong to Jacob who {humbly} serves you. He has sent them to you as a gift.” Also see how you translated “your servant” and “my lord” in verse 4.
4253	32:18	j8h3			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה גַם ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	“And indeed/actually he is coming right behind us.’ ” or “In fact, he is following us {here}.’ ” Notice that the pronoun “us” is exclusive here.
4254	32:19	t364			וַ⁠יְצַ֞ו גַּ֣ם	1	“In the same way, Jacob ordered/instructed” or “Jacob gave the same orders/instructions to”. See how you translated “commanded” in verse 17.
4255	32:19	o5nc			אֶת הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗י גַּ֚ם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י	1	“the servant in charge of the second herd/group and the servant in charge of the third herd/group,” or “the servants who were in charge of the second and third herds/groups {of animals},”
4256	32:19	ig25			גַּ֚ם אֶת כָּל הַ⁠הֹ֣לְכִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֥י הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“as well as all {the other servants} who were in charge of the {other} herds/groups,”
4257	32:19	b352			כַּ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ תְּדַבְּר֣וּ⁠ן אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו בְּ⁠מֹצַאֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“When you meet/reach Esau, {you are to} tell him the same thing {that I told the first servant}.”
4258	32:20	ryl0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם גַּ֗ם הִנֵּ֛ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אַחֲרֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“Especially be sure to tell {him}, ‘Your servant Jacob is following us {here}.’ ” or “Especially be sure to tell {him} that his servant Jacob is following you {there}.” See how you translated “is behind us” in verse 18.
4259	32:20	gglq			כִּֽי אָמַ֞ר	1	“{Jacob did all that,} because he said/thought,”
4260	32:20	s0ro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲכַפְּרָ֣ה פָנָ֗י⁠ו בַּ⁠מִּנְחָה֙	1	“I will/can appease/pacify Esau by sending” or “Perhaps Esau will stop being angry at me if I send”. The idiom “cover his face” means to try to calm someone’s anger by doing something to please him. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom you could use here.
4261	32:20	ne75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת לְ⁠פָנָ֔⁠י	1	“him this gift/present {of animals} ahead of me” or “this gift {of animals} to him ahead of me”. For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here and say, “because he thought that if he sent the gifts {of animals} ahead of himself {to Esau}, then Esau would stop being angry at him.” Notice that this alternate translation also changes the clause order. Do what is best in your language.
4262	32:20	vaa1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵן֙ אֶרְאֶ֣ה פָנָ֔י⁠ו אוּלַ֖י יִשָּׂ֥א פָנָֽ⁠י	1	“After that, perhaps he will {forgive me} and welcome/accept me when we see each other face to face.” or “He was hoping that when Esau saw the gifts, he would {forgive him and} welcome him when they met in person.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clauses as either a direct or indirect quote.
4263	32:21	r0gm			וַ⁠תַּעֲבֹ֥ר הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה עַל פָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then/So the {animal} gifts {for Esau} were taken ahead of Jacob {by his servants},” or “So Jacob’s servants {went} ahead of Jacob with the {animal} gifts {for Esau},” See how you translated “gift” in verses 13, 18, 20.
4264	32:21	bq6f			וְ⁠ה֛וּא לָ֥ן בַּ⁠לַּֽיְלָה הַ⁠ה֖וּא בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶֽה	1	“but/while Jacob {and his family} stayed {behind} in/at the camp that night.” or “but/while Jacob himself stayed/slept for {part of} the night in the camp.”
4265	32:22	kfyv			וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֗וּא	1	“{Later} that {same} night Jacob got/woke up and took” or “{Sometime} during that night”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is the same night that was referred to in verse 21. Also, the phrase “got up” often refers to initiating an action, but here it may also imply that Jacob got up out of bed after sleeping for a while.
4266	32:22	fc8d			אֶת שְׁתֵּ֤י נָשָׁי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁתֵּ֣י שִׁפְחֹתָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אַחַ֥ד עָשָׂ֖ר יְלָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	“his two wives, his two servant wives and his eleven sons” or “his two wives, two concubines and eleven sons”. Consider what is the best way in your language to list these people. See what you did for a similar list of people in Gen 7:13.
4267	32:22	b3kt			וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֔ר	1	“and waded/walked across” or “across”
4268	32:22	e2wn			אֵ֖ת מַעֲבַ֥ר יַבֹּֽק	1	“a shallow place on/in the Jabbok {Stream/River}.” or “a place in the Jabbok {Stream/River} that was shallow.” A ford is a very shallow place in a stream that is fairly easy and safe for people and animals to walk across. The Jabbok Stream was a small river that flowed from east to west into the Jordan River about halfway between the Dead Sea and the Sea of Galilee. Jacob took his wives and children from the north side of the stream to the south side; his brother was coming towards them from further south. It might be helpful to include a map here in your translation that includes the places named in this chapter and shows where Jacob and Esau were coming from.
4269	32:23	xi98			וַ⁠יִּקָּחֵ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבִרֵ֖⁠ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּ֑חַל	1	“{After} he had taken them across the stream/river,” or “After he did that,” Verse 23 refers back to what already happened in verse 22. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob’s wives and children crossed the Jabbok Stream twice in verses 22-23.
4270	32:23	p97f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֖ר אֶת אֲשֶׁר ל⁠וֹ	1	“he {went back and} had his servants take {everything} that he owned across {the stream/river} {too}.” or “he {went back and} had his servants take {all} his {livestock/animals and other} belongings/possessions across {the stream/river} {too}.” At some point, Jacob went back to the north side of the Jabbok Stream, while his family waited for him on the south side. His belongings included the animals that he had not sent ahead to Esau as well as all his other possessions.
4271	32:24	vh2l			וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Then Jacob was {there} by himself {for a while},” or “After that, Jacob was alone {there} {for a while},”
4272	32:24	fwnb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וַ⁠יֵּאָבֵ֥ק אִישׁ֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and/but {then} a man {came and} wrestled/fought with him”. At some point, Jacob realized that this man was Yahweh in the form of a man (verse 30), so translation teams that capitalize references to God will capitalize all the pronouns that refer to him in verses 24-29 and may or may not capitalize “Man” in these verses. See what you did for a similar case when Yahweh appeared as a man to Abraham in Gen 18.
4273	32:24	hyuk			עַ֖ד עֲל֥וֹת הַ⁠שָּֽׁחַר	1	“until dawn/daybreak.” or “until daylight started to appear.” The word “dawn” refers to the time before sunrise when the sky begins to get light.
4274	32:25	ddzn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָכֹל֙ ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then the man realized that he could not overpower/defeat him/Jacob, so” or “When the man saw/realized that he was not able to defeat him/Jacob,” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in verses 25-29.
4275	32:25	dhow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠כַף יְרֵכ֑⁠וֹ	1	“he struck/hit {him/Jacob} on his hip,” or “he touched/struck his/Jacob’s hip joint,”
4276	32:25	ddyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֵּ֨קַע֙ כַּף־יֶ֣רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“so that it was wrenched/knocked/put out of place” or “and his hip joint went out of place”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun phrase or a pronoun here to refer to Jacob’s hip joint.
4277	32:25	mc3x			בְּ⁠הֵֽאָבְק֖⁠וֹ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“as he/Jacob wrestled/fought with the man.” or “as they wrestled/fought with/against each other.”
4278	32:26	ymh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	“Then the man said {to him/Jacob},” or “Then the man demanded,”
4279	32:26	c5o9			שַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠נִי	1	“Let go of me,” or “{You must} let me go {now},”
4280	32:26	y2gk			כִּ֥י עָלָ֖ה הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַר	1	“because it is dawn/daybreak!” or “because daylight is beginning to come!” See how you translated “the dawn came up” in verse 24.
4281	32:26	suau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“But Jacob said/replied {to him},”
4282	32:26	p1he		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	לֹ֣א אֲשַֽׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֖י אִם בֵּרַכְתָּֽ⁠נִי	1	“{No!} I will not let go of you until you {first} bless me!” or “{No!} {First} you must bless me, and then I will let you go!” or “I will let you go only if/after you bless me!”
4283	32:27	as79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו	1	“So/Then the man asked him/Jacob”
4284	32:27	etk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	מַה שְּׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“Tell me your name.” or “what his name was.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language.
4285	32:27	xvcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“He/Jacob answered {him}, “{My name is} Jacob.” ” or “And he told him his name was Jacob.” or “And Jacob told him his name.” Make sure in your translation that Jacob’s reply sounds respectful. Also consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language.
4286	32:28	twx4			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then the man said {to Jacob},”
4287	32:28	uf7y			לֹ֤א יַעֲקֹב֙ יֵאָמֵ֥ר עוֹד֙ שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“Your name will no longer be Jacob,” or “You will no longer be called/named Jacob,” The wording here is similar to what God said when he changed Abram’s name to Abraham (Gen 17:5) and Sarai’s name to Sarah (17:15). After that, Abraham and Sarah were no longer called by their previous names. In the case of Jacob, he continues to be referred to by both of his names in this chapter (“Jacob” in verses 29-30, 32; “Israel” in verse 32) and throughout the rest of the Bible, including by God (Gen 46:2). It could be that although God was changing Jacob’s primary name to “Israel,” he was still known by his previous name too. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4288	32:28	qbvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּ֖י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	“but {rather} {it will be} Israel, {which means “he who struggles/contends with God,”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Israel” in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “struggled” in the following clause.
4289	32:28	udk7			כִּֽי שָׂרִ֧יתָ עִם אֱלֹהִ֛ים וְ⁠עִם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים	1	“because you have struggled/contended with/against {both} God and men/people,” The Hebrew word for “struggled” here is more general than the word for “wrestled” in verses 24 and 25.
4290	32:28	yhdd			וַ⁠תּוּכָֽל	1	“and you have won/overcome.” See how you translated “prevailed” in verse 25 and Gen 30:8. It may be necessary to translate this term in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
4291	32:29	bkfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֣ל יַעֲקֹ֗ב וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“Then Jacob asked him” or “Then Jacob asked the man”. Consider again whether or not you have capitalized references to the man in verses 24-29. See the note about this at verse 24.
4292	32:29	cidm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	הַגִּֽידָ⁠ה נָּ֣א שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“What is your name?” or “what his name was.” or “to tell him his name.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language.
4293	32:29	ct8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“But he replied,” or “But the man replied,”
4294	32:29	otq0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה תִּשְׁאַ֣ל	1	“There is no need for you to ask {me}” or “You do not need to ask {me}”. This rhetorical question probably means that there was no need for Jacob to ask the man what his name was; he should have known without asking. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language.
4295	32:29	gbbo			לִ⁠שְׁמִ֑⁠י	1	“to tell you my name!” or “what my name is!”
4296	32:29	cwiw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֹת֖⁠וֹ שָֽׁם	1	“Then the man blessed Jacob there.”
4297	32:30	ebqh			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם פְּנִיאֵ֑ל	1	“So/Then Jacob named the/that place Peniel, {which means “face of God,”}”
4298	32:30	e0ft			כִּֽי	1	“because {he exclaimed},”
4299	32:30	fpdv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	רָאִ֤יתִי אֱלֹהִים֙ פָּנִ֣ים אֶל פָּנִ֔ים	1	“I saw God’s face {here},” or “I saw/met God in person {here},”
4300	32:30	qdf5			וַ⁠תִּנָּצֵ֖ל נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י	1	“but/and {yet} my life was spared {by him}!” or “but/and {yet} he has allowed me to live!” Jacob was amazed that he was still alive because, although there were exceptions (Exodus 33:11; Judges 13:22), normally people could not see God face to face and live (Exodus 33:20). You could put that information in a footnote so that readers understand why Jacob was surprised.
4301	32:31	s3cw			וַ⁠יִּֽזְרַֽח ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ	1	“The sun shined on Jacob” or “The sun was rising/shining”
4302	32:31	qtbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖ר אֶת פְּנוּאֵ֑ל	1	“as he/Jacob left Penuel {and returned to his family}.” Penuel is another name for the place that is called Peniel in verse 30. That information could be put in a footnote. Or you could use the same spelling in both verses to avoid confusion; “Penuel” is the spelling in the rest of the Old Testament.
4303	32:31	kp04			וְ⁠ה֥וּא צֹלֵ֖עַ	1	“He was limping {as he walked}” or “{As he walked,} he was limping”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4304	32:31	uumw			עַל יְרֵכֽ⁠וֹ	1	“because of his hip {injury}.” or “because his hip {joint} was injured/painful.”
4305	32:32	p4np			עַל כֵּ֡ן	1	“That is why”
4306	32:32	adyk			עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	“even today/now” or “{even/still} to/in the present”
4307	32:32	bw6k			בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	“the descendants/people of Israel” or “the Israelites”
4308	32:32	asw5			לֹֽא יֹאכְל֨וּ & אֶת גִּ֣יד הַ⁠נָּשֶׁ֗ה	1	“do not eat the muscle/tendon” or “do not eat meat”
4309	32:32	hbfm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠יָּרֵ֔ךְ	1	“that is/was attached to an {animal’s} hip socket/joint,” or “that comes from an {animal’s} hip socket/joint,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is talking about eating meat from an animal, not about cannibalism.
4310	32:32	isj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ֤י נָגַע֙ בְּ⁠כַף יֶ֣רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֔ב בְּ⁠גִ֖יד הַ⁠נָּשֶֽׁה	1	“to commemorate/remember {the fact} that God struck/hit {and injured} the muscle/tendon attached to Jacob’s hip socket/joint.” or “because that is the muscle/tendon/place on Jacob’s hip that God struck/hit {and injured}.” See how you translated the idiom “touched” in verse 25.
4311	33:1	kz1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּרְא֙	1	“Then Jacob looked up and saw” or “Then Jacob looked {ahead of him} and saw”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Jacob looked straight up. Rather, he probably looked carefully to the south (the direction that his brother was coming from).
4312	33:1	ilei			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה עֵשָׂ֣ו בָּ֔א	1	“{in the distance} that Esau was coming {toward him},” or “that Esau was {in the distance} coming/heading {his direction/way},” Esau was still a fair distance away, which gave Jacob time to do everything that he does in verses 1-3.
4313	33:1	ozjn			וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ	1	“and with him {were} 400 men!” or “with 400 men!” or “and that he had 400 men with him!”
4314	33:1	eqom			וַ⁠יַּ֣חַץ אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֗ים עַל לֵאָה֙ וְ⁠עַל רָחֵ֔ל וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁפָחֽוֹת	1	“Then/So he/Jacob {quickly} separated/put his children into groups with {their own mothers,} Leah, Rachel and {his} two servant wives.” or “Then/So he/Jacob had his children {quickly} gather/stand with their own mothers, so that Leah, Rachel and {his} two concubines were each with her own children.” Each of the women had her own children with her (verse 2). See how you translated “divided” in Gen 32:7 and “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22.
4315	33:2	iser			וַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׂם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת וְ⁠אֶת יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן	1	“He put his {two} servant wives and/with their children” or “He put the group that had/included his {two} servant wives and their children”. See how you translated “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22.
4316	33:2	v7cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	רִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה	1	“first {in line},” or “in front {of all the others},” For some languages it is more natural to put phrases like “first” and “after them” at the beginning of their clauses and say, “First {in line} he put his {two} servant wives and/with their children. Behind them {he put} Leah and/with her children, and last {of all} {he put} Rachel and/with {her son} Joseph.” Do what is best in your language.
4317	33:2	uagu			וְ⁠אֶת לֵאָ֤ה וִֽ⁠ילָדֶ֨י⁠הָ֙	1	“then {he put} Leah and/with her children”
4318	33:2	gp2r			אַחֲרֹנִ֔ים	1	“behind them,” or “next,”
4319	33:2	lcks			וְ⁠אֶת רָחֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף	1	“and {he put} Rachel and/with {her son} Joseph”
4320	33:2	i5sj			אַחֲרֹנִ֔ים	1	“behind them {all}.” or “last.” or “in the rear.”
4321	33:3	ges4			וְ⁠ה֖וּא עָבַ֣ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“Then Jacob himself went/walked ahead of them {all} {toward his brother},” or “Then he/Jacob started going/walking {toward his brother} ahead of them {all},”
4322	33:3	d6w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֤חוּ אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֔ים עַד גִּשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ עַד אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	“and he bowed {with his face} to the ground seven times {to show respect} as he went/got closer to him/Esau.” or “As he approached him/Esau, he prostrated himself {with his face} to the ground seven times {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 27:29.
4323	33:4	unbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יָּ֨רָץ עֵשָׂ֤ו לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֙ וַֽ⁠יְחַבְּקֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	“But Esau ran to greet Jacob and hugged him”. This sentence shows a contrast between what Jacob was expecting and what actually happened.
4324	33:4	tp65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל עַל צַוָּארָ֖⁠ו וַׄ⁠יִּׄשָּׁׄקֵ֑ׄ⁠הׄוּׄ	1	“and he threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders and kissed him,” or “He held him/Jacob tightly and kissed him {on the cheek/cheeks},” See how you translated “hugged him … and kissed him {on the cheek/cheeks}” in Gen 29:13. Make sure that the way you translate “fell on his neck” does not imply that Esau accidentally fell. Rather, this is an idiom that means he embraced Jacob warmly, with much emotion.
4325	33:4	nnax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וַ⁠יִּבְכּֽוּ	1	“and/as they {both} cried {for joy}.” or “Both of them cried {because they were so happy to see each other again}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that could be used here. Do what is best in your language.
4326	33:5	xxbt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֣א אֶת עֵינָ֗י⁠ו	1	“Then Esau looked up/ahead”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in verse 1 and Gen 31:10. It may be necessary to translate this idiom in different ways, depending on the context.
4327	33:5	bmzl			וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים	1	“and saw/noticed the women and children {who were there} {with/behind Jacob},”
4328	33:5	oav9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“so he asked {him/Jacob},”
4329	33:5	isdl			מִי אֵ֣לֶּה לָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“Who {are} these {people}? {Do they belong} to you?” or “How are these people related to you?” Esau wants to know if these people are Jacob’s family members or his servants or someone else; he is not asking what their names are.
4330	33:5	y4y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר	1	“He/Jacob answered {him/Esau},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here.
4331	33:5	xgtu			הַ⁠יְלָדִ֕ים	1	“{They are} the children {and the wives}” or “{They are} {the/my wives and} the/my children”
4332	33:5	mix3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר חָנַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	“whom God has graciously/kindly given to {me,} your servant.” or “whom God has graciously/kindly given to me, sir.” Jacob uses the phrase “your servant” to be polite and show respect to Esau; he was not actually Esau’s servant. For some languages it is more natural to put the honorific title first in this sentence and say, “Sir, {they are} the {wives and} children whom God has graciously given to me.” Do what is best in your language.
4333	33:6	c9es			וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שְׁןָ הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת הֵ֥נָּה וְ⁠יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן	1	“Then the {two} maidservants came closer {to Esau} {along} with their children,” or “Then the/Jacob’s {two} servant wives and their children came/went closer/forward,” See how you translated “maidservants” in verses 1-2.
4334	33:6	lyhm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽיןָ	1	“and they {all} bowed {to the ground} {in front of Esau/him} {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 3.
4335	33:7	m927			וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שׁ גַּם לֵאָ֛ה וִ⁠ילָדֶ֖י⁠הָ	1	“Then Leah also came closer {to Esau} {along} with her children” or “Next Leah and her children also came closer/forward”
4336	33:7	i0ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֑וּ	1	“and bowed {to the ground}.”
4337	33:7	ptnv			וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר נִגַּ֥שׁ יוֹסֵ֛ף וְ⁠רָחֵ֖ל	1	“Then last {of all}, Joseph and {his mother} Rachel came closer/forward,”
4338	33:7	dbwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-theydual	וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֑וּ	2	“and they {also} bowed {to the ground}.” Some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that fits here well. See what you did in verse 4.
4339	33:8	yk8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then Esau said {to Jacob},” or “Then Esau asked {Jacob},”
4340	33:8	udu5			מִ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	“What do you mean/intend by” or “Why did you send” or “What is the meaning/purpose of”
4341	33:8	cte9			כָּל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	“all those groups/herds {of livestock/animals}”
4342	33:8	td8k			אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּגָ֑שְׁתִּי	1	“that I encountered/saw {on my way here}?” or “that came to me {on my way here}?”
4343	33:8	gyh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	2	“Jacob said {to him},” or “Jacob answered {him},”
4344	33:8	ag25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“{I sent them} so that you would be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “{They are gifts for you} so that you would be pleased with me, sir.” See how you translated “my lord” and the idiom “find favor in … eyes” in Gen 32:5.
4345	33:9	b7wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר עֵשָׂ֖ו	1	“But Esau replied,” or “Esau said/replied {to him},” What Esau says is in contrast to what Jacob said, but it may not be necessary to use a conjunction here at all. Do what is best in your language.
4346	33:9	mkk0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יֶשׁ לִ֣⁠י רָ֑ב אָחִ֕⁠י	1	“My brother, I {already} have/own enough {livestock/animals}”. For some languages it is more natural to put the address “my brother” first in this quote. Some languages also have a special term for “younger brother” that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
4347	33:9	hmaj			יְהִ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“Keep what you have/own for yourself.” or “{so} keep your livestock/animals for yourself.” or “{so} keep them for yourself.”
4348	33:10	vlw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“But Jacob responded/insisted {to him},”
4349	33:10	tfke			אַל נָא֙	1	“No, I beg you.” or “Please don’t refuse {my gift}.” In verses 10 and 11, Jacob speaks urgently to Esau, because in that culture if Esau accepts Jacob’s gift, he is committing himself to treat Jacob as a friend.
4350	33:10	z182			אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“{Rather,} if you are pleased with me,” or “{Rather,} if you want to be gracious/kind to me, then”. See how you translated the idiom “find/gain favor in your eyes” in verse 8.
4351	33:10	stzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ מִנְחָתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠יָּדִ֑⁠י	1	“then {please} accept these gifts from me.” or “{please} accept from me what I have given {you}.”
4352	33:10	dnvd			כִּ֣י עַל כֵּ֞ן	1	“After all,” or “The fact is,”
4353	33:10	ogvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	רָאִ֣יתִי פָנֶ֗י⁠ךָ כִּ⁠רְאֹ֛ת פְּנֵ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים וַ⁠תִּרְצֵֽ⁠נִי	1	“for me to see your face is like seeing God’s face, especially since you have received/welcomed me {so kindly/warmly}.” or “{I thought you were still angry at me, so} I was afraid of seeing/meeting you again in person, just as I would be afraid of seeing/meeting God in person, but you {forgave me and} welcomed me!” In Old Testament times it was terrifying for someone to see God in person, because normally people could not see God’s face and live (Exodus 33:20). However, God had been gracious to Jacob and allowed him to live (Genesis 32:30). In the same way, it was a terrifying thing for Jacob to see Esau who had 400 men with him, but Esau was gracious to him (33:4). See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “receive” or “welcome” in Gen 32:20.
4354	33:11	zfgz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	קַח נָ֤א אֶת בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֻבָ֣את לָ֔⁠ךְ	1	“{So} please accept my gift {of livestock/animals} that my servants brought to you,” or “{So} please accept the livestock/animals from me that I sent/gave to you,”
4355	33:11	zhos			כִּֽי חַנַּ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“because God has been kind/generous to me,” or “because God has blessed me,”
4356	33:11	toi0			וְ⁠כִ֣י יֶשׁ לִ⁠י כֹ֑ל	1	“and he has given me everything {that I need}.” or “so that I have/own all/everything {that I need/want}.”
4357	33:11	dx0h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּפְצַר בּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“He/Jacob kept urging him/Esau {to accept his gift}” or “He/Jacob kept insisting {that he/Esau accept the gift/livestock/animals from him}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who and what is being referred to at every point in this sentence.
4358	33:11	fs6g			וַ⁠יִּקָּֽח	1	“until {finally} he/Esau accepted {it/them}.”
4359	33:12	j0up			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“Then Esau said/suggested {to Jacob},”
4360	33:12	a1qn			נִסְעָ֣ה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה	1	“Let’s start traveling/heading {home},”
4361	33:12	zjf4			וְ⁠אֵלְכָ֖ה לְ⁠נֶגְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	“and I will lead/accompany/escort you.” Esau is suggesting that he would accompany or escort Jacob and his family, not that he would go far ahead of them.
4362	33:13	hxkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	“But he/Jacob replied to him,” or “But Jacob replied,”
4363	33:13	ci2o			אֲדֹנִ֤⁠י יֹדֵ֨עַ֙ כִּֽי	1	“Sir, you know that” or “Sir, as you know,” See how you translated “my lord” in verse 8.
4364	33:13	r0zl			הַ⁠יְלָדִ֣ים רַכִּ֔ים	1	“my children {are} fragile/frail/delicate/weak,”
4365	33:13	xg08			וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֥אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר עָל֣וֹת עָלָ֑⁠י	1	“and some of my sheep and cattle are nursing {their young}.” or “and I need {to be careful with} {all} the sheep and cattle that are nursing {their young}.” See how you translated “flock{s} and herd{s}” in Gen 12:16.
4366	33:13	gbse			וּ⁠דְפָקוּ⁠ם֙ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד	1	“If my servants/men drive the livestock/animals {too hard/far} in one day,” or “If I force the livestock/animals to go/travel too far/fast {for} {even} one day,”
4367	33:13	c17q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וָ⁠מֵ֖תוּ כָּל הַ⁠צֹּֽאן	1	“then all the flock{s} {and herds} will die.” or “then all of them will die.” This phrase especially refers to the sheep and cattle that were nursing, but Jacob is probably using hyperbole here (“all”) to emphasize that he does not want to travel too fast.
4368	33:14	g9ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	יַעֲבָר נָ֥א אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י עַבְדּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{So then,} sir, please go on {home} ahead of me, sir.” See how you translated Jacob’s use of “my lord” (in verse 8) and “servant” (in verse 5) to show respect and deference to Esau. Here he uses both terms for emphasis.
4369	33:14	qgdi			וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶֽתְנָהֲלָ֣ה לְ⁠אִטִּ֗⁠י לְ⁠רֶ֨גֶל הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠רֶ֣גֶל הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים	1	“Then/Meanwhile I will travel along slowly at a pace/speed {that is safe/good} for the livestock/animals and children that are with me,”
4370	33:14	lafk			עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר אָבֹ֥א אֶל אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י	1	“until we reach you, sir,” or “We will catch up to you later, sir,”
4371	33:14	tb57			שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה	1	“in {the land/region of} Seir.” See how you translated “the land of Seir” in Gen 32:3. The land of Seir was a mountainous region southeast of the land of Canaan (and the Dead Sea) and was where Esau had settled. It was also called “Edom” (Gen 32:3), which was Esau’s nickname (Gen 25:30). You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4372	33:15	twql			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	“So/Then Esau said/responded {to Jacob/him},”
4373	33:15	ku53			אַצִּֽיגָה נָּ֣א עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִן הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתִּ֑⁠י	1	“{Okay,} {then} please let me leave you some of my men {to escort/accompany you}.” or “{Okay,} {then} may I leave some of my men with you {to escort/accompany you}?”
4374	33:15	phvo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“But Jacob replied,” or “Jacob said/replied {to him},” or “Jacob answered {him},” Make sure the way you translate this quote margin fits with how you translate the previous and following sentences.
4375	33:15	a29j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה	1	“There’s no need for that.” or “There is no need {for you} to do that.” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that there is no need for Esau to leave any of his men with him. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language.
4376	33:15	evmh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“{Just} please {continue to} be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “Sir, please {just} {continue to} treat me kindly.” Consider again how you translated “my lord” in verses 8,13-15. For some languages it is more natural to put this address earlier in this quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the idiom “find favor in the eyes of” in verse 8.
4377	33:16	r6yz			וַ⁠יָּשָׁב֩ בַּ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֥וּא עֵשָׂ֛ו לְ⁠דַרְכּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So that {very/same} day Esau {and his men} started on their way back” or “So that {very/same} day Esau {and his men} left and headed back”
4378	33:16	c592			שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה	1	“{home} to {the land/region of} Seir.” See how you translated “Seir” in verse 14.
4379	33:17	moff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ נָסַ֣ע סֻכֹּ֔תָ⁠ה	1	“But Jacob traveled/went to {the town of} Succoth {instead},” or “Meanwhile, {instead of going to Seir,} Jacob {and his family} traveled/went to {the town of} Succoth,” Jacob went northwest to Succoth, instead of going south to the region of Seir as he had said he would do (verse 14). Also see how you translated “travel” in verse 12.
4380	33:17	moyc			וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן ל֖⁠וֹ בָּ֑יִת	1	“There he {and his men/servants} built a house for himself {and his family/household},” or “where he {and his men/servants} built a house for his family/household,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4381	33:17	kw1x			וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָשָׂ֣ה סֻכֹּ֔ת	1	“and they {also} built {some} shelters for his livestock/animals.” or “and shelters for his livestock/animals.” The term “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacob’s animals.
4382	33:17	oyhe			עַל כֵּ֛ן	1	“That is why” or “Because of that,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 32:32.
4383	33:17	tv48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קָרָ֥א שֵׁם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם סֻכּֽוֹת	1	“the name of that place/town is {called} Succoth, {which means “shelters.”}” or “they/people call that place/town Succoth, {which means “shelters.”}” The phrase “he/they called” could refer to Jacob, or it could refer to people in general (as it often does in Genesis). If you include the meaning of the name Succoth in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “shelters” earlier in this verse.
4384	33:18	uqlg			וַ⁠יָּבֹא֩ יַעֲקֹ֨ב שָׁלֵ֜ם עִ֣יר שְׁכֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם	1	“Later Jacob {and his family} arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan, as he/they continued traveling {home} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” or “{After that,} Jacob {and his family} continued their journey {home} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, until {eventually} they arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan,” Jacob and his family had left Paddan Aram and had been traveling back to the land of his ancestors in Canaan (Gen 31:3, 13, 18). See how you translated “in peace” in Gen 28:21.
4385	33:18	q3jx			וַ⁠יִּ֖חַן	1	“and he/they set up camp {in a field}” or “Then he/they set up his/their tents {in a field}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “camped” in Gen 26:17.
4386	33:18	a1lz			אֶת פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	“near/beside the/that city.” or “on the edge/outskirts of the/that city.”
4387	33:19	dg43			וַ⁠יִּ֜קֶן אֶת חֶלְקַ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה	1	“Then he bought the plot/piece of land” or “{While he was there,} he bought the land”
4388	33:19	gedk			אֲשֶׁ֤ר נָֽטָה־שָׁם֙ אָהֳל֔⁠וֹ	1	“where they had set up their tents/camp” or “where he/they were camping/staying”
4389	33:19	esul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִ⁠יַּ֥ד בְּנֵֽי חֲמ֖וֹר אֲבִ֣י שְׁכֶ֑ם בְּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה קְשִׂיטָֽה	1	“from the sons of Hamor for one hundred pieces {of silver/money}. One of Hamor’s sons was named Shechem.” or “for/with one hundred pieces {of silver/money} from the sons of Hamor {who was} the father of Shechem.” The weight and value of a hundred kesitahs of silver is not known. Some ancient translations (including the LXX and Latin Vulgate) have “a hundred lambs” here, but most modern translations have “a hundred pieces of silver/money”.
4390	33:20	lob7			וַ⁠יַּצֶּב שָׁ֖ם מִזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	“On that land he/Jacob {also} built a {stone} altar,” or “Jacob {also} built/made an altar {out of stones} on that land,” See how you translated “altar” in Gen 26:25.
4391	33:20	e6k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	“and he named it El Elohe Israel, {which means “God is the God of Israel.”}” The name “El Elohe Israel” could also mean “Powerful/Mighty is the God of Israel,” because the Hebrew word “el” can mean “God” or “powerful.” You could put that information in a footnote.
4392	34:1	xwzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֤א דִינָה֙ בַּת־לֵאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“Then/Now {one day} Dinah, {who was} the daughter whom Leah bore/had for Jacob, went out” or “{One day,} Dinah, {who was} the daughter of Jacob and Leah, went {to/into the city}” These events took place at an unspecified time after Jacob and his family set up their camp beside the city of Shechem (Gen 33:18). Consider what is the best way to introduce a new event in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Dinah” in Gen 30:21.
4393	34:1	da5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. The verb “to see” could mean: (1) “to visit with”; many languages have a similar idiom. (2) “to see/observe” the local women, for example, how they dressed and what jewelry they wore.
4394	34:1	xo8b			בִּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{some of} the women who were native to that area/region.” or “{some of} the local/native women.” See how you translated “daughters of the land” in Gen 27:46, and how you translated a similar phrase (“people of the land”) in Gen 23:7, 12.
4395	34:2	kd4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא & שְׁכֶ֧ם בֶּן חֲמ֛וֹר הַֽ⁠חִוִּ֖י נְשִׂ֣יא הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“Then Shechem, who was the/a son of the Hivite named Hamor who ruled that region, saw” or “Now the ruler/chief of that region was a Hivite named Hamor. His son Shechem saw”. Consider which order of phrases is best here in your language. Also see how you translated “Hivites” in Gen 10:17 and “ruler” in Gen 25:16.
4396	34:2	ht9l			אֹתָ֜⁠הּ & וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ	1	“Dinah, and he grabbed {hold of} her” or “{how beautiful} Dinah was, so he took/grabbed {hold of} her”
4397	34:2	ptfl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠הּ וַ⁠יְעַנֶּֽ⁠הָ	1	“and forced her to go to bed with him.” or “and raped her.” This is a euphemistic way of saying that Shechem forced Dinah to have sex with him. Translate this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when hearing your translation read aloud.
4398	34:3	l9qg			וַ⁠תִּדְבַּ֣ק נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠דִינָ֖ה בַּֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב וַ⁠יֶּֽאֱהַב֙	1	“He/Shechem was strongly/deeply attracted to Jacob’s daughter Dinah and he loved her” or “He/Shechem admired Jacob’s daughter Dinah so much that he fell in love with her” or “He/Shechem admired her so much that he fell in love with her”
4399	34:3	nd16			וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לֵ֥ב הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָֽ	1	“and spoke sweetly/tenderly to her {to try to woo/persuade/comfort her}.” or “and {tried to win her heart/affection} by speaking tenderly/kindly to her.” See how you translated “young woman” in Gen 24:14, and see the note about that there.
4400	34:4	q2v0			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁכֶ֔ם אֶל חֲמ֥וֹר אָבִ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then Shechem said to his father Hamor,” or “Then Shechem {went to} his father Hamor and requested/demanded,”
4401	34:4	u0r8			קַֽח לִ֛⁠י אֶת הַ⁠יַּלְדָּ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“Negotiate {things} for me so that I can marry this girl.” or “Ask this girl’s family to let me marry her.” At that time it was normal for parents to negotiate with another family to get a spouse for their child. The negotiations would include a bride-price and other details. You could put some of that information in a footnote. The term “girl” that Shechem uses here is less respectful than the term “young woman” that is used in verses 3 and 12.
4402	34:5	ern7			וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֣ב שָׁמַ֗ע כִּ֤י	1	“When Jacob found out that” or “When Jacob was told/informed {by someone} that”
4403	34:5	iqjy			טִמֵּא֙ אֶת דִּינָ֣ה בִתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Shechem had dishonored/disgraced his daughter Dinah,” or “his daughter Dinah had been defiled/disgraced by Shechem,”
4404	34:5	ikpl			וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו הָי֥וּ אֶת מִקְנֵ֖⁠הוּ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	“his sons were {still} tending his livestock/animals out in the fields,” or “his sons were {still} {out} in the fields taking care of his livestock/animals,”
4405	34:5	b462			וְ⁠הֶחֱרִ֥שׁ יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	“so he didn’t say anything {about it}” or “so he didn’t tell anyone {about it}”. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not mean that Jacob was totally silent. Rather, it means he did not speak about what Shechem had done to Dinah.
4406	34:5	vahs			עַד בֹּאָֽ⁠ם	1	“until they came {back} {home}.” or “until they returned {home}.”
4407	34:6	huzm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֛א חֲמ֥וֹר אֲבִֽי שְׁכֶ֖ם	1	“Meanwhile, Shechem’s father Hamor went {with his son}” or “Meanwhile, {Shechem and} Shechem’s/his father Hamor went”. For some languages it is more natural to introduce Shechem here, rather than wait and have him appear too suddenly in verse 11. Do what is best in your language.
4408	34:6	fxey			אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֑ב לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“to talk with/to Jacob.” or “to Jacob’s {camp/tent} to talk with/to him.”
4409	34:7	celp			וּ⁠בְנֵ֨י יַעֲקֹ֜ב בָּ֤אוּ מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙	1	“Then/Soon Jacob’s sons came/returned {home} from the fields.”
4410	34:7	ydmu			כְּ⁠שָׁמְעָ֔⁠ם	1	“When they heard {what had happened},” or “When they heard {that Shechem had raped their sister},” Many translations put “when they heard” with the previous sentence. However, unless someone else told Jacob’s sons the news of what happened, that interpretation contradicts verse 5, which says that Jacob kept quiet about it until his sons got home.
4411	34:7	cnrm			וַ⁠יִּֽתְעַצְּבוּ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים	1	“they were {very} distressed/shocked”. See how you translated “grieved” in Gen 6:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
4412	34:7	m7g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם מְאֹ֑ד	1	“and filled with anger,” or “and extremely angry”. See how you translated the idiom “it/anger burned within …” in Gen 32:36.
4413	34:7	csph			כִּֽי נְבָלָ֞ה עָשָׂ֣ה בְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	“because/that Shechem had disgraced/dishonored {the people/family of} Israel” or “because/that Shechem had brought shame on Israel’s family”. Notice in this verse that the Hebrew text has both of Jacob’s names, “Jacob” and “Israel,” to emphasize that Shechem had sinned against Jacob and all of his descendants (the people of Israel). You could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “Israel” does not refer here to a place, since Israel was not yet a country or a territory.
4414	34:7	e6q9			לִ⁠שְׁכַּב֙ אֶת בַּֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“by having sexual relations with Jacob’s daughter.” or “by raping Jacob’s daughter.”
4415	34:7	wf5f			וְ⁠כֵ֖ן לֹ֥א יֵעָשֶֽׂה	1	“Such a {wicked/terrible} thing should never be done {by anyone}!” or “No one should ever do such a {wicked/horrible} thing/crime!”
4416	34:8	omfw			וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר חֲמ֖וֹר אִתָּ֣⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“But Hamor pleaded with Jacob and his sons and said,” or “But Hamor urged/begged Jacob and his sons,”
4417	34:8	ma3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בְּ⁠בִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“My son Shechem really/deeply loves your {family’s} daughter.” or “My son Shechem has fallen {deeply/completely} in love with your daughter {and sister}.” The pronoun “your” is plural here, which shows that Hamor is addressing not only Jacob but also his sons.
4418	34:8	sx6u			תְּנ֨וּ נָ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“{So} please allow/permit him to marry her.” The way “give” and “take” are used in verses 8, 9, 12, 16 and 21 reflects the culture at that time, when parents or families arranged marriages for their daughters. Also see the note about this at verse 4.
4419	34:9	elqs			וְ⁠הִֽתְחַתְּנ֖וּ אֹתָ֑⁠נוּ	1	“{In fact,} let’s allow marriage between our two people groups,” or “Let’s agree to let members of our families marry one another,”
4420	34:9	fum0			בְּנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ תִּתְּנוּ לָ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ תִּקְח֥וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	“{so that} your daughters can/will marry our {young men} and your {young men} can/will marry our daughters.” or “{so that} you allow our {young men} to marry your daughters and we allow your {young men} to marry our daughters.”
4421	34:10	rrpa			וְ⁠אִתָּ֖⁠נוּ תֵּשֵׁ֑בוּ	1	“You can {also} settle/live among us.” or “{We also invite you to} settle/live with/among us.”
4422	34:10	x3fi			וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם שְׁבוּ֙ וּ⁠סְחָר֔וּ⁠הָ	1	“The land is available for you {to choose what you want}; settle/live {in it} {wherever you want}. You can {also} trade {freely} here,” or “You can settle/live {wherever you want} in the land. You can also do business buying and selling things {wherever you want},” Normally foreigners were not allowed to own land or to move around in the land to trade freely. So that is why Hamor is offering this in exchange for Jacob allowing his family to intermarry with the Hivites.
4423	34:10	b00z			וְ⁠הֵֽאָחֲז֖וּ בָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“and you can buy/own {your own} {property/land}.”
4424	34:11	cmfm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר שְׁכֶם֙ אֶל אָבִ֣י⁠ה וְ⁠אֶל אַחֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	“Then Shechem said to Dinah’s father and brothers,”
4425	34:11	i9w3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“{Please} be gracious/kind to me {and let me marry her/Dinah},” See how you translated the idiom “Let me find favor in the eyes of …” in Gen 33:15.
4426	34:11	mqgb			וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֛וּ אֵלַ֖⁠י אֶתֵּֽן	1	“Then I will give/pay {you} whatever you request/require/ask from me {for her}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4427	34:12	l9mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַרְבּ֨וּ עָלַ֤⁠י מְאֹד֙ מֹ֣הַר וּ⁠מַתָּ֔ן	1	“Set the dowry/bride-price and {marriage/wedding} gifts {that I must pay} {to marry her} as high as you want,” The “dowry” was the payment that a groom (and his family) had to give to the bride’s family. It could include things like money, land, and livestock. The term “gift” probably refers to additional gifts given to the bride and her family members (as in Gen 24:53). If the custom of paying a dowry is not known in your culture, you could include an explanation in a footnote.
4428	34:12	zoy5			וְ⁠אֶ֨תְּנָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֖וּ אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	“and I will give/pay {you} whatever you request/ask/require from me.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 11.
4429	34:12	hr5l			וּ⁠תְנוּ לִ֥⁠י אֶת הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“{Just please} give the young woman to me to marry.” or “{Just/Only please} let me marry the young woman.” See how you translated “young woman” in verse 3.
4430	34:13	vxqs			וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֨וּ בְנֵֽי יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת שְׁכֶ֨ם וְ⁠אֶת חֲמ֥וֹר אָבִ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠מִרְמָ֖ה וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֑רוּ	1	“Then/But Jacob’s sons responded/replied to Shechem and his father Hamor in a deceitful/deceptive way” or “Jacob’s sons responded/replied to Shechem and his father Hamor but deceived/tricked them”
4431	34:13	vyae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֣ר טִמֵּ֔א אֵ֖ת דִּינָ֥ה אֲחֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“because he/Shechem had dishonored/disgraced their sister Dinah.” or “because he/Shechem had done a shameful thing to their sister Dinah.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But because/since Shechem had defiled/dishonored their sister Dinah, the sons of Jacob deceived/tricked Shechem and his father Hamor 14 by saying to them,” Do what is best in your language.
4432	34:14	qc19			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	“and said to them,” or “They said to them,” Consider whether it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence that started in verse 13.
4433	34:14	fyu7			לֹ֤א נוּכַל֙ לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“We are not able to do such a thing as” or “It would be not be acceptable/right for us”
4434	34:14	va2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת אֲחֹתֵ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר ל֣⁠וֹ עָרְלָ֑ה	1	“to let our sister marry a man {like you} who has not had his foreskin removed,” or “to allow a man {like you} who is not circumcised to marry our sister,” Translate “who has a foreskin” in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when hearing your translation read aloud.
4435	34:14	guat			כִּֽי חֶרְפָּ֥ה הִ֖וא לָֽ⁠נוּ	1	“because that would dishonor/humiliate our family!” or “That would cause {great} shame/humiliation to our family!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4436	34:15	xfgc			אַךְ בְּ⁠זֹ֖את נֵא֣וֹת לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“The only way that we will/can agree with your proposal {is}” or “We will/can do what you want/ask only if you do this one thing:”
4437	34:15	u2iz			אִ֚ם תִּהְי֣וּ כָמֹ֔⁠נוּ	1	“if {first} you {and your people} become like us” or “You {and your people} must {first} become like us”
4438	34:15	w4wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	לְ⁠הִמֹּ֥ל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר	1	“by circumcising all your males.” See how you translated “circumcised” in Gen 17:10.
4439	34:16	i0ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וְ⁠נָתַ֤נּוּ אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם נִֽקַּֽח לָ֑⁠נוּ	1	“Then we will let our daughters marry your {young men}, and our {young men} will marry your daughters.” or “{If/After you do that,} then we will allow your {young men} to marry our daughters, and {we will allow} your daughters to marry our {young men}.” The pronouns “we,” “our,” and “us” are exclusive in verses 14-17 except for the last “we” in verse 16. Also see how you translated “give … daughters … take … daughters …” in verse 9.
4440	34:16	v17p			וְ⁠יָשַׁ֣בְנוּ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“We will {also} settle/live among you {in this land},” See how you translated “settle with” in verse 10.
4441	34:16	ijuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וְ⁠הָיִ֖ינוּ לְ⁠עַ֥ם אֶחָֽד	1	“so that we become one people group.” or “and as a result we will {all} be/become one people/ethnic group.” Here the “we” is inclusive because Jacob’s sons are including Shechem and Hamor’s people. If you have an inclusive form of this pronoun in your language, you could use it here.
4442	34:17	p6xy			וְ⁠אִם לֹ֧א תִשְׁמְע֛וּ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הִמּ֑וֹל	1	“But/However if you refuse to agree with our requirement that you circumcise {your people/males},” or “But if you will/do not circumcise {your males} as we require/say,”
4443	34:17	o476			וְ⁠לָקַ֥חְנוּ אֶת בִּתֵּ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠הָלָֽכְנוּ	1	“then we will take our {father’s/family’s} daughter {from you} and go/move {somewhere else}.” or “then we will leave and take our sister with us.” The phrase “our daughter” reflects the fact that Jacob’s sons are using their father’s perspective and authority here. If that is confusing, you could say “our sister” instead. See how you translated “our {family’s} daughter” in verse 8.
4444	34:18	jvuw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽיטְב֥וּ דִבְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י חֲמ֑וֹר וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שְׁכֶ֥ם בֶּן חֲמֽוֹר	1	“What Jacob’s sons said/proposed seemed good to Hamor and his son Shechem.” or “Hamor and his son Shechem were pleased {and agreed to do} what Jacob’s sons said/proposed.” See how you translated the idiom “good in … eyes” in Gen 19:8. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context.
4445	34:19	hx5y			וְ⁠לֹֽא אֵחַ֤ר הַ⁠נַּ֨עַר֙	1	“So Shechem immediately started” or “So right away Shechem took action”
4446	34:19	xq4h			לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר	1	“to do/fulfill what they required/proposed,” or “to do/fulfill their requirement,”
4447	34:19	dw3y			כִּ֥י חָפֵ֖ץ בְּ⁠בַֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“because he was thrilled with Jacob’s daughter {Dinah}.” or “because he was deeply/completely in love with Jacob’s daughter {Dinah}.”
4448	34:19	p3wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠ה֣וּא נִכְבָּ֔ד מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“{He was able to get people/everyone to do what he wanted} because he was the most respected person in his father’s household/family.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “So right away Shechem, who was the most respected member in his father’s household/family, started to do what they required, because he was thrilled with Jacob’s daughter.” Do what is best in your language.
4449	34:20	acum			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א חֲמ֛וֹר וּ⁠שְׁכֶ֥ם בְּנ֖⁠וֹ אֶל־שַׁ֣עַר עִירָ֑⁠ם	1	“In fact, he/Shechem and his father Hamor went {straight/directly} to their city’s gates/entrance {for a town meeting},”
4450	34:20	cgfe			וַֽ⁠יְדַבְּר֛וּ אֶל אַנְשֵׁ֥י עִירָ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“and they spoke to the city elders/leaders {who had gathered there}. They said,” or “and they told the elders/leaders of their city {about Jacob and his sons},” In that culture the leaders of a city held their meetings at the main city gates (as in Gen 23:3). Cities were surrounded by walls (that had gates) for protection. You could put some of that information in a footnote so that people understand what was happening.
4451	34:21	mxq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה שְֽׁלֵמִ֧ים הֵ֣ם אִתָּ֗⁠נוּ	1	“These people are friendly toward us,” or “Jacob and his family are at peace with us,” Here “us” includes Hamor, Shechem and the men they are talking to.
4452	34:21	abis			וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֤וּ בָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙	1	“so {let’s} allow them to live/stay in the/our land” or “so we should let them live/stay in the/our land”. See how you translated “settle” in verse 10.
4453	34:21	r5i3			וְ⁠יִסְחֲר֣וּ אֹתָ֔⁠הּ	1	“and trade {freely} here.” or “and let them buy and sell things {wherever they want}.” See how you translated “trade in it” in verse 10.
4454	34:21	eq9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ הִנֵּ֥ה רַֽחֲבַת יָדַ֖יִם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“Look, there is enough land to support them {and us}.” or “After all, there is more than enough space/room in the/this land for them {too}.”
4455	34:21	p1ah			אֶת בְּנֹתָ⁠ם֙ נִקַּֽח לָ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠נָשִׁ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ נִתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	“{That way too,} we can take/choose their daughters to be {our} wives, and we can let their {young} men marry our daughters.” or “{Besides that,} {then} our {young men} can marry their daughters, and their {young men} can marry our daughters.” See how you translated similar clauses in verses 9 and 16. It may be necessary to translate these in different ways, depending on the context.
4456	34:22	hf95			אַךְ בְּ֠⁠זֹאת יֵאֹ֨תוּ לָ֤⁠נוּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אִתָּ֔⁠נוּ	1	“There is just one thing/condition/requirement: They will only agree to settle/live among us” or “But they will only consent/agree to settle/live among us”. See how you began verse 15, which is very similar to verse 22.
4457	34:22	r3ez			לִ⁠הְי֖וֹת לְ⁠עַ֣ם אֶחָ֑ד	1	“and become one people group {with us}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 16.
4458	34:22	yesq			בְּ⁠הִמּ֥וֹל לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ כָּל זָכָ֔ר	1	“if all our males are circumcised” or “if we circumcise all our males”. See how you translated “every male among … circumcised” in verse 15.
4459	34:22	kv8j			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר הֵ֥ם נִמֹּלִֽים	1	“as their males are.” or “so that we are like them.”
4460	34:23	w2up			מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠קִנְיָנָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠כָל בְּהֶמְתָּ֔⁠ם	1	“{Then} all their livestock and animals, and {all} their {other} property/possessions” or “{But if we do that,} {all} their property/possessions, {including} their livestock and all their {other} animals”
4461	34:23	bstj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא לָ֖⁠נוּ הֵ֑ם	1	“will belong to us!” or “will be ours!” This rhetorical question emphasizes that all of Jacob’s livestock and property will belong to the people of Shechem. If a rhetorical question does not fit here in your language, you could make this a statement.
4462	34:23	cpgv			אַ֚ךְ נֵא֣וֹתָה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“{So} let’s just agree to do what they require,” or “{So} we should just do what they propose/require”
4463	34:23	bcto			וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠נוּ	1	“so that they will settle/live among us!” See how you translated “settle with us” in verses 10 and 22.
4464	34:24	kgkn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֤וּ & כָּל יֹצְאֵ֖י שַׁ֣עַר עִיר֑⁠וֹ	1	“All {the men} who were citizens/leaders/elders of the city” or “All the men/leaders/elders who were {there} at the city gate/entrance”. Make sure that your translation of this idiom refers here to the same men who had gathered at the city gates in verse 20.
4465	34:24	qqoa			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֤וּ אֶל חֲמוֹר֙ וְ⁠אֶל שְׁכֶ֣ם בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“agreed with Hamor and his son Shechem,” or “agreed to do what Hamor and his son Shechem said,”
4466	34:24	l5xq			וַ⁠יִּמֹּ֨לוּ֙ כָּל זָכָ֔ר כָּל יֹצְאֵ֖י שַׁ֥עַר עִירֽ⁠וֹ	1	“so all of them and all the other males in the city were circumcised.” or “so they circumcised every male in the city, including themselves.”
4467	34:25	xbss			וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י	1	“On the third day {after that},” or “Three days later,”
4468	34:25	x8wa			בִּֽ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם כֹּֽאֲבִ֗ים	1	“when the men of {the city of} Shechem were {all} {still} sore {from being circumcised},” or “when it was {still} painful for the men of the city {to move/walk},”
4469	34:25	abi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ שְׁנֵֽי בְנֵי יַ֠עֲקֹב שִׁמְע֨וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֜י אֲחֵ֤י דִינָה֙ אִ֣ישׁ	1	“two of Jacob’s sons, Simeon and Levi, {who were} Dinah’s brothers, took” These brothers had the same father and mother as Dinah. Some languages have a special term for this. Do what is best in your language.
4470	34:25	nk02			חַרְבּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַל הָ⁠עִ֖יר בֶּ֑טַח	1	“their swords and attacked the city, with no one opposing/resisting them.” See how you translated “sword” in Gen 27:40.
4471	34:25	g5z3			וַ⁠יַּֽהַרְג֖וּ כָּל זָכָֽר	1	“They killed all the males/men {there}”. The children who were males were probably not killed, since later (verse 29) it says that all the children were captured. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 26.
4472	34:26	hiyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠אֶת חֲמוֹר֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁכֶ֣ם בְּנ֔⁠וֹ הָרְג֖וּ לְ⁠פִי חָ֑רֶב	1	“with their swords, including Hamor and his son Shechem.” Some languages have dual pronouns for “they” and “you” that can be used in verses 25-26 and 30-31 to refer to Simeon and Levi. Do what is best in your language.
4473	34:26	ext8			וַ⁠יִּקְח֧וּ אֶת דִּינָ֛ה מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית שְׁכֶ֖ם	1	“Then they took/got/rescued Dinah from Shechem’s house”
4474	34:26	wgh0			וַ⁠יֵּצֵֽאוּ	1	“and left {the city}.” or “and returned {home}.”
4475	34:27	cym6			בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֗ב בָּ֚אוּ עַל הַ֣⁠חֲלָלִ֔ים וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖זּוּ הָ⁠עִ֑יר	1	“{Then/Next} {all} Jacob’s sons went {into the city} and took everything valuable from/off the dead bodies and from {the rest of} the city,” All of Jacob’s sons probably joined Simeon and Levi in plundering the city, after those two had killed all the men there (verse 25).
4476	34:27	iggu			אֲשֶׁ֥ר טִמְּא֖וּ אֲחוֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“{They did that} because {that was where} Shechem had defiled/dishonored/disgraced their sister.” or “to get revenge for the shameful thing that had been done to their sister {there}.” See how you translated “defiled” in verses 5 and 13. Even though Shechem was the one who actually defiled Dinah (verses 2, 5, 7, 13), Jacob’s sons held everyone in the city responsible for the crime that their ruler’s son had committed (verses 25-29). If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “they” does not refer to Jacob’s sons.
4477	34:28	u9bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת צֹאנָ֥⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּקָרָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶּ֑ם וְ⁠אֵ֧ת אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠עִ֛יר וְ⁠אֶת אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה לָקָֽחוּ	1	“They took away the people’s sheep and goats, their cattle, their donkeys, and everything else {they wanted} from inside the city and from out in the fields/countryside.” or “They plundered whatever was inside the city and out in the {surrounding} fields/area, including the people’s flocks {of sheep and goats}, their herds {of cattle}, and their donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 32:15.
4478	34:29	ulo0			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל חֵילָ֤⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת כָּל טַפָּ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠אֶת נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם שָׁב֖וּ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֑זּוּ וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת	1	“They carried away all the valuable things the people of Shechem had owned, including everything that was in their houses. They also captured all their women and children.” or “They took away everything that was valuable and also captured all the children and women. They seized and took away everything that was in the houses.” See how you translated “plundered” in verse 27.
4479	34:30	orqa			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶל־שִׁמְע֣וֹן וְ⁠אֶל־לֵוִי֮	1	“Later/Afterwards {when they came home,} Jacob scolded/rebuked Simeon and Levi {by saying},”
4480	34:30	cqxl			עֲכַרְתֶּ֣ם אֹתִ⁠י֒	1	“You have brought/caused me {serious} trouble/problems” or “You have put me/us in great danger”
4481	34:30	wstm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠הַבְאִישֵׁ֨⁠נִי֙ בְּ⁠יֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ בַּֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֑י	1	“by causing the people who live in this land to despise/hate me/us, {including/especially} the Canaanites and Perizzites!” or “by causing the Canaanites and Perizzites who live in this land to despise/hate me/us!” The idiom “making me stink” means Jacob’s sons had caused him to have a very bad reputation, so that people would hate him and his family. Some languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “the Canaanites” and “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7; 15:20-21. There were other people groups also living in the land, but these two groups are the ones being emphasized here.
4482	34:30	sth0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ מְתֵ֣י מִסְפָּ֔ר	1	“I/We {only} have a few men {to defend us},” or “I/We don’t have many people {in our family/household},” The words “I,” “me,” and “my” refer in this verse to all of Jacob’s family; he uses these pronouns because he is the leader of his family.
4483	34:30	wg65			וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ עָלַ⁠י֙ וְ⁠הִכּ֔וּ⁠נִי	1	“so if they {all} join {forces} against me/us and attack me/us,” Make sure your use of the pronouns “me” or “us” fits with the way you translate the rest of this sentence.
4484	34:30	qov1			וְ⁠נִשְׁמַדְתִּ֖י אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י	1	“then I/we and my/our family/household will be destroyed/killed!” or “they will destroy/annihilate/kill me/us and {the rest of} my/our family/household!”
4485	34:31	unw5			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֑וּ	1	“But Simeon and Levi responded/replied {angrily},”
4486	34:31	rcxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠כְ⁠זוֹנָ֕ה יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֶת אֲחוֹתֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	“He/Shechem should not have treated our sister like/as a prostitute/whore!” or “We couldn’t let him/Shechem {just} get away with treating our sister like/as a {cheap,} immoral woman!” This rhetorical question shows Simeon and Levi’s anger and emphasizes that Shechem was wrong to do what he did and implies that he (and his city) deserved justice. Some languages have an idiom for this. Do what is best in your language.
4487	35:1	b2k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Then God told/commanded Jacob,” Translate this quote margin in a way that is natural in your language and that fits with what God says.
4488	35:1	divn			ק֛וּם	1	“Get ready/packed” or “Leave here”
4489	35:1	j11q			עֲלֵ֥ה בֵֽית אֵ֖ל וְ⁠שֶׁב שָׁ֑ם	1	“and travel to {the town of} Bethel and live there.” or “and move to {the town of} Bethel.” The verb “go up” reflects the fact that the town of Bethel is higher in elevation than the city of Shechem; it does not refer to the direction they were going, which was south. Many translations leave “up” implied (to prevent confusion). Do what is best in your language.
4490	35:1	a8t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֔חַ	1	“Build an altar there {and offer sacrifices on it}”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 33:20.
4491	35:1	auxm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לָ⁠אֵל֙	1	“to {me as} the God” or “to {me,} the God” or “to worship {me as} the God”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself as he speaks here to Jacob.
4492	35:1	b1zx			הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֣ה אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“who appeared/came to you {there}” or “who introduced himself/myself to you {there}”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 26:2, 24.
4493	35:1	valf			בְּ⁠בָרְחֲ⁠ךָ֔	1	“when you were running away”. See how you translated “flee” in Gen 31:20-21, 27.
4494	35:1	w50x			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִֽי⁠ךָ	1	“from {the anger of} your brother Esau.” or “from your brother Esau.”
4495	35:2	k4x7			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ	1	“So Jacob told {the members of} his household/family”
4496	35:2	uugi			וְ⁠אֶ֖ל כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and everyone {else} who {was} with him,” This included Jacob’s servants and the people (women and children) whom his sons had just captured from the city of Shechem (Gen 34:29). You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4497	35:2	ftw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הָסִ֜רוּ אֶת אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠נֵּכָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Get rid of the idols you have that other/pagan people/ethnic groups worship.” or “Give up the idols that you got/have from foreigners”. See how you translated “idols” and “gods” in Gen 31:19, 30, 32.
4498	35:2	ajs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠הִֽטַּהֲר֔וּ	1	“and cleanse yourselves” or “Also wash and make yourselves clean”. They were to make themselves physically clean as a sign that they were preparing themselves mentally and spiritually to worship God (as their only God) at Bethel, which was a holy place where God had met with Jacob before. Some languages may have a special word for “purify” that communicates this. Do what is best in your language. Also consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4499	35:2	fg8j			וְ⁠הַחֲלִ֖יפוּ שִׂמְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“and put/get on clean clothes.”
4500	35:3	nuyn			וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה	1	“Then we will/must pack up {our things/belongings}” or “Then we will/must leave here”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 1.
4501	35:3	yauk			וְ⁠נַעֲלֶ֖ה בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל	1	“and go/move to {the town of} Bethel,” See how you translated “go up” in verse 1.
4502	35:3	jdob			וְ⁠אֶֽעֱשֶׂה שָּׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֗חַ לָ⁠אֵ֞ל	1	“where I/we will build an altar to worship God,” or “There I/we will build an altar and worship God,” The Hebrew text has “I” here, but probably also implies that others in Jacob’s household would help him build the altar. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “make an altar” in verse 1.
4503	35:3	kf5y			הָ⁠עֹנֶ֤ה אֹתִ⁠י֙	1	“because he answered/helped me” or “who answered/granted my prayers {for help}”
4504	35:3	qw4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם צָֽרָתִ֔⁠י	1	“during the days/time/times when I was in distress/trouble.” The phrase “In the day of” is used here as an idiom that could refer to the time when Jacob was fleeing from Esau, or it could be more general and also include other times when Jacob was suffering, such as the years he worked for Laban.
4505	35:3	mk28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְהִי֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י	1	“He has {always} been/stayed with me/us {and taken care of me/us}”. See how you translated the idiom “with me” in Gen 31:5, where it also means that God is not only present with him but also helps him and takes care of him.
4506	35:3	gaoi			בַּ⁠דֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלָֽכְתִּי	1	“everywhere that I/we have gone/traveled.”
4507	35:4	a2y2			וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֣וּ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“So/Then they gave Jacob” or “So/Then they handed/turned over to Jacob”
4508	35:4	trzi			אֵ֣ת כָּל אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠נֵּכָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠ם	1	“all the foreign/pagan gods/idols that they had {with them}” or “all their idols”. See how you translated “foreign gods” in verse 2. You could translate this differently here since this is the second time they are mentioned in this paragraph.
4509	35:4	emli			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נְּזָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and the earrings they wore on their ears.” or “and {all} their earrings.” These earrings seem to have been part of their idol worship and may have had images of their idols on them. You could include that information in a footnote.
4510	35:4	mkvs			וַ⁠יִּטְמֹ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Then Jacob hid/buried everything {in the ground}” or “Then Jacob hid/buried all those things {in the ground}”
4511	35:4	ppcd			תַּ֥חַת	1	“beside” or “at the foot/base of”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob buried these things in the ground beside the tree, not directly under the trunk of the tree.
4512	35:4	qkq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הָ⁠אֵלָ֖ה	1	“the/a terebinth/oak tree”. Although this phrase refers to a terebinth tree, many translations have “oak tree” instead, or some other type of large, strong tree that is well known. See how you translated a different Hebrew word that is also translated “terebinth tree” or “oak tree” in Gen 12:6; 13:18; 14:13; 18:1. Another Hebrew word in Gen 35:8 is also translated as “oak.”
4513	35:4	pwdj			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עִם שְׁכֶֽם	1	“that {was} near {the city of} Shechem.”
4514	35:5	w4f2			וַ⁠יִּסָּ֑עוּ	1	“Then they {all} left there {and started traveling},” or “Then Jacob and everyone with him left that place,”
4515	35:5	bc7c			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י חִתַּ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל הֶֽ⁠עָרִים֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ סְבִיבֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹ֣א	1	“and God caused {the people in} the surrounding/nearby cities/towns to be terrified/afraid, so that” or “and God made {the people in} the nearby cities/towns so afraid that”. The Hebrew word “Elohim” probably means “God” in this phrase (as it usually does in the Bible); most English versions translate it that way here. Or it could be an adjective that modifies “dread/terror” and means “great/deep dread/terror” (similar to Gen 23:6, 30:8). See how you translated “dread” in Gen 9:2.
4516	35:5	xxat			וְ⁠לֹ֣א רָֽדְפ֔וּ אַחֲרֵ֖י	1	“they did not attack” or “no one attacked” or “none of them chased/came/went after”. Make sure your translation of “they” refers here to the people in the surrounding towns, not Jacob’s sons.
4517	35:5	g7og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּנֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“Jacob’s sons/family {to avenge the people of Shechem}.” or “them.” or “Jacob and his family.” Jacob’s sons are mentioned here since they are in focus as the ones who just plundered the city of Shechem; Jacob and the rest of his family were there with his sons and were also in danger.
4518	35:6	r8n3			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב ל֗וּזָ⁠ה	1	“Then/Soon Jacob/they arrived at {the town of} Luz,” Be consistent in this verse with how you spelled “Luz” and “Bethel” in Gen 28:19.
4519	35:6	zpbn			הִ֖וא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל	1	“which {is also/now called/named} Bethel,” or “that {is}, Bethel,” or “which {also/now has the name} Bethel,” See how you translated “which is” in Gen 23:2, 19.
4520	35:6	e1f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“which is {also} in Canaan,” Since Shechem (verse 4) and Bethel were both in the land or region of Canaan, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this location phrase earlier in the verse and say, “Jacob/He and his family {continued traveling} in the land/region of Canaan and arrived at {the town of} Luz, which {also/now has the name} Bethel,” Do what is best in your language.
4521	35:6	rsay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ה֖וּא וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠עָ֥ם אֲשֶׁר עִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“he/Jacob and his whole/entire household/family.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse. Do what is best in your language.
4522	35:7	iybt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן שָׁם֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ	1	“There he/Jacob built an altar,” or “Then he/Jacob built an altar there,” Consider again how you translated “altar” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 8:20; 12:7-8; 13:4, 18; 22:9; 26:25; 33:20; 35:1, 3, 7.
4523	35:7	n4aj			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ לַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם	1	“and he named the/that place” or “and he called/named it”
4524	35:7	wumu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵ֖ל בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל	1	“El Bethel, {which means “the God of/at Bethel,”}” or “El Bethel, {which means “the God of/at God’s house,”}”
4525	35:7	acaa			כִּ֣י שָׁ֗ם	1	“because that is where” or “because it was at Bethel that”
4526	35:7	njqv			נִגְל֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“God had {first} introduced himself to him/Jacob” or “God had {first} appeared to him/Jacob”. Compare how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“appeared”) in verses 1 and 9.
4527	35:7	l3rr			בְּ⁠בָרְח֖⁠וֹ	1	“when/while he was running away”. See how you translated “fleeing” in verse 1.
4528	35:7	ww7q			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	“from {the anger of} his brother.” or “from his brother.” See how you translated “from the presence of” in verse 1.
4529	35:8	psgk			וַ⁠תָּ֤מָת דְּבֹרָה֙ מֵינֶ֣קֶת רִבְקָ֔ה	1	“Then {while they were still in Bethel,} Rebekah’s {former} nurse/nanny Deborah died” or “{While they were there,} Deborah died. She was the servant who had helped raise {Jacob’s mother} Rebekah {when she was young}.” See how you translated “nurse” in Gen 24:59.
4530	35:8	cnph			וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵ֛ר	1	“and {her body} was buried {by Jacob} {in the ground}” or “They/Jacob buried her {body} {in the ground}”
4531	35:8	gwdm			מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל	1	“{in the valley} below/near {the town of} Bethel,” or “{at a place} south of {the town of} Bethel,” The town of Bethel was built on a hill, so the phrase “below Bethel” means that Deborah was buried near Bethel, in a valley or place that was lower in elevation than the town, and possibly to the south of it.
4532	35:8	h6bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	תַּ֣חַת הָֽ⁠אַלּ֑וֹן	1	“beside the/an oak tree” or “at the foot/base of an oak tree.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“under the terebinth/oak tree”) in verse 4. Many translations translate this phrase the same way in both places (“under an oak tree”), even though different Hebrew words are used for the type of tree. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put this phrase before the previous phrase and say, “at the base of an oak tree, below/near {the town of} Bethel.” Do what is best in your language.
4533	35:8	eqj9			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So he/they named the tree/place” or “That is why the/that place is known as”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) that people in general called the tree or place Allon Bacuth; or (2) that Jacob was the one who named the place. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 31:38.
4534	35:8	iar1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַלּ֥וֹן בָּכֽוּת	1	“Allon Bacuth, {which means “oak tree of weeping/mourning.”}” or “Allon Bacuth, {which means “oak tree where people mourn.”}” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated “oak tree” in the previous sentence.
4535	35:9	tchm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹב֙ ע֔וֹד בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם	1	“Now that Jacob had come/returned from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, God appeared to him {at Bethel} again” or “Now that Jacob had come/returned {to Bethel} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, God appeared to him {there} again”
4536	35:9	w0t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יְבָ֖רֶךְ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and blessed him” or “and showed his goodness/kindness toward him” or “God blessed him”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4537	35:10	q9rk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּֽאמֶר ל֥⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“and said to him,” or “by saying to him,” What God says to Jacob in verses 10-12 is the blessing. So make sure your translation of “blessed” (verse 9) and “said” (verse 10) refers to the same event, not two separate events. See how you translated “blessed … and said” in Gen 1:28.
4538	35:10	bpj9			שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“{Although} your name {has been} Jacob,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like God was telling Jacob something he did not know.
4539	35:10	qyzi			לֹֽא יִקָּרֵא֩ שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֨ ע֜וֹד יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“that will no longer be your {only} name,” or “it will no longer be Jacob/that,” Notice that Jacob is referred to by both of his names in this chapter (“Jacob” in verses 11-20, 22-29; “Israel” in verses 10 and 21). You could put that information in a footnote. Also see how you translated this clause in Gen 32:28, and see the note about Jacob’s names there.
4540	35:10	nvm1			כִּ֤י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“Rather, your name will {also} be Israel!” or “Rather, you will {also} have the name Israel!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4541	35:10	kx9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	“So {once again} God gave Jacob the name Israel.” This was not the first time God had given Jacob the name Israel (See: Gen 32:28). To make that clear, you could make “once again” explicit here.
4542	35:11	ni4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ל֨⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֜ים	1	“Then God {also} said to him/Jacob,” or “Then God {also} {blessed him/Jacob by} saying,” or “God continued {blessing him/Jacob by} saying to him,” In verse 11, God continues the blessing that he started in verse 10, perhaps after a pause.
4543	35:11	k8l5			אֲנִ֨י אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙	1	“I {am} Almighty God.” or “I {am} God {who is} all-powerful.” See how you translated the title “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1 and 28:3.
4544	35:11	mdi4			פְּרֵ֣ה	1	“Have many children”. Consider again how you translated “Be fruitful and multiply” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 1:22, 28; 8:17; 9:1, 7; 35:11. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
4545	35:11	ko42			וּ⁠רְבֵ֔ה	1	“and increase {in number}.” or “so that you {and your descendants} become {very} numerous/many.”
4546	35:11	uzb9			גּ֛וֹי וּ⁠קְהַ֥ל גּוֹיִ֖ם יִהְיֶ֣ה מִמֶּ֑⁠ךָּ	1	“{Your descendants will become} a {large} people/ethnic group. In fact, many people/ethnic groups will come/descend from you,” or “Your descendants will become many people/ethnic groups,” Compare how you translated a similar phrase (“a multitude of nations”) in Gen 17:4-5 and another similar phrase (“a community of peoples”) in Gen 28:3.
4547	35:11	ztcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מֵ⁠חֲלָצֶ֥י⁠ךָ יֵצֵֽאוּ	1	“and kings will come/descend from you.” or “and some of your descendants will be kings.” The phrase “come from your loins” is an idiom that refers to having children, grandchildren and other descendants. Consider whether you have a similar idiom in your language.
4548	35:12	wfzz			וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֛תִּי לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם וּ⁠לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{Besides that,} the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac I {also} give to you and your descendants {who live} after you.” or “Also, I am giving to you the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac, and I will {also} give it to your descendants {who live} after you.”
4549	35:13	jeht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מֵ⁠עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֱלֹהִ֑ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Then God left Jacob there where he had been speaking/talking to him.” or “After God finished talking to Jacob, he left him there and went up {to heaven}.” See how you translated “went up from” in Gen 17:22.
4550	35:14	apyn			וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֨ב יַעֲקֹ֜ב מַצֵּבָ֗ה	1	“Then Jacob set/stood a {large} stone up {on its end}” or “Then Jacob took/chose a {large} stone {that was there} and set/stood it up {on its end}”. See how you translated a similar passage in Gen 28:18 about Jacob setting up a memorial stone pillar.
4551	35:14	vufy			בַּ⁠מָּק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מַצֶּ֣בֶת אָ֑בֶן	1	“at the place where God had spoken/talked to him, to mark the place {as special}.” or “as a memorial stone to remember the place where God had spoken/talked to him.”
4552	35:14	bs34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יַּסֵּ֤ךְ עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ נֶ֔סֶךְ וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ שָֽׁמֶן	1	“Then he poured some wine and some {olive} oil on the stone pillar/marker {to thank God and dedicate the place to him}.” A drink offering was probably wine that Jacob poured on the stone as a sacrifice to God, to worship and thank him. See how you translated “poured oil on …” in Gen 28:18.
4553	35:15	r8mu			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבֶּ֨ר אִתּ֥⁠וֹ שָׁ֛ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בֵּֽית אֵֽל	1	“Then Jacob called/named that place Bethel, {which means “house of God,”} because God had spoken/talked to him there.” or “Since God had spoken/talked to Jacob at that place, Jacob named it Bethel, {which means “God’s house.”}” See how you translated “called the name of that place Bethel” in Gen 28:19.
4554	35:16	zgdt			וַ⁠יִּסְעוּ֙ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אֵ֔ל	1	“Then they left {the town of} Bethel” or “Later Jacob and his family moved on from {the town of} Bethel”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” throughout the book of Genesis and whether you refer to it as a town or a city. See Gen 12:8; 13:3; 28:19; 31:13; 35:1, 3, 7, 15, 16.
4555	35:16	pluk			וַֽ⁠יְהִי ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶפְרָ֑תָה	1	“and started {heading} toward {the town of} Ephrath. But while they were still a distance away from there,” or “and headed for {the town of} Ephrath. While they were still some distance from there,” The phrase “a distance of land” is very general, but your translation should not make it sound like the distance was too far, because Rachel’s grave is about two kilometers (one mile) from Ephrath (Bethlehem).
4556	35:16	xn8j			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד רָחֵ֖ל	1	“{Jacob’s/his wife} Rachel, {who was pregnant,} began to have labor/childbirth pains,” or “Rachel went into labor,”
4557	35:16	hid6			וַ⁠תְּקַ֥שׁ בְּ⁠לִדְתָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“but she was having a very difficult time delivering the baby.” or “but she was experiencing great difficulty.”
4558	35:17	lkqs			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י בְ⁠הַקְשֹׁתָ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠לִדְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	“Then when her labor pain was at its worst,” or “Then when she was at the most difficult/painful point/time in her labor,” or “Then when her labor/childbirth pains were the most severe,” The phrase “hard labor” refers to when childbirth contractions are close together and very painful, often right before a baby is born.
4559	35:17	ojel			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר לָ֤⁠הּ הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֨דֶת֙	1	“the midwife told her,” or “{the baby was born and} the midwife/woman who was helping her deliver exclaimed to her,”
4560	35:17	infx			אַל תִּ֣ירְאִ֔י	1	“Do not worry/despair!”
4561	35:17	uww0			כִּֽי גַם זֶ֥ה לָ֖⁠ךְ בֵּֽן	1	“You {now} have another son/boy!” or “You {just} gave birth to another son/boy!”
4562	35:18	ob0k			וַ⁠יְהִ֞י בְּ⁠צֵ֤את נַפְשָׁ⁠הּ֙ כִּ֣י מֵ֔תָה	1	“But Rachel was dying, and as her soul/spirit was leaving her body,” or “But {in fact/reality,} Rachel was about to die, and just/right before her soul/spirit left her,” Some translations use an idiom here, for example, “as she was taking her last breath” or “as her life was slipping/fading away”, but it is best to translate this in a way that preserves the biblical teaching that at death the soul or spirit leaves the body.
4563	35:18	lpc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ בֶּן אוֹנִ֑י	1	“she named her baby {boy} Benoni, {which means “son of my sorrow/trouble.”}” The meaning of this name could imply that the child caused Rachel’s death. In the Hebrew text this name is two words connected with a dash (“Ben-oni”). Many translations write it that way or as one word (“Benoni”), and a few translations write it as “Ben Oni.” Any of these spellings is fine.
4564	35:18	yl7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו	1	“But {later,} his father {Jacob}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to Jacob. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4565	35:18	qoiz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קָֽרָא ל֥⁠וֹ בִנְיָמִֽין	1	“named him Benjamin {instead}.” or “changed his name to Benjamin, {which means “son of my right hand.”}” The phrase “son of my right hand” is an idiom that means “favored son” or “son of strength.”
4566	35:19	z9dg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵר֙	1	“After Rachel died, her body was buried {by Jacob}” or “After Rachel died, they/Jacob buried her {body}”. See how you translated “was buried” in verse 8.
4567	35:19	u8c3			בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔תָה	1	“beside/near the road {that goes} to {the town of} Ephrath,”
4568	35:19	v561			הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם	1	“which {is also called/named} Bethlehem.” or “which {also has the name} Bethlehem.” or “that {is}, Bethlehem.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“which is Bethel”) in verse 6.
4569	35:20	zolc			וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֧ב יַעֲקֹ֛ב מַצֵּבָ֖ה	1	“Jacob set/stood a {large} stone up {on its end}”. See how you translated this clause in verse 14. Also consider again how you translated “set up” and “pillar” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 28:18, 22; 31:13, 45, 51, 52; 35:14, 20.
4570	35:20	tkgx			עַל קְבֻרָתָ֑⁠הּ	1	“over/on her burial place {to mark/show where it was}.” or “to mark/show {where} her grave/tomb {was}.” or “to mark the place where they/he had buried her body.”
4571	35:20	xjy1			הִ֛וא מַצֶּ֥בֶת קְבֻֽרַת רָחֵ֖ל	1	“{In fact,} that {same} pillar/stone still marks Rachel’s/her grave/tomb”
4572	35:20	r7ta			עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“to/in the present day.” or “today/now.” The phrase “to this day” refers to the time when the author (Moses) was living. Even in modern times, Rachel’s grave is still marked beside the road about eight kilometers (five miles) south of Jerusalem and two kilometers (one mile) north of Bethlehem.
4573	35:21	e4g9			וַ⁠יִּסַּ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	“Then Israel {that is, Jacob,} {and his family} moved on {from there}” or “Then Israel {and his family} started traveling again”. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 21-22) and “Jacob” (verses 20, 22) refer to the same person, not two different people.
4574	35:21	sykf			וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָֽהֳלֹ֔⁠ה	1	“and set/put up his/their tents”
4575	35:21	fueh			מֵ⁠הָ֖לְאָה	1	“on the other/south side of”. This phrase reflects the perspective of Jacob, who was traveling south.
4576	35:21	txka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לְ⁠מִגְדַּל עֵֽדֶר	1	“the tower of Eder.” or “Eder Tower.” Many translations transliterate “Migdal Eder” (like most other names). Many others translate the meaning of “Migdal” as “the tower” and transliterate “Eder.” A few translate the meaning of the entire name as “the Tower of the Flock.” This was apparently a place near Bethlehem where sheep were raised (Micah 4:8); shepherds may have watched over their flocks from the tower.
4577	35:22	ls6b			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠שְׁכֹּ֤ן יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	“While Israel {and his family} were {still} living/staying” or “During the time that they were living/staying”
4578	35:22	ym5y			בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֔וא	1	“in that area/region,” or “there,”
4579	35:22	oswk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֔ן וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת	1	“{his/Israel’s son} Reuben slept with” or “{his/Israel’s son} Reuben committed adultery with” or “{his/Israel’s son} Reuben had {physical/sexual} relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud in public. See how you translated “lain with” in Gen 26:10.
4580	35:22	ivkl			בִּלְהָה֙ פִּילֶ֣גֶשׁ אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“his father’s concubine/servant-wife Bilhah,”
4581	35:22	vn3i			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	“and/but Israel found out {about it}.” or “and Israel was told/informed {by someone} {about it}.” See how you translated “heard” in Gen 34:5, 7.
4582	35:22	d6jc			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֥וּ בְנֵֽי יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָֽׂר	1	“{After Benjamin was born,} Jacob’s sons were twelve {in number}.” or “{With/After the birth of Benjamin,} Jacob {now} had {a total of} twelve sons.”
4583	35:23	fjpl			בְּנֵ֣י לֵאָ֔ה	1	“The sons {he had} with {his wife} Leah {were}” or “{These are} {the names of} the sons {he had} with {his wife} Leah:” Throughout verses 23-26, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language. See what you did in chapter 10.
4584	35:23	ahzd			בְּכ֥וֹר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵ֑ן	1	“Reuben, {who was} Jacob’s/his firstborn/oldest {child},”
4585	35:23	tbnr			וְ⁠שִׁמְעוֹן֙ וְ⁠לֵוִ֣י וִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֔ה וְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר וּ⁠זְבוּלֻֽן	1	“then Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.”
4586	35:24	poyp			בְּנֵ֣י רָחֵ֔ל יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן	1	“The sons {he/Jacob had} with Rachel {were} Joseph and Benjamin.” or “These are the names of the sons {that he/Jacob had} with {his wife} Rachel: Joseph and Benjamin.”
4587	35:25	s8xb			וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בִלְהָה֙ שִׁפְחַ֣ת רָחֵ֔ל דָּ֖ן וְ⁠נַפְתָּלִֽי	1	“The sons {he/Jacob had} with Rachel’s servant Bilhah {were} Dan and Naphtali.” or “These are {the names of} the sons {that he/Jacob had} with Bilhah, Rachel’s servant: Dan and Naphtali.”
4588	35:26	uv07		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֛ה שִׁפְחַ֥ת לֵאָ֖ה גָּ֣ד וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֑ר	1	“And the sons {he/Jacob had} with Leah’s servant Zilpah {were} Gad and Asher.” or “These are {the names of} the sons {that he/Jacob had} with Leah’s servant Zilpah: Gad and Asher.” Consider again how you translated “maidservant” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16, 16:1-3, 5-6, 8; 20:14; 24:35; 25:12; 29:24, 29; 30:4, 7, 9-10, 12, 18, 43; 32:5, 22; 33:1-2, 6; 35:25-26. It may be necessary to translate this word in slightly different ways, depending on the context. Compare that to how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“slave/servant woman”); see Gen 31:33 for a list of where this word occurs in Genesis.
4589	35:26	f1fu			אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּד ל֖⁠וֹ	1	“{All} those {are/were} the sons Jacob had” or “Those {are/were} {all} Jacob’s sons that he had”
4590	35:26	cmuu			בְּ⁠פַדַּ֥ן אֲרָֽם	1	“{starting from the time that he lived} in {the region of} Paddan Aram.” Jacob started having children during the time he was living with Laban in Paddan Aram, but his last son Benjamin was not born until after they had left there (verse 18). Translate this in a way that allows for that.
4591	35:27	qidz			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then Jacob came/went {home} to his father Isaac {who was living}” or “Then Jacob continued traveling and came to where his father Isaac was {living}”
4592	35:27	dzkr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מַמְרֵ֖א	1	“in {the city of} Mamre,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19.
4593	35:27	b5zj			קִרְיַ֣ת הָֽאַרְבַּ֑ע הִ֣וא חֶבְר֔וֹן	1	“{which is also/now called} Kiriath Arba, that {is}, Hebron,” or “which {is also known as} Kiriath Arba or Hebron,” or “which {also has the name} Kiriath Arba or Hebron,” See how you translated Gen 23:2, which says that Kiriath Arba (where Sarah died) was also known as Hebron.
4594	35:27	j8e6			אֲשֶׁר גָּֽר־שָׁ֥ם אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠יִצְחָֽק	1	“where Abraham and Isaac {and their families} had lived/stayed for a while {as foreigners/outsiders}.” or “That is where Isaac {and his family} had been living/staying for a while {as foreigners/outsiders} and where {his father} Abraham had also lived/stayed for a while.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4595	35:28	z6ol			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֖וּ יְמֵ֣י יִצְחָ֑ק מְאַ֥ת שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֥ים שָׁנָֽה	1	“Isaac lived to be 180 years old.” See how you translated “the days of” in Gen 5:4-31 and 11:32.
4596	35:29	ei54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע יִצְחָ֤ק וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת֙	1	“Then Isaac/he breathed out {for the last time} and died,” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in Gen 25:8 and 17.
4597	35:29	e7q5			וַ⁠יֵּאָ֣סֶף אֶל	1	“and he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “and {God} took his spirit to be with” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 25:8 and 17.
4598	35:29	hm56			עַמָּ֔י⁠ו	1	“his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.”
4599	35:29	csuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	זָקֵ֖ן וּ⁠שְׂבַ֣ע יָמִ֑ים	1	“after living a long, full life.” or “{He was} very old and had lived a long, full life.” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Then, after living a long, full life, he breathed/took his last breath, died and joined his ancestors/relatives {who had died before him}.” Do what is best in your language.
4600	35:29	wmi4			וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ עֵשָׂ֥ו וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	“Then his sons Esau and Jacob buried his body.” See how you translated “his sons … buried him” in Gen 25:9.
4601	36:1	mor4			וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו	1	“Now this is the genealogy/family-line of Esau,” or “These/Here are the descendants of Esau,” or “Here {is} the/a record/history about the descendants/family of Esau,” See how you translated “the generations of” in 25:12, 19.
4602	36:1	r16h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם	1	“who {was also called} Edom.” or “that is, Edom.” or “whose {name} was {also} Edom.” The name Edom means “red” and is the nickname that Esau got for trading his birthright to Jacob for some reddish-colored stew (Genesis 25:29-34). The region of Edom and the Edomites were named after Esau, which is probably why this chapter repeatedly mentions that Esau is Edom.
4603	36:2	guw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֵשָׂ֛ו לָקַ֥ח אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“Esau had chosen {two of his} wives from {among} the Canaanite women:” or “Esau had married {two} Canaanite women” or “Esau had married {two} women who were descendants of Canaan”. Only the first two wives mentioned in this chapter were Canaanites; see the comment about Basemath at verse 3. The Canaanites were the descendants of Noah’s grandson Canaan (Ham’s son) and included the Hittites and Hivites (verse 2; Genesis 10:15-18) and several other people groups. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4604	36:2	ox2j			אֶת עָדָ֗ה	1	“{whose names were} Adah,” or “{Their names were} Adah,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4605	36:2	fkwx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בַּת אֵילוֹן֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י	1	“{who was} the daughter of a Hittite {man} named Elon,” or “whose father was Elon, {who was} a descendant of Heth,” or “the daughter of {a man named} Elon, {who was} a member of the Heth/Hittite people {group},” Make sure your translation does not sound like Elon was the only Hittite. See how you translated “Hittites” in Gen 27:46.
4606	36:2	y896			וְ⁠אֶת אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙	1	“and {also} Oholibamah,” or “as well as Oholibamah,” Notice that the names of Esau’s two Canaanite wives here are different from the names of his wives mentioned in Gen 26:34. It could be that they each had two names, or these may be different wives that he married later.
4607	36:2	eq37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בַּת עֲנָ֔ה בַּת	1	“{who was} Anah’s daughter {and} the {grand}daughter of” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was”. Notice that Elon, Anah, and Zibeon are the names of men here, not women.
4608	36:2	evi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צִבְע֖וֹן הַֽ⁠חִוִּֽי	1	“a Hivite named Zibeon.” or “Zibeon {who was} a descendant of Hivi.” or “Zibeon {who was} a {member of the} Hivi/Hivite people {group}.” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like Zibeon was the only Hivite. Consider again how you translated “Hivites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:17; 34:2; 36:2.
4609	36:3	x22q			וְ⁠אֶת בָּשְׂמַ֥ת	1	“{Esau also married} Basemath,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Since this Basemath was a daughter of Ishmael (who was a descendant of Noah’s son Shem), she was not a Canaanite, in contrast to Esau’s first two wives (verse 2). She was also known as Mahalath (Gen 28:9); you could include some of that information in a footnote. Be consistent here with how you spelled Basemath (a different woman with the same name) in Gen 26:34.
4610	36:3	sd2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	בַּת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל אֲח֥וֹת נְבָיֽוֹת	1	“{who was} Ishmael’s daughter {and} Nebaioth’s {younger} sister.” or “whose father was Ishmael and whose {older} brother was Nebaioth.” Since Nebaioth was Ishmael’s oldest child (Gen 25:13), Basemath (Mahalath) was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language that fits with those facts. See how you translated “the sister of Nebaioth” in Gen 28:9.
4611	36:4	iwl0			וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד עָדָ֛ה לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת אֱלִיפָ֑ז	1	“{Esau’s wife} Adah bore/had {a son} for/with him {named} Eliphaz,” or “Adah had {a son} for/with Esau {whom they named} Eliphaz,”
4612	36:4	jp5s			וּ⁠בָ֣שְׂמַ֔ת יָלְדָ֖ה אֶת רְעוּאֵֽל	1	“and/while {his wife} Basemath bore/had {a son named} Reuel,” or “{His/Esau’s wife} Basemath had {a son they named} Reuel,” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences.
4613	36:5	kldq			וְ⁠אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ יָֽלְדָ֔ה	1	“and {his/Esau’s wife} Oholibamah bore/had” or “Oholibamah had”
4614	36:5	j4b4			אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹ֑רַח	1	“{sons named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “{sons whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.”
4615	36:5	lglt			אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י עֵשָׂ֔ו אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלְּדוּ ל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן	1	“Those {were} Esau’s sons that his wives bore/had for/with him {while he and his family were living} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “{All} those {were} Esau’s sons whom he and his wives had {while they lived} in the land/region of Canaan.”
4616	36:6	a0so			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח עֵשָׂ֡ו אֶת נָ֠שָׁי⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתָי⁠ו֮	1	“Later Esau took his wives, his sons, his daughters,”
4617	36:6	dk3y			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל נַפְשׁ֣וֹת בֵּית⁠וֹ֒	1	“and all the {other} members of his household,” This phrase refers to other relatives (besides Esau’s wife and children), as well as servants or slaves who lived with him.
4618	36:6	r7h5			וְ⁠אֶת מִקְנֵ֣⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל בְּהֶמְתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“as well as his livestock and all {the rest of} his animals and all the {other} possessions/belongings”
4619	36:6	agv2			אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“that he had gotten/accumulated {while they lived} in the land/region of Canaan,” See how you translated “acquired” and “land of Canaan” in Gen 12:5 and 31:18.
4620	36:6	efkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אֶל אֶ֔רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יַעֲקֹ֥ב אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	“and he moved to an area/region {that was} away from his brother Jacob.” or “and he moved/traveled to a {different} region {and settled there,} away from where his brother Jacob was living.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Later Esau moved to a land {that was} away from his brother Jacob. He took {with him} his wives …” Do what is best in your language.
4621	36:7	pq8b			כִּֽי	1	“{He/Esau did that} because” or “The reason {he/Esau moved away} is that”
4622	36:7	keey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	הָיָ֧ה רְכוּשָׁ֛⁠ם רָ֖ב מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו	1	“he and Jacob {both} owned so many possessions/livestock that they could no longer live near each other.” or “they {both} owned so many livestock/animals that they could not live together {in the same area/region}.” The phrase “their possessions” is general, but here it refers primarily to livestock. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Esau and Jacob’s livestock, not just Esau’s.
4623	36:7	zea4			אֶ֤רֶץ מְגֽוּרֵי⁠הֶם֙	1	“The land where they were staying/living”. See how you translated Gen 13:6, which is similar in content to this verse.
4624	36:7	ul7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	וְ⁠לֹ֨א יָֽכְלָ֜ה & לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹתָ֔⁠ם מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י מִקְנֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“was {just} not big enough to support/feed them {all} because they owned/had so many livestock/animals.” or “did not have enough grazing areas {or water} to support/feed all the livestock/animals that both families owned/had.” For some languages it is necessary to switch the order of verses 6 and 7, and say, “After a while, Esau and Jacob had so many animals and other possessions that the land was not able to support both their families. So Esau took his wives …” If you do this in your translation, you should label these verses as “6-7”.
4625	36:8	lcin			וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב עֵשָׂו֙	1	“That is why/how Esau {and his family}” or “That is the reason Esau {took his family and}”
4626	36:8	hjo1			בְּ⁠הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר	1	“moved to the hill-country in {the land/region of} Seir.” or “went to live in the Seir Mountains.” or “ended up living in the Seir Mountains.” Esau had already been living in the region of Seir (Genesis 32:3, 33:16). Here he moves to the part of that region that had mountains. To make that clear, you could put that information in a footnote.
4627	36:8	z9jc			עֵשָׂ֖ו	1	“{That is the record/history about} Esau,”
4628	36:8	mu0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם	1	“that {is}, Edom.” or “who {was also known as} Edom.” or “who {was also called} Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “So Esau, that {is}, Edom, moved {with his family} to the mountains of Seir {and settled there}.” Do what is best in your language.
4629	36:9	fw7b			וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו	1	“What follows {is} {more of} the history of Esau,” or “This/Here {is} a {more detailed} genealogy/record of/about the descendants of Esau,” Consider again how you translated “generations” in the book of Genesis when it is followed by a genealogy (list of names). See Gen 5:1, 10:1, 11:10, 25:12, 36:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
4630	36:9	j31a			אֲבִ֣י אֱד֑וֹם	1	“{who was} the ancestor of the Edomites” or “{who was} the ancestor of the Edom people {group}”
4631	36:9	lojs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	בְּ⁠הַ֖ר שֵׂעִֽיר	1	“{who live} in the Seir Mountains/Hills.” or “{who live} in the hill-country/mountains of Seir.” Consider again how you translated “mountains” or “hill country” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:30; 12:8; 14:6, 10; 19:17, 19, 30; 22:2, 14; 31:21, 23, 25, 54; 36:8-9, and see the note about this at 10:30. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
4632	36:10	g0nv			אֵ֖לֶּה שְׁמ֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו	1	“These {were} the names of {two of} Esau’s sons:” or “{Two of} Esau’s sons {were}”. Only two of Esau’s many sons are listed in verse 10.
4633	36:10	ayjo			אֱלִיפַ֗ז בֶּן עָדָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	“Eliphaz, {who was} the son of his wife Adah,” or “Eliphaz, whom he/Esau had with his wife Adah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Eliphaz” and “Adah” in verse 4.
4634	36:10	ki4y			רְעוּאֵ֕ל בֶּן בָּשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו	1	“and Reuel, {who was} the son of his wife Basemath.” or “and Reuel, whom he/Esau had with his wife Basemath.” See how you spelled “Basemath” and “Reuel” in verse 4.
4635	36:11	hfga			וַ⁠יִּהְי֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיפָ֑ז	1	“The sons of Eliphaz {and his wife} were” or “Eliphaz {and his wife} had sons {they named}”
4636	36:11	w1m8			תֵּימָ֣ן אוֹמָ֔ר צְפ֥וֹ וְ⁠גַעְתָּ֖ם וּ⁠קְנַֽז	1	“Teman, Omar, Zepho, Gatam, and Kenaz.”
4637	36:12	h320			וְ⁠תִמְנַ֣ע הָיְתָ֣ה פִילֶ֗גֶשׁ לֶֽ⁠אֱלִיפַז֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לֶ⁠אֱלִיפַ֖ז אֶת עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	“Eliphaz {also} had a concubine/servant-wife {named} Timna, and she had {a son} with him {named} Amalek.” or “Eliphaz and his concubine/servant-wife Timna had {a son they named} Amalek.” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24, 25:6; 35:22.
4638	36:12	e8n9			אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י	1	“{All} those {sons of Eliphaz} {were} grandsons of” or “Eliphaz’s sons {were} {all} grandsons of”
4639	36:12	i5ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָדָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו	1	“Esau’s wife Adah.” or “{Esau and} his wife Adah.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adah’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons.
4640	36:13	kpue			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י רְעוּאֵ֔ל	1	“{The names of} Reuel’s sons {were}” or “The sons of Reuel were named” or “Reuel {and his wife} had these sons:”
4641	36:13	ayo8			נַ֥חַת וָ⁠זֶ֖רַח שַׁמָּ֣ה וּ⁠מִזָּ֑ה	1	“Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.”
4642	36:13	v77t			אֵ֣לֶּ֣ה הָי֔וּ בְּנֵ֥י	1	“They were the grandsons of” or “Those {sons of Reuel} were grandsons of”
4643	36:13	u8u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו	1	“Esau’s wife Basemath.” or “{Esau and} his wife Basemath.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemath’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12.
4644	36:14	bjd3			וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה הָי֗וּ בְּנֵ֨י אָהֳלִיבָמָ֧ה & אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֑ו	1	“These/Here are the sons that Esau had with his wife Oholibamah,”
4645	36:14	v1bu			בַת עֲנָ֛ה בַּת צִבְע֖וֹן	1	“{who was} Anah’s daughter {and} Zibeon’s granddaughter:” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was Zibeon:” See how you translated these phrases in verse 2.
4646	36:14	wqql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֔ו אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹֽרַח	1	“{Their sons’ names were} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “She/They had sons {whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Esau and his wife Oholibamah had sons {whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah. {Oholibamah was} the daughter of Anah {and} the granddaughter of Zibeon.” or “The sons that Oholibamah had with Esau were Jesush, Jalam, and Korah. {She was} the daughter of …” Do what is best in your language.
4647	36:15	lses			אֵ֖לֶּה	1	“Here {is} {a record/list of}” or “The following {are/were}”
4648	36:15	ii05			אַלּוּפֵ֣י בְנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו	1	“Esau’s descendants/grandsons {who became} chiefs:” or “{the names of} the clan/tribal leaders of/for Esau’s descendants:”
4649	36:15	bwdy			בְּנֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּכ֣וֹר עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	“The sons of Esau’s/his firstborn/oldest {son} Eliphaz”
4650	36:15	vgf5			אַלּ֤וּף תֵּימָן֙ אַלּ֣וּף אוֹמָ֔ר אַלּ֥וּף צְפ֖וֹ אַלּ֥וּף קְנַֽז	1	“who became chiefs {were} Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,” or “who became clan/tribal leaders {were} Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,”
4651	36:16	jfsv			אַלּֽוּף קֹ֛רַח אַלּ֥וּף גַּעְתָּ֖ם אַלּ֣וּף עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	“Korah, Gatam, and Amalek.” Make sure you are consistent in whether or not you use the title “Chief” in verses 15-16.
4652	36:16	u5tu			אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם	1	“Those/They {were/are} the chiefs {who descended} from Eliphaz {and lived} in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “{All} those sons of Eliphaz were clan/tribal leaders {who lived} in the land/region of Edom.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Eliphaz” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10-12, 15-16.
4653	36:16	ohhn			אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י	1	“They {were} the grandsons of” or “They {were} {all} grandsons of”
4654	36:16	h41g			עָדָֽה	1	“{Esau’s wife} Adah.” or “Adah {and Esau}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adah’s grandsons were also Esau’s grandsons. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Adah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:19-20, 23; 36:2, 4, 10, 12, 16.
4655	36:17	k0w5			וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף נַ֨חַת֙ אַלּ֣וּף זֶ֔רַח אַלּ֥וּף שַׁמָּ֖ה אַלּ֣וּף מִזָּ֑ה	1	“{This/Here is a record/list of} the sons of Esau’s son Reuel {who became} chiefs: Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.” or “The sons of Esau’s son Reuel {who became} clan/tribal leaders {were} Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.”
4656	36:17	w9uu			אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם	1	“They {were} the chiefs {who descended} from Reuel {and lived} in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “{All} those sons of Reuel {were} clan/tribal leaders {who lived} in the land/region of Edom.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 16. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Reuel” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10, 13, 17.
4657	36:17	yke6			אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י	1	“They {were} {all} grandsons of” or “{All} those {sons of Reuel} {were} grandsons of”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12, 13 and 16.
4658	36:17	rbdd			בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו	1	“Esau’s wife Basemath.” or “{Esau and} his wife Basemath.” See how translated this phrase in verse 13 and a similar phrase in verse 12. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Basemath” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 26:34-35; 36:3-4, 10, 13, 17.
4659	36:18	m589			וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף יְע֛וּשׁ אַלּ֥וּף יַעְלָ֖ם אַלּ֣וּף קֹ֑רַח	1	“{This/Here is a record/list of} the sons of Esau’s wife Oholibamah who became chiefs: Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “The sons of Esau’s wife Oholibamah who became clan/tribal leaders {were} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.”
4660	36:18	dt9z			אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֞י אָֽהֳלִיבָמָ֛ה & אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו	1	“They {were} the chiefs {who descended} from {Esau and} his wife Oholibamah,” or “They {were} the clan/tribal leaders …”
4661	36:18	f3ek			בַּת עֲנָ֖ה	1	“{who was} Anah’s daughter.”
4662	36:19	d05s			אֵ֧לֶּה בְנֵי עֵשָׂ֛ו וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה אַלּוּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“Those {were} Esau’s descendants, and they {were} the chiefs of/over the Edomites.” or “{All} those {chiefs} {were} Esau’s descendants, and they {were} the leaders of their own family groups.”
4663	36:19	ahn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם	1	“Esau {was also known as} Edom.” or “Esau {was also called} Edom.” or “That {is the record/history about} Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “{All} those {chiefs} were the descendants of Esau, that {is}, Edom, and each one led his own family group.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 8.
4664	36:20	zesq			אֵ֤לֶּה בְנֵֽי שֵׂעִיר֙ הַ⁠חֹרִ֔י יֹשְׁבֵ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“Here is {a record/list of} the descendants of Seir the Horite who were {also} living in that land:” or “The sons/descendants of Seir the Horite {who} were {also} living in that land {were}”. The name “Horites” is an alternate name for the Hivites (verse 2). Also, this genealogy is mentioned here because Seir was the ancestor of Esau’s Canaanite wife Oholibamah (verse 25) and the Seir mountains where Esau was living (verse 8) were probably named after Seir. You could put some of that information in a footnote. See how you translated “Horites” in Gen 14:6.
4665	36:20	sbaf			לוֹטָ֥ן וְ⁠שׁוֹבָ֖ל וְ⁠צִבְע֥וֹן וַ⁠עֲנָֽה	1	“Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah,”
4666	36:21	y7mp			וְ⁠דִשׁ֥וֹן וְ⁠אֵ֖צֶר וְ⁠דִישָׁ֑ן	1	“Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan.”
4667	36:21	jmpu			אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י בְּנֵ֥י שֵׂעִ֖יר	1	“Those descendants of Seir {were/became} the chiefs of/over the Horites” or “They were the descendants of Seir who became clan/tribal leaders for the Horites”. See how you translated the names of people groups in verses 2.
4668	36:21	oacg			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ אֱדֽוֹם	1	“{who were living} in the land/region of Edom.”
4669	36:22	mt6k			וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי לוֹטָ֖ן חֹרִ֣י וְ⁠הֵימָ֑ם	1	“Lotan’s sons were Hori and Heman” or “{The names of} Lotan’s sons were Hori and Hemam”. Some translations spell the name “Hemam” as “Heman” or “Homam.” You could use any of these spellings in your translation.
4670	36:22	exa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וַ⁠אֲח֥וֹת לוֹטָ֖ן תִּמְנָֽע	1	“and {the name of} his sister {was} Timna.” or “Lotan’s sister {was} Timna.” or “Lotan was also Timna’s brother.” Timna became a concubine of Esau’s son Eliphaz (verse 12). This genealogy (verses 20-22) also shows that she was the daughter of Chief Seir (since her brother Lotan was the son of Chief Seir). You could put some of that information in a footnote. Also, according to Jewish history outside the Bible, Timna was Lotan’s younger sister. If your language has a special term for “younger sister” or “older brother,” you could use one of those here.
4671	36:23	xxnd			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י שׁוֹבָ֔ל	1	“These {were} Shobal’s sons:” or “Shobal’s sons {were}” or “{The names of} Shobal’s sons {were}”
4672	36:23	dq1q			עַלְוָ֥ן וּ⁠מָנַ֖חַת וְ⁠עֵיבָ֑ל שְׁפ֖וֹ וְ⁠אוֹנָֽם	1	“Alvan, Manahath, Ebal, Shepho, and Onam.”
4673	36:24	a7id			וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי צִבְע֖וֹן וְ⁠אַיָּ֣ה וַ⁠עֲנָ֑ה	1	“{The names of} Zibeon’s sons {were} Aiah and Anah.”
4674	36:24	n2x1			ה֣וּא עֲנָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָצָ֤א	1	“He/This {is} {the same} Anah who found/discovered” or “Anah {is} the one who found/discovered”
4675	36:24	zp5r			אֶת הַ⁠יֵּמִם֙	1	“{some} hot springs” or “springs/water”. The term used here in the Hebrew text occurs only once in the Bible and its meaning is not certain. Most translations have either “hot springs” or “water.”
4676	36:24	my7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר בִּ⁠רְעֹת֥⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֖ים לְ⁠צִבְע֥וֹן אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“while/when he was {out} in the wilderness/desert grazing his father’s donkeys.” or “when/while he was pasturing/grazing his father’s donkeys out in the wilderness/desert.” See how you translated “pasture” in Gen 29:7.
4677	36:25	pxgy			וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי עֲנָ֖ה דִּשֹׁ֑ן וְ⁠אָהֳלִיבָמָ֖ה בַּת עֲנָֽה	1	“Anah’s children {were} {his son} Dishon and his daughter Oholibamah.”
4678	36:26	tnsr			וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י דִישָׁ֑ן	1	“These {were} Dishon’s sons:” or “Dishon’s sons {were}” or “{The names of} Dishon’s sons were”
4679	36:26	bdm5			חֶמְדָּ֥ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁבָּ֖ן וְ⁠יִתְרָ֥ן וּ⁠כְרָֽן	1	“Hemdan, Eshban, Ithran, and Keran.” The Hebrew name “Keran” can also be spelled “Cheran.” Each of these spellings is found in many translations. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Dishon” in verse 21.
4680	36:27	im1i			אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי אֵ֑צֶר בִּלְהָ֥ן וְ⁠זַעֲוָ֖ן וַ⁠עֲקָֽן	1	“{The names of} Ezer’s sons {were} Bilhan, Zaavan, and Akan.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ezer” in verses 20-21.
4681	36:28	rvdm			אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי דִישָׁ֖ן ע֥וּץ וַ⁠אֲרָֽן	1	“Dishan’s sons {were} Uz and Aran.”
4682	36:29	afna			אֵ֖לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י הַ⁠חֹרִ֑י	1	“The chiefs/leaders of/over the Horite clans/tribes {were}” or “The Horites who became chiefs {were}”
4683	36:29	rn9n			אַלּ֤וּף לוֹטָן֙ אַלּ֣וּף שׁוֹבָ֔ל אַלּ֥וּף צִבְע֖וֹן אַלּ֥וּף עֲנָֽה	1	“Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Lotan” and “Shobal” in verse 20, how you spelled “Zibeon” in verses 2, 14, 20, 24, 29, and how you spelled “Anah” in verses 2, 14, 18, 20, 24-25, 29.
4684	36:30	vkr8			אַלּ֥וּף דִּשֹׁ֛ן אַלּ֥וּף אֵ֖צֶר אַלּ֣וּף דִּישָׁ֑ן	1	“Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Dishon” in verses 21, 25-26, how you spelled “Ezer” in verses 21, 27, 30, and how you spelled “Dishan” in verses 21, 28, 30.
4685	36:30	n6gm			אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י לְ⁠אַלֻּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“Those {were} the Horite chiefs. They had/led their own family groups” or “Those {were} the clan/tribal leaders of/for the Horites. They had/led their own clans/tribes”. Be consistent with how you translated “Horites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 36:20-21, 29-30.
4686	36:30	pd9g			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שֵׂעִֽיר	1	“{and lived} in the land/region of Seir.” or “{who/which were living} in the land/region of Seir.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Seir” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 32:3; 33:14, 16; 36:8-9, 20-21, 30.
4687	36:31	nihl			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֔ים	1	“These {are} {the names of} the kings” or “This/Here {is} {a record/history about} the kings”. See how you translated “kings” in Gen 17:6 and 35:11. Be sure to distinguish “kings” (verses 31-39) from “chiefs” (verses 15-19, 21, 28, 40-43) in your translation of this chapter.
4688	36:31	k12n			אֲשֶׁ֥ר מָלְכ֖וּ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֑וֹם	1	“who reigned/ruled over {the people of/in} the land/region of Edom”
4689	36:31	htsi			לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מְלָךְ מֶ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	“before there were any kings reigning/ruling over the descendants/people of Israel.” or “before the Israelites had their own king.” or “during the time {period} when the Israelites did not yet have their own king.” See how you translated “the sons of Israel” in Gen 32:3.
4690	36:32	h5uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ בֶּ⁠אֱד֔וֹם בֶּ֖לַע בֶּן בְּע֑וֹר	1	“Bela, {who was} the son of Beor, was the {first} king to rule over {the people of} {the land/region of} Edom.” or “The {first} king to rule/reign over {the people of} {the land/region of} Edom was Bela, the son of Beor.”
4691	36:32	q7cf			וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ דִּנְהָֽבָה	1	“The name of his hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Dinhabah.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Dinhabah.” Dinhabah was probably King Bela’s hometown and his capital city that he ruled the land of Edom from.
4692	36:33	q9ln			וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת בָּ֑לַע	1	“When {King} Bela died,”
4693	36:33	yfl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו יוֹבָ֥ב בֶּן זֶ֖רַח מִ⁠בָּצְרָֽה	1	“Jobab, {who was} the son of Zerah from {the city of} Bozrah, took his/Bela’s place as king.” or “Jobab, {who was} the son of Zerah, replaced/succeeded him/Bela as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Bozrah.” The phrase “from Bozrah” probably means this was Jobab’s hometown, which he ruled from, much like the meaning of “his city” in verses 32, 35, and 39.
4694	36:34	a7kc			וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת יוֹבָ֑ב	1	“When {King} Jobab died,”
4695	36:34	e0l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו חֻשָׁ֖ם מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠תֵּימָנִֽי	1	“Husham, {who was} from the land/region of the Teman/Temanite people {group}, took his/Jobab’s place as king.” or “Husham replaced/succeeded him/Jobab as king {and reigned/ruled} from {his hometown, which was in} the land/region where the Temanites lived.” King Husham may have been a descendant of Esau’s grandson Teman (verse 11). You could put that information in a footnote. Also compare how you translated verse 33.
4696	36:35	dhzc			וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת חֻשָׁ֑ם	1	“When {King} Husham died,”
4697	36:35	kn7g			הֲדַ֣ד בֶּן בְּדַ֗ד	1	“Hadad, {who was} the son of Bedad,”
4698	36:35	obr8			וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֨ךְ תַּחְתָּ֜י⁠ו	1	“took his/Husham’s place as king.” or “replaced/succeeded him/Husham as king.”
4699	36:35	l08f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠מַּכֶּ֤ה אֶת מִדְיָן֙	1	“{King Hadad is the one} who defeated the Midianites {in battle/war}”. See how you translated the idiom “struck” in Gen 14:5, 7.
4700	36:35	bdtf			בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֣ה מוֹאָ֔ב	1	“in a field {in the region/land} of Moab.” or “in the region/land/country of Moab.” Moab was a large region located to the east of the Dead Sea. This battle probably took place in the countryside or an unpopulated area (a “field”) within this region.
4701	36:35	cp8l			וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ עֲוִֽית	1	“The name of his/Hadad’s hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Avith.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Avith.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 32.
4702	36:36	lvbg			וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת הֲדָ֑ד	1	“When {King} Hadad died,”
4703	36:36	a8in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שַׂמְלָ֖ה מִ⁠מַּשְׂרֵקָֽה	1	“Samlah, {who was} from {the city of} Masrekah, took his/Hadad’s place as king.” or “Samlah replaced/succeeded him/Hadad as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Masrekah.”
4704	36:37	mcp5			וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שַׂמְלָ֑ה	1	“When {King} Samlah died,”
4705	36:37	cre0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שָׁא֖וּל מֵ⁠רְחֹב֥וֹת הַ⁠נָּהָֽר	1	“Shaul {who was} from {the city of} Rehoboth {on/beside} the River {Euphrates} took his/Samlah’s place as king.” or “Shaul replaced/succeeded him/Samlah as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Rehoboth, which was {beside} the {Euphrates} River.” See how you translated similar sentences in verses 33, 34 and 36.
4706	36:38	f6jn			וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שָׁא֑וּל וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו בַּ֥עַל חָנָ֖ן בֶּן־עַכְבּֽוֹר	1	“When {King} Shaul died, Baal-Hanan, {who was} the son of Acbor, took his place as king.” or “… replaced/succeeded him as king.”
4707	36:39	crdu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יָּמָת֮ בַּ֣עַל חָנָ֣ן בֶּן עַכְבּוֹר֒ וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֤ךְ & הֲדַ֔ר	1	“When {King} Baal-Hanan died, Hadar”. Most translations follow the Hebrew text and have “Hadar” here. Some translations (and ancient versions such as SP, LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate) have “Hadad” here instead, in order to spell this name the same way it is spelled in 1 Chronicles 1:50-51. However, that could cause confusion, because “Hadad” is also the name of a different king in verses 35-36 above.
4708	36:39	aq30			וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֤ךְ תַּחְתָּי⁠ו֙	1	“took his place as king” or “replaced/succeeded him as king”. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 33-39.
4709	36:39	c1u5			וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ פָּ֑עוּ	1	“and the name of his hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Pau.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Pau.” Consider whether it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verses 32 and 35.
4710	36:39	gf8w			וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אִשְׁתּ֤⁠וֹ מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵל֙	1	“His wife’s name {was} Mehetabel,”
4711	36:39	rpz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בַּת מַטְרֵ֔ד בַּ֖ת מֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1	“{who was} the daughter of Matred {and} the granddaughter of Me-Zahab.” or “whose father was Matred {and} whose grandfather was Me-Zahab.” Notice that “Matred” and “Me-Zahab” are the names of men. See how you translated similar phrases in verses 2 and 14.
4712	36:40	h2o5			וְ֠⁠אֵלֶּה שְׁמ֞וֹת	1	“Here {are} the names of” or “The following list of names includes”
4713	36:40	w1jt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַלּוּפֵ֤י עֵשָׂו֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם לִ⁠מְקֹמֹתָ֖⁠ם בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“{more of} the chiefs {who descended} from Esau. {These chiefs led} their own family groups in their own regions/territories, which were named after them:” or “{more of} the descendants of Esau who were clan/tribal leaders; the clans/tribes and the regions where they lived were named after them:” Notice that the chiefs listed below are different from those listed in the verses above, except for Kenaz and Teman (verse 15). Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence into two shorter sentences.
4714	36:40	ynzj			אַלּ֥וּף תִּמְנָ֛ע אַלּ֥וּף עַֽלְוָ֖ה אַלּ֥וּף יְתֵֽת	1	“Timna, Alvan, Jetheth,” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. (1) Most translations treat all the names in verses 40-43 as the names of chiefs (as in the ULT and UST of these verses). (2) However, some scholars think that all the names in verses 40-43 are the names of regions or clans and say, “{These are/were} {the names of} the clans/tribes {that descended} from Esau. Each clan/tribe lived {in the land of Edom} in its own region that was named after that clan/tribe. {The names of the clans/tribes} were TImna, Alvan … Iram. Those were {the names of} the clans/tribes of the Edomites. Each of the clans/tribes lived in their own part of the land {of Edom} that they owned …”
4715	36:41	mpl5			אַלּ֧וּף אָהֳלִיבָמָ֛ה אַלּ֥וּף אֵלָ֖ה אַלּ֥וּף פִּינֹֽן	1	“Oholibamah, Elah, Pinon,” Make sure that the way you translate verses 41-43 fits with the interpretation you followed in verse 40.
4716	36:42	vuqq			אַלּ֥וּף קְנַ֛ז אַלּ֥וּף תֵּימָ֖ן אַלּ֥וּף מִבְצָֽר	1	“Kenaz, Teman, Mibzar,”
4717	36:43	on4r			אַלּ֥וּף מַגְדִּיאֵ֖ל אַלּ֣וּף עִירָ֑ם	1	“Magdiel, {and} Iram.” Make sure you are consistent in whether or not you use the title “Chief” in verses 40-43.
4718	36:43	f7rs			אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י	1	“Those {were} {the names of} {more of} the chiefs over/for” or “{All of} those {were} chiefs over” or “Those {were} {more of} the clan/tribal leaders of/over”. Consider again how you translated “chief” throughout this chapter; see verses 15-19, 21, 29-30, 40-43.
4719	36:43	d0oc			אֱד֗וֹם	1	“the Edomites;” or “the Edom people {group};”
4720	36:43	blbb			לְ⁠מֹֽשְׁבֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	“they {all} led their own settlements” or “each of them led/ruled {their own clans/tribes} in the places where they lived”
4721	36:43	u7eq			בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם	1	“in the land/regions that they owned/controlled/inhabited.”
4722	36:43	aa5c			ה֥וּא עֵשָׂ֖ו	1	“That {was} {the record/history about} Esau,” or “This {concludes the record/history about} Esau,”
4723	36:43	vois			אֲבִ֥י אֱדֽוֹם	1	“{who was} the ancestor of {all} the Edomites.” or “{who was} the ancestor of the Edom people {group}.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. Also compare how you translated the names of other people groups in this chapter, including “Hittite” and “Hivite” in verse 2; “Edomites” in verse 9; “Horite/Horites” in verses 20, 21, 29, 30; “Temanites” in verse 34; and “Midianites” in verse 35.
4724	37:1	r483			וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“Now Jacob was {still} living” or “Jacob continued to live”. Chapter 37 continues the history about Jacob that left off at the end of chapter 35. Begin this chapter in a way that is natural in your language. Make sure the way you translate “lived” allows for the fact that Jacob was already living in Canaan and had settled near the city of Hebron, where his father and grandfather had lived previously (Gen 35:27).
4725	37:1	u237			בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ מְגוּרֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן	1	“in the land/region of Canaan where his father {Isaac} had lived for a while {as a foreigner/outsider}.” See how you translated “sojourned” in Gen 35:27 and “the land of Canaan” in Gen 35:6.
4726	37:2	iyds			אֵ֣לֶּה תֹּלְד֣וֹת יַעֲקֹ֗ב	1	“This/Here is {more of} the record/history about Jacob and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Jacob and his descendants/family:” Consider again how you translated “These are the generations of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:4; 6:9; 11:27; 25:19; 36:1; 37:2, where what follows is a narrative or history of events. Compare that to Gen 5:1; 10:1; 11:10; 25:12; 36:9, where what follows is more of a genealogy (list of names). It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
4727	37:2	hh9m			יוֹסֵ֞ף בֶּן שְׁבַֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙	1	“{One day} {his} seventeen-year-old son Joseph” or “{Jacob’s/His son} Joseph, who was seventeen years old,” This verse may be referring to a single incident or it may be referring to what happened regularly.
4728	37:2	wtc2			הָיָ֨ה רֹעֶ֤ה & בַּ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	“was taking care of the {family’s} flock{s} {of sheep and goats}” or “had the work/job of pasturing/tending the {family’s} flock{s} {of sheep and goats}”. See how you translated “flocks” in Gen 4:2.
4729	37:2	xjuz			אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ & וְ⁠ה֣וּא נַ֗עַר אֶת	1	“as an assistant/helper for his brothers {who were}” or “Joseph was helping his brothers {who were}”. As the youngest of these brothers, Joseph was their helper as they took care of their father’s flocks.
4730	37:2	ilb3			בְּנֵ֥י בִלְהָ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֖ה נְשֵׁ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“the sons of his father’s {servant} wives Bilhah and Zilpah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bilhah” in Gen 29:29 and “Zilpah” in 29:24.
4731	37:2	i0ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת דִּבָּתָ֥⁠ם רָעָ֖ה אֶל אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם	1	“and he told their/his father about the bad things they were doing.” or “and he gave bad/negative reports to their/his father about them.” The Hebrew text does not specify what Joseph’s brothers had done wrong, so neither should your translation. Also, make sure your translation of “their father” does not sound like the sons of Bilhah and Zilpah had a different father than Joseph had.
4732	37:3	tws4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	“Now {Jacob, whose other name was} Israel,” or “Israel, {that is, Jacob,}” This verse introduces background information for the events that happen next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob (verse 1) and Israel (verse 3) refer to the same person, not two separate people. For a note about this, see Gen 35:10.
4733	37:3	tzuu			אָהַ֤ב אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠כָּל בָּנָ֔י⁠ו	1	“loved Joseph more than any of his {other} sons”
4734	37:3	e4ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי בֶן זְקֻנִ֥ים ה֖וּא ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“because he/Joseph was born to him when he was old.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph was born to Israel when he was old, so he/Israel loved him more than all {the rest} of his sons.” Do what is best in your language.
4735	37:3	ruov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ כְּתֹ֥נֶת פַּסִּֽים	1	“So he/Israel/Jacob made a {special/beautiful} tunic/robe for him/Joseph that had many colors.” or “So he/Israel/Jacob made a {special} colorful tunic/robe for him/Joseph.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not certain here. Many translations (including the Greek Septuagint and Latin Vulgate) say that the tunic or robe was “multicolored” or “colorful.” This “tunic” was probably full-length to the ankles and had long sleeves that reached to the hands.
4736	37:4	j9s1			וַ⁠יִּרְא֣וּ אֶחָ֗י⁠ו כִּֽי אֹת֞⁠וֹ אָהַ֤ב אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Joseph’s brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than any of {the rest of} his sons, so” or “When Joseph’s brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than the rest of them,”
4737	37:4	gxph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂנְא֖וּ אֹת֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָכְל֖וּ דַּבְּר֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠שָׁלֹֽם	1	“they hated/despised him/Joseph so much that they could/would not speak/talk to him kindly/nicely.” or “… they refused to speak/talk to him in a friendly/kind manner/way.” or “… they always spoke unkindly/disrespectfully to him.” Make sure it is clear here in your translation that the brothers hated Joseph, not their father.
4738	37:5	nqa3			וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֤ם יוֹסֵף֙ חֲל֔וֹם	1	“Then {one night} Joseph had a dream” or “{One night} Joseph had a dream”
4739	37:5	fwbb			וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“and he told his brothers about it.” or “{The next day} he told his brothers what he dreamed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4740	37:5	np9k			וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֥פוּ ע֖וֹד שְׂנֹ֥א אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and they became even more hateful toward him.” or “That made them hate/despise him even more {than before}.”
4741	37:6	o9bp			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“He told them,” or “{This is what} he told them:”
4742	37:6	tjgv			שִׁמְעוּ נָ֕א הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָלָֽמְתִּי	1	“Please listen to {me tell about} this dream that I had:” or “I had a dream {that I want to tell you about}. Please listen to {me tell} it.”
4743	37:7	ighe			וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה	1	“{In it} I saw” or “{In my dream} I saw”
4744	37:7	kj3d			אֲנַ֜חְנוּ מְאַלְּמִ֤ים אֲלֻמִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	“that we {all} were out in the middle of a field {cutting stalks of grain/wheat and} tying the stalks into sheaves/bundles.” or “us {working together} out in a field {cutting and} tying sheaves/bundles {of grain/wheat stalks}.” A sheaf of grain is a bunch of grain stalks that have been cut and tied together in a bundle, with the heads of grain at the top. Wheat and barley were the grains that were common in this region at that time, not corn or oats.
4745	37:7	hdur			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה	1	“Then suddenly”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4746	37:7	i9yf			אֲלֻמָּתִ֖⁠י	1	“my sheaf/bundle {of grain/wheat}” or “the sheaf/bundle that I had made”
4747	37:7	t8q7			קָ֥מָה & וְ⁠גַם נִצָּ֑בָה	1	“stood up straight.” or “stood up on its end”
4748	37:7	zuav			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה	2	“Then behold/amazingly,” or “Then I saw that”
4749	37:7	vhvx			אֲלֻמֹּ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“your sheaves/bundles {of grain/wheat}” or “the sheaves/bundles that you had made”
4750	37:7	ugk0			תְסֻבֶּ֨ינָה֙	1	“gathered/stood around {my sheaf/bundle}” or “stood in a circle around {my sheaf/bundle}”
4751	37:7	kbp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖יןָ לַ⁠אֲלֻמָּתִֽ⁠י	1	“and bowed down {to the ground} to/before my sheaf/bundle {to show respect/submission}.” or “and bowed {respectfully} to my sheaf/bundle.” or “and bowed down in front of it {in respect}.”
4752	37:8	erk9			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	“His brothers responded to him,” or “His brothers retorted {angrily},”
4753	37:8	l93b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠מָלֹ֤ךְ	1	“Do you really expect to” or “Certainly you don’t think you will” or “You will never”. The brothers use two rhetorical questions in this verse to express their disagreement with Joseph and to emphasize that they are not happy with him. Do what is best in your language.
4754	37:8	r10j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	תִּמְלֹךְ֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“reign over us!” or “be our king!” For languages that mark inclusive and exclusive pronouns, “us” excludes Joseph in this sentence.
4755	37:8	dtki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	אִם מָשׁ֥וֹל תִּמְשֹׁ֖ל בָּ֑⁠נוּ	1	“You will never rule over us!”
4756	37:8	xn5l			וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֤פוּ עוֹד֙ שְׂנֹ֣א אֹת֔⁠וֹ	1	“So they hated/despised him even more {strongly/intensely} {than they did before}”. Consider again how you translated “hate” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:60; 26:27; 29:31, 33; 37:4-5, 8. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
4757	37:8	hwgw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל חֲלֹמֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל דְּבָרָֽי⁠ו	1	“for his dreams and for what he told them about the/his dreams.” or “because of what he had said {to them} about his dreams.” For some languages, it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “So because of what he/Joseph had told them about his dreams, his brothers hated him even more {strongly/intensely} {than they did before}.” Do what is best in your language.
4758	37:9	rdj8			וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֥ם עוֹד֙ חֲל֣וֹם אַחֵ֔ר וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then Joseph had another dream that he {also} told to his brothers.” or “Sometime after that, Joseph told his brothers about another dream that he had.”
4759	37:9	cm0q			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“He said,” or “This/Here is what he said:”
4760	37:9	h6x6			הִנֵּ֨ה חָלַ֤מְתִּֽי חֲלוֹם֙ ע֔וֹד	1	“Listen, I {just} had another dream,”
4761	37:9	tpor			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה	1	“and there/amazingly {in this dream}” or “and {in it} I saw that”
4762	37:9	pp8q			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּרֵ֗חַ וְ⁠אַחַ֤ד עָשָׂר֙ כּֽוֹכָבִ֔ים	1	“the sun, the moon, and eleven stars”
4763	37:9	utc0			מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִ֖ים	1	“were bowing down {to the ground}” or “bowed down {to the ground}”. See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 7.
4764	37:9	qq77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	לִֽ⁠י	1	“to/before me {to show respect}.” or “in front of me {to honor me}.” Bowing down to someone was a way of showing respect and honor to that person. If that is not clear in your culture, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote. If it is understood, you can leave it implied (as the Hebrew text does).
4765	37:10	sa4l			וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר אֶל אָבִי⁠ו֮ וְ⁠אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֒	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Verse 10 could refer to: (1) a second time that Joseph told his dream; for example, “Then/Later Joseph told {the same dream} to {both} his father and his brothers, but his father …” or (2) the same time that he told this dream to his brothers in verse 9; for example, “When Joseph related/told {the dream} to his father and his brothers, his father …”
4766	37:10	l2eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יִּגְעַר בּ֣⁠וֹ אָבִ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“but his father rebuked/scolded him by saying,” Your translation of this quote margin should not sound like two separate events; the verbs “rebuked” and “said” refer to the same event.
4767	37:10	epfz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מָ֛ה הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָלָ֑מְתָּ	1	“That {is} a strange dream that you had!” or “Your dream {is} ridiculous/outrageous!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to show that he is not happy about Joseph’s dream. Decide the best way to translate this in your language.
4768	37:10	mxwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ב֣וֹא & אֲנִי֙ וְ⁠אִמְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“Do you really expect your mother and me and your brothers to” or “Certainly you don’t think that your mother and I or your brothers will” or “Your mother and I and your brothers will never”. See how you translated a similar rhetorical question in verse 8.
4769	37:10	octg			נָב֗וֹא & לְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוֺ֥ת & אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	“come {to you} and bow down to the ground” or “bow down”. See how you translated “bow down” in verse 7.
4770	37:10	yp2m			לְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“before you” or “in front of you”
4771	37:11	qwst			וַ⁠יְקַנְאוּ ב֖⁠וֹ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“So Joseph’s brothers were envious/jealous of him,” or “{Because of Joseph’s dreams} his brothers were envious/jealous of him,” See how you translated “envied” in Gen 26:14; 30:1.
4772	37:11	b3wy			וְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו שָׁמַ֥ר אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָֽר	1	“but his father continued to think/wonder about what it all could mean.” or “but his father kept thinking about the dreams and wondered what they meant.”
4773	37:12	wp1m			וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו לִ⁠רְע֛וֹת אֶׄתׄ־צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“Sometime after that, his/Joseph’s brothers took their father’s flock{s} {of sheep and goats} to graze {in the fields}” or “One time/day, his/Joseph’s brothers …”
4774	37:12	vlrw			בִּ⁠שְׁכֶֽם	1	“near {the city of} Shechem.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shechem” in Gen 35:4.
4775	37:13	vl3c			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶל יוֹסֵ֗ף	1	“Then/So {one day} Israel said to Joseph,”
4776	37:13	upf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ רֹעִ֣ים	1	“As you know, your brothers are pasturing/tending {our flocks/animals}”. Israel uses a rhetorical question to remind Joseph of something he already knows and to introduce what he wants Joseph to do. Decide the best way to communicate this in your language.
4777	37:13	vka6			בִּ⁠שְׁכֶ֔ם	1	“near {the city of} Shechem.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
4778	37:13	eynd			לְכָ֖⁠ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁלָחֲ⁠ךָ֣ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“Get ready so that I can send you to them.”
4779	37:13	o27h			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ	1	“He/Joseph responded,” or “He/Joseph answered him,”
4780	37:13	nrit			הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי	1	“I’m here {and ready to go}.” or “I’m ready {to go}.” or “Yes, {sir}.”
4781	37:14	qlxr			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ	1	“Then Israel told him/Joseph,”
4782	37:14	wbsm			לֶךְ נָ֨א רְאֵ֜ה	1	“Please go and check on” or “Please go find out”
4783	37:14	kwpr			אֶת שְׁל֤וֹם אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁל֣וֹם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן	1	“how your brothers and the flock{s} are doing,” or “whether {or not} things are going well for your brothers and the flock{s},”
4784	37:14	dz4q			וַ⁠הֲשִׁבֵ֖⁠נִי דָּבָ֑ר	1	“Then come tell me {how they are doing}.” or “Then report back to me {what you find out}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4785	37:14	b5jc			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	“So/Then Israel sent him/Joseph {on his way}”
4786	37:14	opy9			מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק חֶבְר֔וֹן	1	“from {their home in} the valley near {the city of} Hebron,” Be consistent in how you spell “Hebron” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:18; 23:2, 19; 35:27; 37:14.
4787	37:14	jkus			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א שְׁכֶֽמָ⁠ה	1	“and he/Joseph went/traveled to {the city of} Shechem.” The trip from the city of Hebron to the city of Shechem was about 100 kilometers (60 miles).
4788	37:15	oywm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֣⁠הוּ אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“There he met a man who had seen/noticed him” or “{When he arrived there,} a man saw him”. In this context “found” means the man happened to meet Joseph as Joseph was walking around looking for his brothers; the man was not intentionally looking for him. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “He started wandering around {searching} in the fields {near there}, where/and he met a man who asked …” or “As he was wandering around {searching} in the fields {near there}, he met a man who asked …” Do what is best in your language.
4789	37:15	syph			תֹעֶ֖ה בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁאָלֵ֧⁠הוּ הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר	1	“searching around in the {nearby} fields/countryside and asked him”. The word “fields” refers here to large, open places with no fences and few trees, where sheep and goats could easily graze.
4790	37:15	fnn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	מַה תְּבַקֵּֽשׁ	1	“What/Who are you looking for?” or “what/who he was looking for.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or an indirect quote here in your language.
4791	37:16	nm7k			וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר אֶת אַחַ֖⁠י אָנֹכִ֣י מְבַקֵּ֑שׁ	1	“He/Joseph responded/replied, “I am looking/searching for my brothers.” ”
4792	37:16	rdbq			הַגִּֽידָ⁠ה נָּ֣א לִ֔⁠י	1	“Can you tell me” or “Do you know”
4793	37:16	tg3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֵיפֹ֖ה הֵ֥ם רֹעִֽים	1	“where they are pasturing/tending {their flocks}?” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in the verse and say, “I am looking for my brothers who were somewhere around here shepherding/pasturing/tending {their flocks}. Do you know where they are {now}?” Do what is best in your language.
4794	37:17	elkg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָ⁠אִישׁ֙	1	“The man answered {him},” or “The man replied,”
4795	37:17	tgoq			נָסְע֣וּ מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“{I saw them, but then} they left from here” or “They were here and then left”
4796	37:17	lggu			כִּ֤י שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֹֽמְרִ֔ים	1	“In fact, I heard/overheard them say {to each other}” or “but I overheard them say {to each other}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4797	37:17	va7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	נֵלְכָ֖ה דֹּתָ֑יְנָ⁠ה	1	“ ‘Let’s {move on and} go to {the town of} Dothan.’ ” or “that they were going to {the town of} Dothan.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your translation.
4798	37:17	jp2k			וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ יוֹסֵף֙ אַחַ֣ר אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠דֹתָֽן	1	“So Joseph followed his brothers and caught up with them near {the town of} Dothan.” or “So Joseph went to {the town of} Dothan and found his brothers {near} there.”
4799	37:18	bcke			וַ⁠יִּרְא֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק	1	“But they saw him while he was still some distance away,” or “While he was still some distance away {from them}, they saw him,”
4800	37:18	mv7y			וּ⁠בְ⁠טֶ֨רֶם֙ יִקְרַ֣ב אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“and before he reached them,” or “and before he got close to where they were,”
4801	37:18	c9yp			וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַכְּל֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“they plotted to kill him.” or “they made plans to kill him.”
4802	37:19	y0we			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“They said to each other {about him},”
4803	37:19	xisw			הִנֵּ֗ה בַּ֛עַל הַ⁠חֲלֹמ֥וֹת הַלָּזֶ֖ה בָּֽא	1	“Look/See, here comes that master/expert dreamer!” or “Look who’s coming! It’s that master/expert of dreams!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph’s brothers are being sarcastic and disrespectful here as they make fun of Joseph.
4804	37:20	gdar			וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה לְכ֣וּ וְ⁠נַֽהַרְגֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	“Come on, let’s kill him” or “Let’s work/join together and kill him”
4805	37:20	qnas			וְ⁠נַשְׁלִכֵ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	“and throw his body”
4806	37:20	q28u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד הַ⁠בֹּר֔וֹת	1	“into one of the {empty} pits/wells {here}.” A cistern was a large hole or pit that had been dug in the ground to catch rain water and store it there. It was wide at the bottom and had a small opening at the top. The sides of the hole were covered with plaster so that it would hold water.
4807	37:20	takb			וְ⁠אָמַ֕רְנוּ חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה	1	“Then we will/can tell {people} that a fierce/vicious/ferocious {wild} animal”
4808	37:20	pkdz			אֲכָלָ֑תְ⁠הוּ	1	“has devoured/eaten him,” or “ate him up/down,”
4809	37:20	d69r			וְ⁠נִרְאֶ֕ה	1	“and we/everyone will see/watch”
4810	37:20	jm0y			מַה יִּהְי֖וּ חֲלֹמֹתָֽי⁠ו	1	“what will become of his dreams!” or “what happens to his {great} dreams!” or “if his {great} dreams come true!” Joseph’s brothers are speaking here in a disdainful way, continuing to mock him.
4811	37:21	vz3w			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע רְאוּבֵ֔ן	1	“But Reuben heard {their plan}, so” or “When Reuben heard {what they were planning,}”
4812	37:21	sgyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יַּצִּלֵ֖⁠הוּ מִ⁠יָּדָ֑⁠ם	1	“he {tried to} rescue/save Joseph from them”. The phrase “their hand{s}” refers to Joseph’s brothers and their power to harm him. Consider whether you have a similar figure of speech in your language.
4813	37:21	pj3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“and said {to them},” or “by urging them,”
4814	37:21	arpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לֹ֥א נַכֶּ֖⁠נּוּ נָֽפֶשׁ	1	“We should/must not take his life.” or “We should/must not kill him.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “strike” in Gen 4:15; 34:30; 37:21.
4815	37:22	qril		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֣ם רְאוּבֵן֮	1	“Then Reuben/he continued/added,” Some translations do not include this phrase, possibly because Reuben is still speaking to the same people. However, he may have paused between verses 21 and 22 to see the effect of what he said in verse 21. Also, the repeated quote margin helps emphasize what he says in verse 22. Do what is best in your language.
4816	37:22	t1mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַל תִּשְׁפְּכוּ דָם֒	1	“Do not kill him.” or “You must not take his life.” See how you translated the idiom “shed blood” in Gen 9:6.
4817	37:22	r99s			הַשְׁלִ֣יכוּ אֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠בּ֤וֹר הַ⁠זֶּה֙	1	“{Instead} put him into this {dry/empty} pit/well”. See how you translated “cistern” in verse 20.
4818	37:22	bqz5			אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר	1	“{here} in the wilderness/desert,” Consider again how you translated “wilderness” or “desert” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6 (and note); 16:7; 21:14, 20-21; 36:24; 37:22. Also see when it occurs as implied information in Gen 12:9-10; 13:1, 3; 20:1; 24:62.
4819	37:22	lhby			וְ⁠יָ֖ד אַל תִּשְׁלְחוּ ב֑⁠וֹ	1	“but you must not harm him {in any way}.” The phrase “lay a hand on” is an idiom that emphasizes that they are not to harm him at all, not even in the smallest way.
4820	37:22	bqvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְמַ֗עַן הַצִּ֤יל אֹת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠יָּדָ֔⁠ם	1	“Reuben was planning to rescue/save him/Joseph from them” or “{He/Reuben said that} in order to save him/Joseph from being killed by them”. See how you translated “rescued him from their hand{s}” in verse 21.
4821	37:22	lqa5			לַ⁠הֲשִׁיב֖⁠וֹ אֶל אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“so that he could return him {safely} to his/their father.” or “and take him back {home} to his/their father.” Make sure your translation of “his father” does not sound like Joseph had a different father than his brothers had.
4822	37:23	k46f			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר בָּ֥א יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶל אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“When Joseph reached his brothers,” As usual, the phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important set of events. Many translations leave it implied. Do what is natural in your language.
4823	37:23	nae9			וַ⁠יַּפְשִׁ֤יטוּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת כֻּתָּנְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת כְּתֹ֥נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֖ים	1	“they {grabbed/took hold of him and} stripped/ripped/tore off the/his colorful robe”. See how you translated “multicolored tunic” in verse 3.
4824	37:23	ye3c			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	“he had on.” or “that he was wearing.”
4825	37:24	h7mu			וַ⁠יִּ֨קָּחֻ֔⁠הוּ	1	“Then they grabbed him”. If the phrase “grabbed/took hold of him” is made explicit in your translation in verse 23, it can be left implied here in verse 24.
4826	37:24	nbwf			וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֥כוּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠בֹּ֑רָ⁠ה	1	“and put him into the pit/well.” See how you translated “throw him” and “cistern” in verse 20.
4827	37:24	za8r			וְ⁠הַ⁠בּ֣וֹר רֵ֔ק אֵ֥ין בּ֖⁠וֹ מָֽיִם	1	“Now the pit/well {was} empty; it had no water in it.” or “The pit/well {was} empty and {completely} dry inside.”
4828	37:25	h666		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּשְׁבוּ֮ לֶֽ⁠אֱכָל לֶחֶם֒	1	“Then {some of} Joseph’s brothers sat down to eat a meal,” It is clear from verse 29 that Reuben was not there when his brothers made the plan to sell Joseph to the traders.
4829	37:25	gl5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֤וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ וַ⁠יִּרְא֔וּ	1	“and {while they were eating,} they looked around” or “{While they were eating,} they looked around”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in Gen 22:13.
4830	37:25	de55			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	“and saw/noticed {that}” or “and they saw/noticed {that}”
4831	37:25	yfo8			אֹרְחַ֣ת	1	“a {large} group/company of”. A “caravan” is a large group of people who are traveling together.
4832	37:25	ztmn			יִשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים	1	“Ishmaelite {traders/merchants}” or “{traders/merchants} from the Ishmael/Ishmaelite people group” or “{traders/merchants who were} descendants of Ishmael”. See how you translated the names of other people groups in Gen 15:19-21.
4833	37:25	klhu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּאָ֖ה מִ⁠גִּלְעָ֑ד	1	“was coming/traveling {toward them} from {the region of} Gilead.” or “was traveling from {the region of} Gilead {and was headed their way}.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of some of the implied information in this sentence and say, “… and saw/noticed {that headed their way/direction was} a {large} group of Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} {that was} coming/traveling from {the region of} Gilead.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Gilead” in Gen 31:21, 23, 25.
4834	37:25	mpjz			וּ⁠גְמַלֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם נֹֽשְׂאִ֗ים	1	“Their camels were loaded with”. Consider again how you translated “camel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16 (and note); 24:10-11, 14, 19-20, 22, 25, 30-32, 35, 44, 46, 61, 63-64; 30:43; 31:17, 18, 34; 32:7, 15; 37:25.
4835	37:25	duc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	נְכֹאת֙ וּ⁠צְרִ֣י וָ⁠לֹ֔ט	1	“{expensive} spices, healing resin/salve and incense”. Gilead was a mountainous region east of the Jordan River that was famous as a source of balm (or balsam), which was a rare tree resin that was used for perfume and for medicine. Myrrh was another type of tree resin that was used as incense and as medicine. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4836	37:25	ogiz			הוֹלְכִ֖ים לְ⁠הוֹרִ֥יד מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה	1	“that they were taking/transporting down to {the country of} Egypt {to sell there}.” or “that they were taking {to sell} in {the country of} Egypt.”
4837	37:26	kjnl			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוּדָ֖ה אֶל אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then/So Judah asked/urged his brothers,”
4838	37:26	ubh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה בֶּ֗צַע	1	“What will we gain” or “We will not gain anything”. Judah uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize his point. Do what is best in your language.
4839	37:26	byyb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ֤י נַהֲרֹג֙ אֶת אָחִ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠כִסִּ֖ינוּ אֶת דָּמֽ⁠וֹ	1	“if we kill our brother and try to keep people from finding out about it” or “by killing our brother and trying to hide it!” The phrase “cover up” is an idiom that means to prevent people from knowing about something evil that was done. Also, the phrase “his blood” is an idiom that refers to Joseph’s death.
4840	37:27	trsv			לְכ֞וּ וְ⁠נִמְכְּרֶ֣⁠נּוּ	1	“{Instead,} come on, let’s sell him” or “{Instead,} we should sell him”. See how you translated “come and” in verse 20.
4841	37:27	d1rs			לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֗ים	1	“to those Ishmaelites {over there}” or “to those Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} {over there}”. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in verse 25.
4842	37:27	ink7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠יָדֵ֨⁠נוּ֙ אַל תְּהִי ב֔⁠וֹ	1	“so that we will/do not harm him.” or “so that we will not be guilty of harming him.” Translate this idiom in a way that is natural and clear in your language.
4843	37:27	llb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּֽי אָחִ֥י⁠נוּ בְשָׂרֵ֖⁠נוּ ה֑וּא	1	“After all, he {is} a member of our family, our own brother.” or “After all, as our brother, he {is} member of our family.” The phrase “our flesh” refers to the fact that they are closely related biologically. See how you translated a similar idiom (“my bone and my flesh”) in Gen 29:14.
4844	37:27	pxd0			וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֖וּ אֶחָֽי⁠ו	1	“Judah’s brothers agreed {with him}.” or “Judah’s brothers agreed {to do what Judah had proposed/suggested}.” See how you translated “listened” in Gen 34:24.
4845	37:28	z0bz			וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֩ אֲנָשִׁ֨ים מִדְיָנִ֜ים סֹֽחֲרִ֗ים	1	“So when/as the Midianite {(that is, Ishmaelite)} traders/merchants came by/near {them},” or “So when the {Ishmaelite} traders who were {also/sometimes called} Midianites were passing/going by {them},” The Ishmaelites (verses 25, 27-28; 39:1) and Midianites (verses 28 and 36) were the descendants of Abraham’s sons Ishmael and Midian (16:15; 25:1-2). However, sometimes (as here) the names of those people groups are used interchangeably for the same people (also see Judges 8:22, 24, 26). Perhaps that was because the two people groups had intermarried. Or there may have been merchants from the two people groups in this caravan who bought and sold Joseph together. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4846	37:28	v0x8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יִּמְשְׁכוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֤וּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִן הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר	1	“{some of} Joseph’s brothers pulled Joseph/him up out of the pit/well”. Not all of Joseph’s brothers were there, because we know from the next verse that at least Reuben was somewhere else when they sold Joseph.
4847	37:28	ayg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	וַ⁠יִּמְכְּר֧וּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֖ים בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים כָּ֑סֶף	1	“and sold him to the Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} for twenty {shekels/pieces of} silver.” See the note about shekels at Gen 20:16. Twenty shekels of silver was equal to about one-fourth of a kilo (half a pound) and was the average price for a slave. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4848	37:28	el2q			וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאוּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה	1	“Then the Ishmaelites took him to {the country of} Egypt.”
4849	37:29	zb09			וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב רְאוּבֵן֙ אֶל הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר	1	“Later Reuben {who had been gone for a while} returned to the pit/well,” or “Then/Later Reuben came/went back to the pit/well {to get Joseph},” Consider again how you translated “cistern” in verses 20, 22, 24, 28-29.
4850	37:29	jkit			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה אֵין יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּ⁠בּ֑וֹר	1	“and he was shocked to see that Joseph was not there!” or “but to his surprise/horror, Joseph was gone!”
4851	37:29	l17h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֖ע אֶת בְּגָדָֽי⁠ו	1	“So/Then he tore his clothes {to show distress/grief}.” or “Then {he was so distressed/grieved that} he tore his clothes.”
4852	37:30	cbe8			וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב אֶל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then he went back to where his brothers were” or “Then he went to his brothers”
4853	37:30	hwt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“and said/exclaimed {to them},”
4854	37:30	hksj			הַ⁠יֶּ֣לֶד	1	“The lad/youth” or “Joseph” or “Our {younger} brother”. Joseph was seventeen years old (verse 2), so this phrase should be translated in a way that is appropriate for his older brother to refer to him here. See how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning in Gen 21:12.
4855	37:30	hm3x			אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“is gone/missing!”
4856	37:30	de6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אָ֥נָה אֲנִי בָֽא	1	“Now what should/can I do?” or “Now I do not know what to do!” Reuben uses a rhetorical question here to express how distressed he is and to emphasize that he does not know what to do. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
4857	37:31	vk4u			וַ⁠יִּקְח֖וּ	1	“So they” or “Then/So Joseph’s brothers”
4858	37:31	cjzw			וַ⁠יִּקְח֖וּ אֶת כְּתֹ֣נֶת יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“took his tunic/robe,” or “picked up his tunic/robe,”
4859	37:31	hybm			וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁחֲטוּ֙ שְׂעִ֣יר עִזִּ֔ים	1	“killed a male/young goat”
4860	37:31	h4kn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּטְבְּל֥וּ אֶת הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֖נֶת בַּ⁠דָּֽם	1	“and dipped the/Joseph's robe in its blood.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Then/So Joseph’s brothers killed a young goat, took Joseph’s/his tunic/robe, and dipped it in the {goat’s} blood.” or “Then/So Joseph’s brothers killed a young goat and dipped Joseph’s/his tunic/robe in the {goat’s} blood.” Do what is best in your language.
4861	37:32	igsh			וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֞וּ אֶת כְּתֹ֣נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֗ים וַ⁠יָּבִ֨יאוּ֙ אֶל אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ	1	“Then they had someone take/bring the colorful tunic/robe back to their father and say {to him} {for them},” Consider again how you translated “multicolored/colorful tunic/robe” in verses 3, 23, 32.
4862	37:32	cghp			זֹ֣את מָצָ֑אנוּ הַכֶּר נָ֗א	1	“We found this {tunic/robe}. Please look at it {to see/determine}”. See how you translated “examine” in Gen 31:32.
4863	37:32	faw3			הַ⁠כְּתֹ֧נֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֛ הִ֖וא אִם לֹֽא	1	“whether/if it {is} your son’s tunic/robe.” or “whether or not it {is} your son’s.”
4864	37:33	nule			וַ⁠יַּכִּירָ֤⁠הּ וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“Jacob examined/recognized the robe and exclaimed,”
4865	37:33	ifzw			כְּתֹ֣נֶת בְּנִ֔⁠י	1	“{This is} my son {Joseph}’s tunic/robe!” or “This tunic/robe belongs to my son {Joseph}!”
4866	37:33	mjef			חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה אֲכָלָ֑תְ⁠הוּ טָרֹ֥ף טֹרַ֖ף יוֹסֵֽף	1	“Surely/Clearly a fierce/vicious/ferocious {wild} animal has torn Joseph/him to pieces/bits and eaten him up!” See how you translated “an evil animal devoured him” in verse 20.
4867	37:34	ix46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע יַעֲקֹב֙ שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then Jacob tore his clothes {in grief/sorrow},” or “Jacob {was so grieved that he} tore his clothes,” See how you translated “tore his clothes” in verse 29.
4868	37:34	d98k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם שַׂ֖ק בְּ⁠מָתְנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“put on sackcloth,” or “put on mourning clothes,” It was a Hebrew custom to wear sackcloth, which was a rough/coarse garment made/woven from black goats’ hair, to show that the person was mourning for someone’s death. If this custom is not familiar in your culture, you could put that information in a footnote.
4869	37:34	a63b			וַ⁠יִּתְאַבֵּ֥ל עַל בְּנ֖⁠וֹ יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים	1	“and for many days he mourned/grieved that his son had died.” or “and for a {very} long time he mourned/grieved that/because his son was dead/gone.” See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 27:41.
4870	37:35	p5yz			וַ⁠יָּקֻמוּ֩ כָל בָּנָ֨י⁠ו וְ⁠כָל בְּנֹתָ֜י⁠ו	1	“All Jacob’s sons and daughters”
4871	37:35	gr7h			וַ⁠יָּקֻמוּ֩ לְ⁠נַחֲמ֗⁠וֹ	1	“came {to him} {and tried} to comfort/console him,”
4872	37:35	yjk7			וַ⁠יְמָאֵן֙ לְ⁠הִתְנַחֵ֔ם	1	“but he did not want to be comforted/consoled” or “but he did/would not let them comfort/console him”
4873	37:35	re6d			וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Instead he said {to them},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4874	37:35	wdyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כִּֽי אֵרֵ֧ד אֶל בְּנִ֛⁠י אָבֵ֖ל שְׁאֹ֑לָ⁠ה	1	“{No,} I will continue to mourn until I {die and} join my son down in Sheol.” or “{No,} I will continue to mourn {for my son} until I {die and} go down to be with him in the afterworld.” Sheol is the Hebrew name for the world of the dead, that is, the place where the spirits of dead people lived. You could put that information in a footnote. Your translation of “Sheol” should not refer to hell or a place of punishment. Some translations have “the grave” here, but that leaves out the idea of an afterlife that this sentence implies.
4875	37:35	qt95			וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“So/Then Joseph’s father continued to mourn/grieve {deeply} for him/Joseph.”
4876	37:36	j9zi			וְ⁠הַ֨⁠מְּדָנִ֔ים מָכְר֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֶל מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“Meanwhile, in {the country of} Egypt, the Midianite {traders} sold Joseph” or “Meanwhile, when the Midianite {traders} got to {the country of} Egypt, they sold Joseph”. The event in verse 36 occurred during the time that the events in verses 29-35 happened.
4877	37:36	ng42			לְ⁠פֽוֹטִיפַר֙ סְרִ֣יס פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“to Potiphar, {who was} an official/officer under Pharaoh {the king of/over Egypt};” See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15-20.
4878	37:36	hd6f			שַׂ֖ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִֽים	1	“{he was} the captain over the {royal/palace} guards.” or “{he was} the leader of the soldiers who guarded the king.”
4879	38:1	vktj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בָּ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֔וא	1	“Meanwhile,” or “At/About that/this time,” The phrase “And it happened” introduces a new episode here. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language.
4880	38:1	qqqe			וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד יְהוּדָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Judah left his brothers and went/traveled down”
4881	38:1	ptef			וַ⁠יֵּ֛ט עַד אִ֥ישׁ עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י	1	“and settled/stayed/lived in {the town of} Adullam near {the home of} a man from there” or “to {the town of} Adullam and settled/stayed/lived near {the home of} a man from there”. The word “Adullamite” refers to the fact that Hirah was from the town of Adullam; it is not the name of a people group. The town of Adullam was about 19 kilometers (12 miles) northwest of the city of Hebron (37:14), and was lower in elevation, which is why the text says that Judah “went down” to get there.
4882	38:1	woam			וּ⁠שְׁמ֥⁠וֹ חִירָֽה	1	“whose name {was} Hirah.”
4883	38:2	f34u			וַ⁠יַּרְא־שָׁ֧ם יְהוּדָ֛ה בַּת אִ֥ישׁ כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ שׁ֑וּעַ	1	“{While he was living} there, Judah/he met the daughter of a Canaanite man named Shua,” or “{While he was living} there, Judah/he met a Canaanite woman whose father {was} Shua,”
4884	38:2	n4av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֖⁠הָ	1	“and he took her {as his wife}.” or “and he married her.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“took a wife”) in Gen 25:1.
4885	38:2	c9qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had {marital/sexual} relations with her,” See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4.
4886	38:3	v73t			וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר	1	“and she became pregnant”
4887	38:3	i5xh			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן	1	“and gave birth to a son,” or “When she gave birth, she had a son,” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
4888	38:3	tjg5			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ עֵֽר	1	“whom he/Judah named Er.” Throughout Genesis, sometimes the father, sometimes the mother, and sometimes both are said to give their child his name.
4889	38:4	a0s1			וַ⁠תַּ֥הַר ע֖וֹד	1	“Then Judah’s wife became pregnant again”. See how you translated verse 3, which is similar to verse 4.
4890	38:4	eo25			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן	1	“and gave birth to {another} son,”
4891	38:4	g66c			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אוֹנָֽן	1	“and she named him Onan.”
4892	38:5	rsf9			וַ⁠תֹּ֤סֶף עוֹד֙	1	“Then she conceived again” or “Then she became pregnant yet again”
4893	38:5	ospi			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן	1	“and gave birth to {another} son,”
4894	38:5	vzkw			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵׁלָ֑ה	1	“and she named him Shelah.”
4895	38:5	l4tz			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה בִ⁠כְזִ֖יב בְּ⁠לִדְתָּ֥⁠הּ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He/Judah was in/at {the town of} Kezib when she gave birth to Shelah.” or “When she gave birth to Shelah, Judah was in {the town of} Kezib.” or (2) “It was in {the town of} Kezib that she gave birth to him/Shelah.” or “She was in Kezib when she gave birth to him/Shelah.”
4896	38:6	pv6j			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֧ח יְהוּדָ֛ה אִשָּׁ֖ה לְ⁠עֵ֣ר בְּכוֹר֑⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ תָּמָֽר	1	“Years later, Judah got/chose a wife named Tamar for his firstborn/oldest son Er.” or “When Judah’s firstborn/oldest son Er grew up, Judah arranged/negotiated for him to marry a woman whose name {was} Tamar.” See how you translated the phrase “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21.
4897	38:7	roio			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י עֵ֚ר בְּכ֣וֹר יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	“But Judah’s firstborn/oldest son Er” or “But Er”. Some languages leave “the firstborn of Judah” implied here since Er was already called the firstborn in verse 6. The Hebrew text repeats that information here to emphasize Er’s relationship to Judah in the following events. Do what is best in your language.
4898	38:7	unv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י & רַ֖ע בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	“did things that were evil/wicked in Yahweh’s sight/opinion,” or “did something/things that Yahweh considered/judged to be evil/wicked,” The Hebrew text does not specify what Er had done wrong, so neither should your translation. See how you translated the idiom “in the eyes of Yahweh” in Gen 6:8.
4899	38:7	gnk5			וַ⁠יְמִתֵ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה	1	“so Yahweh took his life.” or “so Yahweh caused him to die.”
4900	38:8	k9rm			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙ לְ⁠אוֹנָ֔ן	1	“After that, Judah told {his son} Onan,”
4901	38:8	id8g			בֹּ֛א אֶל אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“Marry your brother’s wife/widow {Tamar} {according to our custom}”. The Israelites practiced the custom of Levirate marriage, which meant that if a man died without any children, it was his oldest brother’s duty to marry his widow so that together they could have a son who would carry on the deceased man’s family line and inherit his estate (See: Deuteronomy 25:5-6). You could put some of that information in a footnote.
4902	38:8	oq0f			וְ⁠יַבֵּ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	“so that you fulfill your duty/obligation to her {as her brother-in-law}”
4903	38:8	xpyj			וְ⁠הָקֵ֥ם זֶ֖רַע	1	“and produce/have children {with her}”
4904	38:8	xkri			לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ךָ	1	“for your {deceased} brother.” or “to carry on {the name of} your brother {Er}.”
4905	38:9	ks40			וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע אוֹנָ֔ן כִּ֛י לֹּ֥א ל֖⁠וֹ יִהְיֶ֣ה הַ⁠זָּ֑רַע	1	“But Onan knew that the children {they would have together} would not belong to him.”
4906	38:9	h91i			וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה אִם	1	“So whenever” or “So every time”
4907	38:9	jx50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בָּ֨א אֶל	1	“he slept/lay with” or “he had {marital/physical} relations with”
4908	38:9	dsuf			אֵ֤שֶׁת אָחִי⁠ו֙	1	“his brother’s wife/widow {Tamar},” or “Tamar,”
4909	38:9	s7mu			וְ⁠שִׁחֵ֣ת אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה	1	“he wasted {his semen} on the ground” or “he caused/let {his semen} to spill/go on the ground”. Translate this clause in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. Make sure it is clear that Onan did something to keep Tamar from getting pregnant.
4910	38:9	totl			לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י נְתָן זֶ֖רַע לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	“so that he would not have offspring/children for his brother.” or “to keep her from {getting pregnant and} having {any} offspring/children for his brother.”
4911	38:10	nhk4			וַ⁠יֵּ֛רַע בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה	1	“Yahweh considered/judged what he/Onan did to be evil/wicked,” or “But that was evil/wicked in Yahweh’s sight/opinion,” See how you translated “evil in the eyes of Yahweh” in verse 7.
4912	38:10	umq7			וַ⁠יָּ֖מֶת גַּם אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“so he/Yahweh took his life too/also.” or “so he/Yahweh caused him to die too.”
4913	38:11	d1qt			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָה֩ לְ⁠תָמָ֨ר	1	“Then Judah told”
4914	38:11	wpg2			לְ⁠תָמָ֨ר כַּלָּת֜⁠וֹ	1	“his daughter-in-law Tamar,” or “his son’s widow Tamar,” or “Tamar,”
4915	38:11	bfcq			שְׁבִ֧י אַלְמָנָ֣ה בֵית אָבִ֗י⁠ךְ	1	“{Go back} to your father’s house and stay there as a widow” or “{Go and} live at your father’s house, and do not marry again”
4916	38:11	vjtz			עַד יִגְדַּל֙ שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֔⁠י	1	“until my son Shelah is old enough {to marry you}.”
4917	38:11	mds7			כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יָמ֥וּת גַּם־ה֖וּא כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“{He/Judah said/did that} because he said/thought {to himself}, “I don’t want Shelah to die like his brothers did!” ” or “{He/Judah did/said that} because he was afraid Shelah would die like his brothers had died.” or “{Actually Judah did not want Shelah to marry Tamar} because he was afraid/worried {that if he did,} he would also die like his brothers had died.”
4918	38:11	ibi4			וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ תָּמָ֔ר וַ⁠תֵּ֖שֶׁב בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠הָ	1	“So Tamar went {home} to her father’s house and live/stayed there.”
4919	38:12	uu5v			וַ⁠יִּרְבּוּ֙ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים	1	“Many years later,” or “After a long time,” or “Years went by and then”
4920	38:12	fy0d			וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת בַּת שׁ֣וּעַ אֵֽשֶׁת יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	“Judah’s wife, the daughter of Shua, died.” or “Judah’s wife, {who was} Shua’s daughter, died.” Notice that Shua was the father of Judah’s wife. Be consistent here with how you spelled his name in verse 2.
4921	38:12	na0r			וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוּדָ֗ה	1	“After Judah finished mourning/grieving {for her}, {one day}” or “After Judah had completed the {customary} time of mourning/grieving {for her},” See how you translated “comforted” in Gen 37:35.
4922	38:12	sdjz			וַ⁠יַּ֜עַל & תִּמְנָֽתָ⁠ה	1	“he {decided to} go to {the town of} Timnah”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Judah had already arrived at Timnah, because he does not actually reach there until verse 19. His trip from the town of Adullam (verse 1) to the town of Timnah was about 13 kilometers (8 miles).
4923	38:12	fh0g			עַל גֹּֽזֲזֵ֤י צֹאנ⁠וֹ֙	1	“{to work} with {the men} who were shearing his sheep {there}.” or “where {his men} were shearing his sheep {for him}.” See how you translated “shear his sheep” in Gen 31:19 and see the note about that there.
4924	38:12	en0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ה֗וּא וְ⁠חִירָ֛ה רֵעֵ֥⁠הוּ הָ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י	1	“He and his friend Hirah, {who was} from {the town of} Adullam, {started traveling there together}.” or “His friend Hirah the Adullamite went/traveled with him.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “… and he and his friend Hirah the Adullamite went up to {the town of} Timnah where men were shearing Judah’s sheep {for him}.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Hirah” and how you translated “Adullamite” in verse 1.
4925	38:13	cja8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠תָמָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then/Meanwhile someone told/informed Tamar,”
4926	38:13	r1i3			הִנֵּ֥ה חָמִ֛י⁠ךְ	1	“Listen, your father-in-law {Judah}”
4927	38:13	o1kb			עֹלֶ֥ה תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה לָ⁠גֹ֥ז צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ	1	“is on his way to {the town of} Timnah to shear his sheep.” or “is on his way to shear his sheep in/at {the town of} Timnah.” See how you translated “shearing his sheep” in verse 12.
4928	38:14	bmnn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תָּסַר֩ בִּגְדֵ֨י אַלְמְנוּתָ֜⁠הּ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ	1	“So she changed from her clothes that showed she was a widow” or “So she changed {into different clothes} from the kind of clothes that widows wear”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Tamar did not just take off her widow’s clothes, but that she also put different clothes on.
4929	38:14	vpxr			וַ⁠תְּכַ֤ס בַּ⁠צָּעִיף֙	1	“and covered herself with a {large} veil/shawl” or “and covered her face with a {thin} veil/headscarf”. A veil was a large piece of thin cloth that was used to cover the face and/or the body. See how you translated “veil” in Gen 24:65.
4930	38:14	d0cf			וַ⁠תִּתְעַלָּ֔ף	1	“and dressed/disguised herself {as/like a prostitute}.” or “to disguise herself.”
4931	38:14	fx7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠פֶ֣תַח עֵינַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל דֶּ֣רֶךְ תִּמְנָ֑תָ⁠ה	1	“Then she sat near/by the entrance/gateway to {the town of} Enaim, which {was} on the road/way to/toward {the town of} Timnah,” or “Then {she went/traveled} toward {the town of} Timnah and sat down at/near the entrance/gateway of {the town of} Enaim, which {was} along the way.” Some languages need to specify that Tamar traveled to Enaim before she sat down there. Do what is best in your language.
4932	38:14	f4by			כִּ֤י רָאֲתָה֙ כִּֽי גָדַ֣ל שֵׁלָ֔ה	1	“{She did that} because she had noticed that Shelah was now old enough {to marry},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4933	38:14	pc3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הִ֕וא לֹֽא נִתְּנָ֥ה ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“but Judah had not given her to him/Shelah to marry {as he was supposed/required to do}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Tamar had seen/noticed that Shelah was now grown up, but Judah had not given her to him to marry {as he was supposed/required to do}. So she changed from her widow’s clothes …” Do what is best in your language.
4934	38:15	fzz0			וַ⁠יִּרְאֶ֣⁠הָ יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	“{As Judah was traveling to Timnah,} he saw Tamar {beside the road},”
4935	38:15	bpro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֖⁠הָ לְ⁠זוֹנָ֑ה כִּ֥י כִסְּתָ֖ה פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“but since she had covered/veiled her face {with a veil/shawl}, {he could not see who she was and} he thought/assumed that she was a prostitute.” See how you translated “prostitute” in Gen 34:31 and “covered her face” in verse 14.
4936	38:16	rkdo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט אֵלֶ֜י⁠הָ אֶל הַ⁠דֶּ֗רֶךְ	1	“So he went over to where she was {sitting} beside/by the road”
4937	38:16	p4cl			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and said {to her},” or “and propositioned {her} by saying,” or “and requested,”
4938	38:16	m30g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	הָֽבָ⁠ה נָּא֙ אָב֣וֹא אֵלַ֔יִ⁠ךְ	1	“Let me sleep/lie with you.” or “Let me have relations/sex with you.”
4939	38:16	p7ts			כִּ֚י לֹ֣א יָדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כַלָּת֖⁠וֹ הִ֑וא	1	“{He did/said that} because he did not recognize/realize that she {was} his daughter-in-law {Tamar}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “He did not realize that she was his daughter-in-law {Tamar}, so he went over to her beside the road and said …”
4940	38:16	neat		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“So she asked {him},”
4941	38:16	q0h1			מַה תִּתֶּן לִּ֔⁠י	1	“What will you give me {in exchange}” or “What will you pay me”
4942	38:16	e4ov			כִּ֥י תָב֖וֹא	1	“if I allow you to” or “so that you can”
4943	38:16	hg0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תָב֖וֹא אֵלָֽ⁠י	1	“sleep/lie with me?” or “have relations/sex with me?” or “do that?” See how you translated the idiom “come to” earlier in this verse.
4944	38:17	nshg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“He answered {her},”
4945	38:17	ex73			אָנֹכִ֛י אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח גְּדִֽי עִזִּ֖ים מִן הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן	1	“I will send {you} a young goat from my flock.” See how you translated “kid goat” in Gen 27:9, 16.
4946	38:17	mtpk			וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“She replied,”
4947	38:17	g37n			אִם תִּתֵּ֥ן עֵרָב֖וֹן	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{Ok,} if you will give {me} a pledge/deposit …” or “{I will agree,} if you give {me} something {valuable} {of yours} to keep …” or (2) “Will you give me a pledge/deposit …?”
4948	38:17	o8kc			עַ֥ד שָׁלְחֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“until you send/deliver {the goat to me}.”
4949	38:18	zusm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“So Judah asked {her},”
4950	38:18	op2q			מָ֣ה הָֽ⁠עֵרָבוֹן֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶתֶּן לָּ⁠ךְ֒	1	“What should I give to you as a pledge/deposit?” or “What do you want me to leave with you?”
4951	38:18	jusw			וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“She answered {him},”
4952	38:18	rr3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חֹתָֽמְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠פְתִילֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“{Leave/Give me} your {name/identification/signature} seal/thing with its cord/string {that you have/wear around your neck},” A “signet” or “identification seal” was a ring or small cylinder-shaped object that had the owner’s name engraved on it and was worn around his neck on a cord. It was used to prove his identity and to sign documents that were written on clay tablets, by rolling the cylinder over the soft clay. If people in your culture are not familiar with these things, you could put some of this information in a footnote.
4953	38:18	n7cn			וּ⁠מַטְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and your cane” or “and your walking stick”
4954	38:18	f96t			אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“that you are holding.” or “that you have.”
4955	38:18	ml3p			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לָּ֛⁠הּ	1	“So he gave {those things} to her”
4956	38:18	z9bt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ	1	“Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had {sexual} relations with her,” Consider again how you translated the idiom “went to” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:4 (See: note); 16:2, 4; 19:31; 30:3-4; 38:2, 8-9, 16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context; for example, the relationship in Gen 38:16, 18 was outside of marriage.
4957	38:18	gw3h			וַ⁠תַּ֥הַר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and she became pregnant by/from him.” or “and he caused her to become pregnant.” Consider again how you translated “conceive” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:1, 17; 16:4-5; 19:36; 21:2; 25:21; 29:32-35; 30:5, 7, 17, 19, 23; 38:3-4, 18.
4958	38:19	liio			וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם וַ⁠תֵּ֔לֶךְ	1	“After that, Tamar left {Judah} and went/returned {home}” or “After Tamar left {Judah}, she went/returned {home}”
4959	38:19	pbgh			וַ⁠תָּ֥סַר צְעִיפָ֖⁠הּ מֵ⁠עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“took off her veil/shawl” or “Then she took her veil/scarf off”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “veil” in verse 14.
4960	38:19	a54x			וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֖שׁ בִּגְדֵ֥י אַלְמְנוּתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“and put {back} on her clothes that showed she was a widow.” or “and put {back} on the kind of clothes that widows wear.” See how you translated “widow’s clothes” in verse 14.
4961	38:20	sd35			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יְהוּדָ֜ה אֶת־גְּדִ֣י הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים בְּ⁠יַד֙ רֵעֵ֣⁠הוּ הָֽ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֔י	1	“Meanwhile Judah sent a young goat with his friend {Hirah}, {who was} from {the town of} Adullam,” or “After that, Judah sent his friend {Hirah} the Adullamite with a young goat”. See how you translated “his friend … the Adullamite” in verse 12 and “kid goat” in verse 17.
4962	38:20	o4m5			לָ⁠קַ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵרָב֖וֹן מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“to retrieve/reclaim his things from the woman/prostitute {whom he had given them to}.” or “to exchange it for the things he had left with the woman/prostitute.” or “to get back from the woman/prostitute the things he had left with her.”
4963	38:20	i3ar			וְ⁠לֹ֖א מְצָאָֽ⁠הּ	1	“but Hirah could not find her.” or “But {when Hirah looked for her,} he was not able to find her.”
4964	38:21	jp7z			וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת אַנְשֵׁ֤י מְקֹמָ⁠הּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“So he/Hirah asked {some} men {who lived} near the place where she had been,”
4965	38:21	vr5k			אַיֵּ֧ה הַ⁠קְּדֵשָׁ֛ה הִ֥וא בָ⁠עֵינַ֖יִם עַל הַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ	1	“Where {is} the temple/shrine prostitute who {was sitting} beside the road near {the town of} Enaim?” Pagan religions had fertility rites at their temples or shrines that included professional prostitutes. Make sure your translation of “temple prostitute” does not refer to any temple built by the Israelites. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Enaim” in verse 14.
4966	38:21	smeq			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“But they answered {him},”
4967	38:21	hfg6			לֹא הָיְתָ֥ה & קְדֵשָֽׁה	1	“There has never been a temple/shrine prostitute” or “No temple/shrine prostitute has ever been”
4968	38:21	dzj8			בָ⁠זֶ֖ה	1	“in/near this place/town.” or “around here.”
4969	38:22	x8tr			וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב֙ אֶל יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	“So/Then Hirah went/came back to Judah”
4970	38:22	cfc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“and said/reported {to him},” or “and told/informed {him},”
4971	38:22	q9on			לֹ֣א מְצָאתִ֑י⁠הָ	1	“I was not able to find the woman/prostitute.”
4972	38:22	jxz6			וְ⁠גַ֨ם	1	“In fact,” or “And besides that,”
4973	38:22	pr0d			אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙	1	“the men who live {around} there” or “the men who live in/near that town”
4974	38:22	ehox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אָֽמְר֔וּ לֹא הָיְתָ֥ה בָ⁠זֶ֖ה קְדֵשָֽׁה	1	“claimed, ‘There has never been a temple/shrine prostitute in/near this {place/town}.’ ” or “say/claim that there has never been a temple/shrine prostitute near/around there.” See how you translated this same quote in verse 21. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this as an indirect quote here in verse 22.
4975	38:23	zc7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙	1	“Then Judah said/replied {to him},” or “Judah replied,”
4976	38:23	wlxy			תִּֽקַּֽח לָ֔⁠הּ	1	“{Stop looking for her and} let her keep {my things} for herself”
4977	38:23	m5kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	פֶּ֖ן נִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠ב֑וּז	1	“so that people do not laugh at us.” or “Otherwise everyone will make fun of us.” or “so that we are not publicly shamed.” The pronouns “we” and “us” are inclusive here because Judah is including Hirah; some languages might use a dual pronoun. Use the pronouns that are best in your language in this context.
4978	38:23	jh42			הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“Besides that,” or “After all,”
4979	38:23	zuhk			שָׁלַ֨חְתִּי֙ הַ⁠גְּדִ֣י הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“I {did try to} send/deliver this goat {to her},” or “I sent {you to deliver} this goat {to her},”
4980	38:23	t312			וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה לֹ֥א מְצָאתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“but you could not find her.” or “but you were not able to find her.”
4981	38:24	u2di			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְּ⁠מִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שׁ חֳדָשִׁ֗ים	1	“About three months later,” The phrase “Then it happened” introduces an important part of the story and helps create suspense or anticipation, so that it leaves the audience wondering what will happen next. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language.
4982	38:24	s76q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֨ד לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֤ה לֵֽ⁠אמֹר֙	1	“someone said/reported to Judah,” or “someone told/informed Judah,”
4983	38:24	m7xn			תָּמָ֣ר כַּלָּתֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“Your daughter-in-law Tamar”. Consider again how you translated “daughter-in-law” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:31; 38:11, 16, 24.
4984	38:24	bbh3			זָֽנְתָה֙	1	“has acted/behaved like/as a prostitute.” Some languages have an idiom for this phrase. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “prostitute” in Gen 34:31, 38:15 and “temple prostitute” in verses 21-22.
4985	38:24	o1fu			וְ⁠גַ֛ם הִנֵּ֥ה הָרָ֖ה לִ⁠זְנוּנִ֑ים	1	“In fact, look, {she is} {now} pregnant from doing that!” or “In fact, as a result of her immoral/indecent behavior {she has become} pregnant!” or “and even worse, {she is} {now} pregnant because of that!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4986	38:24	ysut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	“Judah said/responded {angrily},”
4987	38:24	nens		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הוֹצִיא֖וּ⁠הָ	1	“Take her outside {the town}”. Executions were normally done outside of the city walls.
4988	38:24	yehf			וְ⁠תִשָּׂרֵֽף	1	“and burn her {to death}!” or “and {punish her by} burning her {to death}!”
4989	38:25	ep9v			הִ֣וא מוּצֵ֗את	1	“{So they went to get her/Tamar, but} as they were taking her out {of the town},”
4990	38:25	zsbg			וְ⁠הִ֨יא שָׁלְחָ֤ה אֶל חָמִ֨י⁠הָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“she sent {a messenger} to her father-in-law {along with his things} and {told the messenger to} say,” See how you translated “father-in-law” in verse 13.
4991	38:25	i8al			לְ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר אֵ֣לֶּה לּ֔⁠וֹ אָנֹכִ֖י הָרָ֑ה	1	“The man who owns these things is the one who got me pregnant.”
4992	38:25	mpys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הַכֶּר נָ֔א לְ⁠מִ֞י הַ⁠חֹתֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּתִילִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֖ה הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	“Please identify {the man} who owns this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick.” or “Please look at this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick. Do you know/recognize who they belong to?” For some languages it is more natural to omit the quote margin here, since what follows is a continuation of the message Tamar is sending to Judah. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “signet” and “cord” and “staff” in verse 18.
4993	38:26	l5y7			וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֣ר יְהוּדָ֗ה	1	“Judah recognized {his things}” or “Judah saw/recognized {that the things she had were his}”
4994	38:26	q7tg			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and confessed/admitted,”
4995	38:26	vv8s			צָֽדְקָ֣ה מִמֶּ֔⁠נִּי	1	“She/Tamar is right, and I am wrong,”
4996	38:26	zlor			כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֥ן לֹא־נְתַתִּ֖י⁠הָ לְ⁠שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֑⁠י	1	“because I refused to have my son Shelah marry her {as I was supposed/required to}!” or “because I did not let her marry my son Shelah {as I was supposed/required to}!” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shelah” in verses 5, 11, 14.
4997	38:26	w29m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסַ֥ף ע֖וֹד לְ⁠דַעְתָּֽ⁠ה	1	“{So they released her/Tamar,} and {after that} he/Judah never again laid/slept with her/Tamar.” or “… never had {sexual} relations with her/Tamar again.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “knew” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:1 (and note), 17, 25; 19:8; 24:16; 38:26. It may be necessary to translate 38:26 differently, since the relationship in this verse was outside of marriage. Compare how you translated a related idiom (“went to”) in verse 18.
4998	38:27	taw4			וַ⁠יְהִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵ֣ת לִדְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	“Months later, when Tamar {was ready} to give birth,” See how you translated “Then it happened” in verse 24. The same phrase occurs three times in verses 27-29 to draw attention to the peak of this chapter, the birth of Perez, who was the ancestor of King David and the Messiah.
4999	38:27	krwk			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תְאוֹמִ֖ים בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ	1	“surprisingly/amazingly {there were} twins inside her!” or “they saw/realized that {there were} twins inside her!” or “it turned out that she was going to have twins!”
5000	38:28	qivh			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י בְ⁠לִדְתָּ֖⁠הּ	1	“While she was in labor,” or “As she was starting to deliver her babies,” See how you translated “giving birth” in Gen 35:16. This may need to be translated differently here because of the different context.
5001	38:28	olds			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן יָ֑ד	1	“{one of them} stuck out {his} hand” or “{one of the twins/babies} put/stuck out {his} hand”
5002	38:28	lm3k			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֗דֶת וַ⁠תִּקְשֹׁ֨ר עַל־יָד֤⁠וֹ שָׁנִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“Then/So the midwife {who was there} tied a {bright} red thread/string on/around his wrist and said,” or “Then/So the midwife {who was helping her} …” The midwife did this because it was her responsibility to identify which baby was the firstborn. See how you translated “midwife” in Gen 35:17.
5003	38:28	hg4j			זֶ֖ה יָצָ֥א רִאשֹׁנָֽה	1	“This {one/baby} was born first.”
5004	38:29	t36m			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְּ⁠מֵשִׁ֣יב יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	“But then the/that baby pulled his hand back inside, and suddenly/unexpectedly”
5005	38:29	h16n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יָצָ֣א אָחִ֔י⁠ו	1	“his brother came out {first} {instead}.” or “his brother was born {first} {instead}.”
5006	38:29	q6iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then/So the midwife said/exclaimed {to the baby},”
5007	38:29	bk1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה פָּרַ֖צְתָּ עָלֶ֣י⁠ךָ פָּ֑רֶץ	1	“How did you break/burst yourself out like that?” or “What a dramatic/powerful way for you to break/burst out!” or “Just look at how you have forced your way out!” The midwife uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize how surprised she is that Perez was born first. Decide the best way to communicate this in your language.
5008	38:29	fwgm			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So they named him” or “That is why he was named”. Although this phrase could mean that Judah (Perez’s father) named Perez, most translations translate this in a general or indefinite way that does not specify who named him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 29:34.
5009	38:29	k9rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פָּֽרֶץ	1	“Perez, {which means “break/burst out.”}” If you include the meaning of Perez’ name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated the previous sentence.
5010	38:30	bcqr			וְ⁠אַחַר֙ & אָחִ֔י⁠ו	1	“After that, his {twin} brother”
5011	38:30	r266			יָצָ֣א	1	“was born/delivered”
5012	38:30	vde7			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל יָד֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֑י	1	“who {had} the {bright} red thread/string on his wrist.” or “with the {bright} red thread/string on his wrist.” See how you translated “scarlet thread” in verse 28.
5013	38:30	f1uo			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So he was named” or “So they named him”. See how you translated “he called his name” in verse 29.
5014	38:30	obu4			זָֽרַח	1	“Zerah, {which means “brightness.”}”
5015	39:1	nu80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֖ף הוּרַ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“Now {as you know,} {Ishmaelite traders/merchants} had taken/brought Joseph down to {the country of} Egypt,” or “Back/Returning {now} to Joseph: {Remember that} he had been taken/brought down to {the country of} Egypt {by Ishmaelite traders/merchants},” Chapter 39 picks up where 37:36 left off and repeats some events (that happened in chapter 37) to remind readers of what happened before chapter 38 interrupted the narrative. Make sure your translation does not sound like Joseph was taken to Egypt twice or sold to Potiphar twice.
5016	39:1	p905			פּוֹטִיפַר֩ סְרִ֨יס פַּרְעֹ֜ה שַׂ֤ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִים֙ אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י	1	“and/where an Egyptian {named} Potiphar, who was the captain over {King} Pharaoh’s {personal} guards,” See how you translated “an official of Pharaoh, the chief of the guards” in Gen 37:36.
5017	39:1	zeo9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּקְנֵ֡⁠הוּ & מִ⁠יַּד֙ הַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	“had bought him {as a slave/servant} from the Ishmaelites who had taken/brought him there.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Now {as you know,} {some} Ishmaelite traders had taken/brought Joseph down to {the country of} Egypt, and an Egyptian {named} Potiphar had bought him {as a slave/servant} from them. Potiphar {was} {one of} Pharaoh’s officials/officers, the captain over the king’s {personal} guards.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in Gen 37:25, 27-28.
5018	39:2	qfkq			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“But Yahweh was with Joseph {and helped/blessed him},” See how you translated “was with” in Gen 21:20; 26:28.
5019	39:2	yfoq			וַ⁠יְהִ֖י אִ֣ישׁ מַצְלִ֑יחַ	1	“so that he succeeded in what/everything he did” or “so that he did everything very well”
5020	39:2	au6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠מִּצְרִֽי	1	“as he worked in his Egyptian master’s/owner’s house.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “As Joseph worked in his Egyptian master/owner’s house, Yahweh was with him/Joseph {and helped/blessed him}, so that he succeeded in everything he did.” Do what is best in your language.
5021	39:3	eyfg			וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֲדֹנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“His/Joseph’s master/owner realized that Yahweh {was} with/blessing him/Joseph”. In verses 2 through 20, Potiphar is referred to as Joseph’s master (verses 2-3, 7-8, 16, 19-20) and “the Egyptian” (verse 5); he is no longer mentioned by his name in the Hebrew text. Some translations continue to use Potiphar’s name occasionally in verses 2 through 20 to prevent confusion and make it clear that all of these references refer to the same person, not two or three different people. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “master” or “owner” in Gen 24:9-10.
5022	39:3	o1le			וְ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁר ה֣וּא עֹשֶׂ֔ה יְהוָ֖ה מַצְלִ֥יחַ בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and was helping/enabling him/Joseph to succeed/prosper in everything that he did.” or “and was helping/enabling him/Joseph to do everything very well.” See how you translated “successful” in verse 2.
5023	39:4	t5me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֨א יוֹסֵ֥ף חֵ֛ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יְשָׁ֣רֶת אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“So he/Potiphar was pleased with Joseph/him and made him his personal servant/attendant.” Make sure that your translation of “in his eyes” refers here to Joseph’s master, not Yahweh. Also, see how you translated the idiom “found favor in … eyes” in Gen 6:8.
5024	39:4	jhry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּפְקִדֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָל־יֶשׁ־ל֖⁠וֹ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ	1	“He/Potiphar also put him/Joseph in charge of managing his household and taking care of everything {else} {that} he owned.” or “He/Potiphar also appointed him/Joseph as the manager/overseer of/over his {entire} household and entrusted into his care everything {that} belonged to him.” Make sure your translation of the pronouns (“he,” “him,” and “his”) in verses 2 through 6 refers to the correct person at each point in the text. Also see how you translated the idiom “gave … into the hand of” in Gen 32:16.
5025	39:5	vi9e			וַ⁠יְהִ֡י מֵ⁠אָז֩	1	“Beginning from the time {that}” or “From the time {that}”
5026	39:5	slwg			הִפְקִ֨יד אֹת֜⁠וֹ בְּ⁠בֵית֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל֙ כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“Joseph’s Egyptian master/owner put him in charge of/over his household and everything {else} that belonged to him,” or “he/Potiphar put him/Joseph in charge of managing everything that belonged to him,” or “Joseph’s Egyptian master/owner did that,” See how you translated “put him in charge … his house and … everything {that} was his” in verse 4. It is repeated in verse 5 in the Hebrew text to emphasize the authority that Joseph was given. Do what is natural in your language.
5027	39:5	p5qi			וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ יְהוָ֛ה אֶת בֵּ֥ית הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֖י	1	“Yahweh blessed the household of that Egyptian {man}” or “Yahweh caused that Egyptian’s household to prosper”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this chapter that “Egyptian,” “master,” and “Potiphar” all refer to the same person, not two or three different people.
5028	39:5	djhx			בִּ⁠גְלַ֣ל יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“for Joseph’s sake/benefit.” or “because Joseph was working for him.”
5029	39:5	nobj			וַ⁠יְהִ֞י בִּרְכַּ֤ת יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“Yahweh/He blessed everything that belonged to him,” or “Yahweh/He caused everything that he owned to prosper,”
5030	39:5	iqqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה	1	“{including} {everything} in {his} household/home and in {his} fields.” or “{including} {his family and servants} in {his} household, as well as {the crops and livestock} in {his} fields.” In this context, “house” especially refers to the people in the house and “fields” refers to what is in the fields.
5031	39:6	l7xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֣ב כָּל אֲשֶׁר ל⁠וֹ֮ בְּ⁠יַד יוֹסֵף֒	1	“In fact, he/Potiphar gave Joseph the responsibility of managing everything that he owned/had, so that” or “In fact, after/since Joseph’s owner put him in charge of everything that he owned,” See how you translated a similar idiom (“gave into his hand”) in verse 4.
5032	39:6	ywhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	וְ⁠לֹא יָדַ֤ע אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם הַ⁠לֶּ֖חֶם אֲשֶׁר ה֣וּא אוֹכֵ֑ל	1	“he did not {need to} concern himself with anything {in his household} except for {personal things/matters like} {deciding} what {kind of} food {he wanted} to eat.” or “the only thing he {needed to} think/decide about {in his household} was {personal things/matters like} what food {he wanted} to eat.” For some languages, it is more natural to put the exception clause first in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also, Potiphar did more than decide what to eat; that was just one example of personal decisions which were all he had to concern himself with.
5033	39:6	zuu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף יְפֵה תֹ֖אַר וִ⁠יפֵ֥ה מַרְאֶֽה	1	“Joseph was well-built/muscular and good-looking.” or “Now Joseph was a very handsome young man.” Some languages have a conjunction such as “Now” that introduces background information and a change of topic. For other languages a paragraph break is enough (without a conjunction). Do what is best in your language.
5034	39:7	ysar			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	“So after a while,” or “After {he had been/worked there for} a while,” The phrase “And it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important event. Many English translations do not include this phrase. Do what is natural in your language.
5035	39:7	nv2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֧א אֵֽשֶׁת־אֲדֹנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־עֵינֶ֖י⁠הָ אֶל־יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“his master’s/owner’s wife started looking at Joseph/him {with desire/lust}” or “his master’s/owner’s wife started lusting for Joseph/him”. Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
5036	39:7	x36f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“and said {to him},” or “and told/demanded {him},” Translate this quote introduction in a way that fits well with what Potiphar’s wife says to Joseph.
5037	39:7	g6dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	שִׁכְבָ֥⁠ה עִמִּֽ⁠י	1	“Sleep with me!” or “Come to bed with me!” See how you translated the idiom “lie with” in Gen 19:32.
5038	39:8	ep8r			וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֓ן	1	“But Joseph refused” or “But he/Joseph rejected {her request/demand}”
5039	39:8	g2v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֵ֣שֶׁת אֲדֹנָ֔י⁠ו	1	“and said to her,” or “and told her,”
5040	39:8	owob			הֵ֣ן	1	“Look/Listen,” or “Notice that”
5041	39:8	evap			אִתִּ֖⁠י	1	“with me {in charge},” or “because of me,” or “since I am {working/serving} here,”
5042	39:8	rjl4			אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יָדַ֥ע	1	“my master/owner does not {need to} think/worry {about}” or “my owner does not {need/have to} concern himself with”
5043	39:8	bede			מַה בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת	1	“anything that {is} in {his} house,” or “{managing} anything in {his} household,”
5044	39:8	y97a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר יֶשׁ ל֖⁠וֹ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדִֽ⁠י	1	“In fact, everything that he owns he has given/entrusted into/to my care” or “In fact, he has put me in charge of everything that he owns/has”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated the idiom “gave into … hand” in verse 4.
5045	39:9	zepl			אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ גָד֜וֹל בַּ⁠בַּ֣יִת הַ⁠זֶּה֮ מִמֶּ⁠נִּי֒	1	“{so that} he has no one in his household who has more authority than I do.” or “{As a result,} {even} he does not exercise more authority in/over this/his household than I do”. As Joseph’s master, Potiphar still had more authority than Joseph. But he had given Joseph authority to act in his place over everything in his household. Try to make that clear in your translation. Also, consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin verse 9 with a new sentence or to continue the sentence from verse 8.
5046	39:9	vvmi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וְ⁠לֹֽא חָשַׂ֤ךְ מִמֶּ֨⁠נִּי֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם אוֹתָ֖⁠ךְ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתְּ אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and he has given me freedom with everything {in his household}, except you, {of course,} because you {are} his wife.” or “He allows me to do anything {in his household}, except with you, his wife.” The phrase “has not withheld” is a litotes that emphasizes the freedom that Potiphar had given Joseph. Some languages must translate this in a way that does not use a negative word such as “not”. Do what is best in your language.
5047	39:9	py3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אֵ֨יךְ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֜ה הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠חָטָ֖אתִי לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	“So I refuse to do such an evil thing, which would be a terrible sin against God!” or “So there is no way I would {ever} sin against God by doing such an evil thing!” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize why he will not do what Potiphar’s wife wants. Do what is best in your language.
5048	39:10	zye2			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠הּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף י֣וֹם י֑וֹם	1	“Even though Potiphar’s wife kept propositioning/pressuring Joseph every day {to lie/sleep with her},” or “Day after day, Potiphar’s wife kept pressuring/asking Joseph {to go to bed with her}, but”. The phrase “Then/And it happened” is used several times in this chapter (verses 5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 15, 18, 19) to introduce and emphasize important events and to increase suspense so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Many English translations have omitted this phrase, possibly for reasons of naturalness. Consider whether you have an expression like this that is natural in your language.
5049	39:10	lu95			וְ⁠לֹא שָׁמַ֥ע אֵלֶ֛י⁠הָ לִ⁠שְׁכַּ֥ב אֶצְלָ֖⁠הּ	1	“he did not do what she wanted, but refused to lie/sleep with her,” or “he refused/rejected her requests/demands”
5050	39:10	nept			לִ⁠הְי֥וֹת עִמָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“and he stayed away from her.” or “and would not {even} go near her.”
5051	39:11	mdad			וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“{But} then on a day like that,” or “Then/But one such day” or “Then/But one day”
5052	39:11	okgm			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א הַ⁠בַּ֖יְתָ⁠ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת מְלַאכְתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Joseph went to {his master’s/owner’s} house {as usual} to do his work, and/but” or “when Joseph went into the/Potiphar’s house to work,”
5053	39:11	vnms			וְ⁠אֵ֨ין אִ֜ישׁ מֵ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת שָׁ֖ם בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת	1	“no other menservants from the household were there.” or “none of the other household menservants were there.”
5054	39:12	jkr9			וַ⁠תִּתְפְּשֵׂ֧⁠הוּ בְּ⁠בִגְד֛⁠וֹ	1	“So/Then Potiphar’s wife caught/grabbed {hold of} him/Joseph by his robe/tunic,” The word “garment” is very general and probably refers to an outer article of clothing, such as a robe or tunic.
5055	39:12	it2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר	1	“{and} said {to him},” or “{and} said/demanded,” See how you translated this quote introduction in verse 7.
5056	39:12	zgtp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	שִׁכְבָ֣⁠ה עִמִּ֑⁠י	1	“Come to bed with me!” or “Sleep with me!” See how you translated this quote in verse 7.
5057	39:12	bhip			וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה	1	“But {immediately} he fled and left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands as he ran outside/outdoors.” or “But he {immediately} got away from her and fled/ran outside/outdoors, leaving his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Joseph put his garment in her hands. Rather, it came off in her hands as he was fleeing.
5058	39:13	nwnq			וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּ⁠רְאוֹתָ֔⁠הּ	1	“As soon as she saw” or “After/When she saw”
5059	39:13	bsy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי עָזַ֥ב בִּגְד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠יָדָ֑⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה	1	“that Joseph had left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands as he ran outside,” or “that Joseph had fled/run outside/outdoors and left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12.
5060	39:14	tq92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֞א לְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י בֵיתָ֗⁠הּ	1	“she called out for the {other} household menservants {to come to her}” or “she summoned the {other} menservants of/from her household {to come}”. See how you translated “men of the house” in verse 11.
5061	39:14	tibm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“Then {when they arrived/came,} she exclaimed to them,”
5062	39:14	jd8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	רְא֗וּ	1	“Look {at this}!” or “Look/See {what happened}!” As Potiphar’s wife speaks, she is probably showing the servants Joseph’s garment in her hands.
5063	39:14	bl9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֵ֥בִיא לָ֛⁠נוּ אִ֥ישׁ עִבְרִ֖י	1	“My husband brought {this} Hebrew slave/servant {here} to/among us”. Make sure that your translation of “He brought” refers here to Potiphar (as verse 17 confirms), not Joseph.
5064	39:14	r8rm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	לְ⁠צַ֣חֶק בָּ֑⁠נוּ	1	“to mock/insult/humiliate us!” or “to make fools of us!” In this context, “us” is general and includes Potiphar’s wife and the people she is talking to.
5065	39:14	wqqd			בָּ֤א אֵלַ⁠י֙	1	“He came here” or “That man/slave came {here} to me”. Make sure your translation of “He came” refers here to Joseph, not Potiphar (who was the subject of the previous sentence in the Hebrew text).
5066	39:14	tyjv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠שְׁכַּ֣ב עִמִּ֔⁠י	1	“to rape me,” or “to force me to lie/sleep with him,” Consider again how you translated the idiom “lie with” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:32-35; 26:10; 30:15-16; 34:2, 7; 35:22; 39:7, 10, 12, 14. It may be necessary to translate this in different ways, depending on the context.
5067	39:14	xzcf			וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠ק֥וֹל גָּדֽוֹל	1	“but I cried out {for help}!” or “but I screamed/shouted loudly {for help}!”
5068	39:15	p2ka			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְ⁠שָׁמְע֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then when” or “Then as soon as”
5069	39:15	h3hc			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְ⁠שָׁמְע֔⁠וֹ כִּֽי הֲרִימֹ֥תִי קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א	1	“Then when he heard me call/cry out loudly,” or “Then as soon as he heard me scream/shout {like that},”
5070	39:15	nxmk			וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ אֶצְלִ֔⁠י וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה	1	“he left his robe/tunic with me and fled/ran outside/outdoors!” or “he {immediately} fled/ran outside/outdoors and he left his robe/tunic behind!” See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 13.
5071	39:16	xlz9			וַ⁠תַּנַּ֥ח	1	“So she kept” or “Then/So Potiphar’s wife kept”
5072	39:16	ha6q			בִּגְד֖⁠וֹ אֶצְלָ֑⁠הּ	1	“Joseph’s robe/tunic with her”
5073	39:16	cz5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַד & אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו	1	“until {her husband,} Joseph’s master/owner,”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like her husband and Joseph’s master were two different people. Do what is best in your language.
5074	39:16	uclh			בּ֥וֹא & אֶל בֵּיתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“came {back} to his home.” or “came/returned home.”
5075	39:17	b9yo			וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּ֣ר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then {when he/Potiphar arrived,} she told him”
5076	39:17	g1fk			כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה	1	“the same story.” or “the same thing she had told {the others}.”
5077	39:17	pbw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“She said,” or “This is what she said:”
5078	39:17	njvs			הָ⁠עֶ֧בֶד הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֛י אֲשֶׁר הֵבֵ֥אתָ	1	“The/That Hebrew slave/servant whom you brought”
5079	39:17	cubv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	לָּ֖⁠נוּ	1	“among us” or “{to work} for us”. Here the pronoun “us” includes Potiphar, his wife and their household.
5080	39:17	jhz0			בָּֽא אֵלַ֞⁠י & לְ⁠צַ֥חֶק בִּֽ⁠י	1	“{just now} came to me to mock/insult/humiliate me!” or “came here to make a fool of me!” See how you translated “laugh at” in verse 14.
5081	39:18	z8jd			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠הֲרִימִ֥⁠י קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א	1	“But as soon as I screamed/shouted loudly,” or “But when I screamed/shouted {for help},” See how you translated verse 15, which is similar to verse 18.
5082	39:18	ev5k			וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֥ב בִּגְד֛⁠וֹ אֶצְלִ֖⁠י וַ⁠יָּ֥נָס הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה	1	“he left his robe/tunic beside/with me and ran outside/outdoors!” Consider again how you translated “garment” in verses 12-13, 15-16, 18.
5083	39:19	u48y			וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ אֲדֹנָ֜י⁠ו	1	“When Joseph’s master/owner heard”
5084	39:19	nkgh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבְּרָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה עָ֥שָׂהּ לִ֖⁠י עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“his wife say, “This is what your slave/servant did to me,” ” or “what his wife said his slave/servant {Joseph} had done to her,” Make sure that your translation of “his” refers to Joseph’s master here, not Joseph. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here.
5085	39:19	rnlk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר אַפּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“he burned with anger.” or “he became very angry.” Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here.
5086	39:20	x4x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ אֲדֹנֵ֨י יוֹסֵ֜ף אֹת֗⁠וֹ וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֔הַר	1	“Then/So he had Joseph arrested and put in the prison/jail” or “And/Then he {had soldiers} arrest Joseph and put him in the prison/jail”. Potiphar probably had soldiers arrest Joseph for him, since he had the authority to do that as the captain of the guards. Consider again how you referred to Joseph and Joseph’s master, Potiphar, in verses 1-20. As usual, after you finish translating a section like this, it is a good practice to read the section aloud at a normal pace and listen carefully to make sure you refer to everyone accurately and naturally at each point in the text.
5087	39:20	y8ve			מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁר אסורי הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲסוּרִ֑ים	1	“where the king’s prisoners were confined/imprisoned.” or “where they kept/imprisoned people who had committed crimes against the king.”
5088	39:20	z4kd			וַֽ⁠יְהִי שָׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר	1	“So Joseph was/stayed there in the prison,” or “Joseph remained there in prison,”
5089	39:21	ijm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“but Yahweh was with him”
5090	39:21	yb0v			וַ⁠יֵּ֥ט אֵלָ֖י⁠ו חָ֑סֶד	1	“and was kind/gracious to him”. See how you translated “show kindness” in Gen 24:12.
5091	39:21	wgy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן חִנּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שַׂ֥ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר	1	“and caused the prison warden to be pleased with him, {so that he treated him favorably/well}.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“favor in … eyes”) in verse 4.
5092	39:22	kpq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן שַׂ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠סֹּ֨הַר֙ בְּ⁠יַד־יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“{Soon} the warden of the prison gave Joseph the responsibility for {taking care of}” or “So {before long} the warden put Joseph in charge of”
5093	39:22	a9xb			אֵ֚ת כָּל הָ֣⁠אֲסִירִ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר	1	“all the {other} prisoners who {were} in the/that prison,” or “all the {other} prisoners,”
5094	39:22	uh31			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר עֹשִׂים֙ שָׁ֔ם ה֖וּא הָיָ֥ה עֹשֶֽׂה	1	“so that he was in charge of everything that was done there.” or “so that he {was the one who} managed everything that they did there.”
5095	39:23	zhrl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	שַׂ֣ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּ֗הַר	1	“{So} the warden” or “{As a result} the jail/prison warden”. Do what is best in your language.
5096	39:23	tz9t			אֵ֣ין & רֹאֶ֤ה אֶֽת־כָּל־מְא֨וּמָה֙	1	“did not {need to} supervise/oversee anything” or “did not {need to} pay attention to anything at all”
5097	39:23	z5fc			בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	“that Joseph was in charge of,” or “that Joseph was managing,”
5098	39:23	lwk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“because Yahweh was with Joseph”. For some languages, it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Because/Since Yahweh was with Joseph and helped him to succeed in whatever he did, the warden did not need to supervise/oversee anything that Joseph was in charge of.” Do what is best in your language.
5099	39:23	pxbg			וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר ה֥וּא עֹשֶׂ֖ה יְהוָ֥ה מַצְלִֽיחַ	1	“and gave him success in whatever/everything he did.” or “and helped/enabled him to succeed at everything he did.” See how you translated a similar clause (“Yahweh made all that he was doing successful”) in verse 3.
5100	40:1	z1xg			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	“Sometime after that,” or “After some time, {one day}”
5101	40:1	q3qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַשְׁקֵ֥ה מֶֽלֶךְ מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֑ה	1	“the {chief/head} wine-server and the {chief/head} baker for the king of/over Egypt” or “the man {who was in charge of those} who served wine to the king of/over Egypt and the man {who was in charge of those} who made/baked bread/food {for the king}”. The chief cupbearer was one of Pharaoh’s most trusted servants. He was in charge of serving Pharaoh anything that he wanted to drink, especially wine. It was his job to test the drink before Pharaoh had some, to make sure it was high quality and not poisoned. Some of that information could be put in a footnote. Also, it may be more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that these were the head officials in these jobs, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language.
5102	40:1	d5ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	חָֽטְא֛וּ	1	“disobeyed/displeased” or “offended”. The text does not say what the officials did wrong that angered Pharaoh. They may have done their jobs poorly in some way. Translate this phrase in a way that fits this context well in your language.
5103	40:1	qmtw			לַ⁠אֲדֹנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“their master, {who was} {Pharaoh} the king of/over Egypt.” For some languages it is more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that the king of Egypt was Pharaoh, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language.
5104	40:2	yt3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֣ף פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“So Pharaoh/he” or “As a result, {King} Pharaoh” or “So the king”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Pharaoh (verse 2) is the same person as the king of Egypt (verse 1). See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15, and see the important note about this there.
5105	40:2	npau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֣ף פַּרְעֹ֔ה עַ֖ל	1	“was very angry at/with” or “was furious with”. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom similar to “broke out in anger” that fits well here.
5106	40:2	scrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	שְׁנֵ֣י סָרִיסָ֑י⁠ו עַ֚ל שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים וְ⁠עַ֖ל שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אוֹפִֽים	1	“the official in charge of serving wine to him and the official in charge of baking bread for him” or “his chief/head wine-server and chief/head baker” or “those two officials/officers.” It may be more natural to combine verses 1 and 2 and say, “Sometime after that, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, became very angry at two of his officials, his chief wine-server and chief baker, because they had displeased him.” In this case, you would also combine the verse numbers (1-2) to show it is a verse bridge combining two verses. Do what is best in your language.
5107	40:3	sdsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתָ֜⁠ם	1	“So he had them {arrested and} put” or “So he {had his soldiers arrest them and} put them”. Often in the Bible (as here), when it says that a king (or someone else with authority) did something, it is implied that he had people who were under his authority actually do it. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 39:20.
5108	40:3	dfne			בְּ⁠מִשְׁמַ֗ר	1	“under guard” or “in prison”
5109	40:3	e6e3			בֵּ֛ית שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠טַבָּחִ֖ים	1	“in/at the house of the captain of/over the guards,” Apparently the round-house prison was part of the house where the chief of the guards lived and worked, perhaps a lower part (See: Joseph’s use of the word “pit” in verse 15 to refer to this prison). See how you translated “chief/captain of the guards” in Gen 37:36 and 39:1.
5110	40:3	yw2r			אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אָס֥וּר	1	“{that is,} in the round-house {prison/jail}, the {same} place/prison where Joseph was imprisoned/confined.” or “in the same prison where Joseph was.” See how you translated “bound” in Gen 39:20.
5111	40:4	a7gm			וַ֠⁠יִּפְקֹד שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֧ים אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף אִתָּ֖⁠ם	1	“{There} the captain of/over the guards assigned/appointed Joseph {to take care of them},”
5112	40:4	g6hd			וַ⁠יְשָׁ֣רֶת אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“so he served them,” or “and so he waited on them,”
5113	40:4	gdaa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ & בְּ⁠מִשְׁמָֽר	1	“and they were {kept} in custody/prison” or “and they remained in custody/prison”. Some translations begin a new paragraph and sentence here that continues into verse 5 and say, “After they had been in prison {for} a while, 5 one night the king’s head wine-server and head baker dreamed …”
5114	40:4	zjgp			יָמִ֖ים	1	“{for} some days/time,” or “{for} a while,” The phrase “{for} days” is a general expression that refers to an unspecified length of time.
5115	40:5	uu76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יַּֽחַלְמוּ֩ חֲל֨וֹם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֜ם אִ֤ישׁ חֲלֹמ⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠לַ֣יְלָה אֶחָ֔ד	1	“Then one night the two of them each had a dream,” or “One night they both/each had a dream,”
5116	40:5	g1sc			אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֣וֹן חֲלֹמ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{and} each of the dreams had its own interpretation/meaning.” or “each with its own interpretation/meaning.” or “Each {one’s} dream had its own meaning.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5117	40:5	enle		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הַ⁠מַּשְׁקֶ֣ה וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲסוּרִ֖ים בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר	1	“{This is talking about} the wine-server and the baker, who had served the king of Egypt and/but were in prison.” Many translations leave this sentence implied because it repeats information from the previous verses and may sound too repetitive. Or you could put this sentence earlier in this verse and say, “One night, the king of Egypt’s wine server and baker each had a dream while they were in prison, and each {man’s/one’s} dream had its own interpretation/meaning.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the cupbearer and baker in verse 5 are the same officials as those in verses 2-4.
5118	40:6	iztc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֹתָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם	1	“In the morning, Joseph came to {serve} them and was surprised to see that” or “The next morning, when Joseph came to {serve} them, he saw/noticed that”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to have the time phrase “in the morning” first this verse.
5119	40:6	nu31			זֹעֲפִֽים	1	“they were troubled.” or “they looked distressed/sad.”
5120	40:7	qzjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת סְרִיסֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר אִתּ֧⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִשְׁמַ֛ר בֵּ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“So/And he asked {King} Pharaoh’s officials/officers who {were} in prison with him in his master’s house,” or “So/And he asked them,”
5121	40:7	cnrb			מַדּ֛וּעַ פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֥ם רָעִ֖ים הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“Why do your faces look so sad/downcast today?” or “Why do you look {so} sad/unhappy today?” Some languages have an idiom that fits well here. Do what is natural in your language.
5122	40:8	jhim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“They answered him,” or “They replied,”
5123	40:8	zi62			חֲל֣וֹם חָלַ֔מְנוּ	1	“We {each} had a dream {last night},” or “{Last night} we {both/each} had a dream,”
5124	40:8	whpq			וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“but there is no one {here} who can tell {us} what our dreams mean.” or “but we do not have anyone {here} to interpret/explain them {for us}.”
5125	40:8	k75i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֜ם יוֹסֵ֗ף	1	“Then/So Joseph replied,” or “Joseph replied,”
5126	40:8	lmb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ פִּתְרֹנִ֔ים	1	“God is the {only} one who can explain the meaning {of dreams}.” or “God is the {only} one who gives someone/people the ability to interpret {the meaning of dreams}.” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that God is the only one who interprets dreams. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5127	40:8	sy5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	סַפְּרוּ נָ֖א לִֽ⁠י	1	“Please tell me {what you dreamed}.” or “Please tell/describe {your dreams} to me {and God will reveal to me what they mean}.” Make sure that your translation of the last two sentences in this verse does not sound like Joseph is claiming to be God. Rather, he is saying that if the two officials tell their dreams to him, God will enable him to interpret the dreams.
5128	40:9	qax1			וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֧ר שַֽׂר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֛ים אֶת־חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“Then/So the head wine-server told Joseph what was in his dream” or “So the one/officer who was in charge of/over the wine-servers related/described to Joseph what he had seen in his dream”. See how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” in verse 2.
5129	40:9	rkoh			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“by saying,” or “He said,” or “This is what he said:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5130	40:9	clc3			בַּ⁠חֲלוֹמִ֕⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּה גֶ֖פֶן	1	“In my dream there was a grapevine/vine” or “While I was dreaming, I saw a grapevine/vine”. If grapevines and grapes are not known in your area, you could be more general in verses 9-11 and say “vine” and “fruit”. See how you translated “vineyard” in Gen 9:20.
5131	40:9	hx0c			לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	“in front of me”
5132	40:10	o07v			וּ⁠בַ⁠גֶּ֖פֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה שָׂרִיגִ֑ם	1	“The grapevine/vine had three branches.” or “that had three branches.” Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language.
5133	40:10	yoiw			וְ⁠הִ֤יא כְ⁠פֹרַ֨חַת֙	1	“As soon as it started budding,” or “Soon buds started forming {on the vine/branches}. {Then}”
5134	40:10	vyyj			עָלְתָ֣ה נִצָּ֔⁠הּ	1	“{suddenly} there were blossoms/flowers,” or “{the buds} became blossoms/flowers,”
5135	40:10	ckld			הִבְשִׁ֥ילוּ אַשְׁכְּלֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ עֲנָבִֽים	1	“{and} its/the clusters {of flowers} became {clusters/bunches of} ripe grapes/fruit.” or “{and the blossoms/flowers} became clusters/bunches of ripe grapes/fruit.”
5136	40:11	jtrl			וְ⁠כ֥וֹס פַּרְעֹ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדִ֑⁠י	1	“Then/Next {I saw that} I was holding {King} Pharaoh’s cup,” or “… holding the king’s cup,”
5137	40:11	lo6m			וָ⁠אֶקַּ֣ח אֶת הָֽ⁠עֲנָבִ֗ים	1	“and/so I picked {some} grapes/fruit {from the vine}”
5138	40:11	vjbq			וָֽ⁠אֶשְׂחַ֤ט אֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	“and squeezed juice from them” or “and squeezed them {so that the juice went/flowed}”
5139	40:11	bzyw			אֶל כּ֣וֹס פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“into Pharaoh’s cup.” or “into the cup.”
5140	40:11	xxtf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“Then I put the cup into Pharaoh’s hand {to drink from}.” or “Then I gave/handed the cup to Pharaoh {and he drank from it}.”
5141	40:12	qt8h			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Joseph said to him,” or “Then Joseph told him,”
5142	40:12	kkp9			זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here {is} what your dream means:”
5143	40:12	pbdv			שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠שָּׂ֣רִגִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים	1	“The three branches {represent/symbolize} three days.”
5144	40:13	z5ed			בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים	1	“In three {more} days” or “Three days from now”
5145	40:13	sjgu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	פַרְעֹה֙	1	“{King} Pharaoh” or “the king”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. Some languages need to include an honorific title with his name more often than other languages.
5146	40:13	lyie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִשָּׂ֤א & אֶת רֹאשֶׁ֔⁠ךָ	1	“will summon you” or “will have you brought up {out of prison}”. The idiom “lift up your head” means that the wine-server will be summoned or brought out from the lowly or shameful place where he had been staying.
5147	40:13	m440			וַ⁠הֲשִֽׁיבְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל כַּנֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“and reappoint/reinstate/return you to your {previous} position/work,” or “and give you back your job/status,”
5148	40:13	ucsm			וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ כוֹס פַּרְעֹה֙ בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	“so that you will {again} serve wine to Pharaoh/him,” or “so that you will {again} have the duty of serving Pharaoh/him his cup of wine,”
5149	40:13	ty9j			כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּט֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיִ֖יתָ מַשְׁקֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“as you used to do when you were his cupbearer/wine-server.” or “the way you did before as his cupbearer/wine-server.”
5150	40:14	ykbt			כִּ֧י אִם זְכַרְתַּ֣⁠נִי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֗ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔⁠ךְ	1	“When {you are out of prison and} everything is going well for you, remember that I was {here} with you,” or “Also, when {you get out of prison and} your life is good, remember {how well} I served/treated you,”
5151	40:14	o7we			וְ⁠עָשִֽׂיתָ נָּ֥א עִמָּדִ֖⁠י חָ֑סֶד	1	“and please be kind/gracious to me,” or “and please do me a favor,” See how you translated “showed kindness to” in Gen 39:21. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
5152	40:14	dy24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וְ⁠הִזְכַּרְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“and mention my situation to {King} Pharaoh,” or “and tell {King} Pharaoh about me {and how I was falsely accused},” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation.
5153	40:14	pu81			וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתַ֖⁠נִי מִן הַ⁠בַּ֥יִת הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“so that I can get out of this prison.” or “so that he releases/frees me from this prison.”
5154	40:15	gdgr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּֽי גֻנֹּ֣ב גֻּנַּ֔בְתִּי	1	“Surely I was taken by force” or “People brought me {here} by force”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language to emphasize Joseph.
5155	40:15	ks7h			מֵ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑ים	1	“from the land where the Hebrew people live.” or “from the land where {my people,} the Hebrews, live.” The Hebrew people were the descendants of Abraham (See: note at Gen 14:13), and Joseph’s people were known as “Hebrews” in Egypt (Gen 39:14, 17). Their land, which God gave them, was the land of Canaan (Gen 13:12, 14-15; 17:8, 23:19; 37:1). Some of that information could be put in a footnote.
5156	40:15	w9ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠גַם פֹּה֙	1	“And {while I have been} here {in Egypt},” or “Even here {in Egypt}”
5157	40:15	jg01			לֹא עָשִׂ֣יתִֽי מְא֔וּמָה	1	“I have not done anything {wrong}” or “I have done nothing {wrong}”
5158	40:15	qsdn			כִּֽי שָׂמ֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בּֽוֹר	1	“to be put/thrown into this dungeon/prison.” or “to deserve being in a dungeon/prison.”
5159	40:16	k4k0			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא שַׂר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים כִּ֣י ט֣וֹב פָּתָ֑ר	1	“When the head baker heard Joseph interpret/explain that dream in a favorable/positive way,” or “When the head baker heard the positive interpretation/meaning that Joseph gave {for the first dream},” See how you translated a related word (“interpreter”) in verse 8.
5160	40:16	kcvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“he said to him,” or “he told him,”
5161	40:16	oaqk			אַף אֲנִי֙ בַּ⁠חֲלוֹמִ֔⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה	1	“I also had a dream, and in it there were” or “I also {had a dream}, and while I was dreaming, I saw”
5162	40:16	a1qs			שְׁלֹשָׁ֛ה סַלֵּ֥י חֹרִ֖י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “three baskets {full} of white/fine bread/cakes” or “three bread baskets” or (2) “three white/wicker baskets”. These baskets were open on top and were probably woven out of flexible strips of cane or willow branches.
5163	40:16	olwu			עַל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י	1	“{stacked} {on top of each other} on my head.” These baskets would have been carried on the head, each one above the other.
5164	40:17	lf58			וּ⁠בַ⁠סַּ֣ל הָֽ⁠עֶלְי֔וֹן מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל	1	“In the top basket {there were}” or “The top basket {was full of}”
5165	40:17	v0e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל מַאֲכַ֥ל פַּרְעֹ֖ה מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹפֶ֑ה	1	“all/many {kinds} of baked goods for {King} Pharaoh to eat,” or “all/many {kinds} of {fine/special} bread and cakes {that had been made/baked} for {King} Pharaoh {to eat},” Make sure that the way the chief baker refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation.
5166	40:17	ijtu			וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֗וֹף אֹכֵ֥ל אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִן הַ⁠סַּ֖ל מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י	1	“but {some} birds were eating/gobbling them/everything {up} from the basket.” or “but {instead,} {some} birds {came and} ate/devoured {all} the food/bread in the basket on my head.”
5167	40:18	d2ov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן יוֹסֵף֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר	1	“Joseph said {to him},” or “Joseph told {the baker},”
5168	40:18	otya			זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here {is} what your dream means:” See how you translated this in verse 12.
5169	40:18	otf3			שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠סַּלִּ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים	1	“The three baskets {represent/symbolize} three days.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 12.
5170	40:19	c527			בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים	1	“In three days” or “Three days from now”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 13.
5171	40:19	si3y			פַרְעֹ֤ה	1	“{King} Pharaoh” or “the king”
5172	40:19	yvta			יִשָּׂ֨א & אֶת רֹֽאשְׁ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“will {have his soldiers} cut/chop off your head” or “will have you beheaded”. This phrase seems to have a literal meaning here (of having the baker beheaded) in contrast to the meaning of “lift up your head” in verse 13 (where it means to summon from a lowly or shameful place). Make sure your translation of this phrase is accurate and clear in both contexts.
5173	40:19	sm0z			וְ⁠תָלָ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל עֵ֑ץ	1	“and hang your body on a tree/stake,” or “and impale your body on a {sharp} pole,”
5174	40:19	qtz2			וְ⁠אָכַ֥ל הָ⁠ע֛וֹף אֶת־בְּשָׂרְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠עָלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“and/where birds/vultures will eat/devour {all} your flesh off your bones.” These were birds such as vultures, buzzards, or condors, which eat carrion (dead animals); these were not birds that eat seeds or hunt live prey. You could use the name of a type of bird that is well-known in your language area. See how you translated “eating” in verse 17.
5175	40:20	e75l			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י י֚וֹם הֻלֶּ֣דֶת אֶת פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“Then sure enough, three days later {it was} {King} Pharaoh’s birthday, and” or “And it so happened that three days later, {it was} Pharaoh’s birthday, and”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes a set of important events. Do what is natural in your language.
5176	40:20	xdmx			וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	“he held a feast/banquet for all of his officials/officers {to attend}.” or “he invited all his officials/officers to attend a/his {birthday} feast/banquet.” See how you translated “feast” or “banquet” in Gen 21:8.
5177	40:20	n9n0			וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֞א אֶת רֹ֣אשׁ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֗ים וְ⁠אֶת רֹ֛אשׁ שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים	1	“{During the feast/banquet,} he {had soldiers} bring {his} head/chief wine-server and head/chief baker {out of prison} {to the feast/banquet}”. See how you translated similar clauses in verses 3 (See: note), 13, and 19, where Pharaoh had his soldiers do something. Also see how you translated “lifted up your head” in verse 13, where it has a similar meaning.
5178	40:20	qchm			בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו	1	“in front of {all} his {other} officials/officers.” or “where all his {other} officials/officers were.”
5179	40:21	ehc4			וַ⁠יָּ֛שֶׁב	1	“Then he reinstated/reappointed/returned”. See how you translated “restore … to … position” in verse 13.
5180	40:21	iuza			אֶת שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֖ים עַל מַשְׁקֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“the chief/head wine-server to his {former/previous} position/work,”
5181	40:21	lrle			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“so that {once again} he served wine to him.” or “so that {once again} he had the duty of serving him his cup of wine.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 13.
5182	40:22	n0d9			וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים תָּלָ֑ה	1	“But {as for} the chief/head baker, he/Pharaoh had him {executed/beheaded and} hanged/impaled {on a tree/pole}.” or “But he/Pharaoh {had his soldiers execute/behead} the head baker {and} impale {his body on a pole/stake}.” It is implied here that the baker was beheaded before his body was impaled on a stake (verse 19). Also, notice that “the chief of the bakers” is at the beginning of this clause in the Hebrew text to emphasize him and contrast him with what happened to the chief cupbearer. Do what is natural in your language. See how you translated “hang … on a tree” in verse 19.
5183	40:22	s6xh			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּתַ֛ר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם יוֹסֵֽף	1	“{Everything happened} exactly the way Joseph had interpreted/explained {their dreams} to them.” or “which was exactly what Joseph had said would happen.”
5184	40:23	z4vm			וְ⁠לֹֽא־זָכַ֧ר שַֽׂר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֛ים אֶת־יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּחֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“But the chief/head cupbearer/wine-server did not remember {to tell Pharaoh about} Joseph, but {rather/instead,} he forgot {about} him.” or “… {completely} forgot about Joseph and did not remember {to tell Pharaoh about} him.”
5185	41:1	r8s5			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ שְׁנָתַ֣יִם יָמִ֑ים	1	“After two full years had passed,” or “Two whole/complete years later,”
5186	41:1	ydjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֣ה חֹלֵ֔ם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה עֹמֵ֥ד	1	“{King} Pharaoh had a dream. {In the dream} he saw himself standing” or “{King} Pharaoh dreamed that he was standing”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 40:2.
5187	41:1	a5ep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1	“beside the {Nile} River.” This phrase usually refers to the Nile River, which was the most important river in Egypt and was so well known by everyone there that it was referred to as “the river”. See how you translated a different Hebrew word for “river” in Gen 36:37.
5188	41:2	oe0t			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה	1	“Then suddenly,” or “Then he saw that” or “Suddenly,”
5189	41:2	f6tt			מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת יְפ֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וּ⁠בְרִיאֹ֣ת בָּשָׂ֑ר	1	“seven cows {that were} healthy-looking and fat/well-fed came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” or “seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}”. Make sure your translation does not sound like the cows rose up out of the water into the air. Also see how you translated “cows” in Gen 32:15.
5190	41:2	s1lh			וַ⁠תִּרְעֶ֖ינָה בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ	1	“and started grazing/feeding on the grass {that was there}.” or “and started eating the tall/marsh grass {beside the river}.”
5191	41:3	ud6q			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֞ה	1	“Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next he saw that”
5192	41:3	vh9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שֶׁ֧בַע פָּר֣וֹת אֲחֵר֗וֹת עֹל֤וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶן֙ מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֔ר רָע֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠דַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר	1	“seven cows {that were} sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny walked up out of the river” or “seven sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows came/walked up out of the river”
5193	41:3	ndip			וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֛דְנָה אֵ֥צֶל הַ⁠פָּר֖וֹת	1	“and stood next to the {first/healthy} cows”
5194	41:3	gq8x			עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1	“on the bank of the river.” or “on the river bank.” Consider again how you refer to “the river” in verses 1-3. If you refer to it as “the {Nile} River” in verse 1, it may be more natural to refer to it as “the river” after that. Do what is best in your language.
5195	41:4	vd7n			וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֣לְנָה הַ⁠פָּר֗וֹת רָע֤וֹת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶה֙ וְ⁠דַקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר	1	“Then the sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows devoured” or “Then the cows {that were} sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny ate/swallowed {up/down}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
5196	41:4	efl8			אֵ֚ת שֶׁ֣בַע הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת יְפֹ֥ת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּרִיאֹ֑ת	1	“the seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows.” or “the seven cows {that were} healthy-looking and fat/well-fed.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
5197	41:4	gisj			וַ⁠יִּיקַ֖ץ פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“{Just} then {King} Pharaoh woke up.” or “After that, the king woke up.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Pharaoh at each point/occurrence in this chapter.
5198	41:5	saus			וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֕ן	1	“Then Pharaoh” or “Then the king”
5199	41:5	e3h1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֕ן	1	“Then Pharaoh/he went to sleep {again}” or “The the king went {back} to sleep”
5200	41:5	jet9			וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֖ם שֵׁנִ֑ית	1	“and had a second {dream}.” or “and started dreaming again.”
5201	41:5	fi6m			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה	1	“{This time} he saw” or “{In this dream} there were”
5202	41:5	a6fl			שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֗ים עֹל֛וֹת בְּ⁠קָנֶ֥ה אֶחָ֖ד בְּרִיא֥וֹת וְ⁠טֹבֽוֹת	1	“seven big/plump, beautiful/well-formed heads of grain growing on the same stem/plant.” The phrase “heads of grain” is one word in the Hebrew text. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a word or phrase to translate this.
5203	41:6	bjff			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	“Then suddenly,” or “Suddenly,” or “Then/Next he saw {that}”
5204	41:6	tev5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים דַּקּ֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁדוּפֹ֣ת קָדִ֑ים	1	“seven small/shriveled heads of grain that were dried out {by} the {hot} east/desert wind” or “seven thin/shriveled heads of grain that the {hot} east/desert wind had dried out”. This wind was from the desert in the east, so it was hot and dry.
5205	41:6	ehdi			צֹמְח֖וֹת	1	“grew/sprang up” or “started/were growing”
5206	41:6	gzvd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	“next to them {on the same stalk/plant}.” or “{on the same stalk/plant} beside the first/well-formed heads.” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to the first heads here with a pronoun (“them”) or a noun phrase.
5207	41:7	cjek			וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְנָה֙ הַ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִ֣ים הַ⁠דַּקּ֔וֹת	1	“Next, the small/shriveled heads of grain devoured” or “... ate/gobbled up/down”. See how you translated “thin” in verse 6 and “heads of grain” in verses 5-6.
5208	41:7	xx65			אֵ֚ת שֶׁ֣בַע הַֽ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִ֔ים הַ⁠בְּרִיא֖וֹת וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלֵא֑וֹת	1	“the seven big/plump, well-formed heads.” The word “full” here describes heads of grain that have many seeds in them. See how you translated “fat” in verse 5.
5209	41:7	tpgd			וַ⁠יִּיקַ֥ץ פַּרְעֹ֖ה	1	“{Just} then Pharaoh woke up” or “After that, Pharaoh woke up” or “At that point, Pharaoh woke up”. See how you translated this clause in verse 4.
5210	41:7	i9vq			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה חֲלֽוֹם	1	“and {suddenly} realized/knew that {he had been} dreaming.”
5211	41:8	a4cy			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י בַ⁠בֹּ֨קֶר֙	1	“In the morning” or “The next morning”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important event. It also increases suspense so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Many English translations do not include this phrase, possibly for reasons of naturalness. Do what is natural in your language.
5212	41:8	w9at			וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ	1	“his/Pharaoh’s spirit/mind was disturbed/troubled {about what the dreams might mean},” or “Pharaoh was/felt upset/distressed {about the/his dreams},”
5213	41:8	f6a8			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א	1	“so he sent {servants/messengers} to summon” or “so he had {servants/messengers} summon”
5214	41:8	h004			אֶת כָּל חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת כָּל חֲכָמֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“all the magicians/sorcerers and {other} wise men in {the country of} Egypt {to come to him}.” Magicians were some of the wise men whom Pharaoh regularly consulted for advice. They had power from demons to do miracles (Exodus 7:11, 22; 8:7) and to communicate with the spirits of people who had died. They may have also been astrologers or Egyptian priests who were skilled in sacred writings. Some of that information could be put in a footnote.
5215	41:8	c1g0			וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר פַּרְעֹ֤ה לָ⁠הֶם֙ אֶת חֲלֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1	“{When they arrived,} Pharaoh/he told them what he had dreamed,” or “Then Pharaoh/he related/described to them what {he had seen} in his dreams,”
5216	41:8	bzb7			וְ⁠אֵין	1	“but none of them” or “but none of those men”
5217	41:8	cdwb			פּוֹתֵ֥ר אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה	1	“was able to explain to him {what} the dreams {meant}.” or “could tell him what the dreams meant.”
5218	41:9	sjxn			שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים	1	“Then/But the head wine-server”. Consider again how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” and “cupbearer” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 5, 9, 13, 20-21, 23; 41:9.
5219	41:9	gu4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּר֙ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים אֶת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then/But the head wine-server spoke {up} and said to Pharaoh,” or “Then/But the head wine-server said to Pharaoh,” Consider again how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” and “cupbearer” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 5, 9, 13, 20-21, 23; 41:9.
5220	41:9	qree		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	אֲנִ֖י מַזְכִּ֥יר הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“{Sir,} today I remember” or “{Your Majesty/Honor,} I now remember”. For many languages, it is necessary to use a respectful title to address a person of high status like Pharaoh. Do what is best in your language.
5221	41:9	lq2t			אֶת חֲטָאַ֕⁠י	1	“my sins/failures.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{the time} when I offended/displeased/wronged {you}.” or (2) “something {important} I failed/forgot to do.” The second interpretation refers to the cupbearer forgetting to tell Pharaoh about Joseph.
5222	41:10	lbfc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פַּרְעֹ֖ה קָצַ֣ף עַל	1	“{Some time ago,} {King} Pharaoh, {you} were very angry at/with”. The events in verses 10-13 had happened two years earlier (verse 1); chapter 40 gives the details about those events. See how you translated the idiom “broke out in anger against” in Gen 40:2.
5223	41:10	ttw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	“his/your officials/officers,” In verses 10 and 13, the cupbearer uses third person (“Pharaoh … his … he…”) to show respect for Pharaoh. For some languages, it is confusing to do that, so second person (“you … your …you …”) must be used instead. Some languages have an honorific such as “your Majesty/Honor” that could be used occasionally in these verses instead of third person. Do what is best in your language.
5224	41:10	hhkv			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתִ֜⁠י בְּ⁠מִשְׁמַ֗ר בֵּ֚ית שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים אֹתִ֕⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִֽים	1	“{including} me and the chief/head baker, and he/you put us in custody/prison at the captain of the guards’ house.” or “and he/you put the head baker and me in the prison that is in the house of the captain of the guards.” See how you translated “put … in custody in the house of the chief of the guards” in Gen 40:3. Also consider again how you translated “chief of the bakers” and “baker” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 4-5, 16-17, 20, 22; 41:10, 13.
5225	41:11	ntkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וַ⁠נַּֽחַלְמָ֥⁠ה חֲל֛וֹם בְּ⁠לַ֥יְלָה אֶחָ֖ד אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠ה֑וּא	1	“{One time while we were there,} we {each} dreamed/had a dream in/during the same night,” or “{While we were there,} one night we {each} had a dream,” See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 40:5. In verses 11-13, the pronouns “we” and “us” exclude Pharaoh.
5226	41:11	vxuz			אִ֛ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֥וֹן חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ חָלָֽמְנוּ	1	“{and} each of our dreams had a different meaning.” or “{and} each of our dreams had its own meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpretation” in Gen 40:5, 8, 12, 18; 41:11 and the related verb “interpret” in Gen 40:16, 22.
5227	41:12	sn9g			וְ⁠שָׁ֨ם אִתָּ֜⁠נוּ נַ֣עַר עִבְרִ֗י	1	“There was a young Hebrew man with us,” Translate “young … man” in a way that fits with the fact that Joseph was 30 years old (verse 46) and was not yet married.
5228	41:12	lpw0			עֶ֚בֶד לְ⁠שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים	1	“{who was} a servant for the captain of/over the guards.” Consider again how you translated “chief of the guards” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 37:36; 39:1; 40:3-4; 41:10, 12.
5229	41:12	ujnq			וַ⁠נְּ֨סַפֶּר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“After we told him {our dreams},” or “After we related/described {our dreams} to him,” Consider again how you translated “told” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:66; 29:13; 37:9-10; 40:8-9; 41:8, 12.
5230	41:12	s75n			וַ⁠יִּפְתָּר לָ֖⁠נוּ אֶת חֲלֹמֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“he explained them to us.” or “he told us what they meant.”
5231	41:12	aybf			אִ֥ישׁ כַּ⁠חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ פָּתָֽר	1	“He interpreted each man’s dream.” or “He told each of us the meaning of our dreams.” or “He told us what each of our dreams meant.”
5232	41:13	r08j			וַ⁠יְהִ֛י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּֽתַר לָ֖⁠נוּ כֵּ֣ן הָיָ֑ה	1	“And sure enough, everything happened exactly the way he had interpreted/explained {the dreams} to us:”
5233	41:13	y07m			אֹתִ֛⁠י הֵשִׁ֥יב עַל כַּנִּ֖⁠י	1	“you reinstated/reappointed/returned me to my {former/previous} position/work {as your cupbearer/wine-server},” See how you translated “restored to … position” in Gen 40:21.
5234	41:13	nv90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תָלָֽה	1	“and/but you {had your soldiers execute} the baker {and} hang/impale his body {on a pole/stake}.” or “but you {had your soldiers} execute the baker.” Consider again whether you referred to Pharaoh in third person (“he”) or second person (“you”) in verses 10 and 13. Also see how you translated “hanged/impaled {on a tree/pole}” in Gen 40:22.
5235	41:14	qrw6			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח פַּרְעֹה֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א אֶת־יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“{Immediately} Pharaoh sent {servants/messengers} to summon/get Joseph.” or “{When Pharaoh heard that,} {immediately} he had {servants/messengers} summon Joseph.” See how you translated “sent and called for” in verse 8.
5236	41:14	g8o0			וַ⁠יְרִיצֻ֖⁠הוּ מִן־הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר	1	“So they hurriedly brought/got him/Joseph out of the dungeon/prison.” or “So they went right away and brought/got …” See how you translated “pit” in Gen 40:15.
5237	41:14	t4lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְגַלַּח֙ וַ⁠יְחַלֵּ֣ף שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then he shaved {his head and face}, changed into suitable/better clothes and” or “Then after he shaved {his head and face} and changed into appropriate/clean clothing, he”. Since Joseph lived in Egypt and Egyptian men kept their heads and faces clean-shaven, Joseph probably also shaved his head and his face. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make this implied information explicit in your translation.
5238	41:14	x9jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֶל פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“came/went before Pharaoh.” or “came/went into Pharaoh’s presence.” Your choice of “came” versus “went” in this context depends on whose perspective you take: “came” reflects things from Pharaoh’s point of view, and “went” reflects things from Joseph’s point of view. Do what is most natural in your language.
5239	41:15	b79o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Then Pharaoh said to him,” or “Then Pharaoh told Joseph/him,”
5240	41:15	gkzk			חֲל֣וֹם חָלַ֔מְתִּי	1	“I had a dream,”
5241	41:15	kxy4			וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“but no one has been able to explain {to me} what it means.” or “but there isn’t anyone who can interpret/explain it {for/to me}.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 40:8.
5242	41:15	ancl			וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י שָׁמַ֤עְתִּי עָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“But someone told me about you,” or “But I was told”
5243	41:15	nm1a			תִּשְׁמַ֥ע חֲל֖וֹם לִ⁠פְתֹּ֥ר אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{that} when you hear a dream, {you are able} to interpret/explain what it means.” or “{that} when someone tells you a dream, {you are able} to interpret/explain its meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpret” and “interpreter” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:8, 16, 22; 41:8, 12, 13, 15, 16.
5244	41:16	umpk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן יוֹסֵ֧ף אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר	1	“Joseph replied to Pharaoh/him,”
5245	41:16	k2co		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	בִּלְעָדָ֑⁠י	1	“{Sir,} I do not have that ability {on my own},” or “{Your Majesty,} I cannot do that {by myself},” Make sure your translation of Joseph’s response sounds polite. See what you did in verse 9.
5246	41:16	z0tv			אֱלֹהִ֕ים יַעֲנֶ֖ה	1	“{but/rather} God will explain/interpret {your dream}”
5247	41:16	d4bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶת שְׁל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“for your well-being/good, {King} Pharaoh.” or “so that {you,} {King} Pharaoh, will have peace {in your heart/spirit}.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to use Pharaoh’s name at the beginning of this quote (instead of here) and say, “{King} Pharaoh, I do not have that ability…”
5248	41:17	c1wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“So Pharaoh told Joseph/him,”
5249	41:17	ud49			בַּ⁠חֲלֹמִ֕⁠י הִנְ⁠נִ֥י עֹמֵ֖ד	1	“As I was dreaming, I saw myself standing” or “I dreamed that I was standing”
5250	41:17	g4ui		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1	“on the bank of the {Nile} River.” or “beside the {Nile} River.” See how you translated “the {Nile} River” in verse 1. Since this is the first time that Pharaoh mentions “the river” to Joseph, consider whether this is a good place in your translation to make it explicit again that this is the Nile River.
5251	41:18	teht			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה	1	“Then suddenly,” or “Then I saw that”. Compare how you translated verse 2, which is similar but not identical to verse 18.
5252	41:18	kz9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת בְּרִיא֥וֹת בָּשָׂ֖ר וִ⁠יפֹ֣ת תֹּ֑אַר	1	“seven cows {that were} fat and healthy-looking came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” or “seven fat/well-fed, healthy-looking cows came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}”
5253	41:18	savx			וַ⁠תִּרְעֶ֖ינָה בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ	1	“and started grazing/feeding on” or “and started eating”
5254	41:18	tnu9			בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ	1	“the reeds/plants {that were there}.” or “the tall/marsh grass {beside the river}.”
5255	41:19	fhut			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֞ה	1	“Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next I saw that”. See how you translated verse 3, which is similar to the first half of verse 19.
5256	41:19	i42l			שֶֽׁבַע פָּר֤וֹת אֲחֵרוֹת֙ עֹל֣וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן	1	“seven other cows came/walked up {out of the river} behind the first cows;”
5257	41:19	rdqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	דַּלּ֨וֹת וְ⁠רָע֥וֹת תֹּ֛אַר מְאֹ֖ד וְ⁠רַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר	1	“they were in terrible/horrible condition, very sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny.” For some languages it is more natural to put this information earlier in this sentence and say, “Then behold, seven poor/weak, very sickly-looking, scrawny cows came up {out of the river} behind the first cows/ones.” Do what is best in your language.
5258	41:19	aheq			לֹֽא רָאִ֧יתִי	1	“{In fact,} I have not/never seen”
5259	41:19	r1l2			כָ⁠הֵ֛נָּה & לָ⁠רֹֽעַ	1	“such awful-looking {cows}” or “{cows} in such poor/terrible/bad condition”
5260	41:19	uiug			בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם	1	“in the whole/entire country of Egypt!” or “anywhere in the country of Egypt!”
5261	41:20	lyd5			וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֨לְנָה֙ הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת הָ⁠רַקּ֖וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠רָע֑וֹת	1	“Then the scrawny/skinny, sickly/unhealthy cows devoured” or “Then the cows {that were} scrawny/skinny and sickly/unhealthy ate/swallowed {up/down}”. See how you translated “ate” in verse 4.”
5262	41:20	jldm			אֵ֣ת שֶׁ֧בַע הַ⁠פָּר֛וֹת הָ⁠רִאשֹׁנ֖וֹת הַ⁠בְּרִיאֹֽת	1	“the seven fat/well-fed cows.” See how you translated “fat” or “fat-fleshed” in verses 2, 4, 18 and 20.
5263	41:21	c485			וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה אֶל קִרְבֶּ֗⁠נָה וְ⁠לֹ֤א נוֹדַע֙	1	“But {even} after they had eaten/devoured them, no one would {ever} know” or “But although the scrawny/skinny cows had eaten/swallowed the fat/well-fed cows/ones, it could not be seen”
5264	41:21	dvnf			כִּי בָ֣אוּ אֶל קִרְבֶּ֔⁠נָה	1	“that they had eaten/devoured them,”
5265	41:21	ybtr			וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֣ן רַ֔ע כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֑ה	1	“because they {still} looked just as ugly/terrible/scrawny as {they had} before.”
5266	41:21	slc5			וָ⁠אִיקָֽץ	1	“That’s when I woke up.” or “At that point, I woke up.”
5267	41:22	g8dw			וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲלֹמִ֑⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה	1	“Then I {fell asleep again and} continued dreaming. {This time} I saw that there were” or “Then I {went back to sleep and} had {another} dream. {In this dream} there were”
5268	41:22	atel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֗ים עֹלֹ֛ת בְּ⁠קָנֶ֥ה אֶחָ֖ד מְלֵאֹ֥ת וְ⁠טֹבֽוֹת	1	“seven heads of grain growing on a single stalk/plant. They were full of ripe grain kernels.” or “seven full/big, beautiful/well-formed heads of grain growing on the same stalk/plant.” See how you translated verse 5, which is similar to verse 22.
5269	41:23	govd			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	“Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next I saw {that}”. See how you translated verse 6, which is similar to verse 23.
5270	41:23	i1u0			שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים צְנֻמ֥וֹת דַּקּ֖וֹת שְׁדֻפ֣וֹת קָדִ֑ים	1	“seven heads of grain {that were} small and withered/wilted because they were dried out by the {hot} east/desert wind” or “seven small, withered/wilted heads of grain that the {hot} east/desert wind had dried out”
5271	41:23	ksuc			צֹמְח֖וֹת	1	“grew/sprang up” or “started/were growing”
5272	41:23	nr7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“next to them {on the same stalk/plant}.” or “{on the same stalk/plant} beside the first/well-formed heads/ones.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then seven small heads of grain sprouted {on the same plant} next to the first heads/ones. {These had} withered/wilted because the {hot} east/desert wind had dried them out.” Do what is best in your language.
5273	41:24	vdiv			וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְןָ֙ הָ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֣ים הַ⁠דַּקֹּ֔ת	1	“Then the small/shriveled heads of grain ate/gobbled up/down” or “… swallowed down” or “… devoured”. See how you translated the first half of verse 7, which is similar to the first half of verse 24.
5274	41:24	ae4y			אֵ֛ת שֶׁ֥בַע הַֽ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֖ים הַ⁠טֹּב֑וֹת	1	“the seven beautiful/well-formed heads/ones.” See how you translated “good” in verses 5 and 22.
5275	41:24	f5d7			וָֽ⁠אֹמַר֙ אֶל הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֔ים	1	“I told {my dreams} to {my} magicians/sorcerers,” See how you translated “magicians” in verse 8.
5276	41:24	jbyt			וְ⁠אֵ֥ין מַגִּ֖יד לִֽ⁠י	1	“but none of them could explain to me {what the dreams meant}.” or “but they could not explain/interpret {them} for me.” See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “explain” or “interpret” in verse 8.
5277	41:25	l70m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“Then Joseph told {King} Pharaoh,” or “Then Joseph responded to Pharaoh,”
5278	41:25	g0g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	חֲל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶחָ֣ד	1	“{Both} Pharaoh’s/your dreams have the same meaning.” or “Your Majesty/Honor, {both of} your dreams mean the same thing.” In verses 25, 28, 32-35, Joseph uses third person (“Pharaoh … his … he…”) to show respect for Pharaoh. For some languages, it is confusing to do that, so second person (“you … your… you …”) must be used instead. Some languages have an honorific such as “your Majesty/Honor” that could be used occasionally in these verses instead of third person. Do what is best in your language. Also see what you did in verses 10 and 13.
5279	41:25	lvoo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ה֑וּא אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁ֧ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים עֹשֶׂ֖ה הִגִּ֥יד לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה	1	“{Through them,} God is revealing/showing to you what he will do.” or “God has revealed to {you,} {King} Pharaoh, what he is planning/about to do.” The Hebrew text emphasizes “what God is doing” by putting that phrase first in the sentence. Consider what is the most natural phrase order for this sentence in your language.
5280	41:26	e65z			שֶׁ֧בַע פָּרֹ֣ת הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֗ת שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙	1	“The seven healthy cows {in your dream} {represent/symbolize} seven years,”
5281	41:26	ypp7			וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִים֙ הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים	1	“and the seven beautiful/well-formed heads of grain {represent/symbolize} {the same} seven years.”
5282	41:26	igdu			חֲל֖וֹם אֶחָ֥ד	1	“{Both} dreams mean the same thing.” or “{Both} dreams have the same meaning.” See how you translated “dreams {are} one” in verse 25.
5283	41:27	hlx6			וְ⁠שֶׁ֣בַע הַ֠⁠פָּרוֹת הָֽ⁠רַקּ֨וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעֹ֜ת	1	“The seven scrawny/skinny and sickly/unhealthy cows”. See how you translated “thin and ugly cows” in verse 20, and how you translated “thin” in verse 19.
5284	41:27	htpa			הָ⁠עֹלֹ֣ת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֗ן	1	“that came/walked up {out of the river} behind the first cows/ones”
5285	41:27	r05h			שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִׁבֳּלִים֙ הָ⁠רֵק֔וֹת	1	“{represent/symbolize} {a different} seven years, and {so do} the seven small heads of grain”. See how you translated “thin” in verses 6 and 23, and consider again how you translated “heads of grain” in verses 5-7, 22-24, 26-27.
5286	41:27	m5pk			שְׁדֻפ֖וֹת הַ⁠קָּדִ֑ים	1	“that the {hot/dry} east/desert wind had dried out/up.” or “that the {desert} wind from the east had dried out/up.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 23. Also consider again how you translated “east” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 2:8; 3:24; 10:30; 11:2; 12:8; 13:11; 14; 25:6; 28:14; 29:1, 41:6, 23, 27. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
5287	41:27	r6nf			יִהְי֕וּ שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֥י רָעָֽב	1	“{They both mean that} there will be a famine that lasts seven years.” or “{Both dreams mean that} there will be seven years when food will be very/extremely scarce.” A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 26:1.
5288	41:28	bg5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ה֣וּא הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“{King} Pharaoh, that {is} what I was talking about when I told you {that}” or “Your Majesty/Honor, as I told you previously/before,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. See what you did in verse 25.
5289	41:28	blxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֧ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים עֹשֶׂ֖ה הֶרְאָ֥ה אֶת פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“God is showing/revealing to you what he will do.” or “God has shown/revealed to you what he is going/about to do.” See how you translated this clause in verse 25.
5290	41:29	uyij			הִנֵּ֛ה שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים בָּא֑וֹת	1	“Listen, {first} there will be seven years”
5291	41:29	vb43			שָׂבָ֥ע גָּד֖וֹל	1	“when crops/harvests are abundant” or “when people will have more than enough food {to eat}” or “when everyone will have plenty of food {to eat}”
5292	41:29	pa2o			בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“throughout the entire/whole land/country of Egypt.”
5293	41:30	ehv4			וְ֠⁠קָמוּ שֶׁ֜בַע שְׁנֵ֤י רָעָב֙ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן	1	“But after them/that, there will be a famine that lasts seven years,” or “But after those {prosperous} years, there will be seven years when food is very/extremely scarce,” See how you translated “famine” in verse 27.
5294	41:30	wx5u			וְ⁠נִשְׁכַּ֥ח כָּל הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֖ע בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“So people/everyone in the country of Egypt will forget how good it was during the time/years when they had plenty of food,” or “As a result, the people in Egypt will forget what it was like in their country during all the years when they had more than enough {food} {to eat},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5295	41:30	lvdu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠כִלָּ֥ה הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב אֶת־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“because the famine will devastate/destroy the land/country {and the people}.” or “because the severe food shortage will devastate/ravage the land/country {so that many people will starve}.” The phrase “the land” here probably also includes the people who lived in that country.
5296	41:31	xglq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִוָּדַ֤ע הַ⁠שָּׂבָע֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“That’s right, people will completely forget about the time/years when food was plentiful,” or “Yes/Indeed, there will be no evidence/trace left that there were years when there was more than enough food,” Verse 31 restates much of the content of verse 30, so keep that it mind as you translate the beginning of this verse.
5297	41:31	sqe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ב הַ⁠ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵי כֵ֑ן כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד ה֖וּא מְאֹֽד	1	“because the famine {that comes/happens} after that {will be} very/so severe/oppressive.” or “because the following years when food is scarce {will be} so severe/terrible.” For some languages, it clearer and more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Yes, the famine that is coming will be so severe/terrible that people will completely forget about the time/years when food was abundant/plentiful in the land.” Do what is best in your language.
5298	41:32	ohs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠עַ֨ל הִשָּׁנ֧וֹת הַ⁠חֲל֛וֹם אֶל פַּרְעֹ֖ה פַּעֲמָ֑יִם כִּֽי	1	“The reason you dreamed/had the same dream in two different ways/forms is that” or “The fact that you, {King} Pharaoh, had two {different} dreams that mean the same thing shows that”
5299	41:32	btn0			נָכ֤וֹן הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ מֵ⁠עִ֣ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“God has {firmly} decided/determined what he is going to do,” or “God wants you to know that this will {definitely} happen,”
5300	41:32	p6nh			וּ⁠מְמַהֵ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֹׂתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and he will make it happen soon.” or “and he will cause it to happen {very} soon.”
5301	41:33	ava1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ יֵרֶ֣א פַרְעֹ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ	1	“So {King} Pharaoh, you should now look for a man” or “So now, {your Majesty/Highness,} I recommend that you choose a man”
5302	41:33	j1ph			נָב֣וֹן וְ⁠חָכָ֑ם	1	“{who is} intelligent/insightful and knows what to do,” or “who is wise and can make good decisions,”
5303	41:33	wtra			וִ⁠ישִׁיתֵ֖⁠הוּ עַל	1	“and put him in charge of/over” or “and give him authority over”
5304	41:33	dg3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“the country of Egypt {and its people}.” See how you translated “the land” in verse 30.
5305	41:34	zhau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה פַרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠יַפְקֵ֥ד פְּקִדִ֖ים	1	“{King} Pharaoh, I also recommend that you appoint/assign {regional} administrators/overseers” or “Sir, you should {also} appoint …”
5306	41:34	pdqm			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“to be in charge of/over {different regions/parts of} the country,” or “to supervise/manage {different regions/parts of} the country,”
5307	41:34	p2kn			וְ⁠חִמֵּשׁ֙	1	“and {have them} collect/gather {from the people} one-fifth” or “Then {command/order them to} collect …” Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language.
5308	41:34	lx6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“of {all} {the crops/grain/food that people/they harvest in/throughout} the country of Egypt” or “of {everything} the land/country of Egypt produces”. In this context, “the land/country” refers to the crops that were growing in Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
5309	41:34	xfxu			בְּ⁠שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׂבָֽע	1	“during the seven years when harvests/crops are abundant/plentiful.” or “during the seven years when there will be more than enough crops/food.” See how you translated “abundance” in verses 29-31.
5310	41:35	wuzc			וְ⁠יִקְבְּצ֗וּ	1	“Have them gather/collect”
5311	41:35	i7oy			אֶת־כָּל־אֹ֨כֶל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֣ים הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת הַ⁠בָּאֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	“all the/that {surplus/extra} food/grain from/during the prosperous years that will come.” or “all the/that {surplus/extra} food/grain during the good/prosperous years ahead {when there will be plenty of food}.”
5312	41:35	pghx			וְ⁠יִצְבְּרוּ בָ֞ר	1	“Have them stockpile {that} grain” or “Command/Order them to store up {that} grain”
5313	41:35	v7cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	תַּ֧חַת יַד פַּרְעֹ֛ה	1	“under Pharaoh’s/your direction/authority” or “with/using your authority, {King} Pharaoh,” Consider again how you translated the use of the third person to address Pharaoh respectfully in verses 10, 13, 25, 32-35. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier and say, “Using your authority, {King} Pharaoh, have them stockpile {that} grain {in storehouses}...” Do what is best in your language.
5314	41:35	olfb			אֹ֥כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁמָֽרוּ	1	“in the cities {for/as} food and {have soldiers} keep {it} safe.” or “{in storehouses} in the cities and {have soldiers} guard it, so that there will be food {for the people}.”
5315	41:36	a822			וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הָ⁠אֹ֤כֶל לְ⁠פִקָּדוֹן֙	1	“That {surplus/extra} food/grain should be kept/held in storage” or “That food/grain should stay in storage” or “They must/should continue to store that {surplus/extra} food/grain”
5316	41:36	sfjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“for {the people of} the land/country {to eat}” or “so that {the people of} the land/country have it {to eat}”. The phrase “the land” refers here to the people who live in the land of Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
5317	41:36	cxiu			לְ⁠שֶׁ֨בַע֙ שְׁנֵ֣י הָ⁠רָעָ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ	1	“during the famine that will last seven years” or “during the seven years when food is very scarce”
5318	41:36	i6wb			בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“in the country of Egypt,” or “in Egypt,” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to repeat “the land/country” in this sentence.
5319	41:36	yzst		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִכָּרֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“so that {the people of/in} the land/country” or “so that the people” or “so that they”. Make sure the way you translated “{the people of/in} the land/country” at the beginning of this verse fits with how you translate it here. It is helpful to read your translation aloud to make sure it is clear and natural.
5320	41:36	javn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִכָּרֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“will not be devastated/destroyed by” or “will not starve to death because of”. See how you translated the idiom “cut off” in Gen 9:11. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the different context.
5321	41:36	tiu5			בָּ⁠רָעָֽב	1	“the severe food scarcity/shortage.” or “the severe lack of food.”
5322	41:37	yzkw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֥ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו	1	“What Joseph said/proposed seemed like a good plan to {King} Pharaoh and all his servants/officials.” or “{King} Pharaoh and all his servants/officials agreed that what Joseph had said/proposed was good.” See how you translated the idiom “in the eyes of” in Gen 34:18.
5323	41:38	ewpf			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	“So Pharaoh said to his officials,” or “So Pharaoh exclaimed to them,”
5324	41:38	ov2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠נִמְצָ֣א כָ⁠זֶ֔ה אִ֕ישׁ	1	“{Certainly} we cannot find anyone else more qualified than this man,” or “{It is obvious that} we will never find a man as qualified as this/Joseph,” Pharaoh uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that no one is more qualified than Joseph. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this quote using a question or a statement.
5325	41:38	n386			אֲשֶׁ֛ר ר֥וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֖ים בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who has God’s Spirit in him” or “whom God’s Spirit guides” or (2) “who has a divine spirit in him” or “who has a spirit of {the} gods in him”. Most translations follow the first interpretation, since Joseph had just talked to Pharaoh about God (verses 16, 28, 32) and Pharaoh acknowledges God in verse 39.
5326	41:39	brta			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Then he said to Joseph,” or “Then Pharaoh/he {turned} to Joseph and said,”
5327	41:39	xxco			אַחֲרֵ֨י הוֹדִ֧יעַ אֱלֹהִ֛ים אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶת כָּל זֹ֑את	1	“Since God has made all this known to you,” or “God has revealed to you what he is going to do, so”
5328	41:39	ktfd			אֵין נָב֥וֹן וְ⁠חָכָ֖ם כָּמֽוֹ⁠ךָ	1	“no one {else} is {as} intelligent/insightful as you {are} or/and knows what to do {in this situation}.” or “… or knows how to manage {this situation} wisely.” See how you translated “discerning and wise” in verse 33.
5329	41:40	fq25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אַתָּה֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה עַל בֵּיתִ֔⁠י	1	“{So} I am putting you in charge of my household {and my kingdom/country},” or “{So} I am giving you authority over {the people in} my palace {and the rest of my kingdom/country},” The phrase “my house” refers here to Pharaoh’s household and all the other people he rules as king.
5330	41:40	sv7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַל פִּ֖י⁠ךָ יִשַּׁ֣ק כָּל־עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	“so that all the people in my country/kingdom must obey/do whatever you say/command.” or “so that all the people I reign over will/must respect and obey whatever you tell them to do.” Consider whether you have a similar idiom in your language or if you need to say this without an idiom.
5331	41:40	qqnv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רַ֥ק הַ⁠כִּסֵּ֖א אֶגְדַּ֥ל מִמֶּֽ⁠ךָּ	1	“Only I {who sit} {on} the throne {as king} will have higher/more authority than you.” or “Only I who am king will …” In this context, “the throne” refers to Pharaoh’s position as the king. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
5332	41:41	fcjq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“Then Pharaoh said,” or “Pharaoh continued/added,” Some languages leave “Joseph” or even this entire quote margin implied here, since Pharaoh is still talking to the same person. Do what is best in your language.
5333	41:41	b20a			רְאֵה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ עַ֖ל	1	“Look/Listen, I hereby/now put you in charge of” or “I am now appointing/installing you to be {the manager/supervisor} over”. The word “See” emphasizes what Pharaoh says next.
5334	41:41	fuhl			כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“the whole/entire land/country of Egypt.”
5335	41:42	wuz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר פַּרְעֹ֤ה אֶת טַבַּעְתּ⁠וֹ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then Pharaoh/he took off his {official/royal} identification ring” or “Then Pharaoh took from his finger the ring that he used to mark/seal {documents/letters}”. The signet ring was the identification ring that the king used to seal official documents. See how you translated “signet” in Gen 38:18.
5336	41:42	bnj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֖⁠הּ עַל יַ֣ד יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“and put it on Joseph’s finger {to show that he had appointed him}.” or “and placed it on Joseph’s finger {showing he now had Pharaoh’s authority}”. The signet ring showed that Joseph represented Pharaoh and had his complete authority.
5337	41:42	m7et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יַּלְבֵּ֤שׁ אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בִּגְדֵי שֵׁ֔שׁ	1	“He {also} had Joseph put on fine/expensive linen clothes/robes” or “He {also} gave Joseph high-quality/expensive clothes/robes to wear”. The Hebrew word for “fine linen” refers to a special kind of white cloth that was woven out of flax and had a fine texture. Clothes made from linen were expensive and were worn by the king and high officials. If linen is not known in your language area, you could be more general and refer to expensive, high-quality clothes.
5338	41:42	tb6j			וַ⁠יָּ֛שֶׂם רְבִ֥ד הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב עַל צַוָּארֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and put a chain/collar {made} of gold around his neck.” or “and put around his neck a chain/necklace {made} of gold.”
5339	41:43	etvw			וַ⁠יַּרְכֵּ֣ב אֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	“Then Pharaoh had Joseph ride {around}”
5340	41:43	htid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	בְּ⁠מִרְכֶּ֤בֶת הַ⁠מִּשְׁנֶה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“in a royal {horse-drawn} chariot/cart as his second-in-command” or “in the {horse-drawn} chariot/cart that showed he was the second highest ruler in the country.” A chariot is a cart with two or four wheels that was pulled by one or more horses. It was used as transportation and was especially used in battles. Translate this in a way that fits with this description. It may be helpful to include a picture of a chariot in your translation.
5341	41:43	g33q			וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו	1	“{As he rode,} heralds/messengers {walked} {in the road/streets} ahead of him calling out {to everyone},” Make sure the way you translate “shouted” does not sound angry. Rather they were calling out loudly enough for people to hear them.
5342	41:43	m84b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	אַבְרֵ֑ךְ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could be: (1) a transliteration of an Egyptian word that means “Bow down {in reverence/respect}!” or “Make way {for the king’s appointed one}!” or “Welcome/Honor {your new leader}!” which is what people would be told to do to honor an important person; or (2) a combination of Hebrew words that means “{This is} {the} father of {the} king!”, which is similar to what Joseph says in Gen 45:8.
5343	41:43	ry99			וְ⁠נָת֣וֹן אֹת֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל	1	“So Pharaoh put Joseph in charge of” or “In that way, Pharaoh {officially} appointed/installed Joseph to be {the manager/supervisor} over/of”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 41.
5344	41:43	a2y8			כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“the whole/entire land/country of Egypt.”
5345	41:44	yszd			וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֛ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף	1	“Pharaoh {also} told Joseph,”
5346	41:44	ybcw			אֲנִ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	“I, Pharaoh, {hereby command/decree} that”
5347	41:44	h6j0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וּ⁠בִלְעָדֶ֗י⁠ךָ לֹֽא יָרִ֨ים אִ֧ישׁ אֶת יָד֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת רַגְל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“no one throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt may do anything unless you tell them to do it!” or “throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt, everyone must only do what you tell them to do!” The phrase “will not lift his hand or foot” is hyperbole (exaggeration) that is used to emphasize Joseph’s authority. Consider whether or not it is clear and natural to do that here in your language.
5348	41:45	nudt			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֣ה שֵׁם יוֹסֵף֮	1	“Then Pharaoh called Joseph by the {Egyptian} name” or “Then Pharaoh gave Joseph the {Egyptian} name”
5349	41:45	w29d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צָֽפְנַ֣ת פַּעְנֵחַ֒	1	“Zaphenath-Paneah, {which means “explainer/revealer of secrets,”}” or “Zaphenath-Paneah, {which means “the one who explains/reveals secrets,”}”
5350	41:45	c09b			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת אָֽסְנַ֗ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֛רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֹ֖ן לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“and he gave him {a woman named} Asenath to be {his} wife. {She was} the daughter of Potiphera, {who was} a priest {at the temple} in/at {the city of} On.” Potiphera was a pagan priest, and he led people in worshiping the Egyptians’ gods, not Yahweh. See how you translated “priest” in Gen 14:18.
5351	41:45	qrou			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“Then Joseph started going/traveling around all over the land/country of Egypt.” or “Then Joseph {started his duties/work and} traveled throughout the land/country of Egypt.”
5352	41:46	l8de			וְ⁠יוֹסֵף֙ בֶּן שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה	1	“Joseph {was} thirty years old”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language.
5353	41:46	tinh			בְּ⁠עָמְד֕⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י	1	“when he had that meeting/audience with” or “when he started serving”. This phrase refers to when Joseph stood before Pharaoh and was commissioned to serve as the second-highest ruler in Egypt.
5354	41:46	iu0r			פַּרְעֹ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“Pharaoh, the king over Egypt.”
5355	41:46	klkm			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“Then Joseph left Pharaoh’s presence” or “{After Pharaoh appointed him,} Joseph left him”
5356	41:46	izc5			וַֽ⁠יַּעְבֹ֖ר בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“and traveled throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt {doing his work}.” or “and began traveling from place to place throughout …”
5357	41:47	k025			בְּ⁠שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֑ע	1	“During the seven years when food was abundant/plentiful,” or “For seven years the crops/harvests were abundant/plentiful and”. Compare how you translated “seven years of abundance” in verse 34.
5358	41:47	nel4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תַּ֣עַשׂ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ & לִ⁠קְמָצִֽים	1	“the land produced huge/large amounts of grain.” or “the people harvested huge/large amounts of grain from the land.” The idiom “by the handfuls” refers here to large amounts of grain. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom you could use here.
5359	41:48	iib5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקְבֹּ֞ץ	1	“So Joseph {told the supervisors/administrators under him} to gather/collect” or “So Joseph {had his helpers} gather/collect”. When the Bible says that a leader such as Joseph did something, it often means that he had it done by people under his authority. Decide whether you want to include this information in your translation or in a footnote.
5360	41:48	ekmx			אֶת כָּל אֹ֣כֶל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָיוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“all the {extra/surplus} food/grain that was produced/harvested in the land/country of Egypt during {those} seven years,” or “all the {extra/surplus} grain {that people harvested/produced} during {those} seven years in the land/country of Egypt,” See how you translated “all the food” in verse 35.
5361	41:48	rw03			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן אֹ֖כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים	1	“and he {had them} store/stockpile {that} grain in the cities.”
5362	41:48	llbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֹ֧כֶל שְׂדֵה הָ⁠עִ֛יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר סְבִיבֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠הּ	1	“The food/grain {that people had harvested} from the fields, he {had his supervisors/helpers} store/stockpile in the nearby cities.” or “In each city he {had them} store/stockpile the food/grain {that people had harvested} from the surrounding/nearby fields.” Consider what phrase order is best for this sentence in your language.
5363	41:49	e4mq			וַ⁠יִּצְבֹּ֨ר יוֹסֵ֥ף	1	“In that way, Joseph stockpiled” or “Joseph {had his helpers} store up”. See how you translated “store/stockpile” in verse 35.
5364	41:49	gdv0			בָּ֛ר כְּ⁠ח֥וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֖ם	1	“so much grain that it was/seemed/looked as {plentiful as} {grains of} sand beside the sea/ocean.” or “… as {plentiful as} the {grains of} sand on the seashore/beach.” See how you translated “as the sand of the sea” in Gen 32:12 and a similar phrase in Gen 22:17.
5365	41:49	jotk			הַרְבֵּ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד עַ֛ד כִּי	1	“{In fact,} there was so much that” or “{In fact,} it was so plentiful that {after a while}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5366	41:49	rt8w			חָדַ֥ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֖ר	1	“he {had them} stop keeping records/track {of it}” or “he/they had to stop writing down how much there was,” It was probably Joseph’s helpers who measured the grain and kept records of it. See how you handled this at the beginning of this verse.
5367	41:49	t7vr			כִּי אֵ֥ין מִסְפָּֽר	1	“because {there was so much that} he/they could no longer measure/record it.” or “because it was too much to keep track of.”
5368	41:50	ulea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא שְׁנַ֣ת הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב	1	“Before the {seven} famine years started,” or “Now {it so happened that} before the {seven} years of famine came/started,” Consider what is the best way to change topics and begin this new paragraph in your language.
5369	41:50	w7ad			וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף יֻלַּד֙ שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים & אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֽוֹן	1	“Joseph had two sons with {his wife} Asenath, a daughter of Potiphera, {who was} a priest in {the city of} On.” or “Joseph and {his wife} Asenath had two sons. {Remember that} Asenath was a daughter of Potiphera, a priest {in the city} of On.” See how you translated “Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, the priest of On” in verse 45.
5370	41:51	wsos			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת שֵׁ֥ם	1	“Joseph named”. See how you translated the idiom “called the name of” in Gen 21:3.
5371	41:51	rcrs			הַ⁠בְּכ֖וֹר	1	“{his} first/oldest {son}”
5372	41:51	emzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה	1	“Manasseh, {which means “forget,”}” or “Manasseh, {which means “stop/not thinking about,”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Manasseh” in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “forget” in the following clause.
5373	41:51	lcpw			כִּֽי־נַשַּׁ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“{and he said/explained,} “{It is} because God has enabled/helped me to forget about” or “… to stop thinking about”. Your translation should not sound like Joseph had lost his memory of these things, rather God had blessed him so much that it helped him stop thinking about those things.
5374	41:51	j0ue			אֶת כָּל עֲמָלִ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת	1	“all my troubles/hardships and {about}”
5375	41:51	nllc			כָּל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י	1	“{how much I have missed} all of my family {back home}.” or “{how much I have missed} my father and the rest of my family {back home}.”
5376	41:52	axyh			וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י קָרָ֣א	1	“And he/Joseph named {his} second son”
5377	41:52	w4ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶפְרָ֑יִם	1	“Ephraim, {which means “twice fruitful/prosperous,”}” If you include the meaning of Ephraim’s name in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “fruitful” in the following clause.
5378	41:52	loq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּֽי הִפְרַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“{and he said/explained,} “{It is} because God has enabled/helped me to prosper”. Consider again how you translated the idiom “fruitful” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:6; 26:22; 41:52.
5379	41:52	lcf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ עָנְיִֽ⁠י	1	“in the country where I have suffered {so much}.”
5380	41:53	b2gj			וַ⁠תִּכְלֶ֕ינָה שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֑ע אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיָ֖ה	1	“Finally the seven years when food was abundant/plentiful”. See how you translated “the seven years of abundance” in verses 34 and 47, and a similar phrase in verse 29.
5381	41:53	qsta			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“in the country of Egypt.”
5382	41:53	ulfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תִּכְלֶ֕ינָה	1	“came to an end,” or “were over,” For some languages it is better to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Finally the seven years were over when food was plentiful in the country of Egypt. Do what is best in your language.
5383	41:54	kc3p			וַ⁠תְּחִלֶּ֜ינָה שֶׁ֣בַע שְׁנֵ֤י הָ⁠רָעָב֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא	1	“Then the seven years of famine began,” or “Then the seven years began when there was a severe lack of food,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5384	41:54	wnph			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“just as Joseph had predicted {would happen}.” or “which is exactly what Joseph had said/predicted {would happen}.”
5385	41:54	gct9			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י רָעָב֙ בְּ⁠כָל הָ֣⁠אֲרָצ֔וֹת	1	“The famine spread to every country,” or “The severe food shortage began to affect all countries,”
5386	41:54	b0ci			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם	1	“but everywhere in the land/country of Egypt” or “but throughout the whole/entire land/country of Egypt”
5387	41:54	xlgt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	הָ֥יָה לָֽחֶם	1	“there was {still} food {in the storehouses}.” or “there was {still} {plenty of} food {stored up}.” In this context, “bread” refers to all food in general.
5388	41:55	z65i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תִּרְעַב֙ כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“Then all {the people in} the land/country of Egypt began to suffer from the famine, so” or “When everyone in Egypt became very hungry {because of the famine,}” The phrase “all the land” refers here to the people living in Egypt. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language.
5389	41:55	u12u			וַ⁠יִּצְעַ֥ק הָ⁠עָ֛ם אֶל פַּרְעֹ֖ה לַ⁠לָּ֑חֶם	1	“they begged Pharaoh for food.” or “they pleaded with Pharaoh to give them food.”
5390	41:55	bgdc			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֤ה לְ⁠כָל־מִצְרַ֨יִם֙	1	“So/Then {King} Pharaoh commanded/told them,” or “So/Then he commanded/told them,”
5391	41:55	o6ix			לְכ֣וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Go ask Joseph {for help/food},” or “You must go to Joseph {and ask him for help},”
5392	41:55	vkgw			אֲשֶׁר יֹאמַ֥ר לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תַּעֲשֽׂוּ	1	“{and} do whatever he commands/tells you {to do}.” Consider whether or not it is best to begin a new sentence here in your language.
5393	41:56	o5ta			וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעָ֣ב הָיָ֔ה עַ֖ל כָּל פְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח	1	“Since the famine had spread throughout the whole country,” or “Since the severe food shortage was affecting the entire/whole country,”
5394	41:56	yaxe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח יוֹסֵ֜ף	1	“Joseph {had his helpers} open up” or “Joseph {ordered the supervisors/administrators under him to} open up”. See how you translated verses 48 and 49, where Joseph is said to do something that he had his helpers do.
5395	41:56	gp9f			אֶֽת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּ⁠הֶם֙	1	“all {the storage buildings/barns} where {grain} was being stored,” or “all the storehouses {full of grain},”
5396	41:56	ps0i			וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּ֣ר לְ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“and he/they started selling {the grain} to the people of Egypt.”
5397	41:56	yjo3			וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֥ק הָֽ⁠רָעָ֖ב	1	“Then the famine became worse {and worse}” or “Then the famine kept getting more and more severe”
5398	41:56	gbf2			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“throughout the land/country of Egypt.” or “throughout the/their country.”
5399	41:57	hocx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙	1	“In fact, {people from} all over the earth/world”. This phrase refers to the people living on the earth. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language. See how you translated a similar metonymy (“all the land”) in verse 55.
5400	41:57	s755			בָּ֣אוּ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“started coming/traveling to Egypt to buy {grain/food} from Joseph,”
5401	41:57	rlm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי חָזַ֥ק הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“because the food shortage was {so} severe/terrible throughout the entire/whole world.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause near the beginning of verse 57 and say, “In fact, the famine was/became so severe/terrible in/throughout the entire/whole world that {people} started coming/traveling to Egypt from all over the world to buy {grain} from Joseph.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “severe/terrible” in verse 56.
5402	42:1	rkqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י יֶשׁ־שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“Meanwhile {in the land/region of Canaan}, when Jacob heard/learned that there was grain {for sale} in {the country of} Egypt,” or “… when Jacob found out that {he/they could buy} grain in Egypt,” This verse begins a new episode which overlaps in time with some of what was happening in chapter 41. Consider what is the best way to begin this episode in your language.
5403	42:1	jj1t			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ לְ⁠בָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	“he asked/told his sons,”
5404	42:1	ok2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֖⁠מָּה תִּתְרָאֽוּ	1	“What are you waiting for?” or “Do not {just stand/sit here} looking/staring at each other!” or “Do not just {stand around/there} doing nothing!” Jacob uses this rhetorical question to get his sons to take action and do what he says next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5405	42:2	etgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then he continued/added,” For some languages it is more natural to omit the quote margin here, because the same person (Jacob) is still talking to the same people (his sons). Do what is best in your language.
5406	42:2	f9cs			הִנֵּ֣ה	1	“Listen {to this}!” or “Look,”
5407	42:2	xjv4			שָׁמַ֔עְתִּי	1	“I heard/learned” or “Someone told me”
5408	42:2	revh			כִּ֥י יֶשׁ שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“that there is {much} grain {for sale} in {the country of} Egypt.” or “that {the country of} Egypt has {a lot of} grain {that people can buy}.”
5409	42:2	ukyl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness	רְדוּ שָׁ֨מָּ⁠ה֙	1	“{So} {I want/need you to} go/travel there” or “{So} {please} go/travel down there”. Make sure that the way you translate Jacob’s command to his sons does not sound rude or harsh.
5410	42:2	qouh			וְ⁠שִׁבְרוּ לָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם	1	“and buy {some} {grain} for us {all}” or “and buy {some} for us {and our families} {to eat}”
5411	42:2	mb2y			וְ⁠נִחְיֶ֖ה	1	“so that we will/can survive” or “so that we will/can stay alive”
5412	42:2	br4i			וְ⁠לֹ֥א נָמֽוּת	1	“and not die {from hunger}.” or “and not starve to death.”
5413	42:3	hmv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וַ⁠יֵּרְד֥וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵ֖ף עֲשָׂרָ֑ה	1	“Then/So Joseph’s ten {older} brothers {left home/Canaan and} went/traveled down”. These ten brothers were older than Joseph and had different mothers than he did. Also, the verb “went down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the land of Canaan. It is also located southwest of Canaan. See how you translated “go down” in verse 2 and “went down” in Gen 12:10.
5414	42:3	mopm			לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר בָּ֖ר מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	“to Egypt to buy {some} grain {there}.”
5415	42:4	azl2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֙ אֲחִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף לֹא שָׁלַ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	“But Jacob did not send Joseph’s {younger} brother Benjamin {to Egypt}” or “But Jacob did not allow/permit Joseph’s {younger} brother to go {to Egypt}”. Benjamin was younger than Joseph and had the same mother (Rachel) and father.
5416	42:4	u64p			אֶת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו	1	“with his {other} brothers,” or “with {the rest of} his brothers,”
5417	42:4	x6pq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יִקְרָאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אָסֽוֹן	1	“because he/Jacob thought that he/Benjamin might be harmed.” or “because he/Jacob was afraid/concerned that something bad/terrible might happen to him.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But Jacob was concerned that harm might come to Joseph’s {younger} brother Benjamin, so he did not send him with {the rest of} his brothers {to Egypt}.” Do what is best in your language.
5418	42:5	mphn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	“So Israel’s sons” or “The sons of Israel {that is, Jacob}” or “So the sons of {Jacob, who was also called} Israel,” If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 5) and “Jacob” (verse 4) refer to the same person, you could include the name Jacob here in your translation or in a footnote.
5419	42:5	hpxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙	1	“came/went {to Egypt}” or “arrived {in Egypt}”
5420	42:5	ccyh			בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠בָּאִ֑ים	1	“along with {many} other people who were coming/going {there}” or “along with {many} other travelers”
5421	42:5	e2fz			לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר	1	“to buy {food},”
5422	42:5	tdv7			כִּֽי & הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב	1	“because the severe/extreme food shortage” or “because the extreme lack/scarcity of food”. See how you translated “because the famine” in Gen 41:57.
5423	42:5	krd7			הָיָ֥ה & בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן	1	“was {also} {affecting everyone} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “was {also} affecting/devastating the {entire} land/region of Canaan.”
5424	42:6	fpi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף ה֚וּא הַ⁠שַּׁלִּ֣יט עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{Since} Joseph {was} the administrator over the land/country {of Egypt},”
5425	42:6	grm0			ה֥וּא הַ⁠מַּשְׁבִּ֖יר	1	“he {was} the one selling {grain}”
5426	42:6	ee6z			לְ⁠כָל עַ֣ם	1	“to people {who came to him} from all over”
5427	42:6	sus5			הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the country {of Egypt}”, which is what it means earlier in verse 6; or (2) “the earth/world.”
5428	42:6	mgwx			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	So/Then Joseph’s brothers {also} came/went
5429	42:6	mdhu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּֽחֲווּ ל֥⁠וֹ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	“before him {like everyone else} and bowed down {with} {their} faces/foreheads to/toward the ground {to show him respect}.” or “{to him} and prostrated themselves before him {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 37:7, 9-10.
5430	42:7	bbex			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּכִּרֵ֑⁠ם	1	“When Joseph saw his brothers, he recognized them,” or “Joseph immediately recognized his brothers”
5431	42:7	poyo			וַ⁠יִּתְנַכֵּ֨ר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם	1	“but he treated them like strangers” or “But he pretended that he did not {know} {them}”. For some languages it is better to divide the first sentence in this verse into shorter sentences. Do what is best in your language.
5432	42:7	mzd9			וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֧ר אִתָּ֣⁠ם קָשׁ֗וֹת	1	“and spoke to them in a harsh/stern way/manner” or “In fact, he spoke to them sternly/roughly”. Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language.
5433	42:7	rze3			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	“and asked/questioned them,” or “and demanded,”
5434	42:7	zwjj			מֵ⁠אַ֣יִן בָּאתֶ֔ם	1	“Where are you from?” or “What country are you from?”
5435	42:7	j2e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“They answered {him},”
5436	42:7	jyke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל	1	“{Sir,} {we came} from the land/region of Canaan to buy {some} grain.” or “{Sir,} {we are} from the land/region of Canaan {and we came} to buy {some} grain.” For some languages it is necessary to begin with a respectful title or form of address when someone talks to a person of high status like Joseph. See how Joseph’s brothers address him in verse 10.
5437	42:8	gapq			וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠הֵ֖ם לֹ֥א הִכִּרֻֽ⁠הוּ	1	“Although Joseph recognized his brothers, they did not realize/know who he was.”
5438	42:9	jb4t			וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֣ר יוֹסֵ֔ף אֵ֚ת הַ⁠חֲלֹמ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָלַ֖ם	1	“Then Joseph remembered what he had dreamed”
5439	42:9	byaf			לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“about them {long ago},” or “about his brothers {long ago},”
5440	42:9	o1nl			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	“so he told/accused them,”
5441	42:9	fk1q			מְרַגְּלִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם	1	“You are spying {on our country}!” or “You are secretly gathering information {about our country}!”
5442	42:9	kxig			בָּאתֶֽם	1	“You came {here}” or “{The reason} you came {here} {is}”
5443	42:9	i6tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠רְא֛וֹת אֶת עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“to see/learn our country’s weaknesses!” or “to find out where {our} country is weak/vulnerable!”
5444	42:10	ltap			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו	1	“But his brothers replied to him,”
5445	42:10	ue8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	לֹ֣א אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“No, sir,” or “Sir, we are not {spies},” Make sure your translation of this phrase sounds polite. In some cultures it is rude to say “No” too directly. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 23:11.
5446	42:10	xa6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֥י⁠ךָ בָּ֖אוּ	1	“but rather {we} come {before you} respectfully/humbly” or “Rather, {we are} {just} humble men {who} have come {here}”. The brothers referred to themselves as “your servants” to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph.
5447	42:10	xv5f			לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל	1	“{only} to buy {some} food/grain.”
5448	42:11	t3kh			כֻּלָּ֕⁠נוּ	1	“We {are} all”
5449	42:11	gxjv			בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד	1	“{the} sons of the same man/father.” or “brothers who have the same father.”
5450	42:11	t2o1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	נָ֑חְנוּ כֵּנִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ לֹא־הָי֥וּ עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מְרַגְּלִֽים	1	“We {are} honest/trustworthy men/people who {highly} respect you. We are not spies.” or “We {are} humble, honest/trustworthy men/people, not spies.”
5451	42:12	ewus		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“But/Then Joseph replied,” or “But he/Joseph accused them,”
5452	42:12	p2xr			לֹ֕א כִּֽי & בָּאתֶ֥ם	1	“No/Yes, {you are spies!} {I’m sure} you must have come {here}” or “{That is} not {true}! You have definitely come {here}”. Different languages use “yes” and “no” in different ways, depending on the context. Do what is accurate and natural in this context in your language. Also see how you translated “No” in Gen 18:15.
5453	42:12	qzyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ & לִ⁠רְאֽוֹת	1	“to see/learn our country’s weaknesses!” or “to find out where {our} country is weak/vulnerable!” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9.
5454	42:13	sd4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ	1	“But/Then they responded,” or “But they replied {to him},”
5455	42:13	fuv1			שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂר֩ עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ אַחִ֧ים	1	“Sir, {there are/were} twelve of us brothers.”
5456	42:13	zu8a			אֲנַ֛חְנוּ בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד	1	“We {are} {all} sons of the same man/father” or “We {all} have the same father”
5457	42:13	g91t			בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“{who lives} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “{and we live} in the land/region of Canaan.”
5458	42:13	c4qf			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן	1	“In fact, {our} youngest {brother}” or “{Our} youngest {brother}”. The word “behold” calls attention to what the brothers say next. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language.
5459	42:13	sekb			אֶת אָבִ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם	1	“{is} presently {back at home} with our father,” or “{is} {there} with our father right now,”
5460	42:13	efwm			וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד	1	“but the {other} one” or “but {our other} brother”
5461	42:13	tyki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אֵינֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	“is no more.” or “is no longer {with us}.” or “has died.” In this context, “is not” is an idiom that means “has died.” Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here.
5462	42:14	kcn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“Then/But Joseph accused them,” or “Then/But Joseph responded,”
5463	42:14	iyrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ה֗וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבַּ֧רְתִּי אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֛ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר מְרַגְּלִ֥ים אַתֶּֽם	1	“What I told you is right/true! You are spying {on our country}!” or “I was right when I said that you are secretly gathering information {about our country}!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate the embedded quote “You {are} spies” as a direct or indirect quote.
5464	42:15	zsxd			בְּ⁠זֹ֖את	1	“{So now,} this is how” or “In this way”
5465	42:15	njgh			תִּבָּחֵ֑נוּ	1	“I will test/verify whether {or not} you {told me the truth}:” or “I am going to test you to find out if your claims are true:”
5466	42:15	xvi8			חֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙	1	“{I swear/vow} by Pharaoh’s life/authority {that}” or “As certain as {King} Pharaoh lives, {I swear/vow that}”. Joseph uses King Pharaoh’s name here to make an oath that emphasizes the certainty of what he says next. Make sure that the way he refers to Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. See how you translated other vows in Gen 14:22 and 21:23-24.
5467	42:15	wd40			אִם תֵּצְא֣וּ	1	“you will {definitely} not/never leave” or “I will not/never let you leave”
5468	42:15	ubqh			מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	“from here” or “Egypt”
5469	42:15	vxks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	כִּ֧י אִם בְּ⁠ב֛וֹא אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן הֵֽנָּה	1	“until your youngest brother comes/is here.” or “unless/until {I see that} your youngest brother is here.” For some languages it may be better to change the wording of this sentence and say, “{By} the life of Pharaoh, the only way you will ever leave Egypt is if your youngest brother comes here.” or “{By} the life of Pharaoh, your youngest brother must come here, or else you will {definitely} not/never leave Egypt!” Do what is best in your language.
5470	42:16	jpi1			שִׁלְח֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֣ם אֶחָד֮	1	“{So} one of you must go {back home}” or “Choose one of you to go {home}”
5471	42:16	c4sx			וְ⁠יִקַּ֣ח אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֒	1	“and bring your {youngest} brother back {here}.” or “to get your {youngest} brother {and bring him here}.”
5472	42:16	fp5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙	1	“You {who are left}” or “{The rest of} you”. In this verse, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural.
5473	42:16	zy6p			הֵאָ֣סְר֔וּ	1	“will be put/kept in prison.” or “must stay here in prison.” See how you translated “bound” in Gen 39:20; 40:3, 5. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
5474	42:16	ea8u			וְ⁠יִבָּֽחֲנוּ֙ דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם הַֽ⁠אֱמֶ֖ת אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“That way I can verify {whether or not} you told me the truth.” or “If you do that, I will know that what you told me is true.”
5475	42:16	zf4g			וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א	1	“But if {you are} not {telling the truth},” or “But if you are lying,”
5476	42:16	auvz			חֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“{I swear/vow} by Pharaoh’s life/authority,” or “as certain as {King} Pharaoh lives,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15.
5477	42:16	wsgs			כִּ֥י מְרַגְּלִ֖ים אַתֶּֽם	1	“{that means} you {are} definitely spies!” or “{that means} you really are spying {on our country}!”
5478	42:17	kbit			וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֶל מִשְׁמָ֖ר שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים	1	“Then Joseph {had his soldiers} put them in custody/prison {for} three days.” or “Then Joseph {had his soldiers} lock up his brothers in prison {for} three days.” See how you translated “in custody” in Gen 40:3-4, 7.
5479	42:18	in6m			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֤ם יוֹסֵף֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י	1	“Three days later, Joseph said to them,” or “After three days, Joseph said to them,” See how you translated “on the third day” in Gen 22:4, 31:22, 40:20. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
5480	42:18	hq4p			זֹ֥את עֲשׂ֖וּ	1	“Do what I say and” or “If you do this,” or “If you do what I say,”
5481	42:18	g6gn			וִֽ⁠חְי֑וּ	1	“{you will} live,” or “{I will let} you live,” or “{I will} spare your lives,”
5482	42:18	scf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲנִ֥י יָרֵֽא	1	“{because/since} I revere/respect and obey God:” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “I {am a man who} reveres/respects God. So if you do what I say, {I will let} you live.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “fear God” in Gen 22:12.
5483	42:19	kfk1			אִם כֵּנִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם	1	“If you {truly/really} {are} honest/trustworthy {men} {as you say/claim},” or “Since you {claim to be} honest/trustworthy {men},” See how you translated “honest” in verse 11.
5484	42:19	tdlb			אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם אֶחָ֔ד יֵאָסֵ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית מִשְׁמַרְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“I will make {just} one of you brothers stay/remain where you have been, in prison,” or “{just} one of you brothers must remain confined/imprisoned where you have been,” See how you translated “be bound” in verse 16.
5485	42:19	dydl			וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ לְכ֣וּ הָבִ֔יאוּ שֶׁ֖בֶר	1	“while {the rest of} you go back {home} {now} with/taking grain/food” or “{The rest of} you {may} go {and} take/carry grain/food back {home}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5486	42:19	zbmz			רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶֽם	1	“for your hungry/starving households/families {to eat}.” or “to feed your hungry/starving households/families.”
5487	42:20	wrfx			וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ תָּבִ֣יאוּ אֵלַ֔⁠י	1	“But you must bring your youngest brother {back} {here} to me” or “After that, you must come back {here} to me with your youngest brother”
5488	42:20	sgd0			וְ⁠יֵאָמְנ֥וּ דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	“so that what you have told me will be proven/confirmed to be true,” or “That way I will know that you are telling the truth,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 16.
5489	42:20	dqp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ	1	“and I will {spare your lives and} not execute you {for being spies}.” or “and I will let you live.” In this context, the word “die” refers to execution, not death by natural causes.
5490	42:20	y20f			וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ כֵֽן	1	“So/Then Joseph’s brothers {agreed to} do that.” or “… {agreed to} do what he said/proposed.” or “… accepted his proposal.”
5491	42:21	tzgd			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֗י⁠ו	1	“Then the/Joseph’s brothers said to each other,” or “{While they were still standing there,} they said to each other,”
5492	42:21	l20t			אֲבָל֮ אֲשֵׁמִ֣ים אֲנַחְנוּ֮ עַל אָחִי⁠נוּ֒	1	“{This is happening because} we sinned badly against our brother {Joseph} {long ago}.” or “Surely what we did to our brother {Joseph} {long ago} was {very} wrong.”
5493	42:21	wifa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָאִ֜ינוּ צָרַ֥ת נַפְשׁ֛⁠וֹ	1	“We saw how distressed he was” or “We saw how {terribly} he was suffering”. The phrase “his soul” refers here to Joseph.
5494	42:21	r4jp			בְּ⁠הִתְחַֽנְנ֥⁠וֹ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ	1	“when he urgently asked us {to free him},” or “when he begged us {not to harm him},”
5495	42:21	lv8u			וְ⁠לֹ֣א שָׁמָ֑עְנוּ	1	“but we refused to listen {to him}.” or “but we refused {to let him go}.”
5496	42:21	reos			עַל כֵּן֙	1	“That is the reason {that}” or “That is why”
5497	42:21	hjww			בָּ֣אָה אֵלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠צָּרָ֖ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת	1	“we are now experiencing so much distress/trouble.” or “we are suffering like this now.”
5498	42:22	u5wp			וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ רְאוּבֵ֨ן אֹתָ֜⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר	1	“Reuben scolded/reproached them by saying,”
5499	42:22	meeb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לוֹא֩ אָמַ֨רְתִּי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֧ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֛ר	1	“Remember that I told you” or “I told you”. Reuben uses this rhetorical question to scold his brothers. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5500	42:22	oi3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אַל תֶּחֶטְא֥וּ בַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד	1	“{that} you should/must not harm the boy!” or “{that} you should not do anything bad to him!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “lad” in Gen 37:30, and keep in mind that Joseph was seventeen years old when his brothers sold him.
5501	42:22	d8u5			וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁמַעְתֶּ֑ם	1	“But you refused to listen {to me},” or “But you did/would not obey me,”
5502	42:22	stcs			וְ⁠גַם & הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“so now, see {what is happening}:” or “so/and now look,”
5503	42:22	jv5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דָּמ֖⁠וֹ & נִדְרָֽשׁ	1	“we are being held accountable/responsible {by God} for his blood/death!” or “God is holding us responsible for causing him to die!” or “We are getting what we deserve for causing his death!” The phrase “his blood” refers to Joseph’s death; if you do not translate that phrase literally, you could put the literal text in a footnote since “blood” is such an important term throughout the Bible.
5504	42:23	zl1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֵם֙ לֹ֣א יָֽדְע֔וּ	1	“Joseph’s brothers did not know/realize” or “Joseph’s brothers were not aware”.
5505	42:23	fhq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֥י שֹׁמֵ֖עַ יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“that Joseph/he {could} understand {what they were saying to each other},” or “that Joseph/he was listening {to what they were saying},”
5506	42:23	ys6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י הַ⁠מֵּלִ֖יץ בֵּינֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“because he had been speaking to them using a translator {as if he did not know their language}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph had been using an interpreter to speak to his brothers, so they did not realize that Joseph could understand them.” Do what is best in your language.
5507	42:24	zev4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּסֹּ֥ב	1	“Then/So he/Joseph turned” or “{When Joseph heard what they were saying,} he turned”. Throughout this section make sure it is clear at each point who is being referred to, using nouns (including names) and pronouns naturally in your language.
5508	42:24	pz7r			וַ⁠יִּסֹּ֥ב מֵֽ⁠עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “turned his back to them” or (2) “went/stepped away from them”. Either way, Joseph was hiding his face from his brothers so they could not see that he was crying.
5509	42:24	bc3z			וַ⁠יֵּ֑בְךְּ	1	“and started crying.” or “to hide his tears.”
5510	42:24	y4s9			וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	“Then {after he recovered,} he/Joseph turned back around” or “{When he had composed himself,} he/Joseph came back to them”. Make sure that the way you translate this sentence fits with the way you translated the last sentence in verse 23.
5511	42:24	pjs5			וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“and spoke to them {again} {through/using his interpreter/translator}.” or “and continued speaking to them.”
5512	42:24	iqjv			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ⁠ם֙ אֶת שִׁמְע֔וֹן	1	“Then/Next he chose Simeon from {among} them” or “Then he separated Simeon from {the rest of} the/his brothers”.
5513	42:24	c5q4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	“and had him bound/imprisoned” or “and {had his soldiers} bind/confine him {with chains/ropes}”. Joseph probably had soldiers bind Simeon. See how you translated a similar case in Gen 40:3.
5514	42:24	gqgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“while/as they watched.” or “in front of them.”
5515	42:25	j6a1			וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו יוֹסֵ֗ף וַ⁠יְמַלְא֣וּ	1	“Then Joseph commanded/told his servants to fill” or “Then Joseph had his servants fill”
5516	42:25	juwt			אֶת כְּלֵי⁠הֶם֮ בָּר֒	1	“his brothers’ bags/sacks {with} grain.” Two different words, “bag” and “sack”, are used in this verse to refer to the bags of grain that the brothers had. Some languages use just one of these terms in order to prevent confusion. Do what is best in your language.
5517	42:25	wwr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠לְ⁠הָשִׁ֤יב כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶם֙ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל שַׂקּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“{He} also {ordered/told them} to {secretly} put in each brother’s sack/bag the money {they had paid for the grain}” or “{He} also {ordered/told them} to {secretly} put the/his brothers’ {grain/food} money in their sacks/bags”. Joseph had his servants to do this without his brothers knowing about it.
5518	42:25	jz00			וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה לַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ	1	“and to provide/supply them {with} food to eat on the/their trip/journey {home}.” or “and to give them food to eat as they traveled {home}.”
5519	42:25	r98q			וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם כֵּֽן	1	“So, that is what was done for them.” or “That is what Joseph did for them.” or “After Joseph did that for his brothers,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to end this sentence here (and begin verse 26 with a new sentence) or to continue this sentence into verse 26.
5520	42:26	g86q			וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ	1	“Then his brothers loaded/put” or “they loaded/put” or “his brothers loaded/put”. Make sure your choice here fits with the way you translated the end of verse 25.
5521	42:26	c1e7			אֶת שִׁבְרָ֖⁠ם עַל חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“their {sacks of} grain on their donkeys’ {backs}”
5522	42:26	xzck			וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם	1	“and left there {to go home}.” or “and started traveling {home}.” The way you translate this phrase should reflect the fact that Joseph’s brothers were just starting their journey back home; they did not reach their home until several days later (verse 29).
5523	42:27	ob4a			וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח הָ⁠אֶחָ֜ד אֶת שַׂקּ֗⁠וֹ לָ⁠תֵ֥ת מִסְפּ֛וֹא לַ⁠חֲמֹר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּל֑וֹן	1	“Later, {when they stopped} at a place to lodge/stay for the night, one {of them} opened his sack to get {some} feed/grain to feed his donkey.” See how you translated “fodder” in Gen 24:25, 32.
5524	42:27	w95n			וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִנֵּה ה֖וּא בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Suddenly he saw that the silver/money he had paid {for the grain} was right there in the opening/top of his sack!” or “There in the top of his sack he saw the money that he had paid/used {to buy grain}!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5525	42:28	zn9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙	1	“So/Then he exclaimed to his brothers,” or “So/Then he exclaimed to the others,”
5526	42:28	hkml			הוּשַׁ֣ב כַּסְפִּ֔⁠י	1	“Somebody has returned my {grain} money {to me}!” or “Someone gave my {grain} money back {to me}!”
5527	42:28	dxy1			וְ⁠גַ֖ם הִנֵּ֣ה בְ⁠אַמְתַּחְתִּ֑⁠י	1	“Here it is in my {grain} sack!” or “It is right here in my {grain} sack!”
5528	42:28	q65m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א לִבָּ֗⁠ם	1	“{They looked, and} their hearts sank,” or “{When they saw it,} they were {completely} shocked,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language.
5529	42:28	blx1			וַ⁠יֶּֽחֶרְד֞וּ אִ֤ישׁ אֶל אָחִי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“and they all started trembling/shaking {with fear} and said/exclaimed to each other,” or “and they trembled/shook {with fear}. They asked each other,”
5530	42:28	m4d8			מַה זֹּ֛את עָשָׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים לָֽ⁠נוּ	1	“What is God doing to us?” or “Why is God doing this to us?” or “Why is God making this happen to us?”
5531	42:29	g299			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛אוּ אֶל יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“{When} they came/got back {home} to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan,” or “{When} they reached {their home in} the land/region of Canaan where their father Jacob was,”
5532	42:29	zl0z			וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֛ת כָּל	1	“they related/explained to him all/everything” or “they told him everything”. See how you translated “reported to” in Gen 38:13.
5533	42:29	cdtq			הַ⁠קֹּרֹ֥ת אֹתָ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“they had experienced. They said,”
5534	42:30	ua84			הָ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֲדֹנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ	1	“The man {who is} the ruler/governor over the land/country {of Egypt}” or “The man who governs/controls the land/country {of Egypt}”
5535	42:30	z0fy			דִּ֠בֶּר & אִתָּ֖⁠נוּ קָשׁ֑וֹת	1	“spoke to us sternly/roughly” or “was very harsh/stern when he spoke to us”. See how you translated “harshly” in verse 7.
5536	42:30	tq1x			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ כִּֽ⁠מְרַגְּלִ֖ים	1	“and accused us of spying {on} {their} country!” or “He even accused us of being spies!”
5537	42:31	h6vy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠נֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו כֵּנִ֣ים אֲנָ֑חְנוּ לֹ֥א הָיִ֖ינוּ מְרַגְּלִֽים	1	“But we told him, ‘We {are} trustworthy {men}; not spies.” or “We told him that we are not spies, but rather honest/trustworthy {men}.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “… honest … not spies” in verse 11.
5538	42:32	t2n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר אֲנַ֛חְנוּ אַחִ֖ים	1	“There {were} twelve of us brothers,” or “{We told him that} we {are} twelve brothers,” Make sure that the way you translate verse 32 fits with whether you used a direct or indirect quote in verse 31.
5539	42:32	tbtd			בְּנֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“sons of one father.” or “{and} {we are} the sons of the same father.”
5540	42:32	lfin			הָ⁠אֶחָ֣ד	1	“One {of our brothers}”
5541	42:32	mxfu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“is no more,” or “is no longer {with us},” or “has died,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 13.
5542	42:32	zaw0			וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּטֹ֥ן	1	“and the/our youngest {brother/one}”
5543	42:32	yoiy			הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ	1	“{is} {at home} with our father right now” or “{is} right now with our father {at home}”
5544	42:32	dxvj			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן	1	“in the region of Canaan.”
5545	42:33	tax5			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלֵ֗י⁠נוּ הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֲדֹנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“Then the ruler/governor of the land/country said/replied to us,” or “But the man who governs/rules the land/country told us,” See how you translated “the man, the lord of the land” in verse 30.
5546	42:33	vfrp			בְּ⁠זֹ֣את	1	“This is how” or “In this way”. See how you translated “By this” in verse 15.
5547	42:33	bcni			אֵדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם	1	“I will know that/if you {are} trustworthy {men/people}:”
5548	42:33	y94z			אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ הַנִּ֣יחוּ אִתִּ֔⁠י	1	“You must leave one of you here with me,” or “One of you brothers will/must stay {here} with me,”
5549	42:33	a2cp			וְ⁠אֶת רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם קְח֥וּ וָ⁠לֵֽכוּ	1	“while {the rest of} you take/buy {grain} {to relieve} the hunger of your families and go {home}.” or “and/while {the rest of} you go {home} with {grain/food for} your hungry/starving households/families.”
5550	42:34	yt3a			וְ֠⁠הָבִיאוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֮ אֵלַ⁠י֒	1	“Then/But bring your youngest brother {back} {here} to me” or “After that, you must come back {here} to me with your youngest brother.” See how you translated a similar clause at the beginning of verse 20.
5551	42:34	u5dz			וְ⁠אֵֽדְעָ֗ה כִּ֣י לֹ֤א מְרַגְּלִים֙ אַתֶּ֔ם	1	“Then I will know that you {are} not spies,” Consider again how you translated “spies” in Gen 42:9-11, 14, 16, 30, 31, 34.
5552	42:34	k4m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם	1	“{but} {are} honest/trustworthy {men/people}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Then I will know that you {are} honest/trustworthy {men/people} and not spies.” Do what is best in your language.
5553	42:34	vd53			אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֙ אֶתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“{Then} I will return your brother to you {from prison},” or “{Then} I will release to you your brother {who is in prison},”
5554	42:34	df4k			וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ תִּסְחָֽרוּ	1	“and I will allow {all of} you to travel {and trade} throughout my country.’ ” or “and you can travel around my country {and trade} {freely}.’ ”
5555	42:35	a8js			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י הֵ֚ם מְרִיקִ֣ים שַׂקֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“Then Joseph’s brothers started/began to empty their {grain} sacks,” or “Sometime after that, the brothers began to empty {the grain} from their sacks,”
5556	42:35	p3w3			וְ⁠הִנֵּה אִ֥ישׁ צְרוֹר כַּסְפּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שַׂקּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and there inside each man’s sack was his pouch/bag of money {that he had paid for the grain}!” or “and they were surprised to find/see their pouches/bags of silver/money inside their sacks!”
5557	42:35	e1ff			וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ אֶת צְרֹר֧וֹת כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶ֛ם הֵ֥מָּה וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠יִּירָֽאוּ	1	“When they and their father {Jacob} saw the pouches/bags of silver/money, they were terrified.”
5558	42:36	zzid			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ יַעֲקֹ֣ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“Then their father said/exclaimed to them,” If you make “Jacob” explicit in verse 35, you could leave it implied here in verse 36.
5559	42:36	h76g			אֹתִ֖⁠י שִׁכַּלְתֶּ֑ם	1	“You have bereaved/deprived me {of my sons}!” or “You have caused me {terrible} loss!”
5560	42:36	rptq			יוֹסֵ֤ף אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֣וֹן אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“Joseph is gone! Simeon is gone!” or “Joseph and Simeon are no longer {with us}!”
5561	42:36	s0my			וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֣ן תִּקָּ֔חוּ	1	“And {now} you {want to} take Benjamin {away} {from me} {too}!”
5562	42:36	thfj			עָלַ֖⁠י הָי֥וּ כֻלָּֽ⁠נָה	1	“Everything is against me!” or “Everything is going terribly/badly for me!”
5563	42:37	oqs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר רְאוּבֵן֙ אֶל אָבִ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“Then Reuben said/responded to his father,” or “Reuben replied,”
5564	42:37	qpmv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י בָנַ⁠י֙ תָּמִ֔ית אִם לֹ֥א אֲבִיאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“You may punish me by killing my sons if I do not bring Benjamin back to you.” or “If I fail to bring Benjamin/him {back} to you {safely}, you can {punish me by} killing my two sons.” For some languages, it is necessary to change the order of clauses in this sentence (so that the condition comes first), as in the second alternate above. Do what is best in your language.
5565	42:37	cqwt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תְּנָ֤⁠ה אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל יָדִ֔⁠י	1	“Entrust him/Benjamin to my care {as we travel to Egypt},” or “Let me be responsible for {taking care of} him/Benjamin {on our trip to Egypt},” The phrase “in my hand” is used here as an idiom that means that Reuben was going to be responsible for Benjamin’s welfare.
5566	42:37	wz8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֲשִׁיבֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“and {I promise that} I will bring him back to you {safely}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this quote and say, “{Father,} let me be responsible for {taking} Benjamin {down to Egypt}. If I fail to bring him {back} to you {safely}, you can {punish me by} killing my two sons.” Do what is best in your language.
5567	42:38	vyte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“But his father replied/insisted,”
5568	42:38	lta2			לֹֽא יֵרֵ֥ד בְּנִ֖⁠י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“My son {Benjamin} will/may not go with you {to Egypt},” or “{No,} I will not let my son {Benjamin} go down {to Egypt} with you.” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural in this verse. Also, see how you translated “go down” in verse 2.
5569	42:38	lyr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	כִּֽי אָחִ֨י⁠ו מֵ֜ת	1	“His brother is dead,” Joseph was Benjamin’s older brother from the same father and mother. Consider whether your language has a special kinship term for that. Also consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
5570	42:38	gth5			וְ⁠ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֣⁠וֹ נִשְׁאָ֗ר	1	“so he is the only one {of his mother’s sons} {who is} still alive.” or “and/so he is the only one/son {I have} left {from his mother}.” You could include a footnote here that explains that Joseph and Benjamin were the only two sons of Rachel, Jacob’s favorite wife who died after giving birth to Benjamin (Gen 35:16-20).
5571	42:38	q1la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וּ⁠קְרָאָ֤⁠הוּ אָסוֹן֙ בַּ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ	1	“And/So if he were to be harmed/killed during your journey,” or “So if anything bad happened to him while you are traveling,” Jacob is saying what would happen if he lost Benjamin too. Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical statement in your language. Also, see how you translated “harm … meet him” in verse 4.
5572	42:38	bz42			וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן	1	“you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I would {die and} go down” or “you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I would {die and} go down”. Jacob uses the phrase “my gray head” to refer to himself as their aged father. Consider whether your language has a similar phrase that is natural and works well here.
5573	42:38	whbu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁאֽוֹלָ⁠ה	1	“to the afterworld!” The Hebrew term “Sheol” is the name of the place where the spirits of people went after they died. If you transliterate the name “Sheol” in your translation, you could put its meaning in a footnote. See how you translated this term in Gen 37:35, and see the note about that there.
5574	43:1	ddpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב	1	“The famine” or “The food shortage”. The setting changes here to focus on what is happening in Canaan. Some languages use a special conjunction (like “Now”) to indicate that, while others do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
5575	43:1	k8tt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כָּבֵ֥ד	1	“{was} oppressive/severe” or “{continued to be} severe”. The word “heavy” is used here as an idiom that means the famine caused everyone much suffering. See how you translated the same idiom in Gen 12:10 and Gen 41:31.
5576	43:1	pon5			בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“in the land/region {of Canaan}.”
5577	43:2	ymu3			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י	1	“So it happened {that}” or “So”. This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
5578	43:2	wchl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר כִּלּוּ֙	1	“when Jacob and his family {had} finished eating” or “… {had} used/eaten up”. Consider whether it is clearer in your language to use a pronoun or a noun phrase here.
5579	43:2	akxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֶת הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔בֶר אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֵבִ֖יאוּ	1	“{all} the grain that his sons had {bought and} brought {home}”. The pronoun “they” refers here to Jacob’s sons, not Jacob’s family (as it did earlier in this sentence).
5580	43:2	du9c			מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם	1	“from {the country of} Egypt,”
5581	43:2	h8vf			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“their father {Jacob} told/commanded them,” or “he/Jacob told/commanded them,”
5582	43:2	ug66			שֻׁ֖בוּ	1	“Go back {to Egypt}”
5583	43:2	upb8			שִׁבְרוּ & מְעַט אֹֽכֶל	1	“{and} buy some {more} food/grain”
5584	43:2	ldtz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	לָ֥⁠נוּ	1	“for us {and our families}.” or “for the/our family.” The pronoun “us” includes Jacob and his sons and their families here.
5585	43:3	c19j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֵלָ֛י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“But {his son} Judah replied to him,” or “{His son} Judah replied,”
5586	43:3	a6uc			הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ	1	“The man {who governs/controls the country there}” or “The governor {there}”. The brothers did not realize yet that Joseph was the governor they had spoken to in Egypt, so Judah referred to him generally here as “the man.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 42:30.
5587	43:3	pib6			הָעֵ֣ד הֵעִד֩ בָּ֨⁠נוּ & לֵ⁠אמֹר֙	1	“sternly warned/told us” or “was serious when he warned us”
5588	43:3	klhy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י	1	“that we cannot see him {again}” or “that we cannot go/come to him {again} {to buy grain}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
5589	43:3	qdmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם	1	“unless our {youngest} brother is with us!” or “if our {youngest} brother {is} not with us.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous part of this sentence. For some languages it is necessary to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “… that our {youngest} brother must be with us or else we will not {be permitted to} see him {again}!”
5590	43:4	w58d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	אִם יֶשְׁ⁠ךָ֛ מְשַׁלֵּ֥חַ אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠נוּ אִתָּ֑⁠נוּ	1	“{So} if you will allow/permit our {youngest} brother to go with us,” or “{So} if you will let our {youngest} brother go with us,” In verses 3-5, the pronouns “us” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom Judah is talking to).
5591	43:4	drtr			נֵרְדָ֕ה	1	“{then} we will/can go/travel {to Egypt}”
5592	43:4	hc8i			וְ⁠נִשְׁבְּרָ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֹֽכֶל	1	“and buy {more} food/grain for you {and the rest of the family}.”
5593	43:5	bila			וְ⁠אִם אֵינְ⁠ךָ֥	1	“However if you refuse to”
5594	43:5	mcx4			מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ	1	“allow/permit him to go {with us},” or “let him go {with us},” See how you translated “send” in verse 4.
5595	43:5	yja1			לֹ֣א נֵרֵ֑ד	1	“we cannot go down {there},” or “we must not go {there} {to buy grain},” See how you translated “go down” and “went down” in Gen 42:2-3.
5596	43:5	t87d			כִּֽי הָ⁠אִ֞ישׁ אָמַ֤ר אֵלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙	1	“because the man/governor told/warned us”
5597	43:5	ta44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י	1	“that we cannot see him {again}” or “that we cannot go to him {again} {to buy grain}”. See how you translated this quote in verse 3.
5598	43:5	zutf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם	1	“unless our {youngest} brother {is} with us!” or “if our {youngest} brother {is} not with us!” See how you translated this clause in verse 3.
5599	43:6	qmq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	“Then {their father} Israel asked {them},” If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 6) and “their father” (verse 2) refer to the same person, you could include “their father” here in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 42:5.
5600	43:6	xkfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ⁠מָ֥ה הֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם לִ֑⁠י לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד	1	“Why did you cause trouble/distress for me by telling” or “You caused me a lot of trouble/distress because you told”. Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to scold his sons and to show how upset he is. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5601	43:6	embi			לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ	1	“that man” or “the/that governor”. See how you translated “the man” in verses 3 and 5.
5602	43:6	h0lc			הַ⁠ע֥וֹד לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אָֽח	1	“that you have another brother!” or “that you have a younger brother?” If you translate this rhetorical question as a statement, make sure that you end it with a period or exclamation point.
5603	43:7	tpfx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֡וּ	1	“They answered {him},”
5604	43:7	uc4l			שָׁא֣וֹל שָֽׁאַל הָ֠⁠אִישׁ	1	“The man/governor questioned {us} intensely/thoroughly” or “The man asked {us} many questions”
5605	43:7	ebcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	לָ֣⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠מֽוֹלַדְתֵּ֜⁠נוּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר	1	“about ourselves and about {the rest of} our family.” In verses 7-8, the pronouns “us,” “our,” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom the sons are talking to).
5606	43:7	ozlb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הַ⁠ע֨וֹד אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם חַי֙ הֲ⁠יֵ֣שׁ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם אָ֔ח	1	“He {specifically} asked {us} if/whether our father was still alive and if/whether we had {another} brother.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote.
5607	43:7	blcg			וַ⁠נַ֨גֶּד ל֔⁠וֹ עַל פִּ֖י הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	“So we {just/simply} answered his questions {honestly/truthfully}.” or “All we did was answer his questions.”
5608	43:7	z7wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠יָד֣וֹעַ נֵדַ֔ע	1	“We could not possibly have known” or “There is no way we could have known”. Jacob’s sons use a rhetorical question here to emphasize their innocence and express strong emotion. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5609	43:7	ltpm			כִּ֣י יֹאמַ֔ר הוֹרִ֖ידוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶֽם	1	“that he would tell/require us to bring/take our brother down {there} {to him}!” If you translate this rhetorical question as a statement, make sure that you end it with a period or exclamation point.
5610	43:8	bflr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוּדָ֜ה אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל אָבִ֗י⁠ו	1	“Then Judah urged his father Israel {about Benjamin},” For some languages it is necessary to make “Benjamin” explicit here in the quote margin so that it is clear that “young man” refers to him in the following quote. Do what is best in your language.
5611	43:8	daxf			שִׁלְחָ֥⁠ה הַ⁠נַּ֛עַר אִתִּ֖⁠י	1	“Allow/Permit the young man to come with me/us {and I will watch over him}” or “Entrust the young man to me {to take care of}”. See how you translated “young man” in Gen 37:2; 41:12. Use a term here in your language that fits with the fact that Benjamin was probably in his 30’s.
5612	43:8	imi8			וְ⁠נָק֣וּמָה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה	1	“and/so we can leave right away {to buy grain in Egypt}” or “so that we can go immediately {to Egypt} {to buy grain}.”
5613	43:8	lenm			וְ⁠נִֽחְיֶה֙ & גַּם אֲנַ֥חְנוּ גַם אַתָּ֖ה גַּם טַפֵּֽ⁠נוּ	1	“Then all of us, including our children, will survive” or “… will/can stay alive”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “will live and not die” in Gen 42:2.
5614	43:8	yhi0			וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת	1	“and not die {from hunger}.” or “and not starve to death.”
5615	43:9	jkoj			אָֽנֹכִי֙ אֶֽעֶרְבֶ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“I personally guarantee/promise to keep him safe.” or “I personally guarantee his safety.”
5616	43:9	ft8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠יָּדִ֖⁠י תְּבַקְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ	1	“You can hold/make me responsible/liable for him,” See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 31:39.
5617	43:9	mk47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	אִם לֹ֨א הֲבִיאֹתִ֤י⁠ו אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִצַּגְתִּ֣י⁠ו לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“{so that} if I do not bring him {back} {home} to you alive/safely,” Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical sentence in your language.
5618	43:9	dy9m			וְ⁠חָטָ֥אתִֽי לְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“I will be guilty of this sin against you” or “you can blame me for this sin”
5619	43:9	oyu9			כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	“all the days {of my life}.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.”
5620	43:10	aodh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	כִּ֖י לוּלֵ֣א הִתְמַהְמָ֑הְנוּ	1	“As it is, if we had not delayed/waited {such a long time},” or “In any case, if we had not delayed/waited {this long},” This sentence refers to something that could have happened, but did not actually happen. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language.
5621	43:10	vc35			כִּֽי עַתָּ֥ה שַׁ֖בְנוּ זֶ֥ה פַעֲמָֽיִם	1	“certainly we could have made two {round} trips {there and back} by now.” or “we certainly would have had enough time to go down there and back two times already.”
5622	43:11	rugr			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֜ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל אֲבִי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	“Then their father Israel said to them,” See how you translated “Israel their father” in verse 8.
5623	43:11	z17t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִם כֵּ֣ן	1	“If/Since that is how it must be,” or “{Okay,} if that is the only way {we can get more grain},”
5624	43:11	e0uk			אֵפוֹא֮ זֹ֣את עֲשׂוּ֒	1	“then this is what you must/should do:”
5625	43:11	w192			קְח֞וּ מִ⁠זִּמְרַ֤ת הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ בִּ⁠כְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Put {some} of the best things/goods from {our} land in your sacks,” or “Put in your sacks some of the most valuable things that {our} land produces,”
5626	43:11	xe36			וְ⁠הוֹרִ֥ידוּ לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ	1	“and take {them} to the man/governor {in Egypt}”
5627	43:11	x3ux			מִנְחָ֑ה	1	“{as} gifts,” or “{as} gifts.” Consider what punctuation is best to use here in your language.
5628	43:11	zelc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	מְעַ֤ט צֳרִי֙ וּ⁠מְעַ֣ט דְּבַ֔שׁ	1	“{including} some sweet-smelling tree resin/sap, some honey,” or “{Include} some healing salve, honey,” Consider what is the best way to make a list of things like this in your language. Also see how you translated “balm” in Gen 37:25.
5629	43:11	j3jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	נְכֹ֣את וָ⁠לֹ֔ט	1	“{some} {food} spices/seasonings and incense,” See how you translated “spices” and “myrrh” in Gen 37:25.
5630	43:11	nm7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	בָּטְנִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁקֵדִֽים	1	“{and} {some} pistachio nuts and almonds.” or “{and} {some} sweet-tasting tree nuts.”
5631	43:12	n427			וְ⁠כֶ֥סֶף מִשְׁנֶ֖ה קְח֣וּ בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“{Also} take with you twice {as much} silver/money {as you took the first time},”
5632	43:12	belf			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֜סֶף & תָּשִׁ֣יבוּ בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“because you must take/give back the silver/money” or “You must give back the silver/money”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
5633	43:12	vphu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠מּוּשָׁ֨ב	1	“that was given back {to you} {by someone}” or “that someone gave back {to you}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here.
5634	43:12	z9xu			בְּ⁠פִ֤י אַמְתְּחֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	“in the opening/top of your sacks.” or “in your sacks.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 42:27.
5635	43:12	my0a			אוּלַ֥י מִשְׁגֶּ֖ה הֽוּא	1	“That might have happened by mistake.” or “Maybe they/someone did that by mistake.”
5636	43:13	g5d0			וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֖ם קָ֑חוּ	1	“So {then/now,} take your {youngest} brother”
5637	43:13	rb0s			וְ⁠ק֖וּמוּ שׁ֥וּבוּ אֶל הָ⁠אִֽישׁ	1	“and return right away to the man/governor.” or “and immediately go back to the man/governor.” See how you translated “get up and …” in verse 8.
5638	43:14	ldsn			וְ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֗י יִתֵּ֨ן	1	“May Almighty God” or “I pray that God {who is} all-powerful will”
5639	43:14	p538			וְ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֗י יִתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠כֶ֤ם רַחֲמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ	1	“be merciful/kind to you {as you go} before the man/governor,” or “cause the man/governor to be merciful/kind to you,” or “cause him to treat you mercifully/kindly,”
5640	43:14	bcey			וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח & אֶת־אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אַחֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֶת־בִּנְיָמִ֑ין	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “so that he will” or “and I pray that the man/governor will” or (2) “and may he/God” or “and I pray that God will”
5641	43:14	t3kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אַחֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ין	1	“allow/permit your other brother and Benjamin to come/go” or “let your brothers Simeon and Benjamin come/go”. Notice that “other brother” refers to Simeon, who is older or younger (and has the same or different mother) than his brothers that Israel is talking to here. Also see how you translated “send” in verses 4-5.
5642	43:14	jnv5			לָ⁠כֶ֛ם	1	“{back} {home} with you.”
5643	43:14	nlep			וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר	1	“{As for} me, if I” or “But {if not, and} if I”. The pronoun “I” is emphatic here in the Hebrew text. If possible, keep that emphasis in your translation.
5644	43:14	djjf			שָׁכֹ֖לְתִּי שָׁכָֽלְתִּי	1	“{must} be bereaved/deprived {of them}, {then} I {will} be bereaved/deprived.” or “{must} lose them and grieve {for them}, {then} I {will} grieve.” or “{must} suffer loss, then I {will} suffer loss.” See how you translated “bereaved” in Gen 42:36.
5645	43:15	l6s7			וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	“Then/So the brothers packed those gifts {in their sacks}” or “So the brothers gathered/got {all} those gifts {and packed them}”. See how you translated “gift” in verse 11 and in Gen 33:10-11.
5646	43:15	omg5			וּ⁠מִשְׁנֶה כֶּ֛סֶף לָקְח֥וּ בְ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם	1	“along with twice as much silver/money {as the grain would cost}.” or “and they also packed double/twice the amount of silver/money {that they needed to pay for the grain}.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
5647	43:15	z4lc			וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ן וַ⁠יָּקֻ֨מוּ֙ וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“They also {took/got} Benjamin and {together} they immediately/quickly traveled down to {the country of} Egypt” or “Then they {took} Benjamin {with them} and immediately/quickly traveled down to {the country of} Egypt”. See how you translated “get up and go” in verse 8.
5648	43:15	kkg6			וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף	1	“and presented themselves before/to Joseph.” or “and went/came directly to Joseph.”
5649	43:16	c5xl			וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא יוֹסֵ֣ף אִתָּ⁠ם֮ אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“Joseph saw Benjamin with {the rest of} his brothers. So he told/ordered” or “When Joseph saw Benjamin with his {other} brothers, he told/commanded”
5650	43:16	dsy9			לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ	1	“{the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,”
5651	43:16	txuy			הָבֵ֥א אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה	1	“Bring/Lead the/these men to {my} house” or “Escort these men to {my} house.”
5652	43:16	kqg9			וּ⁠טְבֹ֤חַ טֶ֨בַח֙	1	“then slaughter/kill one of {the/my} livestock” or “Then slaughter/butcher an animal/calf/goat”. The Hebrew word for “animal” here is general and refers to an animal that was raised to be killed and eaten, such as a calf or goat. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
5653	43:16	lwck			וְ⁠הָכֵ֔ן	1	“and {use/roast/cook the meat to} prepare {a meal/feast},” or “and prepare {a feast} {with its meat},”
5654	43:16	yt78			כִּ֥י אִתִּ֛⁠י יֹאכְל֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָֽיִם	1	“because {I want} them to eat with me {today} at noon.” or “because {I have planned/decided that} the men will eat the noon meal with me {at my house}.”
5655	43:17	r6ug			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“The servant did exactly what Joseph {had} told/commanded {him to do}”
5656	43:17	hzqo			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ	1	“and took/led” or “and escorted”
5657	43:17	cer2			אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵֽף	1	“the brothers to Joseph’s house.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not sound like Joseph’s brothers went inside the house yet. They did not actually go inside until later (verse 24).
5658	43:18	vtq7			וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֣וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים כִּ֣י הֽוּבְאוּ֮ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵף֒	1	“The brothers became afraid when/because they saw that the servant had brought/led them {to} Joseph’s house,” or “But when the brothers saw that he had taken them to Joseph’s house, they were afraid,”
5659	43:18	skvj			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ	1	“and they said {to each other},” or “Then they said {to each other},” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5660	43:18	a2z1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל דְּבַ֤ר הַ⁠כֶּ֨סֶף֙ הַ⁠שָּׁ֤ב בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה אֲנַ֖חְנוּ מֽוּבָאִ֑ים	1	“We have been brought {here} because of the silver/money that was returned {to us} in our sacks the first time {we came here}.” or “He has brought/taken us here because of {our} silver/money that someone gave back to us in our sacks {on} {our} first trip {here}.”
5661	43:18	hjh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠הִתְגֹּלֵ֤ל עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠הִתְנַפֵּ֣ל עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“{He is planning} to take/seize us by force” or “{He intends} to {have his soldiers} attack us and overpower us”. Consider what is the best way to translate these idioms in your language.
5662	43:18	bwz0			וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֧חַת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֖ים	1	“and keep us as slaves/servants,” or “and make us {his} slaves/servants,”
5663	43:18	po0k			וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	“along with our donkeys!” or “{He will} also {take/capture} our donkeys!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5664	43:19	xsms			וַֽ⁠יִּגְּשׁוּ֙ אֶל	1	“Then/So they went up to” or “Then/So they approached”
5665	43:19	dmuv			הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“the servant who managed/supervised Joseph’s household” or “Joseph’s head house-servant”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 16.
5666	43:19	s3sc			וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֥וּ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו פֶּ֥תַח הַ⁠בָּֽיִת	1	“to speak to him {at/outside} the entrance/door to {his} house.” or “{at/outside} the entrance/door to the house in order to speak to him.”
5667	43:20	ml95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ	1	“They said {to him},” or “{One of} them said {to him} {on behalf of them all},”
5668	43:20	lue5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“Excuse me/us, sir,” or “Master/Sir, please {allow me/us to speak to you}.” The brothers are asking the servant for permission to speak. Translate this in a way that is respectful in your language.
5669	43:20	z7s9			יָרֹ֥ד יָרַ֛דְנוּ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל	1	“the first/previous time we came/traveled down {here} {to Egypt}, we came to buy {some} food/grain.” or “one time before this, we traveled all the way down {here} {to Egypt} and bought {some} food/grain.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5670	43:21	ordx			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י	1	“But it {so} happened {that}” or “But {on our way home},” This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
5671	43:21	in48			כִּי בָ֣אנוּ אֶל הַ⁠מָּל֗וֹן וַֽ⁠נִּפְתְּחָ⁠ה֙ אֶת אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“when we arrived at the place where we lodged/stayed for the night, we opened our sacks”. See how you translated “the lodging place” in Gen 42:27.
5672	43:21	ch69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה כֶֽסֶף אִישׁ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתַּחְתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and we were surprised to see that our bags/pouches of silver/money were in the opening/top of each of our sacks!” or “There in the opening/top of each of our sacks {was} the silver/money {we had paid/given to you} {for the grain}!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “in the mouth of … sacks” in verse 12.
5673	43:21	penc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	כַּסְפֵּ֖⁠נוּ בְּ⁠מִשְׁקָל֑⁠וֹ	1	“The full/exact weight/amount of silver/money was there!” or “The silver/money was all there!” The silver was weighed in shekels (Gen 20:16; 23:15-16; 37:28) to determine how much to pay for something. See how you translated “silver” in Gen 42:25, 27, 35.
5674	43:21	n9o8			וַ⁠נָּ֥שֶׁב אֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	“So/But we brought it {all} back” or “So/But we brought {all} that silver/money back”
5675	43:21	lz5d			בְּ⁠יָדֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	“with us {to return/give to you}.”
5676	43:22	fyvo			וְ⁠כֶ֧סֶף אַחֵ֛ר הוֹרַ֥דְנוּ	1	“We also brought enough extra/additional silver/money with us” or “We have {also} brought more/additional silver/money with us”
5677	43:22	hnax			לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹ֑כֶל	1	“so that we can buy {some more} food/grain {now/today}.”
5678	43:22	qw4u			לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְנוּ	1	“We have no idea”
5679	43:22	uztm			מִי שָׂ֥ם כַּסְפֵּ֖⁠נוּ בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	“who put the money in our sacks.” or “who gave that silver/money back to us in our sacks.” or “how our silver/money got into our sacks {like that}.”
5680	43:23	g964			וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩	1	“But Joseph’s servant said/replied {to them},”
5681	43:23	yad2			שָׁל֨וֹם לָ⁠כֶ֜ם	1	“Be at peace, {and}” or “All is well for you, {so}” or “It/Everything is all right, {so}” The phrase “Peace to you” is a blessing that wishes someone to be well and at peace. Consider whether your language has a similar blessing or possibly an idiom that would work well here.
5682	43:23	ohpb			אַל תִּירָ֗אוּ	1	“do not be anxious.” or “do not worry {about it}.”
5683	43:23	iuqp			אֱלֹ֨הֵי⁠כֶ֜ם וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י אֲבִי⁠כֶם֙	1	“Your God, {who is} also your father’s God” or “The God whom you and your father serve/worship”. Make sure that your translation of these phrases refers to the same God, not two different Gods.
5684	43:23	axqr			נָתַ֨ן לָ⁠כֶ֤ם מַטְמוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“must have hidden/put the silver/money in your sacks,”
5685	43:23	zwsy			כַּסְפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ֣א אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	“{because} I {definitely} received your/the silver/money {that you paid for the grain}.” or “{because} {I know that} you gave/paid me silver/money {to pay for the grain}.”
5686	43:23	nnn5			וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֥א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת שִׁמְעֽוֹן	1	“Then the/Joseph’s head-servant brought Simeon out {of prison} to his brothers.” or “Then the/Joseph’s servant {got} Simeon out {of prison} {and} brought/took {him} to his brothers.”
5687	43:24	d6ca			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בֵּ֣יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“Soon the man/servant took/brought them {all} into Joseph’s/the house” or “Then Joseph’s servant brought/led the brothers inside Joseph’s/the house”
5688	43:24	hz7n			וַ⁠יִּתֶּן מַ֨יִם֙	1	“and provided {them} with water”
5689	43:24	f3c2			וַ⁠יִּרְחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“and they washed {the dust/dirt off} their feet,” or “to wash {the road dust off} their feet,” Consider again how you translated “wash … feet” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:4; 19:2; 24:32; 43:24.
5690	43:24	xfcm			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן מִסְפּ֖וֹא לַ⁠חֲמֹֽרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“and he provided fodder/feed for their donkeys.” or “He also fed their donkeys.” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “fodder” in Gen 42:27.
5691	43:25	j27m			וַ⁠יָּכִ֨ינוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה	1	“Then/Meanwhile Joseph’s brothers got {their} gift/gifts ready”
5692	43:25	fyrt			עַד בּ֥וֹא יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָ֑יִם	1	“to give to Joseph when he came/got home at noon,”
5693	43:25	n1x1			כִּ֣י שָֽׁמְע֔וּ	1	“because they had been told/informed” or “because someone had told them”
5694	43:25	q583		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּי שָׁ֖ם יֹ֥אכְלוּ לָֽחֶם	1	“that they were going to eat a meal {with him} there {at his house}.” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of this verse at the beginning of the verse and say, “When Joseph’s brothers heard that they were going to eat the noon meal with Joseph {at his house}, they got their gifts ready to give him when he came/got home.” Do what is best in your language.
5695	43:26	gxzc			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ הַ⁠בַּ֔יְתָ⁠ה	1	“When Joseph came to his house,” or “When Joseph came/got home,”
5696	43:26	ida9			וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאּוּ ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה	1	“his brothers {gave/presented} to him the gift/gifts that they had brought with them into the house.”
5697	43:26	vrkt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּחֲווּ ל֖⁠וֹ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	“Then they bowed {themselves} down before him {with their faces} to the ground {to show him respect/honor}.” or “Then they prostrated themselves on the ground {to respect/honor him}.” See how you translated “bowed down … ground” in Gen 42:6.
5698	43:27	bvqp			וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֤ל לָ⁠הֶם֙ לְ⁠שָׁל֔וֹם	1	“Then Joseph asked them how they were doing,” or “Then he/Joseph greeted them”
5699	43:27	e2sa			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“and he asked {them},” or “He also asked {them},” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5700	43:27	f3lh			הֲ⁠שָׁל֛וֹם אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠זָּקֵ֖ן	1	“Is your aged/elderly father {doing} well” or “Is your aged/elderly father in good health,”
5701	43:27	fjka			אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֑ם	1	“whom you spoke about {to me} {before}?” or “whom you mentioned {to me}?”
5702	43:27	d9kw			הַ⁠עוֹדֶ֖⁠נּוּ חָֽי	1	“Is he still living?”
5703	43:28	a91j			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ	1	“They answered {him},”
5704	43:28	siak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	שָׁל֛וֹם לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ חָ֑י	1	“{Yes sir,} our father, who highly respects you, is still alive and well/blessed.” The brothers refer to their father as “your servant” here to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph. Also, the pronoun “our” is exclusive here because Joseph’s brothers did not yet know that they were talking to Joseph.
5705	43:28	pv3h			וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ	1	“Then they bowed {their heads}” or “Then they knelt”. In this verse, the terms “bowed” and “bowed down” translate two different Hebrew words that together describe and emphasize the process of bowing down to the ground.
5706	43:28	iql9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ	1	“and bowed down {to the ground} {again}.” or “and prostrated themselves {in front of him} {again}.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 26.
5707	43:29	sk3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֣א עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא אֶת־בִּנְיָמִ֣ין אָחִי⁠ו֮	1	“Then Joseph looked up/around and saw his brother Benjamin,” or “When Joseph looked around {at them all}, he saw his brother Benjamin,” Benjamin was younger than Joseph. Also, consider again how you translated the idiom “lifted … eyes” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10, 14; 18:2; 22:4, 13; 24:63-64; 31:10; 33:1, 5; 37:25; 39:7; 43:29.
5708	43:29	rxoe			בֶּן אִמּ⁠וֹ֒	1	“{who was} the {only other} son of his {own} mother,” or “who had the same mother that he had,”
5709	43:29	tfn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“and he said {to them},” or “and he asked {them},”
5710	43:29	kw42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠זֶה֙ אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן	1	“So this {young man} must be your youngest brother” or “I suppose this {young man} is your youngest brother”. This question could be an actual question or a rhetorical question. The fact that Joseph does not wait for an answer suggests that this is a rhetorical question, especially since he already realized that the new brother in the group was Benjamin (verse 16).
5711	43:29	kj9r			אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	“whom you told me about.” Make sure that your punctuation here fits with the way you translated this sentence, either as a question or a statement.
5712	43:29	fgdx			וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר	1	“Then he said {to Benjamin},”
5713	43:29	x673			אֱלֹהִ֥ים יָחְנְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“I pray that God will be gracious/kind to you,” See how you translated “God has been gracious to …” in Gen 33:11. Also see how you translated “grace” in 24:12, 14 ,27, 49; 39:21.
5714	43:29	etkj			בְּנִֽ⁠י	1	“young man.” The phrase “my son” is a kind way to address a man who is younger or of lower status; it does not mean that Benjamin was Joseph’s actual son. Also, for some languages it is necessary to put this address first in this quote. Do what is natural in your language.
5715	43:30	hmes			וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֣ר יוֹסֵ֗ף	1	“Then Joseph quickly/hurriedly left {the room}” or “Then/Suddenly Joseph rushed out {of the room}”
5716	43:30	mlcg			כִּֽי נִכְמְר֤וּ רַחֲמָי⁠ו֙ אֶל אָחִ֔י⁠ו	1	“because he was feeling deeply emotional about his brother,” or “because he felt overwhelmed with emotions for/about his brother”
5717	43:30	lthk			וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לִ⁠בְכּ֑וֹת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and desired/wanted to cry,” or “and felt like crying,” or “and was about to cry,” or (2) “and was looking for {a place} to cry,” or “and went to find {a place} to cry,”
5718	43:30	a4rn			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א הַ⁠חַ֖דְרָ⁠ה	1	“so he went to his private room” or “So he went to his bedroom,”
5719	43:30	kzi6			וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	“so that he could cry there.” or “where he cried {privately}.”
5720	43:31	vi1v			וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ פָּנָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֑א וַ⁠יִּ֨תְאַפַּ֔ק	1	“After a while, he stopped crying, washed {the tears off} his face and came out {of his room}” or “After he had gotten control of his emotions {and stopped crying}, he washed {the tears off} his face and came back out {of his room}.”
5721	43:31	djhb			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“and told/commanded {his servants},” or “Then he told/commanded {his servants},” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
5722	43:31	fj19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	שִׂ֥ימוּ לָֽחֶם	1	“Serve/Bring the food/meal {to us}.” or “{It is time to} serve/distribute the food/meal {to us}.” The word “bread” refers to all the food they ate at this meal, not just bread.
5723	43:32	k33k			וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֥ימוּ ל֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“So/Then they served/brought {food} to him/Joseph at his own table,”
5724	43:32	j3ct			וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֣ם לְ⁠בַדָּ֑⁠ם	1	“and his brothers at their own table,”
5725	43:32	aecw			וְ⁠לַ⁠מִּצְרִ֞ים הָ⁠אֹכְלִ֤ים אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם	1	“and the Egyptians who were eating as his guests at their own table.” or “They also served/brought {food} to some Egyptian guests at a separate table.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
5726	43:32	n9pf			כִּי֩ לֹ֨א יוּכְל֜וּ⁠ן הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֗ים לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֤ל אֶת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִים֙ לֶ֔חֶם כִּי תוֹעֵבָ֥ה הִ֖וא לְ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“Egyptians do not eat at the same table as Hebrew people, because Egyptians/they consider it detestable/unacceptable {to do that}.” or “{The servants did that,} because Egyptians consider it detestable/unacceptable to eat with Hebrew people at the same table.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “Hebrews” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:13, 39:14, 17; 40:15, 41:12; 43:32.
5727	43:33	iw9a			וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ	1	“And/Now Joseph’s brothers were sitting {at a table}” or “Joseph’s brothers had been seated {at a table}”
5728	43:33	kg7b			לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	“in front of him/Joseph” or “facing his/Joseph’s table”
5729	43:33	owgp			הַ⁠בְּכֹר֙ כִּ⁠בְכֹ֣רָת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּעִ֖יר כִּ⁠צְעִרָת֑⁠וֹ	1	“according to their age order, from oldest to youngest,” or “in the order of their ages, from the firstborn/oldest to the youngest,”
5730	43:33	liwf			וַ⁠יִּתְמְה֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ אֶל רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“so they looked/stared at each other in astonishment/amazement.” or “{When they saw/noticed that,} they were astonished/amazed {and stared} at one another.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5731	43:34	rsws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א מַשְׂאֹ֜ת מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פָּנָי⁠ו֮ אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֒	1	“Then Joseph served his brothers food from his table,” or “Then Joseph {had his servants} serve food to his brothers from his table,” As a person of high position and status, Joseph probably had his servants serve the food rather doing it himself. Decide whether you want to make that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote.
5732	43:34	elb9			וַ⁠תֵּ֜רֶב מַשְׂאַ֧ת בִּנְיָמִ֛ן & חָמֵ֣שׁ יָד֑וֹת	1	“but the amount of food that was served to Benjamin was five times more” or “but he {had them} serve Benjamin five times more {food}”
5733	43:34	slsw			מִ⁠מַּשְׂאֹ֥ת כֻּלָּ֖⁠ם	1	“than {the amount of food that} was served to any of {the rest of} them.” or “than {they} served to any of {the rest of} his brothers.”
5734	43:34	gdx2			וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֥וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁכְּר֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Then they {ate food,} drank {wine} and celebrated/feasted with him.” or “Then his brothers feasted and drank {wine} freely with him.” or “Then they feasted and drank {wine} freely with him {until they were very merry}.” The Hebrew verb for “became drunk” is the same word that is used in Gen 9:21 to describe Noah when he had drunk so much wine that he had fallen asleep. Here, it probably means that they had drunk enough wine that they were feeling happy and sociable.
5735	44:1	he1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְצַ֞ו	1	“Later Joseph ordered”
5736	44:1	co1e			אֶת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית⁠וֹ֮	1	“{the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 43:16.
5737	44:1	t9xr			לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ מַלֵּ֞א אֶת אַמְתְּחֹ֤ת הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֹ֔כֶל כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר	1	“Fill the men’s {grain} sacks/bags with as much grain as”. These grain sacks were carried by the brother’s donkeys and were probably fairly large since donkeys are able to carry around 50 kilos (about 110 pounds).
5738	44:1	ikn0			יוּכְל֖וּ⁠ן שְׂאֵ֑ת	1	“they can take {with them},” or “their/the sacks/bags can hold,”
5739	44:1	uzxa			וְ⁠שִׂ֥ים כֶּֽסֶף אִ֖ישׁ בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and put their {grain} money in the top/opening of their {grain} sacks/bags.” or “and in the top/opening of their sacks/bags, put the silver/money that each {of them} paid {for the grain}.” See how you translated “silver/money” in Gen 42:25, 27-28.
5740	44:2	pli8			וְ⁠אֶת גְּבִיעִ֞⁠י גְּבִ֣יעַ הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף תָּשִׂים֙	1	“And put my cup, the one that is {made of} silver,” or “Also put my silver cup”. Notice that this cup was made out of silver; it was not just silver in color.
5741	44:2	tqum			בְּ⁠פִי֙ אַמְתַּ֣חַת הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן	1	“in the top/opening of the youngest {one/man}’s sack/bag,”
5742	44:2	pdhi			וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כֶּ֣סֶף שִׁבְר֑⁠וֹ	1	“and/with his grain money/payment.” or “along with the silver/money that he paid for the grain.”
5743	44:2	r9gb			וַ⁠יַּ֕עַשׂ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽר	1	“So the servant did exactly as/what Joseph/he had told/ordered {him to do}.” See how you translated “according to … words” in Gen 43:7.
5744	44:3	qedu			הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר א֑וֹר	1	“The {next} morning {as it} was becoming light,” or “The {next} morning at dawn,” or “Early the next morning,”
5745	44:3	l62s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים שֻׁלְּח֔וּ הֵ֖מָּה וַ⁠חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“the men/brothers were sent {on their way} with their donkeys {by Joseph}.” or “{Joseph} sent the men/brothers {on their way}, along with their donkeys.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive sentence in your language.
5746	44:4	c0b7			הֵ֠ם יָֽצְא֣וּ אֶת הָ⁠עִיר֮ לֹ֣א הִרְחִיקוּ֒	1	“{But} after they left the city, before they had gone very far,” or “{But} they had not gone very far out of the city when”
5747	44:4	a5rr			וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף אָמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־בֵּית֔⁠וֹ	1	“Joseph/he told {the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “Joseph/he ordered his head-servant,” See how you translated “{the one} who {was} over his house” in verse 1.”
5748	44:4	o859			ק֥וּם	1	“Hurry {and}” or “Immediately”
5749	44:4	ve86			רְדֹ֖ף אַחֲרֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֑ים	1	“go/chase after the/those men” or “pursue those men”
5750	44:4	bo39			וְ⁠הִשַּׂגְתָּ⁠ם֙	1	“When you catch up with them,” or “When you reach them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5751	44:4	slkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“say to them,” or “tell/ask them,” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way you translate the following rhetorical question.
5752	44:4	bfwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֛⁠מָּה שִׁלַּמְתֶּ֥ם רָעָ֖ה תַּ֥חַת טוֹבָֽה	1	“Why have you treated {my master} so badly after/when {he was} so good {to you}?” or “My master was very good to you. Why have you treated him so badly?” or “My master treated you so/very well, but in return you have treated him very badly!” Joseph’s servant uses this rhetorical question to scold the brothers and express his outrage. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language.
5753	44:5	rzp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא זֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁתֶּ֤ה אֲדֹנִ⁠י֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Why {do you have} the cup that my master drinks from” or “The cup {you stole} is {the cup} that my master drinks from”. The servant uses this rhetorical question to further express his outrage about the missing cup. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5754	44:5	kroa			וְ⁠ה֕וּא נַחֵ֥שׁ יְנַחֵ֖שׁ בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{It is} the one he regularly uses for divination!” or “He {also} uses it to find out secret things!” The word “divines” refers to the practice of interpreting omens (signs) or using supernatural means to find out things. See how you translated a similar term (“divination”) in Gen 30:27. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5755	44:5	frff			הֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עֲשִׂיתֶֽם	1	“What you have done is very evil/wrong!” The phrase “you have done” is repeated in this sentence for emphasis. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language.
5756	44:6	n84h			וַֽ⁠יַּשִּׂגֵ֑⁠ם	1	“Then/So the/Joseph’s servant {left, and when he} caught up with the men/brothers,” Consider again how you translated “overtake” or “overtook” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:19; 31:25; 44:4, 6.
5757	44:6	ll3k			וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	“he repeated/said to them what Joseph had told him {to say}.” or “he gave/told them that/Joseph’s message.”
5758	44:7	pakd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“But they replied/exclaimed,”
5759	44:7	iwsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	“Sir, why do you say such things?” or “Master/Sir, we do not know why you are saying that!” The brothers use this rhetorical question to express their shock at being accused of something they had not done. They also address the servant as “my lord” to show him respect. Decide what is the best way to communicate those things in your language.
5760	44:7	ieuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	חָלִ֨ילָ⁠ה֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת	1	“{We assure you,} sir, {that} we would never do” or “{We swear as} your {humble} servants {that we} would never {even} think of doing” or “We would never {even} consider doing”. The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Joseph’s head-servant. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5761	44:7	z1d4			כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“anything like that!” or “such a thing!”
5762	44:8	jlc8			הֵ֣ן	1	“Remember that” or “After all,”
5763	44:8	t6uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֤ר מָצָ֨אנוּ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ הֱשִׁיבֹ֥נוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“we returned to you the money that we found/discovered in our {grain} sacks/bags {last time}. {We brought it} {all the way} from {our home in} the land/region of Canaan!” or “as soon as we came {back here} from the land/region of Canaan, we returned to you the money we had found/discovered inside our {grain} sacks/bags.” Consider what is the best way in your language to order the clauses in this sentence.
5764	44:8	r9b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אֵ֗יךְ נִגְנֹב֙	1	“So why would we {ever} steal/take” or “So we would never steal/take” or “So there is no reason that we would {ever} steal/take”. The brothers use this rhetorical question to strongly emphasize that they would never steal from the servant’s master. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language.
5765	44:8	h9a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כֶּ֖סֶף א֥וֹ זָהָֽב	1	“silver {things} or gold {things} {or anything else}”. The brothers are emphasizing that they would never steal anything from Joseph, especially not valuable things made out of gold or silver.
5766	44:8	mwlj			מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אֲדֹנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“from your master’s house!” or “from your master!”
5767	44:9	q39v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִמָּצֵ֥א אִתּ֛⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“{In fact,} sir, if you find/discover that one/any of us does have the cup,” or “If any one of us does have the cup, sir,” The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Joseph’s head-servant.
5768	44:9	ewku			וָ⁠מֵ֑ת	1	“then he must/should die,” or “then he should be executed/killed,” or “then {you may} execute/kill that person/man,”
5769	44:9	wzg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	וְ⁠גַם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ נִֽהְיֶ֥ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים	1	“and besides that, {the rest of} us will become slaves/servants for you, sir.” or “and {the rest of} us, sir, will become your slaves/servants.” See how you translated “my lord” in verse 7.
5770	44:10	o3gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“The/Joseph’s servant replied {to them},”
5771	44:10	dbf7			גַּם עַתָּ֥ה	1	“So/Okay then,” or “Very well then,”
5772	44:10	uj13			כְ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כֶּן ה֑וּא	1	“based on what you have said I will do this:” or “I will do as you suggest {except for this}:”
5773	44:10	v6rg			אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִמָּצֵ֤א אִתּ⁠וֹ֙	1	“The one whom I find with my master’s cup” or “If I find one of you with my master’s cup, that person”
5774	44:10	soyh			יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד	1	“{is the only one who} will be/become my slave/servant.”
5775	44:10	dww7			וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם תִּהְי֥וּ נְקִיִּֽם	1	“{The rest of} you will be innocent {and free to go}.” or “but {the rest of} you will be free to go/leave.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5776	44:11	hime			וַֽ⁠יְמַהֲר֗וּ וַ⁠יּוֹרִ֛דוּ אִ֥ישׁ אֶת אַמְתַּחְתּ֖⁠וֹ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה	1	“So each of them quickly/immediately lowered his sack/bag {of grain} {from his donkey} to the ground,” or “Then/So each of the men/brothers quickly/immediately took his {grain} sack/bag {off his donkey} and put it on the ground,”
5777	44:11	puw2			וַֽ⁠יִּפְתְּח֖וּ אִ֥ישׁ אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and each of them opened his {own} sack/bag.” or “and opened it.”
5778	44:12	gwvt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ	1	“Then the/Joseph’s servant searched {their sacks/bags}.” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph’s servant in verses 6, 10 and 12. Also see how you translated “searched” in Gen 31:35.
5779	44:12	z3eh			בַּ⁠גָּד֣וֹל הֵחֵ֔ל וּ⁠בַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן כִּלָּ֑ה	1	“beginning/starting with the oldest {brother} and ending/finishing with the youngest {brother/one},” or “He started with the oldest {brother} and continued until he came to the youngest {brother/one},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5780	44:12	ax9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גָּבִ֔יעַ בְּ⁠אַמְתַּ֖חַת בִּנְיָמִֽן	1	“and the cup was found {by him} in Benjamin’s sack/bag!” or “and {there} he found the cup in Benjamin’s sack/bag!” or “and {it was there} in Benjamin’s sack/bag that he found the cup!” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
5781	44:13	fj96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְע֖וּ שִׂמְלֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“In response {to that}, the brothers tore their clothes {in distress/grief}.” See how you translated “tore … clothes {in distress}” in Gen 37:29, 34.
5782	44:13	yxdl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲמֹס֙ אִ֣ישׁ עַל־חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then each {of them} put his sack/bag {back} on his {own} donkey,” or “Then each {of the men/brothers} loaded up his {own} donkey {again},” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the brothers in each context throughout this chapter.
5783	44:13	tupx			וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠עִֽירָ⁠ה	1	“and they {all} returned to the city.” or “and/then they {all} {turned around and} went back to the city.”
5784	44:14	onj0			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יְהוּדָ֤ה וְ⁠אֶחָי⁠ו֙ בֵּ֣יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“When Judah and his brothers arrived at Joseph’s house,”
5785	44:14	ynh4			וְ⁠ה֖וּא עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ שָׁ֑ם	1	“Joseph was still there,” or “Joseph was there {waiting for them},”
5786	44:14	fx2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	“Then/So they prostrated themselves on the ground before him {to show respect}.” or “Then/So they bowed all the way to the ground in front of him {to honor him}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5787	44:15	qsr0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Then Joseph told/asked them,” or “Then Joseph exclaimed to them,” Make sure the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way you translate the following rhetorical question.
5788	44:15	beu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מָֽה הַ⁠מַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲשִׂיתֶ֑ם	1	“Why did you do such a terrible thing?” or “What you have done is terrible!” or “You should never have done such a thing!” Joseph uses rhetorical questions in this verse to express anger and scold his brothers. Some languages must use strong statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 20:9.
5789	44:15	bld8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא יְדַעְתֶּ֔ם	1	“You should have known”
5790	44:15	d0er			כִּֽי & אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר כָּמֹֽ⁠נִי	1	“that a ruler like me” or “that someone in my position”
5791	44:15	kl9z			נַחֵ֧שׁ יְנַחֵ֛שׁ	1	“regularly practices divination!” or “knows how to discover the secret things {that people do}!” or “could use divination to find out {what you did}!” See how you translated “divines” in verse 5.
5792	44:16	rht7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה	1	“Judah answered,” or “Judah replied {to him},”
5793	44:16	vuo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה נֹּאמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“Sir, there is nothing {convincing} that we can say {to you}.” Judah uses a series of rhetorical questions in this verse to express how upset he is about what has happened and to emphasize that there is nothing that they can say to convince Joseph that they are innocent. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language.
5794	44:16	pt2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה נְּדַבֵּ֖ר	1	“There is no way that we can explain {this}.” or “We cannot explain {this}.”
5795	44:16	jwxq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠מַה נִּצְטַדָּ֑ק	1	“We do not know how to show/prove {to you} that we did not do this.” or “There is no way we can prove/show {to you} that we are innocent.”
5796	44:16	t81j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים מָצָא֙ אֶת עֲוֺ֣ן עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“God has uncovered/exposed our guilt {for our past sin}.” or “God is punishing {us,} your {humble} servants, for our {past} sin/sins.” or “God is using this occasion to punish us for our {past} sin.” Judah refers to himself and his brothers as “your servants” to show humility and to honor Joseph. Also, Judah is probably referring here to the sin of selling their brother Joseph into slavery years ago. You could include that information in a footnote.
5797	44:16	llw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	הִנֶּ⁠נּ֤וּ עֲבָדִים֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“Here we {all} are, {ready to be} slaves/servants for you, sir,” or “{So now,} sir, we are {all} here to be your slaves/servants,”
5798	44:16	u0e1			גַּם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ גַּ֛ם אֲשֶׁר	1	“including {the one/man}”
5799	44:16	fi8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁר נִמְצָ֥א הַ⁠גָּבִ֖יעַ בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ	1	“who was found with your cup {in his grain sack/bag}.” or “in whose {grain} sack/bag {your house-servant} found the cup.” or “whom {your house-servant} found with your cup {in his sack/bag}.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
5800	44:17	ezgz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“But Joseph told {them},” or “But Joseph exclaimed,”
5801	44:17	ambx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חָלִ֣ילָ⁠ה לִּ֔⁠י מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת זֹ֑את	1	“{No,} I would never {even} consider doing such a thing!” See how you translated “Far be it from …” in verse 7.
5802	44:17	xlig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הָ⁠אִ֡ישׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א הַ⁠גָּבִ֜יעַ בְּ⁠יָד֗⁠וֹ ה֚וּא	1	“{Only} the one who was found with my cup {in his sack/bag}” or “{Only} the man in whose sack/bag {my servant} found the/my cup” or “{Rather} {only} the one/man whom {my servant} found with my cup {in his sack/bag}”. See how you translated “in whose hand the cup was found” in verse 16.
5803	44:17	sa6p			יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד	1	“will be/become my slave.” or “will {stay and} serve me as a slave.”
5804	44:17	n9xw			וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם עֲל֥וּ לְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם אֶל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם	1	“But you {others} may return to your father in peace.” or “As for {the rest of} you, you may go {back} home to your father without any trouble.” or “{The rest of} you are free to go {back} home to your father.” The phrase “go up” refers to the fact that the land of Canaan was higher in elevation than the country of Egypt. Some translations leave “up” implied. Do what is best in your language.
5805	44:18	shso			וַ⁠יִּגַּ֨שׁ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮	1	“Then Judah went/came up/closer to Joseph and said,” or “Then Judah approached Joseph and said {to him},” See how you translated “went near” in Gen 43:19.
5806	44:18	j6zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ⁠י֒	1	“Please, sir/master,” or “Excuse me, sir/master,” Compare how you translated this phrase in Gen 43:20.
5807	44:18	rqfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	יְדַבֶּר נָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֤ דָבָר֙ בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“I humbly ask you to let me speak freely/plainly to you.” or “will you please allow {me} your {humble} servant to say something to you.” Make sure your translation of “your servant” refers here to Judah, not to someone else. Throughout verses 18-34, Judah uses phrases such as “my lord,” “your servant,” and “your servants” to be polite and show respect to Joseph. At each point in these verses, make sure it is clear in your translation whom he is referring to.
5808	44:18	hoo2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אַל יִ֥חַר אַפְּ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“Please do not be angry with/at me,” Compare how you translated the idiom “his anger burned” in Gen 39:19.
5809	44:18	g9dp			כִּ֥י כָמ֖וֹ⁠ךָ	1	“{especially} since you {are} as {powerful as}” or “even though you {are} equal {in rank/authority} to”
5810	44:18	s1ai			כְּ⁠פַרְעֹֽה	1	“{King} Pharaoh {himself}.” or “the king {himself}.”
5811	44:19	vv9q			אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י שָׁאַ֔ל	1	“Sir, {previously} you asked” or “Sir, {the last/previous time we were here,} you asked”
5812	44:19	xcqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶת עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	“{us} your {humble} servants” or “us”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of “his servants” that Judah is referring to himself and his brothers.
5813	44:19	vxb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר הֲ⁠יֵשׁ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם אָ֖ב אוֹ אָֽח	1	“Is your father still alive? Do you have {another} brother?” or “if/whether our father was {still} alive and if/whether we had {any other} brothers.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate the embedded quotes in verses 19-23 as direct or indirect quotes.
5814	44:20	y8ns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“And we told you, sir, {that}” or “We answered you, sir, {that}”
5815	44:20	iohe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	יֶשׁ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אָ֣ב זָקֵ֔ן	1	“our aged/elderly father is {still} alive” or “we have an elderly father”
5816	44:20	e3jx			וְ⁠יֶ֥לֶד זְקֻנִ֖ים קָטָ֑ן	1	“and {also} a younger brother who was born when our father was {already} old.” or “and {with him is} his youngest son whom our father had when he was {already} old.”
5817	44:20	grn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וְ⁠אָחִ֨י⁠ו מֵ֜ת וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֨ר ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“That son is the only one left {alive} from his mother, since his brother died.” or “And since that son’s brother is dead, he is his mother’s only living son/child.” or “That brother’s mother only had one other son, who is now dead.” In this sentence, “brother” refers to an older brother from the same father and mother. Some languages have a special kinship term for that. Do what is best in your language.
5818	44:20	f6ig			וְ⁠אָבִ֥י⁠ו אֲהֵבֽ⁠וֹ	1	“So his/our father loves him {very much}.” or “So his/our father {especially} loves our youngest brother.”
5819	44:21	seoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“Then you told {us, who are} your {humble} servants,” or “Then you told us, sir,” Judah uses the humble term “your servants” to show respect and honor to someone of higher status and authority.
5820	44:21	qfp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָשִׂ֥ימָה עֵינִ֖⁠י עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	“Bring your youngest brother to me so that I can see/meet him.” or “to bring our youngest brother {here} to you so that you could/can see him for yourself.” The verb “bring … down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the region of Canaan. Some translations leave “down” implied. Do what is best in your language.
5821	44:22	g162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יוּכַ֥ל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר לַ⁠עֲזֹ֣ב אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“But we told you, sir, that the young man should/must not leave his father {and come here},”
5822	44:22	xhm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠עָזַ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וָ⁠מֵֽת	1	“because if he did/does, his father would/will die {from anxiety}.” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clause, as either a direct or indirect quote.
5823	44:23	kpr1			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“But then, sir, you told us {that}” or “But you told us {that}”
5824	44:23	x0ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אִם לֹ֥א יֵרֵ֛ד אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“if our youngest brother did not come back here with us,” or “unless our youngest brother came with us,” Consider again whether to translate the embedded quotes in verses 19-23 as direct or indirect quotes.
5825	44:23	ud9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לִ⁠רְא֥וֹת פָּנָֽ⁠י	1	“you would not permit/allow us to see you again.” or “we could never see you again.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the beginning of this verse, either as a direct or indirect quote.
5826	44:24	pdcq			וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּ֣י עָלִ֔ינוּ	1	“When we returned {home}” or “So after we got/came back {home again}”. The phrase, “Then it happened” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
5827	44:24	b8yd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	אֶֽל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ אָבִ֑⁠י	1	“to my/our father, {who is} your {humble} servant,” or “to my/our father, who highly respects you,” See how you translated “your servant … father” in Gen 43:28.
5828	44:24	u4dl			וַ⁠נַּ֨גֶּד ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“we reported to him” or “we told him”
5829	44:24	lexn			אֵ֖ת דִּבְרֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י	1	“my/our lord’s/master’s words.” or “what you told {us}.” or “what you had said {to us}.”
5830	44:25	kcr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“{Months} later our father told {us},” The pronouns “our” and “{us}” are exclusive here because they do not include Joseph.
5831	44:25	zkw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	שֻׁ֖בוּ שִׁבְרוּ לָ֥⁠נוּ מְעַט אֹֽכֶל	1	“Go back {to Egypt} {and} buy some {more} grain for {all of} us.” The pronoun “us” is inclusive here because what Judah’s father (Jacob) had said included the brothers whom he was talking to. See how you translated this same quote in Gen 43:2.
5832	44:26	sq2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠נֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“But we replied {to him},”
5833	44:26	o2aw			לֹ֥א נוּכַ֖ל לָ⁠רֶ֑דֶת אִם יֵשׁ֩ אָחִ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן אִתָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ וְ⁠יָרַ֔דְנוּ	1	“We cannot go {there} unless our youngest brother is with us. Then we can go.” or “We can only go down {there} if our youngest brother is with us.” See how you translated “… down” in verses 21 and 23.
5834	44:26	g0yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִּי לֹ֣א נוּכַ֗ל לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ	1	“We will not be allowed/permitted to go before/to the man/governor {who sells grain there}” or “The man/governor {who sells grain there} will not allow/permit us to see him {again}”. The phrase “the man’s face” refers to the governor (Joseph) himself. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language.
5835	44:26	ozil			וְ⁠אָחִ֥י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אִתָּֽ⁠נוּ	1	“if our youngest brother is not with us.” or “unless our youngest brother is with us.”
5836	44:27	eii5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וַ⁠יֹּ֛אמֶר עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֖⁠י אֵלֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“Then my/our father {who is} your {humble} servant said to us,” or “Then my/our father said to us,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verse 24. Also notice that the pronoun “us” does not include Joseph here. Some languages use an exclusive pronoun for this. Do what is best in your language.
5837	44:27	i4rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אַתֶּ֣ם יְדַעְתֶּ֔ם כִּ֥י	1	“As you {all} know,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, referring to all the brothers.
5838	44:27	ngtg			שְׁנַ֖יִם יָֽלְדָה לִּ֥⁠י אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י	1	“my wife {Rachel} bore/had {only} two {sons} for me.” or “my wife {Rachel} and I {only} had two {sons} together.”
5839	44:28	nu9b			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ מֵֽ⁠אִתִּ֔⁠י	1	“One {of those/her sons} left here {one day},” or “One {of them} has disappeared,”
5840	44:28	pk3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וָ⁠אֹמַ֕ר אַ֖ךְ טָרֹ֣ף טֹרָ֑ף וְ⁠לֹ֥א רְאִיתִ֖י⁠ו עַד הֵֽנָּה	1	“I have thought that he must have been {killed and} torn to pieces {by a wild/fierce animal}. I have never seen him again.” or “and I have not seen him since then. I am sure that {a wild/fierce animal} must have {killed him and} torn him apart.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “torn. … to pieces” in Gen 37:33.
5841	44:29	ks4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וּ⁠לְקַחְתֶּ֧ם גַּם אֶת זֶ֛ה מֵ⁠עִ֥ם פָּנַ֖⁠י	1	“So if you also take this {son} away from me,” or “So if you also take her other son {away} from me,” Consider what is the best way to translate the hypothetical sentence in this verse. Make sure all the parts of the sentence fit together well.
5842	44:29	k2l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠קָרָ֣⁠הוּ אָס֑וֹן	1	“and something terrible happens to him,” or “and if anything bad/terrible happens to him,” or “and anything harms him,” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 42:38.
5843	44:29	r1l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הֽוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠רָעָ֖ה	1	“you will cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I will {die and} go down” or “you will cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I will {die and} go down”. See how you translated “bring my gray head down” in Gen 42:38.
5844	44:29	ozbf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁאֹֽלָ⁠ה	1	“to the afterworld.” Sheol is the Hebrew name for the world of the dead, that is, the place where the spirits of all people go after they die. You could put that information in a footnote. Your translation of “Sheol” should not refer to hell or a place of punishment. Some translations have “the grave” here, but that leaves out the idea of an afterlife that this sentence implies.
5845	44:30	wiey			וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	“So now/then,” This phrase introduces the conclusion to what Judah said in verses 24-29. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
5846	44:30	nbx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	כְּ⁠בֹאִ⁠י֙ אֶל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָבִ֔⁠י	1	“when I/we return {home} to my/our father, who highly respects you,” or “if I/we go {home} to my/our father, sir,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verses 24 and 27.
5847	44:30	jm4j			וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ אִתָּ֑⁠נוּ	1	“but I/we don’t have his youngest son with me/us,” or “without his youngest son,”
5848	44:30	mryj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נַפְשׁ֖⁠וֹ קְשׁוּרָ֥ה בְ⁠נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	“since our father’s life depends on his son’s life,” or “since our father is deeply attached to his son,” This idiom reflects how close the relationship was between Judah’s father and youngest brother. Consider what is the best way to say this in your language.
5849	44:31	liw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּ⁠רְאוֹת֛⁠וֹ כִּי אֵ֥ין הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר וָ⁠מֵ֑ת	1	“if he sees that his son is gone/missing, he will die!” or “then he will die when he sees that his youngest son is not with us!” The phrase “then it will happen” introduces an important hypothetical event here and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit the phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
5850	44:31	biq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠הוֹרִ֨ידוּ עֲבָדֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־שֵׂיבַ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן	1	“{Yes,} we will/would bring/cause our gray-haired/elderly father so much sorrow/grief that he will/would {die and} go” or “{In that way,} we will/would be responsible for bringing/causing our gray-haired/elderly father …” Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical situation in your language. Also, see how you translated “bring … gray head down in sorrow to Sheol” in Gen 42:38, and a similar phrase in 44:29.
5851	44:31	p2vj			שְׁאֹֽלָ⁠ה	1	“to the afterworld!” Consider again how you translated “Sheol” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 37:35; 42:38; 44:29, 31.
5852	44:32	jzbk			כִּ֤י עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ עָרַ֣ב אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר מֵ⁠עִ֥ם אָבִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“{I myself} your {humble} servant guaranteed the young man’s safety to my father. I told/assured {him} that” or “Besides that, sir, I guaranteed/promised my father that I would return his son to him safely. I told him that”. See how you translated the verb “guarantee” in Gen 43:9.
5853	44:32	pir9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אִם לֹ֤א אֲבִיאֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“if I did not bring his son {back} to him,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
5854	44:32	r37a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠חָטָ֥אתִי לְ⁠אָבִ֖⁠י	1	“then this would be a terrible sin against him” or “I would be guilty of sinning against him”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 43:9.
5855	44:32	gtwb			כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	“all the days {of my life}.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.” Be consistent here with your choice in Gen 43:9.
5856	44:33	glec			וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	“So now/then,” This phrase introduces the conclusion to what Judah said in verses 30-32. See how you translated this phrase in verse 30.
5857	44:33	p6r0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	יֵֽשֶׁב נָ֤א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	“I beg/urge you to allow {me} your servant to {be the one to} stay/remain {here}” or “sir, I beg/urge you to let me stay {here}”. Consider again how you translated “your servant” and “your servants” throughout this chapter. See verses 7, 9, 18, 24, 27, 30-32.
5858	44:33	wrus			עֶ֖בֶד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“{as} a slave/servant for you” or “and be your slave/servant”. Throughout this chapter, the same Hebrew word is translated as “slave” when the context has negative connotations (verses 9-10, 16-17, 33), but is translated as “servant” when the context has more positive connotations (verses 7, 9, 16, 18-19, 21, 23-24, 27, 30-32). Do what is best in your language in each context.
5859	44:33	joxy			תַּ֣חַת	1	“in place of” or “to take the place of”
5860	44:33	t5wy			הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר	1	“our youngest {brother},”
5861	44:33	biml			וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר יַ֥עַל עִם אֶחָֽי⁠ו	1	“and let him go back {home} with his {other} brothers.”
5862	44:34	gvqq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	כִּי אֵיךְ֙ אֶֽעֱלֶ֣ה	1	“There is no way I can” or “I could never”. Judah uses this rhetorical question to emphasize how difficult it would be for him to return to his father without his brother. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
5863	44:34	y2n4			אֶֽעֱלֶ֣ה אֶל אָבִ֔⁠י	1	“go back to my father” or “return {home} to my father”. Consider again how you translated “… up” in verses 17, 24, 33-34. Contrast that to how you translated “… down” in verses 21, 23, and 26. Some translations leave “up” or “down” implied. Do what is best in your language.
5864	44:34	jjj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ אִתִּ֑⁠י	1	“if his youngest {son} is not with me!” or “if our youngest {brother} is not with me!”
5865	44:34	cq7p			פֶּ֚ן אֶרְאֶ֣ה	1	“I could not bear to see” or “I do not want to see”
5866	44:34	qheo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	בָ⁠רָ֔ע אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִמְצָ֖א אֶת אָבִֽ⁠י	1	“the terrible distress/grief that it would cause my father!” or “how much/terribly my father would suffer/grieve!” See how you translated “misery” in verse 29.
5867	45:1	vlvn			וְ⁠לֹֽא־יָכֹ֨ל יוֹסֵ֜ף	1	“{When Joseph heard that,} he could no {longer}” or “{When Joseph heard what Judah said,} he was no {longer} able to”
5868	45:1	qtrd			לְ⁠הִתְאַפֵּ֗ק	1	“control/hide his emotions/feelings” or “keep himself from crying”
5869	45:1	nnml			לְ⁠כֹ֤ל הַ⁠נִּצָּבִים֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“in front of all his servants who were with/attending him,” or “in front of all his attendants/servants,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Joseph’s servants, not his brothers.
5870	45:1	zlcr			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֕א	1	“and/so he shouted {to them},” or “and/so he said loudly {to them},”
5871	45:1	ok6o			הוֹצִ֥יאוּ כָל אִ֖ישׁ	1	“All of you, leave”
5872	45:1	by1g			מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י	1	“my presence!” or “the room!”
5873	45:1	ws8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לֹא עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠הִתְוַדַּ֥ע יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶל אֶחָֽי⁠ו	1	“So Joseph was alone with his brothers when he made himself known to them.” or “{Immediately the/his servants/attendants left the room,} so that no one else was with him when he told his brothers who he was.” Make sure your use of nouns or pronouns to refer to Joseph and his brothers here is clear and natural in your language.
5874	45:2	hb44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֶת קֹל֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠בְכִ֑י	1	“Then he raised his voice and cried loudly/uncontrollably, so that” or “But he started crying so loudly that”. Consider whether your language has an idiom such as “gave his voice in crying”. Also see how you translated “cried” in Gen 42:24; 43:30.
5875	45:2	vv5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“{many} Egyptians heard {him/it}, including {the members of} Pharaoh’s household/family.” or “the Egyptian {servants} heard {him/it}, and so did Pharaoh’s household/family.” The word “house” refers here to Pharaoh’s family members and servants, not a literal building.
5876	45:3	qpbn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֤ף אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙	1	“Then Joseph/he exclaimed to his brothers {in their language},” In this chapter, the word “brothers” refers to Joseph’s older brothers (from different mothers) and his younger brother (from the same mother).
5877	45:3	tp5e			אֲנִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“I {am} {your brother} Joseph!” or “I {am} Joseph, {your brother}!”
5878	45:3	mh3c			הַ⁠ע֥וֹד אָבִ֖⁠י חָ֑י	1	“Is our father still alive?” Joseph uses “my father” to emphasize his relationship with his father. Make sure your translation does not sound like he had a different father than his brothers.
5879	45:3	gbg2			וְ⁠לֹֽא יָכְל֤וּ אֶחָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠עֲנ֣וֹת אֹת֔⁠וֹ	1	“But his/Joseph’s brothers could not reply/respond to him,” or “His brothers could not say a word,”
5880	45:3	vwfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י נִבְהֲל֖וּ מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	“because they were terrified/shocked {to realize} that they were in his presence.” or “because they felt very afraid to be standing in front of him.” For some languages it is necessary to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But his brothers were so terrified to see him that they could not answer him.” Do what is best in your language.
5881	45:4	yjpu			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֧ף אֶל אֶחָ֛י⁠ו	1	“So Joseph said to them,”
5882	45:4	tno2			גְּשׁוּ נָ֥א אֵלַ֖⁠י	1	“Please come near/closer to me.” or “Please come here next to me.”
5883	45:4	pbua			וַ⁠יִּגָּ֑שׁוּ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“After/When they went closer {to him}, he said {to them},” or “After they did that, he said {to them},”
5884	45:4	lbty			אֲנִי֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף אֲחִי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“I {really/truly am} your brother Joseph,”
5885	45:4	dij9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתִ֖⁠י מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה	1	“whom you sold {to be a slave} in {the country of} Egypt.” or “whom you sold {as a slave that was brought/taken here} to Egypt.” Joseph’s brothers sold him to slave traders who were going to Egypt. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation.
5886	45:5	cc6c			וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה	1	“But now,” or “But”
5887	45:5	o6ua			אַל תֵּעָ֣צְב֗וּ	1	“do not be upset/distressed”
5888	45:5	y42s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אַל יִ֨חַר֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“or/and angry with/at yourselves”. Consider again how you translated various idioms for “anger” or “be angry” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:5-6; 30:2; 31:35-36; 34:7; 44:18; 45:5. It may be necessary to translate these idioms in different ways, depending on the context.
5889	45:5	gocs			כִּֽי מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתִ֖⁠י הֵ֑נָּה	1	“that you sold me {and caused me to be a slave} here,” or “for selling me {as a slave},”
5890	45:5	e8pt			כִּ֣י & שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“because God sent me {here}” or “because {it was actually} God {who} sent me {here}”
5891	45:5	j661			לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“before you came,” or “before you got here,”
5892	45:5	junj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠מִֽחְיָ֔ה	1	“to save {many people’s} lives.” or “to keep many people from dying.”
5893	45:6	xeca			כִּי זֶ֛ה שְׁנָתַ֥יִם	1	“For two years {now}” or “The past two years”
5894	45:6	o2qw			הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{there has been} a famine throughout this country/region,” or “a famine {has been affecting/devastating} this whole region,” See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10.
5895	45:6	fiio			וְ⁠עוֹד֙ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר	1	“and for another five years {it will be so severe/bad that}” or “and during the next five years {it will be even worse, so that}” or “and there will be five more years when”
5896	45:6	szwk			אֵין חָרִ֖ישׁ וְ⁠קָצִּֽיר	1	“{there will} be no plowing {of fields} or harvesting {of crops}.” or “no one will {be able to} plant {seeds} or harvest {crops}.”
5897	45:7	d4nu			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“That is why God sent me {here}” or “God sent me {here}” or “God caused me to come {here}”
5898	45:7	f5ep			לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“before you came,” or “before you got here,”
5899	45:7	oicd			לָ⁠שׂ֥וּם לָ⁠כֶ֛ם שְׁאֵרִ֖ית	1	“so that you will have descendants survive/living” or “to help you survive and have descendants”
5900	45:7	kgqc			בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “on the earth” or (2) “in the/this land”
5901	45:7	hip5			וּ⁠לְ⁠הַחֲי֣וֹת לָ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“by helping you stay live” or “by saving your lives”
5902	45:7	vs2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לִ⁠פְלֵיטָ֖ה גְּדֹלָֽה	1	“through this/his amazing/extraordinary rescue.” or “in this amazing/powerful way.” For some languages it is better to put the last two phrases earlier in this sentence and say, “But God sent me ahead of you to save your lives in this amazing way so that you will survive and have descendants on the earth.” Do what is best in your language.
5903	45:8	x77e			וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	“So then,” or “So”
5904	45:8	tkpc			לֹֽא אַתֶּ֞ם	1	“you {are/were} not {the ones}”
5905	45:8	bzgs			שְׁלַחְתֶּ֤ם אֹתִ⁠י֙ הֵ֔נָּה	1	“{who} brought me here,” or “{who} caused me to come here,”
5906	45:8	l7xp			כִּ֖י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“but {rather} {it was} God {who sent/brought me}.” or “but {rather} God {is/was the one} {who did it/that}.”
5907	45:8	up9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְשִׂימֵ֨⁠נִֽי לְ⁠אָ֜ב לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֗ה	1	“He has {also/even} made me {like a} father to {King} Pharaoh,” Joseph was like a father to Pharaoh in that Pharaoh highly honored him and Joseph took care of Pharaoh’s household and all their needs.
5908	45:8	v1vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדוֹן֙ לְ⁠כָל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ	1	“so that I am the master/supervisor of his entire household” or “so that I am the one in charge of his entire household”. See how you translated “lord” in Gen 42:30, 33, and how you translated “house” in Gen 41:40.
5909	45:8	cxyy			וּ⁠מֹשֵׁ֖ל	1	“and {also} the governor” or “and {also} the highest official”
5910	45:8	hpg8			בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“in/over the entire/whole country of Egypt.”
5911	45:9	j5m0			מַהֲרוּ֮ וַ⁠עֲל֣וּ	1	“Hurry up/back” or “Leave quickly and go back” or “Return quickly”. In this verse, the words “up” and “down” reflect the fact that Canaan was higher in elevation than Egypt. Many languages leave those words implied. Do what is best in your language.
5912	45:9	v12d			אֶל אָבִ⁠י֒	1	“to our father”. See how you translated “my father” in verse 3.
5913	45:9	q5o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֣ם אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ בִּנְ⁠ךָ֣ יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“and tell him that his son Joseph has sent him this message:” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
5914	45:9	jjgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	שָׂמַ֧⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֛ים לְ⁠אָד֖וֹן לְ⁠כָל מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“God has made/appointed me ruler/governor over the entire {country of} Egypt.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote (which continues through verse 11) as a direct or indirect quote. An example of an indirect quote would be: “God has made him the ruler over all Egypt. He urges you to come down there to live near him, without delay. He also says that you and your family may live in Goshen Province and that way you will live near him … He will provide for you there …”
5915	45:9	sku6			רְדָ֥⁠ה אֵלַ֖⁠י	1	“{So} {please} come down {here} {to live} near me,”
5916	45:9	vcd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַֽל תַּעֲמֹֽד	1	“{and} do not delay/wait.” or “{and} do not take very long to come.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “{So} {please} do not take very long, but rather come down/here quickly {to live} near me.” Do what is best in your language.
5917	45:10	am1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יָשַׁבְתָּ֣	1	“You {and your family} can/may live”. The pronouns “you” and “your” in this verse are singular, but Joseph’s message to his father includes the whole family.
5918	45:10	vj43			בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ גֹּ֗שֶׁן	1	“in the region/territory of Goshen” or “in Goshen Province/County”. Goshen was a region or territory that was part of the country of Egypt. Make sure your translation of “land” does not sound like Goshen was its own country.
5919	45:10	db7h			וְ⁠הָיִ֤יתָ קָרוֹב֙ אֵלַ֔⁠י	1	“and that way you can be/live near me” or “That way you will/can live close to me”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5920	45:10	abct			אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“with your children”
5921	45:10	wz43			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“and your grandchildren”
5922	45:10	imwz			וְ⁠צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠בְקָרְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“along with your flocks {of sheep and goats}, your herds {of cattle}” or “as well as all your {domestic} animals”
5923	45:10	ey3b			וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and all your {other} belongings.” or “and everything {else} that you own.”
5924	45:11	ntlo			וְ⁠כִלְכַּלְתִּ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ שָׁ֔ם	1	“I will take care of you there,” or “I will support you there,”
5925	45:11	xl31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּי ע֛וֹד חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים רָעָ֑ב	1	“since {there are} still five {more} years of famine {ahead/coming}.” or “because the famine will last five {more} years.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “There are still five more years of famine ahead/coming, so I will provide for you there {in Goshen}.” Do what is best in your language.
5926	45:11	m9m8			פֶּן תִּוָּרֵ֛שׁ אַתָּ֥ה וּ⁠בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“That way you and your {extended} family will not become impoverished/destitute/poor {and die}.” or “{Please come} so that {the famine} will/does not cause you and your family to lose everything you own {and die}.” The verb “become impoverished” can include losing livestock, other belongings, and the lives of their servants and family members.
5927	45:12	ss7a			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“And/Now look/listen!” or “{Then Joseph said to his brothers,} Look!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph’s message to his father was completed in verse 11, and that here in verse 12 he is talking directly to his brothers again.
5928	45:12	savf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	“{I can tell that} {all of} you,” or “{All of} you,” The word “eyes” is used figuratively here (and in the next phrase) to refer to the persons themselves; it also emphasizes the fact that they were seeing Joseph in person. Consider what is the best way to translate this phrase in your language.
5929	45:12	vwt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י אָחִ֣⁠י בִנְיָמִ֑ין	1	“including my brother Benjamin,” See how you translated “brother” in Gen 43:29.
5930	45:12	d4ru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	רֹא֔וֹת & כִּי פִ֖⁠י	1	“{can} see that {it really is} me, {Joseph,}” or “{can} see that I {Joseph} {am the one}”. Here the phrase “my mouth” refers to Joseph himself; it also emphasizes the fact that it was Joseph himself who was talking to them. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language.
5931	45:12	gcvk			הַֽ⁠מְדַבֵּ֥ר אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“who is talking to you.”
5932	45:13	cya3			וְ⁠הִגַּדְתֶּ֣ם לְ⁠אָבִ֗⁠י	1	“So {go and} tell my/our father”
5933	45:13	ul6y			אֶת כָּל כְּבוֹדִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“{about} my powerful/high position in Egypt” or “{about} how powerful/honored I am in Egypt”
5934	45:13	lidn			וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר רְאִיתֶ֑ם	1	“and {about} everything {else} that you have seen {here}.”
5935	45:13	bqv7			וּ⁠מִֽהַרְתֶּ֛ם וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֥ם אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י הֵֽנָּה	1	“Then hurry and bring him down here {to me}.” or “Then quickly bring him here {to me}.” See how you translated “down” in verse 9.
5936	45:14	r6ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֛ל עַל צַוְּארֵ֥י בִנְיָמִֽן אָחִ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then Joseph threw/put his arms around his brother Benjamin’s neck/shoulders” or “Then Joseph hugged his brother Benjamin {tightly/strongly}”. See how you translated the idiom “fell on his neck” in Gen 33:4.
5937	45:14	ea8j			וַ⁠יֵּ֑בְךְּ	1	“and cried {for joy},” or “and started crying {because he was so happy}.”
5938	45:14	ony8			וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן בָּכָ֖ה עַל צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו	1	“and Benjamin {also} cried on his/Joseph’s neck/shoulder.” or “Benjamin {also} cried as he hugged him/Joseph {back}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5939	45:15	ggne			וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then/Next Joseph kissed all his brothers {on their cheeks}” or “Then/Next Joseph greeted all his brothers with a kiss {on their cheeks}”. See how you translated “kissed … {on the cheeks}” in Gen 33:4.
5940	45:15	t2gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יֵּ֣בְךְּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“as he continued to cry {for joy}.” or “with tears {of joy}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then as Joseph continued to cry, he kissed all his brothers {on the/their cheeks}.” Do what is best in your language.
5941	45:15	wxc9			וְ⁠אַ֣חֲרֵי כֵ֔ן דִּבְּר֥וּ אֶחָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“After {he did} that, his brothers started talking with him.” Previously Joseph’s brothers had been too afraid to speak (verse 3). Now they felt free to start talking to him.
5942	45:16	a6pi			וְ⁠הַ⁠קֹּ֣ל נִשְׁמַ֗ע בֵּ֤ית פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“When the news reached Pharaoh’s palace/household” or “When Pharaoh’s household heard the news”
5943	45:16	qihz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	בָּ֖אוּ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“that Joseph’s brothers had come/arrived {there},” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language.
5944	45:16	yonq			וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו	1	“it was pleasing to Pharaoh and {all} his servants/officials.” or “Pharaoh and {all} his servants/officials were pleased/happy.”
5945	45:17	f0rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Then/So Pharaoh told/instructed Joseph,” or “Then/So Pharaoh gave these instructions to Joseph:”
5946	45:17	nwm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֱמֹ֥ר אֶל אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ טַֽעֲנוּ֙ אֶת בְּעִ֣ירְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Give your brothers this message {from me}: ‘Load your donkeys {with grain}” or “Tell your brothers to load their {pack} animals {with grain}”. These animals were donkeys (Gen 43:18, 44:3), not any other kind of animal. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote.
5947	45:17	no0d			וּ⁠לְכוּ בֹ֖אוּ	1	“and go quickly {back}” or “and quickly return”. The two verbs “leave” and “go” emphasize that Joseph’s brothers should go back immediately to their father in Canaan.
5948	45:17	ekjb			אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן	1	“to region of Canaan.” or “to Canaan.”
5949	45:18	r5zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וּ⁠קְח֧וּ אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֛ם וְ⁠אֶת בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בֹ֣אוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	“Then bring your father and your families back {here} to me,” or “Then {tell them to} bring their father and their families back {here} to me.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 18 is still part of Pharaoh’s message to Joseph’s brothers. Also make sure the pronouns that you use throughout verses 17 and 18 fit with whether you translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote.
5950	45:18	b98l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	“I will give you” or “I will give them”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5951	45:18	soil			אֶת טוּב֙ אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“the best {region/area/land} in the country of Egypt {to live in},”
5952	45:18	j0oy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִכְל֖וּ אֶת חֵ֥לֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“so that you/they will live well/comfortably with the best/abundance of everything in the country.’ ” This idiom means that they would live comfortably with the best of everything; it does not just refer to food. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language.
5953	45:19	rznz			וְ⁠אַתָּ֥ה צֻוֵּ֖יתָה	1	“You are also directed/instructed {to tell them}” or “{Then Pharaoh said to Joseph,} “I also command/want you {to tell them}”. The pronoun “you” is singular here and refers to Joseph. This clause is not part of Pharaoh’s message to Joseph’s brothers (verses 17-20). Make sure that is clear in your translation.
5954	45:19	r7b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ קְחוּ לָ⁠כֶם֩ & עֲגָל֗וֹת	1	“Take {some of} {my} carts/wagons with you” or “to take {some of} {my} carts/wagons with them”. These carts or wagons had two or four wheels and were pulled by animals such as oxen or donkeys. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for a similar case in verses 17-18.
5955	45:19	wxsr			מֵ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ מִצְרַ֜יִם	1	“from the country of Egypt”
5956	45:19	ehow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“for your/their {young} children and wives {to travel/ride in},” or “for your/their wives and {young} children {to travel/ride in},” For some languages it is more natural (and respectful) to put “wives” before “little ones” in this phrase. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “little ones” in Gen 43:8.
5957	45:19	zy6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וּ⁠נְשָׂאתֶ֥ם אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בָאתֶֽם	1	“then bring {them and} your father {back} {here to live}.” or “Then {tell them} to bring their father {and their families} {back} {here to live}.” Make sure the pronouns you use throughout verses 19 and 20 fit with whether you translate the embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “get your father” in verse 18.
5958	45:20	rsjc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠עֵ֣ינְ⁠כֶ֔ם אַל תָּחֹ֖ס	1	“And do not be concerned” or “You/They should not worry”
5959	45:20	n3nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	עַל כְּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“about {leaving some of} your/their belongings {behind},” or “if you/they have to leave behind {some of} your/their belongings/possessions,”
5960	45:20	bf1n			כִּי ט֛וּב כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם	1	“because the best of everything in the land/country of Egypt” or “because the most valuable {things} in all the land/country of Egypt”. This phrase refers generally to the wealth of Egypt that will be available to Jacob’s family, including fertile land and anything else that they need.
5961	45:20	ans7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לָ⁠כֶ֥ם	1	“{will be} yours.’ ” or “{will be} theirs.”
5962	45:21	kcbs			וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	“Then/So Israel’s sons {agreed to} do that.” or “… {agreed to} do what Pharaoh said/commanded.” Jacob is referred to by his other name Israel here (also in verse 28). If that is not clear in your translation, you could put that information in a footnote. If possible in your translation, it is best to keep the name that the author chose to use in each case so that you do not change what is being emphasized.
5963	45:21	dnbb			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֥ם יוֹסֵ֛ף עֲגָל֖וֹת	1	“Then Joseph gave them carts/wagons {to use}”
5964	45:21	zkju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַל פִּ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	“according to Pharaoh’s words/command,” or “as {King} Pharaoh had commanded/directed {him},” This phrase refers to what Pharaoh said.
5965	45:21	f8wt			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה	1	“and he provided/supplied them with food {to eat}” or “and he gave them food”
5966	45:21	kx1n			לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	“to eat on their trip/journey {home}.” or “to eat as they traveled {home}.”
5967	45:22	lj72			לְ⁠כֻלָּ֥⁠ם נָתַ֛ן לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ חֲלִפ֣וֹת שְׂמָלֹ֑ת	1	“To each of them he gave a {new} change/set of clothes,” or “He {also} gave a {new} change/set of clothes to each one of his brothers,”
5968	45:22	ku7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠לְ⁠בִנְיָמִ֤ן נָתַן֙ שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֣וֹת כֶּ֔סֶף וְ⁠חָמֵ֖שׁ חֲלִפֹ֥ת שְׂמָלֹֽת	1	“but to Benjamin he gave 300 {pieces} of silver {money} and five {new} changes/sets of clothes.” or “but to Benjamin he gave five {new} changes/sets of clothes and/plus 300 {pieces} of silver {money}.” For some languages it is better to mention the gift of clothes to Benjamin before the gift of silver, to more clearly contrast how many clothes he received with how many his brothers received. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “{shekels} of silver” in Gen 20:16 (and see the note there). Three hundred shekels of silver was equal to about 3.5 kilos (7.5 pounds).
5969	45:23	fr3h			וּ⁠לְ⁠אָבִ֞י⁠ו שָׁלַ֤ח כְּ⁠זֹאת֙	1	“Besides that, he sent {with them} the following gifts for his father:” or “He also gave {them} the following gifts/things to give to his father:”
5970	45:23	cksy			עֲשָׂרָ֣ה חֲמֹרִ֔ים נֹשְׂאִ֖ים	1	“ten male donkeys that were carrying”
5971	45:23	xcsr			מִ⁠טּ֣וּב מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“{some of} the best/finest {things/products} from Egypt,” or “{some of} the most valuable {things} produced in {the land/country of} Egypt,”
5972	45:23	i00l			וְ⁠עֶ֣שֶׂר אֲתֹנֹ֡ת נֹֽ֠שְׂאֹת	1	“and ten female donkeys that were carrying”
5973	45:23	qi3o			בָּ֣ר וָ⁠לֶ֧חֶם וּ⁠מָז֛וֹן	1	“{bags of} grain, bread, and {other} provisions/food” or “{food} provisions, including grain and bread,”
5974	45:23	ml1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו	1	“for his father {and family}” or “for him {and his family}”
5975	45:23	kd75			לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	“to eat on his/their trip/journey {to Egypt}.” or “to eat as he/they traveled {to Egypt}.” See how you translated “provisions … for the road” in verse 21 and Gen 42:25.
5976	45:24	nqcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then Joseph sent/saw his brothers off {on their way/journey home}.” or “After that, he/Joseph got his brothers started {on their journey home}.”
5977	45:24	qezv			וַ⁠יֵּלֵ֑כוּ	1	“As they were leaving,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5978	45:24	rty0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אַֽל תִּרְגְּז֖וּ	1	“he told/urged them, “Do not argue {with each other}” or “he told/urged them not to argue {with one another}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here.
5979	45:24	dh6n			בַּ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	“on the way/journey.” or “as you travel.”
5980	45:25	z1e1			וַֽ⁠יַּעֲל֖וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם	1	“Then Joseph’s brothers left Egypt”. See how you translated “up” in verse 9.
5981	45:25	mbuw			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם	1	“and went/traveled {back} {home} to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan.”
5982	45:26	ektk			וַ⁠יַּגִּ֨דוּ ל֜⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר	1	“They {immediately} announced to him,” or “{When they arrived,} they exclaimed/announced to him,”
5983	45:26	l7wg			ע֚וֹד יוֹסֵ֣ף חַ֔י וְ⁠כִֽי ה֥וּא מֹשֵׁ֖ל בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“Joseph {is} still alive! In fact, he {is} the governor over/of the entire country of Egypt!” See how you translated “ruler” in verse 8.
5984	45:26	tsjm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣פָג לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“{When their father heard that news,} he was stunned {and silent},” or “{When Jacob heard that,} he was completely shocked,” This idiom means that Jacob was so shocked that he did not know which way to go with his emotions or what to think, say, or do; it does not mean that he died. Some languages have a similar idiom. Do what is best in your language.
5985	45:26	iaug			כִּ֥י לֹא הֶאֱמִ֖ין לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	“because he could not believe them.” or “because he thought it could not be true.”
5986	45:27	gadd			וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	“But then they reported to him” or “But {after} they told him”
5987	45:27	lw6i			אֵ֣ת כָּל דִּבְרֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“everything that Joseph had said to them,”
5988	45:27	y1r9			וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠עֲגָל֔וֹת	1	“and {when/after} he saw the carts/wagons”. See how you translated “carts” in verses 19 and 21.
5989	45:27	dim2			אֲשֶׁר שָׁלַ֥ח יוֹסֵ֖ף לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“that Joseph had sent to carry him {and his family} {to Egypt},”
5990	45:27	os2g			וַ⁠תְּחִ֕י ר֖וּחַ יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם	1	“their father Jacob felt much better.” or “he recovered {from the shock}.”
5991	45:28	byhk			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	“Then Israel/he exclaimed {to them},” Consider again whether to include in this chapter a footnote which explains that “Israel” (verses 21 and 28) and “Jacob” (verses 25 and 27) refer to the same person, not two different people.
5992	45:28	nw1o			רַ֛ב	1	“{That’s} enough! {It must be true!}” or “{I have heard} enough! {I’m convinced!}”
5993	45:28	un3t			עוֹד יוֹסֵ֥ף בְּנִ֖⁠י חָ֑י	1	“My son Joseph must still be alive!” or “My son Joseph really is alive!”
5994	45:28	iyqo			אֵֽלְכָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם אָמֽוּת	1	“I must go {now} and see him {again} before I die.”
5995	46:1	riri			וַ⁠יִּסַּ֤ע יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“So Israel started the journey {to Egypt} with all his {family members and} belongings/possessions.” or “So Israel {and his family} started traveling {toward Egypt} with all his/their belongings.”
5996	46:1	duwh			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּאֵ֣רָ⁠ה שָּׁ֑בַע	1	“When they reached {the city of} Beersheba,”
5997	46:1	hkee			וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֣ח זְבָחִ֔ים	1	“he offered sacrifices/offerings” or “offered/burned some of his animals {on an altar} {there} as sacrifices”. See how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 31:54.
5998	46:1	tvbs			לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י אָבִ֥י⁠ו יִצְחָֽק	1	“to God, whom his father Isaac had worshiped/served.”
5999	46:2	r68j			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֤ים לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מַרְאֹ֣ת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֣ב יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“During the night God spoke/called to Israel in a vision, “Jacob! Jacob!” ” or “That night, God {appeared/came to} Israel in a vision and said to him, “Jacob, Jacob.” ” God repeats Jacob’s name to communicate that he has something urgent or important to tell him. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound angry or critical. Also see how you translated “vision” in Gen 15:1.
6000	46:2	zw7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	2	“Israel/Jacob replied {to him},” For some languages, it is more natural to put this quotation margin (“he said”) after the quote. Do what is best in your language.
6001	46:2	xvb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי	1	“Here I am, {Lord/Master}.” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” or “I am listening, {Lord}.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “Behold me” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 7, 11; 27:1, 18; 31:11; 37:13; 46:2.
6002	46:3	kdx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then God said {to him},”
6003	46:3	j0y9			אָנֹכִ֥י הָ⁠אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“I {am} God, the God whom your father served/worshiped.” See how you translated “the God of” in verse 1.
6004	46:3	l2gh			אַל תִּירָא֙	1	“Don’t be afraid” or “You must not be afraid”
6005	46:3	ss0c			מֵ⁠רְדָ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה	1	“to move down to {the country of} Egypt,” or “to go/travel to {the country of} Egypt {and settle there},”
6006	46:3	tlg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כִּֽי & אֲשִֽׂימְ⁠ךָ֥	1	“because I will make you {and your family/descendants}” or “because I will make your family/descendants” or “because I will give you {many} descendants, who will”. See how you translated “I will make you into a great nation” (and similar phrases) in Gen 12:2; 17:20; 18:18; 21:13, 18.
6007	46:3	qaja			לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל & שָֽׁם	1	“{multiply and} become an important/large ethnic/people group there.”
6008	46:4	yhnq			אָנֹכִ֗י אֵרֵ֤ד עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה	1	“I myself/personally will go with you to Egypt,” or “I will personally go with you down to Egypt {and take care of you there}.” Consider what is the best way to translate the emphatic pronoun “I” here and in the next clause. Also see how you translated “down” and “up” in Gen 45:9.
6009	46:4	bj4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֣ גַם עָלֹ֑ה	1	“Later I will definitely bring your descendants {back} {here} {to Canaan}.” The pronoun “you” refers here to Jacob’s descendants.
6010	46:4	kc9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֕ף יָשִׁ֥ית יָד֖⁠וֹ עַל עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“And {when you die}, Joseph will {be right there to} close your eyes.” or “When you die, Joseph will be with you.” This clause refers to the custom of closing a person’s eyes after he died and means that Joseph would be with Jacob when he died.
6011	46:5	o6ve			וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע	1	“Then/So Jacob left {the city of} Beersheba,” or “After that, Jacob {whose other name was Israel} left {the city of} Beersheba,” Be consistent with how you spell “Beersheba” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:14, 31-33; 22:19; 26:23, 33; 28:10; 46:1, 5.
6012	46:5	d9sz			וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶת יַעֲקֹ֣ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	“and his sons, the sons of Israel, took/transported {him} their father” or “and his sons, {that is} the sons of Israel, took/transported him” or “and his sons took/transported him”. “Israel” is the name that God gave to Jacob (Gen 32:28, 35:10). In chapters 45 and 46, the text repeatedly switches back and forth between both of Jacob’s names. Make sure it is clear in your translation that these two names refer to the same person. You could include a footnote that helps readers understand what is happening.
6013	46:5	dh0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠אֶת טַפָּ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠אֶת נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“as well as their children and wives” or “and their wives and children”. See how you translated “little ones and … wives” in Gen 45:19.
6014	46:5	ijbh			בָּ⁠עֲגָל֕וֹת	1	“in the wagons”. See how you translated “carts” in Gen 45:19, 21, 27.
6015	46:5	swur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲשֶׁר & פַּרְעֹ֖ה	1	“that {King} Pharaoh” or “that Pharaoh {the king of Egypt}” or “that the king {of/over Egypt}”. For a note about how “Pharaoh” is used like a name in the Bible, see Gen 12:15.
6016	46:5	a341			שָׁלַ֥ח	1	“had sent {to Canaan}” or “had provided”
6017	46:5	a0lg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לָ⁠שֵׂ֥את אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“to transport him/them {to Egypt}.” or “for them to ride in/on {to Egypt}.” The pronoun “him” refers to Jacob, the head of his family, and includes Jacob’s wives and children. It may be necessary to use the plural pronoun “them” to make that clear.
6018	46:6	bpn0			וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ אֶת מִקְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	“They {also} took/brought {with them} their livestock/animals”
6019	46:6	mwtw			וְ⁠אֶת רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙	1	“and their {other} belongings”. Consider again how you translated “possessions” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:5 (and note); 13:6; 14:11-12, 16, 21; 15:14; 31:18; 36:7; 46:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
6020	46:6	rgy2			אֲשֶׁ֤ר רָֽכְשׁוּ֙	1	“that they had accumulated/gotten”. Consider again how you translated “acquired” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:5; 31:18; 36:6; 46:6.
6021	46:6	ll6u			בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“in the region of Canaan.” or “in Canaan.”
6022	46:6	kx4e			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה יַעֲקֹ֖ב וְ⁠כָל זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Then Jacob and all of his descendants arrived in Egypt,”
6023	46:7	fpfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	בָּנָ֞י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּנֹתָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת בָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	“{including} his sons and grandsons, {and} his daughters and granddaughters.” or “{including} his sons, daughters, grandsons, and granddaughters.” or “{including} his sons and daughters, {and} his grandsons and granddaughters.” Consider what is the best way in your language to list these descendants.
6024	46:7	f9ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠כָל זַרְע֑⁠וֹ הֵבִ֥יא אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה	1	“{Yes,} he/Jacob brought his entire family with him to Egypt.” or “He/Jacob had all his offspring/descendants with him when he arrived in Egypt.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “He/Jacob brought his entire {extended} family with him to Egypt, {including} his sons …” Do what is best in your language.
6025	46:8	hwco			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה שְׁמ֧וֹת בְּנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה יַעֲקֹ֣ב וּ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Here is a list of the names of Israel’s descendants who went/came {with him} to Egypt, {that is,} Jacob’s descendants:” or “The following list gives the names of Israel’s descendants, {that is,} Jacob’s descendants, who went/came {with him} to Egypt:”
6026	46:8	r81g			בְּכֹ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵֽן	1	“Reuben, {who was} his/Jacob’s firstborn/oldest {son},” Some translations put verses 8-14, 16-17, and 19-24 in list format, beginning a new paragraph with each of Jacob’s sons.
6027	46:9	pg60			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י רְאוּבֵ֑ן	1	“and Reuben’s sons, {who were}” or “and Reuben’s sons:” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from the previous verse. Also, throughout this section (verses 9-27), some translations use a colon before each list of names instead of “{were}” or “{who were}”. Do what is best in your language.
6028	46:9	vobo			חֲנ֥וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּ֖וּא וְ⁠חֶצְר֥וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִֽי	1	“Hanoch, Pallu, Hezron, and Carmi.” For some languages it is more natural to include “and” between every name in a list like this. For other languages it is more natural to use commas between names and leave “and” implied, except before the last name in the list. See how you translated similar lists of names in Genesis 10.
6029	46:10	ml5y			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֗וֹן	1	“{Simeon and} Simeon’s/his sons, {who were}”
6030	46:10	wit7			יְמוּאֵ֧ל וְ⁠יָמִ֛ין וְ⁠אֹ֖הַד וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֑חַר	1	“Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar,”
6031	46:10	p9tr			וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל בֶּן הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽית	1	“and Shaul, who had a Canaanite mother.” or “and Shaul, whose mother was a Canaanite.” or “and Shaul. (Shaul had a Canaanite mother.)” In this list, only Shaul had a Canaanite mother. See how you translated “Canaanite” in Gen 38:2.
6032	46:11	nty9			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י לֵוִ֑י גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִֽי	1	“{Levi and} Levi’s sons, {who were} Gershon, Kohath, and Merari.”
6033	46:12	jj9x			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה	1	“{Judah and} Judah’s sons, {who were}”
6034	46:12	hxru			עֵ֧ר וְ⁠אוֹנָ֛ן וְ⁠שֵׁלָ֖ה וָ⁠פֶ֣רֶץ וָ⁠זָ֑רַח	1	“Er, Onan, Shelah, Perez, and Zerah;” Be consistent here with how you spelled these names in Gen 38:3-11, 26, 29-30.
6035	46:12	kmfp			וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת עֵ֤ר וְ⁠אוֹנָן֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“actually, Er and Onan had {already} died in the land/region of Canaan.”
6036	46:12	btiw			וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי פֶ֖רֶץ חֶצְר֥וֹן וְ⁠חָמֽוּל	1	“Perez’s sons were Hezron and Hamul.” or “Perez had sons {named} Hezron and Hamul.”
6037	46:13	ynn3			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י יִשָׂשכָ֑ר	1	“{Issachar and} Issachar’s sons, {who were}”
6038	46:13	gd3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	תּוֹלָ֥ע וּ⁠פֻוָּ֖ה וְ⁠י֥וֹב וְ⁠שִׁמְרֽוֹן	1	“Tola, Puvah/Puah, Job/Jashub, and Shimron.” Numbers 26:24 and 1 Chronicles 7:1 have the same list of Issachar’s sons as here, but instead of “Puvah” and “Job,” they have “Puah” and “Jashub.” Some translations keep the spelling for these names the same in all three locations to avoid confusion. Do what is best in your language.
6039	46:14	ed1v			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י זְבוּלֻ֑ן סֶ֥רֶד	1	“{Zebulun and} Zebulun’s sons, {who were}”
6040	46:14	o73v			סֶ֥רֶד וְ⁠אֵל֖וֹן וְ⁠יַחְלְאֵֽל	1	“Sered, Elon, and Jahleel.”
6041	46:15	s5do			אֵ֣לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י	1	“Those {were} the sons {and grandsons}” or “{All} those {were} the descendants”
6042	46:15	nmfo			לֵאָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָֽלְדָ֤ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙	1	“of Leah and Jacob who were born” or “that Jacob’s wife Leah had” or “whom Jacob and {his wife} Leah had together”
6043	46:15	qbsu			בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֔ם	1	“in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,”
6044	46:15	bl0r			וְ⁠אֵ֖ת דִּינָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“as well as Dinah their daughter.” or “in addition to their daughter Dinah.” or “They also had a daughter {named} Dinah.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, be consistent with how you spell the name “Dinah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 30:21; 34:1-5, 11, 13, 25-26; 46:15.
6045	46:15	avnp			כָּל נֶ֧פֶשׁ בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠שָׁלֹֽשׁ	1	“All {together} those sons, daughters {and grandchildren} {totaled} thirty-three persons/people.” or “The {total} number of those descendants {was} thirty-three.”
6046	46:16	l2wr			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד	1	“{Jacob’s other descendants who came with him included} {his/Jacob’s son Gad and} Gad’s sons, {who were}” or “{Other descendants were/included} {Jacob’s son Gad and} Gad’s sons:” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language.
6047	46:16	zv7o			צִפְי֥וֹן וְ⁠חַגִּ֖י שׁוּנִ֣י וְ⁠אֶצְבֹּ֑ן עֵרִ֥י וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹדִ֖י וְ⁠אַרְאֵלִֽי	1	“Ziphion, Haggi, Shuni, Ezbon, Eri, Arodi, and Areli.”
6048	46:17	cii0			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֗ר	1	“{He/Jacob also took} {his son Asher and} Asher’s sons, {who were}”
6049	46:17	uqg5			יִמְנָ֧ה וְ⁠יִשְׁוָ֛ה וְ⁠יִשְׁוִ֥י וּ⁠בְרִיעָ֖ה	1	“Imnah, Ishvah, Ishvi, and Beriah,”
6050	46:17	ccrj			וְ⁠שֶׂ֣רַח אֲחֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and their sister, {who was} Serah.” or “and their sister, {whose name was} Serah.” or “Their sister {was} Serah.”
6051	46:17	rvtp			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בְרִיעָ֔ה חֶ֖בֶר וּ⁠מַלְכִּיאֵֽל	1	“Beriah’s sons {were} Heber and Malkiel.” or “Beriah had sons {named} Heber and Malkiel.”
6052	46:18	ooav			אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י זִלְפָּ֔ה	1	“Those {were} the descendants of {Jacob and} Zilpah,” or “Those {were} the children {and grandchildren} {that Jacob had} with Zilpah,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Zilpah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:24; 30:9-10,12; 35:26; 37:2; 46:18.
6053	46:18	a33d			אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{who was the servant woman} that Laban had given to his daughter Leah.”
6054	46:18	q2fo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד אֶת אֵ֨לֶּה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב שֵׁ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה נָֽפֶשׁ	1	“Zilpah and Jacob had those sixteen descendants.” or “{The total number of} those descendants that Zilpah and Jacob had together was sixteen.” Consider whether it is better in your language to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Those {were} sixteen descendants that Jacob had with {his concubine} Zilpah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Leah {as a maidservant/servant}.”
6055	46:19	dl75			בְּנֵ֤י רָחֵל֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן	1	“{Then} there were the sons of Jacob’s wife Rachel, {who were} Joseph and Benjamin.” or “The sons that Jacob had with his wife Rachel {were} Joseph and Benjamin.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language.
6056	46:20	wv2h			וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֣ד לְ⁠יוֹסֵף֮ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֒ & אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת אֶפְרָֽיִם	1	“Joseph’s {sons} who were born in the land/country of Egypt {were} Manasseh and Ephraim.” or “Joseph’s sons were Manasseh and Ephraim, and they were born in the land/country of Egypt.”
6057	46:20	h1mo			אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֣ן אֹ֑ן	1	“{Joseph’s/His wife} Asenath bore/had those sons for him; she was the daughter of Potiphera, the priest in/at {the city of} On.” or “Their mother was {Joseph’s wife} Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, {who was} the priest in/at {the city of} On.” See how you translated “Asenath … daughter of Potiphera the priest of On” in Gen 41:45.
6058	46:21	eani			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֗ן	1	“{Benjamin and} Benjamin’s sons, {who were}” or “Benjamin’s sons {were}”
6059	46:21	d32r			בֶּ֤לַע וָ⁠בֶ֨כֶר֙ וְ⁠אַשְׁבֵּ֔ל גֵּרָ֥א וְ⁠נַעֲמָ֖ן	1	“Bela, Beker, Ashbel, Gera, Naaman,”
6060	46:21	qthw			אֵחִ֣י וָ⁠רֹ֑אשׁ מֻפִּ֥ים וְ⁠חֻפִּ֖ים וָ⁠אָֽרְדְּ	1	“Ehi, Rosh, Muppim, Huppim, and Ard.” Remember to use (or not use) “and” between the names in this list in a way that is natural in your language.
6061	46:22	khj5			אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י	1	“Those {were} the sons {and grandsons}” or “{All} those {were} the descendants”
6062	46:22	awf7			רָחֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּ֖ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“that Jacob’s wife Rachel had,” or “that Jacob and {his wife} Rachel had together,” or “who descended/came from Rachel and Jacob.” Your punctuation here will depend on how you translate the rest of this verse.
6063	46:22	ycq8			כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר	1	“a total of fourteen descendants.” or “The total {number} of those descendants {was} fourteen.”
6064	46:23	f9g0			וּ⁠בְנֵי דָ֖ן חֻשִֽׁים	1	“{Other descendants who came with Jacob included:} {his son Dan and} Dan’s son Hushim.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacob’s descendants. See how you started verse 16, which is similar.
6065	46:24	ydx0			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י נַפְתָּלִ֑י	1	“{Naphtali and} Naphtali’s sons, {who were}”
6066	46:24	jdr0			יַחְצְאֵ֥ל וְ⁠גוּנִ֖י וְ⁠יֵ֥צֶר וְ⁠שִׁלֵּֽם	1	“Jahziel, Guni, Jezer, and Shillem.” Consider again how you translated these lists of names in this chapter (verses 9-24).
6067	46:25	tn9l			אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י בִלְהָ֔ה	1	“Those {were} the descendants of {Jacob and} Bilhah,” or “Those {were all} the sons {and grandsons} that Jacob had with Bilhah,” Be consistent in how you spell “Bilhah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:29; 30:3-5, 7; 35:22, 25; 37:2; 46:25. Also see how you translated verse 18, which is similar in structure to verse 25.
6068	46:25	k5xe			אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{who was} {the servant woman} whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel.”
6069	46:25	uwps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד אֶת אֵ֛לֶּה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ שִׁבְעָֽה	1	“The total {number} of those descendants that Bilhah and Jacob had together {was} seven.” or “Those descendants that Bilhah had with Jacob totaled seven {persons/people}.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “All those {were} seven descendants that Jacob had with {his concubine} Bilhah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel {as a maidservant/servant}.” Do what is best in your language.
6070	46:26	r4sj			כָּל הַ֠⁠נֶּפֶשׁ הַ⁠בָּאָ֨ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֤ב מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙	1	“The total number of persons/people who traveled with Jacob to Egypt,”
6071	46:26	vq0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יֹצְאֵ֣י יְרֵכ֔⁠וֹ	1	“who came/descended from him,” or “who were his blood relatives,” or “who were his biological descendants,” Make sure that your translation of this idiom can be read in public without offending or embarrassing listeners. See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 35:11.
6072	46:26	ymh7			מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד נְשֵׁ֣י בְנֵי יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“not counting/including {his wives or} the wives of his sons,”
6073	46:26	rfvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וָ⁠שֵֽׁשׁ	1	“was sixty-six people in all.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Altogether Jacob had sixty-six blood relatives who went with him to Egypt. That {number} does not include {his wives or} his sons’ wives.” Do what is best in your language.
6074	46:27	w7ik			וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יוֹסֵ֛ף אֲשֶׁר יֻלַּד ל֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם נֶ֣פֶשׁ שְׁנָ֑יִם	1	“{If you include/count} {Jacob, Joseph, and} Joseph’s two sons, who were born in Egypt, {then}” or “Joseph {and his} two sons were already in Egypt, {so, including Jacob,}”
6075	46:27	bkox			כָּל הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ לְ⁠בֵֽית יַעֲקֹ֛ב הַ⁠בָּ֥אָה מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה שִׁבְעִֽים	1	“all the people in Jacob’s family who were in Egypt {totaled} seventy.” or “there was a total of seventy members of Jacob’s family in Egypt.”
6076	46:28	b4ff			וְ⁠אֶת יְהוּדָ֞ה שָׁלַ֤ח	1	“Then he/Jacob told Judah to go” or “{When they reached Egypt,} he/Jacob had Judah go”
6077	46:28	u61x			לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“ahead of them to Joseph” or “to Joseph ahead of them”
6078	46:28	nz96			לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֥ת לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו	1	“to find out {which way} to go” or “to ask him how to get” or “to get directions {from him}”
6079	46:28	lr93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גֹּ֑שְׁנָ⁠ה	1	“to {the region/territory of} Goshen.” or “to Goshen {Province/County}.” Goshen was a region or territory that was part of the country of Egypt. For some languages it is better to make that explicit here, rather than wait until the end of the verse. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Goshen” in Gen 45:10.
6080	46:28	ywkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ	1	“Then Jacob and his family traveled to” or “After that, Jacob’s family arrived in”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here.
6081	46:28	cib9			אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה גֹּֽשֶׁן	1	“the region/territory of Goshen.” or “Goshen Province/County.” or “Goshen.” If you use “the land of Goshen” earlier in this verse, it may be better to just say “Goshen” here. Do what is best in your language.
6082	46:29	ytwf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֶּאְסֹ֤ר יוֹסֵף֙ מֶרְכַּבְתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then Joseph got his chariot/cart ready” or “Then Joseph {had his servants} get his chariot/cart ready”. Joseph may have harnessed his horses to his chariot himself, or he may have had his servants do that for him (which was usual for a powerful person like him). Consider how you translated similar situations in Gen 41:48. Also see how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43.
6083	46:29	ddl6			וַ⁠יַּ֛עַל לִ⁠קְרַֽאת יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אָבִ֖י⁠ו גֹּ֑שְׁנָ⁠ה	1	“and went to Goshen to meet his father Israel.” See how you translated “went up” in Gen 13:1 and “go up” in Gen 45:9.
6084	46:29	vrp6			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֣א אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	“{When he got there,} Joseph went/came up to his father” or “{There} Joseph greeted his father”
6085	46:29	zdd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֙ עַל צַוָּארָ֔י⁠ו	1	“and threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders” or “and hugged him {tightly/strongly}”. See how you translated “fell on … neck” in Gen 45:14.
6086	46:29	vp4d			וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עַל צַוָּארָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד	1	“and cried {for joy} on his shoulder {for} a long time.”
6087	46:30	ddlj			וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף	1	“Then Israel exclaimed to Joseph/him,”
6088	46:30	cub6			אָמ֣וּתָה הַ⁠פָּ֑עַם	1	“Now I can/will die {happy},” or “Now when I die {I will be at peace},” Jacob did not die until 17 years later (Genesis 47:28). Make sure your translation of this clause does not mean or imply that Jacob wanted to die soon or that he thought he would die soon.
6089	46:30	rb7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אַחֲרֵי֙ רְאוֹתִ֣⁠י אֶת פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“since/because I have seen you face to face” or “since/because I have seen you in person”. In this context, “your face” refers to Joseph, not just his face. Decide what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
6090	46:30	nhsm			כִּ֥י עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ חָֽי	1	“{and know} that you {are} still alive!”
6091	46:31	z0ih			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֤ף אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙	1	“Then Joseph announced to his brothers” or “Then Joseph told his brothers”
6092	46:31	vudr			וְ⁠אֶל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“and {the rest of} his father’s household/family,”
6093	46:31	iu3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics	אֶעֱלֶ֖ה וְ⁠אַגִּ֣ידָה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠אֹֽמְרָ֣ה אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“I will go to {King} Pharaoh and tell/inform him,” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to Pharaoh here sounds respectful in your translation. See what you did in Gen 41:35.
6094	46:31	xkdd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אַחַ֧⁠י וּ⁠בֵית אָבִ֛⁠י	1	“My brothers and {the rest of} my father’s family” or “that my brothers and {the rest of} my father’s household/family”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote (in verses 31-32) with a direct or indirect quote.
6095	46:31	nizd			אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן בָּ֥אוּ אֵלָֽ⁠י	1	“have come/traveled {here} from the land/region of Canaan to live near me.”
6096	46:32	x44w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ רֹ֣עֵי צֹ֔אן	1	“The men {of my family} raise/tend sheep {and goats}.” or “{I will} also {tell him that} the/you men {in my family} raise sheep {and goats}.” Be consistent here with whether you are translating this embedded quote (that began in verse 31) as an direct or indirect quote.
6097	46:32	igox			כִּֽי אַנְשֵׁ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה הָי֑וּ	1	“for/because they are livestock raisers/herders,” or “In fact, they raise {all kinds of} livestock {for a living},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6098	46:32	v6jw			וְ⁠צֹאנָ֧⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֛⁠ם & הֵבִֽיאוּ	1	“and they have brought {with them} {all} their sheep {and goats} and cattle”
6099	46:32	l2a6			וְ⁠כָל	1	“and everything {else}” or “as well as everything {else}”
6100	46:32	vast			אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“that they own/have.” or “that is theirs.”
6101	46:33	ai1b			וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה	1	“Then” or “So then,” This phrase introduces and emphasizes what Joseph says next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
6102	46:33	h0uq			כִּֽי & פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“when {King} Pharaoh” or “when the king”
6103	46:33	r2yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	יִקְרָ֥א לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & וְ⁠אָמַ֖ר מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶֽם	1	“summons you and asks {you} what your work/occupation is,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quotation with a direct or indirect quote.
6104	46:34	w1v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֗ם	1	“you should/must tell {him},”
6105	46:34	ia61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אַנְשֵׁ֨י מִקְנֶ֜ה הָי֤וּ עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠נְּעוּרֵ֣י⁠נוּ וְ⁠עַד עַ֔תָּה	1	“Your Majesty/Highness, we have raised livestock since the time we were youths/young,” or “Sir, ever since the time we were young until now, we have been raising livestock,” The phrase “your servants” shows respect to Pharaoh and acknowledges his high position; it does not mean that Pharaoh actually owns Joseph’s brothers as servants. Translate this in a polite way that shows respect toward Pharaoh. Also, see how you translated “livestock men” in verse 32.
6106	46:34	r4o3			גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	“{which is} the same occupation that our forefathers/ancestors had.” See how you translated “fathers” in Gen 15:15.
6107	46:34	wtti			בַּ⁠עֲב֗וּר	1	“That way” or “If {you say} that, {then}”
6108	46:34	k7fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תֵּשְׁבוּ֙	1	“you will be permitted/allowed to live {separately/privately}” or “{he/Pharaoh} will permit/allow you to live {separately/privately}”. The idea here is that Jacob’s family would be permitted to live in rural areas to raise their livestock away from most Egyptians, who despised sheep herders.
6109	46:34	e403			בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֔שֶׁן	1	“in the region/territory of Goshen,” or “in Goshen Province/County,”
6110	46:34	d82w			כִּֽי	1	“{especially} because/since”
6111	46:34	prnu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	תוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם כָּל רֹ֥עֵה צֹֽאן	1	“sheep herders are detestable {to} Egyptians.” or “the people of Egypt have disdain/contempt for sheep herders.” or “Egyptians despise/detest everyone who raises sheep.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of phrases in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “abomination” in Gen 43:32.
6112	47:1	mkye			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֣א יוֹסֵף֮ וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠פַרְעֹה֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“Then/So Joseph went to {King} Pharaoh and informed/told {him},” See how you translated “report to Pharaoh” in Gen 46:31.
6113	47:1	sa29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָבִ֨⁠י וְ⁠אַחַ֜⁠י	1	“My father, my brothers {and their families},” It is implied that the brothers brought their families with them. Consider whether or not to make that explicit in your translation.
6114	47:1	i8mx			וְ⁠צֹאנָ֤⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ⁠ם֙	1	“and/with their flock{s} {of sheep and goats} and their herd{s} {of cattle}” or “{along} with their sheep, {goats,} cattle,”
6115	47:1	kr2r			וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“and everything {else} that they own,“ or “and all {the rest of} their belongings/possessions,”
6116	47:1	kw8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ֖אוּ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“have come {here} from the land/region of Canaan.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause and the rest of this verse earlier in this sentence. For example: “My father and my brothers {and their families} have come {to Egypt} from the region of Canaan and {are} now in Goshen Province. {They brought with them} their sheep …” Do what is best in your language.
6117	47:1	fp70			וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם	1	“They {are staying} now” or “and they have {already} arrived”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6118	47:1	ckpp			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן	1	“in the region/territory of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province/County.”
6119	47:2	zp5f			וּ⁠מִ⁠קְצֵ֣ה אֶחָ֔י⁠ו לָקַ֖ח חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֑ים וַ⁠יַּצִּגֵ֖⁠ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה	1	“Then he/Joseph took/brought five of his brothers before/to Pharaoh and presented/introduced them {to him}.” or “Joseph had brought five of his brothers {with him} {from Goshen}, so he took/brought them before Pharaoh and presented/introduced them {to him}.” Joseph probably brought his father and brothers with him from Goshen (46:31) to Pharaoh’s palace. It is not clear whether or not they were in the room yet when Joseph spoke to Pharaoh about them (47:1).
6120	47:3	dma6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֛ה אֶל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then Pharaoh asked Joseph’s brothers,” or “Then Pharaoh asked them,” Make sure that your translation of “his brothers” refers to Joseph’s brothers, not Pharaoh’s.
6121	47:3	n3cx			מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“What {is} your occupation?” or “What {kind of} work do you do?” or “What do you do for a living?”
6122	47:3	h073			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה	1	“They answered Pharaoh/him,” or “{One of} them said/replied,”
6123	47:3	pwof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“{We,} your {humble} servants,” or “Your Majesty/Highness, we” or “Sir, we”. See how you translated “your servants” in Gen 46:34.
6124	47:3	i6ya			רֹעֵ֥ה צֹאן֙	1	“{are} shepherds/herdsmen,” or “raise sheep {for a living},”
6125	47:3	o3np			גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבוֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	“just like/as our forefathers/ancestors were/did.” or “{which is} the same {kind of} work/occupation that our forefathers/ancestors did/had.”
6126	47:4	bami		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה	1	“They {also} said to him,” or “Then they added,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same people (Joseph’s brothers) are still talking to the same person (Pharaoh). However, the words emphasize what Joseph’s five brothers say next and may indicate that there was a pause between what they said in verse 3 and verse 4. Do what is best in your language.
6127	47:4	wsfq			לָ⁠ג֣וּר & בָּאנוּ֒	1	“We have come {here} to live/stay for a while” or “We came {here} to live/stay temporarily”
6128	47:4	xk7o			בָּ⁠אָרֶץ֮	1	“in this country,” or “in {your} land/country,”
6129	47:4	u08w			כִּי אֵ֣ין מִרְעֶ֗ה לַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“because there was not enough pasture/grass for our flock{s} {of sheep and goats}” or “Our flocks, sir, did not have enough grass to eat”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
6130	47:4	hq4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“in the region of Canaan {where we are/come from}, because the famine {is} very/so severe/terrible {there}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence. For example: “The famine is so severe/terrible in the region of Canaan {where we are/come from} that there is not enough grass {in the fields} for our flocks.” Do what is best in your language.
6131	47:4	fcpf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵֽשְׁבוּ נָ֥א עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“So now/then, please let {us} your {humble} servants settle/live” or “So then, sir, please let us settle/live”. See how you translated “your servants” in verse 3 to show respect.
6132	47:4	e9jw			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן	1	“in the region/territory of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province.”
6133	47:5	r9kk			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then Pharaoh {turned} to Joseph and said,” or “{When Pharaoh heard that,} Pharaoh/he said to Joseph,”
6134	47:5	eiqg			אָבִ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“{Now that} your father and brothers have come {to live} near you,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Pharaoh was telling Joseph something he did not already know. Rather, he is stating shared knowledge as the basis for what he says next.
6135	47:6	z411			אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ	1	“the {entire} land of Egypt {is} available to you {to choose from}.” or “you may choose any part of the land of Egypt {for them to live in}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 5.
6136	47:6	eb2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הוֹשֵׁ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֶת אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“{So} have your father and your brothers settle” or “{In fact,} they may settle/live”
6137	47:6	tb5b			בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ & יֵשְׁבוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֔שֶׁן	1	“in the best/finest land {in the country}, in Goshen Province.” or “in the region/territory of Goshen, {which is} the best/finest land {in the country}.”
6138	47:6	g3uh			וְ⁠אִם יָדַ֗עְתָּ וְ⁠יֶשׁ בָּ⁠ם֙ אַנְשֵׁי חַ֔יִל	1	“And if you know that some of them are especially/very talented/skilled {at/in raising livestock},”
6139	47:6	xtku			וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֛⁠ם שָׂרֵ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה עַל אֲשֶׁר לִֽ⁠י	1	“then make them herdsmen over my livestock {also}.” or “then put them in charge of raising my livestock {also}.”
6140	47:7	qsu0			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת יַֽעֲקֹ֣ב אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then Joseph brought/took his father Jacob”
6141	47:7	su85			וַ⁠יַּֽעֲמִדֵ֖⁠הוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	“and presented/introduced him to {King} Pharaoh,” or “to {King} Pharaoh and introduced them to each other,” See how you translated “presented” in verse 2.
6142	47:7	e47i			וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“and Jacob {greeted and} blessed Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob {asked God to} bless/prosper Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob greeted Pharaoh with a blessing.” In Hebrew, there is a common greeting which means “peace be to you,” so it is possible that Jacob used this blessing of peace here to greet Pharaoh.
6143	47:8	f29q			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“Then Pharaoh asked Jacob,”
6144	47:8	rcjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness	כַּ⁠מָּ֕ה יְמֵ֖י שְׁנֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“{Sir,} how old are you now?” Make sure your translation of Pharaoh’s question about Jacob’s age sounds polite. Also, for some languages, a title of respect (such as “Sir”) is necessary whenever someone addresses a distinguished old man such as Jacob.
6145	47:9	iixc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“Jacob answered him,” or “Jacob replied,”
6146	47:9	n2qw			יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵ֣י מְגוּרַ֔⁠י שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“I have been living {in this world} for 130 years.” or “The length of my life {so far} has been 130 years.” Consider again how you translated “sojournings,” “sojourn,” and “sojourner” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:10; 15:13; 17:8; 19:9; 20:1; 21:23, 34; 23:4; 26:3; 28:4; 32:4; 35:27; 37:1; 47:4, 9. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context.
6147	47:9	wijz			מְעַ֣ט וְ⁠רָעִ֗ים הָיוּ֙ יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵ֣י חַיַּ֔⁠י	1	“I have not lived very long, and I have faced/had many difficulties/hardships.” or “My life has been short, with many difficulties/hardships.”
6148	47:9	j6hg			וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִשִּׂ֗יגוּ אֶת יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵי֙ חַיֵּ֣י אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י	1	“In fact, I have lived less years than my forefathers/ancestors did” or “In fact, I have not lived {nearly} as long as my forefathers/ancestors did”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6149	47:9	cvtb			בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י מְגוּרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“during the days/years/time that they lived {on earth}.” or “during their years/time {on earth}.”
6150	47:10	m5px			וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“Then Jacob {again} {asked God to} bless Pharaoh” or “Then Jacob {said goodbye} to Pharaoh with a blessing”. It was customary in Hebrew to use the blessing “peace be to you” both when greeting and when leaving someone. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 7.
6151	47:10	kjg1			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה	1	“and left his presence.” or “and left him.” or “and left Pharaoh’s {throne} room.”
6152	47:11	h306		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֣ב יוֹסֵף֮ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֒ וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲחֻזָּה֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֥ב הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ רַעְמְסֵ֑ס	1	“So Joseph gave his father and his brothers the best/choicest property/land in the country of Egypt, and they {and their families} settled there. {The property was} in Rameses Province/Count, {that is, Goshen Province/County},” or “After that, Joseph helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them the choicest property {in Egypt}, which was in {Goshen Province, also known as} Rameses Province.” It is implied that Rameses (verse 11) was another name for Goshen (verses 1, 4, 6). If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. Later in Egypt’s history, some of the Pharaohs were named Rameses and a city was named after one of them (Exodus 1:11).
6153	47:11	qnn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּ֥ה פַרְעֹֽה	1	“just as Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}.” or “{He/Joseph did} {exactly} as Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}.” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “After that, Joseph did what Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}: He helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them property in Rameses Province/County, {that is, Goshen Province/County,} {which was} the choicest land {in Egypt}.” Do what is best in your language.
6154	47:12	dxx1			וַ⁠יְכַלְכֵּ֤ל יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“Joseph {also} provided/supported his father and brothers and all {the rest of} his father’s household/family {with}”
6155	47:12	fz8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠פִ֥י הַ⁠טָּֽף	1	“food, based on how many children/people were in each family.” or “as much food as {each family} needed to feed {all} the children/people in their family.” The children are mentioned to emphasize that all the members of the families were well-provided for, including the youngest ones. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph was providing food for everyone in each family, not just the children.
6156	47:13	e2kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠לֶ֤חֶם אֵין֙	1	“Now {meanwhile,} there was no {more} food” or “{Meanwhile,} there was {almost} no food” or “{After a while,} there was very little food {available}”. This clause is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that there was so little food that the people were starving. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section that returns to the famine and how it was progressing.
6157	47:13	wyew			בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “in all the earth,” or “in the entire {known} world,” or “anywhere,” which might be an exaggeration (like the previous phrase); or (2) “in all the land,” or “in the/that entire area/region {of the earth/world},” which includes Egypt and Canaan (mentioned later in the verse) and other nearby regions and countries. See how you translated “all the earth” in Gen 41:57.
6158	47:13	k3zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב מְאֹ֑ד	1	“because the famine {was} very/so severe/oppressive/terrible.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, for example: “Now {after a while,} the famine was/became so severe/terrible in the entire world that there was very little food {available} {anywhere}.” Do what is best in your language.
6159	47:13	njjj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תֵּ֜לַהּ אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ וְ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“As a result, {the people of/in} the country of Egypt and the region of Canaan” or “In fact, {the people living in} the lands of Egypt and Canaan”. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the people who live in Egypt and Canaan, not just the lands.
6160	47:13	jo5e			וַ⁠תֵּ֜לַהּ	1	“were fainting/weak” or “were suffering badly/terribly” or “were wasting away”. The verb “languishing” refers in general to the suffering that the famine was causing, including things such as weakness, fainting and other distress. Some languages have an idiom (like “were wasting away”) that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
6161	47:13	n055			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י הָ⁠רָעָֽב	1	“because of the severe lack of food.” or “because they did not have enough to eat.” or “from hunger.”
6162	47:14	mx85			וַ⁠יְלַקֵּ֣ט יוֹסֵ֗ף אֶת כָּל הַ⁠כֶּ֨סֶף֙ הַ⁠נִּמְצָ֤א בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖בֶר אֲשֶׁר הֵ֣ם שֹׁבְרִ֑ים	1	“So the people spent their money buying grain from Joseph until he had collected/received all their money.” or “So they bought grain from Joseph until there was no more silver/money left in the country of Egypt or the land/region of Canaan.”
6163	47:14	wuq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹֽה	1	“Then Joseph/He {had his servants} take the silver/money to Pharaoh’s palace.” or “Joseph/He stored that silver/money in Pharaoh’s palace.” Joseph probably had servants do this for him. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 41:48.
6164	47:15	nkll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּתֹּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֮ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַעַן֒	1	“So {when} {all} the silver/money in the land/country of Egypt and the land/region of Canaan had been used up,” or “When/After {the people in} Egypt and Canaan had spent all their silver/money,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here.
6165	47:15	j7jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָל מִצְרַ֨יִם	1	“all {the people} in Egypt” or “the Egyptians all” or “{people from} all over Egypt”. The word “all” is an exaggeration (hyperbole) which emphasizes that a large number of Egyptians went to Joseph. Consider whether or not it is best to use hyperbole here in your language.
6166	47:15	n6v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹאוּ֩ & אֶל יוֹסֵ֤ף	1	“went to Joseph”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language.
6167	47:15	ezwm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹר֙	1	“and pleaded {with him},” or “and begged {him},”
6168	47:15	u1c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	הָֽבָ⁠ה לָּ֣⁠נוּ לֶ֔חֶם	1	“{Sir,} {please} give us food”. Make sure your translation of the people’s request sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. Also see how you translated “bread” in verses 12-13.
6169	47:15	io0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לָ֥⁠מָּה נָמ֖וּת נֶגְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“so that we do not die {right here} in front of you!” or “and do not watch/let us starve to death!” or “so that we do not starve to death!” The people use a rhetorical question here to emphasize how desperate they feel. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
6170	47:15	rqhs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף	1	“There is no more money {to buy food/grain}!” or “We have no more money {to buy food/grain}!” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “{Sir,} we have no more money {to buy grain/food}! Please give us food so that we do not starve to death!” Do what is best in your language.
6171	47:16	do9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙	1	“Joseph said/responded {to them},” or “Joseph replied,”
6172	47:16	i6ek			הָב֣וּ מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Bring/Give {me} your livestock/animals”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all the different kinds of animals that are specified in verse 17.
6173	47:16	upog			וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“and I will give/sell you {grain/food} if/when you give me your livestock/animals {to pay for it},” or “and in exchange for them I will give you {grain/food},”
6174	47:16	ie1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אִם אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף	1	“since {all} your money is gone.” or “since you have spent {all} your silver/money.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “Since your silver/money is gone, bring/give {me} your livestock to pay for the grain/food that I will give you.” Do what is best in your language.
6175	47:17	cxp1			וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יאוּ אֶת מִקְנֵי⁠הֶם֮ אֶל יוֹסֵף֒	1	“So the people brought/took their livestock/animals to Joseph.”
6176	47:17	tgeh			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠הֶם֩ יוֹסֵ֨ף לֶ֜חֶם בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֗ים וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֑ים	1	“and gave Joseph/him {their} horses, sheep, goats, cattle, and donkeys to pay for the grain/food that he gave them.” or “They gave Joseph/him {their} horses, …” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6177	47:17	a6oo			וַ⁠יְנַהֲלֵ֤⁠ם בַּ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ & בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֖ה הַ⁠הִֽוא	1	“In that way Joseph supplied the people with grain/food that year,”
6178	47:17	ii9v			בְּ⁠כָל מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“{and they gave him} all their livestock/animals {to pay} for it.”
6179	47:18	fx5v			וַ⁠תִּתֹּם֮ הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠הִוא֒	1	“When/After that year was over,”
6180	47:18	kmt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית	1	“the people came/went to Joseph {again} in the next/following year”
6181	47:18	srid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ ל⁠וֹ֙	1	“and told him,” or “and pleaded with him,”
6182	47:18	ec0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics	לֹֽא נְכַחֵ֣ד מֵֽ⁠אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י כִּ֚י אִם	1	“Our lord/master, we cannot hide from you {the fact} that” or “Sir, as you know,” For some languages, it may be more natural to put the address “my/our lord” or “sir” first in this quote. Also notice that this address is used three times in this verse to show extra respect to Joseph. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
6183	47:18	ejez			תַּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה	1	“{our} silver/money is gone and our livestock/animals” or “not only is {our} silver/money {all} gone, but {all} {our} livestock/animals {also}”. Consider again how you translated “silver” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:2; 20:16; 23:15-16; 24:35, 53; 31:15; 37:28; 42:25, 27-28, 35; 43:12, 15, 18, 21-23; 44:1-2, 8; 45:22; 47:14-16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context.
6184	47:18	qh1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶל אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“{belong} to {you,} our lord/master.” or “are yours, sir.” or “{belong} to you.” In this verse, the people use the third person (“my/our lord”) to address Joseph in a respectful manner. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
6185	47:18	hips			לֹ֤א נִשְׁאַר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י בִּלְתִּ֥י אִם גְּוִיָּתֵ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	“We have nothing left to pay/give you, sir, {for grain/food}, except ourselves and our land/fields.” or “The only way we can pay you {for grain/food} is to give you our land/farmland and work for you, sir.” Consider what is the best way to translate the Hebrew word for “land” here (and In verses 19-26), which refers to cultivated land (such as farmland or fields), not to the planet earth or to a country. It is different from the word for “land” in the rest of this chapter (in verses 1, 4, 6, 11, 13-15, 27-28).
6186	47:19	fbay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֧⁠מָּה נָמ֣וּת לְ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ גַּם אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ גַּ֣ם אַדְמָתֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	“What good would it do for us to die and our farmland/fields {to become ruined/empty}?” or “Please do not {just} watch us die or let our land/fields {become wasteland/desolate/empty}.” For many languages, the verb “die” does not fit with both people and land, so a different verb must be used for each one. The end of verse 19 specifies how the land would “die.” See how you translated a similar rhetorical question in verse 15.
6187	47:19	i3r0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	קְנֵֽה אֹתָ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ בַּ⁠לָּ֑חֶם	1	“{Instead,} {please} take us and our farmland/fields {in exchange} for food.” or “{Instead} {please} give us food and we will give you our farmland/fields and ourselves {to pay} for it.” Consider again how you translated the synecdoche “bread” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:19 (and note); 14:18; 21:14; 28:20; 37:25; 38:6; 41:54-55; 43:31; 47:12, 15, 17, 19. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
6188	47:19	b1i6			וְ⁠נִֽהְיֶ֞ה אֲנַ֤חְנוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵ֨⁠נוּ֙ עֲבָדִ֣ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“Then we will be {King} Pharaoh’s slaves/servants, and our land/fields {will also be his}.” or “Then our land/fields will belong to {King} Pharaoh and we will work for him as his slaves/servants.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6189	47:19	f7nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠תֶן זֶ֗רַע	1	“{Please} give {us} seeds {to sow/plant}”
6190	47:19	rpgo			וְ⁠נִֽחְיֶה֙	1	“so that we will/can survive” or “so that we will/can stay alive”
6191	47:19	bhn3			וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת	1	“and not die {from hunger},” or “and not {starve} to death,” See how you translated “so that we will live and not die” in Gen 42:2.
6192	47:19	cto3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לֹ֥א תֵשָֽׁם	1	“and {so that} the land will not become a desert!” or “and {so that} the land will produce/grow plants/crops {again}!” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “{Please} {just} give {us} seeds {to plant} so that the land will produce/grow {food} crops {again} and then we will survive and not die {from hunger}!” Do what is best in your language.
6193	47:20	fxi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּ֨קֶן יוֹסֵ֜ף	1	“So Joseph {agreed and} bought/acquired/obtained” or “Joseph {did what they asked and} bought/acquired”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit that Joseph agreed to do what the people suggested. Do what is best in your language.
6194	47:20	aon4			אֶת כָּל אַדְמַ֤ת מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“all the land/farmland in {the country of} Egypt for Pharaoh.”
6195	47:20	b8rh			כִּֽי מָכְר֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	“All the Egyptians sold/gave their fields {to him} {in exchange for grain/food},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6196	47:20	s34v			כִּֽי־ & הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב	2	“because the food shortage/scarcity”. Consider again how you translated “famine” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:10; 26:1; 41:27, 30-31, 36, 50, 54-57; 42:5; 43:1; 45:6, 11; 47:4, 13, 20. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
6197	47:20	ddcp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	חָזַ֥ק עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“was {so/very} severe/oppressive.” or “was so severe/terrible that they did not have enough to eat.” See how you translated “heavy” in verses 4 and 13. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “The famine was {very} severe for all the Egyptian people, so Joseph {agreed with their request/suggestion and} let them sell their fields {to him} {in exchange for grain/food}. In that way, Joseph/he bought/acquired all the land/farmland in {the country of} Egypt for {King} Pharaoh, so that {all} the land became Pharaoh’s {property}.” Do what is best in your language.
6198	47:20	dnbd			וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה	1	“In that way, {all} the farmland became Pharaoh’s {property}.” or “That is how {all} the farmland {eventually} belonged to {King} Pharaoh.”
6199	47:21	ioj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	וְ⁠אֶ֨ת הָ⁠עָ֔ם הֶעֱבִ֥יר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לֶ⁠עָרִ֑ים	1	“Joseph {also} moved/relocated {all} the people {from their farmlands} to the {nearby} cities”. The Masoretic Hebrew text has “moved them to the cities” here, which Joseph may have done in order to make the grain more readily accessible to them. The Samaritan Pentateuch (a different Hebrew version) and the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Hebrew text) have “made the people slaves” instead, which may refer to the fact that all the people would now be working for Pharaoh, since all the fields belonged to him. The textual variant that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote.
6200	47:21	obja			מִ⁠קְצֵ֥ה גְבוּל מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠עַד קָצֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“in every part of {the country of} Egypt.” or “throughout the entire {country of} Egypt.”
6201	47:22	uurs			רַ֛ק אַדְמַ֥ת הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים לֹ֣א קָנָ֑ה	1	“The only land/farmland that he/Joseph did not buy was the priests’ {land},” or “The priests’ land/farmland was the only land he/Joseph did not buy,”
6202	47:22	i61e			כִּי֩ חֹ֨ק לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֜ים מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פַּרְעֹ֗ה	1	“because they regularly received a certain amount {of food} from Pharaoh,” or “because Pharaoh gave them a regular {food} allotment/allowance,”
6203	47:22	a98a			וְ⁠אָֽכְל֤וּ אֶת חֻקָּ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֤ן לָ⁠הֶם֙ פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	“and they had enough to eat from what he gave to them.” or “so that they had plenty to eat.”
6204	47:22	v50v			עַל כֵּ֕ן לֹ֥א מָכְר֖וּ אֶת אַדְמָתָֽ⁠ם	1	“That is why they did not {need to} sell their land/farmland {to buy food}.”
6205	47:23	v3r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	“Then/Next Joseph announced/declared to the {Egyptian} people,”
6206	47:23	r1dz			הֵן֩	1	“Look/Listen,”
6207	47:23	og7l			קָנִ֨יתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	“now that I have bought/acquired you and your land/farmland/fields for {King} Pharaoh,” or “now that you and your land/farmland/fields belong to {King} Pharaoh,”
6208	47:23	xsga			הֵֽא לָ⁠כֶ֣ם זֶ֔רַע	1	“here {are} {some} seeds for you” or “I am giving you {some} seeds”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6209	47:23	b8nh			וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“so that you can plant {them in} the fields.” or “to plant {in} the fields.” See how you translated “sowed” in Gen 26:12.
6210	47:24	zlha			וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠תְּבוּאֹ֔ת	1	“Then whenever you harvest/gather {the crops},” or “Then every harvest season/time,”
6211	47:24	terr			וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	“you are required to give one-fifth {of the harvest/crops} to Pharaoh/him,” or “you must give Pharaoh/him one-fifth {of the crops you harvest/gather}.”
6212	47:24	jk07			וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע הַ⁠יָּדֹ֡ת	1	“but the {remaining/other} four-fifths” or “The {remaining/other} four-fifths {of your harvest}” or “The rest {of what you harvest/gather}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6213	47:24	tems			יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶם֩	1	“will be yours” or “you may keep for yourselves”
6214	47:24	kqnb			לְ⁠זֶ֨רַע הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֧ה	1	“as seed/seeds to plant the fields” or “to plant seeds {in} the fields”
6215	47:24	h238			וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אָכְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	“and as food for you and your households/families,” or “and for you and your households/families to eat,”
6216	47:24	ddfy			וְ⁠לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֥ל לְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶֽם	1	“including your children.”
6217	47:25	bc24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ	1	“Then they responded,” or “The people said/replied {to him},”
6218	47:25	jbf4			הֶחֱיִתָ֑⁠נוּ	1	“You have saved our lives!” or “You have made it so we can live!”
6219	47:25	rixe			נִמְצָא חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י	1	“May we {continue to} find favor in your eyes/sight, master/sir,” or “Please {continue to} be kind to us, master/sir,”
6220	47:25	qvqr			וְ⁠הָיִ֥ינוּ עֲבָדִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה	1	“and we will {agree to} be/become {King} Pharaoh’s slaves/servants.” or “and we will serve {King} Pharaoh as his slaves/servants.”
6221	47:26	ob31			וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם אֹתָ֣⁠הּ יוֹסֵ֡ף לְ⁠חֹק֩	1	“So Joseph established/made a law”
6222	47:26	vlkk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַד הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה	1	“{that is} still {in effect/force} today/now”. This phrase refers to the time that Moses was writing the book of Genesis. You could put that information in a footnote. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase at the end of the sentence and say, “{That law} is still {in effect/force} today/now.” Do what is best in your language.
6223	47:26	a8xu			עַל אַדְמַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה לַ⁠חֹ֑מֶשׁ	1	“concerning/about the farmland/fields in {the country of} Egypt: one-fifth {of the harvest/crops} {belongs} to Pharaoh.” or “{that required} {people to give} to Pharaoh one-fifth {of all the crops they harvested} from the farmland/fields in Egypt.” See how you translated “a fifth” in verse 24.
6224	47:26	tj5c			רַ֞ק אַדְמַ֤ת הַ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הָיְתָ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה	1	“The priests’ land was the only land {in Egypt} that did not belong to Pharaoh.” or “The only land that Pharaoh did not own was the land that belonged to the priests.” See how you translated “only the land of the priests” in verse 22. Also, consider again how you translated “land/farmland” in verses 18-26.
6225	47:27	kj0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַ⁠יֵּ֧שֶׁב	1	“So/Now” or “Meanwhile”. It was already mentioned in verse 11 that Israel (Jacob) had settled in the country of Egypt. Your translation of verse 27 should not imply that he settled there again.
6226	47:27	qzr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל	1	“{Jacob, whose other name was} Israel,” or “Israel {that is, Jacob,}” The name “Israel” and the name “Jacob” refer to the same person. To make that clear, you could make “Jacob” explicit here in your translation or in a footnote.
6227	47:27	yzqo			וַ⁠יֵּ֧שֶׁב	1	“had settled {with his family}” or “was living/dwelling {with his family}”
6228	47:27	cmv4			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֑שֶׁן	1	“in the region/territory of Goshen in the land/country of Egypt,” or “in Goshen Province/County in the country of Egypt,” See how you translated “in the land of Goshen” in Gen 45:10.
6229	47:27	y7n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּאָחֲז֣וּ	1	“and they acquired/gained {many possessions}” or “and owned/possessed {much property/land}”. This phrase is general here and refers to acquiring land and other possessions.
6230	47:27	xdih			בָ֔⁠הּ	1	“in that {region/territory}.” or “there.”
6231	47:27	q5af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפְר֥וּ	1	“They were fruitful” or “They had many children”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“be fruitful and multiply”) in Gen 35:11.
6232	47:27	cf8p			וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֖וּ מְאֹֽד	1	“and their numbers increased greatly.” or “and became very numerous/many.”
6233	47:28	nucd			וַ⁠יְחִ֤י יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם שְׁבַ֥ע עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{When/After} Jacob had lived in the country of Egypt {for} seventeen years,”
6234	47:28	irs2			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְמֵֽי יַעֲקֹב֙ שְׁנֵ֣י חַיָּ֔י⁠ו שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת שָׁנָֽה	1	“he reached the age of 147 years.” or “he was 147 years old.”
6235	47:29	l2gy			וַ⁠יִּקְרְב֣וּ יְמֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לָ⁠מוּת֒	1	“{When} it was almost time for Israel/him to die,” or “Israel/He {knew that} it was almost time for him to die, so”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6236	47:29	w0v7			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לִ⁠בְנ֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף	1	“he summoned his son Joseph” or “he asked for his son Joseph {to come to him}”
6237	47:29	l4i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙	1	“and urged him,”
6238	47:29	dd9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“Please show your favor/kindness toward me {and}” or “Please do this favor for me:” or “Please, if you {truly} love me,”
6239	47:29	akbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֣חַת יְרֵכִ֑⁠י	1	“put your hand under my thigh/leg {to show/vow that you will do what I ask},” or “{make a vow by} putting your hand under my thigh/leg,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 24:2, and see the note about this custom there.
6240	47:29	vq56			וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ עִמָּדִ⁠י֙ חֶ֣סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת	1	“and {promise me that} {after I die,} you will be kind and faithful to me.” Consider again how you translated “kindness” in Gen 19:19; 20:13; 21:23; 24:12, 14, 27, 49; 32:10; 39:21; 40:14; 47:29, and how you translated “faithfulness” in Gen 24:27, 48, 49; 32:10; 42:16; 47:29.
6241	47:29	mvns			אַל נָ֥א תִקְבְּרֵ֖⁠נִי	1	“Please {promise that you will} not bury my body/bones”. Make sure your translation of “bury me” does not sound like Israel would still be alive when he was buried.
6242	47:29	cokm			בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“{here} in {the land/country of} Egypt.”
6243	47:30	lyax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠שָֽׁכַבְתִּי֙ עִם אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י	1	“{When/After} I die and rest/sleep with my ancestors,” or “Rather, after I die and join my ancestors {who have died/gone before me},” The phrase “lie down with my fathers” is a idiom that refers to Jacob’s death. See how you translated an idiom with a similar meaning in Gen 15:15.
6244	47:30	u4cf			וּ⁠נְשָׂאתַ֨⁠נִי֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם	1	“carry/take my body out of Egypt {to the region of Canaan}”. See how you translated “me” in verse 29.
6245	47:30	t1jw			וּ⁠קְבַרְתַּ֖⁠נִי בִּ⁠קְבֻרָתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and bury me/it in the same burial place where their bodies are.” Jacob is referring here to the cave near the city of Hebron that Abraham had bought as a family burial place, to bury Sarah there. Abraham, Isaac and Rebekah were also buried there (Gen 23:19-20; 25:9-10; 49:31). You could put some of that information in a footnote. Also see how you translated “grave” in Gen 35:20 and a different word with a similar meaning (“burial place”) in Gen 23:4, 6, 9, 20.
6246	47:30	qkdh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר	1	“Then Joseph replied {to him},” or “Joseph promised {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here. It may be helpful to read this paragraph aloud to make sure it is clear who is talking at each point in the conversation.
6247	47:30	mrsq			אָנֹכִ֖י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה כִ⁠דְבָרֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“I will do as/what you requested {of me}.” or “I will do exactly what you asked {me to do}.”
6248	47:31	q5cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“But he urged {him},” or “But his/Joseph’s father insisted,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph’s father Israel here in your language.
6249	47:31	lxyf			הִשָּֽׁבְעָ⁠ה֙ לִ֔⁠י	1	“Swear/Vow to me {by/before God/Yahweh} {that you will do it/that}.” or “{With God/Yahweh as your witness,} make an oath/vow to me {that you will do it/that}.” See how you translated “swear to me” in Gen 21:23.
6250	47:31	bih5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“So Joseph swore/vowed {that he would do it/that}.” or “So Joseph promised his father with an oath/vow {to do what he had requested}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here.
6251	47:31	wr44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	“Then Israel bowed {down} {to worship/thank God}” or “Then {his father} Israel bowed {his head} {and worshiped/thanked God}”. If it is not clear in your culture why Israel bowed, you could make that explicit.
6252	47:31	y3zf			עַל רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה	1	“{as he sat} at the head/top of {his} bed.” or “{as he was sitting/lying} on {his} bed.” The Hebrew text has “at the head of the bed” here, while the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Old Testament) has “on the top of his staff” instead, which is quoted in Hebrews 11:21. You could include some of that information in a footnote. The difference between versions may be due to the fact that the Hebrew words for “bed” and “staff” are very similar in spelling. Or it could be that Jacob did both; for example, he may have been sitting at the head of his bed and leaning on his staff when he bowed his head and worshiped God.
6253	48:1	krun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	“{Some time} after those things happened,” Consider again how you translated these two phrases in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 20; 39:7; 40:1; 48:1.
6254	48:1	hqwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֔ף הִנֵּ֥ה אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ חֹלֶ֑ה	1	“{someone} told Joseph, “Look/Listen, your father is sick.” or “Joseph was told/informed {by someone} that his father was sick.” For some languages it may be more natural to use an indirect quote here. Do what is best in your language.
6255	48:1	qteq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח אֶת־שְׁנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־אֶפְרָֽיִם	1	“So/Then he/Joseph took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him {to visit his father}.” or “So/Then he/Joseph {went to visit his father and} took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him.” Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph in this sentence in your language.
6256	48:2	ppae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר הִנֵּ֛ה בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ יוֹסֵ֖ף בָּ֣א אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“{When they got there,} {someone/they} informed/told Jacob, “Look, your son Joseph has come to see/visit you.” ” or “{When they arrived,} Jacob was informed/told {by someone} that his son Joseph had come to see/visit him.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here.
6257	48:2	k2py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְחַזֵּק֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	“Then Israel rallied/mustered his strength” or “{Immediately} Israel{, who was lying down,} used all his strength” or “{Immediately} Israel exerted himself”. Consider whether you language has a similar idiom that fits well here. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 2, 8, 11, 13-14, 21) and “Jacob” (verses 2-3) refer to the same person, not two different people.
6258	48:2	d201		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב עַל הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה	1	“and sat up on/at {the edge/head of} {his} bed {and they greeted each other}.” The context (verse 12) shows that Jacob sat on the edge of his bed with his feet resting on the floor and his knees facing Joseph’s sons. Also, for some languages it may be necessary (for politeness) to make it explicit that they greeted each other first before continuing their conversation. Do what is best in your language.
6259	48:3	owhk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Then Jacob recounted/related to Joseph {the following}:” or “Then Jacob told Joseph,”
6260	48:3	yrw7			אֵ֥ל שַׁדַּ֛י	1	“Almighty/All-powerful God” or “God {who is} all-powerful”. Consider again how you translated “God Almighty” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:1; 28:3; 35:11; 43:14.
6261	48:3	t30j			נִרְאָֽה אֵלַ֥⁠י	1	“appeared to me {long ago}” or “came to me in a vision {long ago}”. Consider again how you translated “appear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 8:5; 12:7; 17:1; 18:1; 26:2, 24; 35:1, 9; 46:29; 48:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
6262	48:3	epp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠ל֖וּז בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“{when I was} at {the town of} Luz in the land/region of Canaan,” or “in the land/region of Canaan at {the town of} Luz,” For some languages it is more natural to put the larger place (Canaan) first before the smaller place (Luz) that is located inside it. It may also be more natural to put the time and place phrases first in this verse and say, “{Long ago} {when I was} at {the town of} Luz in the land/region of Canaan, God Almighty …” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you spelled the name “Luz” in Gen 28:19 and 35:6.
6263	48:3	ya75			וַ⁠יְבָ֖רֶךְ אֹתִֽ⁠י	1	“He blessed me {there}” or “He pronounced a blessing over me {there}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
6264	48:4	byu6			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלַ֗⁠י	1	“by saying to me,” or “He said,” Make sure your translation of “blessed … and said” (verses 3-4) refers to the same event, not two separate events.
6265	48:4	m1hy			הִנְ⁠נִ֤י מַפְרְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִרְבִּיתִ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“Look/Listen, I will give you many descendants who will increase {in number} and become” or “Look/Listen, I will give you {and your descendants} many children so that your descendants will become”. See how you translated “make you fruitful and multiply you” in Gen 28:3 and “make him fruitful and … multiply him” in Gen 17:20.
6266	48:4	n300			לִ⁠קְהַ֣ל עַמִּ֑ים	1	“many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 28:3, and a similar phrase (“a community of nations”) in 35:11.
6267	48:4	o9zi			וְ⁠נָ֨תַתִּ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אָ֧רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֛את לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“I will {also} give this land to your descendants”
6268	48:4	l4rw			אֲחֻזַּ֥ת עוֹלָֽם	1	“{as/for} an eternal/permanent possession.” or “to own forever.” or “and it will always belong to them.”
6269	48:5	gagv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וְ⁠עַתָּ֡ה שְׁנֵֽי בָנֶי⁠ךָ֩	1	“{Then Jacob said to Joseph,} “Now then, your two sons”. The phrase “And now” shows that there is a change of topic. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is no longer quoting God’s words in verse 5.
6270	48:5	axte			הַ⁠נּוֹלָדִ֨ים לְ⁠ךָ֜	1	“who were born to you” or “who were born”
6271	48:5	jujn			בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם	1	“{here} in the land/country of Egypt”
6272	48:5	idfh			עַד בֹּאִ֥⁠י אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה	1	“before I joined you here,” or “before I arrived,”
6273	48:5	qt3g			לִ⁠י הֵ֑ם אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה	1	“Ephraim and Manasseh, they {now} belong to me,” or “Ephraim and Manasseh, {will be} my sons,”
6274	48:5	khph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ⁠רְאוּבֵ֥ן וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וֹן יִֽהְיוּ לִֽ⁠י	1	“just as/like Reuben and Simeon are my sons.” or “just as/like my sons Reuben and Simeon.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the names of these sons earlier in the verse and say, “Now then, your two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, who were born to you here in the country of Egypt before I joined you here, {I will treat as} my sons, just as/like …” Do what is best in your language.
6275	48:6	vme7			וּ⁠מוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֛ אֲשֶׁר הוֹלַ֥דְתָּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠ךָ֣ יִהְי֑וּ	1	“But any {other} children that you father/have later on will be yours.” or “If you father/have any more/other children, they will belong to you.”
6276	48:6	rqc8			עַ֣ל שֵׁ֧ם אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יִקָּרְא֖וּ בְּ⁠נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם	1	“So they will share in some of what their brothers inherit {from me}.” or “{so that} what they inherit {from me} will be some of what their brothers {Ephraim and Manasseh} inherit {from me}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence.
6277	48:7	jw7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	“I {want it this way because}” or “I {am doing this because}”. Jacob is probably explaining in verse 7 that since his favorite wife Rachel died with only two sons, that is why he is treating her son Joseph’s two sons as his sons (verses 5-6). You could make some of that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote.
6278	48:7	awjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠בֹאִ֣⁠י	1	“as I {and our family} were coming/returning {home}” or “as our family was coming/returning {home}”. Jacob is in focus here, but he was traveling with his family, not alone. Decide whether or not it is necessary to make that explicit in your translation.
6279	48:7	gfi4			מִ⁠פַּדָּ֗ן	1	“from {the land/region of} Paddan {Aram},” Consider again how you translated “{the land/region of} Paddan Aram” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:20 (and note); 28:2, 5-7; 31:18; 33:18; 35:9, 26; 46:15; 48:7. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Aram” in those verses and in Gen 10:22-23; 22:21; 24:10.
6280	48:7	hucm			רָחֵ֜ל	1	“{your mother} Rachel” or “{my beloved wife} Rachel”
6281	48:7	ykrl			מֵ֩תָה֩ עָלַ֨⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here because the preposition can have different meanings. It could mean: (1) “died beside me” or “died by my side”; or (2) “died, {bringing sorrow/grief} on/to me”
6282	48:7	xolh			בְּ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ כְּנַ֨עַן֙	1	“in the region of Canaan”
6283	48:7	oocn			בַּ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ בְּ⁠ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת אֶ֖רֶץ לָ⁠בֹ֣א אֶפְרָ֑תָה	1	“while we were still traveling and some distance away from {the town of} Ephrath.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ephrath” in Gen 35:16, 19, and how you spelled “Bethlehem” in 35:19.
6284	48:7	tp7m			וָ⁠אֶקְבְּרֶ֤⁠הָ שָּׁם֙ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔ת	1	“{As you know,} I buried her body there by the road that goes to Ephrath,”
6285	48:7	p9yz			הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם	1	“which {now has the name} Bethlehem.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. This phrase might be: (1) Jacob’s words; or (2) the author’s words. If you follow the second interpretation, you could put this phrase within parentheses, outside of the quote marks.
6286	48:8	bal2			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“Then Israel saw/noticed Joseph’s {two} sons”
6287	48:8	yv08			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“and asked {him/Joseph},”
6288	48:8	wri5			מִי אֵֽלֶּה	1	“Who {are} these {young men}?” or “Whose {sons} {are} these?” Joseph’s two sons were in their 20s at this time, so refer to them here with a term that fits with that fact. They were born before the famine started (Gen 41:50-52), and Jacob had now been in Egypt for 17 years (47:28).
6289	48:9	pmfc			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל אָבִ֔י⁠ו	1	“Joseph said/replied to him,” or “Joseph replied/answered,”
6290	48:9	ycj4			בָּנַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם אֲשֶׁר נָֽתַן לִ֥⁠י אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“They/These {are} my sons whom God gave to me”
6291	48:9	pmfa			בָּ⁠זֶ֑ה	1	“here {in Egypt}.”
6292	48:9	a8xs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר	1	“Then Israel said {to Joseph/him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here.
6293	48:9	tbew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	קָֽחֶ⁠ם נָ֥א אֵלַ֖⁠י	1	“Please bring them {closer} to me”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that works well to refer to Joseph’s two sons here (and throughout chapter 48). Do what is best in your language.
6294	48:9	tqwb			וַ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵֽ⁠ם	1	“so that I can {ask God to} bless/prosper them.”
6295	48:10	w5i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠עֵינֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ כָּבְד֣וּ	1	“Now Israel’s eyes were weak/failing” or “Israel was almost blind” or “Israel had very poor/bad eyesight”. Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use a conjunction (“Now”) to begin this clause that gives background information about Israel. Also, the word “heavy” is used here as an idiom that means Israel’s eyesight was getting bad, but he could still see some (as indicated in verses 8 and 11). Many languages have a similar idiom. A translation of verse 10 should not imply that Israel was completely blind.
6296	48:10	nhh8			מִ⁠זֹּ֔קֶן	1	“because of old age,” or “because he was {very} old,”
6297	48:10	igr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְא֑וֹת	1	“{so that} he could not see {very clearly/well}.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Now Israel was {very} old, so his eyesight was failing and he was not able to see {very well}.” Do what is best in your language.
6298	48:10	m3l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֤שׁ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	“So Joseph brought/took his sons near/closer to his father,” or “So he/Joseph had his sons stand near/close to his father,” Make sure it is clear in your translation whom is being referred to at each point in this sentence.
6299	48:10	xi1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“and Israel kissed them {on the cheeks/cheek}” or “and his father kissed …” It may be helpful to read this sentence aloud in your translation to make sure the use of nouns and pronouns is natural and accurate in your language.
6300	48:10	yxhu			וַ⁠יְחַבֵּ֥ק לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	“and hugged them.” Consider again how you translated the word “embraced” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:13; 33:4; 48:10. Also compare that to how you translated an idiom (“fell on … neck”) that has a similar meaning in Gen 33:4; 45:14, 46:29. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context.
6301	48:11	caor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“Then Israel exclaimed to Joseph,”
6302	48:11	joqe			רְאֹ֥ה פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א פִלָּ֑לְתִּי	1	“I did not think I would ever see you {again},” or “I never thought I would see you {again},”
6303	48:11	cko4			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“but surprisingly/amazingly,” or “but {now} look,”
6304	48:11	w75i			הֶרְאָ֥ה אֹתִ֛⁠י אֱלֹהִ֖ים גַּ֥ם אֶת זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“God has allowed me to see/meet also/even your offspring/children!” or “God has also/even allowed me to see/meet your offspring/children!”
6305	48:12	wvkp			וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“Then Joseph moved/took his sons away” or “Then Joseph had his sons move/step away/back”
6306	48:12	agib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מֵ⁠עִ֣ם בִּרְכָּ֑י⁠ו	1	“from beside his father’s knees,” or “from beside/near his father,” Joseph’s sons (who were in their 20s) were near Israel's knees, so that he could hug them; they were not sitting on his knees or lap. Also make sure your translation of “his” refers to Joseph's father (Israel/Jacob), not Joseph.
6307	48:12	kz74			וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ	1	“and he bowed {before his father}” or “and he prostrated himself {before him}”
6308	48:12	jfto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	לְ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	“with his nose/face toward the ground {in thankfulness and respect}.” or “and touched the ground with his forehead {to show him respect}.” Joseph bowed to the ground to show thankfulness and respect to his father and possibly also to God. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote.
6309	48:13	ixv8			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח יוֹסֵף֮	1	“Then Joseph/he took/positioned”
6310	48:13	wvf8			אֶת שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֒	1	“both of his sons,” or “his sons”
6311	48:13	nzul			אֶת אֶפְרַ֤יִם בִּֽ⁠ימִינ⁠וֹ֙	1	“{with} Ephraim on/at his right {hand/side}”
6312	48:13	ohdm			מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	“facing Israel’s left {hand/side}” or “in front of Israel’s left {hand/side}”
6313	48:13	utvp			וְ⁠אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה בִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ	1	“and {with} Manasseh on/at his left {hand/side}”
6314	48:13	n3um			מִ⁠ימִ֣ין יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	“facing Israel’s right {hand/side},” or “in front of Israel’s right {hand/side},”
6315	48:13	o7vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖שׁ אֵלָֽי⁠ו	1	“and he brought/took {them} close to his father {again}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then he took/brought his sons close to his father {again}. He had Ephraim stand in front of Israel’s left {hand/side}, and he had Manasseh stand in front of Israel’s right {hand/side}.” Do what is best in your language.
6316	48:14	xwp9			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת יְמִינ֜⁠וֹ	1	“But Israel {intentionally} reached out his right hand”
6317	48:14	sni8			וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׁת עַל רֹ֤אשׁ אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙	1	“and put/rested/laid {it} on Ephraim’s head,”
6318	48:14	v46e			וְ⁠ה֣וּא הַ⁠צָּעִ֔יר	1	“even though Ephraim {was} the/{Joseph’s} younger {son}.”
6319	48:14	vklj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠אֶת שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֣אשׁ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה שִׂכֵּל֙ אֶת יָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then he {intentionally} {put/rested} his left hand on Manasseh’s head. He crossed his arms {to do that}” or “Then he crossed his arms and {put} his left hand on Manasseh’s head,” In the Hebrew culture, the right side was the place of highest honor and using the right hand to bless someone was symbolic of giving greater honor to that person. The oldest son was also the one who normally received the greater blessing. Israel reverses that here and gives Joseph’s younger son the greater blessing. It may be important to include a footnote in your translation that gives this information.
6320	48:14	jxo4			כִּ֥י	1	“{even} though” or “in spite of the fact that”. Make sure that the way you translate “because” fits with the fact that Israel wanted to place his right hand on Ephraim (to give him the greater blessing), even though Manasseh was the firstborn (who would normally receive the greater blessing in that culture).
6321	48:14	u8qz			מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה הַ⁠בְּכֽוֹר	1	“Manasseh {was} the/{Joseph’s} firstborn/oldest {son}.”
6322	48:15	llyx			וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“Then Israel blessed Joseph {and his sons} by saying,” or “Then Israel blessed Joseph by {blessing his sons and} saying,” Israel blessed Joseph by blessing Joseph’s sons (verses 15-16, 19-20).
6323	48:15	gsdn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֡ים	1	“May {God bless your sons,} the God” or “I pray that {God will bless your sons,} the God” or “I ask God {to bless your sons}. He is the God”. For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit here that this prayer is a blessing for Joseph’s sons (rather than waiting until that is made clear in verse 16). Do what is best in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up the long sentence in verses 15-16 into shorter sentences.
6324	48:15	iwxf			אֲשֶׁר֩ & אֲבֹתַ֤⁠י & אַבְרָהָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק	1	“whom my forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac”
6325	48:15	r8jy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ & לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙	1	“walked/lived before/with {according to his will},” or “walked/lived {obediently} in the presence of,” or “served/obeyed,” See how you translated the idiom “walk/live before” in Gen 17:1 and 24:40. You may need to translate it differently in different contexts.
6326	48:15	bi81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ הָ⁠רֹעֶ֣ה אֹתִ֔⁠י	1	“the {same} God who has watched over me” or “He is the {same} God who has taken care of me”. The word “shepherded” includes guiding, protecting, and providing food and water, such as a shepherd would do for his sheep. Here it is used as a metaphor that refers to God’s complete care of Israel throughout his life. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to use a similar metaphor here. For example, you could say, “He is the {same} God who, for my entire life, has taken care of all my needs, just as a {good} shepherd takes care of his sheep.”
6327	48:15	dt5m			מֵ⁠עוֹדִ֖⁠י עַד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“from {the beginning of} my {life} until the present day/time,” or “my entire life,”
6328	48:16	wzng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הַ⁠מַּלְאָךְ֩ הַ⁠גֹּאֵ֨ל אֹתִ֜⁠י מִ⁠כָּל רָ֗ע	1	“{He is also} the Angel who saved/rescued me {continually} from all/every harm/trouble.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “angel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 16:7, 9-11; 19:1, 15; 21:17; 22:11, 15; 24:7, 40; 28:12; 31:11; 32:3, 6; 48:16.
6329	48:16	hkqg			יְבָרֵךְ֮ אֶת הַ⁠נְּעָרִים֒	1	“I pray/ask that he will cause {these} young men to prosper {greatly},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here; your decision will depend on how you translated verse 15. Also, since Joseph’s sons were probably in their 20s, make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like they were little boys. The Hebrew word for “boy” here can also be translated as “lad,” “servant,” or “young man,” depending on the context and who is speaking to whom. With that in mind, consider again how you translated this word in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:24; 18:7; 19:4; 21:12, 17-20; 22:3, 5, 12, 19; 25:27; 34:19; 37:2; 41:12; 43:8; 44:22, 30-34; 48:16.
6330	48:16	b0ar			וְ⁠יִקָּרֵ֤א בָ⁠הֶם֙ שְׁמִ֔⁠י וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אֲבֹתַ֖⁠י אַבְרָהָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְחָ֑ק וְ⁠יִדְגּ֥וּ לָ⁠רֹ֖ב בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“so that my family name/line and the family name/line of my ancestors Abraham and Isaac will continue through them and so that they will have many descendants on the earth.” or “I pray that they will have many descendants on the earth who will carry on the family name/line for me and for my forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac.”
6331	48:17	guyi			וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יוֹסֵ֗ף כִּי יָשִׁ֨ית אָבִ֧י⁠ו יַד יְמִינ֛⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֥אשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם	1	“{When} Joseph saw/noticed that his father had put/rested/laid his right hand on Ephraim’s head,” See how you translated “placed” in verse 14.
6332	48:17	krcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֵּ֣רַע בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	“it displeased him,” or “he was displeased/unhappy {about it},” or “he thought it was a mistake,”
6333	48:17	fa1f			וַ⁠יִּתְמֹ֣ךְ יַד אָבִ֗י⁠ו	1	“So he took hold of his father’s hand”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6334	48:17	scqc			לְ⁠הָסִ֥יר אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם	1	“{in order} to move/take it from Ephraim’s head” or “{and started} to move/take it from Ephraim’s head”
6335	48:17	knoe			עַל רֹ֥אשׁ מְנַשֶּֽׁה	1	“and {place/put it on} Manasseh’s head.”
6336	48:18	s3ev			וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then he said to his father,”
6337	48:18	yr6r			לֹא כֵ֣ן אָבִ֑⁠י כִּי זֶ֣ה הַ⁠בְּכֹ֔ר	1	“Not like that, Father. {It is} the other son {who is} the/my firstborn/oldest.” or “That is the wrong one/son, Father. The other {one} {is} {my} firstborn/oldest son.”
6338	48:18	fe3w			שִׂ֥ים יְמִינְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	“{So} {you need to} put/have your right hand on his head.”
6339	48:19	fnt6			וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֣ן אָבִ֗י⁠ו	1	“But his father refused {to move his hands}” or “But his father would not {move his hands}”
6340	48:19	ilz7			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and replied,”
6341	48:19	ad6m			יָדַ֤עְתִּֽי בְנִ⁠י֙ יָדַ֔עְתִּי	1	“I know {it/that}, my son, I know {what I am doing}.” or “I know {what I am doing}, my son.”
6342	48:19	onl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	גַּם ה֥וּא יִֽהְיֶה לְּ⁠עָ֖ם וְ⁠גַם ה֣וּא יִגְדָּ֑ל	1	“{In fact,} {the descendants of} your firstborn/oldest son will also become a people/ethnic group, and he will be/become a great/important man.” or “{In fact,} your firstborn/oldest son will also be/become a great/important man, and he will be/become {the ancestor of} a people/ethnic group.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Joseph’s firstborn in these two clauses.
6343	48:19	d8w8			וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ יִגְדַּ֣ל מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“However, his younger brother {Ephraim} will be {even} greater than he {will be},”
6344	48:19	w3o5			וְ⁠זַרְע֖⁠וֹ	1	“and his/Ephraim’s offspring/descendants” or “with {many} descendants, who”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Ephraim’s descendants, not Manasseh’s.
6345	48:19	ncm9			יִהְיֶ֥ה מְלֹֽא הַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם	1	“will become many people/ethnic groups.” Compare how you translated a similar phrase (“a community of peoples”) in verse 4.
6346	48:20	mzc0			וַ⁠יְבָ֨רֲכֵ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠הוּא֮	1	“So Israel blessed Ephraim and Manasseh that day” or “That {same} day, Israel blessed {both of} them”
6347	48:20	j6nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמוֹר֒	1	“by saying {to them},” or “and said,”
6348	48:20	zb3n			בְּ⁠ךָ֗ יְבָרֵ֤ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	“{The people of} Israel will use your names when they bless {someone/people}” or “When {the people of} Israel say/pronounce a blessing over {someone}, they will use your names”
6349	48:20	q3me			לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“and say,”
6350	48:20	fkzh			יְשִֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֣ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“May God bless/prosper you” or “We ask God to make you {great/prosperous}”
6351	48:20	pdwp			כְּ⁠אֶפְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠כִ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה	1	“like {he blessed/prospered} Ephraim and Manasseh.”
6352	48:20	uje7			וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֶת אֶפְרַ֖יִם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מְנַשֶּֽׁה	1	“When he/Israel said that, he/Israel put/ranked Ephraim ahead of Manasseh.” or “In that way, he/Israel made Ephraim greater than Manasseh.”
6353	48:21	d5t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“After that, Israel {turned} to Joseph {and} said {to him},” or “Next Israel spoke to Joseph. {He said,}”
6354	48:21	d8t7			הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“Look/Listen,” or “As you can see,”
6355	48:21	fjrl			אָנֹכִ֖י מֵ֑ת	1	“I am about to die,” or “I will die soon,”
6356	48:21	yses		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“but God will {always} be/stay with {all of} you {and help you},” or “but God will {always} be/stay with you and your brothers {and all your descendants} {and help you}.” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout this verse and probably refer to all Israel’s family, including Joseph, his brothers, and their descendants.
6357	48:21	ydkc			וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֣יב אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“He will also bring/take you back”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6358	48:21	orx3			אֶל אֶ֖רֶץ אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“to the land that {he gave} to your forefathers/ancestors.”
6359	48:22	xrzo			וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י נָתַ֧תִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	“And I give/bequeath to you {as part of your inheritance}” or “Besides that, {as part of your inheritance from me,} I {hereby} give you”. The pronouns “you” and “your” shift to singular in verse 22.
6360	48:22	cazk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שְׁכֶ֥ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) “{the city of} Shechem,” or (2) “a mountain slope/ridge,” This second interpretation comes from the meaning of the Hebrew word “shekem” (“shoulder”), which can be used as a metaphor to refer to a mountain slope or ridge.
6361	48:22	peu5			אַחַ֖ד עַל אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“which is more {land} than I am giving to your brothers and”
6362	48:22	bfda			אֲשֶׁ֤ר לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד	1	“which I took control of from” or “which I took/captured from” or “I took/captured that land from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6363	48:22	q9pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י בְּ⁠חַרְבִּ֖⁠י וּ⁠בְ⁠קַשְׁתִּֽ⁠י	1	“the Amorite{s} {in battle} using my sword and my bow.” or “the Amorite{s} when I defeated them in battle.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Besides that, I {hereby} give you {the city of} Shechem, {which} I took/captured from the Amorite{s} when I defeated them in battle. This is more {land} than I am giving to your brothers.” Do what is best in your language. Also consider again how you translated “Amorite{s}” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:16; 14:7, 13; 15:16, 21; 48:22.
6364	49:1	i8ic			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶל בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then Jacob summoned {all} his sons”. The events in chapter 49 may have occurred on the same day as the events in chapter 48, or not very long after that. Consider again how you translated “called for” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:18; 14:14; 20:2, 8-9; 24:57-58; 26:9; 27:1, 42; 28:1; 31:4; 39:14; 41:8, 14; 46:33; 47:29; 49:1.
6365	49:1	g7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	“He said {to them},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6366	49:1	l6m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	הֵאָֽסְפוּ֙	1	“Gather {yourselves} together {before me},” or “Come together {here},” Much of what Jacob says to his sons in verses 1-27 is Hebrew poetry, which is characterized by the use of parallelisms and metaphors to emphasize important points. Many translations put these verses in poetry format (starting here); many others use regular paragraph formatting. Do what is best in your language. For a complete list of verses that some translations treat as poetry in the book of Genesis, see the introduction to the book.
6367	49:1	upew			וְ⁠אַגִּ֣ידָה לָ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“and I will declare to you” or “so that I can tell/inform you”
6368	49:1	gmu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר יִקְרָ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	“what will happen to you {and your descendants}”. Much of what Jacob prophesies in this chapter about his sons also applies to their descendants. Some translation teams may prefer to put that information in a footnote rather than make it explicit in the text. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “meet” in Gen 42:4, 38.
6369	49:1	xg3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠אַחֲרִ֥ית הַ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	“in the days/years ahead.” or “in future days/years.” In this context, this phrase refers to a period of years in the future. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
6370	49:2	j5co		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הִקָּבְצ֥וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	“{Yes/Indeed,} Jacob’s/my sons, come/gather {here} and hear {what I have to say},” or “My sons, gather around {me,} {your father} Jacob, and listen {to me}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that Jacob is talking to his own sons and is referring to himself as both Jacob and as Israel. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put the address “sons of Jacob” first in verse 2, or even first in the quote (which begins in verse 1). Do what is best in your language.
6371	49:2	xh8b			וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם	1	“Pay attention to {me,} your father Israel.” or “{I,} your father Israel, have something {important} to tell you.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize that Jacob wants his sons to listen to him carefully. Try to keep both halves of this parallelism in your translation, since each half has a slightly different focus. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6372	49:3	tmwk			רְאוּבֵן֙ בְּכֹ֣רִ⁠י אַ֔תָּה	1	“Reuben, you {are} my oldest {son},” Consider again how you translated “firstborn” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:4; 10:15; 19:31, 33-34, 37; 22:21; 25:13, 27; 27:19, 32; 29:26; 35:23; 36:15; 38:6-7; 41:51; 43:33; 46:8, 14; 48:18; 49:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
6373	49:3	wp60		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	כֹּחִ֖⁠י וְ⁠רֵאשִׁ֣ית אוֹנִ֑⁠י	1	“{the result of} my strength/fertility, and the first child I had as a young man.” or “{You are} the first {evidence/sign} of my manhood and strength/virility.” This phrase is used here as a euphemistic idiom that refers to Jacob’s ability to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Translate this in a way that will not embarrass or offend listeners.
6374	49:3	zu3n			יֶ֥תֶר שְׂאֵ֖ת וְ⁠יֶ֥תֶר עָֽז	1	“{You had} higher/more honor and authority {than all your brothers}.” or “{You had} high status and great authority {in our family}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6375	49:4	ngg3			פַּ֤חַז	1	“{However,} {you are} uncontrollable” or “{However,} {you are} unstable/reckless”
6376	49:4	m3c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙	1	“like a flood of water,” or “like {rushing} water,” Here Jacob compares Reuben’s reckless, uncontrolled sexual behavior to turbulent water that is out of control and destructive. Consider whether or not you have a similar simile in your language that would fit well here.
6377	49:4	ht6q			אַל תּוֹתַ֔ר	1	“{so} you will no longer have your high/important status/position {in our family},” or “{so} you will no longer be first {among your brothers},”
6378	49:4	s4lx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	כִּ֥י עָלִ֖יתָ מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ אָ֥ז חִלַּ֖לְתָּ	1	“because you climbed/got {into} my bed {with my concubine/wife} {and} dishonored me!” or “because you dishonored me by getting into my bed and committing adultery {with my concubine/wife}!” This clause, along with the rest of the verse, is a euphemistic way of referring to Reuben committing adultery by sleeping with his father’s concubine (secondary wife) Bilhah (Genesis 35:22).
6379	49:4	u62z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יְצוּעִ֥⁠י עָלָֽה	1	“{Then Jacob exclaimed,} “He went up {onto} my couch!” ” or “He/You {actually} climbed/got up {onto} my couch/bed {and dishonored me}!” or “{You dishonored me when} you slept with my concubine/wife!” Here Jacob repeats part of what he said in the previous clause, in order to emphasize Reuben’s sin against him and to communicate how upset he is about it. He may have still been talking to Reuben (switching from second to third person), or he may have been exclaiming about Reuben to himself and the rest of his sons.
6380	49:5	jadm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	שִׁמְע֥וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֖י	1	“{As for} Simeon and Levi, {they}” or “Simeon and Levi, {you}”. In verses 3-27, Jacob sometimes refers to his sons using second person (“you”), and sometimes (as here) he uses third person (“they” or “he”). Consider whether or not it is better in your language to use second person throughout these verses, especially since Jacob is talking to his sons who are right there with him. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that fit well in verses 5-7.
6381	49:5	lnz6			אַחִ֑ים	1	“{are} {true/close} brothers.” or “{are} partners {in crime}.” or “do {evil} things together.” This phrase is used here as an idiom that emphasizes the fact that Simeon and Levi thought alike and acted together to do evil things.
6382	49:5	hpdj			כְּלֵ֥י חָמָ֖ס מְכֵרֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	“They/You use their/your swords/weapons to do violent things {together}.” Make sure in your translation that the pronouns you use here (and in verses 6-7) fit with the way you translated the beginning of this verse.
6383	49:6	sbst		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אַל תָּבֹ֣א נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	“Do not ever let me” or “May I never” or “I will never”. Here Jacob uses the phrase “my soul” to refer to himself and to emphasize how strongly he feels about what he is saying. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
6384	49:6	h9hm			בְּ⁠סֹדָ⁠ם֙ אַל־תָּבֹ֣א	1	“take part in their/your {evil} plans/schemes!” or “participate with them/you when they/you plan {evil} things!” In verses 5-7, Jacob is probably referring to the time when Simeon and Levi killed all the males in the city of Shechem out of revenge (Genesis 34:25-26, 30). Jacob was very upset that they did that.
6385	49:6	z996		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בִּ⁠קְהָלָ֖⁠ם אַל תֵּחַ֣ד כְּבֹדִ֑⁠י	1	“Do not let my honor/presence be connected/associated with their/your {evil} plans,” or “I never want to be linked/associated with their/your {evil} plans,” or “I refuse to make {evil} plans with them/you,” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes that Jacob is upset and does not want to participate with these two sons in their evil behavior. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language.
6386	49:6	ckzx			כִּ֤י בְ⁠אַפָּ⁠ם֙ הָ֣רְגוּ אִ֔ישׁ	1	“because they/you became angry and murdered {many} men/people,” The phrase “a man” probably refers collectively here to all the men whom these two sons killed in the city of Shechem (Gen 34:25-26, 30).
6387	49:6	z1y0			וּ⁠בִ⁠רְצֹנָ֖⁠ם עִקְּרוּ שֽׁוֹר	1	“and {just} to please/entertain themselves/yourselves, they/you crippled/maimed {some} oxen/cattle {so they could not walk}.” or “and they/you cut the leg tendons of {some} oxen/cattle, {just} for the fun of it.” This may have happened during the time that Simeon and Levi took revenge on the people of Shechem.
6388	49:7	cb28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אָר֤וּר אַפָּ⁠ם֙ כִּ֣י עָ֔ז וְ⁠עֶבְרָתָ֖⁠ם כִּ֣י קָשָׁ֑תָה	1	“{May God} curse {them/you for} their/your intense/terrible anger and {their/your} cruel/malicious fury!” or “{I ask God to} curse/punish them/you for being so intensely/fiercely angry and cruel/malicious!” Consider what is the best way to translate this parallelism in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “cursed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:14 (and note), 17; 4:11; 5:29; 8:21; 9:25; 12:3; 27:12-13, 29; 49:7.
6389	49:7	ykq9			אֲחַלְּקֵ֣⁠ם	1	“I {ask God to} scatter/disperse them/you {and their/your descendants}” or “May {God/he} cause them/you {and their/your descendants} to be spread out”. The last half of verse 7 specifies how Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi.
6390	49:7	f5mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“among {the family/descendants of} Jacob.” In this context, the name “Jacob” refers to his family and especially his descendants.
6391	49:7	b95x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠אֲפִיצֵ֖⁠ם	1	“Yes, I/God will” or “That’s right, I {ask God/him to}”. The clauses “I will divide …” and “I will scatter …” form a parallelism that emphasizes the way Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of a parallelism in your translation.
6392	49:7	e9qw			וַ⁠אֲפִיצֵ֖⁠ם	1	“scatter/disperse them/you” or “cause them/you to be spread out”. Consider again how you translated “scatter” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:18, 32; 11:4, 8-9; 49:7. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. If the pronoun “you” is used here in your translation, it should be plural.
6393	49:7	ih68			בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	“throughout {the descendants/land of} Israel.” Jacob’s prophecy in verse 7 came true many years later: the tribe of Simeon was absorbed by the tribe of Judah (Joshua 19:1), and the tribe of Levi never had its own territory, but rather lived in cities scattered throughout the other tribes of Israel (Joshua 21:1-42). You could put this information in a footnote.
6394	49:8	mfza			יְהוּדָ֗ה אַתָּה֙ יוֹד֣וּ⁠ךָ אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“Judah, you {are the one whom} your brothers will praise.” or “Judah, you {and your descendants} will be {highly} praised by your brothers {and their descendants}.” or “Judah, your brothers {and their descendants} will {highly} praise you {and your descendants}.” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic, and it has an emphatic position in the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language.
6395	49:8	lhkv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠עֹ֣רֶף	1	“You will be victorious over” or “You will conquer/defeat”. Consider what is the best way to translate this Hebrew idiom in your language. Also, if your translation includes Judah’s descendants in the previous sentence, make sure that the pronouns “your” and “you” are plural in this sentence.
6396	49:8	sr42			אֹיְבֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“those who are against you.” or “your enemies/adversaries.”
6397	49:8	m4n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בְּנֵ֥י אָבִֽי⁠ךָ	1	“Your father’s {other} sons” or “{Then} my {other} sons” or “Your brothers”. Make sure that your translation of “your father” refers to Jacob.
6398	49:8	o2b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ לְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“{and their descendants} will bow/prostrate themselves before you {and your descendants} {in respect/submission}.” Consider again how you translated “bow down” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:2; 19:1; 22:5; 23:7, 12; 24:26, 48, 52; 27:29; 33:3, 6-7; 37:7, 9-10; 42:6; 43:26, 28; 47:31; 48:12; 49:8. Also see how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 17:3, 17.
6399	49:9	kcdh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	גּ֤וּר אַרְיֵה֙ יְהוּדָ֔ה מִ⁠טֶּ֖רֶף בְּנִ֣⁠י עָלִ֑יתָ	1	“Judah, my son, {you are} {powerful} {like} a young lion that has returned {to its den} after {killing} {its} prey.” or “Judah, {you,} my son, {are} {like} a {powerful} young lion that {kills its} prey and returns {to its den}.”
6400	49:9	zrcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כָּרַ֨ע רָבַ֧ץ כְּ⁠אַרְיֵ֛ה	1	“You {are} like a lion that stretches out {and} lies down {to sleep/rest} {after eating}.” or “It stretches out {and} lies down {to sleep}.” Here in verse 9 Jacob switches to using third person references (“he, his, him”) for Judah. For some languages it is better to use second person references (“you, your”) throughout verses 8-12. Do what is best in your language.
6401	49:9	tf30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠כְ⁠לָבִ֖יא מִ֥י יְקִימֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	“Yes, {you are} like a lioness/lion that no one dares to awaken/disturb.” or “No one dares to disturb/disrespect that lion.” This sentence forms a parallelism with the previous sentence to emphasize Judah’s authority. Also, Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize the respect that people will have for Judah. Some languages must use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language.
6402	49:10	lg21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹֽא יָס֥וּר שֵׁ֨בֶט֙ מִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֔ה	1	“Judah, the authority to rule will always belong to you {and your descendants}.” or “Judah, there will always be one of your descendants ruling as king.” A scepter, or a king’s staff, is a special, decorated rod that a king holds to symbolize his authority to rule the people who are under him.
6403	49:10	yr2o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠מְחֹקֵ֖ק מִ⁠בֵּ֣ין רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	“The {king’s/ruler’s} staff will never leave his/your descendants/family” or “In fact, your descendants will rule”. This phrase forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes the authority that Judah and his descendants will have.
6404	49:10	f9a1			עַ֚ד כִּֽי יָבֹ֣א שִׁיל֔וֹ	1	“until the {highest} king comes/arrives” or “until the One whom the scepter/kingdom belongs to comes/arrives”. Jacob is probably prophesying here about the coming of the Messiah/Christ. This fits with the fact that Jesus was a descendant of the tribe of Judah and is now ruling as the true King over heaven and earth. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
6405	49:10	jg91			וְ⁠ל֖⁠וֹ יִקְּהַ֥ת עַמִּֽים	1	“and the peoples/nations {of the earth} obey him.” or “and all people obey him.” or “All people/nations will obey him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6406	49:11	tpc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֹסְרִ֤י	1	“Judah {and his descendants}” or “You {and your descendants}”. In verse 11, the pronouns “he” and “his” refer to Judah and his descendants. To make that clear, you could make that explicit here and then use plural pronouns “they” and “their” throughout the verse. Or if you are using the second person throughout this section, you could say, “You {and your descendants} …” and use plural pronouns “you” and “your” after that.
6407	49:11	nav1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֹסְרִ֤י לַ⁠גֶּ֨פֶן֙ עִיר֔וֹ	1	“will {be so wealthy that they/you will/could} tether/tie their/your donkey{s} to {their/your} {grape}vine{s} {to eat the valuable fruit}.” or “let your donkey{s} eat your choice/valuable {grape}vine{s}.” In Jacob’s culture grapevines were valuable plants, so unless a person was very rich, he would never tether a donkey to his grapevines because it would eat the fruit and the vines. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation.
6408	49:11	gjb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠לַ⁠שֹּׂרֵקָ֖ה בְּנִ֣י אֲתֹנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Their/Your donkeys’ colts will/could eat the best/finest grapevines.” or “{It will not matter if} their/your donkeys’ colts eat {their/your} best/finest {grapevine} branch{es}.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous one to emphasize how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be.
6409	49:11	s2nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּבֵּ֤ס בַּ⁠יַּ֨יִן֙ לְבֻשׁ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠דַם עֲנָבִ֖ים סוּתֽוֹ	1	“{They/You will still have so much wine from other vines/grapevines that} they/you could {even} use the wine like water to wash their/your robes and {other} clothes.” This sentence is another parallelism that emphasizes how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be. The phrase “blood of grapes” is an idiom that refers to red wine made from the juice of grapes.
6410	49:12	s3uy			עֵינַ֖יִם	1	“{Their/Your} eyes” or “{They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that} {their/your} eyes”
6411	49:12	cm3s			חַכְלִילִ֥י & מִ⁠יָּ֑יִן	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{will be} bright from {drinking} {abundant} wine,” or (2) “{will be} darker than wine,” In both interpretations the emphasis is that Judah’s descendants will be blessed with an abundance of the best foods, including wine and milk, which are examples of the most valuable foods that were produced in the land.
6412	49:12	rmn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠לְבֶן־שִׁנַּ֖יִם מֵ⁠חָלָֽב	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and {their/your} teeth {will be} white from {drinking} {abundant} milk.” or (2) “and {their/your} teeth {will be} whiter than milk.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits with the interpretation you used for the first part of this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of these phrases and say, “{They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that} they/you will have plenty of the best foods, including {abundant} wine and milk.” Do what is best in your language.
6413	49:13	xffh			זְבוּלֻ֕ן	1	“{As for} Zebulun, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Zebulun, {you} {and your descendants}”. Throughout this chapter, decide whether it is best in your language to use third person or second person when Jacob refers to each of his sons (and their descendants).
6414	49:13	wtx1			לְ⁠ח֥וֹף יַמִּ֖ים יִשְׁכֹּ֑ן	1	“will settle/live at/near the seashore/coast,”
6415	49:13	vumy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הוּא֙ לְ⁠ח֣וֹף אֳנִיּ֔וֹת	1	“yes, they/you {will settle/live} at/near a harbor for ships,” or “where there will be a {safe} harbor/place for ships {to load and unload their cargo},” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize where Zebulun and his descendants will live.
6416	49:13	r8u3			וְ⁠יַרְכָת֖⁠וֹ	1	“Their/Your territory {will extend}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6417	49:13	cqfv			עַל צִידֹֽן	1	“{all the way north/up} to {the city of} Sidon.” or “as far {north} as {the city of} Sidon.”
6418	49:14	jcdq			יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר	1	“{As for} Issachar, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Issachar, {you} {and your descendants}”
6419	49:14	x4v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	חֲמֹ֣ר גָּ֑רֶם	1	“{will be} {like} a strong/sturdy donkey”. Consider again how you translated “donkey” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 16:12; 22:3, 5, 6; 24:35; 30:43; 32:5, 15; 34:28; 36:24; 42:26-27; 43:18, 24; 44:3, 13; 45:23; 47:17; 49:14.
6420	49:14	h1kf			רֹבֵ֖ץ	1	“crouching/lying down {resting}” or “{that is} resting {on the ground}”
6421	49:14	e90c			בֵּ֥ין הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁפְּתָֽיִם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “between two saddlebags/loads.” or (2) “between the two parts of a sheep pen.” Both interpretations imply that the donkey is lying down to rest after it worked hard.
6422	49:15	tdds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא מְנֻחָה֙ כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ כִּ֣י נָעֵ֑מָה	1	“They/You will have a good place to rest/live, in a pleasant/enjoyable land.”
6423	49:15	zdv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט שִׁכְמ⁠וֹ֙	1	“However, they/you will {also} have to exert themselves/yourselves” or “But they/you will labor/work hard”. Consider what is the best way to translate this Hebrew idiom in your language.
6424	49:15	qtbd			לִ⁠סְבֹּ֔ל	1	“to/and carry {heavy loads},”
6425	49:15	mqe3			וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס עֹבֵֽד	1	“In fact, they/you will be forced to be slaves.” or “They/You will have to work {very} hard {for others} as slaves.” or “People will force you to be their slaves.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6426	49:16	i8wo			דָּ֖ן	1	“{As for} Dan, he {and his descendants}” or “Dan, you {and your descendants}”
6427	49:16	x1kh			יָדִ֣ין עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“will govern/rule their/your {own} people group”
6428	49:16	lc8c			כְּ⁠אַחַ֖ד שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	“just as the other tribes of Israel {judge/govern/rule their own people}.” or “and have equal status with {the rest of} the tribes of Israel.”
6429	49:17	olso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	דָן֙	1	“They/You”. Be consistent with your choice of third person or second person (singular or plural) references to Dan (and his descendants) throughout verses 16 and 17.
6430	49:17	xrz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	יְהִי & נָחָ֣שׁ עֲלֵי דֶ֔רֶךְ שְׁפִיפֹ֖ן עֲלֵי אֹ֑רַח	1	“will be {clever/cunning} {like} a poisonous snake {lying} beside a road”
6431	49:17	zk4a			הַ⁠נֹּשֵׁךְ֙ עִקְּבֵי ס֔וּס	1	“that strikes the feet of {its enemy’s} horse,”
6432	49:17	b9kg			וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ אָחֽוֹר	1	“so that {it rears up and} the rider/enemy falls off backward {to the ground}.” or “… is thrown off the horse {and defeated}.”
6433	49:18	f699		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָתְ⁠ךָ֖ קִוִּ֥יתִי יְהוָֽה	1	“{Then Jacob paused and exclaimed to God,} “Yahweh, I am looking expectantly to you to save {me}!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is talking to God in verse 18, not Dan any more.
6434	49:19	h8g7			גָּ֖ד	1	“{Then Jacob/he continued,} “{As for you,} Gad,”
6435	49:19	mepm			גְּד֣וּד יְגוּדֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1	“a group of robbers will attack him/you {and his/your descendants},” or “you {and your descendants} will be attacked by raiders/enemies,”
6436	49:19	ovqw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠ה֖וּא יָגֻ֥ד עָקֵֽב	1	“but they/you will chase/hunt them {down} {and defeat them}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this sentence.
6437	49:20	aksc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מֵ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ר שְׁמֵנָ֣ה לַחְמ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Asher {and his descendants} will produce rich/fine food,” or “Asher, you {and your descendants} will {be wealthy and} produce/eat the best/finest food.” Here the word “bread” refers to food in general and “fat” refers to the best kinds of food.
6438	49:20	a3y6			וְ⁠ה֥וּא יִתֵּ֖ן מַֽעֲדַנֵּי מֶֽלֶךְ	1	“He/They/You will {even} supply/produce food that is rich/fancy enough for a king.” or “In fact, he/they/you will supply/produce delicious/fine foods {that are fit} for kings {to eat}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, the word “delicacies” refers to special, delicious foods that only rich people can afford to eat.
6439	49:21	fnt8			נַפְתָּלִ֖י	1	“{As for} Naphtali, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Naphtali, {you} {and your descendants}”
6440	49:21	je8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַיָּלָ֣ה	1	“{will be} {swift} {like} a doe/deer” or “{will be warriors who are} {swift} {like} a deer”. This metaphor pictures a deer that swiftly runs away after being released from captivity.
6441	49:21	aqep			שְׁלֻחָ֑ה	1	“that is set free.” or “that has been released {to run freely}.” or “that is free to run/go wherever it wants.”
6442	49:21	z2pe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הַ⁠נֹּתֵ֖ן אִמְרֵי שָֽׁפֶר	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He/They/You will {also} speak eloquently.” or “They/You will {also} be gifted/excellent speakers/negotiators.” or (2) “and that bears/has beautiful/healthy fawns.” or “He/They/You will have beautiful children.” If you made Naphtali’s descendants explicit at the beginning of this verse, make sure you use a plural pronoun (“they” or “you”) here.
6443	49:22	vpxp			יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“{As for} Joseph, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Joseph, {you} {and your descendants}”
6444	49:22	x6q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	בֵּ֤ן פֹּרָת֙ & בֵּ֥ן פֹּרָ֖ת	1	“{will be} {like} the branch of a fruitful {vine/tree}, {yes,} {like} a fruitful/productive {vine/tree}” or “{will be} very successful/prosperous and flourish {like} a fruitful/productive branch {of a vine/tree}” or “{will be/become} very fruitful/numerous {like} {the fruit on} a fruitful/productive {vine/tree}”. The same phrase is repeated here to emphasize how prosperous and productive Joseph (and his descendants) will be. Instead of saying the same phrase twice, many translations combine the two phrases and form one clause that communicates the emphasis in a different way. Do what is accurate and natural in your language.
6445	49:22	g42v			עֲלֵי עָ֑יִן	1	“{that is growing/planted} next to a spring/stream {of water},”
6446	49:22	x6dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	בָּנ֕וֹת צָעֲדָ֖ה	1	“{with} branches extending/hanging” or “{with} branches {full of fruit} that extend/hang”. This phrase probably continues the metaphor of the fruitful vine that symbolizes how prosperous and numerous Joseph and his descendants will be. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language.
6447	49:22	x7gu			עֲלֵי שֽׁוּר	1	“over a/the {surrounding} wall.” or “over a {nearby} wall.”
6448	49:23	dn95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְמָרֲרֻ֖⁠הוּ	1	“Expert/Skillful bowmen/archers will {fiercely} attack them/you {and their/your descendants}” or “Enemy warriors/soldiers will …” or “His/Their/Your enemies will …” Be consistent with your choice of third person or second person (singular or plural) references to Joseph (and his descendants) throughout verses 22-26.
6449	49:23	pxtz			וָ⁠רֹ֑בּוּ	1	“and shoot {arrows} {at them/you}”
6450	49:23	i8j6			וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂטְמֻ֖⁠הוּ	1	“and treat them/you hatefully.” or “and try to destroy them/you.”
6451	49:24	x6y3			וַ⁠תֵּ֤שֶׁב בְּ⁠אֵיתָן֙ קַשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“But {as they/you fight back,} they/you will hold/keep their/your bows/weapons steady” or “… they/you will use their/your bows/weapons well/effectively”. Make sure that the way you translate “his” in this verse fits with whether you use second or third person (singular or plural) to refer to Joseph (and his descendants) in verses 22-26.
6452	49:24	lyay			וַ⁠יָּפֹ֖זּוּ זְרֹעֵ֣י יָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	“and their/your strong/powerful arms will remain/stay agile/nimble”
6453	49:24	uyx0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠ידֵי֙ אֲבִ֣יר יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“because of the power/strength”. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language.
6454	49:24	ecz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲבִ֣יר יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	“of the Mighty/Powerful {One/God} whom I worship/serve,” or “that the Mighty/Powerful {God} of Jacob gives them/you,” For some languages, it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “But the Mighty/Powerful {God} whom I worship/serve will keep you strong and help you use your bows/weapons well/effectively {as you fight back}.” Do what is best in your language.
6455	49:24	tb3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם רֹעֶ֖ה	1	“{that’s right,} by the name/power of the/our Shepherd.” or “He takes care of {his people} the way that a shepherd takes care of his sheep.” A shepherd takes care of his sheep and provides for all of their needs. In the same way God takes care of his people and provides for all of their needs. See Psalm 23 which also talks about God as our Shepherd. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
6456	49:24	bwhf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶ֥בֶן יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	“{He is} Israel’s/my Rock/Fortress.” or “{He is} {like} a rock {fortress} who protects Israel {and his descendants}.” In verses 24 and 25, several different titles are used to refer to Yahweh, the only true God. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like there is more than one God. Also make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob is referring to himself in this verse as Jacob and Israel.
6457	49:25	auy4			מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל	1	“{That strength/power is/comes} from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6458	49:25	hwrl			מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל אָבִ֜י⁠ךָ וְ⁠יַעְזְרֶ֗⁠ךָּ	1	“your father’s God, who will help you {and your descendants}.” or “the God {who has always taken care} of {me,} your father. He will {also} help you {and your descendants}.”
6459	49:25	tq2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠אֵ֤ת שַׁדַּי֙ וִ⁠יבָ֣רְכֶ֔⁠ךָּ	1	“He is the all-powerful {God}, who will bless you {all}”. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in the first half of this verse and say, “{That strength/power comes} from the God {who has always taken care} of {me,} your father. He is the all-powerful {God} who will help you {and your descendants} and bless you {all}”. Do what is best in your language. Also, compare how you translated “God Almighty” in Gen 48:3.
6460	49:25	u2xi			בִּרְכֹ֤ת שָׁמַ֨יִם֙ מֵ⁠עָ֔ל	1	“{with} rain from above” or “{He will} bless/provide {you} with rain from the heavens/sky”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6461	49:25	a4di			בִּרְכֹ֥ת תְּה֖וֹם רֹבֶ֣צֶת תָּ֑חַת	1	“and water from deep in the ground.” or “and bless/provide {you} with water from under the ground.” This phrase refers to water that comes from under the ground and supplies springs, wells, and rivers.
6462	49:25	fxtf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּרְכֹ֥ת שָׁדַ֖יִם וָ⁠רָֽחַם	1	“He will {also} bless {you} with many children {and much livestock}.” or “May your women/wives bear/have many children {and your animals bear/have many offspring/young}.” Consider what is the best way to translate this metonymy in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6463	49:26	lpt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	בִּרְכֹ֣ת אָבִ֗י⁠ךָ גָּֽבְרוּ֙ עַל בִּרְכֹ֣ת הוֹרַ֔⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{God} has blessed {me} your father more than he blessed my ancestors,” or (2) “The blessings your father is blessing {you} {with} are greater than the blessings my ancestors blessed me with,” or (3) “The blessings of your father have surpassed the blessings/riches of the ancient mountains,” The third interpretation is based on the Greek Septuagint, which interprets the Hebrew word for “ancestors” as “mountains” (which has a similar spelling in Hebrew).
6464	49:26	n6h1			עַֽד תַּאֲוַ֖ת	1	The meaning of the Hebrew text is uncertain here. It could mean: (1) “{He has blessed me with bounties/riches that are} greater than the bounties/riches {that come} from” or (2) “{My blessings are} {so great that they extend} to the utmost/farthest boundaries/limits of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6465	49:26	fzcy			גִּבְעֹ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם	1	“the everlasting/ancient mountains.”
6466	49:26	pz62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	תִּֽהְיֶ֨ין֙ לְ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“May {God} {also} give those/abundant blessings to {you} Joseph, {as}” or “I pray that {God} will abundantly bless {you too,} Joseph, {since you are}”. The words “head” and “top of the head” refer to Joseph and are connected with the custom of laying hands on the head of the person being blessed.
6467	49:26	ckgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נְזִ֥יר	1	“the one who has been set apart {by God} {as ruler/leader}” or “the one who is distinguished/honored {by God}” or “the one whom he/God chose to set apart {and honor}”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive phrase in your language.
6468	49:26	ujeh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶחָֽי⁠ו	1	“above/over his/your brothers.” Make sure your choice of “his” or “your” here fits with how you translated the beginning of this sentence.
6469	49:27	ox1g			בִּנְיָמִין֙	1	“{As for} Benjamin, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Benjamin, {you} {and your descendants}”. Consider again whether you make “and … descendants” explicit for each of Jacob’s sons in this chapter or whether you leave it implied and possibly put that information in a footnote. See verses 1, 7-8, 11, 13-14, 16, 19-23, 27.
6470	49:27	hwab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	זְאֵ֣ב יִטְרָ֔ף	1	“{is/are} {like} a fierce wolf.” or “{will be} {fierce warriors} {like} ravenous/hungry wolves.” Wolves are a type of large, fierce, wild dog that lives and hunts together in groups. If wolves are unknown in your language area, you could say “wild dog” or “a pack of wild dogs.” Consider again how you translated the metaphors and similes that Jacob uses in verses 4, 9-11, 14, 17, 21-22, 24, 27.
6471	49:27	tyqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר יֹ֣אכַל עַ֑ד וְ⁠לָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב יְחַלֵּ֥ק שָׁלָֽל	1	“They/You defeat their/your enemies in the morning and share the plunder/spoils of battle {with their/your family/warriors} in the evening.” or “You will always defeat your enemies and take their possessions and wealth.” Consider again whether to use second person or third person (singular or plural) in verses 3-27, and make sure your translation of the pronouns is clear and natural. To do that, it is helpful to read your translation of this section aloud.
6472	49:28	zkfe			כָּל אֵ֛לֶּה שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר	1	“Those {twelve sons} {are} {the forefathers/ancestors of} the twelve tribes that descended/came from Israel,” This clause refers back to Jacob’s sons who are mentioned in verses 1-27.
6473	49:28	der9			וְ֠⁠זֹאת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֨ר לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙	1	“and those {were} the words/blessings that their father spoke to them.”
6474	49:28	hn97			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ	1	“when he blessed” or “He blessed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6475	49:28	l9sl			אוֹתָ֔⁠ם אִ֛ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר	1	“each one of them” or “each of them” or “each one/son”
6476	49:28	lbiq			כְּ⁠בִרְכָת֖⁠וֹ בֵּרַ֥ךְ אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“with blessings that were right/appropriate for them {and their descendants}.” or “in a way that was fitting/appropriate for them {and their descendants}.”
6477	49:29	f0uw			וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו אוֹתָ֗⁠ם	1	“After that, he/Jacob instructed his sons”
6478	49:29	xadv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	“by saying to them,” Make sure that your translation of “commanded … and said …” refers to a single action, not two different actions.
6479	49:29	a79m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲנִי֙ נֶאֱסָ֣ף אֶל	1	“I will soon {die and} be gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “{God} will soon take my spirit to be with” or “I am about to {die and} join”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
6480	49:29	xzx1			עַמִּ֔⁠י	1	“my ancestors/relatives {who have already died}.” or “my ancestors/relatives {who have gone/died before me}.” or “my {deceased} ancestors/relatives.”
6481	49:29	w22x			קִבְר֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י	1	“{Please} bury my body” or “{When that happens,} {please} bury me”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean or imply that Jacob was asking to be buried while he was still physically alive.
6482	49:29	qb7q			אֶל אֲבֹתָ֑⁠י	1	“with/beside {the bodies of} my forefathers/ancestors” or “next to their {bodies}” or “next to them”
6483	49:29	u8z6			אֶל הַ֨⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֖ה עֶפְר֥וֹן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי	1	“inside the cave that {is located} in the field that Ephron the Hittite used to own.” or “… the field that used to belong to Ephron the Hittite.” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Ephron still owned that property.”
6484	49:30	ypaj			בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֞ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה	1	“That cave and field are in the Machpelah {area}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “Machpelah” in Gen 23:9.
6485	49:30	opic			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל פְּנֵי מַמְרֵ֖א	1	“that is near {the city of} Mamre” or “that is east of {the city of} Mamre”
6486	49:30	s53x			בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“in the region of Canaan.”
6487	49:30	sjun			אֲשֶׁר֩ קָנָ֨ה אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י	1	“{That is the cave} that {my grandfather} Abraham bought, along with the field, from Ephron the Hittite,”
6488	49:30	e2wi			לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר	1	“to possess/use for a {family} burial place/site.” or “in order to possess/have a place to bury {his dead relatives}.”
6489	49:31	t64r			שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה קָֽבְר֞וּ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֗ם וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“That is where {the bodies of} Abraham and his wife Sarah are buried,” The pronoun “they” is general in this verse and does not specify who buried these people. Many languages have a similar general word. Other languages make this a passive clause without specifying the subject. Do what is best in your language.
6490	49:31	y1hf			שָׁ֚מָּ⁠ה קָבְר֣וּ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק וְ⁠אֵ֖ת רִבְקָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{and} where {the bodies of} Isaac and his wife Rebekah are buried,”
6491	49:31	un30			וְ⁠שָׁ֥מָּ⁠ה	1	“and that is where” or “That is also where”
6492	49:31	lvhs			קָבַ֖רְתִּי אֶת לֵאָֽה	1	“I buried {the body of} {my wife} Leah.”
6493	49:32	o710		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מִקְנֵ֧ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“That field and cave were bought {by Abraham}” or “{Abraham} bought that field and cave”. In verse 32, Jacob repeats some of what he said in verses 29-30. Make sure your translation does not sound like it was the first time he said this. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
6494	49:32	e6fb			מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת בְּנֵי חֵֽת	1	“from the descendants of Heth.” or “from the Hittites.” or “from the Hittite people.” Compare how you translated “Hittite” in verse 29, which refers to the same people group as here.
6495	49:33	luzp			וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל יַעֲקֹב֙ לְ⁠צַוֺּ֣ת אֶת בָּנָ֔י⁠ו	1	“When Jacob had finished giving those instructions to his sons,”
6496	49:33	vgbm			וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף רַגְלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠מִּטָּ֑ה	1	“he {lay down and} pulled/lifted his feet {up} into {his} bed.” This clause means that Jacob lay back down after being in a sitting position on the side of his bed (Gen 48:2).
6497	49:33	jo0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֖ע	1	“and breathed out {his last/final breath}” or “Then he took his last/final breath {and died}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated the idiom “exhaled” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:17; 7:21; 25:8, 17; 35:29; 49:33.
6498	49:33	e6b7			וַ⁠יֵּאָ֥סֶף אֶל עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	“and was gathered/taken {by God} to be with his {deceased} relatives/ancestors.” or “and joined his ancestors {who had died before him}.” Consider again how you translated this phrase in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:8 (and note), 17; 35:29; 49:29, 33.
6499	50:1	i1uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל	1	“Then Joseph threw/flung himself on his father’s face/body,” or “Then/Immediately Joseph embraced/hugged his father {in sorrow/grief},” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not imply that Joseph fell down accidently. Rather he intentionally threw himself on his father to embrace him and express his love and grief for him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 46:29.
6500	50:1	zcjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	“and he cried over him” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier and say, “Then Joseph cried {in his sorrow/grief}, and he hugged his father {tightly} and kissed him.” Do what is best in your language.
6501	50:1	hggr			וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק לֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and kissed him {goodbye} {on the cheek/forehead}.” Consider again how you translated “kissed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 27:26-27; 29:11, 13; 31:28, 55; 33:4; 45:15; 48:10; 50:1.
6502	50:2	qka7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְצַ֨ו יוֹסֵ֤ף	1	“Then Joseph/he ordered/told”
6503	50:2	b68j			אֶת עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶת הָ⁠רֹ֣פְאִ֔ים	1	“his servants {who were} physicians/doctors/morticians” or “his physicians/doctors who served him”
6504	50:2	kjoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לַ⁠חֲנֹ֖ט אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“to prepare/preserve his father{’s body} for burial.” The word “embalm” refers here to the special process that the Egyptians did to slow down the decaying process of a dead body in order to preserve it for burial.
6505	50:2	u25m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֥וּ הָ⁠רֹפְאִ֖ים	1	“So his doctors/morticians embalmed/preserved/prepared {his father} Israel{’s body} for burial,” or “So they did that,”
6506	50:3	e0xm			וַ⁠יִּמְלְאוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם	1	“which took them forty days,” or “The process/work required/took forty days,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6507	50:3	uuny			כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י הַ⁠חֲנֻטִ֑ים	1	“because that is the {usual/normal} amount of days/time {required/needed} to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.” or “which is how long it {normally/usually} takes to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.”
6508	50:3	pmly			וַ⁠יִּבְכּ֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ מִצְרַ֖יִם שִׁבְעִ֥ים יֽוֹם	1	“The people in Egypt wept/mourned for him/Israel {for} seventy days.” or “For seventy days the people in/of Egypt mourned for him/Israel.” The seventy days of mourning included the forty days of embalming, so do not begin your translation of this sentence with a word like “Then”.
6509	50:4	rgwc			וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֙ יְמֵ֣י בְכִית֔⁠וֹ	1	“When those {seventy} days of mourning for him/Israel were over/finished,” or “After that time of mourning his/Israel’s death,”
6510	50:4	ujhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר יוֹסֵ֔ף אֶל בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Joseph spoke to the people/officials in Pharaoh’s household/court and said,” or “Joseph said to Pharaoh’s officials,” The phrase “the house of Pharaoh” refers to members of the royal court.
6511	50:4	njhj			אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Please do this favor/kindness for me:” or “Please show me kindness and do this:”
6512	50:4	n5za			דַּבְּרוּ נָ֕א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“please speak to {King} Pharaoh {for me} and say {to him},” or “please take a message to {King} Pharaoh {for me} and tell {him},”
6513	50:5	zmtr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אָבִ֞⁠י הִשְׁבִּיעַ֣⁠נִי לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִנֵּ֣ה אָנֹכִי֮ מֵת֒ בְּ⁠קִבְרִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֨ר כָּרִ֤יתִי לִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה תִּקְבְּרֵ֑⁠נִי	1	“ ‘{Just before he died,} my father had me make a vow/oath to him. He said, “Look/Listen, I am about to die. {Swear/Promise to me} {with an oath} {that} you will bury my body in the tomb that I dug/made for myself in the region of Canaan.” ” For some languages it may be better to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote and say, “that when my father was about to die, he had me swear/vow/promise to him that I would bury his body in the region of Canaan, in a grave/tomb that he had prepared for himself there.” Do what is best in your language.
6514	50:5	g5n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה אֶֽעֱלֶה נָּ֛א וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י	1	“{Joseph continued,} “So now, please allow/permit me to go and bury my father {there},” or “So {ask the king to} please let me go {to Canaan} and bury my father{’s body} {there}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in Gen 45:9.
6515	50:5	rjtq			וְ⁠אָשֽׁוּבָה	1	“After that, I will come back {here}.” or “After I/we have done that, I will return {to Egypt}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6516	50:6	ysg3			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“{When Pharaoh heard Joseph’s message,} he replied,” or “Pharaoh {sent back} this reply {to him/Joseph}:”
6517	50:6	x99p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	עֲלֵ֛ה וּ⁠קְבֹ֥ר אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִשְׁבִּיעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“{You may} go {to Canaan} to bury your father{’s body}, just as he made you swear/vow/promise {to do}.” or “{Tell Joseph that} he may go {to Canaan} and bury his father{’s body} just as his father made him swear/vow/promise {that he would do}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this sentence as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in verse 5.
6518	50:7	xq3o			וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל יוֹסֵ֖ף	1	“So Joseph started traveling {to/toward Canaan}” or “So Joseph started the trip/journey {to Canaan}” or “So Joseph left {Egypt/Goshen}”. Joseph did not arrive in Canaan until later (verse 10).
6519	50:7	x7j2			לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“to bury his father{’s body},”
6520	50:7	yx8e			וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֨וּ אִתּ֜⁠וֹ כָּל עַבְדֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙	1	“All the officials of Pharaoh went with him {to escort him},” or “and all Pharaoh’s officials escorted him,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:15 (and note), 16-18, 20; 37:36; 39:1; 40:2, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19; 41:1, 4, 7-10, 14-17, 25, 28, 32-35, 37-39, 41-46, 55; 42:15-16; 44:18; 45:2, 8, 16-17, 21; 46:5, 31, 33-34; 47:1-5, 7-11, 14, 19-26; 50:4, 6-7. Also consider again how you translated “servants” and “officials” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 20:8; 40:2, 4, 7, 20; 41:10, 37-38; 45:16; 50:7.
6521	50:7	d3od			זִקְנֵ֣י בֵית֔⁠וֹ	1	“{including} the senior/important men/leaders in/from his/Pharaoh’s household/court”. The “elders” were probably older men who had served Pharaoh for a long time and held important positions in his court.
6522	50:7	gxer			וְ⁠כֹ֖ל זִקְנֵ֥י אֶֽרֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“and all the {other} senior/important men/leaders in/from the country of Egypt.”
6523	50:8	lbw9			וְ⁠כֹל֙ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	“All of Joseph’s family also {went with him,}” The word “house” refers here to Joseph’s whole extended family, not just to the people in his own household. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6524	50:8	ickv			וְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“including his brothers”
6525	50:8	abh0			וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“and {the rest of} his father’s family.”
6526	50:8	o1en			רַ֗ק טַפָּ⁠ם֙	1	“Only their children”
6527	50:8	orn9			וְ⁠צֹאנָ֣⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֔⁠ם	1	“and their sheep and cattle” or “and their livestock”. Consider again how you translated “flock{s} and herd{s}” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 13:5; 20:14; 21:27; 24:35; 26:14; 32:8; 33:13; 34:28; 45:10; 46:32; 47:1, 17; 50:8. Also see how you translated “herd” in Gen 18:7-8, and how you translated “flock” in Gen 4:2, 4; 21:28; 27:9; 29:2-3, 6-10; 30:31, 32, 36, 38-43; 31:4, 8, 10, 12, 19, 38, 41, 43; 32:6; 37:2, 12, 14; 38:12, 13, 17; 46:34; 47:1, 17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context.
6528	50:8	redu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עָזְב֖וּ	1	“they left {behind}” or “were left {behind} {with servants/caretakers}”. The children and animals were probably left with servants who took care of them during the funeral. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “They left {behind} only their children and their livestock in Goshen Province.” Do what is best in your language.
6529	50:8	o9qv			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן	1	“in the region of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province.” Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Goshen” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 45:10; 46:28-29, 34; 47:1, 4, 6, 27; 50:8.
6530	50:9	xhdh			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל עִמּ֔⁠וֹ גַּם רֶ֖כֶב גַּם פָּרָשִׁ֑ים	1	“There were men/soldiers riding chariots and men/soldiers riding horses who also went with him/Joseph,” or “{Many} soldiers also escorted him/Joseph, {including} those {who were} riding chariots and those {who were} riding horses,” Consider again how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43; 46:29; 50:9.
6531	50:9	lflf			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה כָּבֵ֥ד מְאֹֽד	1	“so that the {entire} procession/group {of people} was very large.” or “so that there was a very large group {of people} {traveling together}.”
6532	50:10	r2tv			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ עַד	1	“Then {when} they came to” or “When they arrived at”
6533	50:10	nwg3			גֹּ֣רֶן הָאָטָ֗ד	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Atad’s threshing floor/place,” or “a place owned by {a man named} Atad where people separated grain {from chaff},” or (2) “the threshing floor/place near {the city/town of} Atad,” or “Goren Ha-Atad,” or (3) “the {grain/wheat} threshing place that was surrounded by thornbushes,” The Hebrew word “atad” means “thorns,” but most Bible scholars think it refers here to the name of a person or city.
6534	50:10	ipjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן וַ⁠יִּ֨סְפְּדוּ	1	“which {was} located beyond/across the Jordan {River},” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “They traveled to the other side of the Jordan {River} and stopped at a {grain} threshing place owned by {a man named} Atad.” The location of Atad’s threshing floor is not certain. It was most likely on the west side of the Jordan River, since that is where the cave was located and that is where the Canaanites would have been most likely to observe Joseph’s family and the Egyptians mourning (verse 11). However, since its location is not certain, it is best to translate “beyond the Jordan” in a general way (like the Hebrew text is).
6535	50:10	iieq			וַ⁠יִּ֨סְפְּדוּ שָׁ֔ם	1	“they mourned/grieved there for Joseph’s father” or “they began to mourn/grieve”
6536	50:10	waky			מִסְפֵּ֛ד גָּד֥וֹל וְ⁠כָבֵ֖ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	“{with} a very loud and sorrowful lamentation/mourning.” or “very loudly and sorrowfully.”
6537	50:10	mly9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ לְ⁠אָבִ֛י⁠ו אֵ֖בֶל שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים	1	“For seven days Joseph {and the others} mourned/grieved/lamented the death of his father.” or “and for seven days, he/Joseph led everyone in mourning/lamenting the death of his father.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to combine the last two sentences in this verse and say, “There Joseph {and the others} mourned for his father very loudly and sorrowfully for seven days.” Do what is best in your language.
6538	50:11	zais			וַ⁠יַּ֡רְא יוֹשֵׁב֩ הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֗בֶל בְּ⁠גֹ֨רֶן֙ הָֽאָטָ֔ד	1	“When the Canaanites who lived in the area saw them mourning {like that} at Atad’s threshing floor/place,” See how you translated “threshing floor of Atad” in verse 10.
6539	50:11	dxf9			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“they exclaimed {to each other},”
6540	50:11	l36r			אֵֽבֶל כָּבֵ֥ד זֶ֖ה לְ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	“{Wow!} Those people of/from Egypt are mourning {very} sorrowfully {for someone who died}!” Consider again how you translated “Egyptian” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:14; 16:1, 3; 21:9; 25:12; 39:1, 2, 5; 41:55-56; 43:32; 45:2; 46:34; 47:15, 20; 50:3, 11. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
6541	50:11	e3y7			עַל כֵּ֞ן	1	“That is the reason that” or “That is why”
6542	50:11	g814			קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙	1	“people call that place” or “the name of that place is” or “that place is called/named”. Consider again how you translated “For that (reason) he/they called/call …” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:9; 16:14; 19:22; 21:31; 25:26, 30; 31:48; 33:17; 35:8; 38:29-30; 50:11.
6543	50:11	df53			אָבֵ֣ל מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“Abel Mizraim, {which means “Egyptians’ mourning place,”}”
6544	50:11	b1sc			אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר	1	“which {is located}” or “The/That place {is}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6545	50:11	i2vy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן	1	“on the other side of the Jordan {River}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “That is why the name of that place on the other side of the Jordan {River} is Abel Mizraim, {which means “Egyptians’ mourning place.”}” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translate this phrase in verse 10.
6546	50:12	elcm			וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בָנָ֖י⁠ו ל֑⁠וֹ כֵּ֖ן כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר	1	“So his/Jacob’s sons did for him exactly what” or “Jacob’s sons did {everything} for him just as”
6547	50:12	je5d			צִוָּֽ⁠ם	1	“he had instructed/told them {to do}:”
6548	50:13	kyl5			וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ בָנָי⁠ו֙	1	“They took/brought his body”
6549	50:13	gtwk			אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“to the region of Canaan”. Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Canaan” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:31; 12:5; 13:12, 14; 16:3; 17:8; 23:2, 19; 31:18; 33:18; 35:6; 36:5-6; 37:1; 42:5, 7, 13, 29, 32; 44:8; 45:17, 25; 46:6, 12, 31; 47:1, 4, 13, 15, 27; 48:3, 7; 49:30; 50:5, 13. Also be consistent with how you spelled the name of the man named Canaan in 9:18, 22, 25-27; 10:6, 15, and compare that to how you translated “the Canaanites” in 10:18-19; 12:6; 13:7; 15:21; 24:3, 37; 28:1, 6, 8; 34:30; 36:2; 38:2; 46:10; 50:11.
6550	50:13	xe0g			וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְעָרַ֖ת שְׂדֵ֣ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה	1	“and buried him/it in the cave {that is} in the field in the Machpelah {area},” Consider again how you translated “cave” and “the cave of the field of Machpelah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:30; 23:9 (and note), 11, 17, 19-20; 25:9; 49:29-30, 32; 50:13.
6551	50:13	n02f			אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָנָה֩ אַבְרָהָ֨ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֗בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י	1	“{It was} the field {and cave} that Abraham had bought from Ephron the Hittite as a property/place to bury his dead {relatives}”. Consider again how you translated “property for a burial place” in Gen 23:4, 9, 20, and how you translated “Hittite” or “Ephron the Hittite” in Gen 10:15; 15:20; 23:3, 5, 7, 10, 16,18; 25:9-10; 26:34; 27:46; 36:2; 49:29-30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Ephron” in those verses and in Gen 23:8, 13-14, 16-17.
6552	50:13	imrd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא	1	“near {the city of} Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence (after “Machpelah”) and say, “… the field of Machpelah near {the city of} Mamre. {It was} the field {and cave} that Abraham …” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “in front of Mamre” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 23:17, 19; 25:9; 49:30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Mamre” in those verses and in Gen 13:18; 14:13, 24; 18:1.
6553	50:14	m61w			אַחֲרֵ֖י קָבְר֥⁠וֹ אֶת אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	“After Joseph buried his father{’s body},”
6554	50:14	u0lx			וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יוֹסֵ֤ף מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙	1	“Joseph/he returned to {the country of} Egypt,”
6555	50:14	yhun			ה֣וּא וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	“along with his brothers”
6556	50:14	g1r3			וְ⁠כָל	1	“and everyone {else}”
6557	50:14	wbst			הָ⁠עֹלִ֥ים אִתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“who had gone {to Canaan} with him” or “who had accompanied him”
6558	50:14	w96e			לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“to bury/entomb his father{’s body}.” or “to/for his father’s burial/funeral.” Consider again how you translated “bury” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 15:15; 23:4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15, 19; 25:9-10; 35:8, 19, 29; 47:29-30; 48:7; 49:29, 31; 50:5-7, 13-14. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
6559	50:15	vgqa			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵף֙ כִּי מֵ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“Joseph’s brothers thought about the fact that their father was dead, and they {were worried and} said {to each other},” or “Now that their father was no longer alive, Joseph’s brothers {were worried and} said {to each other},”
6560	50:15	mb3v			ל֥וּ יִשְׂטְמֵ֖⁠נוּ יוֹסֵ֑ף	1	“What if Joseph is holding a grudge against us?” or “If Joseph is angry at us,”
6561	50:15	j0gm			וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב יָשִׁיב֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ	1	“Then certainly he will pay us back” or “then he will certainly take revenge on us {and punish us severely}”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
6562	50:15	bvd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֵ֚ת כָּל הָ֣⁠רָעָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּמַ֖לְנוּ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“for all the ways that we harmed him!” or “for the completely evil/terrible way that we treated him!” or “because we treated him so badly.” It may be clearer or more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “If Joseph is angry at us for the terrible way that we treated him, he might punish us severely for what we did.” Do what is best in your language.
6563	50:16	lmar			וַ⁠יְצַוּ֕וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“So they sent {a messenger} to Joseph to tell {him},” or “So they sent {a message} to Joseph that/which said,”
6564	50:16	p4xq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	אָבִ֣י⁠ךָ צִוָּ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹת֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“Your/Our father commanded {us} before he died,” or “Before your/our father died, he commanded/told {us}”. Consider again how you translated “commanded” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:16; 3:11, 17; 6:22; 7:5, 9, 16; 12:20; 18:19; 21:4; 26:5, 11; 27:8; 28:1,6; 32:4, 17, 19; 42:25, 44:1; 45:19; 47:11; 49:29, 33; 50:2, 12, 16. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Also, the pronoun “us” is exclusive here since it does not include Joseph.
6565	50:17	td0v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כֹּֽה תֹאמְר֣וּ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף אָ֣נָּ֡א	1	“Please say this to Joseph {for me}: ‘I beg/urge you to” or “to tell you that he asks/begs you to” or “to ask/urge you on his behalf to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for doubly-embedded quotes in Gen 32:4.
6566	50:17	km99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	שָׂ֣א נָ֠א פֶּ֣שַׁע אַחֶ֤י⁠ךָ וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ⁠ם֙ כִּי רָעָ֣ה גְמָל֔וּ⁠ךָ	1	“please forgive your brothers for all the evil/harm they did {to you} and for their offenses {against you}, even though what they did was very evil/wrong.” or “please forgive {us}, your brothers, for sinning {against you} and treating you so badly.” Consider again how you translated “sin” in Gen 4:7; 18:20; 31:36; 50:17, and consider again how you translated the synonym “crime” in Gen 31:36; 50:17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context.
6567	50:17	djc3			וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ שָׂ֣א נָ֔א לְ⁠פֶ֥שַׁע עַבְדֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“So we beg you to forgive {us}, the servants of your/our father’s God, for our crimes {against you}.” or “So then, as servants of God whom our father worshiped/served, we beg you to forgive us for sinning {against you}.” Consider again how you translated “the God of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 9:26; 24:12, 27, 42, 48; 26:24; 28:13; 31:5, 29, 42, 53; 32:9; 43:23; 46:1, 3; 49:24-25; 50:17.
6568	50:17	elr0			וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ יוֹסֵ֖ף בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו	1	“Joseph cried when he heard that/their message.” or “When Joseph received/heard his brothers’ message to him, he {was very sad and} cried.”
6569	50:18	vtzz			וַ⁠יֵּלְכוּ֙ גַּם אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	“After that, his/Joseph’s brothers themselves came {to him},”
6570	50:18	u7sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	“and threw/bowed themselves {on the ground} in front of him and said,” or “prostrated themselves before him {to show respect}, and said {to him},” See how you translated “fell … before him” in Gen 44:14. Compare that to how you translated “bowed down to/before …” (See: 49:8).
6571	50:18	hvlx			הִנֶּ֥⁠נּֽוּ	1	“Here we are,” See how you translated a similar phrase (“Behold me”) in 22:1, 7. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
6572	50:18	m3yn			לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים	1	“we {will be} your slaves/servants!” or “we {will serve you} as slaves/servants!” If you use an exclamation point here in your translation, make sure it does mean that Joseph’s brothers were angry. Rather, they were worried and desperate.
6573	50:19	o5mq			וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹסֵ֖ף	1	“But Joseph replied to them,”
6574	50:19	dsla			אַל תִּירָ֑אוּ	1	“You do not need to be afraid.” or “You have nothing to fear.”
6575	50:19	qvm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	כִּ֛י הֲ⁠תַ֥חַת אֱלֹהִ֖ים אָֽנִי	1	“I would never take God’s place {and judge/punish you}!” or “After all, I am not God! {So I have no right to judge/punish you.}” Joseph uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he will not take God’s place and punish his brothers. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language.
6576	50:20	tbtf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם חֲשַׁבְתֶּ֥ם עָלַ֖⁠י רָעָ֑ה	1	“{It is true that} you planned to harm me, {but}” or “Although you intentionally treated me {very} badly,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic in form and position to emphasize Joseph’s brothers and contrast them with God. Consider what is the best way to translate that contrast in your language.
6577	50:20	euhw			אֱלֹהִים֙ חֲשָׁבָ֣⁠הּ לְ⁠טֹבָ֔ה	1	“God is using that {evil} to benefit {us all}” or “God planned that what you did would turn out to be good/beneficial {for me and everyone else}”
6578	50:20	buk0			לְמַ֗עַן עֲשֹׂ֛ה כַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	“to accomplish what he is doing these days,” or “Right now he is doing what he planned,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6579	50:20	ibeo			לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֥ת עַם רָֽב	1	“to save {the lives of} many people.” or “to keep many people alive.” or “keeping many people from dying.” Consider again how you translated “save (lives)” or “keep alive” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 7:3; 12:12; 19:19; 45:7; 47:25; 50:20.
6580	50:21	l5ls			וְ⁠עַתָּה֙	1	“So then,” or “So again {I tell you},”
6581	50:21	mffx			אַל תִּירָ֔אוּ	1	“you do not need to be afraid.” or “you have nothing to fear.” Consider again how you translated “do not be afraid” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 15:1; 21:17; 26:24; 35:17; 43:23; 46:3; 50:19, 21.
6582	50:21	qnh9			אָנֹכִ֛י אֲכַלְכֵּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“I {myself} will take care of you and your children.” or “I {myself} will provide {everything} that you and your children need.” In the Hebrew text here, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “little ones” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 34:29; 43:8; 45:19; 46:5; 47:12, 24; 50:8, 21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
6583	50:21	m9g7			וַ⁠יְנַחֵ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	“In that way, Joseph consoled/assured them {that he had forgiven them},” Consider again how you translated “comforted” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:67; 27:42; 37:35; 38:12; 50:21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
6584	50:21	b5r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לִבָּֽ⁠ם	1	“and he {also} said {other} things to comfort/encourage them.” The phrase “spoke to their hearts” is an idiom that means Joseph said things to comfort and encourage his brothers. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom with the same meaning that would work well here.
6585	50:22	m7hi			וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב יוֹסֵף֙	1	“Joseph remained/lived” or “Joseph continued to stay/live”
6586	50:22	aydm			בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“in {the land/country of} Egypt,”
6587	50:22	q6uc			ה֖וּא וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“along with {the rest of} his father {Jacob}’s household/family,”
6588	50:22	vkjk			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים	1	“until he was 110 years old.” or “Joseph/He lived to be 110 years old.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6589	50:23	t5v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יוֹסֵף֙	1	“So he {was able/alive to} see/know” or “He lived {long enough} to see/know”
6590	50:23	jr01			לְ⁠אֶפְרַ֔יִם בְּנֵ֖י שִׁלֵּשִׁ֑ים	1	“Ephraim’s descendants, {down to} the third {generation}.” or “{his son} Ephraim’s children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren.”
6591	50:23	m4e6			גַּ֗ם בְּנֵ֤י מָכִיר֙	1	“The children of {his grandson} Machir,”
6592	50:23	kqu1			בֶּן מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה	1	“{who was} Manasseh’s son,”
6593	50:23	eo93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יֻלְּד֖וּ עַל בִּרְכֵּ֥י יוֹסֵֽף	1	“also grew up during his lifetime.” For some languages it is better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “He also lived to see {his son} Manasseh’s son Machir grow up, {as well as Machir’s} children.” or “He also lived to see the children of {his grandson} Machir grow up, who was Manasseh’s son.” Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase “born on Joseph’s knees” is an idiom that means Joseph recognized Makir’s children as his descendants and that they grew up during his lifetime and spent time with him.
6594	50:24	kgey			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	“Then {one day} Joseph said to his brothers,”
6595	50:24	xusj			אָנֹכִ֖י מֵ֑ת	1	“I am about to die,” Consider again how you translated “I am dying” in Gen 35:18; 48:21; 50:5, 24.
6596	50:24	crgu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֞ים פָּקֹ֧ד יִפְקֹ֣ד אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם	1	“but God will certainly/definitely help you”. The word “visit” is used here as an idiom that refers to God helping his people in a powerful way. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 21:1, where it has a slightly different meaning.
6597	50:24	y42d			וְ⁠הֶעֱלָ֤ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	“and take/lead you {and your descendants} from this land/country”
6598	50:24	fsoh			אֶל הָ⁠אָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֛ע	1	“to the land that he swore/vowed/promised {with an oath/vow}”
6599	50:24	z428			לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב	1	“{to give} to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.”
6600	50:25	gptw			וַ⁠יַּשְׁבַּ֣ע יוֹסֵ֔ף אֶת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then Joseph told {his brothers and} {the rest of} the descendants of Israel to swear/promise {with an oath} {that they would do something for him}. He said,” Consider again how you translated “swear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:23 (and note), 24, 31; 22:16; 24:3, 7, 9, 37; 25:33; 26:3, 31; 31:53; 47:31; 50:5-6, 24-25.
6601	50:25	xz3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“{Yes,} God will certainly/definitely visit/help you, and {when he does,}” or “When God visits/helps you {that way},” or “When God does that,” See how you translated “visit you” in verse 24.
6602	50:25	s9bh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַעֲלִתֶ֥ם אֶת עַצְמֹתַ֖⁠י מִ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“you must take my bones/body back {to Canaan} {with you} {and bury them/it there}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “When God does that, you must take my body back {to Canaan} {with you} {and bury it there}.’ Then Joseph made/had {his brothers and} {the rest of} the descendants of Israel swear/promise {with an oath}{that they would do that}.” Do what is best in your language.
6603	50:26	maum			וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת בֶּן מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִ֑ים	1	“So Joseph died at the age of 110 years.” or “So Joseph died when he was 110 years old.”
6604	50:26	q45p			וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then/And his physicians/doctors/morticians prepared/preserved his body for burial,” See how you translated “embalmed” in verses 2-3, and how you translated “physicians/doctors” in verse 2.
6605	50:26	l7kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּ֥ישֶׂם	1	“and they put/placed him/it” or “and put/placed his body”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
6606	50:26	vht8			בָּ⁠אָר֖וֹן	1	“in a burial chest/box”
6607	50:26	hcwb			בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“in {the land/country of} Egypt.”